Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 22, 2010

Registration No. 333-168915

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, DC 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 3

TO

FORM S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER THE

SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

THERMON INDUSTRIES, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Texas   3629   74-2246799

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(IRS Employer

Identification Number)

SEE TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS BELOW

100 Thermon Drive, San Marcos, Texas 78666, (512) 396-5801

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Rodney Bingham

President

Thermon Industries, Inc.

100 Thermon Drive

San Marcos, Texas 78666

(512) 396-5801

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

with a copy to:

Kevin F. Blatchford

Michael P. Heinz

Sidley Austin LLP

One South Dearborn

Chicago, Illinois 60603

(312) 853-7000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If the securities being registered on this form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box:   ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

  Large accelerated filer     ¨      Accelerated filer   ¨
  Non-accelerated filer   x    (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   Smaller reporting company     ¨

If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this transaction:

Exchange Act Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross-Border Issuer Tender Offer)   ¨

Exchange Act Rule 14d-1(d) (Cross-Border Third-Party Tender Offer)   ¨

The registrants hereby amend this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrants shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS

 

 

 
Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter (1)   State or Other
Jurisdiction
of Incorporation or
Organization
  I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number
  Industrial
Classification Code
Number

Thermon Holding Corp.

  Delaware   26-0249310   3629

Thermon Manufacturing Company

  Texas   74-1365355   3629

Thermon Heat Tracing Services, Inc.

  Texas   74-2638622   3629

Thermon Heat Tracing Services-I, Inc.

  Texas   76-0311875   3629

Thermon Heat Tracing Services-II, Inc.

  Louisiana   72-1206343   3629
 
 
(1) The address and telephone number of each co-registrant’s principal executive offices is 100 Thermon Drive, San Marcos, Texas 78666, (512) 396-5801.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED NOVEMBER 22, 2010

PROSPECTUS

LOGO

Thermon Industries, Inc.

OFFER TO EXCHANGE

$210,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 9.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2017

that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933

(CUSIP No. 88362R AC1) (which we refer to as the “New Notes”)

For any and all of its outstanding

9.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2017

(CUSIP Nos. 88362R AA5 and U8836E AA7) (which we refer to as the “Old Notes”)

This exchange offer will expire at 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on                     , 2010, unless extended.

Terms of the exchange offer:

 

   

We will exchange New Notes for all outstanding Old Notes that are validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

 

   

You may withdraw tenders of Old Notes at any time prior to the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

 

   

The terms of the New Notes are substantially identical to those of the outstanding Old Notes, except that the transfer restrictions and rights under the registration rights agreement, including payment of Additional Interest (as defined below), do not apply to the New Notes.

 

   

The exchange of Old Notes for New Notes will not be a taxable transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes. You should see the discussion under the caption “Principal U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” for more information.

 

   

We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.

 

   

We issued the Old Notes in a transaction not requiring registration under the Securities Act, and as a result, their transfer is restricted. We are making the exchange offer to satisfy your registration rights, as a holder of the Old Notes.

There is no established trading market for the New Notes or the Old Notes.

Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of New Notes received in exchange for Old Notes where such Old Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, starting on the expiration date (as defined herein) and ending on the close of business 90 days after the expiration date, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.”

See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 21 for a discussion of risks you should consider prior to tendering your outstanding Old Notes for exchange.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

Prospectus dated                     , 2010


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

 

Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     21   

Forward-Looking Statements

     40   

Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

     41   

The Transactions

     42   

Use of Proceeds

     45   

Capitalization

     45   

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

     46   

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data

     53   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     58   

Business

     73   

Management

     86   

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

     92   

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

     100   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     102   

The Exchange Offer

     106   

Description of Other Indebtedness

     113   

Description of the New Notes

     117   

Principal U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

     178   

Plan of Distribution

     183   

Legal Matters

     184   

Experts

     184   

Where You Can Find More Information

     184   

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1   

You should rely only on information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different from that contained in this prospectus. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy, any of the Notes offered hereby by any person in any jurisdiction in which it is unlawful for such person to make such an offering or solicitation. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the Notes. No other person is making any representation or warranty, express or implied, as to the accuracy or completeness of the information contained in this prospectus.

The terms “we,” “our,” “us,” “Parent” and the “Company,” as used in this prospectus, refer to Thermon Holding Corp. and its directly and indirectly owned subsidiaries as a combined entity, except where otherwise stated or where it is clear that the terms mean only Thermon Holding Corp.


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

The following summary highlights selected information contained in this prospectus and may not contain all the information that may be important to you. You should read this entire prospectus, including the section entitled “Risk Factors,” before making an investment decision. Unless otherwise specified or the context otherwise requires, references to “$” or “dollars” in this prospectus are to United States dollars. When we use the term “Notes” in this prospectus, the term includes the Old Notes and the New Notes.

Company Overview

We are a leading industrial company that serves global infrastructure end-markets through our full line of heat tracing solutions. We believe that we are a global leader in the heat tracing industry and one of the few participants with a worldwide footprint and comprehensive suite of equipment, design and engineering services and turnkey solutions. For over 50 years, our heat tracing solutions have served customers in attractive end markets, including energy, chemical processing, power generation and industrial and commercial infrastructure. Our customers include some of the largest multinational energy, petrochemical, power and engineering, procurement and construction companies in the world. We serve our customers locally through 74 direct sales employees in 16 countries, a network of more than 100 independent sales agents and distributors in over 30 countries and through our five manufacturing facilities on three continents. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010, we achieved revenue, net income and Adjusted EBITDA of approximately $192.7 million (66% of which was generated by our foreign subsidiaries), $18.9 million and $45.0 million, respectively. See note 8 to the “Summary Historical Condensed Consolidated Financial Data” table for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income.

Our products provide an external heat source to pipes, vessels and instruments for the purposes of freeze protection, temperature maintenance, environmental monitoring and surface snow and ice melting. This heat is primarily produced from electricity or, to a lesser extent, from steam. We offer a full suite of products and design and engineering services for both electric and steam heat tracing applications including cables, tubing bundles, control systems and design optimization, engineering, installation and maintenance services. Our comprehensive offering allows us to meet the unique needs of each customer, ranging from a complete integrated turnkey solution to a routine sale of materials or components.

Customers typically purchase our products when constructing a new facility, expanding or upgrading a current facility or performing maintenance on existing heat-traced pipes within a facility. Our products are low in cost relative to the total cost of a typical process plant but critical to the safe and efficient continued operation of such facility. When maintenance on in-pipe mechanical equipment is required, our products are often removed, discarded and replaced, because they are attached to the facilities’ heat-traced pipes. In order to avoid switching complications or compatibility concerns, customers often use the incumbent heat tracing brand for both upgrades and expansions and routine and preventative maintenance projects. Consequently, our installed base of heat tracing equipment is an important driver of future revenue opportunities. We estimate that approximately 60% of our revenues result from maintenance and repair of heat-traced pipes and from facility expansions.

We have a long history of steady organic revenue growth and stable gross margins through a variety of economic cycles. Specifically, our revenues have grown in 17 of the past 21 fiscal years, and our gross margins have averaged 44% over the period. In addition, revenue has shown significant growth in recent years. Revenue grew from $121.4 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007 to $192.7 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010, net income grew from $11.4 million to $18.9 million and Adjusted EBITDA grew from $19.5 million to $45.0 million over the same period. See note 8 to the “Summary Historical Condensed Consolidated Financial Data” table for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income. In addition, our backlog of signed purchase agreements has grown significantly. As of September 30, 2010, we reported a backlog of approximately $85.6 million, up 64% from $52.2 million as of March 31, 2007.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

The Company was founded as a partnership in October 1954 and later incorporated in Texas in 1960. At that time, its primary product was a thermally conductive heat transfer compound invented by our founder, Richard Burdick. Under Mr. Burdick’s leadership, the Company experienced steady growth by diversifying its products and expanding its geographic reach. Mr. Burdick and his family maintained a controlling interest in the Company until August 2007, when the controlling interest was sold to an entity affiliated with the Audax Group, a private equity firm (the “Audax Transaction”). During Audax’s tenure as majority owner, the Company positioned itself to take advantage of rising demand in the energy end market and secured significant capital projects. On April 30, 2010, the Audax Group sold its controlling interest in the Company to an investor group led by CHS Capital LLC (f/k/a Code Hennessy & Simmons LLC ) (“CHS”). See “The Transactions” for a more detailed description of the CHS acquisition and related transactions. Over the last five years, the management team has focused on significant organic growth opportunities, particularly in high growth markets such as the Canadian oil sands region and Russia.

Our senior management team averages approximately 22 years of experience with us, and has grown the Company through a variety of business cycles, established our global platform, and built our reputation for quality and reliability in the heat tracing industry. Our senior management team and key employees have a significant equity stake in our company and remain committed to executing our growth plan going forward. Our principal sponsor, CHS, has a long, successful track record of investing in industrial and infrastructure businesses. We believe that CHS is a value-added partner to our management team.

Industry Overview

Unless otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus concerning the industry in general, including information regarding (1) our market position and market share within our industry, (2) historical data concerning sales and growth of sales in our industry and (3) expectations regarding future growth of sales in our industry, is based on management’s estimates using internal data, data from industry related publications, consumer research and marketing studies and other externally obtained data. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding any industry or market data presented herein, industry and market data involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the caption “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. Accordingly, you should be aware that the industry and market data contained in this prospectus, and estimates and beliefs based on such data, may not be reliable.

We believe that the market for industrial electric heat tracing is approximately $1 billion in annual revenues. Our industry is fragmented and consists of approximately 40 companies, typically serving discrete local markets and providing a limited service offering. We believe that we are the second largest participant in our addressable market and significantly larger than our next largest competitor. Heat tracing service providers differentiate themselves through the quality and reputation of their products, long-term relationship management and the ability to provide comprehensive solutions. Large, multinational companies drive the majority of spending for the types of major industrial facilities that require our products, and we believe that they prefer vendors who have a global footprint and a comprehensive suite of products and services. We believe that we are one of only a few companies in the industrial heat tracing market that can meet these criteria.

Reliable heat tracing products are critical to the successful, safe operation of a facility. Facilities that utilize heat tracing devices contain interdependent systems of equipment that have differing requirements for temperature maintenance, freeze protection and emissions monitoring. The majority of pipes in a large facility may be heat traced. The largest facilities may contain up to hundreds of thousands of feet of heat tracing cable and thousands of control points. A breakdown in any part of the heat tracing system can have a significant impact on the operations of the entire plant. Stoppages or inefficiencies can be costly in terms of lost production and down time, and therefore we believe that a majority of industrial end users put a premium on reliable, high quality heat tracing solutions.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

Demand for industrial heat tracing solutions falls into two categories: (i) new facility construction and (ii) recurring maintenance, repair and operations and facility upgrades or expansions (“MRO/UE”). New facility or “Greenfield” construction projects often require comprehensive heat tracing solutions. We refer to sales revenues by customer of less than $1 million annually, which we believe are typically derived from maintenance, repair and operations and facility upgrades or expansions, as “MRO/UE revenue.” We believe that “Greenfield revenue” consists of sales revenues by customer in excess of $1 million annually (excluding sales to agents, who typically resell our products to multiple customers), and typically includes most orders for projects related to facilities that are new or that are built independent of existing facilities. We believe that we are one of a few heat tracing providers in the world that can offer product solutions, design optimization studies and detailed engineering and installation services. We believe that, over the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010, MRO/UE revenue accounted for approximately 60% of our revenues, and Greenfield revenue accounted for approximately 40% of our revenues. In order to avoid switching complications or compatibility concerns, customers often use the incumbent heat tracing brand for MRO/UE. Therefore, the provider of the original heat tracing system is well positioned to capture future recurring revenue from additional work required within the existing facility. Large portions of the heat tracing system may be removed and replaced when an upgrade or retrofit is performed, resulting in sizable revenues for the heat tracing provider (estimated to be 10-20% of the initial cost of the heat tracing system). Routine and preventative maintenance includes planned and unplanned repair and replacement of in-pipe mechanical equipment used throughout a process plant. Preventative maintenance projects are typically undertaken on an ongoing basis and often require new heat tracing equipment, estimated to be valued at 5-10% of the initial cost of the heat tracing system annually.

The major end markets that drive demand for our products include energy, chemical processing and power generation. We believe that there are attractive near to medium-term trends in each of our end markets.

Energy. Heat tracing is used to facilitate the processing, transportation and freeze protection of energy products in both upstream and downstream applications. The Energy Information Administration projects that world energy consumption will increase 8.5% from 2010 to 2015, with energy consumption in emerging markets growing 12.7% during that time. The industrialization of developing regions of the world will drive continued heat tracing demand for new Greenfield projects. Extraction operations in harsh, cold weather climates such as those of Canada, Russia, the Caspian Sea and the Baltic region increase the need for heat tracing solutions. We estimate that industry capital expenditures for upstream applications in Canada and Russia will grow 20% in 2010 and 2011. In addition, we believe that we will benefit from stricter environmental compliance and regulatory requirements that often require heat tracing intensive solutions.

Chemical Processing. In the chemical segment, heat tracing applications are required for chemical production, freeze protection and temperature maintenance. The corrosive nature of chemicals shortens the life cycle of in-line mechanical equipment attached to pipes (such as valves, pumps and filters), accelerating the demand for MRO/UE opportunities in this segment. Trends that may impact heat tracing demand include the rapid industrialization of the developing world, a shift in base chemical processing operations to low-cost feedstock regions, a transition of Western chemical processing to specialty applications and environmental compliance. According to the American Chemical Council, global capital spending by the chemicals industry is estimated to increase in 2010 by 10.1% to $251 billion and to $284 billion in 2011, with the bulk of the incremental investment generated from emerging markets, most notably China, Africa and countries in the Asia-Pacific and Middle East regions.

Power Generation. Heat tracing systems are used in high-temperature processes, freeze protection and environmental regulation compliance in coal and gas facilities and for safety injection systems in nuclear facilities. An important driver of demand for heat tracing solutions for power generation is increasing demand for electricity worldwide. According to the Energy Information Administration, global net electricity generation is projected to increase 12.6% from 2010 to 2015, with net electricity generation growth in emerging markets at 19.5% during that time. In order to meet this demand, we believe capital spending on new and existing power

 

 

3


Table of Contents

generation infrastructure will be required. In addition, compliance with regulatory environmental standards also drives heat tracing demand for emissions testing applications in power generation end-markets. The Clean Air Act, the Clean Air Interstate Rule and the Clean Air Mercury Rule are examples of some of the existing and proposed legislation in the United States and abroad.

Competitive Strengths

We believe that the following strengths position us to compete effectively in the industrial electric heat tracing market:

 

   

Defensible market position with significant barriers to entry. We believe that our entrenched customer relationships, global footprint, comprehensive product and service offering and our growing installed base of equipment create a defensible market position with significant barriers to entry. We have longstanding relationships with some of the largest multinational energy, petrochemical, power and engineering, procurement and construction companies in the world.

 

   

Long history of attractive financial performance. We have a long history of steady organic revenue growth and stable gross margins through a variety of economic cycles. More specifically, our revenues have grown in 17 of the past 21 fiscal years, and our gross margins have averaged 44% over the same period. During this period (fiscal 1991-2010), our revenue grew at a compound annual growth rate of 8%.

 

   

Strong revenue visibility. We believe that we have good visibility into future revenues based on recurring demand generated from our global installed base, a growing backlog of signed purchase agreements and a robust pipeline of identified upcoming heat tracing opportunities. When upgrades and expansions and routine and preventative maintenance projects arise, customers typically return to the provider of the original heat tracing system. In addition, our backlog provides us with a concrete base of future revenues. Backlog grew from $52.2 million on March 31, 2007 to $85.6 million on September 30, 2010. The backlog of $85.6 million on September 30, 2010 was comprised of signed purchase agreements with over 500 customers.

 

   

Highly diversified customer base and end markets. Our products and services are used in a variety of applications, including freeze protection, surface snow and ice melting, temperature control and environmental monitoring, by customers in energy, chemical processing, power generation and industrial and commercial infrastructure end markets. Over our 56 year history, we have sold to customers in over 90 countries and, for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010, approximately 66% of our revenues were generated by our foreign subsidiaries.

 

   

Experienced management team. Our senior management team averages approximately 22 years of experience with us and is responsible for growing the Company through a variety of business cycles, building our global platform and developing our reputation for quality and reliability in the heat tracing industry.

Business Strategy

Our business strategy is designed to capitalize on our competitive strengths. Key elements of our strategy include:

 

   

Pursue organic growth opportunities. We will continue to focus on strategically building the necessary global infrastructure to expand our footprint in high growth markets. In addition, we believe that there may be opportunities to broaden our existing offerings into areas that are complementary to the products and services that we currently provide. Furthermore, we are focused on increasing MRO/UE revenues generated from our installed base by actively monitoring installations and maintaining strong communication lines with our customers.

 

 

4


Table of Contents
   

Continue to deliver products known for quality, reliability and technology leadership. We are proud of our reputation as a leader in the heat tracing industry with a long history of product innovation and reliability.

 

   

Identify and implement operational improvement initiatives. We are highly focused on continuous process improvement. We have identified and begun to implement measures to improve our operational efficiency. We also continue to improve communication among operational divisions in order to derive benefits from leveraging additional scale.

 

   

Selectively pursue value-added, small acquisitions. Given the fragmented nature of the heat tracing industry, we believe that there may be opportunities to pursue small acquisitions at attractive valuations.

Risk Factors

There are a number of risks related to our business, the exchange offer and the New Notes that you should consider before you decide to tender your Old Notes in the exchange offer. You should carefully consider all the information presented in the section entitled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. The risks related to our business, which are described further in the “Risk Factors” section, include the following:

 

   

The markets we serve are subject to cyclical demand, which could harm our business and make it difficult to project long-term performance. Demand for our products and services depends in large part upon the level of capital and maintenance expenditures by many of our customers and end users, in particular those in the energy, chemical processing and power generation industries. These customers’ expenditures historically have been cyclical in nature and vulnerable to economic downturns.

 

   

As a global business, we are exposed to economic, political and other risks in a number of countries. If we are unable to continue operating successfully in one or more foreign countries, particularly in areas with emerging and high growth markets, it may adversely affect our business and financial condition.

 

   

Volatility in currency exchange rates may affect our results of operations or liquidity.

 

   

A material disruption at any of our manufacturing facilities could require us to make substantial capital expenditures to fill customer orders, which could negatively affect our financial condition.

 

   

We rely on third party subcontractors, suppliers and manufacturers to complete our projects. If a subcontractor or supplier is unable to deliver its services or materials according to the negotiated contract terms for any reason, we may be required to purchase the services or materials from another source at a higher price.

 

   

We operate in highly competitive markets, and our future revenue and overall results of operations depend in part on our ability to bid and win new contracts.

 

   

A failure to deliver our backlog on time could affect our future sales and profitability and our relationships with our customers, and if we were to experience a material amount of modifications or cancellations of orders, our sales could be negatively impacted.

 

   

Due to the nature of our business, we may be liable for damages based on product liability claims. We are also exposed to potential indemnity claims from customers for losses due to our work or if our employees are injured performing services.

 

   

We are typically responsible for all cost overruns on our fixed price contracts, and our actual costs often vary from the estimated costs on which these contracts were originally based. In addition, many of our customer contracts contain liquidated damages provisions in the event that we fail to perform our obligations thereunder in a timely manner or in accordance with the agreed terms, conditions and standards.

 

 

5


Table of Contents
   

Our business strategy includes acquiring smaller, value-added companies and making investments that complement our existing business. These acquisitions and investments could be unsuccessful or consume significant resources, which could adversely affect our operating results.

 

   

We have substantial indebtedness and, subject to restrictions in the Indenture governing the New Notes and in our Revolving Credit Facility, we may incur additional indebtedness. Our high level of indebtedness could make it more difficult for us to satisfy our financial obligations, including with respect to the New Notes, and may have significant adverse effects on our business.

 

   

A significant portion of our business is conducted through foreign subsidiaries and our failure to generate sufficient cash flow from these subsidiaries, or otherwise repatriate or receive cash from these subsidiaries, could result in our inability to repay our indebtedness.

These and other risks are more fully described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. If any of these risks actually occur, they could materially harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. In this event, you could lose part or all of your investment in the New Notes offered hereby.

The Transactions

On April 30, 2010, the acquisition of all of the outstanding capital stock of Parent (the “Acquisition”) by an investor group led by CHS pursuant to a stock purchase agreement dated March 26, 2010 with Thermon Holdings, LLC (“Seller”) and Parent was completed. After accounting for subsequent working capital and other post-closing adjustments required by the stock purchase agreement, the purchase price is currently estimated to be $320.9 million, including the estimated remaining income tax adjustment and restricted cash payment obligations at September 30, 2010 of approximately $4.2 million.

The Acquisition purchase price and related fees and expenses were financed with the proceeds from the issuance of the Old Notes and a $129.2 million equity investment consisting of approximately $112.5 million from our Equity Sponsors (as defined below) and approximately $16.7 million of reinvestments from the Management Investors (as defined below). As a result of the equity investment, our Equity Investors (as defined below) became the sole shareholders of Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. (“TGH”), which became our ultimate parent upon consummation of the Acquisition. Immediately following the closing of the Acquisition and the sale of the Old Notes, Thermon Finance, Inc., the issuer of the Old Notes, was merged with and into Thermon Industries, Inc. (“TII”), a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Parent, which assumed all of TFI’s obligations under the Old Notes and the related indenture by operation of law. See “The Transactions” for a more detailed description of the Acquisition and related transactions.

Simultaneously with the closing of the Acquisition and the sale of the Old Notes, TII and Thermon Canada Inc. (“TCI”) entered into a five-year, $40.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”), of which up to $20.0 million is available to TCI, subject in each case to borrowing base availability. See “Description of Other Indebtedness—Revolving Credit Facility” for a detailed description of certain terms of the Revolving Credit Facility.

As used in this prospectus, the “Transactions” refer collectively to the equity investment by our Equity Investors in TGH, TII and TCI entering into the Revolving Credit Facility, the repayment of amounts owed under, and the termination of, certain then-existing revolving credit and term loan facilities, the issuance of the Old Notes and the application of the gross proceeds from the offering of the Old Notes and the equity investment to complete the Acquisition and to pay related fees and expenses of these transactions.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Our Sponsors

In connection with the Acquisition, CHS and two other private equity firms made equity investments in TGH, our ultimate parent entity. We refer to CHS and such other firms collectively in this prospectus as our “Equity Sponsors.”

CHS is a Chicago-based private equity firm focused on investing in middle market companies in partnership with management. CHS targets well-managed companies with growth potential and enterprise values between $75 million and $500 million. CHS has completed 74 platform investments and 229 add-on investments. Currently, CHS manages 18 portfolio investments with combined annual revenues in excess of $4 billion. Founded in 1988, CHS has formed five private equity funds and currently manages over $2.8 billion of capital. Investing in the infrastructure & industrial products space has been a cornerstone of CHS since its inception, representing over $815 million and over 31% of total capital invested.

Certain members of management and key employees of the Company, together with certain former managers of the Company, which we refer to collectively in this prospectus as the “Management Investors,” reinvested a portion of the cash proceeds they received in the Acquisition as an equity investment in the Company. We refer to the Equity Sponsors and the Management Investors collectively as the “Equity Investors.” See “The Transactions” and “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” for additional information.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Organizational Chart

The following chart summarizes our corporate structure after the consummation of the Transactions and identifies the issuer and the guarantors of the Notes:

LOGO

The indenture that governs the Notes allows us to alter our corporate structure, and in that regard, we are contemplating a restructuring to achieve a more efficient structure.

Our Corporate Information

We are incorporated in Delaware and our corporate offices are located at 100 Thermon Drive, San Marcos, TX 78666. Our telephone number is (512) 396-5801. As of September 30, 2010, we had 644 full-time, non-union employees.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Summary Description of the Exchange Offer

The summary below describes the principal terms of the exchange offer and is not intended to be complete. Certain of the terms and conditions described below are subject to important limitations and exceptions. The section of this prospectus entitled “The Exchange Offer” contains a more detailed description of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer. For purposes of this “—Summary Description of the Exchange Offer,” the terms “we” and “our” refer to Thermon Industries, Inc., as successor by merger to Thermon Finance, Inc., and not to any of its subsidiaries or parent companies.

 

Old Notes

9.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2017, which were issued on April 30, 2010.

 

New Notes

9.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2017, the issuance of which has been registered under the Securities Act. The form and terms of the New Notes are identical in all material respects to those of the Old Notes, except that the transfer restrictions and rights under the registration rights agreement, including payment of Additional Interest, do not apply to the New Notes.

 

Exchange Offer

We are offering to issue up to $210.0 million aggregate principal amount of the New Notes in exchange for a like principal amount of the Old Notes to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreement that was executed when the Old Notes were issued in a transaction in reliance upon the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A and Regulation S of the Securities Act.

 

Expiration Date; Tenders

The exchange offer will expire at 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on                     , 2010 (the 20th business day following the date of this prospectus), unless extended in our sole and absolute discretion. By tendering your Old Notes, you represent to us that:

 

   

you are not our “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act;

 

   

any New Notes you receive in the exchange offer are being acquired by you in the ordinary course of your business;

 

   

at the time of commencement and consummation of the exchange offer, neither you nor anyone receiving New Notes from you, has any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution, as defined in the Securities Act, of the New Notes in violation of the Securities Act;

 

   

you are not holding Old Notes that have, or are reasonably likely to have, the status of an unsold allotment in the initial offering;

 

   

if you are not a participating broker-dealer, you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, the distribution of the New Notes, as defined in the Securities Act; and

 

   

if you are a broker-dealer, you will receive the New Notes for your own account in exchange for Old Notes that were acquired by you as a result of your market-making or other trading activities and that you will deliver a prospectus in connection

 

 

9


Table of Contents
 

with any resale of the New Notes you receive. For further information regarding resales of the New Notes by participating broker-dealers, see the discussion under the caption “Plan of Distribution.”

 

Withdrawal; Non-Acceptance

You may withdraw any Old Notes tendered in the exchange offer at any time prior to 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on                     , 2010. If we decide for any reason not to accept any Old Notes tendered for exchange, the Old Notes will be returned to the registered holder at our expense promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer. In the case of the Old Notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), any withdrawn or unaccepted Old Notes will be credited to the tendering holder’s account at DTC. For further information regarding the withdrawal of tendered Old Notes, see “The Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer; Period for Tendering Old Notes” and the “The Exchange Offer—Withdrawal Rights.”

 

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

The exchange offer is subject to customary conditions, which we may waive. See the discussion below under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Conditions to the Exchange Offer” for more information regarding the conditions to the exchange offer.

 

Procedures for Tendering the Old Notes

You must do one of the following on or prior to the expiration or termination of the exchange offer to participate in the exchange offer:

 

   

tender your Old Notes by sending the certificates for your Old Notes, in proper form for transfer, a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal, with any required signature guarantees, and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal, to The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as exchange agent, at one of the addresses listed below under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Exchange Agent,” or

 

   

tender your Old Notes by using the book-entry transfer procedures described below and transmitting a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal, with any required signature guarantees, or an agent’s message instead of the letter of transmittal, to the exchange agent. In order for a book-entry transfer to constitute a valid tender of your Old Notes in the exchange offer, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as exchange agent, must receive a confirmation of book-entry transfer of your Old Notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC prior to the expiration or termination of the exchange offer. For more information regarding the use of book-entry transfer procedures, including a description of the required agent’s message, see the discussion below under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Book-Entry Transfers.”

 

 

10


Table of Contents

Special Procedures for Beneficial Owners

If you are a beneficial owner whose Old Notes are registered in the name of the broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender your Old Notes in the exchange offer, you should promptly contact the person in whose name the Old Notes are registered and instruct that person to tender on your behalf. If you wish to tender in the exchange offer on your own behalf, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering your Old Notes, you must either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Old Notes in your name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the person in whose name the Old Notes are registered.

 

Material Federal Income Tax Considerations

The exchange of the Old Notes for New Notes in the exchange offer will not be a taxable transaction for United States federal income tax purposes. See the discussion under the caption “Principal U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” for more information regarding the tax consequences to you of the exchange offer.

 

Use of Proceeds

We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.

 

Exchange Agent

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. is the exchange agent for the exchange offer. You can find the address and telephone number of the exchange agent below under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Exchange Agent.”

 

Resales

Based on interpretations by the staff of the Securities Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), as set forth in no-action letters issued to the third parties, we believe that the New Notes you receive in the exchange offer may be offered for resale, resold or otherwise transferred without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act. However, you will not be able to freely transfer the New Notes if:

 

   

you are our “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act;

 

   

you are not acquiring the New Notes in the exchange offer in the ordinary course of your business;

 

   

you have an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution, as defined in the Securities Act, of the New Notes, you will receive in the exchange offer;

 

   

you are holding Old Notes that have or are reasonably likely to have the status of an unsold allotment in the initial offering; or

 

   

you are a participating broker-dealer that received New Notes for its own account in the exchange offer in exchange for Old Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

If you fall within one of the exceptions listed above, you must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction involving the New Notes. See the discussion below under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Old Notes” for more information.

 

Broker-Dealer

Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of New Notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of New Notes received in exchange for Old Notes which were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that for a period of up to 90 days after the expiration date, as defined in this prospectus, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution” for more information.

 

Registration Rights Agreement

When the Old Notes were issued, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the Old Notes. Under the terms of the registration rights agreement, we agreed to use our commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC and cause to become effective, a registration statement relating to an offer to exchange the Old Notes for the New Notes.

If the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part is not declared effective within 210 days of the date of the issuance of the Old Notes (November 26, 2010), or if we do not complete the exchange offer within 30 business days of the date on which the registration statement is declared effective, the interest rate borne by the Old Notes will be increased at a rate of 0.25% per annum every 90 days (but shall not exceed 1.0% per annum) until the earlier of (1) the date the registration statement is declared effective or the date the exchange offer is completed, as applicable, or (2) the date the Old Notes become freely transferable under Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

Under some circumstances set forth in the registration rights agreement, holders of Old Notes, including holders who are not permitted to participate in the exchange offer by applicable law or SEC policy or who may not freely sell New Notes received in the exchange offer, may require us to file and cause to become effective, a shelf registration statement covering resales of the Old Notes by these holders.

A copy of the registration rights agreement is incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. See “Description of the New Notes—Registered Exchange Offer; Registration Rights.”

 

 

12


Table of Contents

Consequences of Not Exchanging Old Notes

If you do not exchange your Old Notes in the exchange offer, your Old Notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer described in the legend on the certificate for your Old Notes. In general, you may offer or sell your Old Notes only:

 

   

if they are registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws;

 

   

if they are offered or sold under an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws; or

 

   

if they are offered or sold in a transaction not subject to the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws.

We do not currently intend to register the Old Notes under the Securities Act. Under some circumstances, however, holders of the Old Notes, including holders who are not permitted to participate in the exchange offer or who may not freely resell New Notes received in the exchange offer, may require us to file, and to cause to become effective, a shelf registration statement covering resales of Old Notes by these holders. For more information regarding the consequences of not tendering your Old Notes and our obligation to file a shelf registration statement, see “The Exchange Offer—Consequences of Exchanging or Failing to Exchange Old Notes” and “Description of the New Notes—Registered Exchange Offer; Registration Rights.”

 

 

13


Table of Contents

Summary Description of the New Notes

The terms of the New Notes and those of the outstanding Old Notes are substantially identical, except that the transfer restrictions and rights under the registration rights agreement, including payment of Additional Interest, do not apply to the New Notes. The summary below describes the principal terms of the New Notes and is not intended to be complete. Certain of the terms and conditions described below are subject to important limitations and exceptions. The section of this prospectus entitled “Description of the New Notes” contains a more detailed description of the terms and conditions of the New Notes. For purposes of this “—Summary Description of the New Notes,” the terms “we” and “our” refer to Thermon Industries, Inc., as successor by merger to Thermon Finance, Inc., and not to any of its subsidiaries or parent companies.

 

Issuer

Thermon Industries, Inc., as successor by merger to Thermon Finance, Inc.

 

Notes Offered

Up to $210.0 million aggregate principal amount of 9.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2017.

 

Maturity Date

May 1, 2017.

 

Interest

We will pay interest in cash on the New Notes semi-annually at the rate of 9.500% per year, on May 1 and November 1 of each year, beginning on November 1, 2010.

 

Guarantees

The New Notes will be guaranteed on a senior secured basis by Parent and each of its existing and future domestic restricted subsidiaries, other than the issuer of the New Notes. See “Description of the New Notes—New Note Guarantees.”

 

Security

The New Notes and the guarantees will be secured by liens on substantially all of our and the guarantors’ assets, subject to certain exceptions; provided, however, that pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, the liens will be contractually subordinated to liens thereon that secure our Revolving Credit Facility. The collateral will not include assets constituting Excluded Collateral (as defined herein). See “Description of the New Notes—Security.”

 

Ranking

The New Notes and the guarantees will rank senior in right of payment to all of our and the guarantors’ existing and future subordinated indebtedness, and equal in right of payment with all of our and the guarantors’ existing and future senior indebtedness, including indebtedness under our Revolving Credit Facility. The New Notes and the guarantees will be effectively subordinated, however, to our Revolving Credit Facility and certain other indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness and to the liabilities of Parent’s subsidiaries that are not guarantors.

 

Optional Redemption

On or after May 1, 2014, we may redeem some or all of the New Notes at a premium that will decrease over time as set forth in this prospectus, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the applicable date of redemption.

 

 

14


Table of Contents

Prior to May 1, 2013, we may redeem from time to time up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the New Notes at a redemption price equal to 109.500%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, with the net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings.

Prior to May 1, 2013, we may also, at our option, redeem up to 10% of the originally issued principal amount of New Notes per year, at a redemption price equal to 103% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

In addition, we may, at our option, redeem some or all of the New Notes at any time prior to May 1, 2014, by paying a “make whole” premium.

See “Description of the New Notes—Optional Redemption.”

 

Change of Control Offer

If a change of control occurs, we will be required to make an offer to purchase each holder’s New Notes at a repurchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase. See “Description of the New Notes—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control.”

 

Asset Sale Offer

If Parent or any of its restricted subsidiaries sells certain assets and the net proceeds are not applied as required under the Indenture, we may be required to make an offer to purchase some of the New Notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase. See “Description of the New Notes—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales.”

 

Certain Indenture Provisions

The Indenture will limit our ability and the ability of Parent and its other restricted subsidiaries to, among other things:

 

   

incur additional indebtedness or issue disqualified capital stock;

 

   

pay dividends, redeem subordinated debt or make other restricted payments;

 

   

make certain investments or acquisitions;

 

   

issue stock of subsidiaries;

 

   

grant or permit certain liens;

 

   

enter into certain transactions with affiliates;

 

   

merge, consolidate or transfer substantially all of our or Parent’s assets;

 

   

incur dividend or other payment restrictions affecting certain of Parent’s subsidiaries;

 

   

transfer or sell assets, including capital stock of Parent’s subsidiaries; and

 

   

change the business we conduct.

 

 

15


Table of Contents

These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions. See “Description of the New Notes—Certain Covenants.”

 

Absence of a Public Market

The New Notes are a new issue of securities, and there is currently no established market for them. The New Notes will not be listed on any securities exchange or included in any automated quotation system. Accordingly, there can be no assurance as to the development or liquidity of any market for the New Notes.

 

Use of Proceeds

We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.

 

Form and Denomination

The New Notes will be issued only in registered form. The New Notes will initially be issued in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. The New Notes will each be represented by a single permanent global note in fully registered form, deposited with a custodian for and registered in the name of a nominee of DTC. Beneficial interests in the global note will be shown on, and transfers thereof will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC and its participants. Except as described herein, New Notes in certificated form will not be issued in exchange for the global notes or interests therein.

 

Risk Factors

Tendering your Old Notes in the exchange offer involves risks. You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this prospectus and, in particular, you should evaluate the specific factors under “Risk Factors,” before tendering any Old Notes.

 

 

16


Table of Contents

Summary Historical Condensed Consolidated Financial Data

The following tables set forth certain summary historical condensed consolidated financial data for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2010, March 31, 2009 and March 31, 2008, and as of and for the six months ended September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009. The summary historical condensed consolidated financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with (i) the sections entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Capitalization,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations,” and “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” each of which is contained elsewhere in this prospectus, and (ii) our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2010, March 31, 2009 and March 31, 2008 and for the three and six months ended September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009, each of which is contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

The presentation of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2008 includes the combined results of the pre-predecessor and predecessor owners for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2008 and the predecessor and successor owners for the six months ended September 30, 2010, respectively. We have presented the combination of these respective periods because it provides an easier-to-read discussion of the results of operations and provides the investor with information from which to analyze our financial results in a manner that is consistent with the way management reviews and analyzes our results of operations. In addition, the combined results provide investors with the most meaningful comparison between our results for prior and future periods. Please refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Year ended March 31, 2008 Combined Financial Statement Presentation,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Three and six months ended September 30, 2010 Combined Financial Statement Presentation” and our historical consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the year ended March 31, 2008 and the three and six months ended September 30, 2010 included elsewhere in this prospectus for a separate presentation of the results for the pre-predecessor and predecessor and predecessor and successor periods.

The summary historical consolidated financial data set forth for the periods prior to May 1, 2010 do not give pro forma effect to the Transactions and should be read in conjunction with (i) the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” which is contained elsewhere in this prospectus, and (ii) our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto for the years ended March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2009 and for the three and six months ended September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009.

In this prospectus, we have included the condensed consolidated financial statements of Thermon Holding Corp. as of September 30, 2010 and for the period from May 1, 2010 through September 30, 2010 (“Successor”) and the condensed consolidated financial statements of Thermon Holdings, LLC for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2009, for the period from August 30, 2007 through March 31, 2008, for the three and six months ended September 30, 2009 (“Predecessor”), and for the period from April 1, 2007 through August 29, 2007 (“Pre-Predecessor”). Concurrent with the consummation of the Transactions as of April 30, 2010, Thermon Holdings, LLC no longer owned any interest in Thermon Holding Corp., and, beginning the period from May 1, 2010 through September 30, 2010, we will report the consolidated financial statements of Thermon Holding Corp. We do not anticipate that there would have been any material difference in our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2010, March 31, 2009 and March 31, 2008 and for the three and six months ended September 30, 2009 had such statements been prepared for Thermon Holding Corp., except as it relates to purchase accounting in connection with the Transactions.

 

 

17


Table of Contents
    Pre-Predecessor/
Predecessor
Combined
(Non-GAAP) (1)
    Predecessor     Predecessor/
Successor
Combined
(Non-GAAP) (2)
 
    Fiscal Year Ended March 31,     Six Months Ended September 30,  
    2008     2009     2010         2009             2010      

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

         

Sales

  $ 185,811      $ 202,755      $ 192,713      $ 95,557      $ 114,027   

Cost of sales (3)

    110,092        105,456        101,401        49,814        69,909   
                                       

Gross profit (3)

  $ 75,719      $ 97,299      $ 91,312      $ 45,743      $ 44,118   

Operating expenses:

         

Marketing, general and administrative and engineering expenses

    47,044        49,807        47,343        21,226        26,785   

Amortization of intangible assets

    6,716        6,627        2,426        1,180        11,641   
                                       

Income from operations

  $ 21,959      $ 40,865      $ 41,543      $ 23,337      $ 5,692   

Interest expense, net (4)

    (8,207     (9,531     (7,351     (3,622     (17,750

Gain/(loss) on disposition of PP&E

    (116     (18     (1     —          —     

Miscellaneous income/(expense) (5)

    (12,937     (3,120     (1,285     (317     (20,277
                                       

Income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes

  $ 699      $ 28,196      $ 32,906      $ 19,398      $ (32,335

Income tax benefit (expense)

    (21,712     (1,795     (13,966     (8,851     18,098   
                                       

Net income (loss)

  $ (21,013   $ 26,401      $ 18,940      $ 10,547      $ (14,237
                                       

Other Financial Data:

         

Gross margin (3)

    40.8     48.0     47.4     47.8     38.6

EBITDA – non-GAAP basis (8)

  $ 24,798      $ 46,224      $ 44,681      $ 25,145      $ 5,619   

Adjusted EBITDA – non-GAAP basis (8)

    33,143        47,497        44,990        25,145        26,325   

Capital expenditures

    5,315        2,708        1,587        775        1,226   

Cash flows provided by (used in):

         

Operating activities

    (1,245     23,686        24,681        10,319        226   

Investing activities

    (149,956     (2,268     (1,585     (775     (320,671

Financing activities

    158,150        (12,267     (8,600     107        308,945   

Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

    1,163        (2,223     2,249        1,481        (132

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (6)

    1.1x        3.8x        5.2x        5.9x        nm   

Operating Data:

         

Backlog at end of period (7)

  $ 77,497      $ 66,779      $ 82,459      $ 67,933      $ 85,555   

 

    Pre-Predecessor/
Predecessor
Combined

(Non-GAAP) (1)
    Predecessor     Predecessor/
Successor
Combined

(Non-GAAP) (2)
 
    March 31,     September 30,
2010
 
    2008     2009     2010    

Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 6,474      $ 13,402      $ 30,147      $ 15,663   

Accounts receivable, net

    45,016        37,874        41,882        54,481   

Inventory, net

    25,136        25,103        22,835        27,679   

Total assets

    213,301        193,736        221,116        414,319   

Total debt, including current portion

    120,951        99,032        109,249        210,394   

Total shareholder’s / members’ equity

    20,345        38,214        55,074        113,502   

 

 

18


Table of Contents

 

(1) The closing of the Audax Transaction on August 30, 2007 established a new basis of accounting that primarily affected inventory, intangible assets, goodwill, taxes, debt and equity. This resulted in additional amortization expense, interest expense and tax expense for the period from August 30, 2007 through March 31, 2008 (“predecessor”) as compared to the period from April 1, 2007 through August 29, 2007 (“pre-predecessor”). Except for purchase accounting adjustments, the results for the two combined periods are comparable. Therefore, we believe that combining the two periods into a single period for comparative purposes gives the most clarity for the users of this financial information. Please refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Year ended March 31, 2008 Combined Financial Statement Presentation” and our historical consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the year ended March 31, 2008 included elsewhere in this prospectus for a separate presentation of the results for the pre-predecessor and predecessor periods.
(2) The closing of the Acquisition on April 30, 2010 established a new basis of accounting that primarily affected inventory, intangible assets, goodwill, taxes, debt and equity. This resulted in additional amortization expense, interest expense and tax expense for the period from May 1, 2010 through September 30, 2010 (“successor”) as compared to the period from April 1, 2010 through April 30, 2010 (“predecessor”). Except for purchase accounting adjustments, the results for the two combined periods are comparable. Therefore, we believe that combining the two periods into a single period for comparative purposes gives the most clarity for the users of this financial information. Please refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Three and six months ended September 30, 2010 Combined Financial Statement Presentation” and our historical consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the three and six months ended September 30, 2010 included elsewhere in this prospectus for a separate presentation of the results for the predecessor and successor periods.
(3) In the 2008 fiscal year, there was a non-cash negative impact of $7.1 million to cost of sales and, consequently, gross profit due to a purchase accounting adjustment related to the Audax Transaction. In the six months ended September 30, 2010, there was a non-cash negative impact of $7.5 million to cost of sales and, consequently, gross profit due to a purchase accounting adjustment related to the Acquisition.
(4) Interest expense for the six months ended September 30, 2010 of $17.8 million included increased interest and amortization related to the Transactions as well as $2.0 million of unused bridge loan fee amortization, $3.1 million of prepayment fees and $2.6 million of accelerated amortization of the deferred debt costs associated with the repaid debt.
(5) Miscellaneous income (expense) for the six months ended September 30, 2010 of $(20.3) million includes $(20.7) million of non-recurring expenses related to the Transactions and $1 million of income related to the reversal of our compliance reserve.
(6) Earnings for the six months ended September 30, 2010 were significantly affected by one-time costs related to the Transactions. If earnings were adjusted to exclude the $7.5 million purchase accounting inventory amortization expense, $11.6 million amortization of intangibles and $20.7 million in transaction costs associated with the Transactions, the ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the six months ended September 30, 2010 would be 1.4x.
(7) Represents the future revenue attributable to signed, but unperformed, purchase agreements that set forth specific revenue amounts at the end of the applicable period.
(8)

EBITDA represents net income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax expense, interest expense and depreciation and amortization of intangibles. Adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA before other non-cash charges not included in EBITDA such as amortization of stock compensation and other unusual non-recurring cash charges not associated with the ongoing operations of the Company. See “Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a discussion of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, including their limits as financial measures. We believe these measures are meaningful to our investors to enhance their understanding of our financial performance and our ability to service our indebtedness, including the Notes. Although EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not necessarily measures of our ability to fund our cash needs, we understand that they are frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested

 

 

19


Table of Contents
 

parties as measures of financial performance and to compare our performance with the performance of other companies that report EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, income from operations, net income (loss), cash flow and other measures of financial performance and liquidity reported in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). Our calculations of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. The following table reconciles Net Income (loss) to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented in this table and elsewhere in this prospectus:

 

    Pre-
Predecessor
    Pre-Predecessor/
Predecessor
Combined
(Non-GAAP)
    Predecessor     Predecessor/
Successor
Combined
(Non-GAAP)
 
    Fiscal Year Ended March 31,     Six Months Ended September 30,  
    2007                2008                 2009     2010             2009                     2010          

Net income (loss)

  $ 11,393      $ (21,013   $ 26,401      $ 18,940      $ 10,547      $ (14,237

Interest expense, net

    818        8,207        9,531        7,351        3,622        17,750   

Income tax expense

    5,429        21,712        1,795        13,966        8,851        (18,098

Depreciation and amortization expense

    1,398        15,892        8,497        4,424        2,125        20,204   
                                               

EBITDA – non-GAAP basis

  $ 19,038      $ 24,798      $ 46,224      $ 44,681      $ 25,145      $ 5,619   
                                               

EBITDA – non-GAAP

  $ 19,038      $ 24,798      $ 46,224      $ 44,681      $ 25,145      $ 5,619   

Audax Transaction expenses (a)

    —          8,345        —          —          —          —     

CHS Acquisition expenses (b)

    —          —          —          309        —          20,706   

Other transaction expenses

    510 (c)      —          1,273 (d)      —          —          —     
                                               

Adjusted EBITDA – non-GAAP basis

  $ 19,548      $ 33,143      $ 47,497      $ 44,990      $ 25,145      $ 26,325   
                                               

 

  (a) Represents expenses related to the sale process that culminated with the successful completion of the Audax Transaction, which were incurred in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2008 (“Fiscal 2008”).
  (b) Represents expenses related to the sale process that culminated with the successful completion of the CHS Acquisition, which were incurred during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010 (“Fiscal 2010”) and the six months ended September 30, 2010.
  (c) Represents legal, financial and other advisory and consulting fees and expenses incurred during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007 (“Fiscal 2007”) when our founder and his family, our controlling stockholders at the time, engaged in negotiations to sell their controlling interest in the Company. This transaction was ultimately abandoned by the parties in Fiscal 2007.
  (d) Represents legal, financial and other advisory and consulting fees and expenses incurred during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2009 (“Fiscal 2009”) when affiliates of the Audax Group engaged in negotiations to sell their controlling interest in the Company. Negotiations were abandoned by the parties in Fiscal 2009.

 

 

20


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should consider carefully the following information about these risks, together with the other information included in this prospectus, before deciding to tender your Old Notes in the exchange offer. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us, or that we currently deem immaterial, may also materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. We cannot assure you that any of the events discussed in the risk factors below, or other risks, will not occur. If they do, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In such case, the trading price of the New Notes could decline, and you might lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Exchange Offer

If you choose not to exchange your Old Notes in the exchange offer, the transfer restrictions currently applicable to your Old Notes will remain in force and the market price of your Old Notes could decline.

If you do not exchange your Old Notes for New Notes in the exchange offer, then you will continue to be subject to the transfer restrictions on the Old Notes as set forth in the offering memorandum distributed in connection with the private offering of the Old Notes. In general, the Old Notes may not be offered or sold unless they are registered or exempt from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. We do not intend to register resales of the Old Notes under the Securities Act. You should refer to “Summary Summary Description of the Exchange Offer” and “The Exchange Offer” for information about how to tender your Old Notes.

The tender of Old Notes under the exchange offer will reduce the principal amount of the Old Notes outstanding, which may have an adverse effect upon, and increase the volatility of, the market price of the Old Notes due to reduction in liquidity.

You must follow the exchange offer procedures carefully in order to receive the New Notes.

If you do not follow the procedures described herein, you will not receive any New Notes. The New Notes will be issued to you in exchange for Old Notes only after timely receipt by the exchange agent of:

 

   

your Old Notes and either:

 

   

a properly completed and executed letter of transmittal and all other required documents; or

 

   

a book-entry delivery by electronic transmittal of an agent’s message through the Automated Tender Offer Program of DTC.

If you want to tender your Old Notes in exchange for New Notes, you should allow sufficient time to ensure timely delivery. No one is under any obligation to give you notification of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of Old Notes for exchange. For additional information, see the section captioned “The Exchange Offer” in this prospectus.

There are state securities law restrictions on the resale of the New Notes.

In order to comply with the securities laws of certain jurisdictions, the New Notes may not be offered or resold by any holder, unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in such jurisdictions or an exemption from registration or qualification is available and the requirements of such exemption have been satisfied. We currently do not intend to register or qualify the resale of the New Notes in any such jurisdictions. However, generally an exemption is available for sales to registered broker-dealers and certain institutional buyers. Other exemptions under applicable state securities laws also may be available.

 

21


Table of Contents

Certain persons who participate in the exchange offer must deliver a prospectus in connection with resales of the New Notes.

Based on interpretations of the staff of the SEC contained in Exxon Capital Holdings Corp. , SEC no-action letter (April 13, 1988), Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc. , SEC no-action letter (June 5, 1991) and Shearman & Sterling , SEC no-action letter (July 2, 1983), we believe that you may offer for resale, resell or otherwise transfer the New Notes without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. However, in some instances described in this prospectus under “Plan of Distribution,” certain holders of New Notes will remain obligated to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to transfer the New Notes. If such a holder transfers any New Notes without delivering a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act or without an applicable exemption from registration under the Securities Act, such a holder may incur liability under the Securities Act. We do not and will not assume, or indemnify such a holder against, this liability.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

The markets we serve are subject to cyclical demand, which could harm our business and make it difficult to project long-term performance.

Our operating results have been and may in the future be adversely affected by general economic conditions and the cyclical pattern of certain industries in which our customers and end users operate. Demand for our products and services depends in large part upon the level of capital and maintenance expenditures by many of our customers and end users, in particular those in the energy, chemical processing and power generation industries, or to firms that design and construct facilities for these industries. These customers’ expenditures historically have been cyclical in nature and vulnerable to economic downturns.

New facility construction projects have been a substantial source of recent revenue growth. Decreased capital and maintenance spending, or a decrease in new facility construction, by these customers could have a material adverse effect on the demand for our products and services and our business, financial condition and results of operations.

As a global business, we are exposed to economic, political and other risks in a number of countries, which could materially reduce our revenues, profitability or cash flows, or materially increase our liabilities. If we are unable to continue operating successfully in one or more foreign countries, it may have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010, approximately 66% of our revenues were generated by our non-U.S. subsidiaries, and approximately 40% were generated outside North America. In addition, one of our key growth strategies is to continue to expand our foreign footprint in emerging and high growth markets around the world, although we may not be successful in expanding our international business.

Conducting business outside the U.S. is subject to additional risks, including the following:

 

   

changes in a specific country’s or region’s political, social or economic conditions, particularly in emerging markets;

 

   

tariffs, other trade protection measures and import or export licensing requirements;

 

   

restrictions on our ability to own or operate subsidiaries in, expand in, and repatriate cash from, foreign jurisdictions;

 

   

exchange controls and currency restrictions;

 

   

the burden of complying with multiple and potentially conflicting laws;

 

   

potentially negative consequences from changes in U.S. and foreign tax laws;

 

22


Table of Contents
   

difficulty in staffing and managing (including ensuring compliance with internal policies and controls) geographically widespread operations;

 

   

different regulatory regimes controlling the protection of our intellectual property;

 

   

difficulty in enforcement of contractual obligations under non-U.S. jurisdictions and collecting accounts receivable from foreign accounts; and

 

   

transportation delays or interruptions.

One or more of these factors could prevent us from successfully expanding our presence in international markets and could also have a material adverse effect on our current international operations.

Our international operations also depend upon favorable trade relations between the U.S. and those foreign countries in which our customers and suppliers have operations. A protectionist trade environment in either the U.S. or those foreign countries in which we do business or sell products, such as a change in the current tariff structures, export compliance, government subsidies or other trade policies, may materially and adversely affect our ability to operate in foreign markets. In addition, because some of our international sales are to foreign governments and entities controlled by foreign governments (such as national corporations), we are subject to the political risks associated with foreign government projects.

We may not succeed in developing and implementing policies and strategies to counter the foregoing factors effectively in each location where we do business and the foregoing factors may cause a reduction in our revenues, profitability or cash flows, or cause an increase in our liabilities.

Our international operations and foreign subsidiaries are subject to a variety of complex and continually changing laws and regulations and, in particular, export control regulations.

Due to the international scope of our operations, we are subject to a complex system of laws and regulations, including regulations issued by the U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”), the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), Customs and Border Protection, the Bureau of Industry and Security (“BIS”), the Office of Antiboycott Compliance (“OAC”) and the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), as well as the counterparts of these agencies in foreign countries. While we believe we are in material compliance with these regulations and maintain programs intended to achieve compliance, we may currently or may in the future be in violation of these regulations. In 2009, we entered into settlement agreements with BIS and OFAC, and in 2010 we entered into a settlement agreement with OAC, in each case with respect to matters we voluntarily disclosed to such agencies.

Any alleged or actual violations may subject us to government scrutiny, investigation and civil and criminal penalties and may limit our ability to export our products or provide services outside the U.S. Additionally, we cannot predict the nature, scope or effect of future regulatory requirements to which our international operations might be subject or the manner in which existing laws might be administered or interpreted.

In addition, our geographically widespread operations, coupled with our relatively smaller offices in many countries, make it more difficult to oversee and ensure that all our offices and employees comply with our internal policies and control procedures. We have in the past experienced employee theft, although the amounts involved have not been material, and we cannot assure you that we can ensure compliance with our internal control policies and procedures.

We operate in many different jurisdictions and we could be adversely affected by violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar foreign anti-corruption laws.

The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) and similar foreign anti-corruption laws generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments or providing anything of value to influence

 

23


Table of Contents

foreign government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business, or obtaining an unfair advantage. Recent years have seen a substantial increase in the global enforcement of anti-corruption laws, with more frequent voluntary self-disclosures by companies, aggressive investigations and enforcement proceedings by both the DOJ and the SEC resulting in record fines and penalties, increased enforcement activity by non-U.S. regulators, and increases in criminal and civil proceedings brought against companies and individuals. In addition, many of our customers and end users are involved in infrastructure construction and energy production, industries that are often subject to increased scrutiny by regulators. Our internal policies mandate compliance with these anti-corruption laws. We operate in many parts of the world that are recognized as having governmental corruption problems to some degree and where strict compliance with anti-corruption laws may conflict with local customs and practices. Our continued operation and expansion outside the U.S., including in developing countries, could increase the risk of such violations in the future. Despite our training and compliance programs, we cannot assure you that our internal control policies and procedures always will protect us from unauthorized reckless or criminal acts committed by our employees or agents. In the event that we believe or have reason to believe that our employees or agents have or may have violated applicable anti-corruption laws, including the FCPA, we may be required to investigate or have outside counsel investigate the relevant facts and circumstances, which can be expensive and require significant time and attention from senior management. Violations of these laws may result in severe criminal or civil sanctions, could disrupt our business, and result in a material adverse effect on our reputation, business and results of operations or financial condition.

Volatility in currency exchange rates may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Our foreign subsidiaries generally sell their products and services in the local currency, but obtain a significant amount of their products from our facilities located in another country, primarily the U.S., Canada or Europe. Changes in the relevant exchange rates could adversely affect our margins on foreign sales of products. We also bid for certain foreign projects in U.S. dollars or euros. If the U.S. dollar or euro strengthens relative to the value of the local currency, we may be less competitive on those projects.

In order to meet our global cash management needs, we often transfer cash between the U.S. and foreign operations and sometimes between foreign entities. In addition, our debt service requirements are primarily in U.S. dollars and a substantial portion of our cash flow is generated in foreign currencies, and we will need to repatriate cash to the U.S. in order to meet our U.S. debt service obligations, including on the New Notes. These transfers of cash expose us to currency exchange rate risks, and significant changes in the value of the foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar could limit our ability to meet our debt obligations, including under the New Notes, and impair our financial condition.

Because our consolidated financial results are reported in U.S. dollars, and we generate a substantial amount of our sales and earnings in other currencies, the translation of those results into U.S. dollars can result in a significant decrease in the amount of those sales and earnings. In addition, fluctuations in currencies relative to the U.S. dollar may make it more difficult to perform period-to-period comparisons of our reported results of operations.

We may not be able to effectively manage our exchange rate and/or currency transaction risks. Volatility in currency exchange rates may decrease our revenues and profitability, adversely affect our liquidity and impair our financial condition. We have not historically entered into hedging instruments to manage our exchange rate risk.

A sustained downturn in the energy industry, due to oil and gas prices or otherwise, could decrease demand for some of our products and services and cause downward pressure on the prices we charge, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A significant portion of our revenue for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010 was generated by end-users in the upstream oil and gas markets. Accordingly, demand for a significant portion of our products and services

 

24


Table of Contents

depends upon the level of capital expenditure by companies in the energy industry, which depends, in part, on energy prices. A sustained downturn in the capital expenditures of our customers, whether due to a decrease in the market price of oil and gas or otherwise, may decrease demand for our products and services and cause downward pressure on the prices we charge, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A material disruption at any of our manufacturing facilities could adversely affect our results of operations.

If operations at any of our manufacturing facilities were to be disrupted as a result of significant equipment failures, natural disasters, power outages, fires, explosions, terrorism, adverse weather conditions, labor disputes or other reasons, we may be unable to fill customer orders and otherwise meet customer demand for our products, which could adversely affect our financial performance. Interruptions in production, in particular at our manufacturing facilities in San Marcos, Texas, or Calgary, Canada, could increase our costs and reduce our sales. Any interruption in production capability could require us to make substantial capital expenditures to fill customer orders, which could negatively affect our profitability and financial condition. We maintain property damage insurance which we believe to be adequate to provide for reconstruction of facilities and equipment, as well as business interruption insurance to mitigate losses resulting from any production interruption or shutdown caused by an insured loss. However, any recovery under our insurance policies may not offset the lost sales or increased costs that may be experienced during the disruption of operations, which could adversely affect our financial performance.

Our dependence on subcontractors could adversely affect our results of operations.

We rely on third party subcontractors as well as third party suppliers and manufacturers to complete our projects. To the extent that we cannot engage subcontractors or acquire supplies or materials, our ability to complete a project in a timely fashion or at a profit may be impaired. If the amount we are required to pay for these goods and services exceeds the amount we have estimated in bidding for fixed-price contracts, we could experience losses on these contracts. In addition, if a subcontractor or supplier is unable to deliver its services or materials according to the negotiated contract terms for any reason, including the deterioration of its financial condition or over-commitment of its resources, we may be required to purchase the services or materials from another source at a higher price. This may reduce the profit to be realized or result in a loss on a project for which the services or materials were needed.

Our future revenue depends in part on our ability to bid and win new contracts. Our failure to effectively obtain future contracts could adversely affect our profitability.

Our future revenue and overall results of operations require us to successfully bid on new contracts. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010, approximately 17% of our annual revenue consisted of designing, engineering, supplying and/or installing equipment for major projects (valued at over $5 million) pursuant to competitive bids. The number of such projects in any year fluctuates, and is dependent upon our ability to bid successfully for such projects. Contract proposals and negotiations are complex and frequently involve a lengthy bidding and selection process, which is affected by a number of factors, such as market conditions, financing arrangements and required governmental approvals. For example, a client may require us to provide a bond or letter of credit to protect the client should we fail to perform under the terms of the contract. If negative market conditions arise, or if we fail to secure adequate financial arrangements or required governmental approvals, we may not be able to pursue particular projects, which could adversely affect our profitability.

We may be unable to compete successfully in the highly competitive markets in which we operate.

We operate in competitive domestic and international markets and compete with highly competitive manufacturers and service providers, both domestically and on a global basis. A number of our direct and indirect competitors are major multinational corporations, some of which have substantially greater technical,

 

25


Table of Contents

financial and marketing resources than us, and additional competitors may enter these markets. Our competitors may develop products that are superior to our products, develop methods of more efficiently and effectively providing products and services, or adapt more quickly than we do to new technologies or evolving customer requirements. Any increase in competition may cause us to lose market share or compel us to reduce prices to remain competitive, which could result in reduced sales and earnings.

A failure to deliver our backlog on time could affect our future sales and profitability and our relationships with our customers, and if we were to experience a material amount of modifications or cancellations of orders, our sales could be negatively impacted.

The ability to meet customer delivery schedules for our backlog is dependent on a number of factors including, but not limited to, access to the raw materials, an adequate and capable workforce, project engineering expertise for certain projects, sufficient manufacturing capacity and in some cases our reliance on subcontractors. A failure to deliver in accordance with our performance obligations may result in financial penalties and damage to existing customer relationships and our reputation, which could cause the loss of future business and could negatively impact our financial performance.

Our backlog is comprised of the portion of firm signed purchase agreements or other written contractual commitments received from customers that we have not recognized as revenue. The dollar amount of backlog as of September 30, 2010 was $85.6 million. Historically, we have experienced few order cancellations and the amount of cancellations of our orders has not been material compared to our total contract volume. Nonetheless, if we were to experience cancellations of or reductions in purchase orders, it would reduce our backlog and, consequently, our future sales and results of operations.

We are subject to project delays by our customers, which may adversely affect our operating results.

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010, approximately 17% of our revenue was derived from large customer projects valued at over $5 million. Customer project delays may occur, which in turn could delay or reduce our ability to realize value from our backlog and negatively impact the timing, or the amount of, revenue earned and the profitability of our business.

Due to the nature of our business, we may be liable for damages based on product liability claims. We are also exposed to potential indemnity claims from customers for losses due to our work or if our employees are injured performing services.

We face a risk of exposure to claims in the event that the failure, use or misuse of our products results, or is alleged to result, in death, bodily injury, property damage or economic loss. Although we maintain quality controls and procedures, we cannot be sure that our products will be free from defects. If any of our products prove to be defective, we may be required to replace the product. In addition, we may be required to recall or redesign such products, which could result in significant unexpected costs. Some of our products contain components manufactured by third parties, which may also have defects. In addition, if we are installing our products, we may be subject to claims that our installation caused damage or loss. Our products are often installed in our customers’ or end users’ complex and capital intensive facilities in inherently hazardous or dangerous industries, including energy, chemical processing and power generation, where the potential liability from risk of loss could be substantial. Although we currently maintain product liability coverage, which we believe is adequate for the continued operation of our business, we cannot be certain that this insurance coverage will continue to be available to us at a reasonable cost or, if available, will be adequate to cover any potential liabilities. With respect to components manufactured by third-party suppliers, the contractual indemnification that we seek from our third-party suppliers may be insufficient to cover claims made against us. In the event that we do not have adequate insurance or contractual indemnification, product liabilities could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

26


Table of Contents

Under our customer contracts, we often indemnify our customers from damages and losses they incur due to our work or services performed by us, as well as for losses our customers incur due to any injury or loss of life suffered by any of our employees or our subcontractor’s personnel occurring on our customer’s property. Many, but not all, of our customer contracts include provisions designed to limit our potential liability by excluding consequential damages and lost profits from our indemnity obligations. However, substantial indemnity claims may exceed the amount of insurance we maintain and could have a material adverse affect on our reputation, business, financial condition or results of operations.

We may lose money on fixed-price contracts, and we are exposed to liquidated damages risks in many of our customer contracts.

We often agree to provide products and services under fixed-price contracts; a significant portion of our turnkey sales are made pursuant to such fixed-price contracts. Under these contracts, we are typically responsible for all cost overruns, other than the amount of any cost overruns resulting from requested changes in order specifications. Our actual costs and any gross profit realized on these fixed-price contracts will often vary from the estimated costs on which these contracts were originally based. This may occur for various reasons, including errors in estimates or bidding, changes in availability and cost of labor and materials and unforeseen technical and logistical challenges. These variations and the risks inherent in our projects may result in reduced profitability or losses on projects. Depending on the size of a project, variations from estimated contract performance could have a material adverse impact on our operating results. In addition, many of our customer contracts, including fixed-price contracts, contain liquidated damages provisions in the event that we fail to perform our obligations thereunder in a timely manner or in accordance with the agreed terms, conditions and standards.

If we lose our senior management or other key employees, our business may be adversely affected.

Our ability to successfully operate and grow our global business and implement our strategies is largely dependent on the efforts, abilities and services of our senior management and other key employees. Our future success will also depend on, among other factors, our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel, such as engineers and other skilled labor, and in particular management and skilled employees for our foreign operations. Furthermore, two members of our senior management team recently retired from the Company. Richard Hageman, Senior Vice President, Marketing and Technology, retired from the Company on August 31, 2010, and David Ralph, Senior Vice President, Finance, retired from the Company on September 30, 2010. The performance of their replacements may have an adverse effect on our overall profitability and market position.

We rely heavily on trade secrets to gain a competitive advantage in the market and the unenforceability of our nondisclosure agreements may adversely affect our operations.

The heat tracing industry is highly competitive and subject to the introduction of innovative techniques and services using new technologies. We require all employees to sign a nondisclosure agreement to protect our trade secrets, business strategy and other proprietary information. If the provisions of these agreements are found unenforceable in any jurisdiction within which we operate, the loss of key personnel may place us at a competitive disadvantage. Even where the provisions are enforceable, the confidentiality clauses may not provide adequate protection of our trade secrets and proprietary information in every jurisdiction.

We may be unable to prevent third parties from using our intellectual property rights, including trade secrets and know-how, without our authorization or from independently developing intellectual property that is the same as or similar to ours, particularly in those countries where the laws do not protect our intellectual property rights as fully as in the U.S. The unauthorized use of our trade secrets or know-how by third parties could reduce or eliminate any competitive advantage we have developed, cause us to lose sales or otherwise harm our business or increase our expenses as we attempt to enforce our rights.

 

27


Table of Contents

Our intellectual property rights may not be successfully asserted in the future or may be invalidated, circumvented or challenged.

We have obtained and applied for some U.S. and, to a lesser extent, foreign trademark registrations and will continue to evaluate the registration of additional trademarks. We cannot guarantee that any of our pending applications will be approved. Moreover, even if the applications are approved, third parties may seek to oppose or otherwise challenge them. In addition, we rely on a number of significant unregistered trademarks, primarily abroad, but also in the U.S., in the day-to-day operation of our business. Without the protections afforded by registration, our ability to protect and use our trademarks may be limited and could negatively affect our business.

While we have patented some of our products and processes, we historically have not relied upon patents to protect our design or manufacturing processes or products, and our patents are not material to our operations or business. In addition, while we have not faced intellectual property infringement claims from others in recent years, in the event successful infringement claims are brought against us, particularly claims (under patents or otherwise) against our product design or manufacturing processes, such claims could have a material adverse affect on our business, financial condition or results of operation.

Our business strategy includes acquiring smaller, value-added companies and making investments that complement our existing business. These acquisitions and investments could be unsuccessful or consume significant resources, which could adversely affect our operating results.

Acquisitions and investments may involve cash expenditures, debt incurrence, operating losses and expenses that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results. Acquisitions involve numerous other risks, including:

 

   

diversion of management time and attention from daily operations;

 

   

difficulties integrating acquired businesses, technologies and personnel into our business;

 

   

potential loss of key employees, key contractual relationships or key customers of acquired companies or of us; and

 

   

assumption of the liabilities and exposure to unforeseen liabilities of acquired companies.

We have limited experience in acquiring or integrating other businesses or making investments or undertaking joint ventures with others. It may be difficult for us to complete transactions quickly and to integrate acquired operations efficiently into our current business operations. Any acquisitions or investments may ultimately harm our business or financial condition, as such acquisitions may not be successful and may ultimately result in impairment charges.

Additional liabilities related to taxes or potential tax adjustments could adversely impact our financial results, financial condition and cash flow.

We are subject to tax and related obligations in the jurisdictions in which we operate or do business, including state, local, federal and foreign taxes. The taxing rules of the various jurisdictions in which we operate or do business often are complex and subject to varying interpretations. Tax authorities may challenge tax positions that we take or historically have taken, and may assess taxes where we have not made tax filings or may audit the tax filings we have made and assess additional taxes, as they have done from time to time in the past. Some of these assessments may be substantial, and also may involve the imposition of substantial penalties and interest. In particular, in the years eligible for future audit, we consummated certain significant business transactions that we treated or intend to treat as not resulting in immediate gain for income tax purposes. Significant judgment is required in evaluating our tax positions and in establishing appropriate reserves. The resolutions of our tax positions are unpredictable. The payment of substantial additional taxes, penalties or interest resulting from any assessments could materially and adversely impact our results of operations, financial condition and cash flow.

 

28


Table of Contents

Even though we expect to increase our repatriation of cash earned by our foreign subsidiaries to partially fund our interest payments in the U.S., we will leave a portion of such cash outside the U.S. as permanently reinvested earnings and profits. Accordingly, our estimated annual effective tax rate is based on partial, and not full, repatriation of cash earned by our foreign subsidiaries. If we have underestimated our need for repatriated cash, or our needs change, significant tax adjustments may result.

We have anticipated the need for a valuation reserve against deferred tax assets that are expected to arise this year as we repatriate earnings to partially fund our interest payments here in the U.S. We expect the deferred tax asset to arise from limitations on our ability to recover the foreign taxes paid on repatriated earnings. This calculation is complex and we may have underestimated or overestimated the need for a valuation reserve and significant tax adjustments may result.

We are subject to numerous environmental and health and safety laws and regulations, as well as potential environmental liabilities, which may require us to make substantial expenditures.

Our operations and properties are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations, including those governing the discharge of pollutants into the air or water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances or wastes, the cleanup of contaminated sites, and workplace health and safety. As an owner or operator of real property, or generator of waste, we could become subject to liability for environmental contamination, regardless of whether we caused such contamination. Certain environmental laws, including the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, or CERCLA, impose joint and several liability for cleanup costs, without regard to fault, on persons who have disposed of or released hazardous substances into the environment. In addition, we could become liable to third parties for damages resulting from the disposal or release of hazardous substances into the environment. Some of our operations require environmental permits and controls to prevent and reduce air and water pollution, and these permits are subject to modification, renewal and revocation by issuing authorities. From time to time, we could be subject to requests for information, notices of violation, and/or investigations initiated by environmental regulatory agencies relating to our operations and properties, violations of environmental and health and safety laws can result in substantial penalties, civil and criminal sanctions, permit revocations, and facility shutdowns. Environmental and health and safety laws may change rapidly and have tended to become more stringent over time. As a result, we could incur costs for past, present, or future failure to comply with all environmental and health and safety laws and regulations. In addition, we could become subject to potential regulations concerning the emission of greenhouse gases, and while the effect of such future regulations cannot be determined at this time, they could require us to incur substantial costs in order to achieve and maintain compliance. In the ordinary course of business, we may be held responsible for any environmental damages we may cause to our customers’ premises.

The obligations associated with being a registered company will require significant resources and management attention.

As a result of filing the registration statement with the SEC in connection with this exchange offer and becoming a registrant, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not previously incur. We will become subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”). The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we establish and maintain effective internal controls and procedures for financial reporting. Furthermore, the need to establish the corporate infrastructure demanded of a registrant may divert management’s attention from implementing our growth strategy, which could prevent us from improving our business, results of operations and financial condition. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems to meet our reporting obligations as a registrant. However, the measures we take may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations. In addition, we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur in order to comply with these requirements.

 

29


Table of Contents

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, starting with the second annual report that we file with the SEC. In connection with the implementation of the necessary procedures and practices related to internal control over financial reporting, we may identify deficiencies that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the deadline imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for compliance with the requirements of Section 404. If we fail to comply with Section 404, we could be subject to regulatory scrutiny and sanctions, our ability to obtain financing could be impaired and investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports .

Risk Factors Relating to the New Notes and Our Other Indebtedness

Our substantial level of indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under our Revolving Credit Facility or the New Notes.

We have substantial indebtedness. As of September 30, 2010, we had approximately $210.4 million of total debt outstanding, all of which was secured. Subject to restrictions in the Indenture governing the New Notes and in our Revolving Credit Facility, we may incur additional indebtedness. Our high level of indebtedness could have important consequences to you and significant effects on our business, including the following: it may be more difficult for us to satisfy our financial obligations, including with respect to the New Notes; our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, strategic acquisitions or general corporate purposes may be impaired; we must use a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to pay interest on the New Notes and our other indebtedness, which will reduce the funds available to use for operations and other purposes; our ability to fund a change of control offer may be limited; our high level of indebtedness could place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to those of our competitors that may have proportionately less debt; our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate may be limited; and our high level of indebtedness may make us more vulnerable to economic downturns and adverse developments in our business.

We expect to obtain the funds to fulfill our working capital needs and to repay our indebtedness primarily from our operations and, in the case of our indebtedness, from refinancing thereof. Our ability to meet our working capital needs and make these payments thus depends on our future performance, which will be affected by financial, business, economic and other factors, many of which we cannot control. Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations in the future and our currently anticipated growth in revenue and cash flow may not be realized, either or both of which could result in our being unable to repay indebtedness, including the New Notes, or to fund other liquidity needs. If we do not have enough funds, we may be required to refinance all or part of our then existing debt, sell assets or borrow more funds, which we may not be able to accomplish on terms acceptable to us, or at all. In addition, the terms of existing or future debt agreements may restrict us from pursuing any of these alternatives.

Despite our current indebtedness level, we and any of our existing or future subsidiaries may still be able to incur substantially more debt, which could exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial leverage.

We and any of our existing and future subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. Although the terms of the Indenture and our Revolving Credit Facility will contain limitations on our ability to incur additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions. The total committed under the Revolving Credit Facility is $40.0 million, subject to borrowing base availability. If we incur any additional indebtedness that ranks equally with the New Notes, the holders of that additional debt will be entitled to share ratably with the holders of the New Notes in any proceeds distributed in connection with any insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding up of us, subject to any collateral securing the New Notes. If new debt is added to our or any of our existing and future subsidiaries’ current debt levels, the related risks that we now face could intensify. See “Description of Other Indebtedness.”

 

30


Table of Contents

A significant portion of our business is conducted through foreign subsidiaries and our failure to generate sufficient cash flow from these subsidiaries, or otherwise repatriate or receive cash from these subsidiaries, could result in our inability to repay our indebtedness.

Our sales to customers located outside the U.S. are conducted primarily through subsidiaries organized under the laws of jurisdictions outside of the United States. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010, our foreign subsidiaries generated approximately 66% of our consolidated revenues. As of March 31, 2010, approximately 65% of our consolidated assets, based on book value, were held by foreign subsidiaries. Our ability to meet our debt service obligations with cash from foreign subsidiaries will depend upon the results of operations of these subsidiaries and may be subject to legal, contractual or other restrictions and other business considerations. Our foreign subsidiaries will not guarantee the New Notes. Our foreign subsidiaries may enter into financing arrangements that limit their ability to make loans or other payments to fund payments in respect of the New Notes. In particular, to the extent our foreign subsidiaries incur additional indebtedness to expand operations, the ability of our foreign subsidiaries to provide us cash may be limited. In addition, dividend and interest payments to us from our foreign subsidiaries may be subject to foreign withholding taxes, which would reduce the amount of funds we receive from such foreign subsidiaries. Dividends and other distributions from our foreign subsidiaries may also be subject to fluctuations in currency exchange rates and legal and other restrictions on repatriation, which could further reduce the amount of funds we receive from such foreign subsidiaries.

In general, when an entity in a foreign jurisdiction repatriates cash to the United States, the amount of such cash is treated as a dividend taxable at current U.S. tax rates. Accordingly, upon the distribution of cash to us from our foreign subsidiaries, we will be subject to U.S. income taxes. Although foreign tax credits may be available to reduce the amount of the additional tax liability, these credits may be limited based on the tax attributes of the Company. Therefore, to the extent that we must use cash generated in foreign jurisdictions to make principal or interest payments on the New Notes offered hereby, there may be a cost associated with repatriating the cash to the United States.

None of our foreign subsidiaries or any unrestricted subsidiaries are guarantors with respect to the New Notes, and therefore, any claims you may have in respect of the New Notes are structurally subordinated to the liabilities of those subsidiaries.

None of our foreign subsidiaries or any unrestricted subsidiaries guarantee the New Notes. If any of our foreign subsidiaries or unrestricted subsidiaries becomes insolvent, liquidates, reorganizes, dissolves or otherwise winds up, holders of its indebtedness and its trade creditors generally will be entitled to payment on their claims from the assets of such subsidiary before any of those assets would be made available to us. Consequently, your claims in respect of the New Notes will be structurally subordinated to all of the existing and future liabilities, including trade payables, of our foreign subsidiaries and any unrestricted subsidiaries. As of September 30, 2010, our foreign subsidiaries had $5.0 million in bank guarantees and $1.6 million in performance bonds outstanding. However, the Indenture, while restricting foreign subsidiaries’ indebtedness, nevertheless permits our foreign subsidiaries to incur indebtedness. See “Description of the New Notes.” We will not have any unrestricted subsidiaries as of the date that this exchange offer is consummated. In addition, because the liens on the collateral securing the New Notes include pledges of a portion of the stock (or equivalent equity interest) of our foreign subsidiaries which are directly owned by our U.S. restricted subsidiaries, the validity of those pledges under local law, if applicable, and the ability of the holders of the New Notes to proceed against that collateral under local law, to the extent applicable, may be limited by such local law, which limitations may or may not affect such liens.

The Revolving Credit Facility and the Indenture impose certain operating and financial restrictions, which may prevent us from pursuing certain business opportunities and taking certain actions.

The Revolving Credit Facility and the Indenture impose, and future debt agreements may impose, operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions limit or prohibit, among other things, our ability to: incur additional indebtedness or issue disqualified capital stock unless certain financial tests are satisfied; pay dividends, redeem subordinated debt or make other restricted payments; make certain investments or

 

31


Table of Contents

acquisitions; issue stock of subsidiaries; grant or permit certain liens on our assets; enter into certain transactions with affiliates; merge, consolidate or transfer substantially all of our assets; incur dividend or other payment restrictions affecting certain of our subsidiaries; transfer or sell assets, including capital stock of our subsidiaries; and change the business we conduct.

These covenants could adversely affect our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs; obtain standby letters of credit, bank guarantees or performance bonds required to bid on or secure certain customer contracts; make strategic acquisitions or investments or enter into alliances; withstand a future downturn in our business or the economy in general; engage in business activities, including future opportunities, that may be in our interest; and plan for or react to market conditions or otherwise execute our business strategies. A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default in respect of the related indebtedness. Any default under the agreements covering our indebtedness that is not waived by the holders of such indebtedness and the remedies sought by the holders of such indebtedness, could make TII unable to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the New Notes and substantially decrease the market value of the New Notes. If a default occurs, the holders of such indebtedness could elect to declare the indebtedness, together with accrued interest and other fees, to be immediately due and payable and proceed against any collateral securing that indebtedness. Acceleration of our other indebtedness could result in a default under the terms of the Indenture.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness, including the New Notes, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our debt agreements, which may not be successful.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our debt obligations depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control. Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations in the future and our currently anticipated growth in revenue and cash flow may not be realized, either or both of which could result in our being unable to repay indebtedness, including the New Notes, or to fund other liquidity needs. Therefore, we may not be able to maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, including the borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility and the New Notes offered hereby.

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures, or to sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness, including our indebtedness under our Revolving Credit Facility and the New Notes offered hereby. Our ability to restructure or refinance our debt will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. The terms of existing or future debt instruments, including our Revolving Credit Facility and the Indenture, may restrict us from adopting some of these alternatives. In addition, any failure to make payments of interest and principal on our outstanding indebtedness on a timely basis would likely result in a reduction of our credit rating, which could harm our ability to incur additional indebtedness. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations.

The value of the collateral securing the New Notes may not be sufficient to pay the amounts owed under the New Notes. As a result, holders of the New Notes may not receive full payment on their New Notes following an event of default.

The proceeds of any sale of collateral securing the New Notes following an event of default with respect thereto may not be sufficient to satisfy, and may be substantially less than, amounts due on the New Notes. Furthermore, the liens on the collateral that secures the New Notes and any guarantee of the New Notes by our U.S. restricted subsidiaries will be contractually subordinated to liens on such collateral that secure our Revolving Credit Facility.

 

32


Table of Contents

The value of the collateral in the event of liquidation will depend upon market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and similar factors. The collateral does not include contracts, agreements, licenses and other rights that by their express terms prohibit the assignment thereof or the grant of a security interest therein. Some of these may be material to us and such exclusion could have a material adverse effect on the value of the collateral. The value of the collateral could be impaired in the future as a result of changing economic and market conditions, our failure to successfully implement our business strategy, competition and other factors. By its nature, some or all of the collateral may not have a readily ascertainable market value or may not be saleable or, if saleable, there may be delays in its liquidation. To the extent that liens, security interests and other rights granted to other parties (including the prior lien granted to the lenders under our Revolving Credit Facility) encumber assets owned by us, those parties have or may exercise rights and remedies with respect to the property subject to their liens that could adversely affect the value of that collateral and the ability of the trustee under the Indenture or the holders of the New Notes to realize or foreclose on that collateral. Consequently, we cannot assure investors in the New Notes that liquidating the collateral securing the New Notes would produce proceeds in an amount sufficient to pay any amounts due under the New Notes after also satisfying the obligations to pay any creditors with prior claims on the collateral. In addition, under the Intercreditor Agreement between the trustee and the lenders under our Revolving Credit Facility the right of the lenders to exercise remedies with respect to the collateral could delay liquidation of the collateral. Bankruptcy laws and other laws relating to foreclosure and sale also could substantially delay or prevent the ability of the trustee or any holder of the New Notes to obtain the benefit of any collateral securing the New Notes. Such delays could have a material adverse effect on the value of the collateral.

If the proceeds of any sale of collateral are not sufficient to repay all amounts due on the New Notes, the holders of the New Notes (to the extent not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the collateral) would have only an unsecured claim against our remaining assets.

We will in most cases have control over the collateral, and the sale of particular assets by us could reduce the pool of assets securing the New Notes and the guarantees.

The collateral documents allow us to remain in possession of, retain exclusive control over, freely operate, and collect, invest and dispose of any income from, the collateral securing the New Notes and the guarantees. There are circumstances other than repayment or discharge of the New Notes under which the collateral securing the New Notes and guarantees will be released automatically, without your consent or the consent of the trustee.

Under various circumstances, collateral securing the New Notes and the guarantees will be released automatically, including: a sale, transfer or other disposal of such collateral in a transaction not prohibited under the Indenture; with respect to collateral held by a guarantor, upon the release of such guarantor from its guarantee; to the extent required in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement; and to the extent we have defeased or satisfied and discharged the Indenture governing the New Notes.

In addition, the guarantee of a subsidiary guarantor will be automatically released to the extent it is released in connection with a sale of such subsidiary guarantor in a transaction not prohibited by the Indenture.

The Indenture also permits TII to designate one or more of its restricted subsidiaries that is a guarantor of the New Notes as an unrestricted subsidiary. If TII designates such a subsidiary guarantor as an unrestricted subsidiary for purposes of the Indenture, all of the liens on any collateral owned by such subsidiary or any of its subsidiaries and any guarantees of the New Notes by such subsidiary or any of its subsidiaries will be released under the Indenture. Designation of an unrestricted subsidiary will reduce the aggregate value of the collateral securing the New Notes to the extent that liens on the assets of the unrestricted subsidiary and its subsidiaries are released. In addition, the creditors of the unrestricted subsidiary and its subsidiaries will have a senior claim on the assets of such unrestricted subsidiary and its subsidiaries.

 

33


Table of Contents

Rights of holders of New Notes in the collateral may be adversely affected by bankruptcy proceedings.

The right of the collateral agent for the New Notes to repossess and dispose of the collateral securing the New Notes upon acceleration is likely to be significantly impaired by federal bankruptcy law if bankruptcy proceedings are commenced by or against us prior to or possibly even after the collateral agent has repossessed and disposed of the collateral. Under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, a secured creditor, such as the collateral agent for the New Notes, is prohibited from repossessing its security from a debtor in a bankruptcy case, or from disposing of security repossessed from a debtor, without bankruptcy court approval, which may not be given. Moreover, bankruptcy law permits the debtor to continue to retain and to use collateral, and the proceeds, products, rents or profits of the collateral, even though the debtor is in default under the applicable debt instruments; provided that the secured creditor is given “adequate protection.” The meaning of the term “adequate protection” may vary according to circumstances, but it is intended in general to protect the value of the secured creditor’s interest in the collateral as of the commencement of the bankruptcy case and may include cash payments or the granting of additional security, if and at such time as the bankruptcy court in its discretion determines, for any diminution in the value of the collateral as a result of the stay of repossession or disposition or any use of the collateral by the debtor during the pendency of the bankruptcy case. A bankruptcy court may determine that a secured creditor may not require compensation for a diminution in the value of its collateral if the value of the collateral exceeds the debt it secures. In view of the broad discretionary powers of a bankruptcy court, it is impossible to predict how long payments under the New Notes could be delayed following commencement of a bankruptcy case, whether or when the collateral agent would repossess or dispose of the collateral, or whether or to what extent holders of the New Notes would be compensated for any delay in payment or loss of value of the collateral through the requirements of “adequate protection.” Furthermore, in the event the bankruptcy court determines that the value of the collateral is not sufficient to repay all amounts due on the New Notes, the holders of the New Notes would have “under-secured claims” as to the difference. Federal bankruptcy laws do not permit the payment or accrual of interest, costs and attorneys’ fees for “under-secured claims” during the debtor’s bankruptcy case.

Any future pledge of collateral might be voidable in bankruptcy.

Any future pledge of collateral in favor of the collateral agent for the New Notes, including pursuant to security documents delivered after the date of the Indenture, might be voidable by the pledgor (as debtor in possession) or by its trustee in bankruptcy if certain events or circumstances exist or occur, including, among others, if the pledgor is insolvent at the time of the pledge, the pledge permits the holders of the New Notes to receive a greater recovery than if the pledge had not been given and a bankruptcy proceeding in respect of the pledgor is commenced within 90 days following the pledge, or, in certain circumstances, a longer period.

The collateral is subject to casualty risks.

The Indenture governing the New Notes and the related security documents require us and the guarantors to maintain adequate insurance or otherwise insure against risks to the extent customary with companies in the same or similar business operating in the same or similar locations. There are, however, certain losses, including losses resulting from terrorist acts, that may be either uninsurable or not economically insurable, in whole or in part. As a result, we cannot assure you that the insurance proceeds will compensate us fully for our losses. If there is a total or partial loss of any of the collateral securing the New Notes, we cannot assure you that any insurance proceeds received by us will be sufficient to satisfy all the secured obligations, including the New Notes.

The rights of holders of New Notes to the collateral securing the New Notes may be adversely affected by the failure to perfect security interests in the collateral and other issues generally associated with the realization of security interests in collateral.

Applicable law requires that a security interest in certain tangible and intangible assets can only be properly perfected and its priority retained through certain actions undertaken by the secured party. The liens on the collateral may not be perfected with respect to the New Notes and the note guarantees if the trustee or the

 

34


Table of Contents

collateral agent is not able to or does not take the actions necessary to perfect any such liens, which the trustee and the collateral agent are not obligated to take. In addition, applicable law requires that certain property and rights acquired after the grant of a general security interest, such as real property, equipment subject to a certificate and certain proceeds, can be perfected only at the time at which such property and rights are acquired and identified. The trustee or the collateral agent for the New Notes may not monitor, or we may not inform the trustee or the collateral agent of, the future acquisition of property and rights that constitute collateral, and necessary action may not be taken to properly perfect the security interest in such after-acquired collateral. The trustee and the collateral agent for the New Notes have no obligation to monitor the acquisition of additional property or rights that constitute collateral or the perfection of any security interest in favor of the New Notes against third parties. A failure to do so may result in the loss of the security interest therein or the priority of the security interest in favor of the New Notes against third parties.

In addition, the security interest of the collateral agent for the New Notes will be subject to practical challenges generally associated with the realization of security interests in collateral. For example, the collateral agent may need to obtain the consent of third parties and make additional filings. If we are unable to obtain these consents or make these filings, the security interests may be invalid and the holders of the New Notes will not be entitled to the collateral or any recovery with respect to the collateral. The collateral agent may not be able to obtain any such consent. Further, the consents of any third parties may not be given when required to facilitate a foreclosure on such collateral. Accordingly, the collateral agent may not have the ability to foreclose upon those assets, and the value of the collateral may significantly decrease.

The pledge of the capital stock of our subsidiaries that will secure the New Notes will automatically be released from the lien on them and no longer constitute collateral when the pledge of such capital stock or such other securities would require the filing of separate financial statements with the SEC for that subsidiary.

The New Notes and the related guarantees will be secured by a pledge of the stock of some of our subsidiaries. Under the SEC regulations in effect as of the issue date of the New Notes, if the par value, book value as carried by us or market value (whichever is greatest) of the capital stock, other securities or similar items of a subsidiary pledged as part of the collateral is greater than or equal to 20% of the aggregate principal amount of the New Notes then outstanding, such a subsidiary would be required to provide separate financial statements to the SEC. The Indenture and the collateral documents provide that any capital stock and other securities of our subsidiaries will automatically be excluded from the collateral when the pledge of such capital stock or other securities securing the New Notes would require the filing of separate financial statements with the SEC pursuant to Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X (as in effect from time to time).

As a result, holders of the New Notes could lose a portion or all of their security interest in the capital stock or other securities of those subsidiaries. It may be more difficult, costly and time-consuming for holders of the New Notes to foreclose on the assets of a subsidiary than to foreclose on its capital stock or other securities, so the proceeds realized upon any such foreclosure could be significantly less than those that would have been received upon any sale of the capital stock or other securities of such subsidiary. See “Description of the New Notes.”

The collateral securing the New Notes may be diluted under certain circumstances.

The collateral that will secure the New Notes also secures our obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility. This collateral may secure on a pari passu basis additional senior indebtedness that we incur in the future, subject to restrictions on our ability to incur debt and liens under our Revolving Credit Facility and the Indenture. Your rights to the collateral would be diluted by any increase in the indebtedness secured on a pari passu or priority basis by this collateral.

 

35


Table of Contents

The liens on the collateral securing the New Notes and guarantees will be subordinated and your right to exercise remedies with respect to the collateral will be limited by the Intercreditor Agreement between the trustee, as collateral agent, and the lenders under our Revolving Credit Facility.

The liens on the collateral that secures the New Notes and any guarantees will be contractually subordinated to liens thereon that secure our Revolving Credit Facility. Consequently, the New Notes and the guarantees will be effectively subordinated to our Revolving Credit Facility to the extent of the value of such collateral. A number of the collateral agent’s rights and remedies with respect to the collateral, including the ability to cause the commencement of enforcement proceedings against the collateral and to control the conduct of such proceedings, will be significantly limited under the Intercreditor Agreement between the collateral agent for the holders of the New Notes and the lenders under our Revolving Credit Facility.

Federal and state fraudulent transfer laws may permit a court to void the New Notes and the guarantees, subordinate claims in respect of the New Notes and the guarantees and require noteholders to return payments received and, if that occurs, you may not receive any payments on the New Notes.

Federal and state fraudulent transfer and conveyance statutes may apply to the issuance of the New Notes and the incurrence of any guarantees of the New Notes. Under federal bankruptcy law and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer or conveyance laws, which may vary from state to state, the New Notes or any guarantee could be voided as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance if (1) we or any guarantor, as applicable, issued the New Notes or incurred the guarantees with the intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors or (2) we or any guarantor, as applicable, received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration in return for either issuing the New Notes or incurring the guarantees and, in the case of (2) only, one of the following is also true at the time thereof: we or any guarantor, as applicable, were insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of the issuance of the New Notes or the incurrence of the guarantees; the issuance of the New Notes or the incurrence of the guarantees left us or any guarantor, as applicable, with an unreasonably small amount of capital to carry on its business; or we or any guarantor intended to, or believed that we or such guarantor would, incur debts beyond our or such guarantor’s ability to pay such debts as they mature.

A court would likely find that we or a guarantor did not receive reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the New Notes or such guarantee if we or such guarantor did not substantially benefit directly or indirectly from the issuance of the New Notes or the applicable guarantee. As a general matter, value is given for a transfer or an obligation if, in exchange for the transfer or obligation, property is transferred or an antecedent debt is secured or satisfied. A debtor will generally not be considered to have received value in connection with a debt offering if the debtor uses the proceeds of that offering to make a dividend payment or otherwise retire or redeem equity securities issued by the debtor. We cannot be certain as to the standards a court would use to determine whether or not we or such guarantor were solvent at the relevant time or, regardless of the standard that a court uses, that the issuance of the guarantee would not be further subordinated to our or any guarantor’s other debt. Generally, however, an entity would be considered insolvent if, at the time it incurred indebtedness: the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value of all its assets; or the present fair saleable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or it could not pay its debts as they become due.

If a court were to find that the issuance of the New Notes or the incurrence of the guarantees was a fraudulent transfer or conveyance, the court could void the payment obligations under the New Notes or such guarantees or further subordinate the New Notes or such guarantees to presently existing and future indebtedness of ours or of the related guarantor, or require the holders of the New Notes to repay any amounts received with respect to such guarantees. In the event of a finding that a fraudulent transfer or conveyance occurred, you may not receive any repayment on the New Notes. Further, the voidance of the New Notes could result in an event of default with respect to our and our subsidiaries’ other debt that could result in acceleration of such debt.

Although any guarantee entered into in connection with the issuance of the New Notes will contain a provision intended to limit that guarantor’s liability to the maximum amount that it could incur without causing the

 

36


Table of Contents

incurrence of obligations under its guarantee to be a fraudulent transfer, this provision may not be effective to protect such guarantee from being voided under fraudulent transfer law, or may substantially reduce that guarantor’s obligation.

The imposition of certain permitted liens will cause the assets on which such liens are imposed to be excluded from the collateral securing the New Notes and the guarantees. There are also certain other categories of property that are also excluded from the collateral.

The Indenture permits liens in favor of third parties to secure certain indebtedness, such as purchase money indebtedness and capital lease obligations, and assets subject to such liens will in certain circumstances be excluded from the collateral securing the New Notes and the guarantees. Our ability to incur purchase money indebtedness and capital lease obligations is subject to limitations as described in “Description of the New Notes.” In addition, certain categories of assets are excluded from the collateral securing the New Notes and the guarantees. Excluded assets include certain contracts, certain equipment and certain capital stock and other securities of our subsidiaries. See “Description of the New Notes.” If an event of default occurs and the New Notes are accelerated, the New Notes and the guarantees will rank equally with the holders of other unsubordinated and unsecured indebtedness of the relevant entity with respect to such excluded property and effectively subordinated to holders of obligations secured by a lien on such excluded property.

The credit ratings assigned to the Notes may not reflect all risks of an investment in the Notes.

The credit ratings assigned to the Notes reflect the rating agencies’ assessments of our ability to make payments on the Notes when due. Consequently, actual or anticipated changes in these credit ratings will generally affect the market value of the Notes. These credit ratings, however, may not reflect the potential impact of risks related to structure, market or other factors related to the value of the Notes.

Our ability to repurchase the New Notes upon a change of control may be limited.

Upon the occurrence of specific change of control events, we will be required to offer to repurchase all outstanding New Notes at 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase. The lenders under our Revolving Credit Facility may have the right to accelerate the indebtedness thereunder upon a change of control. Any of our future debt agreements may contain a similar provision. However, we may not have sufficient funds at the time of the change of control to make the required repurchase of New Notes or repayment of our other indebtedness. We may require additional financing from third parties to fund any such repurchase or repayment, and we cannot assure you that we would be able to obtain additional financing on satisfactory terms or at all. If we fail to repurchase any New Notes submitted in a change of control offer, it would constitute an event of default under the Indenture which would, in turn, constitute an event of default under our Revolving Credit Facility and could constitute an event of default under our other indebtedness, even if the change of control itself would not cause a default. Important corporate events, such as takeovers, recapitalizations or similar transactions, may not constitute a change of control under the Indenture and thus not permit the holders of the New Notes to require us to repurchase or redeem the New Notes. See “Description of the New Notes Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control.”

Noteholders may not be able to determine when a change of control giving rise to mandatory repurchase rights has occurred following a sale of “substantially all” of our assets and our restricted subsidiaries’ assets.

The definition of change of control in the Indenture governing the New Notes includes a phrase relating to the direct or indirect sale, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of “all or substantially all” of our assets and our restricted subsidiaries’ assets. There is no precise established definition of the phrase “substantially all” under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a noteholder to require us to repurchase New Notes as a result of a sale, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of less than all of our assets and our restricted subsidiaries’ assets to another individual, group or entity may be uncertain.

 

37


Table of Contents

Because each guarantor’s liability under its guarantee may be reduced to zero, voided or released under certain circumstances, you may not receive any payments from some or all of the guarantors.

The guarantees of the New Notes are limited to the maximum amount that the guarantors are permitted to guarantee under applicable law. As a result, a guarantor’s liability under its guarantee could be reduced to zero, depending on the amount of other obligations of such guarantor. Further, under the circumstances discussed more fully above, a court under federal or state fraudulent conveyance and transfer statutes could void the obligations under a guarantee or further subordinate it to all other obligations of the guarantor. In addition, you will lose the benefit of a particular guarantee if it is released under certain circumstances described under “Description of the New Notes—New Note Guarantees.”

Variable rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt service obligations to increase significantly.

Our borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility are at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income would decrease. We may enter into interest rate swaps or other hedging instruments to reduce interest rate volatility. We cannot assure you, however, that we will be able to do so or that such swaps or hedging instruments will be effective.

There is currently no public market for the New Notes and an active trading market may not develop for the New Notes. The failure of a market to develop for the New Notes could affect the liquidity and value of the New Notes.

The New Notes will be a new issue of securities, and there is no existing market for the New Notes. An active market may not develop for the New Notes and there can be no assurance as to the liquidity of any market that may develop for the New Notes. If an active market does not develop, the market price and liquidity of the New Notes may be adversely affected.

The liquidity of the trading market, if any, and future trading prices of the New Notes will depend on many factors, including, among other things, the number of holders thereof, prevailing interest rates, our operating results, financial performance and prospects, the interest of securities dealers in making a market in the New Notes, the market for similar securities and the overall securities market, and may be adversely affected by unfavorable changes in these factors. Historically, the market for high-yield debt has been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial fluctuations in the prices of these securities. The market for the New Notes may be subject to similar disruptions. Any such disruptions may adversely affect the value of the New Notes.

We do not intend to apply for listing of the New Notes on any securities exchange or for quotation of the New Notes in any automated dealer quotation system.

CHS is able to make important decisions about our business and capital structure, and there may be situations in which the interests of CHS and our other Equity Sponsors and the holders of the New Notes will not be aligned.

Parent, a holding company, is TII’s sole shareholder, owning 100% of our outstanding capital stock. Parent, in turn, is indirectly wholly owned by TGH. A majority of the equity of TGH, our ultimate parent entity, is owned by certain investment funds associated with CHS. Therefore, subject to any agreements among our Equity Sponsors, CHS has control over our management and policies, such as the election of a majority of our directors, the appointment of new management and the approval of any other action requiring the approval of our shareholders, including any amendments to our articles of incorporation and mergers, acquisitions and consolidations with third parties and sales of all or substantially all of our assets. Consequently, circumstances may arise in which the interests of CHS could be in conflict with your interests as a holder of the New Notes, and

 

38


Table of Contents

CHS may pursue transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance their equity investment, even though the transaction might involve risks to holders of the New Notes. Furthermore, CHS and our other Equity Sponsors may, in the future, own businesses that directly or indirectly compete with us. CHS and our other Equity Sponsors may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.

 

39


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of the U.S. federal securities laws in addition to historical information. These forward-looking statements are included throughout this prospectus, including in the sections entitled “Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business” and include, without limitation, statements regarding our industry, business strategy, plans, goals and expectations concerning our market position, future operations, margins, profitability, capital expenditures, liquidity and capital resources and other financial and operating information. When used in this discussion, the words “anticipate,” “assume,” “believe,” “budget,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “will,” “future” and similar terms and phrases are intended to identify forward-looking statements in this prospectus.

Forward-looking statements reflect our current expectations regarding future events, results or outcomes. These expectations may or may not be realized. Some of these expectations may be based upon assumptions, data or judgments that prove to be incorrect. In addition, our business and operations involve numerous risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control, which could result in our expectations not being realized or otherwise materially affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Actual events, results and outcomes may differ materially from our expectations due to a variety of factors. Although it is not possible to identify all of these factors, they include, among others, the following:

 

   

general economic conditions and cyclicality in the markets we serve;

 

   

future growth of energy and chemical processing capital investments;

 

   

changes in relevant currency exchange rates;

 

   

our ability to comply with the complex and dynamic system of laws and regulations applicable to international operations;

 

   

a material disruption at any of our manufacturing facilities;

 

   

our dependence on subcontractors and suppliers;

 

   

our ability to obtain standby letters of credit, bank guarantees or performance bonds required to bid on or secure certain customer contracts;

 

   

competition from various other sources providing similar heat tracing products and services, or other alternative technologies, to customers;

 

   

our ability to attract and retain qualified management and employees, particularly in our overseas markets;

 

   

our ability to continue to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our liquidity needs;

 

   

the extent to which federal, state, local and foreign governmental regulation of energy, chemical processing and power generation products and services limits or prohibits the operation of our business; and

 

   

other factors discussed in more detail under the caption “Risk Factors.”

Any one of these factors or a combination of these factors could materially affect our future results of operations and could influence whether any forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus ultimately prove to be accurate. See also “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this prospectus regarding the additional factors that have impacted or may impact our business and operations. Our forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance, and actual results and future performance may differ materially from those suggested in any forward-looking statements. We do not intend to update these statements unless we are required to do so under applicable securities laws.

 

40


Table of Contents

USE OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

Disclosure in this prospectus of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, which are “non-GAAP financial measures” as defined under the rules of the SEC, are intended as supplemental measures of our performance that are not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP. Neither EBITDA nor Adjusted EBITDA should be considered as an alternative to net income, income from continuing operations or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP or as an alternative to cash flows from operating activities or any other liquidity measure derived in accordance with GAAP.

EBITDA represents net income before income taxes, interest income, interest expense and depreciation expense and amortization of other intangible assets. Adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA before other non-cash charges not included in EBITDA such as amortization of stock compensation and other unusual non-recurring cash charges not associated with the ongoing operations of the Company. We believe these measures are frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of high yield issuers, many of which present EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA when reporting their results. Our presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed to imply that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider either of these measures in isolation or as a substitute for analyses of our income or cash flows as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

   

they do not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

   

they do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

   

they do not reflect the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt;

 

   

depreciation is a non-cash expense item that is reflected in our statements of cash flows; and

 

   

other companies in our industry may calculate these measures differently from the way we do, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures.

We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA only for supplemental purposes. Please see our financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. For a description of how EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are calculated from our net income and a reconciliation of our EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net income, see the section entitled “Summary Historical Condensed Consolidated Financial Data” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

41


Table of Contents

THE TRANSACTIONS

On March 26, 2010, Thermon Group, Inc. (“TGI”) entered into a stock purchase agreement with Thermon Holdings, LLC (“Seller”) and its wholly owned subsidiary, Thermon Holding Corp. (“Parent”), providing for the acquisition by TGI of all of the outstanding capital stock of Parent (the “Acquisition”). Upon the closing of the Acquisition on April 30, 2010, Parent became a wholly owned subsidiary of TGI, which in turn is a wholly owned subsidiary of Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. (“TGH”). TGH is owned by the Equity Investors. After accounting for subsequent working capital and other post-closing adjustments required by the stock purchase agreement, the purchase price is currently estimated to be $320.9 million, including the estimated remaining income tax adjustment and restricted cash payment obligations at September 30, 2010 of approximately $4.2 million. The initial purchase price was paid at closing by TGI issuing a demand note to Seller, which was repaid on the closing date with a portion of the proceeds from the cash investment by the Equity Investors and a portion of the proceeds of the sale of the Old Notes. Immediately following the closing of the Acquisition and the sale of the Old Notes, Thermon Finance, Inc. (“TFI”), which was solely owned by TGI, merged with and into Thermon Industries, Inc. (“TII”), a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Parent, and TII assumed all of TFI’s obligations under the Notes and the related indenture by operation of law. Parent and each direct and indirect U.S. restricted subsidiary of Parent (other than TII) guarantee TII’s obligations under the Notes.

The sources and uses of funds for the Transactions are shown in the table below.

 

(Dollars in millions)              

Sources of Funds

    

Uses of Funds

 

Sale of Old Notes

   $ 210.0      

Acquisition purchase price (2)

   $ 320.9   

Equity investment (1)

     129.2      

Transaction fees and expenses (3)

     23.2   

Revolving Credit Facility and cash on hand

     4.9         
                    

Total sources of funds

   $ 344.1      

Total uses of funds

   $ 344.1   
                    

 

(1) Consists of approximately $112.5 million from our Equity Sponsors and approximately $16.7 million of reinvestments from the Management Investors.
(2) Includes $4.2 million of estimated remaining income tax adjustment and restricted cash payment obligations owed to Seller at September 30, 2010 pursuant to the stock purchase agreement, which will be funded from cash on hand generated from operations and borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility.
(3) Includes commitment, placement, financial advisory and other transaction fees and expenses, including legal, accounting and other professional fees, and discounts and commissions to the initial purchasers in connection with the offering of the Old Notes.

 

42


Table of Contents

The following chart shows a simplified overview of the corporate structure and the principal indebtedness after giving effect to the Transactions and identifies the issuer and guarantors of the Notes:

LOGO

 

1. Equity Investors contributed approximately $129.2 million and own all of the capital stock of TGH.
2. On the closing date, TII and TCI entered into the Revolving Credit Facility, under which TCI may borrow up to $20 million under the Canadian Sub Facility and TII may borrow up to $40 million, less any amounts outstanding under the Canadian Sub Facility, subject in each case to borrowing base availability. Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility will be used to repay certain existing indebtedness, pay costs and expenses related to the Transactions and for general corporate purposes.
3. Parent and each direct and indirect U.S. subsidiary of Parent (other than TII) guarantee TII’s and TCI’s obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility. TII and each U.S. guarantor secure their obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility (including their respective guaranty obligations) with liens upon substantially all of their assets. Canadian subsidiaries of Parent and TCI, if any, guarantee TCI’s obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility. TCI and all Canadian guarantors, if any, secure their obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility (including their respective guaranty obligations) with liens upon substantially all of their assets. Neither TCI nor any Canadian guarantor grant liens to secure obligations owing by TII or any U.S. guarantor. See “Description of Other Indebtedness—Revolving Credit Facility.”

 

43


Table of Contents
4. The Notes are guaranteed by Parent and each direct and indirect U.S. restricted subsidiary of Parent (other than TII) and the Notes and the guarantees are secured by liens on substantially all of the assets of TII and the respective guarantors. See “Description of the New Notes.”
5. TCI does not guarantee the Notes. TCI held approximately 41% of Parent’s consolidated total assets and generated approximately 26% of Parent’s consolidated revenues and 27% of Parent’s consolidated gross profits for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010.
6. None of our non-U.S. subsidiaries guarantee the Notes. The non-U.S. subsidiaries, including TCI, held approximately 65% of Parent’s consolidated total assets and generated approximately 66% of Parent’s consolidated revenues and 60% of Parent’s consolidated gross profits for fiscal year ended March 31, 2010.

 

44


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer. Any Old Notes that are properly tendered and exchanged pursuant to the exchange offer will be retired and cancelled.

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our total capitalization as of September 30, 2010. The table below should be read in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of
September 30, 2010
 
     (in thousands)  

Total Debt:

  

Foreign revolving credit facilities (1)

   $ 394   

U.S. commercial and standby letter of credit facility (2)

     —     

Revolving Credit Facility (3)

     —     

Old Notes

     210,000   
        

Total debt

   $ 210,394   

Total shareholder’s equity, net of capitalized transaction costs (4)

     113,502   
        

Total capitalization

   $ 323,896   
        

 

(1) Our European, Indian, Japanese and Australian subsidiaries have revolving credit facilities with an aggregate capacity thereunder of approximately $8.1 million with Deutsche Bank Nederland, N.V., ICICI Bank Limited, Bank of Tokyo Mitsubishi and National Australia Bank Ltd., respectively. In addition, we have a number of other foreign credit facilities, pursuant to which standby letters of credit, bank guarantees or performance bonds are issued for the purpose of bidding on or securing certain customer contracts. As of September 30, 2010, we had $0.4 indebtedness for borrowed money, $5.0 million in standby letters of credit and bank guarantees, and $1.6 million in surety bonds outstanding. The Indian subsidiary has also issued $2.7 million in custom bonds. See “Description of Other Indebtedness—Other Indebtedness.”
(2) Our U.S. subsidiaries have an open credit facility with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. secured by cash used to obtain commercial and standby letters of credit and to support foreign exchange contracts. As of September 30, 2010, there was $0.4 million in standby letters of credit outstanding under the facility. In addition, the U.S. subsidiaries had $1.4 million in performance bonds outstanding with a surety company. See “Description of Other Indebtedness—Other Indebtedness.”
(3) Concurrent with the closing of the Acquisition, TII and TCI entered into the $40.0 million Revolving Credit Facility with a syndicate of lenders led by General Electric Capital Corporation, of which up to $20.0 million is available to TCI, subject in each case to borrowing base availability. As of September 30, 2010, neither TII nor TCI had revolving loans outstanding and TII had a $0.6 million standby letter of credit outstanding under the facility. See “Description of Other Indebtedness—Revolving Credit Facility.”
(4) Reflects (i) a $129.2 million equity investment consisting of approximately $112.5 million from our Equity Sponsors and approximately $16.7 million of reinvestments from the Management Investors that were made to TGH (TGH applied the cash contribution towards the financing of the Acquisition and related Transactions, see “The Transactions”), (ii) the elimination of the historical members’ equity accounts resulting from the Transactions, (iii) net loss of $(14.0) million for the period from May 1, 2010 through September 30, 2010 and (iv) currency translation adjustment that negatively impacted shareholder’s equity by $(1.8) million.

 

45


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations for the year ended March 31, 2010, the period from April 1, through April 30, 2010 (“Predecessor”), the period from May 1, through September 30, 2010 (“Successor”) and the six months ended September 30, 2009 (“Predecessor”) are based on our historical consolidated financial statements and give effect to the Transactions and this exchange offer as if they had occurred on April 1, 2009.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data includes unaudited pro forma adjustments that are directly attributable to the Transactions. In addition, with respect to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations, the unaudited pro forma adjustments are expected to have a continuing impact on the consolidated results.

Pro forma adjustments were made to reflect the:

 

   

increase in the management fee which occurred subsequent to the Acquisition;

 

   

increase in amortization expense for changes in the estimated fair values of the acquired intangible assets of the Company;

 

   

increase in interest expense resulting from additional indebtedness incurred in connection with the Notes offered hereby and the Revolving Credit Facility, along with the amortization of debt issuance costs on the Notes offered hereby; and

 

   

the income tax effect of the pro forma adjustments.

No pro forma adjustment was made to reflect the transaction expenses related to the Acquisition.

The Acquisition has been accounted for as a purchase in accordance with the applicable FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) guidance. We have allocated the excess of the purchase price over the net assets acquired to intangible assets and goodwill. The preliminary allocation to intangible assets and goodwill is based on management’s best estimate of the fair value of the intangible assets (including trademarks, developed technology, customer list, backlog, certifications and non-compete agreements) and is consistent with the methodology applied during 2007 in connection with the acquisition of a controlling interest in the Company by affiliates of the Audax Group (the “Audax Transaction”). We have not allocated any of the excess purchase price to the acquired tangible assets or liabilities assumed, except for inventory, but rather utilized their current carrying value as we believe these carrying values approximate fair value, although we have not completed a third party valuation of the acquired assets or liabilities. The pro forma data presented will be revised based upon final calculations and the resolution of purchase price adjustments as additional information becomes available. The final allocation of the purchase price in the Acquisition will be determined at a later date and depends on a number of factors, including the final valuation of the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Acquisition. An independent third-party appraiser will perform a valuation of these assets as of the closing date of the Acquisition, and upon a final valuation the purchase allocation will be adjusted. Such final adjustments, including changes to depreciation and amortization resulting from the allocation of purchase price to amortizable tangible and intangible assets, may be material. This valuation will be based on the net tangible and intangible assets and liabilities as of the closing date of the Acquisition.

We believe that the assumptions used to derive the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data are reasonable given the information available; however, such assumptions are subject to change and the effect of any such change could be material. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and the historical consolidated financial statements and related notes of Seller, included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data is presented for informational purposes only and is not intended to represent or be indicative of the consolidated results of operations or financial position that we would have reported had the Transactions been completed as of the dates and for the periods presented, and should not be taken as representative of our consolidated results of operations or financial condition following the completion of the Transactions.

 

46


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

Year Ended March 31, 2010

 

     Thermon
Historical (a)
    Pro Forma
adjustments
          Thermon
Pro Forma
 

Sales

   $ 192,713      $ —          $ 192,713   

Cost of sales

     101,401        —            101,401   
                          

Gross profit

     91,312        —            91,312   

Operating Expenses

        

Marketing, general and administrative and engineering

     47,343        1,250        (c)        48,593   

Amortization of other intangible assets

     2,426        12,386        (d)        14,812   
                          

Income from operations

     41,543        (13,636       27,907   

Other income / expense

        

Interest income

     6        —            6   

Interest expense

     (7,357     (15,571     (e)        (22,928

Gain / (loss) on disposition of property, plant and equipment

     (1     —            (1

Miscellaneous income / (expense)

     (1,285     309        (f)        (976
                          
     (8,637     (15,262       (23,899

Income before provision for income taxes

     32,906        (28,898       4,008   

Income taxes

     (13,966     10,114        (g)        (3,853
                          

Net income / (loss)

   $ 18,940      $ (18,784     $ 155   
                          

See accompanying notes

 

47


Table of Contents

Thermon Holding Corp.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

Six months ended September 30, 2010

 

    For the Period From
May 1, through
September 30, 2010  (a)
          For the Period From
April 1 through
April 30, 2010 (a)
    Pro Forma
adjustments
          Thermon
Pro Forma
 
    (Successor)           (Predecessor)                    

Sales

  $ 100,964          $ 13,063      $ —          $ 114,027   

Cost of sales

    63,462            6,447        (7,519     (b)        62,390   
                                     

Gross profit

    37,502            6,616        7,519          51,637   
 

Operating Expenses

             

Marketing, general and administrative and engineering

    22,522            4,263        104        (c)        26,889   

Amortization of other intangible assets

    11,426            215        (3,973     (d)        7,668   
                                     

Income from operations

    3,554            2,138        11,388          17,080   
 

Other income / expense

             

Interest income

    3            7        —            10   

Interest expense

    (11,531         (6,229     6,341        (e)        (11,419

Success fees to owners related to the CHS transaction

    (3,022         (4,716     7,738        (e)        —     

Miscellaneous income / (expense)

    (3,638         (8,901     13,050        (f)        511   
                                     
    (18,188         (19,839     27,129          (10,898

Income before provision for income taxes

    (14,634         (17,701   $ 38,517          6,182   

Income taxes

    664            17,434        (13,481     (g)        4,617   
                                     

Net income / (loss)

  $ (13,970       $ (267   $ 25,036        $ 10,799   
                                     

See accompanying notes

 

48


Table of Contents

Thermon Holding Corp.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

Six months ended September 30, 2009

 

     Thermon
Historical (a)
    Pro Forma
adjustments
          Thermon
Pro Forma
 

Sales

   $ 95,557      $ —          $ 95,557   

Cost of sales

     49,814        —            49,814   
                          

Gross profit

     45,743        —            45,743   

Operating Expenses

        

Marketing, general and administrative and engineering

     21,226        534        (c)        21,760   

Amortization of other intangible assets

     1,180        6,226        (d)        7,406   
                          

Income from operations

     23,337        (6,760       16,577   

Other income / expense

        

Interest income

     21        —            21   

Interest expense

     (3,643     (7,822     (e)        (11,465

Miscellaneous income / (expense)

     (317     —            (317
                          
     (3,939     (7,822       (11,761

Income before provision for income taxes

     19,398        (14,582       4,816   

Income taxes

     (8,851     5,104        (g)        (3,747
                          

Net income / (loss)

   $ 10,547      $ (9,478     $ 1,069   
                          

See accompanying notes

 

49


Table of Contents

Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations:

Note 1—Basis of Presentation

On March 26, 2010, TGI entered into a stock purchase agreement with Seller and Parent, Seller’s wholly owned subsidiary, providing for the Acquisition. Upon the closing of the Acquisition on April 30, 2010, Parent became a wholly owned subsidiary of TGI, which in turn is a wholly owned subsidiary of TGH. TGH is owned by the Equity Investors. After accounting for subsequent working capital and other post-closing adjustments required by the stock purchase agreement, the purchase price is currently estimated to be $320.9 million, including the estimated remaining income tax adjustment and restricted cash payment obligations at September 30, 2010 of approximately $4.2 million.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of the assets and liabilities assumed:

 

Assets acquired:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,852   

Accounts receivable, net

     40,595   

Inventories, net

     32,325   

Other current assets

     11,756   

Property, plant and equipment

     22,629   

Identifiable intangible assets

     143,438   

Goodwill

     134,917   

Other noncurrent assets

     284   
        

Total assets

     388,796   

Liabilities assumed:

  

Current liabilities

     21,282   

Other long-term debt

  

Noncurrent deferred tax liability

     45,351   

Other noncurrent liabilities

     1,263   
        

Total liabilities

     67,896   
        

Purchase price

     320,900   

Less: cash

     (2,852
        

Purchase price net of cash

   $ 318,048   
        

The Company’s allocation of the purchase price is contingent upon the receipt of a final third-party valuation and additional analysis is necessary to finalize the allocation. The current estimates of intangible asset allocation were determined by using the same proportional allocations as those established when a controlling interest in the Company was acquired by affiliates of the Audax Group in 2007. See note 5 to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for the six months ended September 30, 2010 for further detail regarding the adjustments to net tangible and intangible assets and liabilities.

The accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations have been prepared to give effect to the Transactions as if they had occurred on April 1, 2009. Management believes the assumptions used to prepare this unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects directly attributable to the transaction.

Note 2—Pro Forma Adjustments

 

(a) Represents the historical consolidated results of operations of Thermon Holdings, LLC for the year ended March 31, 2010, the period from April 1, through April 30, 2010 (“Predecessor”), the period from May 1, through September 30, 2010 (“Successor”), and the six months ended September 30, 2009 (“Predecessor”), as applicable.

 

50


Table of Contents
(b) Represents an adjustment to cost of revenues for the non-recurring fair value adjustment to inventory recorded at acquisition, which currently is reflected in the historical financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(c) Represents the net increase in management fees, calculated as follows:

 

     Year Ended
March 31,
    Six Months Ended
September 30,
 
       2010         2010         2009    
     (dollars in thousands)  

Equity Sponsors Management Fee (i)

   $ 2,000      $ 167      $ 1,000   

Less: Historical Management Fee (ii)

     (750     (63     (466
                        

Net adjustment to Management Fee

   $ 1,250      $ 104      $ 534   
                        

 

  (i) Represents an annual management fee of $2.0 million that we are required to pay CHS for certain financial, strategic, advisory and consulting services (see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Transaction Fee and Management Fee”).
  (ii) Represents the elimination of historical management fee paid to Audax for the respective time periods.

 

(d) Represents the incremental amortization expense for the unaudited pro forma fair value adjustment to the intangible assets of the Company (including trademarks, developed technology, customer list, backlog, certifications and non-compete agreements), amortized on a straight line basis over estimated useful lives ranging from 16 months to 20 years (consistent with the historical useful lives of the intangible assets and consistent with the assigned estimated useful lives from the acquisition of the Company by Audax). The incremental amortization expense does not include additional amortization for backlog related to contracts with estimated useful lives ranging from 3 months to 5 months as these are not considered recurring in nature due to their short estimated useful lives. The incremental amortization related to such short lived intangibles was approximately $5.0 million, $5.0 million and $5.0 million for the year ended March 31, 2010 the six months ended September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009, respectively. For additional information regarding the determination of fair value estimates, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates.”

Other intangible assets at September 30, 2010 consist of the following:

 

     Estimated Life      Net Carrying
Amount
 

Trademarks

     —         $ 64,328   

Developed technology

     20 years         14,536   

Customer relationships

     10 years         41,695   

Backlog

     3-16 months         9,188   

Certification

     —           1,076   

Non-compete agreements

     5 years         986   

Other

        757   
           

Total

      $ 132,566   
           

 

51


Table of Contents
(e) Represents the net increase in interest expense, calculated as follows:

 

     Year Ended
March 31,
    Six Months Ended
September 30,
 
       2010         2010         2009    
     (dollars in thousands)  

Interest expense on Notes offered hereby (i)

   $ (19,950   $ (1,663   $ (9,976

Interest expense on the Revolving Credit Facility (ii)

     (300     (25     (150

Amortization of debt issuance costs related to the Notes offered hereby and the Revolving Credit Facility (iii)

     (2,678     (223     (1,339
                        

Pro forma additional interest expense

     (22,928     (1,911     (11,465
                        

Elimination of historical interest expense (iv)

     7,357        8,252        3,643   
                        

Net adjustment to interest expense

   $ (15,571   $ 6,341      $ (7,822
                        

 

  (i) Represents the increase in interest expense related to the Notes offered hereby in the aggregate principal amount of $210.0 million, bearing an interest rate of 9.5% per annum;
  (ii) Represent the increase in interest expense related to the undrawn portion of the $40.0 million Revolving Credit Facility, bearing a commitment fee of 0.75% per annum.
  (iii) Represents the straight-line amortization of debt issuance costs related to the Notes offered hereby and the Revolving Credit Facility over a 7 year and 5 year period, respectively.
  (iv) The adjustment related to the six months ended September 30, 2010 includes non-recurring debt transaction costs that were recorded as interest expense during the periods.

 

(f) Represents an adjustment to miscellaneous expense for non-recurring expenses directly related to the Transactions which currently are reflected in the historical financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(g) Represents the adjustment to income taxes to reflect the unaudited pro forma adjustments at a statutory tax rate of 35.0%.

 

52


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth certain selected historical consolidated financial data for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2006, March 31, 2007, March 31, 2008, March 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010. The consolidated statement of operations data and other financial data for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2008, March 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of such dates were derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. Consolidated statement of operations data for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2006 and March 31, 2007 were derived from our audited financial statements, which are not included herein. Our historical financial information as of and for the three and six months ended September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009 is derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the unaudited financial information includes all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, considered necessary for a fair representation of this information. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year.

The presentation of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2008 and the three and six months ended September 30, 2010 includes the combined results of the pre-predecessor and predecessor owners for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2008 and the predecessor and successor owners for the six months ended September 30, 2010, respectively. We have presented the combination of these respective periods because it provides an easier-to-read discussion of the results of operations and provides the investor with information from which to analyze our financial results in a manner that is consistent with the way management reviews and analyzes our results of operations. In addition, the combined results provide investors with the most meaningful comparison between our results for prior and future periods. Please refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Year ended March 31, 2008 Combined Financial Statement Presentation,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Three and six months ended September 30, 2010 Combined Financial Statement Presentation” and our historical consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the year ended March 31, 2008 and the three and six months ended September 30, 2010 included elsewhere in this prospectus for a separate presentation of the results for the pre-predecessor and predecessor and predecessor and successor periods.

The selected historical consolidated financial data set forth for the periods prior to the six months ended September 30, 2010 do not give pro forma effect to the Transactions and should be read in conjunction with (i) the sections entitled “Summary—Summary Historical Condensed Consolidated Financial Data,” “Capitalization” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” each of which is contained elsewhere in this prospectus, and (ii) our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto for the years ended March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2009 and for the three and six months ended September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009.

In this prospectus, we have included the condensed consolidated financial statements of Thermon Holding Corp. as of September 30, 2010 and for the period from May 1, 2010 through September 30, 2010 (“Successor”), and the condensed consolidated financial statements of Thermon Holdings, LLC for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2009, for the period from August 30, 2007 through March 31, 2008, for the three and six months ended September 30, 2009 (“Predecessor”), and for the period from April 1, 2007 through August 29, 2007 (“Pre-Predecessor”). Concurrent with the consummation of the Transactions as of April 30, 2010, Thermon Holdings, LLC no longer owned any interest in Thermon Holding Corp., and, beginning the period from May 1, 2010 through September 30, 2010, we will report the consolidated financial statements of Thermon Holding Corp. We do not anticipate that there would have been any material difference in our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2010, March 31, 2009 and March 31, 2008 and for the six months ended September 30, 2009 had such statements been prepared for Thermon Holding Corp., except as it relates to purchase accounting in connection with the Transactions.

 

53


Table of Contents
    Pre-Predecessor     Pre-Predecessor/
Predecessor
Combined

(Non-GAAP) (1)
    Predecessor     Predecessor/
Successor
Combined

(Non-GAAP) (2)
 
    Year Ended March 31,     Six Months Ended
September 30,
 
    2006     2007     2008     2009     2010     2009     2010  
    (dollars in thousands)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

             

Sales

  $ 120,362      $ 121,410      $ 185,811      $ 202,755      $ 192,713      $ 95,557      $ 114,027   

Cost of sales (3)

    64,421        66,102        110,092        105,456        101,401        49,814        69,909   
                                                       

Gross profit (3)

  $ 55,941      $ 55,308      $ 75,719      $ 97,299      $ 91,312      $ 45,743      $ 44,118   

Operating Expenses:

             

Marketing, general and administrative and engineering

    38,837        37,361        47,044        49,807        47,343        21,226        26,785   

Amortization of intangible assets

    —          —          6,716        6,627        2,426        1,180        11,641   
                                                       

Income from operations

  $ 17,104      $ 17,947      $ 21,959      $ 40,865      $ 41,543      $ 23,337      $ 5,692   

Interest income

    35        64        167        94        6        21        10   

Interest expense (4)

    (935     (882     (8,374     (9,625     (7,357     (3,643     (17,760

Gain/(loss) on disposition of property, plant and equipment

    74        428        (116     (18     (1     —          (66

Success fees to owners related to the CHS transaction

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (7,738

Miscellaneous income/(expense) (5)

    79        (1,400     (12,937     (3,120     (1,285     (317     (12,473
                                                       

Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision for income taxes

  $ 16,357      $ 16,157      $ 699      $ 28,196      $ 32,906      $ 19,398      $ (32,335

Income tax benefit (expense)

    (5,148     (5,429     (21,712     (1,795     (13,966     (8,851     18,098   
                                                       

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $ 11,209      $ 10,728      $ (21,013   $ 26,401      $ 18,940      $ 10,547      $ (14,237

Discontinued operations:

             

Income from operations (less applicable income tax provision (benefit) of ($79) and $229 in 2006 and 2007)

    (153     446        —          —          —          —          —     

Gain on disposal of discontinued operations (less applicable income tax of $112 in 2007)

    —          219        —          —          —          —          —     
                                                       

Net income (loss)

  $ 11,056      $ 11,393      $ (21,013   $ 26,401      $ 18,940      $ 10,547      $ (14,237
                                                       

Other Financial Data:

             

Cash flows provided by (used in):

             

Operating activities

  $ 14,381      $ 12,745      $ (1,245   $ 23,686      $ 24,681      $ 10,319      $ 226   

Investing activities

    (836     (4,432     (149,956     (2,268     (1,585     (775     (320,671

Financing activities

    (11,515     (9,392     158,150        (12,267     (8,600     107        308,945   

Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

    —          —          1,163        (2,223     2,249        1,481        (132

Capital expenditures

    1,246        6,432        5,315        2,708        1,587        775        1,226   

Depreciation and amortization

    1,504        1,398        15,892        8,494        4,424        2,125        20,204   

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (6)

    12.1x        12.0x        1.1x        3.8x        5.2x        5.9x        nm   

 

54


Table of Contents
    Pre-Predecessor     Pre-Predecessor/
Predecessor
Combined

(Non-GAAP) (1)
    Predecessor     Predecessor/
Successor
Combined

(Non-GAAP) (2)
 
    Year Ended March 31,     Six Months Ended
September 30,
 
    2006     2007     2008     2009     2010     2009     2010  
    (dollars in thousands)  

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 3,142      $ 2,062      $ 6,474      $ 13,402      $ 30,147      $ 24,534      $ 15,663   

Accounts receivable, net

    26,524        27,924        45,016        37,874        41,882        43,672        54,481   

Inventory, net

    14,360        18,766        25,136        25,103        22,835        21,469        27,679   

Total assets

    65,046        72,769        213,301        193,736        221,116        215,935        414,319   

Total debt

    15,081        11,809        120,951        99,032        109,249        106,519        210,394   

Total shareholders’/members’ equity

    26,371        30,515        20,345        38,214        55,074        54,673        113,502   

 

(1) The closing of the Audax Transaction on August 30, 2007 established a new basis of accounting that primarily affected inventory, intangible assets, goodwill, taxes, debt and equity. This resulted in additional amortization expense, interest expense and tax expense for the period from August 30, 2007 through March 31, 2008 (“predecessor”) as compared to the period from April 1, 2007 through August 29, 2007 (“pre-predecessor”). Except for purchase accounting adjustments, the results for the two combined periods are comparable. Therefore, we believe that combining the two periods into a single period for comparative purposes gives the most clarity for the users of this financial information. The following table includes a separate presentation of the results for the pre-predecessor and predecessor periods in accordance with GAAP.

 

    For the Period
From April 1,
Through
August 29,
2007
(Pre-Predecessor)
          For the Period
From August 30,
2007 Through
March 31, 2008
(Predecessor)
    Year Ended
March  31,
2008
(Pre-Predecessor/
Predecessor
Combined)
 
    (dollars in thousands)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

         

Revenues

  $ 61,615          $ 124,196      $ 185,811   

Cost of revenues

    33,801            76,291        110,092   
                           

Gross profit

    27,814            47,905        75,719   

Marketing, general and administrative and engineering

    17,182            29,862        47,044   

Amortization of intangible assets

    —              6,716        6,716   
                           

Income from operations

    10,632            11,327        21,959   

Interest income

    13            154        167   

Interest expense

    (440         (7,934     (8,374

Gain/(loss) on disposition of property, plant and equipment

    (75         (41     (116

Miscellaneous income/(expense)

    (9,222         (3,715     (12,937
                           

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

    908            (209     699   

Income tax expense

    (1,693         (20,019     (21,712
                           

Net income (loss)

  $ (785       $ (20,228   $ (21,013
                           

Statement of Cash Flows Data:

         

Net cash provided by (used in):

         

Operating activities

  $ (10,573       $ 9,328      $ (1,245

Investing activities

    194            (150,150     (149,956

Financing activities

    10,870            147,280        158,150   

Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

    1,147            16        1,163   

Capital expenditures

    1,085            4,230        5,315   

Depreciation and amortization

    654            15,629        16,283   

 

55


Table of Contents

 

(2) The closing of the CHS Transaction on April 30, 2010 established a new basis of accounting that primarily affected inventory, intangible assets, goodwill, taxes, debt and equity. This resulted in additional amortization expense, interest expense and tax expense for the period from May 1, 2010 through September 30, 2010 (“Successor”) as compared to the period from April 1, 2010 through April 30, 2010 (“Predecessor”). Except for purchase accounting adjustments, the results for the two combined periods are comparable. Therefore, we believe that combining the two periods into a single period for comparative purposes gives the most clarity for the users of this financial information. The following table includes a separate presentation of the results for the predecessor and successor periods in accordance with GAAP.

 

     For the Period
From April 1,
Through
April 30, 2010
(Predecessor)
           For the Period
From May 1,
2010 Through
September 30,
2010
(Successor)
    Six Months
Ended
September  30,
2010
(Predecessor/
Successor
Combined)
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

           

Revenues

   $ 13,063           $ 100,964      $ 114,027   

Cost of revenues

     6,447             55,943        62,390   

Purchase accounting non-cash adjustment

            7,519        7,519   
                             

Gross profit

     6,616             37,502      $ 44,118   

Marketing, general and administrative and engineering

     4,263             22,522        26,785   

Amortization of intangible assets

     215             11,426        11,641   
                             

Income from operations

     2,138             3,554      $ 5,692   

Interest income

     7             3        10   

Interest expense

     (6,229          (11,531     (17,760

Success fees to owners related to the CHS transaction

     (4,716          (3,022     (7,738

Miscellaneous income/(expense)

     (8,901          (3,638     (12,539
                             

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     (17,701        $ (14,634   $ (32,335

Income tax benefit

     17,434             664        18,098   
                             

Net income (loss)

   $ (267        $ (13,970   $ (14,237
                             

Statement of Cash Flows Data:

           

Net cash provided by (used in):

           

Operating activities

   $ (6,402        $ 6,628      $ 226   

Investing activities

     (1,494          (319,177     (320,671

Financing activities

     (19,385          328,330        308,945   

Capital expenditures

     (97          (1,129     (1,226

Depreciation and amortization

     392             12,293        12,685   

Purchase accounting adjustment to cost of goods sold

     —               7,519        7,519   

Amortization of deferred debt cost to interest expense

     2,586             2,839        5,425   

Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

     (14          (118     (132

 

(3) In the 2008 fiscal year, there was a non-cash negative impact of $7.1 million to cost of sales and, consequently, gross profit due to a purchase accounting adjustment related to the Audax Transaction. In the six months ended September 30, 2010, there was a non-cash negative impact of $7.5 million to cost of sales and, consequently, gross profit due to a purchase accounting adjustment related to the Acquisition.
(4)

Interest expense for the six months ended September 30, 2010 of $17.8 million included increased interest and amortization related to the CHS Transaction as well as $2.0 million of unused bridge loan fee

 

56


Table of Contents
 

amortization, $3.1 million of prepayment fees and $2.8 million of accelerated amortization of the deferred debt costs associated with the repaid debt.

(5) Success fees to owners related to the CHS Transaction combined with miscellaneous income (expense) for the six months ended September 30, 2010 totaled $20.3 million includes $(20.7) million of non-recurring expenses related to the CHS Transaction and $1 million of income related to the reversal of our compliance reserve.
(6) For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of income before income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense, amortization of deferred financing fees and a portion of rental expense that management believes is representative of the interest component of rental expense. Earnings for the six months ended September 30, 2010 were significantly affected by one-time costs related to the CHS Transaction. If earnings were adjusted to exclude the $7.5 million purchase accounting inventory amortization expense, $11.6 million amortization of intangibles and $20.7 million in transaction costs associated with the CHS Transaction, the ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the six months ended September 30, 2010 would be 1.4x.

 

57


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The discussions in this section contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results could differ materially from those discussed below. See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of some of the risks that could affect us in the future.

Introduction

Management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is provided as a supplement to the audited annual financial statements and accompanying notes thereto, unaudited interim financial statements and accompanying notes thereto, and the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations for the year ended March 31, 2010, and for the three and six months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 and accompanying notes thereto to help provide an understanding of our financial condition, changes in our financial condition and results of our operations. In this prospectus, we refer to the three month periods ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 as (“Interim 2011”) and (“Interim 2010”), respectively, and the six month periods ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 are referred to as (“YTD 2011”) and (“YTD 2010”). The information included herein should be read in conjunction with the annual and the interim financial statements and their accompanying notes and is organized a follows:

 

   

Overview. This section provides a general description of our business, as well as other matters we believe are important in understanding our financial condition and results of operations and in anticipating future trends.

 

   

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates. This section discusses the accounting policies and estimates we consider to be important to our financial condition and results of operations and which require significant judgment and estimates on the part of management in their application.

 

   

Results of Operations. This section provides an analysis of our results of operations for the three and six months periods ended September 30, 2010 and 2009.

 

   

Contractual Obligations. This section provides a discussion of our commitments as of September 30, 2010.

 

   

Liquidity and Capital Resources. This section provides an analysis of our cash flows for the six months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 and the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, as well as a discussion of the potential impact of the Transactions on our Liquidity.

 

   

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk. This section discusses our exposure to potential losses arising from adverse changes in foreign exchange rates and commodity prices.

 

   

Recent Accounting Pronouncements. This section describes new accounting requirements which we have not yet adopted but which could potentially impact our results of operations and financial position.

Overview

We are a leading industrial company that serves global infrastructure end-markets through our full line of heat tracing solutions. We believe that we are a global leader in the heat tracing industry and one of the few participants with a worldwide footprint and comprehensive suite of equipment, design and engineering services and turnkey solutions. For over 50 years, our heat tracing solutions have served customers in attractive end markets, including energy, chemical processing, power generation and industrial and commercial infrastructure. Our customers include some of the largest multinational energy, petrochemical, power and engineering, procurement and construction companies in the world. We serve our customers locally through 74 direct sales employees in 16 countries, a network of more than 100 independent sales agents and distributors in over 30 countries and through our five manufacturing facilities on three continents. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010, we achieved revenue and net income of approximately $192.7 million (66% of which was generated by our foreign subsidiaries) and $18.9 million and respectively.

 

58


Table of Contents

Our revenues are derived from providing customers with a full suite of innovative and reliable heat tracing solutions, including electric and steam heat tracing, tubing bundles, control systems, design optimization, engineering services and installation services. Our sales are primarily to industrial customers for petroleum and chemical plants, oil and gas production facilities, and power generation facilities. Demand for industrial heat tracing solutions falls into two categories: (i) new facility construction and (ii) recurring maintenance, repair and operations and facility upgrades or expansions (“MRO/UE”). New facility or “Greenfield” construction projects often require comprehensive heat tracing solutions. We refer to sales revenues by customer of less than $1 million annually, which we believe are typically derived from maintenance, repair and operations and facility upgrades or expansions, as “MRO/UE revenue.” We believe that “Greenfield revenue” consists of sales revenues by customer in excess of $1 million annually (excluding sales to agents, who typically resell our products to multiple customers), and typically includes most orders for projects related to facilities that are new or that are built independent of existing facilities. Based on our experience, we believe that $1 million in annual sales is an appropriate threshold for distinguishing between MRO/UE revenue and Greenfield revenue. However, we often sell our products to intermediaries or subcontract our services; accordingly, we have limited visibility into how our products or services may ultimately be used and can provide no assurance that our categorization may accurately reflect the sources of such revenue. Furthermore, our customers do not typically enter into long term forward maintenance contracts with us. In any given year, certain of our smaller Greenfield projects may generate less than $1 million in annual sales, and certain of our larger plant expansions or upgrades may generate in excess of $1 million in annual sales, though we believe that such exceptions are few in number and insignificant overall.

In recent years, our business has been marked by the cyclical nature of large refinery and pipeline “Greenfield” projects. On very large projects such as these, we are typically designated as the provider of choice by the project owner. We then engage with multiple contractors to address various heat tracing solutions throughout the overall project. Our largest Greenfield projects may generate revenue for several quarters. In the early stages of a Greenfield project, our revenues are typically realized from the provision of engineering services. In the middle stages, or material requirements phase, we typically experience the greatest demand for our heat tracing cable, and our revenues tend to accelerate. Revenues tend to decrease gradually in the final stages of a project and are generally derived from installation services and demand for electrical panels and other miscellaneous electronic components used in the installation of heat tracing cable, which we frequently outsource from third party manufacturers. We tend to experience higher margins in the middle stages of a Greenfield project, when the demand is highest for our manufactured products. By contrast, we tend to experience lower margins in the beginning and final stages of a Greenfield project, when demand is highest for our lower margin engineering and installation services and outsourced electronic components. Meanwhile, revenues realized from MRO/UE orders tend to be less cyclical and more consistent.

Our cost of revenues includes the cost of raw material items used in the manufacture of our products, cost of ancillary products that are sourced from external suppliers, construction labor cost, contract engineering cost directly associated to projects, direct labor cost, external sales commissions, and other costs associated with our manufacturing/fabrication shops. The other costs associated with our manufacturing/fabrication shops are mainly indirect production cost, including depreciation, indirect labor costs, and the costs of manufacturing support functions such as logistics and quality assurance. Key raw material costs include polymers, copper, stainless steel, insulating material, and other miscellaneous parts related to products manufactured or assembled as part of our heat tracing solutions.

Our marketing, general and administrative and engineering expenses are primarily comprised of compensation and related costs for sales, marketing, pre-sales engineering and administrative personnel as well as other sales related expenses and other costs related to research and development, insurance, professional fees, the global integrated business information system, provisions for bad debts and warranty.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of our financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities,

 

59


Table of Contents

revenues, expenses and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on past experience and other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, and we evaluate these estimates on an ongoing basis. Our critical accounting policies are those that materially affect our financial statements and involve difficult, subjective or complex judgments by management. Our most significant financial statement estimates include revenue recognition, allowances for bad debts, warranty reserves, inventory reserves and potential litigation claims and settlements.

Although these estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of current events and actions that may impact the company in the future, actual results may be materially different from the estimates.

Revenue Recognition. Revenues from sales of products are recognized when persuasive evidence of an agreement exists, delivery of the product has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable, and collectability is probable.

Construction contract revenues are recognized using the percentage-of-completion method, primarily based on contract costs incurred to date compared with total estimated contract costs. Changes to total estimated contract costs or losses, if any, are recognized in the period they are determined. Revenues recognized in excess of amounts billed are classified as costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts. Essentially all of such amounts are expected to be billed and collected within one year and are classified as current assets. Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts are classified as current liabilities. When reasonably dependable estimates cannot be made, construction contract revenues are recognized using the completed contract method.

Estimating allowances, specifically the allowance for doubtful accounts and the adjustment for excess and obsolete inventories. We make estimates about the uncollectability of our accounts receivable. We specifically analyze accounts receivable, historical bad debts, customer concentrations, customer credit-worthiness and current economic trends when evaluating the adequacy of our allowance for doubtful accounts. Our allowance for doubtful accounts was $2.4 million and $1.8 million at September 30, 2010 and March 31, 2010, respectively. We also write down our inventory for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and estimated fair value based on assumptions of future demand and market conditions. Our allowance for excess and obsolete inventories was $1.1 million and $1.2 million at September 30, 2010 and March 31, 2010, respectively. Significant judgments and estimates must be made and used in connection with establishing these allowances. Material differences may result in the amount and timing of our bad debt and inventory obsolescence if we made different judgments or utilized different estimates or if actual results varied materially from our estimates.

Valuation of long-lived, goodwill and other intangible assets. Separable intangible assets that have finite lives are amortized over their useful lives. Goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets are not amortized, but are reviewed for impairment annually, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. In making this assessment, management relies on a number of factors including operating results, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows, transactions, and market place data. There are inherent uncertainties related to these factors and management’s judgment in applying them to the analysis of goodwill impairment. U.S. GAAP requires that “push down” accounting be applied for wholly owned subsidiaries if the ownership is 95 percent or more. In connection with the CHS Transaction, goodwill has been allocated to our entities in the U.S., Canada and Europe accordingly. As such, the Company has identified three reporting units: U.S., Canada and Europe, for goodwill impairment testing, which are at a level below our one operating segment. Factors considered important which could trigger an impairment review include the following:

 

   

significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results;

 

   

significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business; and

 

   

significant negative industry or economic trends.

 

60


Table of Contents

When it is determined that the carrying value of intangibles, long-lived assets and related goodwill may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above indicators of impairment, the measurement of any impairment is determined and the carrying value is reduced as appropriate. As of September 30, 2010, we had goodwill of approximately $133.2 million, including the impact of the CHS Transactions. There have been no impairments of goodwill during the six months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009.

Business combinations. We allocate the purchase price in connection with the CHS Transaction to the tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed and intangible assets acquired based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the purchase price over these fair values is recorded as goodwill. We engage independent third-party appraisal firms to assist us in determining the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Such valuations require management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets. The significant purchased intangible assets recorded by us include trademarks, customer relationships, backlog and developed technology. The fair values assigned to the identified intangible assets are discussed in detail in Note 5 to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Critical estimates in valuing certain intangible assets include, without limitation, future expected cash flows from customer relationships, acquired developed technologies and trademarks and discount rates. Management’s estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable and, as a result, actual results may differ from estimates. Other estimates associated with the accounting for acquisitions may change as additional information becomes available regarding the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as more fully discussed in Note 5 to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Accounting for income taxes. We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method that requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our financial statements or tax returns. Judgment is required in assessing the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our financial statements or tax returns. Variations in the actual outcome of these future tax consequences could materially impact our financial position or our results of operations. In estimating future tax consequences, all expected future events are considered other than enactments of changes in tax laws or rates. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to amounts which are more likely than not to be realized. We expect to establish a valuation allowance in Fiscal 2011, as we expect a comparable amount of foreign taxes paid on repatriated earnings will not be currently recoverable against U.S. income taxes, and future recoverability is not reasonably assured at this time.

Loss contingencies. We accrue for probable losses from contingencies including legal defense costs, on an undiscounted basis, when such costs are considered probable of being incurred and are reasonably estimable. We periodically evaluate available information, both internal and external, relative to such contingencies and adjust this accrual as necessary. Disclosure of a contingency is required if there is at least a reasonable possibility that a loss has been incurred. In determining whether a loss should be accrued we evaluate, among other factors, the degree of probability of an unfavorable outcome and the ability to make a reasonable estimate of the amount of loss. Changes in these factors could materially impact our financial position or our results of operation. In Interim 2011, we reduced our reserve for compliance costs from $0.7 million to $0.1 million.

Six months ended September 30, 2010 Combined Financial Statement Presentation. We have prepared our consolidated and combined financial statements as if Thermon Holding Corp. (“Successor”) had been in existence throughout all relevant periods. The historical financial and other data prior to the acquisition of Thermon Holding Corp. and its subsidiaries, which occurred on April 30, 2010 (the “CHS Transaction”), which established a new basis of accounting, have been prepared using the historical results of operations and bases of the assets and liabilities of Thermon Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries (“Predecessor”). Our historical financial data prior to April 30, 2010 may not necessarily be indicative of our future performance. For comparability to the periods discussed herein, please refer to note (2) to the table presented in “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data.”

 

61


Table of Contents

Year ended March 31, 2008 Combined Financial Statement Presentation. We have prepared our consolidated and combined financial statements as if Thermon Holdings, LLC (“Predecessor”) had been in existence throughout all relevant periods. The historical financial and other data prior to the acquisition of Thermon Industries, Inc. and its subsidiaries by Thermon Holdings, LLC, which occurred on August 30, 2007 (the “Audax Transaction”), which established a new basis of accounting, have been prepared using the historical results of operations and bases of the assets and liabilities of Thermon Industries, Inc. and its subsidiaries (“Pre-Predecessor”). Our historical financial data prior to August 30, 2007 may not necessarily be indicative of our future performance. For comparability to the periods discussed herein, please refer to note (1) to the table presented in “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data.”

Results of Operations

Three Months Ended September 30, 2010 (“Interim 2011”) Compared to the Three Months Ended September 30, 2009 (“Interim 2010”)

Revenues. Revenues for the three months ended September 30, 2010 (“Interim 2011”) were $63.5 million, compared to $44.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2009 (“Interim 2010”), an increase of $18.8 million or 42%. The increase in revenue is attributable to revenue growth within all geographic regions as well as growth in both MRO/UE products and Greenfield projects. In particular, $12.2 million of the increase in total revenues was due to significant large Greenfield project activity in Interim 2011 as compared to Interim 2010. We consider new facility construction projects generating in excess of $5 million in annual sales to be “large” Greenfield projects. We experienced significant activity in Interim 2011 with ongoing large Greenfield projects in both Canada and Eastern Europe. The balance of the increase in total revenues was comprised of smaller Greenfield project and MRO/UE revenues. The comparative period increase was also reflective of relatively low large project revenue in the Interim 2010 period.

Gross Profit. Gross profit totaled $25.3 million in Interim 2011, compared to $22.9 million in Interim 2010, an increase of $2.4 million. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit decreased to 39.9% in Interim 2011 from 51.2% in Interim 2010. In Interim 2011 there was a non-cash $2.5 million negative impact to gross profit due to a purchase accounting adjustment related to the CHS Transaction. Under purchase accounting rules, inventories that were carried at lower of cost or market are stepped up to fair value, which eliminates gross profit in the period in which the units are sold. Excluding the purchase accounting adjustment, gross profit percentage would have been 43.8% in Interim 2011. After excluding the purchase accounting adjustment, gross profit as a percent of revenue declined by 7.4% in Interim 2011 as compared to Interim 2010. We believe that the 43.8% margin in Interim 2011 is more representative of our historical margins, whereas the 51.2% rate in Interim 2010 was relatively high. In Interim 2010, we completed certain significant long-term engagements in the upstream oil and gas market sector in Russia, which did not recur in Interim 2011. Based on the release of certain contingencies associated with these contracts, we recorded a $1.8 million favorable adjustment to cost of sales, accounting for approximately 4% of gross margin in Interim 2010. Without this adjustment the gross profit percentage would have been 47.2 %. The 3.4% decrease in adjusted gross margin in Interim 2011 is mostly due to Greenfield projects accounting for a greater percentage of our total gross profit. Greenfield revenues carry a lower margin percentage as compared to MRO/UE revenues. As Greenfield revenues grow as a percentage of our total revenues and costs, gross margin as a percentage of revenue may decrease.

Net Income. Net loss was $1.8 million in Interim 2011 as compared to net income of $5.3 million in Interim 2010, a decrease of $7.1 million. The primary reason for the decrease in net income was a result of the CHS Transaction. Due to the CHS Transaction in Interim 2011, amortization of intangible assets increased $8.2 million (including $2.5 million in purchase accounting related to cost of sales) over the same period in the prior year. In addition, interest expense increased $4.1 million over the prior period. These increased expenses were offset by an increase in gross profit of $4.9 million, (net of the $2.5 million adjustment to cost of sales) and a net increase in tax benefit of $4.3 million.

 

62


Table of Contents

Marketing, general and administrative and engineering. Marketing, general and administrative and engineering costs were $14.0 million for Interim 2011, compared to $10.7 million in Interim 2010, an increase of $3.3 million or 30.8%. As a percent of revenues, marketing, general and administrative and engineering expenses decreased to 22.0% in Interim 2011 from 23.8% in Interim 2010. The increase is primarily related to an increase in expenses to address personnel needs to meet growing customer demand. The expenses contributing to this increase include $0.4 million in increased incentive compensation as well as an increase in salaries and benefits of $1.1 million for staffing to meet the demands of growth. In addition, there is an increase of $1.2 million in accruals related to bad debt reserve and warranty expense.

Amortization of intangible assets. Amortization of intangible assets was $6.3 million in Interim 2011, compared to $0.6 million in Interim 2010, an increase of $5.7 million or 950.0%, due to the amortization of certain intangible assets associated with the CHS Transaction.

Interest expense. Interest expense, net was $5.7 million in the three months ended September 30, 2010, compared to $1.6 million in three months ended September 30, 2009, an increase of $4.1 million or 256.2%. This was partially due to the higher levels of indebtedness incurred in the CHS Transaction and, to a lesser extent, the higher interest rates on the 9.5% senior secured notes, which increased our monthly interest expense by approximately $1.2 million. The interest expense in Interim 2011 includes amortization of debt issuance costs of $0.5 million.

Miscellaneous expense. Miscellaneous expense was $0.9 million in Interim 2011, compared to miscellaneous expense of $0.3 million in Interim 2010, an increase of $0.6 million.

Income taxes. Income taxes were $0.2 million in Interim 2011, compared to a $4.5 million tax expense in Interim 2010, a reduction of $4.3 million. The effective tax rates were 15% (benefit) in Interim 2011 and 45.8% in Interim 2010. Our anticipated annual effective benefit rate of approximately 4.9% has been applied to our consolidated pre-tax loss for the period from May 1, 2010 through September 30, 2010. This benefit rate is less than the U.S. statutory rate primarily due to the amount of buyer’s expense stemming from the CHS Transaction that is estimated to be nondeductible (an effect of approximately 15.8 percentage points) and a valuation allowance established in connection with our anticipated foreign tax credit and other carry-forwards for U.S. taxation purposes (an effect of approximately 1.2 percentage points) plus equity in earnings of our subsidiaries of 5.6% that is not considered for U.S. tax purposes. See Note 13, Income Taxes, to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for the three months ended September 30, 2010, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for further detail on income taxes.

Six Months Ended September 30, 2010 (Combined) (“YTD 2011”) Compared to the Six Months Ended September 30, 2009 (“YTD 2010”) (Non-GAAP)

Revenues. Revenues for the six months ended September 30, 2010 combined (“YTD 2011”) were $114.0 million, compared to $95.6 million for the six months ended September 30, 2009 (“YTD 2010”), an increase of $18.4 million or 19.3%, mostly due to an increase of $14.5 million in MRO/UE revenue as compared to YTD 2010, as a result of overall increased capital spending in the oil and gas and chemical processing end markets. Revenues increased in all geographies during YTD 2011, with revenue in Canada accounting for $9.7 million of the increase. While the aforementioned increase in Greenfield revenue for Interim 2011 was $12.2 million, the increase in Greenfield revenue accounted for $3.9 million of the increase in total revenues for the YTD 2011 period as compared to YTD 2010 because Greenfield activity in the first quarter of 2009 exceeded the activity in the first quarter of 2010 by approximately $9 million.

Gross Profit. Gross profit totaled $44.1 million in YTD 2011, compared to $45.7 million in YTD 2010, a decrease of $1.6 million. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit decreased to 38.7% in YTD 2011 from 47.9% in YTD 2010. In YTD 2011 there was a non-cash $7.5 million negative impact to gross profit due to a purchase accounting adjustment related to the CHS Transaction. Under purchase accounting rules, inventories that were carried at lower of cost or market are stepped up to fair value, which eliminates gross profit in the period in

 

63


Table of Contents

which the units are sold. Excluding the purchase accounting adjustment, gross profit percentage would have been 45.3% in YTD 2011. In addition, if the $1.8 million favorable adjustment to cost of sales in Interim 2010 were excluded, gross margin would have been 45.9% in YTD 2010. Adjusted gross profit as a percentage of revenues decreased marginally by 0.6%. These (adjusted) gross margins of 45.3% and 45.9% for YTD 2011 and YTD 2010, respectively, are within our expected normal range of margins which is approximately 43% to 48%. No discernible series of events or factors were responsible for the negligible decline in adjusted gross margin over such period.

Net Income. Net loss was $14.2 million in YTD 2011 as compared to net income of $10.5 million in YTD 2010, a decrease of $24.7 million. The primary reason for the decrease in net income was a result of the CHS Transaction. Because of the CHS Transaction in YTD 2011, amortization of intangible assets increased $18.0 million (including $7.5 million in purchase accounting related to cost of sales) over the same period in the prior year. In addition, interest expense increased $14.1 million over the prior period. During YTD 2011, the Company also incurred $20.2 million in transaction costs directly related to the CHS Transaction. These charges to income represent a total of $59.8 million (before tax) offset by a decrease in tax expense of $26.94 due to the tax benefit of $18.5 million recorded in YTD 2011.

Marketing, general and administrative and engineering. Marketing, general and administrative and engineering costs were $26.8 million in YTD 2011, compared to $21.3 million in YTD 2010, an increase of $5.5 million or 25.8%. As a percent of revenues, marketing, general and administrative and engineering expenses increased to 23.5% in YTD 2011 from 22.2% in YTD 2010. The increase is primarily related to an increase in expenses to address personnel needs to meet growing customer demand. The expenses contributing to this increase include $1.3 million in increased incentive compensation as well as an increase in salaries and benefits of $0.8 million. In addition, there is an increase of $0.7 million in professional fees and an increase in research and development expenses of $0.1 million.

Amortization of intangible assets. Amortization of intangible assets was $11.6 million in YTD 2011, compared to $1.2 million in YTD 2010, an increase of $10.4 million or 866.7%, due to the amortization of certain intangible assets associated with the CHS Transaction.

Interest expense. Interest expense was $17.8 million in YTD 2011, compared to $3.6 million in YTD 2010, an increase of $14.2 million or 394.4%. This was partially due to the higher levels of indebtedness incurred in the CHS Transaction and, to a lesser extent, the higher interest rates on the 9.5% senior secured notes, which increased our monthly interest expense by approximately $1.2 million. The one-time financing costs included $2.0 million in full amortization of our bridge loan fee, $2.6 million in accelerated amortization of deferred debt costs associated with repaid debt and $3.1 million in prepayment penalties.

Miscellaneous expense. Miscellaneous expense was $12.5 million in YTD 2011, compared to miscellaneous income of $0.3 million in YTD 2010, an increase of $12.2 million. Miscellaneous expenses in YTD 2011 consisted primarily of $9.5 million of professional fees and expenses related to completed capital transactions, $0.6 million income related to adjustment of compliance liabilities and foreign exchange transaction gains and other miscellaneous income of $0.9 million. Miscellaneous expense in YTD 2010 consisted primarily of nominal charges for professional fees and expenses related to proposed capital transactions and foreign exchange transaction losses offset by a small gain in sales of fixed assets. None of the individual components in miscellaneous income or expense totaled $0.1 million.

Income taxes. Income taxes were $18.1 million (benefit) in YTD 2011, compared to an $8.9 million tax expense in YTD 2010, an increase of $27.0 million from YTD 2010. The effective tax rates were 55.9% (benefit) in YTD 2011 and 45.62% in YTD 2010. Our anticipated annual effective benefit rate of approximately 4.9% has been applied to our consolidated pre-tax loss for the period from May 1, 2010 through September 30, 2010. This benefit rate is less than the U.S. statutory rate primarily due to the amount of buyer’s expense stemming from the CHS Transaction that is estimated to be nondeductible (an effect of approximately 15.8 percentage points) and a valuation allowance established in connection with our anticipated foreign tax credit and other carry-forwards for

 

64


Table of Contents

U.S. taxation purposes (an effect of approximately 1.2 percentage points) plus equity in earnings of our subsidiaries of 5.6% that is not considered for U.S. tax purposes. See Note 13, Income Taxes, to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for the six months ended September 30, 2010, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for further detail on income taxes.

Year Ended March 31, 2010 compared to Year Ended March 31, 2009

Revenues. Revenues for Fiscal 2010 were $192.7 million, compared to $202.8 million for Fiscal 2009, a decrease of $10.1 million or 5.0%. Revenues from large Greenfield projects decreased by $7.6 million in Fiscal 2010. Smaller Greenfield projects and MRO/UE combined for a decline of $2.5 million in Fiscal 2010. The reduction in large Greenfield projects is primarily related to the completion of several oil and gas projects during Fiscal 2010 that were largely realized in Fiscal 2009 and therefore generated less revenue in Fiscal 2010. The reduction of MRO/UE revenue in Fiscal 2010 was due to an $11.2 decrease in the Eastern Hemisphere revenue offset by increased MRO/UE revenue in the Western Hemisphere of $8.7 million.

Revenues in our Western Hemisphere area decreased to $117.3 million in Fiscal 2010 from $124.6 million in Fiscal 2009, a decrease of $7.3 million or 5.8%, mainly due to the near completion of a large Greenfield project located in Canada. Specifically, we had one large Greenfield project in Canada that accounted for a $17.2 million decrease in revenue in Fiscal 2010 as compared to Fiscal 2009. This reduction was offset by increased MRO/UE revenue of $8.7 million and other Canadian projects that began in Fiscal 2010 and accelerated in Fiscal 2011. Revenues from our Eastern Hemisphere area decreased to $75.3 million in Fiscal 2010 from $78.1 million in Fiscal 2009, a decrease of $2.8 million or 3.5%. Eastern Hemisphere revenues were marked by an overall a decline in MRO/UE revenue offset by an increase in Greenfield revenue. The decrease in Eastern Hemisphere MRO/UE revenue is attributable to a downturn in capital spending in our end markets, which tends to be due to the cyclical nature of capital spending in Asia and in Eastern Europe.

Gross Profit. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit was 47.4% for Fiscal 2010 as compared to 48.0% for Fiscal 2009. Gross profit totaled $91.3 million for Fiscal 2010, compared to $97.3 million for Fiscal 2009, a decrease of $6.0 million or 6.2% from Fiscal 2009, which is largely attributable to a decrease in revenues over the same period. Gross margin percentages for Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009 were essentially the same and were within the range of our expectations which we believe to be from 43% to 48%.

Net Income. Net income was $19.0 million in Fiscal 2010 as compared to $26.4 million in Fiscal 2009, a decrease of $7.4 million. The decrease in net income was primarily related to a non-cash charge to deferred taxes. The effect of the deferred taxes related to our Canadian debt and represented a decrease to net income in the amount of $11.4 million.

Marketing, general and administrative and engineering. As a percent of revenues, marketing, general and administrative and engineering expenses came in at 24.6% for both Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009. Marketing, general and administrative and engineering expenses were $47.3 million for Fiscal 2010, compared to $49.8 million for Fiscal 2009, a decrease of $2.5 million or 5.0% from Fiscal 2009. The decrease in operating expense is primarily due to the decrease in incentive expense due to lower business activity in Fiscal 2010 from that of Fiscal 2009.

Amortization of intangible assets. Amortization of intangible assets was $2.4 million in Fiscal 2010, compared to $6.6 million in Fiscal 2009, a decrease of $4.2 million from Fiscal 2009, due to the amortization of certain intangible assets associated with the Audax Transaction. The decrease in amortization expense was due to certain short-term intangible assets that were fully amortized prior to Fiscal 2010.

Interest expense. Interest expense was $7.4 million in Fiscal 2010, compared to $9.6 million in Fiscal 2009, a decrease of $2.2 million or 22.9% from Fiscal 2009. The decrease is a primarily due to higher debt levels during Fiscal 2009 and a reduction in interest rates during Fiscal 2010.

 

65


Table of Contents

Miscellaneous expense. Miscellaneous expense was $1.3 million in Fiscal 2010 compared to $3.1 million in Fiscal 2009, a decrease of $1.8 million or 58.1% from Fiscal 2009. Miscellaneous expense in Fiscal 2010 consisted primarily of $1.0 million of professional fees and expenses related to capital transactions and miscellaneous expenses of $0.3 million. Miscellaneous expense in Fiscal 2009 consisted primarily of $1.3 million of professional fees and expenses related to capital transactions, $0.8 million of foreign exchange transaction losses, a $1.2 million charge related to self-reported export compliance violations, partially offset by $0.2 million of miscellaneous income.

Income taxes. Income taxes were $14.0 million in Fiscal 2010 compared to $1.8 million in Fiscal 2009, an increase of $12.2 million. The effective tax rate was 42.6% in Fiscal 2010 and 6.4% in Fiscal 2009. Excluding the effects of the non-cash change in the deferred tax liability related to deemed foreign income, the effective tax rates would be approximately 33.4% and 35.0% in Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009, respectively. The deemed foreign income relates to the debt outstanding of our Canadian subsidiary that originated in the Audax Transaction. The swings in the effective tax rates is primarily due to the deemed foreign income related to debt outstanding of our Canadian subsidiary and the impact of rate differences of international subsidiaries.

Year Ended March 31, 2009 compared to Year Ended March 31, 2008 (combined) (Non-GAAP)

Revenues. Revenues for Fiscal 2009 were $202.8 million, compared to $185.8 million for the year ended March 31, 2008 (“Fiscal 2008”), an increase of $17.0 million or 9.1%. The increase in revenue in Fiscal 2009 is mostly attributable to a large Greenfield project in Canada. Several of our customers associated with this project combined for $19.7 million of increased revenue in Fiscal 2009 as compared to Fiscal 2008. This revenue increase was offset by a decrease in other Greenfield projects of $3.2 million. Worldwide, MRO/UE revenue was comparable at approximately $160 million for both Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2008.

Revenues in our Western Hemisphere area increased to $124.6 million in Fiscal 2009 from $117.0 million in Fiscal 2008, an increase of $7.6 million or 6.5%, mainly due to the aforementioned project in Canada, partially offset by lower Greenfield sales within the U.S. The decline in U.S. Greenfield revenue was due to the completion of a large refinery modernization project in Fiscal 2008. Revenues from our Eastern Hemisphere area increased to $78.1 million in Fiscal 2009 from $68.8 million in Fiscal 2008, an increase of $9.3 million or 13.5%, mainly due to growth in MRO/UE revenue of approximately $11.8 million, which we believe was due to the cyclical nature of capital spending in Asia and in Eastern Europe, which increase was offset in part by a decrease in Eastern Hemisphere Greenfield revenue of $2.5 million.

Gross Profit. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit improved to 48.0% for Fiscal 2009 from 40.8% for Fiscal 2008. Gross profit totaled $97.3 million for Fiscal 2009, compared to $75.7 million for Fiscal 2008, an increase of $21.6 million or 28.5% from Fiscal 2008. In Fiscal 2008 there was a non-cash $7.1 million negative impact to gross profit due to a purchase accounting adjustment related to the Audax Transaction. Under purchase accounting rules, inventories that were carried at lower of cost or market are stepped up to fair value which eliminates the gross profit in the period in which the units are sold. Excluding the purchase accounting adjustment, gross profit percentage would have been 44.6% in Fiscal 2008. These adjusted gross margin percentages are within our expected normal range of margins which is approximately 43% to 48%. The relative improvement in gross margin during Fiscal 2009 was due partly to the number of significant ongoing Greenfield projects in their middle, material requirements.

Net Income . Net income for Fiscal 2009 was $26.4 million as compared to a net loss in Fiscal 2008 of $21.0 million, an increase of $47.4 million. Of the $47.4 million change in net income, $20.0 million was related to the non-cash charge to deferred tax expense related to U.S. tax issues in connection with our Canadian debt issued in Fiscal 2008. In addition, during Fiscal 2008, the Company incurred $12.7 million (before tax) in transaction expenses (including $3.9 million in employee compensation expense and $7.1 million (before tax) in cost of sale expenses related to purchase accounting entries).

 

66


Table of Contents

Marketing, general and administrative and engineering. As a percent of revenues, marketing, general and administrative and engineering expenses decreased slightly to 24.6% for Fiscal 2009 from 25.3% for Fiscal 2008. Marketing, general and administrative and engineering expenses were $49.8 million for Fiscal 2009, compared to $47.0 million for Fiscal 2008, an increase of $2.8 million or 6.0% for Fiscal 2008. The increase is primarily due to higher salaries expense related to headcount additions and additional incentive compensation expense related to the increase in revenues and profits.

Amortization of intangible assets. Amortization of intangible assets was $6.6 million in Fiscal 2009, compared to $6.7 million in Fiscal 2008, a decrease of $0.1 million from Fiscal 2008, due to the amortization of certain intangible assets associated with the Audax Transaction.

Interest expense. Interest expense was $9.6 million in Fiscal 2009, compared to $8.4 million in Fiscal 2008, an increase of $1.2 million or 14.3% from Fiscal 2008. The increase is a result of the borrowings being outstanding for the entire year in Fiscal 2009 as compared to Fiscal 2008 where the borrowings were outstanding for part of the year.

Miscellaneous expense. Miscellaneous expense was $3.1 million in Fiscal 2009 compared to $12.9 million in Fiscal 2008, a decrease of $9.8 million or 76.0% from Fiscal 2008. Miscellaneous expense in Fiscal 2009 consisted primarily of $1.3 million of professional fees and expenses related to proposed capital transactions, $0.8 million of foreign exchange transaction losses, a $1.2 million charge related to self-reported export compliance violations, partially offset by $0.2 million of miscellaneous income. Miscellaneous expense in Fiscal 2008 consisted primarily of $8.8 million of professional fees and expenses related to capital transactions, a $3.9 million employee compensation transaction bonus related to the Audax Transaction, $0.3 million of foreign exchange transaction losses, $0.3 million of compliance fees and related costs, partially offset by $0.4 million net miscellaneous income.

Income taxes. Income taxes were $1.8 million in Fiscal 2009 compared to $21.7 million in Fiscal 2008, a decrease of $19.9 million or 91.7% from Fiscal 2008. The effective tax rate was 6.4% in Fiscal 2009 and was not meaningful in Fiscal 2008. Excluding the effects of the non-cash change in the deferred tax liability related to deemed foreign income, the effective tax rates would be approximately 35% in Fiscal 2009. The deemed foreign income relates to the debt outstanding of our Canadian subsidiary that originated in the Audax Transaction (See discussion above). The high effective tax rate in Fiscal 2008 was primarily due to the deemed foreign income related to debt outstanding of our Canadian subsidiary, the impact of rate differences of international subsidiaries and permanent differences on certain transaction costs expensed for book purposes but not for tax purposes.

Contractual Obligations

Contractual Obligations. The following table summarizes our material contractual payment obligations as of September 30, 2010. The future contractual requirements include payments required for our debt obligations, operating leases and contractual purchase agreements.

 

          Payment due by period  
    (dollars in thousands)  
    TOTAL     Less than
1 Year
    1 -3 Years     4 -5 Years     More than
5 Years
 

Senior secured notes

  $ 210,000      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 210,000   

Notes payable

    394        394        —          —          —     

Estimated interest payments on above indebtedness (i)

    140,300        20,080        40,160        40,160        39,900   

Operating lease obligations (ii)

    3,070        1,490        1,478        102        —     

Obligations in settlement of the CHS Transaction (iii)

    4,156        4,156        —          —          —     

Information technology services agreement (iv)

    987        274        713        —          —     

Management fees payable to Equity Sponsors (v)

    18,314        767        5,380        4,000        8,167   
                                       

Total

  $ 377,221      $ 27,161      $ 47,731      $ 44,262      $ 258,067   
                                       

 

(i) Consists of the interest on the senior secured notes, which accrues at 9.5%.

 

67


Table of Contents
(ii) We enter into operating leases in the normal course of business. Our operating leases include the leases on certain of our manufacturing and warehouse facilities.
(iii) Consists of estimated amounts owed to sellers in the CHS Transaction for restricted cash and in satisfaction of the post-closing adjustments for working capital and income taxes.
(iv) Represents the future annual service fees associated with certain information technology service agreements with several vendors.
(v) Consists of fees payable to our Equity Sponsors for the rendering of management, consulting, financial and other advisory services pursuant to the terms of our management services agreement. We have also agreed to reimburse the out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Equity Sponsors in connection with the provision of such services. The amounts reflected in this table do not reflect any potential expense reimbursement obligations, as we are unable to estimate the amount of such obligations with any certainty. The amount reflected in the “More than 5 Years” column is prepared on the basis of the initial ten-year term of the management services agreement, though we note that the agreement automatically extends on a year-to-year basis after the expiration of the initial term.

There are no contingent gains or losses or litigation settlements that are not provided for in the accounts.

Contingencies. For a discussion of contingencies that may impact us, see Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements, contained elsewhere in this prospectus. To bid on or secure certain contracts, we are required at times to provide a performance guaranty to our customers in the form of a surety bond, standby letter of credit or foreign bank guaranty. On September 30, 2010, we had in place standby letters of credit and bank guarantees totaling $3.9 million and performance bonds totaling $2.5 million to back performance obligations under customer contracts. As of September 30, 2010, we also had in place a $0.2 million letter of credit as collateral for the revolving facility for our subsidiary in India. Our Indian subsidiary also has $2.5 million in customs bonds outstanding.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Prior to the Transactions

Our principal sources of liquidity prior to the Transactions have been cash generated from operations and available borrowings under revolving lines of credit. Our primary liquidity requirements have been the funding of capital expenditures and working capital requirements.

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities totaled $24.7 million for Fiscal 2010 compared to $23.7 million for Fiscal 2009 and ($1.2) million for the combined Fiscal 2008 periods. Cash from operations for both Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009 was largely the result of net operating income of $18.9 million and $26.4 million, respectively. Fiscal 2008 had a net loss of $21 million. The loss in Fiscal 2008 was due largely to additional interest expense and transaction fees associated with the Audax Transaction. The loss in Fiscal 2008 was offset by an add-back of significant non-cash charges, including depreciation and amortization expense of $15.9 million and deferred income tax expense of $15.3 million. These items resulted largely from purchase price accounting of the Audax Transaction. In Fiscal 2008, there was a significant use of cash in the form of increased accounts receivable $16.2 million as we incurred revenue growth of $64 million between Fiscal 2007 and Fiscal 2008. The Fiscal 2009 income from operations included the effect of a deferred tax gain of $11.6 million which was generated when debt was transferred to our Canadian affiliate. This had the effect of reconciling net income downward as a use of cash. This was partially offset favorably by the collection of receivables of $6.4 million. In Fiscal 2010, cash was generated through net income after an adjustment of $4.0 million from deferred tax expense.

Net cash used in investing activities totaled $1.6 million for Fiscal 2010 compared to $2.3 million for Fiscal 2009 and $150.0 million for Fiscal 2008. Investing activities in Fiscal 2010 consisted of $1.6 million of capital expenditures. Investing activities in Fiscal 2009 consisted of $2.7 million of capital expenditures, partially offset

 

68


Table of Contents

by $0.4 million of other investing transactions. Investing activities in Fiscal 2008 consisted of $145.9 million net cash paid for Thermon Industries, Inc. associated with the successor acquisition and $4.2 million of capital expenditures primarily due to construction of the Marketing/R&D building in the United States and the mineral insulated cable plant in Canada.

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities totaled ($8.6) million for Fiscal 2010 compared to ($12.3) million for Fiscal 2009 and $158.2 million for Fiscal 2008. Financing activities in Fiscal 2010 consisted of a $8.6 million dividend paid to members. Financing activities in Fiscal 2009 consisted of $12.3 million of payments on debt and notes payable. Financing activities in Fiscal 2008 consisted of $113.0 million of net proceeds from revolving lines of credit, long-term debt and short-term notes payable less debt issuance costs and $34.3 million in proceeds from the issuance of common stock in 2008.

Following the Transactions

As of September 30, 2010, our primary sources of liquidity are cash flows from operations and funds available under our Revolving Credit Facility and other revolving lines of credit. Our primary liquidity needs are to finance our working capital, capital expenditures and debt service needs. We have incurred substantial indebtedness in connection with the senior secured notes. As of September 30, 2010 we had $210.0 million of indebtedness outstanding under the senior secured notes with annual cash interest expense of approximately $20.1 million. We had an additional $36.0 million available under the $40.0 million Revolving Credit Facility as of September 30, 2010 after taking into account the borrowing base, outstanding loan advances and letters of credit. In addition to our Revolving Credit Facility we had various short term revolving lines of credit available to us at our foreign affiliates of which $0.4 million was outstanding at September 30, 2010. Our debt service obligations following the issuance of the senior secured notes and the Revolving Credit Facility, under certain circumstances, could have a material impact on our ability to generate sufficient liquidity to meet our needs.

The senior secured notes contain various restrictive covenants that will prohibit us from prepaying subordinated indebtedness and restrict our ability to incur indebtedness or liens, make investments or declare or pay any dividends. However, all of these covenants are subject to exceptions.

Our ability to make scheduled payments of principal, to pay interest on, to refinance our indebtedness, including the senior secured notes or the Revolving Credit Facility, or to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. This ability is, to a certain extent, subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control.

Additionally, a substantial portion of our cash flows are generated by our non-U.S. subsidiaries. In general, when an entity in a foreign jurisdiction repatriates cash to the United States, the amount of such cash is treated as a dividend taxable at current U.S. tax rates. Accordingly, upon the distribution of cash to us from our foreign subsidiaries, we will be subject to U.S. income taxes. Although foreign tax credits may be available to reduce the amount of the additional tax liability, these credits may be limited based on the tax attributes of the Company. To the extent that we must use cash generated in foreign jurisdictions, the potential cost associated with repatriating the cash to the United States could adversely affect our ability to meet our liquidity needs.

At September 30, 2010, we had $15.7 million in cash and cash equivalents. We maintain cash and cash equivalents at various financial institutions located in many countries throughout the world. Approximately $4.2 million or 27% of these amounts were held in domestic accounts with various institutions and approximately $11.5 million or 73% was held in accounts outside of the U.S. with various financial institutions.

Based on our current level of operations, however, we believe that cash flow from operations and available cash, together with available borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility, will be adequate to meet our liquidity

 

69


Table of Contents

needs. We cannot assure you, however, that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowing will be available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, including the senior secured notes or the Revolving Credit Facility, or to fund our other liquidity needs. In addition, upon the occurrence of certain events, such as a change of control, we could be required to repay or refinance our indebtedness. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including the senior secured notes or the Revolving Credit Facility, on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

We are expecting $3.7 million of capital expenditures for Fiscal 2011 for furniture and fixture replacements, minor plant equipment replacement and minor maintenance.

Net cash provided by operating activities totaled $0.2 million for the combined YTD 2011 period, compared to $10.3 million for YTD 2010. The decrease in cash flows from operating activities in YTD 2011 compared with YTD 2010 was due in large part to expenses related to the CHS Transaction. Cash flows from operations were also negatively impacted from an increase in encumbered cash pledged as collateral for letters of credit and bank guarantees as well as an increase in accounts receivable related to an increase in days of sales outstanding.

Net cash used in investing activities totaled $320.7 million for YTD 2011 compared to $0.8 million for YTD 2010. The significant change in cash flows used in investing activities was due to the CHS Transaction. Investing activities in YTD 2011 consisted of $1.2 million of capital expenditures and the CHS Transaction. Investing activities in YTD 2010 consisted of $0.8 million in capital expenditures.

Net cash provided by financing activities totaled $308.9 million for YTD 2011, compared to zero for YTD 2010. Financing activities in YTD 2010 consisted of the issuance of $210.0 million under the senior secured notes, $129.2 in capital stock transactions, $4.2 million in additional obligations related to the CHS Transaction.

Off balance sheet arrangements. As of September 30, 2010, we do not have any off balance sheet arrangements.

Seasonal and cyclical demand. Our operating results are impacted by both seasonality and the cyclical pattern of industries to which we provide heat tracing solutions. We experience increased demand for our heat tracing solutions during the winter heating season. Additionally, demand for our products depends in large part upon the level of capital and maintenance expenditures by many of our customers and end users, in particular those customers in the oil and gas, refining, and chemical processing markets. These customers’ expenditures historically have been cyclical in nature and vulnerable to economic downturns.

Effect of inflation. While inflationary increases in certain input costs, such as wages, have an impact on our operating results, inflation has had minimal net impact on our operating results during the last three years, as overall inflation has been offset by increased selling prices and cost reduction actions. We cannot assure you, however, that we will not be affected by general inflation in the future.

Disclosure of non-GAAP financial measures. We provide the following non-GAAP financial measures that are frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of high yield issuers. EBITDA represents net income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax expense, interest expense and depreciation and amortization of intangibles. Adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA before other non-cash charges not included in EBITDA, such as amortization of stock compensation and other unusual non-recurring cash charges not associated with the ongoing operations of the Company. We believe these measures are meaningful to our investors to enhance their understanding of our financial performance and our ability to service our indebtedness, including the senior secured notes. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not necessarily measures of our ability to fund our cash needs. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, income from operations, net income (loss), cash flow and other measures of financial performance and liquidity reported in accordance with GAAP. Our calculations of EBITDA and

 

70


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. The following table reconciles net income (loss) to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:

 

     Three Months
Ended
September 30,

2010
(Successor)
    Three Months
Ended
September 30,

2009
(Predecessor)
 

Net income (loss)

   $ (1,797   $ 5,304   

Interest expense, net

     5,685        1,559   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     235        4,491   

Depreciation and amortization expense

     9,296        1,062   
                

EBITDA—non-GAAP basis

   $ 13,419      $ 12,416   
                

EBITDA—non-GAAP basis

   $ 13,419      $ 12,416   

Transaction expense (a)

     690        —     
                

Adjusted EBITDA—non-GAAP basis

   $ 14,109      $ 12,416   
                

 

     For the Period From
April 1, Through
April 30, 2010
(Predecessor)
          For the Period From
May 1, Through
September 30, 2010
(Successor)
    Six Months
Ended
September  30,
2010
(Predecessor/
Successor
Combined)
    Six Months
Ended
September 30,
2009
(Predecessor)
 

Net income (loss)

   $ (267       $ (13,970   $ (14,237   $ 10,547   

Interest expense, net

     6,222            11,528        17,750        3,622   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (17,434         (664     (18,098     8,851   

Depreciation and amortization expense

     392            19,812        20,204        2,125   
                                    

EBITDA—non-GAAP basis

   $ (11,087       $ 16,706      $ 5,619      $ 25,145   
                                    

EBITDA—non-GAAP basis

   $ (11,087       $ 16,706      $ 5,619      $ 25,145   

Transaction expense (a)

     13,921            6,785        20,706        —     
                                    

Adjusted EBITDA—non-GAAP basis

   $ 2,834          $ 23,491      $ 26,325      $ 25,145   
                                    

 

(a) Represents expenses related to the CHS Transaction. See Note 12, Miscellaneous Income (Expense) as well as Success fees to owners related to the CHS transaction as reported in other expense, to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for the three and six months ended September 30, 2010, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for further detail.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Foreign currency risk relating to operations. We transact business globally and are subject to risks associated with fluctuating foreign exchange rates. Approximately 66% (for Fiscal 2010) of our consolidated revenue is generated by sales from our foreign subsidiaries. This revenue is generated primarily from the operations of our foreign sales subsidiaries in their respective countries and surrounding geographic areas. The revenue is denominated in each subsidiary’s local functional currency although certain sales are denominated in other currencies, including U.S. dollars or Euros, rather than the local functional currency. These subsidiaries incur most of their expenses (other than intercompany expenses) in their local functional currency. These currencies include the Canadian Dollar, Euro, British Pound, Russian Ruble, Australian Dollar, South Korean Won, Chinese Renminbi, Indian Rupee, Mexican Peso, and Japanese Yen.

The geographic areas outside the U.S. in which we operate are generally not considered to be highly inflationary. Nonetheless, these foreign operations are sensitive to fluctuations in currency exchange rates arising from,

 

71


Table of Contents

among other things, certain intercompany transactions that are generally denominated in U.S. dollars rather than their respective functional currencies. Our operating results as well as our assets and liabilities are also subject to the effect of foreign currency translation when the operating results, assets and liabilities of our foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars in our consolidated financial statements. We do not currently use options, forward contracts or any derivatives to hedge cash flow currency exposures.

The unrealized effect of foreign currency translation was a loss of $1.8 million in the YTD 2011 period, compared to a gain of $6.6 million in the YTD 2010 period that was recorded in shareholder’s/members’ equity as other comprehensive income.

The impact of foreign currency transaction gains and losses on our condensed consolidated statements of operations for YTD 2011 was a $0.3 million loss compared to a loss of $0.3 million in YTD 2010.

Interest rate risk and foreign currency risk relating to debt. The interest rate for the senior secured notes is fixed at 9.500% while any borrowings on the Revolving Credit Facility will incur interest expense that is variable in relation to the LIBOR rate. At September 30, 2010, the interest rate on amounts outstanding on the Revolving Credit Facility was 5.00% however no amounts were outstanding on the facility. At September 30, 2010 we had drawn $0.4 million on a separate facility with a bank in Japan. The interest rate on that amount was 1.73%. Based on amounts outstanding on our various revolving lines of credit at September 30, 2010, any change in the interest rate would have a negligible impact on interest expense for the year.

The senior secured notes are denominated and payable in United States currency. Approximately 66% of our revenue is generated in foreign currency; therefore, we expect to have to repatriate our cash earnings in foreign locations in order to make interest payments on the senior secured notes. In the event that the United States dollar strengthens relative to the foreign currencies we are repatriating to make scheduled interest payments, we may incur exchange rate losses that are larger than those that we had reported historically.

Commodity price risk. We use various commodity based raw materials in conjunction with our manufacturing processes. Generally, we acquire such components at market prices and do not use financial instruments to hedge commodity prices. As a result, we are exposed to market risks related to changes in commodity prices of these components.

Credit risk. The credit ratings assigned to the senior secured notes reflect the rating agencies’ assessments of our ability to make payments on the senior secured notes when due. Actual or anticipated changes to our credit rating by any rating agency may negatively impact the market value and liquidity of the Senior secured notes. In addition, any downgrade in our credit ratings may affect our ability to obtain additional financing in the future and may affect the terms of any such financing.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In October 2009, the FASB issued an ASU that amended the accounting rules addressing revenue recognition for multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements by eliminating the criterion for objective and reliable evidence of fair value for the undelivered products or services. Instead, revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables should be divided into separate units of accounting provided the deliverables meet certain criteria. Additionally the ASU provides for elimination of the use of the residual method of allocation and requires that arrangement consideration be allocated at the inception of the arrangement to all deliverables based on their relative selling price. A hierarchy for estimating such selling price is included in the update. This ASU will be effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating whether this update will have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

72


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Company Overview

We are a leading industrial company that serves global infrastructure end-markets through our full line of heat tracing solutions. We believe that we are a global leader in the heat tracing industry and one of the few participants with a worldwide footprint and comprehensive suite of equipment, design and engineering services and turnkey solutions. For over 50 years, our heat tracing solutions have served customers in attractive end markets, including energy, chemical processing, power generation and industrial and commercial infrastructure. Our customers include some of the largest multinational energy, petrochemical, power and engineering, procurement and construction companies in the world. We serve our customers locally through 74 direct sales employees in 16 countries, a network of more than 100 independent sales agents and distributors in over 30 countries and through our five manufacturing facilities on three continents. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010, we achieved revenue, net income and Adjusted EBITDA of approximately $192.7 million (66% of which was generated by our foreign subsidiaries), $18.9 and $45.0 million, respectively. See note 8 to the “Summary Historical Condensed Consolidated Financial Data” table for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income.

Our products provide an external heat source to pipes, vessels and instruments for the purposes of freeze protection, temperature maintenance, environmental monitoring and surface snow and ice melting. This heat is primarily produced from electricity or, to a lesser extent, from steam. We offer a full suite of products and design and engineering services for both electric and steam heat tracing applications including cables, tubing bundles, control systems and design optimization, engineering, installation and maintenance services. Our comprehensive offering allows us to meet the unique needs of each customer, ranging from a complete integrated turnkey solution to a routine sale of materials or components.

Customers typically purchase our products when constructing a new facility, expanding or upgrading a current facility or performing maintenance on existing heat-traced pipes within a facility. Our products are low in cost relative to the total cost of a typical process plant but critical to the safe and efficient continued operation of such facility. When maintenance on in-pipe mechanical equipment is required, our products are often removed, discarded and replaced, because they are attached to the facilities’ heat-traced pipes. In order to avoid switching complications or compatibility concerns, customers often use the incumbent heat tracing brand for both upgrades and expansions and routine and preventative maintenance projects. Consequently, our installed base of heat tracing equipment is an important driver of future revenue opportunities. We estimate that approximately 60% of our revenues result from maintenance and repair of heat-traced pipes and from facility expansions.

We have a long history of steady organic revenue growth and stable gross margins through a variety of economic cycles. Specifically, our revenues have grown in 17 of the past 21 fiscal years, and our gross margins have averaged 44% over the period. In addition, revenue has shown significant growth in recent years. Revenue grew from $121.4 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007 to $192.7 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010, net income grew from $11.4 million to $18.9 million and Adjusted EBITDA grew from $19.5 million to $45.0 million over the same period. See note 8 to the “Summary Historical Condensed Consolidated Financial Data” table for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income. In addition, our backlog of signed purchase agreements has grown significantly. As of September 30, 2010, we reported a backlog of approximately $85.6 million, up 64% from $52.2 million as of March 31, 2007.

The Company was founded as a partnership in October 1954 and later incorporated in Texas in 1960. At that time, its primary product was a thermally conductive heat transfer compound invented by our founder, Richard Burdick. Under Mr. Burdick’s leadership, the Company experienced steady growth by diversifying its products and expanding its geographic reach. Mr. Burdick and his family maintained a controlling interest in the Company until August 2007, when the controlling interest was sold to an entity affiliated with the Audax Group, a private equity firm (the “Audax Transaction”). During Audax’s tenure as majority owner, the Company positioned itself to take advantage of rising demand in the energy end market and secured significant capital projects. On

 

73


Table of Contents

April 30, 2010, the Audax Group sold its controlling interest in the Company to an investor group led by CHS Capital LLC (f/k/a Code Hennessy & Simmons LLC ) (“CHS”). See “The Transactions” for a more detailed description of the CHS acquisition and related transactions. Over the last five years, the management team has focused on significant organic growth opportunities, particularly in high growth markets such as the Canadian oil sands region and Russia.

Our senior management team averages approximately 22 years of experience with us, and has grown the Company through a variety of business cycles, established our global platform, and built our reputation for quality and reliability in the heat tracing industry. Our senior management team and key employees have a significant equity stake in our company and remain committed to executing our growth plan going forward. Our principal sponsor, CHS, has a long, successful track record of investing in industrial and infrastructure businesses. We believe that CHS is a value-added partner to our management team.

Industry Overview

We believe that the market for industrial electric heat tracing is approximately $1 billion in annual revenues. Our industry is fragmented and consists of approximately 40 companies, typically serving discrete local markets and providing a limited service offering. We believe that we are the second largest participant in our addressable market and significantly larger than our next largest competitor. Heat tracing service providers differentiate themselves through the quality and reputation of their products, long-term relationship management and the ability to provide comprehensive solutions. Large, multinational companies drive the majority of spending for the types of major industrial facilities that require our products, and we believe that they prefer vendors who have a global footprint and a comprehensive suite of products and services. We believe that we are one of only a few companies in the industrial heat tracing market that can meet these criteria.

Reliable heat tracing products are critical to the successful, safe operation of a facility. Facilities that utilize heat tracing devices contain interdependent systems of equipment that have differing requirements for temperature maintenance, freeze protection and emissions monitoring. The majority of pipes in a large facility may be heat traced. The largest facilities may contain up to hundreds of thousands of feet of heat tracing cable and thousands of control points. A breakdown in any part of the heat tracing system can have a significant impact on the operations of the entire plant. Stoppages or inefficiencies can be costly in terms of lost production and down time, and therefore we believe that a majority of industrial end users put a premium on reliable, high quality heat tracing solutions.

Demand for industrial heat tracing solutions falls into two categories: (i) new facility construction and (ii) recurring maintenance, repair and operations and facility upgrades or expansions (“MRO/UE”). New facility or “Greenfield” construction projects often require comprehensive heat tracing solutions. We refer to sales revenues by customer of less than $1 million annually, which we believe are typically derived from maintenance, repair and operations and facility upgrades or expansions, as “MRO/UE revenue.” We believe that “Greenfield revenue” consists of sales revenues by customer in excess of $1 million annually (excluding sales to agents, who typically resell our products to multiple customers), and typically includes most orders for projects related to facilities that are new or that are built independent of existing facilities.

We believe that we are one of a few heat tracing providers in the world that can offer product solutions, design optimization studies and detailed engineering and installation services. We believe that, over the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010, MRO/UE revenue accounted for approximately 60% of our revenues, and Greenfield revenue accounted for approximately 40% of our revenues. In order to avoid switching complications or compatibility concerns, customers often use the incumbent heat tracing brand for MRO/UE. Therefore, the provider of the original heat tracing system is well positioned to capture future recurring revenue from additional work required within the existing facility. Large portions of the heat tracing system may be removed and replaced when an upgrade or retrofit is performed, resulting in sizable revenues for the heat tracing provider (estimated to be 10-20% of the initial cost of the heat tracing system). Routine and preventative maintenance includes planned and unplanned repair and replacement of in-pipe mechanical equipment used throughout a process plant. Preventative maintenance projects are typically undertaken on an ongoing basis and often require new heat tracing equipment, estimated to be valued at 5-10% of the initial cost of the heat tracing system annually.

 

74


Table of Contents

The major end markets that drive demand for our products include energy, chemical processing and power generation. We believe that there are attractive near to medium-term trends in each of our end markets.

Energy. Heat tracing is used to facilitate the processing, transportation and freeze protection of energy products in both upstream and downstream applications. The Energy Information Administration projects that world energy consumption will increase 8.5% from 2010 to 2015, with energy consumption in emerging markets growing 12.7% during that time. The industrialization of developing regions of the world will drive continued heat tracing demand for new Greenfield projects. Extraction operations in harsh, cold weather climates such as those of Canada, Russia, the Caspian Sea and the Baltic region increase the need for heat tracing solutions. We estimate that industry capital expenditures for upstream applications in Canada and Russia will grow 20% in 2010 and 2011. In addition, we believe that we will benefit from stricter environmental compliance and regulatory requirements that often require heat tracing intensive solutions.

Chemical Processing. In the chemical segment, heat tracing applications are required for chemical production, freeze protection and temperature maintenance. The corrosive nature of chemicals shortens the life cycle of in-line mechanical equipment attached to pipes (such as valves, pumps and filters), accelerating the demand for MRO/UE opportunities in this segment. Trends that may impact heat tracing demand include the rapid industrialization of the developing world, a shift in base chemical processing operations to low-cost feedstock regions, a transition of Western chemical processing to specialty applications and environmental compliance. According to the American Chemical Council, global capital spending by the chemicals industry is estimated to increase in 2010 by 10.1% to $251 billion and to $284 billion in 2011, with the bulk of the incremental investment generated from emerging markets, most notably China, Africa and countries in the Asia-Pacific and Middle East regions.

Power Generation. Heat tracing systems are used in high-temperature processes, freeze protection and environmental regulation compliance in coal and gas facilities and for safety injection systems in nuclear facilities. An important driver of demand for heat tracing solutions for power generation is increasing demand for electricity worldwide. According to the Energy Information Administration, global net electricity generation is projected to increase 12.6% from 2010 to 2015, with net electricity generation growth in emerging markets at 19.5% during that time. In order to meet this demand, we believe capital spending on new and existing power generation infrastructure will be required. In addition, compliance with regulatory environmental standards also drives heat tracing demand for emissions testing applications in power generation end-markets. The Clean Air Act, the Clean Air Interstate Rule and the Clean Air Mercury Rule are examples of some of the existing and proposed legislation in the United States and abroad.

Competitive Strengths

Defensible market position with significant barriers to entry. We believe that our entrenched customer relationships, global footprint, comprehensive product and service offering and our growing installed base of equipment create a defensible market position with significant barriers to entry. We have longstanding relationships with some of the largest multinational energy, petrochemical, power and engineering, procurement and construction companies in the world. We believe that we are one of the few heat tracing solutions providers with a global footprint and a full suite of products and services required for comprehensive solutions to complex projects. We serve our multinational customers locally through 74 direct sales employees in 16 countries, a network of more than 100 independent sales agents and distributors in over 30 countries and through our five manufacturing facilities on three continents. Our growing global installed base of heat tracing solutions fuels additional MRO/UE business and provides us with a stable source of ongoing revenues.

Long history of attractive financial performance . We have a long history of steady organic revenue growth and stable gross margins through a variety of economic cycles. More specifically, our revenues have grown in 17 of the past 21 fiscal years, and our gross margins have averaged 44% over the same period. During this period (fiscal 1991-2010), our revenue grew at a compound annual growth rate of 8%. From the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007 to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010, our revenue grew $71.3 million, operating income grew

 

75


Table of Contents

$23.6 million and our gross margins have improved to 47%. In addition, we believe that we have a flexible cost structure. We estimate that the majority of our cost structure (excluding depreciation and amortization) is variable.

Strong revenue visibility . We believe that we have good visibility into future revenues based on recurring demand generated from our global installed base, a growing backlog of signed purchase agreements and a robust pipeline of identified upcoming heat tracing opportunities. Our growing global installed base of heat tracing solutions drives our MRO/UE business. When upgrades and expansions and routine and preventative maintenance projects arise, customers typically return to the provider of the original heat tracing system. On average, annual MRO/UE expenditures generated from an installed heat tracing system are estimated to be 5-10% of the initial cost of the heat tracing system, and expansions may require an estimated 10-20% of the initial cost of the heat tracing system. In addition, our backlog provides us with a concrete base of future revenues. Because our solutions are installed at the tail end of projects, purchase orders are rarely cancelled. Backlog grew from $52.2 million on March 31, 2007 to $85.6 million on September 30, 2010. Backlog has shown recent significant growth, increasing 26% from September 30, 2009 to September 30, 2010. The backlog of $85.6 million on September 30, 2010 was comprised of signed purchase agreements with over 500 customers. In addition, we have identified a strong pipeline of new heat tracing opportunities. Our global sales force tracks medium-term heat tracing opportunities and has identified hundreds of new projects, which we believe represent more than $1 billion in potential future revenue opportunity.

Highly diversified customer base and end markets. We provide heat tracing solutions to a diverse base of thousands of customers around the world, and our solutions are used in a broad range of end-markets and applications. Our products and services are used in a variety of applications, including freeze protection, surface snow and ice melting, temperature control and environmental monitoring, by customers in energy, chemical processing, power generation and industrial and commercial infrastructure end markets. Over our 56 year history, we have sold to customers in over 90 countries and, for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010, approximately 66% of our revenues were generated by our foreign subsidiaries. In addition, we believe that we have limited customer concentration. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010, our top customer represented approximately 6% of sales.

Experienced management team . Our senior management team averages approximately 22 years of experience with us and is responsible for growing the Company through a variety of business cycles, building our global platform and developing our reputation for quality and reliability in the heat tracing industry. Our senior management and key employees have a significant equity stake in the Company and remain committed to executing our growth plan going forward. Our senior management team is complemented by the knowledge and experience of our middle management team, which has an average of approximately 18 years of industry experience.

Business Strategy

Our business strategy is designed to capitalize on our competitive strengths. Key elements of our strategy include:

Pursue organic growth opportunities . Throughout our 56 year history, our primary growth engine has been organic expansion. In particular, we will continue to focus on strategically building the necessary global infrastructure to expand our footprint in high growth markets. Our senior management team has successfully grown our business during their tenure, and we believe that additional attractive organic growth opportunities exist. We believe that our global footprint and local presence are key differentiators to our customers. In addition, we believe that there may be opportunities to broaden our existing offerings into areas that are complementary to the products and services that we currently provide. Furthermore, we are focused on increasing MRO/UE revenues generated from our installed base by actively monitoring installations and maintaining strong communication lines with our customers.

 

76


Table of Contents

Continue to deliver products known for quality, reliability and technology leadership . We are proud of our reputation as a leader in the heat tracing industry with a long history of product innovation and reliability. Because our products are a critical component to the successful operation of our customers’ facilities, we believe that our established reputation for quality and reliability is a competitive advantage to our business. Our team of dedicated research and development professionals is focused on identifying new technologies to enhance our heat tracing solutions for our customers.

Identify and implement operational improvement initiatives. We are highly focused on continuous process improvement. We have identified and begun to implement measures to improve our operational efficiency. Lean manufacturing concepts, for example, have allowed us to increase the economic efficiency of our product offering. We also continue to improve communication among operational divisions in order to derive benefits from leveraging additional scale. To that end, we have recently (i) upgraded our global enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) software system, which coordinates global procurement and logistics, (ii) implemented a global project tracking system that allows us to pinpoint and quantify heat tracing opportunities internationally, and (iii) created a platform to standardize our engineering procedures and deliverables.

Selectively pursue value-added, small acquisitions . Given the fragmented nature of the heat tracing industry, we believe that there may be opportunities to pursue small acquisitions at attractive valuations. We plan to strategically assess these opportunities in the future with a focus on geographic expansion, opportunities to broaden our service offerings, technological benefits and potential operating synergies.

Segments

We have defined our one operating segment based on geographic regions. See Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2010, March 31, 2009 and March 31, 2008 contained elsewhere in this prospectus for geographic financial data relating to our business.

Products and Services

Our products include a wide range of electric heat tracing cables, steam tracing components, tubing bundles as well as instrument and control products, including:

 

   

Self-regulating & power limiting heating cables: Automatically increase or decrease heat output as pipe temperature changes

 

   

Mineral insulated (“MI”) cables: High performance heat tracing cable for exposures to high temperatures in harsh environments

 

   

Heat traced tube bundles for environmental gas sampling systems

 

   

Heat transfer compounds and steam tracers for comprehensive steam tracing solutions

 

   

Control and monitoring systems for electric tracing of pipes, tanks, hoppers and instrument sampling systems

 

   

Turnkey services that provide customers with complete solutions for heat tracing, including design, optimization, installation and on-going maintenance

Electric Heat Tracing Applications

We provide critical components of an electric heat tracing system, including heating cables, control and monitoring systems and heating systems for tanks and hoppers. We design these products to fit the variations in specific design parameters for each client’s installation. We offer various electric heating cables, including conductive polymer self-regulating heating cables, power limiting cables and MI high temperature heating cables.

 

77


Table of Contents

Self-regulating heating cables— Our self-regulating heating cables are thermoplastically insulated and engineered to automatically increase or decrease heat output as pipe or vessel temperature changes. BSX™ self-regulating cables are designed to provide freeze protection or process temperature maintenance to metallic and non-metallic piping, vessels and equipment. HTSX self-regulating heating cable is suitable for heat tracing applications involving crude oil and most chemicals. VSX™ premium self-regulating cable is rated for maintenance temperatures of 300°F/149°C and exposure temperatures of up to 540°F/232°C and has among the highest self-regulating temperature ratings in the industry. VSX™ is well suited for the heating of complex sulfur piping systems that are located in hazardous environments.

Power-limiting and constant watt heating cables— Power limiting and constant watt heating cables are thermoplastically insulated parallel resistance cables used to heat trace piping in lengths longer than 200 feet. Such intermediate lengths of pipe are commonly found in pipe racks that connect process units within the plant. These heaters allow longer lengths between power supply points than self-regulating cables.

TEK™ HTEK™ and MIQ™ cables— The TEK™ and HTEK™ series resistance, constant watt, thermoplastically insulated heating cables are used where circuit lengths exceed the limitations of parallel resistance heating cables. By using series constant watt heating cables, a single power supply point can energize circuit lengths up to 12,000 feet. MIQ™ high performance mineral insulated heating cables are used for high temperature maintenance, high temperature exposure and/or high watt density applications that exceed the limitations of thermoplastic insulated cables. MIQ™ cables are composed of a high nickel/chromium alloy sheath, which is well-suited for high temperature service and offers high resistance to stress corrosion in chloride, acid, salt and alkaline environments.

Steam Heat Tracing

In 1954, we began manufacturing heat transfer compound that greatly improved the heat delivery of steam tracing systems. Today, we offer a broad range of heat transfer compounds, steam tracers and tubing bundles that provide our customers with comprehensive steam tracing solutions. We manufacture our heat transfer compounds in various configurations that can be applied to various surfaces in order to increase the heat transfer rate of steam or fluid tracers.

Our heat transfer compounds provide an efficient thermal connection between the heat tracing system and the process equipment. Through the elimination of air voids, heat is directed into the pipe wall primarily through conduction rather than convection and radiation. This requires fewer tracing pipes to maintain specified temperature requirements, substantially reducing operating and investment cost. Steam tracing offers the most cost effective solution for several process applications.

Temperature Controls and Monitoring

We supply a wide range of control and monitoring products, from simple mechanical thermostats to sophisticated microprocessor-based systems that control and monitor the status of electric heat tracing systems. We provide individual units for smaller projects, as well as multi-point controllers that can be integrated into and communicate with a plant’s central operating controls.

A facility’s pipes, tanks and other heat-traced equipment can be monitored through various sensors that assess temperature, monitor current usage and detect any potential problems, such as ground faults. Our TraceView control system software, first introduced over 15 years ago, collects and analyzes data from all of a facility’s heat tracing sensors to be analyzed and controlled by a single technician at a workstation.

 

78


Table of Contents

We are developing a next generation of control system software, which will provide three crucial improvements over currently available applications:

 

   

Process information faster, substantially reducing data collection time at large facilities with thousands of heat tracing circuits;

 

   

Provide for increased data collection and functionality, thereby increasing plant safety and efficiency; and

 

   

Improves communication with distributed control systems, which are used to control equipment (e.g., valves) in industrial facilities.

Instrumentation

We specialize in pre-insulated and heat-traced tubing bundles with accessories that offer a complete instrument heating system. Our complete range of products includes both electric and steam-heated bundles containing various types of tubing (e.g., copper, stainless steel and polymer) to meet the needs of process and environmental applications.

Environmental monitoring applications include transporting a sample of gas or liquid in a temperature-controlled tube from a probe to an instrument that typically performs an analysis to ensure compliance with applicable laws and regulations. Bundles may also provide the same type of service for process related instrumentation such as flow and level transmitters, which have wetted samples.

Tank Insulation and Heating Systems

In 1992, we introduced the ThermaSeam™ Tank Insulation System, which provides a product for insulating large vessels that commonly contain petroleum, chemical, asphalt, anhydrous ammonia, beverages and chilled water for HVAC storage. The design of the ThermaSeam™ Tank Insulation Systems enables installation without the use of scaffolding and is durable, low maintenance and cost-effective. The strength and durability of the system is derived from machine-formed, double-locking standing seams between adjacent panels that provide a weatherproof barrier that extends the entire height of the tank. Through the use of external banding, the system also eliminates traditional weak spots in the tank insulation process. In addition to ThermaSeam™, we offer the RT FlexiPanel ® flexible heating panel, designed specifically for use on metallic tanks or vessels.

Hopper Heating

The HT Hopper Heating Module is a self-contained heater designed for operation on surfaces prone to vibration. In cement plants and fossil fuel power facilities, hoppers are used as a part of the process of filtering ash from the facilities’ emissions. Hopper heaters maintain the walls of the hopper at a temperature above the dew point to prevent moisture from combining with ash and clogging the filtering equipment. We engineer each system based on the heating requirements of the specific application. The HT Hopper Heating Module has multiple flow paths for electrical current, which eliminates the burnout potential common with series wire-based designs. Protection of the heating element from vibration is accomplished with a cushion layer of insulation that also directs the flow of heat from the module to the surface being heated. The module provides mechanical protection during handling, installation and operation, and its low profile design helps facilitate installation.

Turnkey Services

We provide customers with complete turnkey solutions for their heat tracing needs. Turnkey services include front-end optimization, product supply, engineering deliverables, system integration, installation, commissioning and maintenance. Specialized, turnkey heat tracing services meet the needs of many of our industrial customers who have downsized and outsourced their non-core competencies and are requiring their vendor base to have multi-service and multi-site capabilities.

 

79


Table of Contents

Our turnkey business in the U.S. is based in Houston, Texas and Baton Rouge, Louisiana. We employ approximately 25 full-time supervisory personnel, as well as a number of part-time installation specialists that focus on turnkey installations. We have over 1,000 turnkey clients; the largest project is approximately $8 million. Engineering and construction companies in the U.S. often subcontract their heat tracing projects to outside parties, including us, because of the field’s highly specialized nature.

VisiTrace ™ Workflow software

VisiTrace ™, our proprietary 3D engineering software system, allows us to design and engineer heat tracing systems in a virtual environment. It fully integrates with our customers’ 3D modeling software systems. This software is designed to create efficiencies for us and our customers by collecting and centralizing a facility’s engineering and design plans, saving time during the design and construction phase as changes are updated instantly through the software. VisiTrace™ optimizes the design of the system reducing our customers’ up-front costs and on-going operating costs, and creates goodwill for future projects.

Value-added Services

We offer heat tracing design and engineering services during every stage of a project. Offering these value-added services, especially during the early stages of a project, is a core element of our business strategy. We believe, based on past experience, that the performance of design and engineering services during the early stages of a project leads to subsequent sales of heat tracing products for that project.

We are focused on providing a comprehensive solution to fulfill the heat tracing needs of our customers. As a manufacturer of a wide range of heat tracing products, we believe that we are well positioned to evaluate and optimize a system for a customer without bias towards a particular product, and rely on more than 55 years of experience to craft the most appropriate heat tracing solution for a customer’s situation and demands.

We provide value-added design and engineering services to our customers through our full-time staff of engineers and technicians. Through the design and engineering process, our engineers and specialists located throughout the world provide our customers with design optimization studies, product selection assistance, computer-generated drawing packages and detailed wiring diagrams.

Manufacturing and Operations

We have five manufacturing facilities on three continents. We manufacture products that generate a majority of our total sales at our principal facility in San Marcos, Texas. We produce our flexible heating cables, heat tracing compound and tubing bundles in San Marcos. Our facilities are highly automated, which reduces labor costs. Our facilities incorporate numerous manufacturing processes that utilize computer-controlled equipment and laser technology. We maintain a ready supply of spare parts and have on-site personnel trained to repair and perform preventive maintenance on our specialized equipment, reducing the likelihood of long term interruptions at our manufacturing facilities. Our manufacturing facilities are equipped to provide us with maximum flexibility to manufacture our products efficiently and with short lead times. This in turn allows lower inventory levels and faster response to customer demands. Site planning for expansion of heater cable production facilities at the San Marcos facility is now underway.

Our pre-insulated tubing products are manufactured in our facilities in San Marcos, the Netherlands and South Korea. The majority of our pre-insulated tubing product is custom ordered and made to customers’ specifications in a two part process. The thermal insulation is first applied over heating cable and process tubing, and a protective plastic outer jacket is extruded onto the bundle to protect the insulation.

Our MI cable manufacturing facility in Calgary, Canada gives us adequate capacity to service the demands of clients in the oil sands projects of Western Canada in a time efficient manner. It is enabling us to grow MI cable, which is well-suited for high temperature applications and harsh, arctic environments, into a global business.

 

80


Table of Contents

We maintain quality control testing standards in all of our manufacturing operations and perform various quality control checks on our products during the manufacturing process. We believe that our highly automated manufacturing process and multiple quality control checkpoints create high levels of operational efficiency.

Our Electronic Cross Linking Facility (“ECLF”) is located at our primary manufacturing facility in San Marcos, Texas. Cross-linking enhances the thermal, chemical and electrical stability of our low-temperature self-regulating heater cables. This facility was built in 2000 at a total cost of approximately $3.3 million, comprised of approximately $1.5 million for the concrete vaulted building and approximately $1.8 million for a 1.5 million electron volts electron beam accelerator and supporting equipment. By performing cross-linking in-house, we condense the overall manufacturing cycle by approximately six weeks. This enhances our ability to ensure a high level of product quality and to better control the production process. We also process third party materials, ranging from Teflon to diamonds, in our ECLF facility under toll processing agreements in order to increase utilization and generate incremental revenues.

Purchasing Strategy— We have multiple suppliers for all of our critical raw materials, including polymer, graphite, copper and stainless steel. For each of these raw materials, a minimum of two suppliers are selected and approved. We evaluate pricing and performance of these suppliers annually. For our low-volume custom-built electronic controller components, we select a single supplier based on past performance reliability and monitor the process closely. Volumes are too low to divide this product over multiple suppliers. Our purchase specifications are usually based on industry or manufacturer standards. Testing of the raw materials is performed and documented by our suppliers and is reviewed by us at the time of receipt.

Distribution— We maintain three central distribution centers located in San Marcos, Texas, Calgary, Alberta and the Netherlands. Inventory is typically shipped directly from these distribution centers to customers, the construction site or our regional sales agents or distributors. Our sales agents may maintain “safety stocks” of core products to service the immediate MRO/UE requirements of customers who are time-sensitive and cannot wait for delivery from one of the central distribution centers. In the U.S., a network of agents maintain safety stocks of core products. In Canada, customers are serviced from the central distribution center in Calgary. In Europe, customers are serviced from the central distribution center in the Netherlands. In Asia, a safety stock of materials are kept in Yokohama, Japan, Seoul, Korea, Shanghai, China, Pune, India and Melbourne, Australia. Safety stocks are also warehoused in Moscow, Russia.

Customers

We serve a broad base of large multinational customers, many of which we have served for more than 50 years. We have a diversified revenue mix with thousands of customers. None of our customers represented more than 6% of total revenues in fiscal 2010.

Sales and Marketing

Our direct sales force, consisting of 74 employees in 16 countries, is focused on positioning the Company with major end-users and engineering, procurement and construction companies during the development phase of Greenfield projects with the goal of providing reliable, cost-effective heat tracing solutions. We utilize a network of more than 100 independent sales agents and distributors in over 30 countries. In markets such as Eastern Europe, South America and Africa, we operate through independent agents that are supported by our direct sales offices in the U.S. and Europe. We also use independent agents to provide local support to customer facilities for MRO/UE requirements.

We actively participate in the growth and development of the domestic and international heat tracing standards established in the countries in which we sell products. We believe that we have established credibility as a reliable provider of high quality heat tracing products. In addition, we believe that our 15 registered trademarks in the U.S. and numerous additional brand names are recognized globally, giving us excellent brand recognition.

 

81


Table of Contents

Standards and Certifications —As a part of our development work, our products are tested to demonstrate that they can withstand harsh operating environments. Our heating cable products and associated design practices are subjected to various tests, including heat output, thermal stability and long-term aging, with the goal of producing products capable of performing at or beyond the expectations of our customers. All products are further tested and certified by various approval agencies to verify compliance with applicable industry standards.

Our products comply with national and international heat tracing industry standards such as ANSI/IEEE-515 in the U.S., CSA 130.03 in Canada; IEC 60079-30-1 in Europe, IECEx in Australia and ANSI/IEC in the Middle East. We also hold product certifications from approval agencies around the world (e.g., UL, FM, CSA, LCIE, GOST, CQST).

Competition

The global industrial heat tracing industry is fragmented and consists of approximately 40 companies, typically serving discrete local markets and providing a limited service offering. We believe that we are the second largest participant in our addressable market and significantly larger than our next largest competitor. We differentiate ourselves from local providers by a global footprint, a full suite of products and services and a track record with the major players in the energy markets. Heat tracing service providers differentiate themselves through value-added services, long-term relationship management and the ability to provide a full range of solutions.

Seasonality

Seasonality has a minor effect on the company’s business. Most of our customers perform preventive maintenance prior to the winter season, thus in our experience making the months of October and November typically our largest for MRO/UE revenue. However, revenues from Greenfield projects are not seasonal and tend to be level throughout the year, depending on the capital spending environment.

Intellectual Property and Technology

Trade secrets, manufacturing know-how and other proprietary rights are important to our business. We have 15 registered trademarks in the U.S. and an additional 20 recognized brand names. In addition, we rely on a number of significant unregistered trademarks, primarily abroad, but also in the U.S., in the day-to-day operation of our business. We have at least 40 registered patents in the U.S., some of which have foreign equivalents. Of the U.S. registered patents, six remain active, along with several foreign equivalents. While we have patented some of our products and processes, we historically have not relied upon patents to protect our design or manufacturing processes or products, and our patents are not material to our operations or business.

The heat tracing industry is highly competitive and subject to the introduction of innovative techniques and services using new technologies. As such we require all employees to sign a nondisclosure agreement.

Research and Development

Our research and development group is focused on identifying new technologies to enhance our industrial heat tracing solutions through identifying opportunities to maximize product reliability and reduce the customer’s total cost of ownership, which consists of capital expense, maintenance costs and energy costs. Current initiatives include conductive polymer technology research and the development of integrated control systems and advanced communication software for our electric heat tracing systems.

 

82


Table of Contents

Facilities

With our global manufacturing facilities, we are capable of supplying heat tracing products to meet the needs of customers around the world. We have manufacturing facilities in the U.S., Canada, Europe and India. Most of our operations are registered to ISO 9001 quality standards.

 

Location

   Country    Approximate
Size
  

Function

   Owned/
Leased

Corporate Headquarters San Marcos, TX

   U.S.    150,000 sq. ft.
on 30 acres
   Manufacturing, fabrication, sales, engineering, marketing, research & development, warehouse and Corporate Headquarters    Owned

Hunter Road Facility San Marcos, TX

   U.S.    26,800 sq. ft.    Fabrication, engineering and warehouse    Leased

McCarty Lane Property San Marcos, TX

   U.S.    6.6 acres    Storage    Owned

Houston, TX

   U.S.    44,000 sq. ft.
on 4.2 acres
   Fabrication, sales, engineering and warehouse    Owned

Baton Rouge, LA

   U.S.    10,000 sq. ft.    Sales, engineering and warehouse    Owned

Newark, DE

   U.S.    850 sq. ft.    Sales    Leased

Office—Calgary, AB

   Canada    34,000 sq. ft.    Fabrication, sales, engineering and warehouse    Leased

MI Plant—Calgary, AB

   Canada    46,000 sq. ft.    Manufacturing, fabrication and warehouse    Leased

Edmonton, AB

   Canada    4,250 sq. ft.    Sales and warehouse    Leased

Sarnia, ON

   Canada    4,500 sq. ft.    Sales and warehouse    Leased

Mexico City

   Mexico    2,000 sq. ft.    Sales and engineering    Leased

Pijnacker

   Netherlands    35,000 sq. ft.
on 1.5 acres
   Manufacturing, fabrication, sales, engineering, warehouse, marketing and European Headquarters    Owned

Moscow

   Russia    3,050 sq. ft.    Sales and engineering    Leased

Paris

   France    2,000 sq. ft.    Sales and engineering    Leased

Gateshead, Tyne & Wear

   United Kingdom    5,000 sq. ft.    Sales and engineering    Leased

Bergisch Gladbach

   Germany    2,750 sq. ft.    Sales and engineering    Leased

Manama

   Bahrain    700 sq. ft.    Sales and engineering    Leased

Shanghai

   China    2,500 sq. ft.    Sales and engineering    Leased

Beijing

   China    1,500 sq. ft.    Sales and engineering    Leased

Mumbai

   India    3,750 sq. ft.    Sales and engineering    Leased

Koregon Bhima

   India    15,000 sq. ft.
on 2.3 acres
   Manufacturing, fabrication and warehouse    Owned

Caringbah, New South Wales

   Australia    200 sq. ft.    Sales    Leased

Bayswater, Victoria

   Australia    1,350 sq. ft.    Fabrication, sales, engineering and warehouse    Owned

Kuala Lumpur

   Malaysia    475 sq. ft.    Sales and engineering    Leased

Yokohama

   Japan    1,500 sq. ft.    Sales and engineering    Leased

Seoul

   South Korea    3,000 sq. ft.    Sales and engineering    Leased

Yeosu*

   South Korea    13,250 sq. ft.    Manufacturing and warehouse    Leased

 

* We anticipate closing the Yeosu, South Korea facility in January 2011.

 

83


Table of Contents

Employees

As of September 30, 2010, we employed 644 persons on a full-time basis worldwide. None of our employees is covered by a collective-bargaining agreement and we have never experienced any organized work stoppage or strike. We consider our employee relations to be good.

 

     Western
Hemisphere
     Eastern
Hemisphere
     Total  

Sales

     38         36         74   

Engineering/Technical Sales Support

     89         54         143   

Production

     209         31         240   

Administration

     52         30         82   

Construction

     29         —           29   

Marketing

     13         —           13   

Finance & Legal

     23         22         45   

Research & Development

     18         —           18   
                          

Total

     471         173         644   
                          

Governmental Regulation

Due to the international scope of our operations, we are subject to complex U.S. and foreign laws governing, among others, anti-corruption matters, export controls, economic sanctions, antiboycott rules, currency exchange controls and transfer pricing rules. These laws are administered, among others, by the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ), the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), the Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Customs and Border Protection (CBP), the Bureau of Industry and Security (BIS), the Office of Antiboycott Compliance (OAC) and the Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC), as well as the counterparts of these agencies in foreign countries. Our policies mandate compliance with these laws. Despite our training and compliance programs, no assurances can be made that we will be found to be operating in full compliance with, or be able to detect every violation of, any such laws. For example, we paid penalties of $176,000 and $14,613 in 2009 to BIS and OFAC, respectively, to settle allegations that certain of our subsidiaries had committed apparent export control and economic sanctions violations that we voluntarily disclosed to the agencies. In August 2010, we paid a penalty of $32,500 to OAC to settle allegations that certain of our subsidiaries had committed apparent violations of antiboycott laws. We cannot predict the nature, scope or effect of future regulatory requirements to which our international operations might be subject or the manner in which existing laws might be administered or interpreted.

Environmental Compliance

Our operations and properties are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations, including those governing the discharge of pollutants into the air or water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances or wastes, the cleanup of contaminated sites, the emission of greenhouse gases, and workplace health and safety. Certain environmental laws, including the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, or CERCLA, impose joint and several liability for cleanup costs, without regard to fault, on persons who have disposed of or released hazardous substances into the environment. In addition, we could become liable to third parties for damages resulting from the disposal or release of hazardous substances into the environment. Some of our sites are affected by soil and groundwater contamination relating to historical site operations, which could require us to incur expenses to investigate and remediate the contamination in compliance with environmental laws. Some of our operations require environmental permits and controls to prevent and reduce air and water pollution, and these permits are subject to modification, renewal and revocation by issuing authorities. A failure to obtain, maintain, and comply with these permit requirements could result in substantial penalties, including facility shutdowns. From time to time, we could be subject to requests for information, notices of violation, and/or investigations initiated by environmental regulatory

 

84


Table of Contents

agencies relating to our operations and properties, Violations of environmental and health and safety laws can result in substantial penalties, civil and criminal sanctions, permit revocations, and facility shutdowns. Environmental and health and safety laws may change rapidly and have tended to become more stringent over time. As a result, we could incur costs for past, present, or future failure to comply with all environmental and health and safety laws and regulations. In addition, we could become subject to potential regulations concerning the emission of greenhouse gasses, and while the effect of such future regulations cannot be determined at this time, they could require us to incur substantial costs in order to achieve and maintain compliance. In the ordinary course of business, we may be held responsible for any environmental damages we may cause to our customers’ premises.

Legal Proceedings

The Company has no outstanding legal matters outside of matters arising in the ordinary course of business, except as described below.

Asbestos Litigation— Since 1999, we have been named as one of many defendants in 16 personal injury suits alleging exposure to asbestos from our products. None of the cases alleges premises liability. Six cases are currently pending. Insurers are defending us in three of the six lawsuits, and we expect that an insurer will defend us in the remaining three matters. Of the concluded suits, there were five cost of defense settlements and the remainder were dismissed without payment. There are no claims unrelated to asbestos exposure for which coverage has been sought under the policies that are providing coverage.

Indian Sales Tax and Customs Disputes— Our Indian subsidiary is currently disputing assessments of administrative sales tax and customs duties with Indian tax and customs authorities. In addition, we currently have a customs duty case before the Supreme Court in India, on appeal by custom authorities. We can give no assurances we will prevail in any of these matters.

 

85


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table identifies the executive officers and directors of Parent.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Rodney Bingham

     59       President and Chief Executive Officer; Senior Vice President, Western Hemisphere; Director

George P. Alexander

     60       Senior Vice President, Eastern Hemisphere; Director

Jay Peterson

     53       Chief Financial Officer; Senior Vice President, Finance (1)

Richard Hageman (2)

     59       Senior Vice President, Marketing and Technology

David Ralph (3)

     53       Senior Vice President, Finance

Rene van der Salm

     46       Senior Vice President, Operations

Daniel J. Hennessy (4)

     52       Chairman of the Board, Director

James A. Cooper (5)

     54       Director

Marcus J. George (5)

     41       Director

Richard E. Goodrich (6)

     66       Director

Brian P. Simmons (4)

     50       Director

Charles A. Sorrentino (7)

     66       Director

 

(1) Mr. Peterson was appointed Senior Vice President, Finance by the board of directors on October 27, 2010
(2) Mr. Hageman retired from the Company on August 31, 2010
(3) Mr. Ralph retired from the Company on September 30, 2010
(4) Member of the Compensation Committee
(5) Member of the Audit Committee
(6) Chair of the Audit Committee
(7) Chair of the Compensation Committee

Executive Officers

Rodney Bingham , President and Chief Executive Officer and Director has served as a director since April 2009 and has worked for the Company for 39 years in various management positions in the following areas: Research and Development, Engineering, Product Management, Sales, Marketing and Administration. Mr. Bingham has been instrumental in the development and introduction of several key heat tracing products which advanced the state of the industry, including the first parallel resistance, cut-to-length heating cables and the first pipe-mounted power termination assemblies in the industry. Prior to accepting his current position in January 2009, Mr. Bingham held senior management positions for Thermon including the Senior Vice President of Western Hemisphere Operations, Vice President of Thermon’s International Operations, Vice President of Construction Operations and President of Thermon Heat Tracing Services. During his tenure, Mr. Bingham was responsible for the conception and development of Thermon’s cornerstone marketing philosophy for the 1990s. This effort has resulted in millions of dollars of savings to Thermon customers through an altered buying process emphasizing “Early Involvement” in the customer’s project engineering phase, incorporating “Value Added Services” into the turnkey systems pioneered by Thermon in the late 1970s. This philosophy is being utilized on a global basis today. Mr. Bingham has been involved in the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (“IEEE”) since 1974, and has been a member of the PCIC within the IEEE for over 15 years. He also served on the Power Engineering Society Working Group for the Development of Heat Tracing Standards (IEEE 622).

George Alexander, Senior Vice President, Eastern Hemisphere and Director joined us in August 1971 working in the Production Department. He then spent time in Research and Development, Engineering and as General Sales Manager prior to assuming the role of Vice President Sales and Marketing in May 1983. Mr. Alexander has served as a director since the closing of the Acquisition on April 30, 2010. He is a graduate of Texas State University with a B.S. degree in Mathematics. During Mr. Alexander’s tenure as General Sales Manager, he established the Company as the primary supplier for heat tracing systems to the nuclear power generation industry. He was an author of IEEE 622 “IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design and Installation of Electric Pipe Heating Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations” published in November 1979. From 1983 to 1995 during Mr. Alexander’s tenure as Vice President of Sales and Marketing, corporate sales revenue grew at a compound rate of 8.1%. Mr. Alexander has directed the formulation and execution of the Company’s marketing

 

86


Table of Contents

plans and strategies in Asia Pacific for over ten years by studying economic indicators, identifying customer’s current and future needs and monitoring the competition. Mr. Alexander initiated the formation of Thermon’s Customer Advisory Council. This Council consists of twelve representatives of major corporations from the refining and chemical industries. They, along with the Company’s Distributor Council, provide management with essential feedback regarding current and future industry practices and needs. In 1996, Mr. Alexander accepted the dual role of Vice President, Strategic Alliances and Vice President, Far East operations. From 1996 to 1998 he established several global partnerships with key customers that positively affected Thermon’s revenue growth worldwide. In 1999, Mr. Alexander accepted the position of Senior Vice President, Asia Pacific Operations, one of four Strategic Business Units. In 2005, as Senior Vice President, Eastern Hemisphere, Mr. Alexander assumed responsibility for operations in Europe as well.

Jay Peterson, Chief Financial Officer , Senior Vice President, Finance joined the Company in July 2010 as Chief Financial Officer and was appointed Senior Vice President, Finance in October 2010. Prior to joining Thermon, Mr. Peterson held positions as Chief Financial Officer, Vice President of Finance, Senior Director of Finance, Secretary and Treasurer at Forgent Networks, Inc, a NASDAQ listed company. Mr. Peterson started with Forgent Networks in 1995 and was named Chief Financial Officer in 2001. Before joining Forgent Networks, Mr. Peterson was Assistant Controller in Dell Computer Corporation’s Direct division. He also spent 11 years in various financial management positions with IBM Corporation. Mr. Peterson holds an M.B.A. and a B.A. from the University of Wisconsin.

Richard Hageman, Senior Vice President, Marketing and Technology joined us in 1976 as a Technician in Research and Development. He has subsequently held positions in Engineering, Product Management, Domestic Sales, International Sales and Approvals. He is a graduate of Texas State University with a B.S. degree in Chemistry and a minor in Mathematics. Mr. Hageman has been involved with several new product introductions and was responsible for securing European approvals for self-limiting cables. In 1992, Mr. Hageman relocated to Baton Rouge, Louisiana and founded Thermon Heat Tracing Services-II. As President of the full service affiliate, he was instrumental in organizing the Company and achieving significant sales growth in the region. In 2004, Mr. Hageman relocated back to Central Texas and was promoted to Senior Vice President, Marketing and Technology. In 2008, he became a Trustee of Southwest Research Institute. He is responsible for product management, electronic beam accelerator business and research and development. Mr. Hageman retired from the Company on August 31, 2010.

David Ralph, Senior Vice President, Finance joined the Company in October 1976 working in the Accounting Department. In 1979, Mr. Ralph graduated from Texas State University with a B.S. degree in Business Administration with a concentration in Accounting. In 1984, Mr. Ralph received his Certified Public Accountant certificate for the State of Texas. In 1979, Mr. Ralph was promoted to Accounting Department Manager. He was instrumental in the computerization of Thermon’s accounting system. This effort resulted in creating timely financial reports for management, shareholders and outside users. In 1991, Mr. Ralph was promoted to Controller. He was instrumental in the establishment of financial reporting requirements for all affiliate organizations to facilitate consolidated worldwide reporting by the tenth working day of the month. In addition, he worked with the management team to establish financial accountability throughout the organization. In 2001, Mr. Ralph was promoted to Senior Vice President, Finance. Mr. Ralph retired from the Company on September 30, 2010.

René van der Salm, Senior Vice President, Operations joined us in October 2001. In 1987, Mr. van der Salm graduated from the Amsterdam Technical University with a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering. After fulfilling his military service, he worked as Sales Engineer, Project Manager and Production Manager in supplying the (Petro) Chemical Industry before joining Thermon. Mr. van der Salm started with Thermon as the European Logistics Manager and was responsible for the implementation of a European wide logistics and financial ERP software. In 2006, Mr. van der Salm was promoted to Vice President Manufacturing and Logistics. During that period he divided his time between the U.S. and European operations and was instrumental in the U.S. implementation of the ERP software. In 2007, Mr. van der Salm relocated to the U.S. and was promoted to Senior Vice President, Operations.

 

87


Table of Contents

Directors

Although, as noted below, the composition of the board of directors has been determined by the Securityholder Agreement, we believe that our directors have the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills, taken as a whole, to enable the board of directors to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of our business and structure.

Daniel J. Hennessy, Chairman of the Board and Director was a founder of CHS in 1988. CHS is an affiliate of TGH. Prior to founding CHS Fund I, Mr. Hennessy was a Vice President with Citicorp Mezzanine Investments and Citicorp Leveraged Capital Group in Chicago. Before joining Citicorp, he was employed by Continental Illinois National Bank. Mr. Hennessy has extensive experience managing private equity investments and portfolio companies focused on infrastructure and industrial products. He holds a B.A. from Boston College and an M.B.A. from the University of Michigan. Mr. Hennessy serves on the Board of Directors of Gundle/SLT Environmental, Inc., where he is a member of the Compensation Committee, and Penhall LVI LLC, and has served as a director of Waddington North America, Inc. Mr. Hennessy has served as a director since the closing of the Acquisition on April 30, 2010.

James A. Cooper founded Thompson Street Capital Partners LP (“TSCP”) in 2000, where as Managing Principal he oversees acquisition activity of the firm and is involved in managing the firm’s portfolio companies. Thompson Street Capital Partners II, L.P., an affiliate of TSCP, owns 19.35% of the outstanding common stock of TGH. Mr. Cooper has been involved in middle-market acquisitions for more than 15 years. Prior to founding Thompson Street Capital Partners, Mr. Cooper spent seven years with JPMorgan in New York City, seven years with Harbour Group in St. Louis and was affiliated with GSC Capital in New York. Mr. Cooper has extensive experience in overseeing investment decisions and managing portfolio companies. TSCP has invested in a wide array of industries, including manufacturing and energy related end markets. Mr. Cooper holds an M.B.A. from the Darden School at the University of Virginia, and both an M.S. and B.S. from the University of Missouri-Columbia. Currently, he serves on the St. Louis Children’s Hospital Foundation Development Board, and is a member of both the Foundation Finance Committee and the University of Missouri MBA Advisory Board. Additionally, Mr. Cooper is a Director of First Banks Inc. where he serves on the Audit and Compensation committees, and has served as a director of Waddington North America, Inc. Mr. Cooper has served as a director since the closing of the Acquisition on April 30, 2010.

Marcus J. George joined CHS in 1997 and was promoted to Partner in 2007. Prior to joining CHS, an affiliate of TGH, he was employed by Heller Financial, Inc. in the Corporate Finance Group. He also worked for KPMG. Mr. George brings to the board of directors substantial experience in private equity investments focused on infrastructure and industrial products. He holds a B.B.A. from the University of Notre Dame and an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago. Mr. George serves on the Board of Directors of Penhall LVI LLC, Gundle/SLT Environmental, Inc. and KBA Holdings, Inc., and has served as a director of Waddington North America, Inc. Mr. George has served as a director since the closing of the Acquisition on April 30, 2010.

Richard E. Goodrich is a retired Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V. (CB&I), an engineering, procurement and construction company that provides services to customers in the chemicals and energy industries. Prior to retiring, Mr. Goodrich served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of CB&I from 2001 to 2005, and as acting Chief Financial Officer until June 2006. Mr. Goodrich also serves as a director of Gundle/SLT Environmental, Inc. and Chart Industries. Mr. Goodrich is a Certified Public Accountant having been certified in the District of Columbia in November 1970. Mr. Goodrich brings to the board of directors the experience and international operations insight of a chief financial officer of a large multinational company. Mr. Goodrich has served as a director since the closing of the Acquisition on April 30, 2010.

Brian P. Simmons was a founder of CHS in 1988. CHS is an affiliate of TGH. Prior to founding CHS Fund I, Mr. Simmons was a Vice President with Citicorp’s Leveraged Capital Group in Chicago. Before joining Citicorp,

 

88


Table of Contents

he was employed by Mellon Bank in Pittsburgh and Chicago. Mr. Simmons serves on the Board of Directors of Gundle/SLT Environmental, Inc. and Penhall LVI LLC, and has served as a director of Waddington North America, Inc. Mr. Simmons also serves, and has served, on the Board of Directors of several private CHS portfolio companies.

Mr. Simmons has extensive experience managing private equity investments and portfolio companies focused on infrastructure and industrial products. He holds an A.B. from Cornell University and also serves on the Board of Directors of the Latin School of Chicago, Deerfield Academy, the United States Ski and Snowboard Foundation, Lincoln Park Zoo, the Greater Chicago Food Depository and the Visiting Committee of the University of Chicago School of Social Service. Mr. Simmons has served as a director since the closing of the Acquisition on April 30, 2010.

Charles A. Sorrentino has served at Houston Wire & Cable Co. as President and Chief Executive Officer since 1998. Prior to joining HWCC, Mr. Sorrentino served as President of Pameco Corporation, a national heating, ventilation, air conditioning and refrigeration distributor, from 1994 to 1998. Pameco was a $600 million distributor that was listed on the New York Stock Exchange following an initial public offering in 1997 and was later merged into a larger company. Prior to working with Pameco, Mr. Sorrentino served with PepsiCo, Inc. for nine years. During this time, he held a variety of positions, including Subsidiary President, Division Vice President and Region Vice President. After completing college, Mr. Sorrentino served twelve years with United Technologies (Sundstrand Corporation), a NYSE-listed manufacturer of industrial, heating and air conditioning components in a variety of engineering, sales, marketing and executive management functions. Mr. Sorrentino has served as an executive of several large manufacturing companies and brings a diversity of both public and privately held company experience to the board of directors. Mr. Sorrentino earned a M.B.A. from the University of Chicago and a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from Southern Illinois University. He also served in the United States Marine Corps. Mr. Goodrich has served as a director since the closing of the Acquisition on April 30, 2010.

Director independence

We do not currently have an obligation to ensure that a majority of our directors are independent, because none of our securities is listed on a national securities exchange. Though not formally considered by our board of directors, we believe that Messrs. Goodrich and Sorrentino would be considered independent under the current listing standards of The Nasdaq Stock Market.

The composition of our board of directors is balanced among two independent directors, four directors affiliated with the Equity Sponsors and two management directors. That balance, to which each of our directors contributes, is important to us for the following reasons:

 

   

As independent directors, each of Messrs. Goodrich and Sorrentino contributes an outside point of view that we value for providing multiple perspectives to the board of directors’ oversight and direction of the Company and facilitating objectivity in its decision-making process.

 

   

Because of their affiliation with our Equity Sponsors, each of Messrs. Cooper, George, Hennessy and Simmons is particularly attuned to strategic, financial and other matters that may affect our stockholders’ investments in the Company.

 

   

Messrs. Bingham and Alexander, each of whom has been with the Company for 39 years, bring to the board of directors an invaluable, in-depth knowledge of the Company and our industry, operations and business plans.

Committees of the board of directors

Parent’s board of directors has established an audit committee and a compensation committee.

The audit committee has responsibility for, among other things, assisting our board of directors in reviewing our financial reporting and other internal control processes, our financial statements, the independent auditors’

 

89


Table of Contents

qualifications and independence, the performance of our internal audit function and independent auditors, and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and our code of ethics. Messrs. Goodrich (Chair), Cooper and George are members of the audit committee. We are not currently under an obligation to have an independent audit committee, because none of our securities is listed on a national securities exchange. Though not formally considered by our board of directors, we believe that Messrs. Cooper and George would not be considered independent members of the audit committee under the current listing standards of the The Nasdaq Stock Market. We believe that all of our audit committee members are financially literate and qualified to address any issues that are likely to come before the audit committee, including the evaluation of our financial statements and supervision of our independent auditors.

The compensation committee has responsibility for reviewing and approving the compensation and benefits of our employees, directors and consultants, administer our employee benefits plans, authorize and ratify stock option grants and other incentive arrangements and authorize employment and related agreements. Messrs. Sorrentino (Chair), Hennessy and Simmons are members of the compensation committee. We are not currently under an obligation to have an independent compensation committee, because none of our securities is listed on a national securities exchange. Though not formally considered by our board of directors, we believe that Messrs. Hennessy and Simmons would not be considered independent members of the compensation committee under the current listing standards of The Nasdaq Stock Market.

Compensation of directors

During Fiscal 2010, members of our board of directors did not receive any retainer fees or other cash or equity-based compensation for their services as a director, other than reimbursements for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with rendering such services. Mark Burdick, our former chief executive officer and president, received medical and dental continuation coverage following his retirement from employment with Thermon and through his tenure as a member of our board of directors. The total cost of this coverage was approximately $14,000 during Fiscal 2010.

Our board of directors was comprised of the following members during Fiscal 2010: Mark Burdick, Donald G. Bramley, Oliver C. Ewald, Steven R. Loose and John J. Mitchell. Mr. Bramley, Mr. Loose and Mr. Ewald were managing directors of the Audax Group and Mr. Mitchell was a principal of the Audax Group. Pursuant to the terms of the Audax management services agreement (which is no longer in effect), we paid $750,000 in management fees and $112,167 for reimbursement out-of-pocket expenses to an affiliate of the Audax Group in Fiscal 2010. Affiliates of the Audax Group rendered the following services to us in consideration for the aforementioned management fees: financial and strategic planning and analysis, consulting services, advice in connection with our operations, advice in connection with the negotiation of financing from banks or other financial institutions and advice and assistance in connection with the identification, negotiation and consummation of potential recapitalizations, restructurings, financings, refinancing, mergers, acquisitions, consolidations and dispositions.

We will pay Chuck Sorrentino and Rich Goodrich (i) $1,500 per meeting for in person attendance and $750 per meeting for in person attendance by telephone at meetings of the board of directors, (ii) $1,000 per meeting for in person attendance and $500 per meeting for in person attendance by telephone at meetings of committees of the board of directors, (iii) an annual retainer of $25,000, payable quarterly, for serving as a member of the board of directors and (iv) an annual retainer of $5,000, payable quarterly, for serving as a member or chairman of any committee of the board of directors. In addition, Messrs. Sorrentino and Goodrich are eligible to participate in our stock option plan, and on July 28, 2010, the board of directors granted to each of Messrs. Sorrentino and Goodrich options to purchase 85 shares of common stock of TGH. Messrs. Sorrentino and Goodrich also have an opportunity to invest directly in the common stock of TGH. On October 18, 2010, Mr. Sorrentino purchased 150 shares of Class B non-voting common stock of TGH for $150,000 in cash. We do not pay our other directors fees for services as directors. The Equity Sponsors will receive an annual management fee of $2 million, in the aggregate, in connection with ongoing advisory services and board level services to be provided by the Equity Sponsors to us. All of our directors are reimbursed for their reasonable expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors.

 

90


Table of Contents

Indemnification of directors and officers

Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) provides that a corporation may indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities actually and reasonably incurred in such capacities, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, with respect to any matter in which the director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we shall indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL; provided, however, we shall indemnify a person in connection with any action, suit or proceeding that is initiated by such person only if such action, suit or proceeding was authorized by our Board of Directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that this right to indemnification is a contract right, and we may, from time to time, and in the ordinary course of business, enter into contracts under which our directors and officers are provided with such rights of indemnification against liability that they may incur in their capacities as such and in connection with activities performed under the terms of such contracts.

Our bylaws further provide that we shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was one of our directors, officers, employees or agents or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture or other enterprise, against any and all liability and loss (including judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) suffered or incurred and expenses reasonably incurred by such person.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also eliminates the personal liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by Section 102 of the DGCL, which provides that a corporation may eliminate the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Section 102 does not, however, permit a corporation to eliminate or limit liability for (i) any breach of the duty of loyalty to the corporation or its shareholders, (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) liability of directors for unlawful payment of dividend or unlawful stock purchase or redemption or (iv) any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

We have purchased liability insurance covering our directors and officers and certain other management personnel.

 

91


Table of Contents

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Introduction

This section provides a discussion of the background and objectives of our compensation programs for senior management, including the following officers, whom we refer to as our “named executive officers”:

 

Name

  

Title

Rodney Bingham

   President and Chief Executive Officer, Senior Vice President Western Hemisphere

George P. Alexander

   Senior Vice President, Eastern Hemisphere

Richard Hageman

   Senior Vice President, Marketing and Technology

David Ralph

   Senior Vice President, Finance

Rene van der Salm

   Senior Vice President, Operations

Throughout this section, descriptions of historical practices and policies are of the practices and policies of Thermon Holdings, LLC and references to the “Company,” when used in relation to historical practices, are intended to be references to Thermon Holdings, LLC.

On August 30, 2007, the Company was established by affiliates of the Audax Group (collectively, “Audax”) to acquire Thermon Industries, Inc. and its subsidiaries. Following the transaction, Audax had the overall responsibility for monitoring and approving the compensation programs for our named executive officers and making decisions regarding compensation to be paid or awarded to them. Audax historically did not seek input from outside compensation consultants with respect to compensation decisions and did not retain a compensation consultant in the Fiscal 2010. In making compensation decisions, Audax relied on the input and recommendations of the Company’s named executive officers. The named executive officer’s recommendations were generally based on the assessment of each individual’s performance compared against the strategic operational plan objectives established for the fiscal year as well as historical compensation practices at the Company.

Going forward, our Compensation Committee will oversee the Company’s compensation plans, policies and programs for the named executive officers. Our Compensation Committee is expected to continue our historical compensation policies and practices in the short-term but will reevaluate such policies and practices as it considers advisable.

Objectives of Our Compensation Program

Our executive compensation program is designed to attract, retain, and reward talented executives who can contribute to our long-term success and is based on the following general principles:

 

   

compensation must be competitive with that offered by other companies that compete with us for executive talent;

 

   

differences in compensation should reflect differing levels of responsibilities;

 

   

performance-based compensation should focus on critical business objectives and align pay through performance-leveraged incentive opportunities; and

 

   

the Company’s non-executive employees receive bonus payouts before any bonus payouts are made to members of senior management.

 

92


Table of Contents

Elements of Our Compensation Program

Base Salaries

Base salaries are intended to provide a level of compensation sufficient to attract and retain an effective management team, when considered in combination with the other components of our executive compensation program. The relative levels of base salary for our named executive officers are designed to reflect each executive officer’s scope of responsibility and accountability with the Company. There were no changes in the Fiscal 2010 base salaries of Messrs. Hageman, Ralph and van der Salm from the base salary levels established for Fiscal 2009. Messrs. Bingham and Alexander each received an increase in base salary to reflect increases in their responsibilities during Fiscal 2010.

Annual Bonuses

Historically, the Company has provided its named executive officers, with short-term incentive compensation through its annual bonus plan. Annual bonus compensation holds executives accountable, rewards the executives based on actual business results and helps create a “pay for performance” culture.

Based on the recommendations of Messrs. Bingham, Alexander and Ralph, early in Fiscal 2010, Audax established a bonus pool for the Company’s executive incentive compensation plan as a percentage of the Company’s Fiscal 2010 Adjusted EBITDA. For purposes of the annual bonus program, Adjusted EBITDA was equal to operating income plus incentive compensation, depreciation and amortization expenses and management fees and related expenses.

Under the annual bonus plan, the executive bonus pool was equal to 1.75% of Adjusted EBITDA if Adjusted EBITDA ranged from $40,000,000 to $44,999,999 and 2.00% of Adjusted EBITDA if Adjusted EBITDA equaled or exceeded $45,000,000. If the Adjusted EBITDA targets were met and the bonus pool was funded, each named executive officer was eligible for an allocation of the bonus pool subject to the attainment of specific performance goals. For each of our named executive officers, awards were based 75% on Adjusted EBITDA and 25% on certain strategic operational goals. Under the payout formula, no bonus would be paid if Adjusted EBITDA was less than 90% of target, 75% of the bonus pool would be available for bonuses if Adjusted EBITDA was between 90% and 100% of target and 100% of the bonus pool would be available for bonuses if Adjusted EBITDA was equal to or greater than 100% of target. For Fiscal 2010, the Adjusted EBITDA target was $36,346,385. Under the Company’s annual bonus plan, the bonus pool was allocated to each named executive officer as follows:

 

Named Executive Officer

   Bonus Pool Allocation  

Rodney Bingham

     24

George Alexander

     21

David Ralph

     21

Richard Hageman

     14

Rene van der Salm

     20

As Fiscal Year 2010 progressed, it became apparent that the Company would exceed the performance targets under the annual bonus plan. At the recommendation of Messrs. Bingham, Alexander, and Ralph , Audax approved the termination of the annual bonus program described above and awarded discretionary bonuses to each of the named executive officers that were significantly less than what each named executive officer would have been entitled to under the bonus plan described above. In addition, based on the recommendations of Messrs. Bingham, Alexander, and Ralph, Audax authorized the allocation of the portion of the bonus pool that would have been paid to the named executive officers pursuant to the above payout formula to the bonus pool established for the Company’s non-executive employees. Please see the Bonus column included in the Summary Compensation Table for the amount of discretionary bonuses awarded to each named executive officer in Fiscal 2010.

 

93


Table of Contents

Long-Term Incentives

Following the Audax Transaction in late 2007, the Company established a “profits-interest program” under which the Company granted Class P Units to certain employees, including each of the named executive officers. Profits-interest programs such as that represented by the P Units are common practice in portfolio companies of private equity firms and allow participants to share in the increase in value of the Company above the aggregate purchase price paid in the transaction. The program was intended to provide an incentive to management to keep focused on the long-term value of the Company.

Class P Units are subject to the terms of the certificate documenting the award, including vesting and repurchase rights at the lower of original cost and fair market value upon separation of service. In the event of a change in control, Class P Units share in the distributions from the Company once the holders of Class A Units receive their capital distributions.

The Company did not grant any Class P Units to any of its named executive officers during Fiscal 2010.

Employee Benefits and Other Benefits

Each of our named executive officers is entitled to participate in the Company’s employee benefit plans (including 401(k) retirement savings, and medical, dental, and life insurance benefits) on the same basis as other employees. In addition, the Company maintains a corporate apartment and leases a Company vehicle for Mr. Bingham’s use in commuting between the Company’s facilities in Houston and San Marcos, Texas.

Employment-Related Agreements

During Fiscal 2010, none of the named executive officers was subject to an employment agreement. Concurrent with the closing of the Acquisition, we entered into employment agreements with Rodney Bingham and George Alexander. The material terms of Messrs. Bingham and Alexander’s employment agreements are described below.

Rodney Bingham and George Alexander

Term.  The term of each executive’s employment agreement commenced on April 30, 2010. Unless terminated earlier, each employment agreement will terminate on its second anniversary.

Salary and Bonus.  The employment agreements of Messrs. Bingham and Alexander provide for an initial base salary of $280,000 and $250,000, respectively. In addition, if certain annual performance targets are met in the future, each executive will be eligible to receive an annual performance-based bonus.

Restrictive Covenants.  The employment agreement of each executive prohibits the officer from competing with us during his employment period and for a period of one year thereafter.

Termination Benefits.  We may terminate the employment agreement of each executive without cause, and each executive may terminate the employment agreement for any reason, upon 10 days prior written notice to the other.

If an executive terminates his employment for “good reason” or we terminate his employment other than for “cause,” death, or “disability” (as such terms are defined in each executive’s employment agreement), then the executive is entitled to receive a continuation of such executive’s base salary for twelve months, any earned but unpaid bonus from the current fiscal year, any earned but unpaid salary, and any accrued but unpaid bonus and benefits.

 

94


Table of Contents

If an executive terminates his employment without “good reason” or we terminate his employment for “cause” (as such terms are defined in each executive’s employment agreement), then the executive is entitled to receive any earned but unpaid salary, and any accrued but unpaid benefits.

Upon termination of employment for death, or “disability” (as such term is defined in each executive’s employment agreement), the executive is entitled to receive any earned but unpaid salary, and any accrued but unpaid bonus and benefits.

The employment agreements do not provide for the payment of any benefits upon a change in control transaction.

Impact of Tax and Accounting Treatments

We believe that the compensation paid to our named executive officers is fully deductible under the Internal Revenue Code at the time it is paid. We further believe that Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation, does not have a material effect on our compensation program because we do not regularly award stock options, restricted shares or other equity-based compensation.

Timing of Compensation Decisions

Prior to or shortly after the beginning of each fiscal year, the named executive officers as a group review prior year performance and prepare recommendations with respect to base salaries and the distribution of annual bonus and long-term incentives, if any, for the prior year. Historically, these recommendations have been presented to and approved by Audax.

Fiscal Year 2011 Compensation Decisions and Events

Impact of Acquisition on Compensation Program

As discussed under “The Transactions,” the Company was acquired by the Equity Investors on April 30, 2010. In connection with the Acquisition, Thermon Holding Corp. entered into employment agreements with Messrs. Bingham and Alexander as described above. In addition, the P Unit program was cancelled and the outstanding P Units became vested and were exchanged for the right to receive cash consideration per P Unit. The following table sets forth the value of the P Units held by each named executive officer that vested in connection with the Acquisition and the approximate percentage of the value of the P Units that was reinvested into the surviving company by each named executive officer:

 

Named Executive Officer

   Value of Accelerated Vesting of P Units      % of P Unit Value Reinvested (1)  

Rodney Bingham

   $ 1,897,265         24.3

George P. Alexander

   $ 1,897,265         17.8

Richard Hageman

   $ 1,045,355         3.4

David Ralph

   $ 1,045,355         9.0

Rene van der Salm

   $ 851,929         33.8

 

(1) The approximate percentage is based on the estimated total proceeds to be received by each named executive officer after deducting all amounts subject to escrow in connection with the Acquisition.

In connection with the Acquisition, certain key employees of the Company, including Messrs. Hageman, Ralph and van der Salm received transaction-based bonuses. These transaction-based bonuses were recommended to Audax by Messrs. Bingham, Alexander and Ralph. Consistent with the Company’s compensation philosophy, the transaction-based bonuses that were ultimately paid to the named executive officers were less than those originally approved by Audax and the amounts that would have been paid to the named executive officers were distributed to other non-executive employees of the Company. Messrs. Hageman, Ralph and van der Salm each received a transaction-based bonus in the amount of $60,000, $150,000 and $140,000, respectively. The after-tax proceeds of these transaction-based bonuses were rolled over into equity in TGH. Messrs. Bingham and Alexander did not receive a transaction-based bonus.

 

95


Table of Contents

Long-Term Incentive Compensation

On July 28, 2010, the board of directors of TGH adopted the Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. Restricted Stock and Stock Option Plan, which was amended by the board of directors on October 27, 2010 (as amended, the “Equity Plan”). We believe that the Equity Plan will encourage select members of management to acquire or, in some cases, further develop a proprietary interest in the growth and performance of TGH and the Company and enhance the Company’s ability to attract, retain and reward qualified individuals for management positions.

Under the Equity Plan, 14,378 shares of TGH’s common stock are available for awards, subject to adjustment for stock dividends and other similar changes in capitalization. As of October 27, 2010, the board of directors of TGH has granted all of the available shares under the Equity Plan as options to purchase shares of TGH common stock. On October 20, 2010, Rodney Bingham, George Alexander, Rene van der Salm and Jay Peterson were granted options to purchase 1,697, 1,697, 1,416 and 849 shares of TGH common stock, respectively. All such options have an exercise price of $1,000 per share and vest in five equal tranches, with each tranche vesting within 30 days following the completion of the next five annual audits, beginning with the fiscal 2011 audit. The Equity Plan will be administered by the board of directors of TGH. Under the Equity Plan, the board of directors of TGH designates participants in the plan and determines the exercise price, the number of shares subject to individual awards and the terms and conditions, including the vesting schedule, of each award granted under the Equity Plan. The options generally expire ten years from the date of grant except in certain termination events, in which case the options may expire earlier.

We have the right to repurchase the common stock acquired on exercise of the option for fair market value following termination of the optionee’s employment for death, disability or termination without cause. For all other termination events, we have the right to repurchase the common stock acquired on exercise of the option for the lower of fair market value or the exercise price. Fair market value is determined by the board of directors of TGH in good faith.

The plan terminates in 2020 unless terminated earlier by the board of directors of TGH.

 

96


Table of Contents

2010 Summary Compensation Table

The following table summarizes the compensation of the named executive officers for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2010, March 31, 2009 and March 31, 2008. The “named executive officers” are our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and our three other most highly compensated executives serving as executive officers as of March 31, 2010.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Fiscal
Year
    Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)(1)
    All Other
Compensation
($)(2)
    Total
($)
 

Rodney Bingham

    2010        265,608        160,000        47,179        472,787   

President and Chief Executive Officer, Senior Vice President, Western Hemisphere (principal executive officer)

    2009        231,238        161,000        34,064        426,302   
    2008        218,141        150,000        26,926        395,067   

George P. Alexander

    2010        220,578        155,000        9,637        385,215   

Senior Vice President, Eastern Hemisphere  

    2009        204,664        146,000        8,259        358,923   
    2008        196,603        145,000        9,006        350,609   

Richard Hageman

    2010        165,567        100,000        8,795        274,362   

Senior Vice President, Marketing and   Technology

    2009        165,593        121,000        8,195        294,788   
    2008        150,995        125,000        8,230        284,225   

David Ralph

    2010        210,624        155,000        8,221        373,845   

Senior Vice President, Finance   (principal financial officer)

    2009        210,654        151,000        7,321        368,975   
    2008        206,562        145,000        8,235        359,797   

Rene van der Salm  

    2010        160,536        120,000        7,836        288,372   

Senior Vice President, Operations  

    2009        160,568        121,000        7,364        288,932   
    2008        123,964        73,500        75        197,539   

 

(1) The amounts reported in this column represent discretionary bonuses paid during the fiscal year ending March 31, 2011 for Fiscal 2010 performance. Please see “—Elements of Our Compensation Program—Annual Bonuses” for further information regarding the discretionary bonuses paid with respect to Fiscal 2010.
(2) All Other Compensation for each of the named executive officers is comprised of the following amounts:

 

Name

   Year      Company
Contribution
to 401(k) ($)
     Group Life
Insurance
($)
     Company
Apartment(A)
     Company
Provided
Vehicle(A)
     All Other
Compensation
Total ($)
 

Rodney Bingham

     2010         7,390         2,322         21,535         15,932         47,179   

George P. Alexander

     2010         7,376         2,261         —           —           9,637   

Richard Hageman

     2010         7,350         1,445         —           —           8,795   

David Ralph  

     2010         7,200         1,021         —           —           8,221   

Rene van der Salm  

     2010         7,350         486         —           —           7,836   

 

(A) Mr. Bingham regularly commutes between our facilities in Houston, Texas and our headquarters in San Marcos, Texas. Included in All Other Compensation for Mr. Bingham for Fiscal 2010 were payments for expenses related to the cost to maintain an apartment for Mr. Bingham when he works at our headquarters and the cost of a Company leased vehicle for commuting between Houston and San Marcos, Texas. We value these benefits based on the actual cost incurred to maintain an apartment for Mr. Bingham in San Marcos, Texas and to provide the Company leased vehicle.

 

97


Table of Contents

2010 Grants of Plan-Based Awards

 

     Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards
 

Name

   Threshold ($)      Target ($)(1)      Maximum ($)  

Rodney Bingham

     —           240,393         —     

George P. Alexander

     —           210,343         —     

Richard Hageman

     —           140,229         —     

David Ralph

     —           210,343         —     

Rene van der Salm

     —           200,327         —     

 

(1) As noted above, at the beginning of Fiscal 2010, each named executive officer was eligible for a bonus payment under the Company’s annual bonus plan if certain performance metrics relating to Adjusted EBITDA and strategic operational goals were met. Amounts earned under the annual bonus pool were to be determined as a percentage of Fiscal 2010 Adjusted EBITDA, assuming a minimum level of Adjusted EBITDA was attained. There was no threshold, target or maximum amounts. The amount shown was calculated for Fiscal 2010 based on the formula and actual Fiscal 2010 performance. As discussed above, based on the recommendations of Messrs. Bingham, Alexander and Ralph, Audax approved the termination of the annual bonus plan and, accordingly, no bonuses were awarded based on the annual bonus plan’s payout formula. Instead, Audax approved the grant of discretionary bonuses to each of the named executive officers that were significantly less than what each named executive officer would have been entitled to under the bonus plan described above. Please see “—Elements of Our Compensation Program—Annual Bonuses” for further information regarding the Company’s bonus plan and the decision to award discretionary bonuses in lieu of bonuses payable pursuant to the annual bonus plan formula.

2010 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

 

Name

   Number of Shares or
Units of Stock That
Have Not Vested (1)(2)
(#)
     Market Value of
Shares or Units of
Stock That Have
Not Vested (3)
($)
 

Rodney Bingham

     500         —     

George P. Alexander

     500         —     

Richard Hageman

     277         —     

David Ralph  

     277         —     

Rene van der Salm  

     224         —     

 

(1) Amounts reported in this column represent the number of unvested P Units held by each named executive officer as of March 31, 2010.
(2) The P Units vest at a rate of 20% on each anniversary of the grant date. All of the P Units were granted to the named executive officers on February 7, 2008.
(3) Under the P Unit agreements, the P Units did not have any value unless and until a change in control of the Company occurred. Accordingly, the market value of the P Units as of March 31, 2010 was $0 per P Unit.

 

98


Table of Contents

2010 Stock Vested Table

 

     Stock Awards  

Name

   Number of Units
Acquired on
Vesting (1)
(#)
     Value Realized
on Vesting (2)
($)
 

Rodney Bingham

     167         —     

George P. Alexander

     167         —     

Richard Hageman

     90         —     

David Ralph  

     90         —     

Rene van der Salm  

     76         —     

 

(1) Amounts reported in this column represent the number of each named executive officer’s P Units that vested during Fiscal 2010. The P Units vest at a rate of 20% on each anniversary of the grant date.
(2) Under the P Unit agreements, the P Units did not have any value unless and until a change in control of the Company occurred. Accordingly, the market value of the P Units as of the applicable vesting date was $0 per P Unit.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

During Fiscal 2010, we had no individual employment agreements or change in control agreements with any of our named executive officers. Accordingly, as of March 31, 2010, none of our named executive officers had a contractual right to receive severance or other post-termination benefits from the Company. As noted in this “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” in connection with the purchase of the Company by the Equity Investors, Thermon Holding Corp. entered into individual employment agreements with Messrs. Bingham and Alexander. Please see “—Employment Related Agreements” for a discussion of the material terms of those agreements.

Under the terms of each P Unit award agreement, in the event of a change in control, the holders of the P Units receive distributions from the Company after the holders of the Class A Units have received their capital investment in the Company. After the holders of the Class A Units and Class P Units have received their capital, the holders of the Class A Units and Class P-1 Units receive distributions until two times their capital is returned. Thereafter, the holders of Class A Units and Class P-1 and P-2 Units receive distributions until three times their capital is returned. Thereafter, Class A Units and Class P-1, P-2 and P-3 Units receive distributions until four times their capital is returned. Thereafter, all holders of Units receive distributions. As noted above, under the P Unit agreements, the P Units did not have any value unless and until a change in control of the Company occurred. Accordingly, as of March 31, 2010, the market value of the P Units was $0 per P Unit. As discussed under “The Transactions,” the Company was acquired by the Equity Investors on April 30, 2010. In connection with the Acquisition, each of Messrs. Bingham, Alexander, Hageman, Ralph and van der Salm received proceeds with respect to the vesting of P Units of approximately $1,900,000, $1,900,000, $1,050,000, $1,050,000 and $850,000, respectively.

 

99


Table of Contents

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

Thermon Industries, Inc. is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of TGH. The following table shows, as of September 30, 2010, the beneficial ownership of shares of common stock of TGH by (i) each of TGH’s directors and executive officers, (ii) all of TGH’s directors and executive officers as a group, and (iii) each person known to our management to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of TGH’s common stock. As of September 30, 2010, there were 129,222 outstanding shares of TGH’s common stock. Investment funds sponsored by the Equity Sponsors and certain members of management, together with certain former managers, own all of the common stock of TGH.

 

Name

   Shares
Beneficially
Owned (1)
    Percentage of
Total
Outstanding
 

CHS Private Equity V LP

     72,036 (2)      55.75

Thompson Street Capital Partners II, L.P.

     25,000 (3)      19.35

Crown Investment Series LLC—Series 4

     14,750 (4)      11.41

Star Investment Series LLC—Series 1

     750 (5)      *   

George P. Alexander

     1,984 (6)(7)      1.54

Rodney Bingham

     2,000 (6)      1.55

Richard Hageman

     131 (6)      *   

David P. Ralph

     544 (6)      *   

Rene van der Salm

     816 (6)      *   

James A. Cooper

     25,000 (8)      19.35

Marcus J. George

     72,036 (9)      55.75

Richard E. Goodrich

     —          —     

Daniel J. Hennessy

     72,036 (9)      55.75

Brian P. Simmons

     72,036 (9)      55.75

Charles A. Sorrentino

     —          —     

All executive officers and directors as a group (11 persons)

     102,511 (10)      79.33

 

 * Less than 1% of outstanding common stock of TGH
(1) “Beneficial ownership” is determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The number and percentage of shares of common stock beneficially owned by each person listed in the table is determined based on the shares of common stock that such person beneficially owned as of September 30, 2010, or that such person has the right to acquire within 60 days thereafter. The number of outstanding shares used as the denominator in calculating the percentage ownership of each person is 129,222 shares of common stock (which is the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2010) plus the number of shares of common stock that such person has the right to acquire as of September 30, 2010, or within 60 days thereafter. Each person has sole voting power and sole investment power over the shares of common stock that the person beneficially owns, unless otherwise indicated.
(2) Consists of 72,000 shares held by CHS Private Equity V LP and 36 shares held by CHS Associates V, an entity related to CHS. The Investment Committee of CHS exercises sole voting and dispositive powers with respect to the shares of TGH held by both CHS Private Equity V LP and CHS Associates V. The members of the Investment Committee are Andrew W. Code, Brian P. Simmons, Daniel J. Hennessy, Thomas J. Formolo, David O. Hawkins, Richard A. Lobo, Steven R. Brown, Edward M. Lhee and Marcus J. George (collectively, the “Investment Committee Members”). Each of the Investment Committee Members disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of TGH held by CHS Private Equity V LP and CHS Associates V, except to the extent of a pecuniary interest therein. The address of each of the Investment Committee Members is c/o Code Hennessy & Simmons LLC, 10 South Wacker Drive, Suite 3175, Chicago, Illinois 60606.
(3)

Thompson Street Capital II GP, L.P. is the general partner of Thompson Street Capital Partners II, L.P. Thompson Street Capital LLC is the general partner of Thompson Street Capital II GP, L.P. Mr. James A. Cooper is the sole member of Thompson Street Capital LLC. Each of Thompson Street Capital II GP, L.P.,

 

100


Table of Contents
 

Thompson Street Capital LLC, and Mr. Cooper may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of any shares beneficially owned by Thompson Street Capital Partners II, L.P., but each disclaims such beneficial ownership except to the extent of a pecuniary interest therein. The address of each of the entities listed in this footnote and Mr. Cooper is c/o Thompson Street Capital LLC 120 South Central Avenue, Suite 600, Saint Louis, Missouri 63105.

(4) Longview Asset Management LLC (“Longview”) is the manager of Crown Investment Series LLC—Series 4 (“Crown”) and holds voting power and investment power over the shares of stock held by Crown. Mr. James A. Star is the President of Longview. Each of Mr. Star and Longview disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of TGH held by Crown, except to the extent of a pecuniary interest therein. The address of each of Mr. Star and Longview is c/o Crown Investment Series LLC, 222 North LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60601.
(5) Mr. James A. Star exercises sole voting and dispositive powers with respect to the shares of TGH held by Star Investment Series LLC—Series 1.
(6) These shares are non-voting shares of Class B common stock of TGH.
(7) Includes 496 shares owned by the Bridget Alexander Trust, which is for the benefit of spouse Bridget Alexander, 496 shares owned by spouse Bridget Alexander, and 496 shares owned by The BA 2008 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust, which is for the benefit of George Alexander.
(8) Shares are owned by Thompson Street Capital Partners II, L.P., of which Mr. Cooper is a managing partner. Mr. Cooper may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of such shares with Thompson Street Capital II GP, L.P. and Thompson Street Capital LLC, but each disclaims such beneficial ownership except to the extent of a pecuniary interest therein.
(9) Shares are owned by CHS Private Equity V LP, of which Mr. George, Mr. Hennessy and Mr. Simmons are partners, and CHS Associates V. Each of Mr. George, Mr. Hennessy and Mr. Simmons disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.
(10) Includes shares for which the following directors have disclaimed beneficial ownership: Mr. George, Mr. Hennessy, Mr. Simmons and Mr. Cooper. See footnotes (8) and (9) above.

 

101


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Audax Transaction

On August 30, 2007, the acquisition of TII by affiliates of the Audax Group (the “Audax Transaction”) was completed for an aggregate purchase price of $149.6 million (including approximately $3.2 million of related transaction expenses). At closing, each of the stockholders of TII received a cash payment in exchange for his or her shares of TII. In addition, certain stockholders reinvested a portion of their merger proceeds in exchange for an equity interest in the resulting parent entity, Thermon Holdings, LLC. The following table sets forth, with respect to each of the directors and executive officers of TII (and related persons) as of the closing of the Audax Transaction set forth below, (i) his percentage ownership in TII prior to the Audax Transaction, (ii) his merger proceeds received at closing and (iii) the amount of merger proceeds he reinvested in the equity of Thermon Holdings, LLC:

 

Name (Relationship with TII)

   % Total
Ownership
Pre-Audax
Transaction
    Proceeds
Received ($)(1)
     Reinvestment in
Equity of
Thermon
Holdings, LLC
($)
 

Burdick Interests, Ltd. (Stockholder) (2)

     29.0 %(3)      37,599,659         —     

Richard L. Burdick (Director)

     21.7 %(4)      28,098,234         1,000,000   

Mark Burdick (President and Chairman)

     7.0 %(5)      9,134,362         2,500,000   

George Alexander (Senior Vice President, Eastern Hemisphere)

     7.5     2,280,336         2,205,084   

Rodney Bingham (Senior Vice President, Western Hemisphere)

     5.1     6,672,113         1,507,198   

David Ralph (Senior Vice President, Finance and Director)

     3.1     4,011,712         906,078   

Richard Hageman (Senior Vice President, Marketing and Technology)

     1.3     1,624,177         366,537   

Rene van der Salm (Vice President)

     0.6     812,087         300,000   

Charles E. Bayless (Director)

     1.7     2,305,235         —     

Wylie B. Pieper (Director)

     1.3     1,695,639         —     

Christopher R. Rankin (Director)

     2.0     2,580,827         —     

Roy S. Roberts (Director)

     1.9     2,475,242         —     

Fred Schulte (Director)

     1.3     1,669,653         —     

 

(1) Reflects pre-tax proceeds received in connection with the closing of the Audax Transaction, including all amounts subsequently distributed from escrow. As of September 30, 2010, approximately $991,000 remains in the shareholder representative holdback account.

 

(2) Burdick Interests, Ltd. was a limited partnership formed by Richard L. Burdick for the benefit of his children, including Mark Burdick. Richard L. Burdick exercised sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares of TII held by Burdick Interests, Ltd.

 

(3) Includes shares held by Burdick Interests, Ltd. for the benefit of Mark Burdick.

 

(4) Excludes shares held by Burdick Interests, Ltd., with respect to which Richard L. Burdick disclaimed beneficial ownership, except to the extent of a pecuniary interest in such shares.

 

(5) Excludes shares held by Burdick Interests, Ltd. for the benefit of Mark Burdick.

In connection with the Audax Transaction, certain selling stockholders of TII, including Richard L. Burdick, Mark Burdick, Burdick Interests, Ltd., George Alexander, Rodney Bingham, Richard Hageman and David Ralph, issued Thermon Holdings, LLC a collateral loan in the amount of $2.4 million to secure certain letters of credit and bank guarantees. The balance of the loan was repaid over time (with no interest) as the letters of credit and bank guarantees expired, with the loan being fully repaid in March 2010.

 

102


Table of Contents

Audax Transaction Fee and Management Fee

Upon the closing of the Audax Transaction, we entered into a management services agreement with an affiliate of the Audax Group pursuant to which said affiliate provided management and consulting services and financial and other advisory services. Pursuant to such agreement, we paid to an affiliate of the Audax Group: (a) in connection with the Audax Transaction, a transaction closing fee in the amount of $2,375,856, plus out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Audax Transaction, and (b) management fees and expense reimbursement in the amounts of $475,413 in Fiscal 2008, $824,964 in Fiscal 2009 and $862,167 in Fiscal 2010. Additionally, pursuant to the management services agreement, we paid management fees and expense reimbursement in the amount of $79,142 and a transaction success fee in connection with the CHS Acquisition to an affiliate of Audax in an aggregate amount of $4,715,640 in the one month ended April 30, 2010.

The CHS Acquisition

On April 30, 2010, Thermon Holdings, LLC sold the capital stock of Thermon Holding Corp. to an investor group led by CHS Capital LLC (f/k/a Code Hennessy & Simmons LLC) and distribute the proceeds to its equity holders (the “Acquisition”). After accounting for subsequent working capital and other post-closing adjustments required by the stock purchase agreement, the purchase price is currently estimated to be $320.9 million. See “The Transactions” for a more detailed description of the Acquisition and related transactions. As the controlling equity holder of Thermon Holdings, LLC, the Audax Group would be deemed the beneficial holder of Thermon Holdings, LLC. At closing of the Acquisition, each of the equity holders of Thermon Holdings, LLC received a cash payment with respect to his or her equity interests. In addition, certain equity holders reinvested a portion of their acquisition proceeds in exchange for shares of stock in TGH. The following table sets forth, with respect to each of the directors and executive officers of Thermon Holdings, LLC (and related persons) as of the closing of the Acquisition set forth below, (i) his or her percentage ownership in Thermon Holdings, LLC prior to the Acquisition, (ii) his or her acquisition proceeds received at closing and (iii) the amount of acquisition proceeds he or she reinvested in TGH stock:

 

Name (Relationship with Thermon Holdings, LLC)

  % Total
Ownership
Pre-
Acquisition(1)
    Proceeds
Received
($)(2)
    Reinvestment
in Equity of
TGH ($)(3)
 

Mark Burdick (Director)

    5.3   $ 9,800,306      $ 2,200,000   

Richard L. Burdick (Father of Mark Burdick)

    2.1   $ 3,920,122      $ 739,000   

Rodney Bingham (President and Chief Executive Officer, Senior Vice President, Western Hemisphere)

    3.2   $ 7,577,636      $ 2,000,000   

George Alexander (Senior Vice President, Eastern Hemisphere)

    1.1   $ 3,712,893      $ 496,000   

David Ralph (Senior Vice President, Finance)

    1.9   $ 4,471,504      $ 544,000   

Richard Hageman (Senior Vice President, Marketing and Technology)

    0.8   $ 2,356,441      $ 131,000   

Rene van der Salm (Senior Vice President, Operations)

    0.6   $ 1,925,705      $ 816,000   

Richard Burdick (Son of Mark Burdick)

    0.1   $ 196,006      $ 133,000   

Bridget Alexander (Wife of George Alexander)

    0.7   $ 1,257,497      $ 496,000   

The BA 2008 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust (for the benefit of George Alexander)

    1.7   $ 3,064,615      $ 496,000   

Bridget Alexander Trust (as successor in interest to the GA 2008 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust) (for the benefit of Bridget Alexander)

    1.2   $ 2,278,446      $ 496,000   

Andy Russell (Son-in-law of Richard Hageman)

    0.1   $ 196,008      $ 123,000   

 

(1) Percent ownership is based on the number of Class A Units of Thermon Holdings, LLC owned prior to the Acquisition.

 

103


Table of Contents
(2) Reflects pre-tax proceeds received at the closing of the Acquisition after deducting all amounts subject to escrow and holdback obligations. Includes the value of the accelerated P Units that vested at the closing of the Acquisition. Excludes the interest in a portion of a $2.4 million distribution from the net working capital escrow on September 9, 2010.

 

(3) Includes the portion of the proceeds from the vested P Units reinvested into equity of TGH.

In connection with the Acquisition, the P Unit program was cancelled and the outstanding P Units held by Messrs. Bingham, Alexander, Hageman, Ralph and van der Salm vested, entitling them to the right to receive cash consideration per P Unit. In addition, a portion of the proceeds from the vested P Units were reinvested into equity of TGH. Messrs. Hageman, Ralph and van der Salm also received transaction-based bonuses. Please see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Fiscal Year 2011 Compensation Decisions and Events” for more information.

At September 30, 2010, we had estimated remaining, income tax adjustment and restricted cash payment obligations in connection with the Acquisition of approximately $4.2 million. On September 9, 2010, we paid $2,438,638 to Thermon Holdings, LLC in full satisfaction of the post-closing working capital adjustment. We anticipate that the post-closing income tax adjustment will be finalized by the end of June 2011. We currently estimate that the final adjustment amount will be approximately $2.1 million in favor of Thermon Holdings, LLC. Finally, pursuant to the stock purchase agreement governing the Acquisition, we are required to pay to Thermon Holdings, LLC, within 30 days after each calendar quarter following the closing of the Acquisition, the net amount of cash released to us during such quarterly period that, as of April 30, 2010, had been posted or otherwise used to secure our performance bonds, bank guarantees, letters of credit or similar obligations. On July 30, 2010, we made our first restricted cash payment in the amount of $48,499 to Thermon Holdings, LLC for the quarter ended June 30, 2010, and we currently estimate the aggregate amount of the remaining restricted cash payments will be approximately $2.1 million. We believe that any amount paid to Thermon Holdings, LLC in respect of the post-closing working capital and income tax adjustments or restricted cash payment obligation will be subsequently distributed on a pro rata basis to the equity holders of Thermon Holdings, LLC, including the individuals or entities listed in the above table.

Employment Agreements

Concurrently with the closing of the Acquisition, Mr. Bingham and Mr. Alexander entered into employment agreements with Parent. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Employment-Related Agreements” for more information regarding these employment agreements.

On July 12, 2010, Mr. Jay Peterson accepted our offer of employment to serve as chief financial officer of TGI. The offer of employment provides for an annual base salary of $225,000. In addition, Mr. Peterson will be eligible for an annual bonus with a target award of 40% of base salary, contingent upon the achievement of certain Company performance and individual performance targets, and a new hire option grant equal to six percent of the option pool outstanding as of July 7, 2010. The offer of employment also provides for a lump sum severance payment equal to nine months of base salary and, if applicable, a pro-rated portion of earned but unpaid annual incentive bonuses at the time of termination in the event Mr. Peterson’s employment is terminated due to (i) a change of control, (ii) termination of Mr. Peterson’s employment without cause or (iii) a significant diminution of duties.

Securityholder Agreement

An amended and restated securityholder agreement was executed by all owners of TGH stock, which we refer to as the Securityholder Agreement, and become effective upon completion of the Acquisition. The Securityholder Agreement contains, among other things, provisions relating to Parent’s governance, transfer restrictions (including rights of first refusal in favor of the Equity Sponsors), tag-along rights, drag-along rights, preemptive rights, and registration rights. The Securityholder Agreement also provides that Parent’s board of directors shall include a majority of directors designated by CHS, a director designated by Thompson Street Capital Partners

 

104


Table of Contents

(“TSCP”) (so long as TSCP owns shares of Parent), Rodney Bingham and George Alexander (so long as such individual is employed by Parent or any of its subsidiaries and owns shares of Parent), Richard E. Goodrich and Charles A. Sorrentino, as well as a non-voting observer designated by Crown Investment Series LLC (“Crown”). Any related party transaction, including any business combination transaction, involving Parent or its subsidiaries and CHS, or an affiliate of CHS, must be approved by both TSCP and Crown.

Transaction Fee and Management Fee

Immediately following the closing of the Acquisition, TGI and CHS executed a closing fee agreement, pursuant to which CHS received an aggregate fee of $5.6 million, plus out of pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Acquisition. Upon closing of the Acquisition, we entered into a management services agreement with the Equity Sponsors pursuant to which they have agreed to provide us with management and consulting services and financial and other advisory services. Pursuant to such agreement, the Equity Sponsors will receive an annual management fee of $2 million, in the aggregate, and reimbursement of out of pocket expenses incurred in connection with the provision of such services. At the closing of the Acquisition, TSCP was paid $1.0 million as prepayment for the annual management fee payable for the first two years and three months. The management services agreement includes customary indemnification provisions in favor of the Equity Sponsors.

Review and Approval of Transactions with Related Persons

On July 28, 2010, we adopted a Statement of Policy Regarding Transactions with Related Parties, which requires that each director and executive officer promptly advise the chairman of the audit committee of any Related Person Transaction, as defined therein, of which he or she becomes aware in which we are to be a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and the applicable Related Person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, and all material facts with respect thereto. The audit committee (or, if determined by the audit committee as advisable, the disinterested members of our board of directors) shall then consider such Related Person Transaction for approval or ratification.

In considering whether to approve or ratify any Related Person Transaction, the audit committee or the disinterested members of our board of directors, as the case may be, shall consider all factors that are relevant to the Related Person Transaction, including, without limitation, the following:

 

   

the size of the transaction and the amount payable to a Related Person;

 

   

the nature of the interest of the Related Person in the transaction;

 

   

whether the transaction may involve a conflict of interest; and

 

   

whether the transaction involves the provision of goods or services to the Company that are available from unaffiliated third parties and, if so, whether the transaction is on terms and made under circumstances that are at least as favorable to the Company as would be available in comparable transactions with or involving unaffiliated third parties.

No Related Person Transaction will be consummated without the approval or ratification of the audit committee or the disinterested members of the board of directors as described above. It will be our policy that no director shall participate in any discussion or approval of a Related Person Transaction for which he or she is a Related Person.

 

105


Table of Contents

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Terms of the Exchange Offer; Period for Tendering Old Notes

Subject to terms and conditions detailed in this prospectus, we will accept for exchange Old Notes which are properly tendered on or prior to the expiration date and not withdrawn as permitted below. As used herein, the term “expiration date” means 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on                     , 2010, the 20th business day following the date of this prospectus. We may, however, in our sole discretion, extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is open. The term “expiration date” means the latest time and date to which the exchange offer is extended.

As of the date of this prospectus, $210.0 million aggregate principal amount of Old Notes are outstanding. This prospectus, together with the letter of transmittal, is first being sent on or about the date hereof, to all holders of Old Notes known to us.

We expressly reserve the right, at any time, to extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is open, and delay acceptance for exchange of any Old Notes, by giving written notice of such extension to the holders thereof as described below. During any such extension, all Old Notes previously tendered will remain subject to the exchange offer and may be accepted for exchange by us. Any Old Notes not accepted for exchange for any reason will be returned without expense to the tendering holder promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

Old Notes tendered in the exchange offer must be in denominations of principal amount of $2,000 or larger integral multiples of $1,000.

We expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer, and not to accept for exchange any Old Notes, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions of the exchange offer specified under “—Conditions to the Exchange Offer.” We will give written notice of any extension, amendment, non-acceptance or termination to the holders of the Old Notes as promptly as practicable. Such notice, in the case of any extension, will be issued by means of a press release or other public announcement no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date. In the event of a material change to the terms of the exchange offer, including the waiver of a material condition, we will extend the offer period if necessary so that at least five business days remain in the exchange offer following the notice of such material change.

Procedures for Tendering Old Notes

The tender to us of Old Notes by you as set forth below and our acceptance of the Old Notes will constitute a binding agreement between us and you upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the accompanying letter of transmittal. Except as set forth below, to tender Old Notes for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer, you must transmit a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal, including all other documents required by such letter of transmittal or, in the case of a book-entry transfer, an agent’s message in lieu of such letter of transmittal, to The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as exchange agent, at the address set forth below under “—Exchange Agent” on or prior to the expiration date. In addition, either:

 

   

certificates for such Old Notes must be received by the exchange agent along with the letter of transmittal; or

 

   

a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer (a “book-entry confirmation”) of such Old Notes, if such procedure is available, into the exchange agent’s account at DTC pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer must be received by the exchange agent, prior to the expiration date, with the letter of transmittal or an agent’s message in lieu of such letter of transmittal.

 

106


Table of Contents

The term “agent’s message” means a message, transmitted by DTC to and received by the exchange agent and forming a part of a book-entry confirmation, which states that DTC has received an express acknowledgment from the tendering participant stating that such participant has received and agrees to be bound by the letter of transmittal and that we may enforce such letter of transmittal against such participant.

The method of delivery of Old Notes, letters of transmittal and all other required documents is at your election and risk. If such delivery is by mail, it is recommended that you use registered mail, properly insured, with return receipt requested. In all cases, you should allow sufficient time to assure timely delivery. No letter of transmittal or Old Notes should be sent to us.

Signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, must be guaranteed unless the Old Notes surrendered for exchange are tendered:

 

   

by a holder of the Old Notes who has not completed the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on the letter of transmittal, or

 

   

for the account of an eligible institution (as defined herein).

In the event that signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal are required to be guaranteed, such guarantees must be by a firm which is a member of the Securities Transfer Agent Medallion Program, the Stock Exchanges Medallion Program or the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Program (each such entity being hereinafter referred to as an “eligible institution”). If Old Notes are registered in the name of a person other than the signer of the letter of transmittal, the Old Notes surrendered for exchange must be endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer or exchange, in satisfactory form as we or the exchange agent determine in our sole discretion, duly executed by the registered holders with the signature thereon guaranteed by an eligible institution.

We or the exchange agent in our sole discretion will make a final and binding determination on all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance of Old Notes tendered for exchange. We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all tenders of any particular Old Note not properly tendered or to not accept any particular Old Note which acceptance might, in our judgment or our counsel’s, be unlawful. We also reserve the absolute right to waive any defects or irregularities or conditions of the exchange offer as to any particular Old Note either before or after the expiration date (including the right to waive the ineligibility of any holder who seeks to tender Old Notes in the exchange offer). Our or the exchange agent’s interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer as to any particular Old Note either before or after the expiration date (including the letter of transmittal and the instructions thereto) will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Old Notes for exchange must be cured within a reasonable period of time, as we determine. We are not, nor is the exchange agent or any other person, under any duty to notify you of any defect or irregularity with respect to your tender of Old Notes for exchange, and no one will be liable for failing to provide such notification.

If the letter of transmittal or any Old Notes or powers of attorney are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing. Unless waived by us or the exchange agent, proper evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to so act must be submitted with the letter of transmittal.

By tendering Old Notes, you represent to us that, among other things, the New Notes acquired pursuant to the exchange offer are being obtained in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such New Notes, whether or not such person is the holder, that neither the holder nor such other person has any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the New Notes, and that you are not holding Old Notes that have, or are reasonably likely to have, the status of an unsold allotment in the initial offering. If you are our “affiliate,” as defined under Rule 405 under the Securities Act, and engage in or intend to engage in

 

107


Table of Contents

or have an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of such New Notes to be acquired pursuant to the exchange offer, you or any such other person:

 

   

could not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC; and

 

   

must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.

Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes, where such Old Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes. See “Plan of Distribution.” The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

Acceptance of Old Notes for Exchange; Delivery of New Notes

Upon satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions to the exchange offer, we will accept, promptly after the expiration date, all Old Notes properly tendered and not validly withdrawn and will issue the New Notes promptly after expiration of the exchange offer. See “—Conditions to the Exchange Offer.” For purposes of the exchange offer, we will be deemed to have accepted properly tendered Old Notes for exchange if and when we give oral (confirmed in writing) or written notice to the exchange agent.

The holder of each Old Note accepted for exchange will receive a New Note in the amount equal to the surrendered Old Note. Holders of New Notes on the relevant record date for the first interest payment date following the consummation of the exchange offer will receive interest accruing from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Old Notes. Holders of New Notes will not receive any payment in respect of accrued interest on Old Notes otherwise payable on any interest payment date, the record date for which occurs on or after the consummation of the exchange offer.

In all cases, issuance of New Notes for Old Notes that are accepted for exchange will be made only after timely receipt by the exchange agent of:

 

   

certificates for such Old Notes or a timely book-entry confirmation of such Old Notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC,

 

   

a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal or an agent’s message in lieu thereof, and

 

   

all other required documents.

If any tendered Old Notes are not accepted for any reason set forth in the terms and conditions of the exchange offer or if Old Notes are submitted for a greater principal amount than the holder desires to exchange, such unaccepted or non-exchanged Old Notes will be returned without expense to the tendering holder or, in the case of Old Notes tendered by book entry transfer, such non-exchanged Old Notes will be credited to an account maintained with DTC promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

Book-Entry Transfers

For purposes of the exchange offer, the exchange agent will request that an account be established with respect to the Old Notes at DTC within two business days after the date of this prospectus, unless the exchange agent has already established an account with DTC suitable for the exchange offer. Any financial institution that is a participant in DTC may make book-entry delivery of Old Notes by causing DTC to transfer such Old Notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC in accordance with DTC’s procedures for transfer. Although delivery of Old Notes may be effected through book-entry transfer at DTC, the letter of transmittal or facsimile thereof or an agent’s message in lieu thereof, with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents, must, in any case, be transmitted to and received by the exchange agent at the address set forth under “—Exchange Agent” on or prior to the expiration date.

 

108


Table of Contents

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

If you are a registered holder of Old Notes and you want to tender your Old Notes but your Old Notes are not immediately available, or time will not permit your Old Notes to reach the exchange agent before the expiration date, or the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis, a tender may be effected if

 

  (1) the tender is made through an eligible institution,

 

  (2) prior to the expiration date, the exchange agent receives, by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery, from that eligible institution a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal and notice of guaranteed delivery, substantially in the form provided by us, stating:

 

   

the name and address of the holder of Old Notes,

 

   

the amount of Old Notes tendered,

 

   

the tender is being made by delivering that notice and guaranteeing that within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution of the notice of guaranteed delivery, the certificates of all physically tendered Old Notes, in proper form for transfer, or a book-entry confirmation, as the case may be, will be deposited by that eligible institution with the exchange agent, and

 

  (3) the certificates for all physically tendered Old Notes, in proper form for transfer, or a book-entry confirmation, as the case may be, are received by the exchange agent within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution of the notice of guaranteed delivery.

Withdrawal Rights

You may withdraw your tender of Old Notes at any time prior to the expiration date. To be effective, a written notice of withdrawal must be received by the exchange agent at one of the addresses set forth under “—Exchange Agent.” This notice must specify:

 

   

the name of the person having tendered the Old Notes to be withdrawn,

 

   

the Old Notes to be withdrawn (including the principal amount of such Old Notes), and

 

   

where certificates for Old Notes have been transmitted, and the name in which such Old Notes are registered, if different from that of the withdrawing holder.

If certificates for Old Notes have been delivered or otherwise identified to the exchange agent, then, prior to the release of such certificates, the withdrawing holder must also submit the serial numbers of the particular certificates to be withdrawn and a signed notice of withdrawal with signatures guaranteed by an eligible institution, unless such holder is an eligible institution. If Old Notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer described above, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited with the withdrawn Old Notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of DTC.

We or the exchange agent will make a final and binding determination on all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) of such notices. Any Old Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the exchange offer. Any Old Notes tendered for exchange but not exchanged for any reason will be returned to the holder without cost to such holder (or, in the case of Old Notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at DTC pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures described above, such Old Notes will be credited to an account maintained with DTC for the Old Notes promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer). Properly withdrawn Old Notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described under “—Procedures for Tendering Old Notes” above at any time on or prior to the expiration date.

 

109


Table of Contents

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

Notwithstanding any other provision of the exchange offer, we are not required to accept for exchange, or to issue New Notes in exchange for, any Old Notes and may terminate or amend the exchange offer if any of the following events occur prior to expiration of the exchange offer:

(a) the exchange offer violates any applicable law or applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC; or

(b) there is threatened, instituted or pending any action or proceeding before, or any injunction, order or decree has been issued by, any court or governmental agency or other governmental regulatory or administrative agency or commission,

(1) seeking to restrain or prohibit the making or consummation of the exchange offer or any other transaction contemplated by the exchange offer, or assessing or seeking any damages as a result thereof, or which, in our reasonable judgment, could reasonably be expected to materially impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer, or

(2) resulting in a material delay in our ability to accept for exchange or exchange some or all of the Old Notes pursuant to the exchange offer; or

(c) any statute, rule, regulation, order or injunction has been sought, proposed, introduced, enacted, promulgated or deemed applicable to the exchange offer or any of the transactions contemplated by the exchange offer by any government or governmental authority, domestic or foreign, or any action has been taken, proposed or threatened, by any government, governmental authority, agency or court, domestic or foreign, that in our reasonable judgment might, directly or indirectly, result in any of the consequences referred to in clauses (b)(1) or (b)(2) above or, in our reasonable judgment, might result in the holders of New Notes having obligations with respect to resales and transfers of New Notes which are greater than those described in the interpretation of the SEC referred to elsewhere in this prospectus.

The foregoing conditions are for our sole benefit and may be asserted by us regardless of the circumstances giving rise to any condition or may be waived by us in whole or in part at any time in our reasonable discretion prior to the expiration date. Our failure at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights will not be deemed a waiver of any such right and each such right will be deemed an ongoing right which may be asserted at any time.

In addition, we will not accept for exchange any Old Notes tendered, and no New Notes will be issued in exchange for any such Old Notes, if at such time any stop order is threatened or in effect with respect to the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part or the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.

 

110


Table of Contents

Exchange Agent

We have appointed The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. as the exchange agent for the exchange offer. All executed letters of transmittal should be directed to the exchange agent at the address set forth below. Questions, requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of this prospectus or of the letter of transmittal should be directed to the exchange agent addressed as follows:

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., Exchange Agent

By Registered or Certified Mail, Overnight Delivery after

4:30 p.m. on the Expiration Date :

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

c/o Bank of New York Mellon

Corporate Trust Operations

Reorganization Unit

101 Barclay Street—7 East

New York, NY 10286

Attn: Carolle Montreuil

For Information Call:

(212) 815-5920

By Facsimile Transmission

(for Eligible Institutions only):

(212) 298-1915

Confirm by Telephone:

(212) 815-5920

DELIVERY OF THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION OF SUCH LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL VIA FACSIMILE OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY OF THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

Fees and Expenses

The principal solicitation is being made by mail by The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as exchange agent. We will pay the exchange agent customary fees for its services, reimburse the exchange agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the provision of these services and pay other registration expenses, including fees and expenses of the trustee under the indenture relating to the New Notes, filing fees, blue sky fees and printing and distribution expenses. We will not make any payment to brokers, dealers or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer.

Additional solicitation may be made by telephone, facsimile or in person by our and our affiliates’ officers and regular employees and by persons so engaged by the exchange agent.

Accounting Treatment

We will record the New Notes at the same carrying value as the Old Notes, as reflected in our accounting records on the date of the exchange. Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes. The expenses of the exchange offer will be amortized over the term of the New Notes.

 

111


Table of Contents

Consequences of Exchanging or Failing to Exchange Old Notes

If you do not exchange your Old Notes for New Notes in the exchange offer, your Old Notes will continue to be subject to the provisions of the indenture relating to the notes regarding transfer and exchange of the Old Notes and the restrictions on transfer of the Old Notes described in the legend on your certificates. These transfer restrictions are required because the Old Notes were issued under an exemption from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. In general, the Old Notes may not be offered or sold unless registered under the Securities Act, except under an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. We do not plan to register the Old Notes under the Securities Act. Based on interpretations by the staff of the SEC, as set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that the New Notes you receive in the exchange offer may be offered for resale, resold or otherwise transferred without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act. However, you will not be able to freely transfer the New Notes if:

 

   

you are our “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act,

 

   

you are not acquiring the New Notes in the exchange offer in the ordinary course of your business,

 

   

you have an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution, as defined in the Securities Act, of the New Notes you will receive in the exchange offer,

 

   

you are holding Old Notes that have, or are reasonably likely to have, the status of an unsold allotment in the initial offering, or

 

   

you are a participating broker-dealer.

We do not intend to request the SEC to consider, and the SEC has not considered, the exchange offer in the context of a similar no-action letter. As a result, we cannot guarantee that the staff of the SEC would make a similar determination with respect to the exchange offer as in the circumstances described in the no action letters discussed above. Each holder, other than a broker-dealer, must acknowledge that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of New Notes and has no arrangement or understanding to participate in a distribution of New Notes. If you are our affiliate, are engaged in or intend to engage in a distribution of the New Notes or have any arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of the New Notes you will receive in the exchange offer, you may not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC and you must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction involving the New Notes. If you are a participating broker-dealer, you must acknowledge that you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the New Notes. In addition, to comply with state securities laws, you may not offer or sell the New Notes in any state unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in that state or an exemption from registration or qualification is available and is complied with. The offer and sale of the New Notes to “qualified institutional buyers” (as defined in Rule 144A of the Securities Act) is generally exempt from registration or qualification under state securities laws. We do not plan to register or qualify the sale of the New Notes in any state where an exemption from registration or qualification is required and not available.

 

112


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

The following summary of certain provisions of the instruments evidencing our material indebtedness does not purport to be complete, but it does discuss the provisions that are, in our view, material to investors in the Notes, and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, all of the provisions of the corresponding agreements, including the definitions of certain terms therein that are not otherwise defined in this prospectus.

Revolving Credit Facility

Overview

The revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) consists of a senior secured revolving credit facility, including a sub facility for letters of credit, providing for loans in an aggregate principal amount of up to $40.0 million to TII (the “US Borrower”), with up to $20.0 million of the Revolving Credit Facility (the “Canadian Sub Facility”) being available to TCI (the “Canadian Borrower” and together with the US Borrower, the “Borrowers”). Availability of funds for each Borrower under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Canadian Sub Facility, as applicable, is determined by a borrowing base equal to the sum of 85% of eligible accounts receivable of the relevant Borrower and its subsidiaries, plus 60% of eligible inventory of the relevant Borrower and its subsidiaries, plus 85% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible equipment of the relevant Borrower and its subsidiaries, plus 50% of the fair market value of eligible owned real property of the relevant Borrower and its subsidiaries. In no case shall availability under the Revolving Credit Facility or the Canadian Sub Facility exceed the commitments thereunder. As of September 30, 2010, we were able to borrow approximately $36.0 million (after taking into account letters of credit totaling $0.6 million outstanding as of September 30, 2010) under our Revolving Credit Facility based on our calculation of our borrowing base at that time.

The Revolving Credit Facility was provided by a syndicate of lenders led by General Electric Capital Corporation, as administrative agent (the “Administrative Agent”), and including Bank of Montreal and KeyBank National Association. The following summary is a description of the principal terms of the Revolving Credit Facility and the related documents governing the Revolving Credit Facility (such documents together with the Revolving Credit Facility, the “Revolving Credit Documentation”).

Maturity; Prepayments

The Revolving Credit Facility will mature in 2015.

Subject to certain exceptions, the Revolving Credit Facility is subject to mandatory prepayment in an amount equal to 100% of the net proceeds that exceed certain monetary thresholds of (i) any sale or other disposition of any assets of the Borrowers or their subsidiaries, (ii) any sale or issuances of equity or debt securities of Parent, the Borrowers or any of their subsidiaries and/or other indebtedness for borrowed money incurred by any Borrower or any of their subsidiaries and (iii) insurance proceeds and condemnation awards to the extent not reinvested in the Borrowers’ business; provided, however , that no such prepayments will be required to the extent the multiple of the total indebtedness of Parent and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis results in a leverage ratio (the “Leverage Ratio”) of less than 3.50 to 1.00, as such ratio is defined in the credit agreement for the Revolving Credit Facility. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing and irrespective of the actual Leverage Ratio, each Borrower shall make a prepayment to the extent any asset included in the borrowing base is sold or otherwise disposed of or is the subject of a casualty loss or condemnation event, to the extent such sale, disposition or loss would cause the loans outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility to exceed the permitted aggregate maximum outstanding balance thereof.

Guarantees; Security

The obligations of the Borrowers are guaranteed by Parent, the holding company that owns all of the capital stock of the US Borrower, and all other direct and indirect U.S. subsidiaries of Parent and the US Borrower (the “US Guarantors”). In addition, the direct and indirect Canadian subsidiaries of Parent and the Canadian

 

113


Table of Contents

Borrower, if any (the “Canadian Guarantors” and together with the US Guarantors, the “Guarantors,” and the Guarantors together with the Borrowers, the “Credit Parties”), guarantee the obligations of the Canadian Borrower. Unless material incremental income tax liability under Section 956 of the Internal Revenue Code results therefrom (a “956 Impact”), the Canadian Guarantors, if any, and the Canadian Borrower will guaranty the obligations of the US Borrower. It is currently anticipated that a 956 Impact would result from such a guaranty by the Canadian Borrower and the Canadian Guarantors of the US Borrower’s obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility. Therefore, no such guaranty is expected.

The Revolving Credit Facility is secured by a first priority perfected security interest in substantially all existing and after-acquired real and personal property of the Borrowers and the Guarantors, in each case subject to certain exceptions, permitted liens and encumbrances reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent. Unless a 956 Impact results therefrom, the Canadian Borrower and the Canadian Guarantors, if any, will guaranty the obligations of the US Borrower and will secure such guaranty obligations with substantially all of their assets. It is currently anticipated that such a guaranty and grant of collateral would result in a 956 Impact, and therefore, no such guaranty or grant of collateral by the Canadian Borrower or the Canadian Guarantors, if any, in respect of the US Borrower’s obligations is expected.

Interest; Fees

Borrowings available to the US Borrower under the Revolving Credit Facility bear interest at a rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at the US Borrower’s option, either (i) a base rate determined by reference to the greatest of (a) the interest rate quoted in the Wall Street Journal as the U.S. “Prime Rate”, (b) the federal funds effective rate plus 1 /2 of 1% and (c) the sum of the three-month LIBOR rate plus the excess of the LIBOR applicable margin over the base rate applicable margin or (ii) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the greatest of (a) the offered rate for deposits in U.S. dollars for the applicable interest period that appears on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page, (b) the offered rate for deposits in U.S. dollars for a three-month interest period that appears on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page and (c) 1.50%. The base rate applicable margin will be 2.50% per annum and the LIBOR applicable margin is 3.50% per annum.

Borrowings denominated in Canadian dollars under the Canadian Sub Facility bear interest at a rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at the Canadian Borrower’s option, either (i) a base rate determined by reference to the greater of (a) the interest rate quoted in The Globe and Mail as the Canadian “prime” rate, “chartered bank prime rate” or words of similar description and (b) the BA rate for a 30-day interest period plus 1.35% or (ii) a BA rate determined by reference to the greatest of (a) the average rate quoted on the Reuters Monitor Screen Page CDOR for the applicable interest period, (b) the average rate quoted on the Reuters Monitor Screen Page CDOR for a three-month interest period and (c) the sum of the three-month BA rate plus the excess of the BA rate applicable margin over the base rate applicable margin. The base rate applicable margin is 2.50% per annum and the BA rate applicable margin is 3.50% per annum. Borrowings denominated in U.S. dollars under the Canadian Sub Facility will bear interest at the rate available to the US Borrower, as described above.

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the Revolving Credit Facility, the Borrowers are required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder at a rate equal to 0.75% per annum. In addition to customary issuance, amendment and extension fees, the Borrowers are required to pay letter of credit fees equal to the LIBOR margin or the BA Rate, as applicable, on the undrawn amount of all outstanding letters of credit.

Covenants; Events of Default

The Revolving Credit Documentation contains customary events of default and affirmative, negative and financial reporting covenants, including delivery of annual and monthly financial reports and restrictions on indebtedness, liens and dispositions. The Revolving Credit Documentation also contains a financial covenant that requires compliance with a specified minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, which will only be in effect when availability under the Revolving Credit Facility is below specified amounts in relation to the borrowing base.

 

114


Table of Contents

The affirmative covenants set forth in the Revolving Credit Documentation require each Credit Party thereunder to, among other things, and in each case subject to certain exceptions and qualifications:

 

   

periodically deliver financial statements and comply with other reporting and notice requirements;

 

   

preserve and maintain in full force and effect all governmental rights, privileges, qualifications, permits, licenses and franchises necessary in the normal conduct of its business;

 

   

maintain property, liability and business interruption insurance as well as other insurance of a nature and providing such coverage as is customarily covered by businesses of the size and character of the Credit Parties;

 

   

keep and maintain, and cause each of its subsidiaries to keep and maintain, all property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition;

 

   

pay, perform and discharge (as applicable) all taxes, contractual obligations assessments and governmental charges;

 

   

comply with applicable laws;

 

   

enter into control agreements with respect to deposit, securities, commodity or similar accounts maintained by a Credit Party;

 

   

obtain landlord agreement or bailee waivers from the lessor of any property functioning as the corporate headquarters of the Credit Parties and properties containing collateral with a fair market value in excess of US dollar equivalent of $500,000;

 

   

cause any wholly-owned domestic subsidiary and, subject to certain conditions and limitations, any wholly-owned Canadian subsidiary of the US Credit Parties to be a guarantor under the Revolving Credit Facility, and cause any collateral acquired after the closing date to be subject to the liens securing the obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility; and

 

   

cause any wholly-owned Canadian subsidiary of the Credit Parties to be a guarantor of obligations under the Canadian Sub Facility, and cause any collateral acquired after the closing date to be subject to the liens securing the obligations under the Canadian Sub Facility.

The negative covenants set forth in the Revolving Credit Documentation restrict the ability of each of the Credit Parties thereunder to, among other things, and in each case subject to certain exceptions and qualifications:

 

   

create, incur, assume or suffer to exist contingent obligations, additional indebtedness or liens on their assets;

 

   

sell, assign, lease, convey or otherwise dispose their assets;

 

   

engage in mergers, acquisitions, consolidations and asset sales;

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

   

declare, pay or make distributions or dividends;

 

   

make investments or loans or acquire any person or entity;

 

   

enter into any agreements that contain negative pledges;

 

   

cause a change in the organizational structure, name, accounting jurisdiction, or enter into any business that is materially different from those currently conducted by the Credit Parties;

 

   

use the proceeds of the Revolving Credit Facility in contravention of certain requirements of law or in violation of the Revolving Credit Documentation; and

 

   

in the event that availability under the Revolving Credit Facility falls below specified amounts in relation to the borrowing base, permit a specified minimum fixed charge coverage ratio based primarily on a calculation of cash flow to interest expense to be less than 1.10 to 1.00.

 

115


Table of Contents

The Revolving Credit Facility contains events of default customary for senior secured financings, including cross-defaults to other material indebtedness and certain change of control events. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, the outstanding obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility may be accelerated and become due and payable immediately and our cash may become restricted.

Other Indebtedness

In addition, our subsidiaries are parties to the following indebtedness arrangements (all US dollar equivalents are presented for the convenience of the reader and are based on exchange rates then in effect on September 30, 2010):

 

   

In May 2005, Thermon Heat Tracers Private Limited entered into a INR 20,000,000 (US $446,000) working capital and financial and performance guarantee facility with ICICI Bank Limited. It was subsequently increased in August 2009 to INR 80,000,000 (US $1,782,000) of which INR 46,262,000 (US $1,031,000) is in bank guarantees and no loans were outstanding as of September 30, 2010. This facility is secured by receivables, inventory, real estate, a letter of credit and cash. This facility is used to support working capital loans and to obtain bank guarantees.

 

   

In December 2005, Thermon Europe B.V. and Thermon Benelux B.V. entered into a Euro 4,000,000 (US $5,479,000) revolving credit facility with ABN AMRO Bank N.V. (which was transferred from ABN AMRO to New HBU II N.V. on March 24, 2010, with the latter entity subsequently merging with Deutsche Bank Nederland, N.V), under which Euro 2,161,000 (US $2,941,000) is in bank guarantees and no loans were outstanding as of September 30, 2010. This facility is secured by receivables, inventory, equipment, furniture and real estate. This facility is used to support working capital loans and to obtain bank guarantees.

 

   

In April 2006, Thermon Australia Pty. Ltd. entered into a AUD $325,000 (US $315,000) revolving credit facility, including the availability of short term loans and bank guarantees, with National Australia Bank Ltd., under which AUD $12,000 (US $11,000) is in bank guarantees and no loans were outstanding as of September 30, 2010. This facility is secured by real estate and is used to support working capital loans and to obtain bank guarantees.

 

   

In December 2007, Thermon Canada Inc. entered into a CDN $393,000 (US $382,000) standby letter of credit facility with The Toronto-Dominion Bank, of which CDN $369,000 (US $359,000) were issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2010. This facility is secured by cash and is used to obtain bank guarantees.

 

   

In August 2009, Thermon Manufacturing Company entered into an open standby letter of credit facility with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., of which $439,000 were issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2010. This facility is secured by cash and is used to obtain commercial and standby letters of credit and to support foreign exchange contracts.

 

   

In August 2010, Thermon Far East, Ltd. (Japan) established a revolving credit facility with Bank of Tokyo Mitsubishi in the amount of JPY 45,000,000 (US $538,000). The credit facility is collateralized by a stand by letter of credit in the amount of US $300,000. At September 30, 2010, the Company had outstanding borrowings of US $394,000 on the credit facility.

In addition to the foregoing arrangements, several Thermon entities have obligations with respect to:

 

   

Outstanding performance bonds in the U.S. and South Korea and outstanding customs bonds in India in an aggregate amount equal to approximately $5,646,000 as of September 30, 2010;

 

   

Outstanding bank guarantees issued by the Bank of Tokyo Mitsubishi in Japan and HDFC Bank Ltd in India in an aggregate amount equal to approximately $684,000, as of September 30, 2010; and

 

   

Three outstanding capital leases for equipment in Australia and the Netherlands totaling approximately $124,000 as of September 30, 2010.

 

116


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW NOTES

The Company will issue the New Notes under an indenture (the “ Indenture ”) among itself, the Guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (in such capacity, the “ Trustee ”) and collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”). The terms of the New Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. The New Notes are also entitled to the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below under the caption “—Registered Exchange Offer; Registration Rights.”

Certain defined terms used in this description are defined under the caption “—Certain Definitions.” In this description, the term “ Company ” refers only to Thermon Finance, Inc., a Texas corporation, prior to the Merger and to Thermon Industries, Inc., a Texas corporation, as the surviving corporation after the Merger, and not to any of their respective Subsidiaries or parent companies. The term “ Parent ” refers only to Thermon Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation, and not to any of its Subsidiaries.

The following description is a summary of the material provisions of the Indenture, the Collateral Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement. It does not restate those agreements in their entirety and we urge you to read them because they, not this description, define your rights as holders of the New Notes. You may request copies of these agreements at our address set forth under the heading “Additional Information.”

General

The New Notes will:

 

   

be senior secured obligations of the Company;

 

   

rank equal in right of payment with all existing and future senior Indebtedness of the Company, including borrowings under the Revolving Credit Agreement;

 

   

rank senior in right of payment to all existing and future subordinated Indebtedness of the Company;

 

   

be secured on a second-priority basis by Liens on substantially all of the Company’s assets, other than the Excluded Collateral, subject to Permitted Liens;

 

   

be effectively junior to the Company’s obligations secured by Permitted Liens, including the Company’s obligations under the Revolving Credit Agreement, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such obligations; and

 

   

be unconditionally Guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior secured basis, by the Parent and all of its current and future Domestic Subsidiaries (other than the Company) as set forth below.

Each Guarantee of the New Notes (a “ New Note Guarantee ”) will:

 

   

be a senior secured obligation of the Guarantor;

 

   

rank equal in right of payment with all existing and future senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor, including such Guarantor’s obligations under the Revolving Credit Agreement;

 

   

rank senior in right of payment to all existing and future subordinated Indebtedness of such Guarantor;

 

   

be secured on a second-priority basis by Liens on substantially all of the Guarantor’s assets, other than the Excluded Collateral, subject to Permitted Liens; and

 

   

be effectively junior to such Guarantor’s obligations secured by Permitted Liens, including such Guarantor’s obligations under the Revolving Credit Agreement, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such obligations.

 

117


Table of Contents

Not all of the Parent’s Subsidiaries will Guarantee the Company’s obligations under the New Notes. Therefore, the New Notes will be effectively subordinated to the existing and future liabilities of the Parent’s non-guarantor Subsidiaries, including trade creditors, secured creditors and other creditors holding debt and Guarantees issued by such non-guarantor Subsidiaries of the Parent, as well as claims of preferred and minority stockholders (if any) of such non-guarantor Subsidiaries. Foreign Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not Guarantee the New Notes. See “Risk Factors—Risk Factors Relating to the New Notes—None of our foreign subsidiaries or unrestricted subsidiaries are guarantors with respect to the New Notes, and therefore, any claims you may have in respect of the New Notes are structurally subordinated to the liabilities of those subsidiaries.”

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2009, the Parent’s Subsidiaries that will not be Guarantors contributed approximately 65% of the Parent’s consolidated revenues, and as of December 31, 2009, those Subsidiaries had assets, based on book value, of approximately 64% of the Parent’s consolidated assets.

Subject to certain limitations, the Indenture will permit the Parent, the Company and the Parent’s other Subsidiaries to Incur additional Indebtedness, including secured Indebtedness, in the future.

Principal, Maturity and Interest

 

   

The Company will issue New Notes initially with a maximum aggregate principal amount of $210,000,000.

 

   

The New Notes will mature on May 1, 2017.

 

   

The New Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

   

The New Notes will bear interest at the rate of 9.500% per annum from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for, from April 30, 2010. The Company will pay interest on the New Notes semi-annually, in arrears, every May 1 and November 1, commencing on November 1, 2010 to holders of record on the immediately preceding April 15 and October 15 (whether or not a business day). Interest on the New Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

The Company will pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the New Notes:

 

   

at the office or agency maintained for that purpose;

 

   

at its option, by check mailed to the holders of the New Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the register of holders of the New Notes; or

 

   

with respect to New Notes represented by Global New Notes the holders of which have provided the Company with wire transfer instructions, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account or accounts specified.

Until the Company designates another office or agency, its office or agency for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the New Notes will be the corporate trust office of the Trustee, initially located at The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., Corporate Trust, 601 Travis Street, 16 th floor, Houston, TX 77002.

Subject to the covenants described below, the Company may, without the consent of the holders of the New Notes, issue additional New Notes (“ Additional New Notes ”) under the Indenture having the same terms in all respects as the New Notes, or similar in all respects to the New Notes except for the payment of interest on the New Notes (1) scheduled and paid prior to the date of issuance of those Additional New Notes or (2) payable on the first interest payment date following that date of issuance. The New Notes offered hereby and any Additional New Notes would be treated as a single class for all purposes under the Indenture, including waivers,

 

118


Table of Contents

amendments, redemptions, offers to purchase and with respect to the New Note Guarantees. Any Additional New Notes issued after this exchange offer will be secured by the Collateral, equally and ratably, with the New Notes. As a result, the issuance of Additional New Notes will have the effect of diluting the security interest of the Collateral for the then outstanding New Notes. Because, however, any Additional New Notes may not be fungible with the New Notes for federal income tax purposes, they may have a different CUSIP number or numbers and may be represented by a different global note or notes. Unless the context otherwise requires, for all purposes of the Indenture and this “Description of the New Notes,” references to “New Notes” include any Additional New Notes actually issued, as well as the Exchange New Notes referred to below under the caption “—Registered Exchange Offer; Registration Rights.”

New Note Guarantees

The New Notes will be fully and unconditionally Guaranteed on a joint and several basis by the Guarantors. The Indenture limits Indebtedness and other Guarantees that may be Incurred by the Guarantors.

The obligations of each Guarantor under its New Note Guarantee will be limited in a manner intended to prevent such Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the New Notes—Federal and state fraudulent transfer laws may permit a court to void the New Notes and the guarantees, subordinate claims in respect of the New Notes and the guarantees and require noteholders to return payments received and, if that occurs, you may not receive any payments on the New Notes.”

The New Note Guarantee of a Guarantor and its obligations under the Indenture Documents will be released:

(1) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of that Guarantor (including by way of merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Parent or a Guarantor of the Parent, if the sale or other disposition complies with the “Asset Sale” provisions of the Indenture;

(2) in connection with any sale, issuance or other disposition of Capital Stock of that Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent, if the sale, issuance or other disposition complies with the “Asset Sale” provisions of the Indenture and the Guarantor ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent as a result of such sale, issuance or other disposition;

(3) if the Parent designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture;

(4) in the event that such Guarantor was required to become a Guarantor under the provisions of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Additional New Note Guarantees” by virtue of clause (ii) thereof, at such time as such Guarantor shall cease to Guarantee any Indebtedness of the Company or any other Guarantor; or

(5) upon legal defeasance, covenant defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture as provided below under the captions “—Defeasance” and “—Satisfaction and Discharge.”

Security

Collateral Documents

Pursuant to one or more Collateral Documents to be entered into by the Company and the Guarantors in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of itself, the Trustee and the holders of New Notes (collectively, the “ New Notes Secured Parties ”), the New Notes, the New Note Guarantees and all other Indenture Obligations will be secured by a Lien on substantially all of the existing and future property and assets of the Company and the Guarantors, except as described below.

 

119


Table of Contents

Among other things, the Collateral does not include:

(1) the voting Capital Stock of any CFC in excess of 65% of all of the outstanding voting Capital Stock of such CFC;

(2) motor vehicles covered by certificates of title or ownership to the extent that a security interest cannot be perfected solely by filing a UCC-1 financing statement (or similar instrument);

(3) rights under any contracts that contain a valid and enforceable prohibition on assignment of such rights (other than to the extent that any such prohibition would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law or principles of equity), but only for so long as such prohibition exists and is effective and valid;

(4) property and assets owned by the Company or any Guarantor that are the subject of Permitted Liens described in clause (7) of the definition thereof for so long as such Permitted Liens are in effect and the Indebtedness secured thereby otherwise prohibits any other Liens thereon;

(5) deposit accounts of the Company or any Guarantor exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments;

(6) any Capital Stock or other securities of the Parent’s Subsidiaries to the extent that the pledge of such securities results in the Parent being required to file separate financial statements of such Subsidiary with the SEC, but only to the extent necessary for the Parent not to be subject to such requirement and only for so long as such requirement is in existence; provided that neither the Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries shall take any action in the form of a reorganization, merger or other restructuring a principal purpose of which is to provide for the release of the Lien on any securities pursuant to this clause; and

(7) leasehold interests in real property with respect to which the Company or any Guarantor is a tenant or subtenant

(such excluded assets collectively referred to in this description as the “ Excluded Collateral ”).

The First Priority Claims, including Obligations under the Revolving Credit Agreement, will also be secured by a Lien on substantially all assets of the Company and the Guarantors, which security interest will be contractually senior to the security interest thereon that secures the New Notes and the New Note Guarantees pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement. As a result, the New Notes will be effectively subordinated to these Obligations to the extent of the value of the collateral securing the First Priority Claims.

No appraisals of any Collateral have been prepared in connection with the offering of the New Notes. The value of the Collateral at any time will depend on market and other economic conditions, including the availability of suitable buyers for the Collateral. In the event of a foreclosure, liquidation, bankruptcy or similar proceeding, no assurance can be given that the proceeds from any sale or liquidation of the Collateral will be sufficient to pay any of the Company’s Obligations under the New Notes or any of the New Note Guarantees, in full or at all, after first satisfying the Company’s Obligations in full under First Priority Claims.

The right of the Collateral Agent to repossess and dispose or otherwise exercise remedies in respect of the Collateral upon the occurrence of an Event of Default is likely to be significantly impaired by applicable bankruptcy law if a bankruptcy proceeding were to be commenced by or against the Company or any Guarantor prior to the Collateral Agent having repossessed and disposed of the Collateral or otherwise completed the exercise of its remedies with respect to the Collateral. Under Title 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended (the “ Bankruptcy Code ”), a secured creditor such as the Collateral Agent is prohibited from repossessing its security from a debtor in a bankruptcy case, or from disposing of security repossessed from such debtor, without bankruptcy court approval. Moreover, the Bankruptcy Code permits the debtor to continue to retain and to use collateral even though the debtor is in default under the applicable debt instruments; provided

 

120


Table of Contents

that, under the Bankruptcy Code, the secured creditor is given “adequate protection.” The meaning of the term “adequate protection” may vary according to circumstances, but it is intended in general to protect the value of the secured creditor’s interest in the collateral securing the obligations owed to it and may include cash payments or the granting of additional security, if and at such times as the bankruptcy court in its discretion determines, for any diminution in the value of such collateral as a result of the stay of repossession or disposition or any use of the collateral by the debtor during the pendency of the bankruptcy case. In view of the lack of a precise definition of the term “adequate protection” and the broad discretionary powers of a bankruptcy court, it is impossible to predict how long payments under the New Notes or the New Note Guarantees could be delayed following commencement of a bankruptcy case, whether or when the Collateral Agent could repossess or dispose of the Collateral or whether or to what extent holders of New Notes would be compensated for any delay in payment or loss of value of the Collateral through the requirement of “adequate protection.”

Moreover, the Collateral Agent may need to evaluate the impact of the potential liabilities before determining to foreclose on Collateral consisting of real property because a secured creditor that holds a lien on real property may be held liable under environmental laws for the costs of remediating or preventing release or threatened releases of hazardous substances at such real property. Consequently, the Collateral Agent may decline to foreclose on such Collateral or exercise remedies available if it does not receive indemnification to its satisfaction from the holders of New Notes.

In addition, because a portion of the Collateral consists of pledges of a portion of the Capital Stock of certain of Parent’s Foreign Subsidiaries (and neither the Company nor the Guarantors will be required to follow any local law requirements to ensure the perfection of any such pledge) but rather, will only be required to take such steps as may be necessary under New York law to perfect any such pledge, the validity of those pledges under applicable foreign law, and the ability of the holders to realize upon that Collateral under applicable foreign law, to the extent applicable, may be limited or not recognized by such law, which limitations or non-recognition may or may not affect such Liens.

The Collateral Agent’s ability to foreclose on the Collateral may be subject to lack of perfection, the consent of third parties, prior liens and practical problems associated with the realization of the Collateral Agent’s Lien on the Collateral.

Certain security interests in the Collateral may not be perfected on the date of the Indenture. For example, some of the instruments and other documents, such as Mortgages and account control agreements, required to perfect a security interest may not be delivered and/or, if applicable, recorded on or prior to such date. To the extent any such security interest cannot be perfected by such date, the Company and the Guarantors will agree to use their commercially reasonable efforts to do or cause to be done all acts and things that may be required, including obtaining any required consents from third parties, to have all security interests in the Collateral duly created and enforceable and perfected, to the extent required by the Collateral Documents, promptly following the date of the Indenture. For so long as, and to the extent these Liens remain unperfected, holders of the New Notes may not be able to collect the full value of the security interest in such Collateral if their position as secured creditors is challenged by another party.

Intercreditor Agreement

The Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and as Administrative Agent, the Trustee and the holders of New Notes (collectively the “ Second Lien Creditors ”), and the First Priority Agent, on behalf of itself and as First Lien Collateral Agent, and the lenders under the Revolving Credit Agreement (the “ First Lien Lenders ,” and together with the First Priority Agent, the “ First Lien Creditors, ” and together with the Second Lien Creditors, the “ Secured Creditors ”), and the Company and the Guarantors entered into the Intercreditor Agreement. By their acceptance of the New Notes, the holders of New Notes are deemed to have authorized the Collateral Agent to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement with the First Priority Agent, which, among other things, provide for the following:

 

121


Table of Contents

Lien Priorities . Irrespective of the order or time of attachment, or the order, time or manner of perfection, or the order or time of filing or recordation of any document or instrument, or other method of perfecting a Lien in favor of each Secured Creditor in any Collateral, and notwithstanding any conflicting terms or conditions which may be contained in any of the Indenture Documents or the documents relating to First Priority Claims (the “ First Lien Documents ”), the Liens of the First Priority Agent on the Collateral will be senior and prior in right to the Liens of the Collateral Agent on the Collateral, and such Liens of the Collateral Agent on the Collateral will be junior and subordinate to the Liens of the First Priority Agent. The priorities of the Liens shall not be altered or otherwise affected by any amendment, modification, supplement, extension, renewal, restatement, replacement or refinancing of any of the First Priority Claims, nor by any action or inaction which any of the Secured Creditors may take or fail to take in respect of the Collateral, not inconsistent with the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

Perfection; Prohibition on Contesting Liens . Each Secured Creditor shall be solely responsible for perfecting and maintaining the perfection of its Lien in the Collateral in which such Secured Creditor has been granted a Lien. Each Secured Creditor will agree that it will not institute or join in any contest of the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of the Liens of the other Secured Creditor in the Collateral or the enforceability of the First Priority Claims or the Indenture Obligations.

Proceeds of Collateral. Any Collateral or proceeds thereof received by any Second Lien Creditor including, without limitation, any such Collateral constituting proceeds, or any distribution in respect thereof, that may be received by any Second Lien Creditor (a) in connection with any enforcement action (including any right of setoff) with respect to the Collateral, (b) in connection with any insurance policy claim or any condemnation award (or deed in lieu of condemnation) with respect to the Collateral (other than payments made in accordance with the terms of the Indenture Documents as in effect on the date of the Indenture (or on terms no less favorable to the First Lien Creditors and the Company than those in effect on the date of the Indenture)), (c) from the collection or other disposition of, or realization on, the Collateral, whether or not pursuant to an insolvency proceeding (other than payments made in accordance with the terms of the Indenture Documents as in effect on the date of the Indenture (or on terms no less favorable to the First Lien Lenders and the Company than those in effect on the date of the Indenture)) or (d) in violation of the Intercreditor Agreement, shall be segregated and held in trust and promptly paid over to the First Priority Agent, for the benefit of the First Lien Creditors, in the same form as received, with any necessary endorsements, for payment of the First Priority Claims and each Second Lien Creditor authorizes the First Priority Agent to make any such endorsements as agent for the Collateral Agent (which authorization, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable). All Collateral and proceeds thereof received by any First Lien Creditor prior to the date all First Priority Claims are paid in full (the “ First Lien Termination Date ”) shall be applied to the First Priority Claims, and all Collateral and all proceeds thereof received from and after the First Lien Termination Date shall be forthwith paid over, in the kind or funds and currency received with any necessary endorsements, to the Second Lien Creditors for application to the Indenture Obligations (unless otherwise required by law or court order).

Enforcement of Security; Standstill . The First Lien Creditors shall have the exclusive right to manage, perform and enforce the terms of the First Lien Documents with respect to the Collateral, to exercise and enforce all privileges and rights thereunder according to their sole discretion and the exercise of their sole business judgment, including the exclusive right to take or retake control or possession of the Collateral and to hold, prepare for sale, process, dispose of, or liquidate the Collateral and to incur expenses in connection with such disposition and to exercise all the rights and remedies of a secured lender under the UCC of any applicable jurisdiction against the Collateral. Notwithstanding any rights or remedies available to a Second Lien Creditor under any of the Indenture Documents, applicable law or otherwise, no Second Lien Creditor shall take any enforcement action; provided that, upon the expiration of the period commencing on the date of a Second Lien Default (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) and ending upon the date which is the earlier of (a) 180 days after the First Priority Agent has received notice with respect to such Event of Default and (b) the date on which the First Priority Claims have been paid in full (such period, the “ Standstill Period ”); provided that in the event that as of any day during such 180 days, no Event of Default is continuing, then the Standstill Period shall be

 

122


Table of Contents

deemed not to have commenced, the Second Lien Creditors may take any enforcement action (provided that they give the First Priority Agent at least 5 business days written notice prior to taking such enforcement action, which notice may be given during the pendency of the applicable Standstill Period) against the Collateral; provided, however , that notwithstanding the expiration of the Standstill Period or anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall any Second Lien Creditor exercise or continue to exercise any enforcement action against the Collateral (other than to consummate a disposition theretofore agreed to) if the First Priority Agent or any other First Lien Creditor shall have commenced and is diligently pursuing an enforcement action with respect to a material portion of the Collateral, or diligently attempting in good faith to vacate any stay prohibiting an enforcement action with respect to all or any material portion of the Collateral or diligently attempting in good faith to vacate any stay prohibiting an enforcement action.

Purchase Option. Upon the occurrence of (a) the acceleration of all or any portion of the First Priority Claims, (b) the commencement by any First Lien Creditor of any enforcement action on any material portion of the Collateral (other than to exercise control over, or to sweep funds held in, any deposit or securities account), (c) a default in any payment of principal or interest on First Priority Claims which remains uncured or unwaived for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days or (d) the commencement of any insolvency proceeding (each a “ Purchase Triggering Event ”), the Second Lien Creditors shall have the option to purchase all, but not less than all, of the First Priority Claims from the First Lien Creditors, and assume all, but not less than all, of the then (if any) existing funding commitments under the First Lien Documents which, if funded, would constitute First Priority Claims, by giving a written notice (the “ Purchase Notice ”) to the First Priority Agent no later than the 10th business day after receipt by the Collateral Agent of a written notice from First Priority Agent of the occurrence of a Purchase Triggering Event (an “ Agent’s Notice ”). A Purchase Notice once delivered shall be irrevocable.

On the date specified by the Collateral Agent in the Purchase Notice (which shall not be less than three business days nor more than 10 business days, after the receipt by the First Priority Agent of the Purchase Notice), the First Lien Creditors shall sell to the Second Lien Creditors, and the Second Lien Creditors shall purchase from the First Lien Creditors, all, but not less than all, of the First Priority Claims, and the First Lien Creditors shall assign to the purchasing Second Lien Creditors, and the purchasing Second Lien Creditors shall assume from the First Lien Creditors all, but not less than all, of the then (if any) existing funding commitments under the First Lien Documents which, if funded, would constitute First Priority Claims.

Upon the date of such purchase and sale, the Second Lien Creditors purchasing the First Priority Claims shall (a) pay to the First Priority Agent for the benefit of the First Lien Creditors as the purchase price therefor the sum of the full amount of all the First Priority Claims then outstanding and unpaid (including principal, interest, fees, indemnities and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses and hedging obligations), (b) furnish cash collateral to the First Priority Agent with respect to the outstanding letter of credit obligations in such amounts as are required under the Revolving Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof and (c) agree to reimburse the First Lien Creditors for any loss, cost, damage or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses) in connection with any checks or other payments provisionally credited to the First Priority Claims, and/or as to which the First Lien Creditors have not yet received final payment.

Such purchase and sale shall be expressly made without representation or warranty of any kind by the First Lien Creditors as to the First Priority Claims or otherwise and without recourse to the First Lien Creditors, except for representations and warranties as to the following: (a) the amount of the First Priority Claims being purchased (including as to the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on such First Priority Claims, fees and expenses thereof), (b) that the First Lien Creditors own the First Priority Claims free and clear of any Liens and (c) each First Lien Creditor has the full right and power to assign its First Priority Claims and such assignment has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action by such First Lien Creditor.

As soon as practicable after receipt of the Agent’s Notice, but in no event more than 10 business days after the Collateral Agent’s receipt of the Agent’s Notice, the Second Lien Creditors (if they elect to do so) shall send to the First Priority Agent the Purchase Notice. The First Lien Creditors shall not complete any enforcement action

 

123


Table of Contents

(other than the exercise of control over, or to sweep funds held in, any deposit or securities accounts), as long as the purchase and sale of the First Priority Claims provided for above shall have closed within 10 business days of the First Priority Agent’s receipt of the Purchase Notice and the First Lien Creditors shall have received payment in full of the First Priority Claims as provided above within such 10 business day period.

Bankruptcy Financing and Other Matters . If Parent or any of the Guarantors (an “ Obligor ”) shall become subject to insolvency proceedings and such Obligor or Obligors as debtor(s)-in-possession (or a trustee appointed on behalf of such Obligor or Obligors) shall move for either approval of financing (“ DIP Financing ”) to be provided by one or more of the First Lien Creditors (or to be provided by any other person or group of persons with the consent of the First Priority Agent) under Section 364 of Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978, as amended, and codified as 11 U.S.C. §§ 101 et seq. (the “ Bankruptcy Code ”) or the use of cash collateral with the consent of the First Lien Creditors under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code, then subject to the next paragraph, the Second Lien Creditors agree as follows: (i) adequate notice to the Second Lien Creditors for such DIP Financing or use of cash collateral shall be deemed to have been given to the Second Lien Creditors if notice is given, in accordance with the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure, to the Collateral Agent at least one business day in advance of the hearing to approve such DIP Financing or use of cash collateral on an interim basis, and to the Collateral Agent at least 15 days in advance of the hearing to approve such DIP Financing or use of cash collateral on a final basis, (ii) such DIP Financing (and any First Priority Claims which arose prior to the insolvency proceeding) may be secured by Liens on all or a part of the assets of the Obligors which shall be superior in priority to the Liens on the assets of the Obligors held by any other Person, (iii) so long as (I) the aggregate principal amount of loans and letter of credit accommodations outstanding under any such DIP Financing, together with the outstanding principal amount of the pre-petition First Priority Claims, does not exceed the greater of (a) $50.0 million minus the aggregate amount of all proceeds of asset sales that are applied to permanently repay the principal amount of loans under the Revolving Credit Agreement and, in the case of any such repayment of revolving loans, effect a corresponding and permanent reduction of the commitments under the Revolving Credit Agreement and (b) the principal amount of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the Company in reliance on clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt, (II) such cash collateral or DIP Financing is on commercially reasonable terms, (III) the Collateral Agent and the Second Lien Creditors retain the right to object to any ancillary agreements or arrangements regarding the use of cash collateral or the DIP Financing (other than relief available under Sections 363 or 364 of the Bankruptcy Code to which the Collateral Agent and the other Second Lien Creditors have agreed to not object as set forth in this paragraph or the next paragraph, to the extent that such agreements or arrangements are in the judgment of the Collateral Agent or the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the New Notes materially adverse to their interests, (IV) the DIP Financing does not compel any Obligor to seek confirmation of a specific plan of reorganization for which all or substantially all of the material terms are set forth in the DIP Financing documentation or a related document, and (V) the indebtedness under the DIP Financing (other than such indebtedness constituting First Priority Claims) is not secured by any Lien or any asset or property of any Obligor on a basis that is senior to the Liens securing the Indenture Obligations unless such Liens are senior to the Liens securing the First Priority Claims, the Second Lien Creditors will not request or accept adequate protection or any other relief in connection with the use of, or object to, such cash collateral or such DIP Financing except as set forth in the next paragraph, (iv) the Second Lien Creditors will subordinate (and will be deemed hereunder to have subordinated) the Liens securing the Indenture Obligations (A) to the Liens securing such DIP Financing (the “ DIP Liens ”) on the same terms (but on a basis junior to the Liens of the First Lien Creditors) as the Liens of the First Lien Creditors are subordinated thereto (and such subordination will not alter in any manner the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement), (B) to any “replacement Liens” granted to the First Lien Creditors as adequate protection of their interests in the Collateral (the “ Senior Adequate Protection Liens ”) and (C) to any reasonable “carve-out” agreed to by the First Priority Agent or the other First Lien Creditors and (v) subject to the next paragraph and the provisions above in this paragraph, the Second Lien Creditors shall not contest or oppose in any manner any adequate protection provided to the First Lien Creditors as adequate protection of their interests in the Collateral, any DIP Financing or any cash collateral use and shall be deemed to have waived any objections to such adequate protection, DIP Financing or cash collateral use, including, without limitation, any objection alleging Obligors’ failure to provide “adequate protection” of the interests of the Second Lien Creditors in the Collateral.

 

124


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, in any insolvency proceeding, if the First Lien Creditors (or any subset thereof) are granted adequate protection in the form of Senior Adequate Protection Liens, the Second Lien Creditors may seek (and the First Lien Creditors may not oppose) adequate protection of their interests in the Collateral in the form of (i) a replacement Lien on the additional collateral subject to the Senior Adequate Protection Liens (the “ Junior Adequate Protection Liens ”), which Junior Adequate Protection Liens, if granted, will be subordinate to all Liens securing the First Priority Claims (including, without limitation, the Senior Adequate Protection Liens and any reasonable “carve-out” agreed to by the First Priority Agent or the other First Lien Creditors) and any Liens securing the DIP Financing on the same basis as the other Liens securing the Indenture Obligations are so subordinated under the Intercreditor Agreement (provided that any failure of the Second Lien Creditors to obtain such Junior Adequate Protection Liens shall not impair or otherwise affect the agreements, undertakings and consents of the Second Lien Creditors pursuant to the preceding paragraph) and (ii) superpriority claims under Section 507(b) of the Bankruptcy Code junior in all respects to the superpriority claims granted under Section 507(b) of the Bankruptcy Code to the First Lien Creditors on account of any of the First Priority Claims or granted under Section 364(c)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to the DIP Financing or use of cash collateral as provided above; provided that the inability of the Second Lien Creditors to receive a Lien on actions under Chapter 5 of the Bankruptcy Code or proceeds thereof shall not affect the agreements and waivers set forth in this section. To the extent that the First Lien Creditors are receiving post-petition interest and/or adequate protection payments in any insolvency proceeding, the Second Lien Creditors may seek comparable post-petition interest and/or adequate protection payments in any such insolvency proceeding without any requirement to turn the same over to the First Lien Creditors, and the First Lien Creditors may oppose motions for post petition interest and/or adequate protection payments (but, if granted, may not oppose such payments).

The Second Lien Creditors agree that they will not object to or oppose a disposition of any Collateral securing the First Priority Claims (or any portion thereof) free and clear of Liens or other claims under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code, if the First Lien Creditors have consented to such or disposition of such assets, as long as all proceeds of such disposition received by the First Lien Creditors on account of the First Priority Claims will be applied in reduction of the First Priority Claims and, subject to the above, the Liens of the Second Lien Creditors attach to any proceeds of such disposition; provided that the Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the other Second Lien Creditors, may raise any objections to any such disposition of such Collateral that could be raised by any creditor of the Obligors whose claims were not secured by any Liens on such Collateral, provided such objections are not inconsistent with any other term or provision of the Intercreditor Agreement and are not based on the status of the Collateral Agent or the Second Lien Creditors as secured creditors (without limiting the foregoing, neither the Collateral Agent nor the Second Lien Creditors may raise any objections based on rights afforded by Sections 363(e) and (f) of the Bankruptcy Code to secured creditors (or by any comparable provision of any Bankruptcy Law)) with respect to the Liens granted to the Collateral Agent. The Collateral Agent and the Second Lien Creditors waive any claim they may now or hereafter have arising out of the First Lien Creditors’ election in any proceeding instituted under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code of the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code. The Collateral Agent and the Second Lien Creditors agree not to initiate or prosecute or join with any other Person to initiate or prosecute any claim, action or other proceeding (i) challenging the enforceability of the First Lien Creditors’ claims as fully secured claims with respect to all or part of the First Priority Claims or for allowance of any First Priority Claims (including those consisting of post-petition interest, fees or expenses) or opposing any action by the First Priority Agent or the First Lien Creditors to enforce their rights or remedies arising under the First Lien Documents in a manner which is not prohibited by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, (ii) challenging the enforceability, validity, priority or perfected status of any Liens on assets securing the First Priority Claims under the First Lien Documents, (iii) asserting any claims which the Obligors may hold with respect to the First Lien Creditors, (iv) seeking to lift the automatic stay as against the Collateral unless, subject to the provisions of “—Proceeds of Collateral” above, their motion for adequate protection permitted to be made pursuant to this section has been denied by the bankruptcy court having jurisdiction over the insolvency proceeding, to the extent that such action is opposed by the First Priority Agent or (v) opposing a motion by the First Priority Agent to lift the automatic stay. The First Lien Creditors agree not to initiate or prosecute or join with any person to initiate or prosecute any claim, action or other proceeding

 

125


Table of Contents

challenging the enforceability, validity, priority or perfected status of any Liens on assets securing the Indenture Obligations under the Second Lien Documents.

To the extent that the First Lien Creditors receive payments on the First Priority Claims or proceeds of Collateral for application to the First Priority Claims which are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside and/or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party under any Bankruptcy Law, common law, equitable cause or otherwise (and whether as a result of any demand, settlement, litigation or otherwise) (each a “ First Lien Avoidance ”), then to the extent of such payment or proceeds received, such Obligations, or part thereof, intended to be satisfied by such payment or proceeds shall be revived and continue in full force and effect as if such payments or proceeds had not been received by the First Lien Creditors, and the Intercreditor Agreement, if theretofore terminated, shall be reinstated in full force and effect as of the date of such First Lien Avoidance, and such prior termination shall not diminish, release, discharge, impair or otherwise affect the Lien priorities and the relative rights and obligations of the First Lien Creditors and the Second Lien Creditors provided for herein with respect to any event occurring on or after the date of such First Lien Avoidance. The Second Lien Creditors agree that none of them shall be entitled to benefit from any First Lien Avoidance, whether by preference or otherwise, it being understood and agreed that the benefit of such First Lien Avoidance otherwise allocable to them shall, to the extent resulting from proceeds of Collateral, instead be allocated and turned over for application in accordance with the priorities set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.

In the event of any insolvency proceeding involving one or more Obligors, all proceeds of Collateral shall be paid or delivered directly to First Priority Agent (to be held and/or applied by the First Priority Agent in accordance with the terms of the First Lien Documents) until all First Priority Claims are paid in full before any of the same shall be made to one or more of the Second Lien Creditors on account of any Indenture Obligations, and each Second Lien Creditor irrevocably authorizes, empowers and directs any debtor, debtor in possession, receiver, trustee, liquidator, custodian, conservator or other Person having authority, to pay or otherwise deliver all such distributions in respect of any Indenture Obligations to the First Priority Agent until all First Priority Claims are paid in full; provided that the foregoing provision shall not apply to distributions made in respect of the Indenture Obligations pursuant to a plan of reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code.

If, in any insolvency proceeding, debt obligations of the reorganized debtor secured by Liens upon any property of the reorganized debtor are distributed pursuant to a plan of reorganization or similar dispositive restructuring plan, both on account of First Priority Claims and on account of Indenture Obligations, then, to the extent the debt obligations distributed on account of the First Priority Claims and on account of the Indenture Obligations are secured by Liens upon the same property, the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement will survive the distribution of such debt obligations pursuant to such plan and will apply with like effect to the Liens securing such debt obligations.

Release of Liens

The Company and the Guarantors will be entitled to releases of assets included in the Collateral from the Liens securing Indenture Obligations under any one or more of the following circumstances:

(1) in connection with asset dispositions permitted or not prohibited under the covenant described below under “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales;”

(2) if any Guarantor is released from its New Note Guarantee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture (including by virtue of such Guarantor ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary), that Guarantor’s assets will also be released from the Liens securing its New Note Guarantee and the other Indenture Obligations; or

(3) if required in accordance with the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement or any Collateral Document.

 

126


Table of Contents

The Liens on the Collateral that secures the Indenture Obligations also will be released:

(1) upon legal defeasance or covenant defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture as described below under the captions “—Defeasance” and “—Satisfaction and Discharge;” or

(2) with the consent of the holders of the requisite percentage of New Notes in accordance with the provisions described below under the caption “—Amendment, Supplement and Waiver.”

Optional Redemption

Except as set forth below, the Company will not be entitled to redeem the New Notes at its option prior to May 1, 2014.

Optional Redemption prior to May 1, 2013 . At any time and from time to time during any period consisting of 12 consecutive months ending on the day immediately preceding the first, second or third anniversary of the date of the Indenture, the Company, at its option, may redeem a portion of the New Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior written notice at a redemption price of 103% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of the New Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date falling on or prior to the redemption date); provided , that the maximum aggregate principal amount of the New Notes that may be redeemed during any such 12 consecutive month period shall not exceed 10% of the aggregate principal amount of New Notes originally issued under the Indenture on the date of the Indenture.

Optional Redemption on or after May 1, 2014 . At any time and from time to time on and after May 1, 2014, the Company, at its option, may redeem the New Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior written notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of the New Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date falling on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on May 1 of each of the years set forth below.

 

Year

   Percentage  

2014

     104.750

2015

     102.375

2016 and thereafter

     100.000

Optional Redemption with Proceeds of Certain Equity Offerings . At any time and from time to time prior to May 1, 2013, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior written notice, the Company, at its option, may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the New Notes (including any Additional New Notes) originally issued under the Indenture at a redemption price of 109.500% of the principal amount of the New Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of the New Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date falling on or prior to the redemption date) if:

 

   

such redemption is made with the proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings;

 

   

at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the New Notes (including any Additional New Notes) originally issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding New Notes held by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries); and

 

   

the redemption occurs within 90 days of the closing of such Equity Offering.

Optional Redemption at Make-Whole Price . At any time and from time to time prior to May 1, 2014, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior written notice, the Company, at its option, may redeem the New Notes, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the New Notes, plus the

 

127


Table of Contents

Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of the New Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date falling on or prior to the redemption date).

Applicable Premium ” means with respect to a New Note at any redemption date, the greater of (i) 1.00% of the then outstanding principal amount of such New Note and (ii) the excess of (A) the present value at such redemption date of (1) the redemption price of such New Note on May 1, 2014 (such redemption price being described in the second paragraph in this “—Optional Redemption” section exclusive of any accrued interest) plus (2) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such New Note through May 1, 2014 (but excluding accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 0.50%, over (B) the then outstanding principal amount of such New Note.

Treasury Rate ” means, at any redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of constant maturity United States Treasury securities (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H. 15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to such redemption date (or, if such statistical release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to May 1, 2014; provided, however , that if no published maturity exactly corresponds with such date, then the Treasury Rate shall be interpolated or extrapolated on a straight-line basis from the arithmetic mean of the yields for the next shortest and next longest published maturities; provided further, however , that if the period from such redemption date to May 1, 2014, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

Mandatory Redemption; Offers to Purchase; Open Market Purchases

Except as described below under the captions “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control” and “—Asset Sales,” the Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments or offers to purchase with respect to the New Notes. The Parent, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Parent may at any time and from time to time purchase New Notes in the open market, pursuant to tender or exchange offers, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise.

Selection and Notice

If less than all of the New Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee will select the New Notes for redemption as follows:

 

   

if the New Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the New Notes are listed; or

 

   

if the New Notes are not listed on any national securities exchange, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate.

No New Notes of $2,000 or less will be redeemed in part. Notices of redemption will be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of New Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. Notices of redemption may not be conditional.

If any New Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such New Note shall state the portion of the principal amount of that New Note to be redeemed. A new New Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original New Note will be issued in the name of the holder thereof upon cancellation of the original New Note. On and after the redemption date, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the principal amount of the New Notes or portions of New Notes called for redemption and for which funds have been set aside for payment.

 

128


Table of Contents

Repurchase at the Option of Holders

Change of Control

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, unless the Company has mailed a redemption notice to the holders thereof with respect to all of the outstanding New Notes as described above under “—Optional Redemption” at any time prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, each holder of New Notes will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such holder’s New Notes pursuant to the offer described below at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase (the “ Change of Control Payment ”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, unless the Company has mailed a redemption notice with respect to all of the outstanding New Notes to the holders thereof as described under “Optional Redemption” at any time prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will mail a notice to each holder with a copy to the Trustee (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) stating:

 

   

that a Change of Control has occurred and that such holder has the right to require the Company to purchase such holder’s New Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof on the date of purchase, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase (subject to the right of holders of the New Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date falling on or prior to the Change of Control Payment Date);

 

   

the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control;

 

   

the purchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed); and

 

   

the instructions, as determined by the Company, consistent with the covenant described hereunder, that a holder must follow in order to have its New Notes purchased.

The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all New Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (ii) a notice with respect to the redemption of all New Notes has been given pursuant to “Optional Redemption” as described above at any time prior to the Change of Control Payment Date and the New Notes are redeemed in accordance with such notice.

A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, and conditioned upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making the Change of Control Offer.

On a date that is, subject to any contrary requirement of applicable law, at least 30 but no more than 60 days from the date on which the Company mails notice of the Change of Control (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”), the Company will, to the extent lawful:

 

   

accept for payment all New Notes or portions thereof validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

 

   

deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all New Notes or portions thereof so tendered and not withdrawn; and

 

   

deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the New Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of New Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Company.

The paying agent will promptly mail to each holder of New Notes so accepted the Change of Control Payment for such New Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) to each holder a new New Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the New Notes

 

129


Table of Contents

surrendered, if any; provided that each such new New Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

The Change of Control purchase feature of the New Notes may in certain circumstances make more difficult or discourage a sale or takeover of the Parent or the Company and thus the removal of incumbent management. Neither the Parent nor the Company currently intends to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is likely that either the Parent or the Company could decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, either the Parent or the Company could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the Indenture, but that could increase the amount of Indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect its capital structure or credit ratings. Restrictions on the Parent’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ ability to Incur additional Indebtedness are contained in the covenants described below under the captions “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” “—Liens” and “—Sale and Leaseback Transactions.” Such restrictions can only be waived with the consent of the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the New Notes then outstanding. Except for the limitations contained in such covenants, however, the Indenture will not contain any covenants or provisions that may afford holders of the New Notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction.

The definition of “Change of Control” includes a phrase relating to the sale, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of “all or substantially all” of the assets of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of New Notes to require the Company to repurchase such New Notes as a result of a sale, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of less than all of the assets of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to another Person may be uncertain.

The provisions under the Indenture relative to our obligation to make a Change of Control Offer to repurchase the New Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified, with respect to the New Notes, with the written consent of the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the New Notes, except that, after the obligation has arisen to make or consummate a Change of Control Offer, amendment, change or modification in any material respect of our obligation to make and complete such Change of Control Offer requires the consent of each holder of New Notes affected.

Asset Sales

The Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Sale (except with respect to an Event of Loss) unless:

 

   

the Parent (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

 

   

at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents;

provided that the amount of:

 

   

any liabilities (as shown on the Parent’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet) of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the New Notes or any New Note Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation or assignment and assumption agreement releasing the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability; and

 

130


Table of Contents
   

any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Parent or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received in that conversion) within 120 days following the consummation of such Asset Sale,

will be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision.

Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale by the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary, the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary may apply such Net Proceeds at its option:

 

   

to permanently reduce Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Agreement (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto);

 

   

with respect to Asset Sales of assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, to permanently reduce Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto), other than Indebtedness owed to the Parent or another Subsidiary of the Parent;

 

   

to acquire the Capital Stock of a Person engaged in a Similar Business, if, after giving effect to any such acquisition of Capital Stock, such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent;

 

   

to acquire other assets that are not classified as current assets under GAAP and that are used or useful in a Similar Business and/or to make expenditures for maintenance, repair or improvement of existing properties and assets; or

 

   

any combination of the foregoing.

Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary may temporarily reduce Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Agreement or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the Indenture.

Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested (by election or as a result of the passage of time) as provided in the first sentence of the preceding paragraph will be deemed to constitute “ Excess Proceeds .” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $5.0 million, within 10 business days thereof, the Company will be required to make an offer (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”) to all holders of New Notes to purchase the maximum principal amount of New Notes that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price for such Asset Sale Offer shall be an amount in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase (subject to the right of holders of the New Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date falling on or prior to the date of purchase), in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of New Notes tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of New Notes surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount of the Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the New Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis based upon principal balance; provided , that in connection with any such proration, the Trustee may make such adjustments upward or downward and not exceeding $1,000 principal amount such that the unpurchased portion of any New Note shall equal $2,000 principal amount or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. Upon completion of such offer to purchase, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

General

The Company will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of, and Rule 14e-l under, the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder in connection with the repurchase of the New Notes as a result of a Change of Control or Asset Sale. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Indenture by virtue of its compliance with such securities laws or regulations.

 

131


Table of Contents

New Notes (or portions thereof) purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer will be cancelled and cannot be reissued.

If a Change of Control Offer is made, there can be no assurance that the Company will have available funds sufficient to pay the Change of Control Offer purchase price for all the New Notes that might be delivered by holders of the New Notes seeking to accept the Change of Control Offer. It is also possible that the events that constitute a Change of Control may also be events of default under the Revolving Credit Agreement. These events may permit the lenders under the Revolving Credit Agreement to accelerate the Indebtedness outstanding thereunder. If the Company is required to repurchase the New Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer and repay certain amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit Agreement if such Indebtedness is accelerated, the Company would probably require third-party financing. The Company cannot give assurance that it would be able to obtain third-party financing on acceptable terms, or at all. If the Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Agreement is not paid, the lenders thereunder may seek to enforce security interests in the collateral securing such Indebtedness, thereby limiting the Company’s ability to raise cash to purchase the New Notes, and reducing the practical benefit of the offer to purchase provisions to the holders of the New Notes.

Certain Covenants

Restricted Payments

The Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly,

(1) declare or pay any dividend on, or make any other payment or distribution in respect of, its Equity Interests (including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger, consolidation or amalgamation involving the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary) or similar payment to the direct or indirect holders thereof in their capacity as such (other than any dividends or distributions payable solely in its Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) and dividends or distributions payable to the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary (and, if such Restricted Subsidiary has stockholders other than the Parent or other Restricted Subsidiaries, to its other stockholders on no more than a pro rata basis));

(2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Parent held by any Person or any Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary held by any Affiliate of the Parent (in each case other than held by the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary), including in connection with any merger, consolidation or amalgamation and including the exercise of any option to exchange any Equity Interests (other than into Equity Interests of the Parent that are not Disqualified Stock);

(3) make any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value, more than 30 days prior to the scheduled final maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment of any Indebtedness (excluding any intercompany Indebtedness between Parent and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or among Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent) that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to the New Notes or any New Note Guarantee; or

(4) make any Restricted Investment

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

(a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and

(b) the Parent would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in paragraph (a) under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; and

 

132


Table of Contents

(c) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate of all other Restricted Payments made by the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the date of the Indenture (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2) through (14) of the next succeeding paragraph), is, at the time of determination, less than the sum of:

(i) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Parent for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first full fiscal quarter occurring immediately following the date of the Indenture to the end of the Parent’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit), plus

(ii) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Parent from the issuance or sale of its Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) subsequent to the date of the Indenture (other than an issuance or sale to a Subsidiary of the Parent) and 100% of any cash capital contribution received by the Parent from its stockholders subsequent to the date of the Indenture, plus

(iii) the amount by which the principal amount of any Indebtedness of the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary is reduced upon the conversion or exchange (other than by a Restricted Subsidiary) subsequent to the date of the Indenture of any Indebtedness of the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary convertible or exchangeable for Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent (less the amount of any cash, or the fair value of any other property, distributed by the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary upon such conversion or exchange); provided , however , that the foregoing amount shall not exceed the net cash proceeds received by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary from the sale of such Indebtedness (excluding net cash proceeds from sales to a Restricted Subsidiary); plus

(iv) the amount equal to the sum of (x) the net reduction in the Restricted Investments made by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Person resulting from repurchases, repayments or redemptions of such Investments by such Person, proceeds realized on the sale or other disposition of such Investment and proceeds representing the return of capital (excluding dividends and distributions to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income), in each case, realized by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, and (y) in the event that any Unrestricted Subsidiary is re-designated as a Restricted Subsidiary, the portion (proportionate to the Parent’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time such Unrestricted Subsidiary is re-designated a Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that the foregoing sum will not exceed, in the case of any such Person, the amount of Restricted Investments previously made (and treated as a Restricted Payment) by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person or Unrestricted Subsidiary; plus

(v) 50% of any dividends or distributions received by the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent that is a Guarantor after the date of the Indenture from an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Parent, to the extent that such dividends or distributions were not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income of the Parent for such period.

The foregoing provisions will not prohibit:

(1) the payment by the Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any dividend or distribution or the consummation of any redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or distribution or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend, distribution or redemption payment would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture;

(2) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, any Restricted Payment made in exchange for, or with the net cash proceeds from, the substantially concurrent sale of Equity Interests of the Parent (other than any Disqualified Stock and other than Equity Interests issued or sold to a Subsidiary of the Parent) or a substantially concurrent cash capital contribution

 

133


Table of Contents

received by the Parent from its shareholders; provided that the net cash proceeds from such sale or such cash capital contribution (to the extent so used for such Restricted Payment) shall be excluded from clause (c)(ii) of the preceding paragraph;

(3) the making of any payment on or with respect to, or the defeasance, redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to the New Notes or to any New Note Guarantee with, in exchange for, or with the net cash proceeds from, an Incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Debt;

(4) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, providing cash to any direct or indirect parent of Parent to fund the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition for value of any Equity Interests of such Person, the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary held by employees, former employees, directors, former directors, consultants or former consultants (or their respective permitted transferees) of such Person or the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that the aggregate amount of such redemptions, repurchases, retirements and other acquisitions (excluding amounts representing cancellation of Indebtedness, but including, for the avoidance of doubt, the aggregate principal amount of all Permitted Debt described in clause (13) of the definition thereof issued as consideration for any such redemptions, repurchases, retirements or other acquisitions) shall not exceed $5.0 million in any fiscal year and $7.5 million in the aggregate (in each case plus the amount of net cash proceeds received by the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) in respect of “key-man” life insurance and (b) from the issuance of Equity Interests by the Parent to members of management of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, to the extent that those amounts did not provide the basis for any previous Restricted Payment);

(5) payments of dividends on Disqualified Stock issued pursuant to the covenant described below under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

(6) repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price thereof and repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the withholding of a portion of the Capital Stock granted or awarded to an employee of the Parent or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to pay for the taxes payable by such employee upon such grant or award, provided that all such repurchases shall not be included in the calculation of Restricted Payments and no proceeds in respect of the issuance of Capital Stock shall be deemed to have been received for the purposes of clause (c)(ii) of the preceding paragraph;

(7) cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of the Parent; provided , however , that any such cash payment shall not be for the purpose of evading the limitation of the covenant described under this caption (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Parent);

(8) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, payments of intercompany subordinated Indebtedness, the Incurrence of which was permitted under clause (5) of paragraph (b) of the covenant described below under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

(9) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Disqualified Stock or any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to the New Notes or to any New Note Guarantee pursuant to provisions similar to those described under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control;” provided that all New Notes tendered by holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;

(10) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders of Capital Stock of the Parent pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer of assets that complies with the provisions of the Indenture applicable to mergers, consolidations, amalgamations and transfers of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

134


Table of Contents

(11) Permitted Parent Payments;

(12) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, payment of fees not in excess of $2.0 million per annum pursuant to the Management Agreement as in effect on the date of the Indenture;

(13) the application of the proceeds from the issuance of the New Notes and the equity investment by the Equity Investors on the date of the Indenture and the related transactions, all as described under “Use of Proceeds;” or

(14) Restricted Payments in an amount which, when taken together with all Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to this clause (14) and then outstanding, does not exceed $7.5 million.

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the assets proposed to be transferred or issued by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment.

Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock

(a) The Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and the Parent will not issue any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided , however , that the Company and any Guarantor may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and the Parent may issue shares of Disqualified Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Parent’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred or such Disqualified Stock is issued would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom, including the effect of acquisitions or repayments or redemptions of Indebtedness to be funded by such proceeds), as if the additional Indebtedness had been Incurred, or the Disqualified Stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

(b) The foregoing provisions will not prohibit the Incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “ Permitted Debt ”):

(1) the Incurrence by the Company, Thermon Canada Inc. or any Guarantor (including any Guarantees thereof) of Indebtedness pursuant to the Revolving Credit Agreement in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the sum of (A) the greater of (x) $40.0 million and (y) the Borrowing Base, plus (B) in the event of any refinancing of any such Indebtedness, the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing, less the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales applied to permanently repay any such Indebtedness pursuant to “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”;

(2) the Incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the New Notes (other than any Additional New Notes) and the related New Note Guarantees and the Exchange New Notes and the related New Note Guarantees to be issued pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement;

(3) the Incurrence by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations) Incurred for the purpose of financing (or refunding, refinancing or replacing) all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property (real or personal), plant or equipment used in any Similar Business (including through the direct acquisition of such property, plant or equipment or the acquisition of Equity Interests of the Person owning such property, plant or equipment) that, added to all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (3) and then outstanding, will not exceed $5.0 million;

(4) the Incurrence by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Debt in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease, discharge or refund, Indebtedness that was Incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) or pursuant to clause (2), (8) or this clause (4);

 

135


Table of Contents

(5) the Incurrence of (a) intercompany Indebtedness of the Company, a Guarantor or any other Restricted Subsidiary for so long as such Indebtedness is held by the Company or a Guarantor; provided that (i) such Indebtedness shall be unsecured and if owing by the Company or any Guarantor, contractually subordinated in all respects (other than with respect to the maturity thereof) to the Obligations of the Company under the New Notes or such Guarantor under its New Note Guarantee, as the case may be, and (ii) if as of any date any Person other than the Company or a Guarantor owns or holds any such Indebtedness or holds a Lien in respect of such Indebtedness (other than Permitted Liens of the type described in clause (1) or (16) of the definition thereof), such date shall be deemed the incurrence of Indebtedness not permitted under this clause (5) by the issuer of such Indebtedness and (b) intercompany Indebtedness of the Company, any Guarantor or any Foreign Subsidiary for so long as such Indebtedness is held by a Foreign Subsidiary; provided that (i) if such Indebtedness is owing by the Company or any Guarantor, such Indebtedness shall be unsecured and contractually subordinated in all respects (other than with respect to the maturity thereof) to the Obligations of the Company under the New Notes or such Guarantor under its New Note Guarantee, as the case may be, and (ii) if as of any date any Person other than such other Foreign Subsidiary owns or holds any such Indebtedness or holds a Lien in respect of such Indebtedness (other than Permitted Liens of the type described in clause (25) of the definition thereof), such date shall be deemed the incurrence of Indebtedness not constituting Indebtedness permitted under this clause (5) by the issuer of such Indebtedness;

(6) Guarantees by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent that the guaranteed Indebtedness was permitted to be Incurred by another provision of this covenant; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed (x) is subordinated to the New Notes or a New Note Guarantee, then the Guarantee must be subordinated to the same extent as the Indebtedness being guaranteed or (y) is owed by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Guarantee shall be subordinated to the prior payment in full of the New Notes in the case of the Company or the New Note Guarantees in the case of a Guarantor;

(7) the Incurrence by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations in the ordinary course of business and not for purposes of speculation;

(8) the Incurrence of Existing Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness described in clause (1), (2) or (5) of this covenant);

(9) the Incurrence of Obligations by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of standby and other letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, bank guarantees, performance, bid and surety bonds, customs bonds, completion guarantees or similar instruments issued in the ordinary course of business and not supporting obligations for borrowed money, including in respect of workers’ compensation claims and self-insurance obligations and bids or contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business with any customer of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(10) the Incurrence by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided , however , that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five business days of its Incurrence;

(11) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries (including refinancings thereof) that, when added together with any other Indebtedness incurred under this clause (11) and then outstanding, will not exceed $5.0 million;

(12) Indebtedness of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of the financing of insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business;

(13) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes or similar Indebtedness issued by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary to current, future or former officers, directors and employees thereof, or to their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent of Parent, Parent, or the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent described in clause (4) of the second paragraph under the caption “Restricted Payments”;

 

136


Table of Contents

(14) the Incurrence by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness to the extent that the net proceeds thereof are promptly deposited with the Trustee to redeem the New Notes in full or to defease or to satisfy and discharge the New Notes;

(15) the Incurrence of Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn outs or similar obligations, in each case, incurred in connection with the disposition or acquisition of any business, assets or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, other than Indebtedness or Guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; and

(16) the Incurrence by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness, or issuance of Disqualified Stock by the Parent (in addition to Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock permitted by any other clause of this paragraph) in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) that, when added to all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (16) and then outstanding, will not exceed $20.0 million.

(c) The Parent will not incur, and will not permit the Company or any other Guarantor to incur, any Indebtedness (including Permitted Debt) that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the New Notes and the applicable New Note Guarantee on substantially identical terms; provided, however , that no Indebtedness will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of being secured on junior Lien or priority basis.

(d) For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Indebtedness described in clauses (1) through (16) under paragraph (b) of this covenant or under paragraph (a) of this covenant, the Parent shall, in its sole discretion, divide and classify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this covenant and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of such clauses or pursuant to paragraph (a) of this covenant, and may re-classify any such item of Indebtedness from time to time among such clauses or the first paragraph of this covenant, so long as such item meets the applicable criteria for such category. For avoidance of doubt, Indebtedness may be classified as Incurred in part pursuant to one of the clauses (1) through (16) above, and in part under one or more other clauses or under paragraph (a) of this covenant. Indebtedness outstanding on the date of the Indenture under the Revolving Credit Agreement shall be treated as Incurred pursuant to clause (1) above.

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced.

The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

Accrual of interest and dividends, accretion of accreted value, amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms and the

 

137


Table of Contents

payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock, and changes to amounts outstanding in respect of Hedging Obligations solely as a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or interest rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder shall not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness.

Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries

The Board of Directors of Parent may designate any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Company) (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary or Person becoming a Subsidiary through merger, consolidation or amalgamation or Investment therein) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as Unrestricted will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under the covenant described above under the caption “—Restricted Payments” or under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by Parent. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of Parent may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if that redesignation would not cause a Default.

Any designation of a Subsidiary of Parent as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by the covenant described above under the caption “—Restricted Payments.” If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under the covenant described under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” Parent will be in default of such covenant. The Board of Directors of Parent may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under the covenant described under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.

Liens

The Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens.

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries

The Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to its Capital Stock or any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits;

(2) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

138


Table of Contents

(3) make any loans or advances to the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(4) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

However, the foregoing restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1) any agreements in effect or entered into on the date of the Indenture, including agreements governing Existing Indebtedness as in effect on the date of the Indenture, and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not (as determined in good faith by the Company) materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in the agreements governing such Indebtedness as in effect on the date of the Indenture;

(2) the Revolving Credit Agreement as in effect as of the date of the Indenture, and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements, refinancings or additional facilities are not (as determined in good faith by the Company) materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in the Revolving Credit Agreement, as in effect on the date of the Indenture;

(3) the Indenture Documents;

(4) applicable law and any applicable rule, regulation, order, approval, license, permit or similar restriction;

(5) customary non-assignment, non-subletting or non-sublicensing provisions in leases, licenses or other agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(6) purchase money obligations that impose restrictions of the nature described in clause (4) of the preceding sentence on the property so acquired;

(7) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of (x) all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or (y) any other assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions, loans or transfers by that Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition thereof;

(8) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired, and any amendment, modification, renewal, replacement or refinancing thereof; provided, that such amendments, modifications, renewals, replacements or refinancings are not (as determined in good faith by the Company) materially less favorable, taken as a whole, to the holders of the New Notes than such encumbrances or restrictions prior to such amendment, modification, renewal, replacement or refinancing;

(9) Liens that limit the right of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries to dispose of the asset or assets subject to such Lien;

(10) customary provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property in partnership, joint venture, asset sale agreements, stock sale agreements, limited liability company organizational documents, sale-leaseback agreements, stockholder agreements and other similar agreements, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements;

(11) any such encumbrance or restriction with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement governing Indebtedness incurred by such Foreign Subsidiary, (i) if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially more

 

139


Table of Contents

restrictive to the holders of the New Notes than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the agreements described in clauses (1) and (2) above (as determined in good faith by the Company), or (ii) if such encumbrance or restriction is not materially more restrictive to the holders of the New Notes than is customary in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Company) and either (x) the Company determines in good faith that such encumbrance or restriction will not materially affect the Company’s ability to make the principal or interest payments on the New Notes or (y) such encumbrance or restriction applies only if a default occurs in respect of a payment or financial covenant relating to such Indebtedness;

(12) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; and

(13) other Indebtedness of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be Incurred subsequent to the date of the Indenture pursuant to the provisions of the covenant described above under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock;” provided that the restrictions therein are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the Indenture.

Nothing contained in this “Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries” covenant shall prevent the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from creating, incurring or suffering to exist any Permitted Lien.

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets

(a) The Parent and the Company . Neither the Parent nor the Company shall, in any transaction or series of related transactions, consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not the Parent or the Company, as the case may be, survives), or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (or cause or permit any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent to sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of) all or substantially all of the property and assets of , in the case of Parent, the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries,

taken as a whole, and, in the case of the Company, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, whether as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, to any Person, unless:

(1) either:

(A) if the transaction or series of transactions is a consolidation of the Parent or the Company with or a merger of the Parent or the Company with or into any other Person, the Parent or the Company, as the case may be, shall be the surviving Person of such consolidation or merger; or

(B) the Person formed by any consolidation or merger with or into the Parent or the Company (if other than the Parent or the Company, as the case may be), or to which all or substantially all of such properties and assets are sold, assigned, conveyed, transferred, leased or otherwise disposed of shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, and such Person shall expressly assume by (i) a supplemental indenture executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all of the obligations of (x) the Parent under its New Note Guarantee and the Indenture or (y) the Company under the New Notes and the Indenture, as the case may be, and in each case, the Indenture, as so supplemented, shall remain in full force and effect and (ii) by amendment, supplement or other instrument (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent), executed and delivered to the Trustee, all obligations of the Parent or the Company, as applicable, under the Collateral Documents, and in connection therewith shall cause such instruments to be filed and recorded in such jurisdictions and take such other actions as may be required by applicable law to perfect or continue the perfection of the Lien created under the Collateral Documents on the Collateral owned by or transferred to the surviving entity; and

 

140


Table of Contents

(2) immediately before and after giving effect to such transaction or series of transactions on a pro forma basis (including any Indebtedness Incurred or anticipated to be Incurred in connection with or in respect of such transaction or series of transactions), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(3) at the time of such transaction and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable period (but without giving effect to the costs and expenses of such transaction), (x) the Parent, or the successor entity to the Parent, as the case may be, would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in paragraph (a) of the covenant described above under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” or (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Parent, or the successor entity to the Parent, as the case may be, shall immediately after such transaction be no less than such ratio immediately prior to such transaction.

The foregoing requirements shall not apply to any transaction or series of transactions involving the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of any properties or assets by any of the Parent’s Subsidiaries to the Company or any Guarantor, or the consolidation, amalgamation or merger of any Subsidiary of the Parent with or into the Company or any Guarantor. Clauses (2) and (3) of the preceding paragraph shall not apply to (i) the Merger, (ii) a merger of the Parent or the Company with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Parent or the Company in another jurisdiction, (iii) a merger transaction among any of the Parent, the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company or (iv) a merger, consolidation or amalgamation of a Foreign Subsidiary with another Foreign Subsidiary or the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of any properties or assets of a Foreign Subsidiary to another Foreign Subsidiary.

In connection with any consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition contemplated by the foregoing provisions, the Parent shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officers’ Certificate stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition and the supplemental indenture in respect thereof comply with the requirements of the Indenture and an Opinion of Counsel. Each such Officers’ Certificate shall set forth the manner of determination of the Parent’s compliance with clause (3) of the preceding paragraph.

The successor entity shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of the predecessor company under the Indenture Documents, and the predecessor entity shall (except in the case of a lease) be released from all its obligations and covenants under the Indenture Documents.

(b) The Guarantors . Subject to certain limitations in the Indenture governing release of a Guarantor upon the sale or disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor, each Guarantor (other than the Parent) shall not, in any transaction or series of related transactions, consolidate with or merge into (whether or not such Guarantor survives), or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its property and assets to, any Person, unless either:

(1) either:

(A) if the transaction or series of transactions is a consolidation of such Guarantor with or a merger of such Guarantor with or into any other Person, such Guarantor shall be the surviving Person of such consolidation or merger; or

(B) the Person formed by any consolidation or merger with or into such Guarantor (if other than the Guarantor), or to which all or substantially all of the properties and assets of such Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are sold, assigned, conveyed, transferred, leased or otherwise disposed of shall be a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and shall expressly assume by (i) a supplemental indenture

 

141


Table of Contents

executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all of the obligations of such Guarantor under its New Note Guarantee and the Indenture and, in each case, the Indenture, as so supplemented, shall remain in full force and effect and (ii) by amendment, supplement or other instrument (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent), executed and delivered to the Trustee, all obligations of such Guarantor under the Collateral Documents, and in connection therewith shall cause such instruments to be filed and recorded in such jurisdictions and take such other actions as may be required by applicable law to perfect or continue the perfection of the Lien created under the Collateral Documents on the Collateral owned by or transferred to the surviving entity; or

(2) the transaction is made in compliance with the covenant described under “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales.”

The foregoing requirements shall not apply to any transaction or series of transactions involving the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of any properties or assets by any of the Parent’s Subsidiaries to the Company or any Guarantor, or the consolidation, amalgamation or merger of any Subsidiary of the Parent with or into the Company or any Guarantor.

In connection with any consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition contemplated by clause (1) of the foregoing provisions, such Guarantor shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officers’ Certificate stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition and the supplemental indenture in respect thereof comply with the requirements of the Indenture and an Opinion of Counsel.

The successor entity shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of the predecessor company under the Indenture Documents, and the predecessor entity shall (except in the case of a lease) be released from all its obligations and covenants under the Indenture Documents.

Transactions with Affiliates

The Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell, lease, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or Guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”), unless:

(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Parent or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction at the time in an arm’s-length transaction with a Person who was not an Affiliate; and

(2) if such Affiliate Transaction involves an amount in excess of $5.0 million, the terms of the Affiliate Transaction are set forth in writing and a majority of the non-employee directors of the Parent disinterested with respect to such Affiliate Transaction has determined in good faith that the criteria set forth in clause (1) are satisfied and has approved the relevant Affiliate Transaction as evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Parent set forth in an Officers’ Certificate; and

(3) if such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involves an amount in excess of $10.0 million, the Parent obtains an opinion as to the fairness to the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing or that such Affiliate Transaction is no more restrictive to the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries than could reasonably be expected to be obtained at the time in an arm’s-length transaction with a Person who was not an Affiliate.

 

142


Table of Contents

The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following:

(a) any employment agreement or compensation plan or arrangement entered into by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business of the Parent or any such Restricted Subsidiary;

(b) the payment of compensation (including awards or grants in cash, securities or other payments) for the personal services of, and expense reimbursement and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers, directors, consultants and employees of the Parent or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to clause (a) above or otherwise as determined in good faith by the Parent Board of Directors;

(c) payments or issuances of securities pursuant to employment agreements, collective bargaining agreements, employee benefit plans, or arrangements for employees, officers or directors, including vacation plans, health and life insurance plans, deferred compensation plans, directors’ and officers’ indemnification agreements and retirement or savings plans, stock option, stock ownership and similar plans so long as the Parent Board of Directors in good faith shall have approved the terms thereof and deemed the services theretofore or thereafter to be performed for such compensation to be fair consideration therefor;

(d) transactions exclusively between or among the Parent and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such transactions are not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture;

(e) transactions under any agreement or arrangement existing on the date of the Indenture, as in effect on the date of the Indenture, or as modified, amended or amended and restated so long as such agreement or arrangement as so modified, amended or amended and restated, taken as a whole, is not materially less favorable, taken as a whole, to the holders of the New Notes than the original agreement or arrangement in existence on the date of the Indenture;

(f) the issuance or sale of any Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of, or any contribution of capital to, the Parent;

(g) Restricted Payments that are permitted by the provisions of the Indenture described above under the caption “—Restricted Payments” and any Permitted Investments of the type described in clause (9) of the definition thereof; and

(h) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services or joint venture partners, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Indenture which are fair to the Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries or are on terms no less favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party; provided that such transactions are approved by a majority of the Parent Board of Directors in good faith (including a majority of disinterested directors of the Parent Board of Directors, or if there is only one disinterested director, such director).

Business Activities

The Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than Similar Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Equity Interests in Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries

The Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, transfer, convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any Equity Interests in any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Parent to any Person (other than the Parent or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Parent), unless:

(1) such transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition is of all the Equity Interests in such Wholly-Owned Subsidiary; and

(2) the Net Proceeds from such transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition are applied in accordance with the covenant described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales.”

 

143


Table of Contents

In addition, the Parent will not permit any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries to issue any Equity Interests (other than, if necessary, shares of its Capital Stock constituting directors’ qualifying shares) to any Person other than to the Parent or another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Parent.

Payments for Consent

The Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any holder of New Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the New Notes or any other Indenture Document unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all holders of the New Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

Sale and Leaseback Transactions

The Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction with respect to any property unless:

(1) the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary would be entitled to (A) Incur Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction pursuant to the covenant described above under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and (B) Incur a Lien on such property securing such Attributable Debt pursuant to the covenant described above under the caption “—Liens”; and

(2) the transfer of assets in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction is permitted by, and the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, applies the Net Proceeds of such transaction in compliance with, the covenant described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales.”

The foregoing provisions will not apply if (i) the lease is for a period, including renewal rights, of not in excess of three years or (ii) the transaction is among the Company, the Parent and any of the other Guarantors, among the Guarantors or among Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors.

Additional New Note Guarantees

If (i) the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall acquire or create another Domestic Subsidiary after the date of the Indenture or (ii) any Foreign Subsidiary Guarantees (or otherwise becomes liable for) Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor, then the Parent shall cause such Subsidiary to become a Guarantor and:

(1) execute a supplemental indenture, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, pursuant to which such Subsidiary shall unconditionally Guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Indenture Documents on the terms set forth in the Indenture;

(2) execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent such amendments or supplements to the Collateral Documents necessary in order to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the holders of the New Notes, a security interest in the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary, subject to Permitted Liens and the Intercreditor Agreement, which are owned by the Company or a Guarantor and are required to be pledged pursuant to the Collateral Documents;

(3) take such actions as are necessary to grant to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the holders of the New Notes a perfected second-priority security interest, subject to Permitted Liens and the Intercreditor Agreement, in the assets of such Subsidiary, other than Excluded Collateral, including the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the Collateral Documents or by law or as may reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent;

 

144


Table of Contents

(4) take such further action and execute and deliver such other documents specified in the Indenture Documents or otherwise reasonably requested by the Trustee or Collateral Agent to give effect to the foregoing; and

(5) deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel that such supplemental indenture and any other documents required to be delivered have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Subsidiary and constitutes a legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Subsidiary and the Collateral Documents to which such Subsidiary is a party create a valid perfected Lien on the Collateral covered thereby.

Further Assurances

Neither the Parent nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries will take or knowingly omit to take any action that would materially impair the Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself, the Trustee and the holders of the New Notes, with respect to any material portion of the Collateral. The Company and the Parent shall, and shall cause each other Guarantor to, at their sole cost and expense, (i) execute and deliver all such agreements and instruments as the Collateral Agent shall reasonably request to more fully or accurately describe the property intended to be Collateral or the Obligations intended to be secured by the Collateral Documents and (ii) file any such notice filings or other agreements or instruments as may be reasonably necessary under applicable law to perfect (and maintain the perfection and priority) the Liens created by the Collateral Documents, subject to Permitted Liens, at such times and at such places as may be required by law or as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in each case subject to the terms of the Collateral Documents.

Mortgages

With respect to any fee interest in real property that is acquired by the Company or any Guarantor that has a purchase price that is greater than $1.0 million (such real property referred to individually and collectively as the “ Premises ”), within 120 days after the acquisition thereof, the Company or such Guarantor shall:

(1) deliver to the Collateral Agent, as mortgagee, for the benefit of the holders of the New Notes, fully executed counterparts of Mortgages (in substantially the form of the First Priority Mortgages), duly executed by the Company or the applicable Guarantor, as the case may be, together with evidence of the completion (or reasonably satisfactory arrangements for the completion) of all recordings and filings of such Mortgage as may be necessary to create a valid, perfected Lien, subject to Permitted Liens, against the Premises purported to be covered thereby;

(2) deliver to the Collateral Agent, a mortgagee’s title insurance policy in favor of the Collateral Agent in an amount equal to 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Premises covered by the related Mortgage, insuring that title to such property is marketable and that the interests created by the Mortgage constitute valid Liens thereon free and clear of all Liens, defects and encumbrances other than Permitted Liens and any other exceptions disclosed in such policy, and such policies shall also include, to the extent available and issued at ordinary rates, customary endorsements and shall be accompanied by evidence of the payment in full (or reasonably satisfactory arrangements for the payment in full) of all premiums thereon;

(3) deliver to the Collateral Agent the most recent survey of such Premises, together with such other survey updates, affidavits or other documents in form sufficient for the title insurer issuing the title policy to remove the standard survey exception from such policy and issue a survey endorsement to such policy, including, without limitation, (i) an updated survey certification in favor of the Collateral Agent from the applicable surveyor stating that, based on a visual inspection of the property and the knowledge of the surveyor, there has been no change in the facts depicted in the survey or (ii) an affidavit and/or indemnity from the Company or the applicable Guarantor, as the case may be, stating that to its knowledge there has been no change in the facts depicted in the survey, other than, in each case, changes that do not materially adversely affect the use by the Company or Guarantor, as applicable, of such Premises for the Company or such Guarantor’s business as so conducted, or intended to be conducted, at such Premises; and

 

145


Table of Contents

(4) deliver an Opinion of Counsel to the Collateral Agent that such Mortgage has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company or such Guarantor, constitutes a legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligation of the Company or such Guarantor and has been properly recorded.

Reports

Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any New Notes are outstanding, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2010, Parent will furnish to the holders of New Notes and the Trustee within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations:

(1) all quarterly and annual reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Parent (as a non-accelerated filer) were required to file such reports; and

(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with or furnished to the SEC on Form 8-K if the Parent were required to file or furnish such reports; provided, however , that no such current report will be required to be furnished if the Parent determines in its good faith judgment that such event is not material to holders of New Notes or the business, assets, operations or financial condition of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

The availability of the foregoing materials on the SEC’s EDGAR service (or any successor thereto) shall be deemed to satisfy the Parent’s delivery obligation.

All such reports will be prepared in all material respects in accordance with all of the rules and regulations applicable to such reports. Each annual report on Form 10-K will include a report on the Parent’s consolidated financial statements by the Parent’s certified independent accountants. In addition, following the consummation of the exchange offer contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, the Parent will file a copy of each of the reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the rules and regulations applicable to such reports (unless the SEC will not accept such filing).

If, at any time after consummation of the exchange offer contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, the Parent is no longer subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for any reason, the Parent will nevertheless continue filing the reports specified in the preceding paragraphs of this covenant with the SEC within the time periods specified above unless the SEC will not accept such filings. The Parent will not take any action for the purpose of causing the SEC not to accept any such filings. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the SEC will not accept the Parent’s filings for any reason, the Parent will post the reports referred to in the preceding paragraphs on its website within the time periods that would apply if the Parent (as a non-accelerated filer) were required to file those reports with the SEC.

If the Parent has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraphs will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of the financial condition and results of operations of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Parent.

The Parent will, for so long as any New Notes remain outstanding, will use its commercially reasonable efforts to hold and participate in quarterly conference calls with the holders of the New Notes, beneficial owners of the New Notes and securities analysts to discuss such financial information no later than ten business days after distribution of such financial information.

The Parent will also, for so long as any New Notes remain outstanding, furnish or cause to be furnished to the holders of the New Notes, beneficial owners of the New Notes, securities analysts and prospective investors upon request the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so long as the New Notes are not freely transferable under the Securities Act.

 

146


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Parent shall not be deemed to have failed to comply, observe or perform its obligations hereunder for purposes of clause (4) under “—Events of Default and Remedies” until 30 days after the date any information, report or other document hereunder is required to be filed or transmitted so long as Parent is using its reasonable efforts to make such filing.

Events of Default and Remedies

An “Event of Default” will be defined in the Indenture as:

(1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the New Notes;

(2) default in payment when due of the principal, or premium, if any, of any New Note (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise);

(3) default in the payment of principal and interest on New Notes required to be repurchased by the provisions described under the captions “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control,” “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales,” or the failure by the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with the provisions described under”—Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets”;

(4) failure to perform any other covenant or agreement of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under the Indenture Documents for 60 days after written notice to the Parent or the Company by the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the New Notes then outstanding voting as a single class;

(5) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of the Indenture (but excluding Indebtedness owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary), which default (A) is caused by a failure to pay principal of such Indebtedness when due and payable after the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness (a “ Payment Default ”) or (B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity (which acceleration is not rescinded, annulled or otherwise cured within 20 days of receipt by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary of notice of any such acceleration) and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates in excess of $10.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent);

(6) failure by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments which are non-appealable in an aggregate amount (net of any amount covered by indemnities or insurance issued by a reputable and creditworthy insurer that has not disclaimed coverage) in excess of $10.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 consecutive days following such judgment becoming final and non-appealable;

(7)(i) any security interest created by any Collateral Document ceases to be in full force and effect (except as permitted by the terms of the Indenture or the Collateral Documents) or (ii) the breach or repudiation by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any of their obligations under any Collateral Document (other than by reason of a release of such obligation or Lien related thereto in accordance with the terms of the Indenture or the Collateral Documents); provided that, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), such cessation, breach or repudiation, individually or in the aggregate, results in Collateral having a Fair Market Value in excess of $5.0 million not being subject to a valid, perfected security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent under any applicable law (other than the law of any foreign jurisdiction) (to the extent required under the Collateral Documents);

(8) except as expressly permitted by the Indenture, any New Note Guarantee from a Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any

 

147


Table of Contents

reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its New Note Guarantee (other than by reason of a release of such Guarantor under such New Note Guarantee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture Documents); and

(9) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency described in the Indenture with respect to the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary.

If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding New Notes may declare all the New Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Parent, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding New Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders of the New Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the New Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding New Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from holders of the New Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

The holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the New Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the holders of all of the New Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest, on the New Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the New Notes by the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding New Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration).

In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (5) above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the New Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the holders of New Notes, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose the Company delivers an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee stating that both (a) either (x) the default giving rise to such Event of Default pursuant to clause (5) shall be remedied or cured pursuant to the terms of, or waived by the holders of, such Indebtedness or any consequent acceleration of such Indebtedness shall be rescinded, annulled or otherwise cured or (y) such Indebtedness shall have been discharged in full and (b) (1) the rescission and annulment of such acceleration of the New Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal, premium or interest on the New Notes that became due solely because of such acceleration of the New Notes, have been cured or waived.

The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture and the other Indenture Documents and the Company is required, upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under the Indenture Documents or the Registration Rights Agreement, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of New Notes by accepting a New Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the New Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the U.S. federal securities laws or other corporate laws, and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

 

148


Table of Contents

Governing Law

The Indenture Documents and the Registration Rights Agreement will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

Satisfaction and Discharge

The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights and immunities of the Trustee and rights of registration and transfer, exchange or replacement of New Notes, as expressly provided for in the Indenture) as to all outstanding New Notes if:

(a)(1) the Company will have paid or caused to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest as and when the same will have become due and payable, (2) all outstanding New Notes (except lost, stolen or destroyed New Notes which have been replaced or paid) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or (3) all New Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or (ii) (A) shall become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one (1) year or (B) are to be called for redemption within one (1) year under arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in trust of cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the New Notes to the date of Stated Maturity or such redemption, as the case may be;

(b) the Company and the Guarantors have paid all other sums payable by them under the Indenture and the other Indenture Documents; and

(c) the Company has delivered an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions relating to the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture have been satisfied.

Defeasance

At any time and at the Company’s option:

(1) if applicable, the Company will be discharged from any and all obligations in respect of the outstanding New Notes; or

(2) if applicable, the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries may omit to comply with certain restrictive covenants, and that such omission shall not be deemed to be a Default or an Event of Default under the Indenture and the New Notes;

in either case (1) or (2) upon irrevocable deposit with the Trustee, in trust, of cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of an independent, nationally recognized (a) investment bank, (b) appraisal firm or (c) firm of certified public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding New Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the New Notes are being defeased to Stated Maturity or to a particular redemption date. With respect to clause (2), the obligations under the Indenture (other than with respect to such covenants) and the Events of Default (other than the Events of Default relating to such covenants) shall remain in full force and effect.

Such trust may only be established if, among other things:

(a) with respect to clause (1), the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that (A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the date of the Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable United States federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the holders of the outstanding New Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S.

 

149


Table of Contents

federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit, defeasance and discharge and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit, defeasance and discharge had not occurred; or, with respect to clause (2), the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the holders of the outstanding New Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to United States federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred;

(b) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit or the granting of any Liens in respect thereof);

(c) such deposit, defeasance and discharge or deposit and defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

(d) the Company must have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that assuming no intervening bankruptcy of the Company between the date of deposit and the 91 st day following the date of deposit and assuming that no holder of the New Notes is an insider of the Company, after the 91 st day following the date of deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally;

(e) the Company must have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the holders of the New Notes over the other creditors of the Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or others; and

(f) the Company must have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to the deposit, defeasance and discharge or the deposit and defeasance have been complied with.

Transfer and Exchange

A holder may transfer or exchange New Notes in accordance with the Indenture. Upon any transfer or exchange, the registrar of the New Notes and the Trustee may require a holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company is not required to transfer or exchange any New Note selected for redemption. Also, the Company is not required to transfer or exchange any New Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of New Notes to be redeemed. The registered holder of a New Note will be treated as the owner of it for all purposes (subject to the record date provisions of the New Notes).

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

Except as provided below, the Indenture Documents may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the New Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the New Notes), and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture Documents may be waived with the consent of the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding New Notes (including consents obtained in connection with purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the New Notes).

 

150


Table of Contents

Without the consent of each holder of New Notes affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not (with respect to any New Notes held by a non-consenting holder):

(1) reduce the principal amount of New Notes whose holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(2) reduce the principal of, premium, if any, or change the fixed maturity of any New Note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the New Notes (other than provisions relating to the covenants described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders” prior to the time at which an obligation to make such an offer has arisen);

(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any New Note;

(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the New Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the New Notes and the consequences thereof by the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding New Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

(5) make any New Note payable in money other than that stated in the New Notes;

(6) make any change in the provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of holders of New Notes to receive payments of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the New Notes when due and payable;

(7) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its New Note Guarantee or the Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;

(8) after the Company’s obligation to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer arises under the Indenture, amend, change or otherwise modify in any material respect (A) such obligation or (B) the provisions or definitions with respect thereto; or

(9) make any change in the foregoing or succeeding amendment and waiver provisions.

In addition, any amendment to, or waiver of, the provisions of the Indenture Documents that has the effect of releasing all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens securing the New Notes will require the consent of the holders of at least 66   2 /3% in aggregate principal amount of the New Notes then outstanding.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any holder of New Notes, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture Documents to:

(1) cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency or to make a modification of a formal, minor or technical nature or to correct a manifest error;

(2) provide for uncertificated New Notes in addition to or in place of certificated New Notes;

(3) comply with the covenant relating to mergers, consolidations, amalgamations and sales of assets;

(4) provide for the assumption of the Company’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to holders of New Notes in the case of a merger, consolidation, amalgamation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of such Person;

(5) add Guarantees with respect to the New Notes or to secure the New Notes or to release a Guarantor from its New Note Guarantee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;

(6) add to the covenants of the Company or any Guarantor for the benefit of the holders of the New Notes or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or any Guarantor;

(7) make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the holders of New Notes or that does not adversely affect (as determined by the Company in good faith) the legal rights under the Indenture Documents of any such holder;

 

151


Table of Contents

(8) comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended;

(9) (i) enter into additional or supplemental Collateral Documents or (ii) release Collateral in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Collateral Documents;

(10) (i) enter into additional or supplemental New Note Guarantees with respect to the New Notes or (ii) release a New Note Guarantee by a Guarantor which release is otherwise permitted under the Indenture and would not result in a Default or Event of Default;

(11) evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Indenture of a successor trustee pursuant to the requirements thereof;

(12) make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of New Notes as permitted by the Indenture, including to facilitate the issuance and administration of the New Notes or to comply with the rules of any applicable securities depository; provided , however , that (i) compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in New Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of holders to transfer New Notes;

(13) provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional New Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; or

(14) to conform the text of the Indenture or any other Indenture Document to any provision of this “Description of the New Notes” to the extent that such provision of this “Description of the New Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture or any other Indenture Document, as evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate of the Company.

The consent of holders is not necessary under the Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.

After an amendment under the Indenture becomes effective, the Company is required to mail to holders of the New Notes a notice briefly describing such amendment. However, the failure to give such notice to all holders of the New Notes, or any defect therein, will not impair or affect the validity of the amendment.

Concerning the Trustee

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., the Trustee under the Indenture, will also be the initial paying agent and registrar for the New Notes and the Collateral Agent under the Security Agreement. The Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee, should it become a creditor of the Company or any Guarantor, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; provided , however , that if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days or resign.

The holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding New Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. If an Event of Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent man in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any holder of the New Notes, unless such holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense and then only to the extent required by the terms of the Indenture.

 

152


Table of Contents

Additional Information

Anyone who receives this prospectus may obtain a copy of the Indenture without charge by writing to Thermon Holding Corp., 100 Thermon Drive, San Marcos, Texas 78666, Attention: Chief Executive Officer.

Book-Entry, Delivery and Form

Except as set forth below, the New Notes will be issued in registered, global form in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The New Notes initially will be represented by one or more New Notes in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “ Global New Notes ”). The Global New Notes will be deposited upon issuance with the Trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) and registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, in each case, for credit to an account of a direct or indirect participant in DTC as described below.

Except as set forth below, the Global New Notes may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to DTC or another nominee of DTC or to a successor of DTC or its nominee. Beneficial interests in the Global New Notes may not be exchanged for New Notes in certificated form except in the limited circumstances described below. See “—Exchange of Global New Notes for Certificated New Notes.” Except in the limited circumstances described below, owners of beneficial interests in the Global New Notes will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of New Notes in certificated form. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global New Notes will be subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC and its direct and indirect participants (including, if applicable, those of Euroclear and Clearstream), which may change from time to time.

Depository Procedures

The following description of the operations and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream are provided solely as a matter of convenience. These operations and procedures are solely within the control of the respective settlement systems and are subject to change by them. The Company takes no responsibility for these operations and procedures and urges investors to contact the system or their participants directly to discuss these matters.

DTC has advised the Company that DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York Banking Law, a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code and a “clearing agency” registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold securities for its participating organizations and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of transactions in those securities between such participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its participants. The participants include securities brokers and dealers (including the initial purchasers of the New Notes), banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Access to DTC’s system is also available to other entities such as banks, brokers and dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant, either directly or indirectly. Persons who are not participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only through participants or indirect participants of DTC. The ownership interests in, and transfers of ownership interests in, each security held by or on behalf of DTC are recorded on the records of its participants and indirect participants.

DTC has also advised the Company that, pursuant to procedures established by it, ownership of these interests in the Global New Notes will be shown on, and the transfer of ownership of these interests will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to participants) or by participants and indirect participants (with respect to other owners of beneficial interest in the Global New Notes).

All interests in a Global New Note, including those held through Euroclear or Clearstream, may be subject to the procedures and requirements of DTC. Those interests held through Euroclear or Clearstream may also be subject to the procedures and requirements of such systems. The laws of some states require that certain persons take

 

153


Table of Contents

physical delivery in definitive form of securities that they own. Consequently, the ability to transfer beneficial interests in a Global New Note to such persons will be limited to that extent. Because DTC can act only on behalf of participants, which in turn act on behalf of indirect participants, the ability of a person holding a beneficial interest in a Global New Note to pledge such interest to persons that do not participate in the DTC system, or otherwise take actions in respect of such interest, may be affected by the lack of a physical certificate evidencing such interest.

Except as described below, owners of interests in the Global New Notes will not have New Notes registered in their names, will not receive physical delivery of New Notes in certificated form and will not be considered the registered owners or “holders” thereof under the Indenture for any purpose.

Payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on a Global New Note registered in the name of DTC or its nominee will be payable to DTC in its capacity as the registered holder thereof. Under the terms of the Indenture, the Company and the Trustee will treat the persons in whose names the New Notes, including the Global New Notes, are registered as the owners of the New Notes for the purpose of receiving payments and for all other purposes. Consequently, neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee has or will have any responsibility or liability for:

(1) any aspect of DTC’s records or any participant’s or indirect participant’s records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interest in the Global New Notes or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any of DTC’s records or any participant’s or indirect participant’s records relating to beneficial ownership interests in the Global New Notes; or

(2) any other matter relating to the actions and practices of DTC or any of its participants or indirect participants.

DTC has advised the Company that its current practice, upon receipt of any payment in respect of securities such as the New Notes (including principal and interest), is to credit the accounts of the relevant participants with the payment on the payment date unless DTC has reason to believe it will not receive payment on such payment date. Each relevant participant is credited with an amount proportionate to its beneficial ownership of an interest in the principal amount of the relevant security as shown on the records of DTC. Payments by participants and indirect participants to beneficial owners of New Notes will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices and will be the responsibility of such participants or indirect participants and will not be the responsibility of DTC, the Company or the Trustee. Neither the Company nor the Trustee will be liable for any delay by DTC or any participants or indirect participants in identifying the beneficial owners of the New Notes, and the Company and the Trustee may conclusively rely on and will be protected in relying on instructions from DTC or its nominee for all purposes.

Transfers between participants will be effected in accordance with DTC’s procedures, and will be settled in same-day funds, and transfers between participants in Euroclear and Clearstream will be effected in accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.

Subject to compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the New Notes described herein, cross-market transfers between participants of DTC, on the one hand, and participants of Euroclear or Clearstream, on the other hand, will be effected through DTC in accordance with DTC’s rules on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, by their respective depositaries; however , such cross-market transactions will require delivery of instructions to Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, by the counterparty in such system in accordance with the rules and procedures and within the established deadlines (Brussels time) of such system. Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, will, if the transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to its respective depositary to take action to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving interests in the relevant Global New Note in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC. Euroclear participants and Clearstream participants may not deliver instructions directly to the depositaries for Euroclear or Clearstream.

 

154


Table of Contents

DTC has advised the Company that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a holder of New Notes only at the direction of one or more participants to whose account DTC has credited the interests in the Global New Notes and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of the New Notes as to which such participant or participants has or have given such direction. However, if there is an Event of Default under the New Notes, DTC reserves the right to exchange the Global New Notes for legended New Notes in certificated form, and to distribute such New Notes to its participants.

Exchange of Global New Notes for Certificated New Notes

A Global New Note is exchangeable for definitive New Notes in registered certificated form (“ Certificated New Notes ”) if:

(1) DTC (a) notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the Global New Note or (b) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, the Company fails to appoint a successor depositary within 90 days thereafter; or

(2) there has occurred and is continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the New Notes.

In all cases, Certificated New Notes delivered in exchange for any Global New Note or beneficial interests in Global New Notes will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of DTC (in accordance with its customary procedures) and will bear the applicable restrictive legend referred to in “Notice to Investors,” unless that legend is not required by applicable law.

Exchange of Certificated New Notes for Global New Notes

Certificated New Notes may not be exchanged for beneficial interests in any Global New Note unless the transferor first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate (in the form provided in the Indenture) to the effect that such transfer will comply with the appropriate transfer restrictions applicable to such New Notes. See “Notice to Investors.”

Same Day Settlement and Payment

The Company will make payments in respect of any New Notes represented by a Global New Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account or accounts specified by DTC as the registered holder of such Global New Note. The New Notes represented by the Global New Notes are expected to be eligible to trade in DTC’s Same-Day Funds Settlement System, and any permitted secondary market trading activity in such New Notes will, therefore, be required by DTC to be settled in immediately available funds.

Because of time zone differences, the securities account of a Euroclear or Clearstream participant purchasing an interest in a Global New Note from a participant of DTC will be credited, and any crediting will be reported to the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream participant, during the securities settlement processing day (which must be a business day for Euroclear and Clearstream) immediately following the settlement date of DTC. DTC has advised the Company that cash received in Euroclear or Clearstream as a result of sales of interests in a Global New Note by or through a Euroclear or Clearstream participant to a participant of DTC will be received with value on the settlement date of DTC but will be available in the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream cash account only as of the business day for Euroclear or Clearstream following DTC’s settlement date.

 

155


Table of Contents

Registered Exchange Offer; Registration Rights

The Company, the Guarantors and the initial purchasers of the Old Notes entered into the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to which the Company and each Guarantor agreed, at their expense, for the benefit of the holders of the Old Notes, to:

 

   

within 120 days after the date of the Indenture, file a registration statement on an appropriate registration form (the “ Exchange Offer Registration Statement ”) with respect to a registered offer (the “ Exchange Offer ”) to exchange the Registrable Notes (as defined below) for the Company’s notes (the “ New Notes ”), Guaranteed on a senior secured basis by the Guarantors, if any, which New Notes will have terms substantially identical in all material respects to the Registrable Notes (except that the transfer restrictions and rights under the registration rights agreement, including payment of Additional Interest will not apply to the New Notes);

 

   

use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act within 210 days after the date of the Indenture (the “ Effectiveness Date ”); and

 

   

use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer to be consummated within 30 business days of the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement.

Upon the Exchange Offer Registration Statement being declared effective, the Company will offer the New Notes (and the related Guarantees, if any) in exchange for surrender of the Registrable Notes (and the related Guarantees, if any). The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer open for not less than 20 business days (or longer if required by applicable law) after the date notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to the holders of Registrable Notes. For each of the Registrable Notes surrendered to the Company pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the holder who surrendered such Registrable Note will receive a New Note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered Registrable Note. Interest on each New Note will accrue (A) from the later of (x) the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the Registrable Note surrendered in exchange therefor, or (y) if the Registrable Note is exchanged for a New Note after the record date for an interest payment date to occur on or after the date of such exchange, such interest payment date; or (B) if no interest has been paid on such Registrable Note, from the date of the Indenture.

The Company and the Guarantors have filed the Exchange Offer Registration Statement of which this prospectus forms a part and are conducting the Exchange Offer in accordance with their obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement. Holders of the New Notes will not be entitled to any registration rights with respect to the New Notes. Under some circumstances as described below, holders of the Registrable Notes (and the related Guarantees, if any), including holders who are not permitted to participate in the Exchange Offer or who may not freely sell New Notes received in the Exchange offer, may require us to file and cause to become effective, a Shelf Registration Statement covering resales of the Registrable Notes by these holders.

For the purposes of the Registration Rights Agreement, “ Registrable Notes ” means each:

(1) Old Note, until the earliest to occur of:

(a) the date on which such Old Note is exchanged in the Exchange Offer for a New Note which is entitled to be resold to the public by the holder thereof without complying with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act;

(b) the date on which such Old Note has been disposed of in accordance with a Shelf Registration Statement (as defined below); and

(c) the date on which such Old Note is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act; and

 

156


Table of Contents

(2) New Note held by a Participating Broker-Dealer (as defined below) until the date on which such New Note is disposed of by a Participating Broker-Dealer pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution” contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (including the delivery of the prospectus contained therein).

Under existing interpretations of the SEC contained in several no-action letters to third parties, the New Notes (and the related Guarantees, if any) will be freely transferable by holders thereof (other than affiliates of the Company) after the Exchange Offer without further registration under the Securities Act. Each holder that wishes to exchange its Old Notes for New Notes will be required to represent:

 

   

that any New Notes to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business;

 

   

that at the time of the commencement and consummation of the Exchange Offer it has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution (within the meaning of Securities Act) of the New Notes in violation of the Securities Act;

 

   

that if such holder is an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act) of the Company, it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable to it;

 

   

if such holder is not a broker-dealer, that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, the distribution of New Notes; and

 

   

if such holder is a broker-dealer (a “ Participating Broker-Dealer ”) that will receive New Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes.

By acquiring Registrable Notes, a holder will be deemed to have agreed to indemnify the Company and the Guarantors, if any, against certain losses arising out of information furnished by such holder in writing for inclusion in any Shelf Registration Statement. Holders of Old Notes will also be required to suspend their use of the prospectus included in the Shelf Registration Statement under certain circumstances upon receipt of written notice to that effect from the Company.

The Company will agree to make available, during the period required by the Securities Act, a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act for use by Participating Broker-Dealers and other Persons, if any, with similar prospectus delivery requirements for use in connection with any resale of New Notes.

If:

 

   

prior to the consummation of the Exchange Offer, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Registrable Notes determine in their reasonable judgment that the New Notes would not, upon receipt, be tradeable by the holders thereof without restriction under the Securities Act;

 

   

any change in law or applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC would not permit the consummation of the Exchange Offer prior to the Effectiveness Date;

 

   

the Exchange Offer is not consummated within 30 business days from the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective;

 

   

in the case of (A) any holder not permitted by applicable law or SEC policy to participate in the Exchange Offer, (B) any holder participating in the Exchange Offer that receives New Notes that may not be sold without restriction under state and federal securities laws (other than due solely to the status of such holder as an Affiliate of the Company) or (C) any broker-dealer that holds Old Notes acquired directly from the Company or any of its Affiliates and, in each such case contemplated by this clause, such holder notifies the Company within six months of consummation of the Exchange Offer; or

 

   

in certain circumstances, certain holders of unregistered New Notes so request,

 

157


Table of Contents

then in each case, the Company will (x) promptly deliver to the holders of Old Notes and the Trustee written notice thereof and (y) as promptly as practicable, file a shelf registration statement covering resales of the applicable Old Notes (the “ Shelf Registration Statement ”), and (b) use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep effective the Shelf Registration Statement until the earlier of one year after the effective date or such time as all of the applicable Old Notes have been sold thereunder.

The Company and the Guarantors will, in the event that a Shelf Registration Statement is filed, provide to each holder of Old Notes copies of the prospectus that is a part of the Shelf Registration Statement, notify each such holder when the Shelf Registration Statement for the Old Notes has become effective and take certain other actions as are required to permit unrestricted resales of the Old Notes. A holder of Old Notes that sells Old Notes pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement will be required to be named as a selling security holder in the related prospectus and to deliver a prospectus to purchasers, will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection with such sales and will be bound by the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement that are applicable to such a holder (including certain indemnification rights and obligations).

If the Company defaults on its registration obligations described above, then Additional Interest will accrue on the principal amount of the Old Notes at a rate of 0.25% per annum for the first 90 days immediately following the date of such default. The Additional Interest rate will increase by an additional 0.25% per annum at the beginning of each subsequent 90-day period; provided that the amount of Additional Interest accruing will not exceed 1.0% per annum; provided further that upon the Company’s cure of such default, Additional Interest on the Old Notes shall cease to accrue. Additional Interest will not accrue at any particular time with respect to more than one default. Any amounts of Additional Interest that have accrued will be payable in cash on the same original interest payment dates for the Old Notes.

Certain Definitions

Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. Reference is made to the Indenture for a full disclosure of all such terms, as well as any other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided.

Acquired Debt ” means with respect to any specified Person:

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person was merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Subsidiary of such specified Person; and

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person at the time such asset is acquired by such specified Person.

Additional Interest ” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

Administrative Agent ” means General Electric Capital Corporation, or any successor thereto, as administrative agent under the Revolving Credit Agreement.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

 

158


Table of Contents

Asset Sale ” means:

(1) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of any assets (including by way of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction); provided that the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by the provisions of the Indenture described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control” and/or the provisions described under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” and not by the provisions described under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales;”

(2) the issue or sale by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Capital Stock of any of the Parent’s Restricted Subsidiaries (other than directors’ qualifying Capital Stock or Capital Stock required by applicable law to be owned by another Person other than the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary); and

(3) an Event of Loss.

In the case of either clause (1), (2) or (3), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions:

(A) that have a Fair Market Value in excess of $1.0 million; or

(B) for Net Proceeds in excess of $1.0 million.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the following will be deemed to be an Asset Sale:

(1) a transfer of Capital Stock of a Foreign Subsidiary to Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary or a transfer of assets (a) to the Company or any Guarantor or (b) by a Foreign Subsidiary to another Foreign Subsidiary;

(2) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Parent or to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent;

(3) the sale, disposition or lease of (x) inventory, products or services by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business or (y) accounts receivable by Foreign Subsidiaries in connection with factoring arrangements entered into by them in the ordinary course of business;

(4) for purposes of the covenant described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales” only, a Restricted Payment that is permitted by the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments” or a Permitted Investment;

(5) the Incurrence of Permitted Liens and the disposition of assets subject to such Liens by or on behalf of the Person holding such Liens;

(6) the sale, transfer or other disposition or discounting, on a non-recourse basis, of overdue and delinquent accounts in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(7) any disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;

(8) the lease, assignment or sub-lease of any property in the ordinary course of business;

(9) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights, intangible claims or rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business;

(10) any sale, abandonment or other disposition in the ordinary course of business of intellectual property or other assets determined by the Parent in its good faith judgment to be damaged, worn-out, surplus, obsolete, permanently retired or no longer useful or economically practicable or commercially desirable to maintain in the conduct of the business of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

(11) the license of patents, trademarks, copyrights and know-how to third Persons in the ordinary course of business; and

(12) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code (or comparable or successor provision), any exchange of like property (excluding boot thereon) for use in any Similar Business.

 

159


Table of Contents

Attributable Debt ” in respect of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined by the Company in accordance with GAAP) of the total obligations of the lessee for net rental payments (excluding any amounts required to be paid by such lessee, whether or not designated as rent or additional rent, on account of maintenance or repairs, insurance, taxes, assessments, water rates or similar charges or any amounts required to be paid by such lessee thereunder contingent upon the amount of sales or similar contingent amounts) during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended; provided , however , if such sale and leaseback transaction results in a Capital Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of Capital Lease Obligation).

Board of Directors ” means:

(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board;

(2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner of the partnership;

(3) with respect to a limited liability company, the board of directors or other governing body, and in the absence of the same, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and

(4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person or other individual or entity serving a similar function.

Borrowing Base ” means, at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (A) 50% of the book value of “inventories, net” of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (B) 75% of the book value of “accounts receivable, net” of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, as reflected on the consolidated balance sheet of the Parent for its most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at such time.

Capital Lease Obligation ” of any Person means the monetary obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease of (or other Indebtedness arrangements conveying the right to use) real or personal property which are required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease or a liability on the face of a balance sheet of such Person determined in accordance with GAAP (each such lease and arrangement is hereinafter referred to as a “Capitalized Lease”) and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof in accordance with GAAP and the stated maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such Capitalized Lease prior to the first date upon which such Capitalized Lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the immediately preceding sentence, “Capital Lease Obligations” shall not include any such obligations under any Specified Capitalized Lease.

Capital Stock ” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock or shares;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity other than a corporation, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) similar to corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of the issuing Person.

 

160


Table of Contents

Cash Equivalents ” means:

(1) marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally Guaranteed by, the United States or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition;

(2) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, demand deposits, overnight bank deposits or banker’s acceptances having maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued by any lender to the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof having combined capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000;

(3) commercial paper of an issuer rated at least A-1 by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, Inc. (“ S&P ”) or P-1 by Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. (“ Moody’s ”), or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of commercial paper issuers generally, and maturing within 270 days from the date of acquisition;

(4) repurchase obligations of any financial institution satisfying the requirements of clause (2) of this definition, having a term of not more than 30 days, with respect to securities issued or fully Guaranteed or insured by the United States;

(5) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully Guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory or by any foreign government, the securities of which state, commonwealth, territory, political subdivision, taxing authority or foreign government (as the case may be) have the highest rating obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s;

(6) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any financial institution satisfying the requirements of clause (2) of this definition;

(7) money market mutual or similar funds that invest exclusively in assets satisfying the requirements of clauses (1) through (6) of this definition;

(8) money market funds that (i) comply with the criteria set forth in SEC Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and (ii) are rated AAA by S&P and Aaa by Moody’s; and

(9) investments made by Foreign Subsidiaries in local currencies in instruments issued by or with entities in such jurisdictions having correlative and comparable attributes to the foregoing.

Cash Management Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, all obligations of such Person in respect of overdrafts and liabilities owed to any other Person that arise from treasury, depositary or cash management services, including in connection with any automated clearing house transfers of funds, or any similar transactions.

CFC ” means a controlled foreign corporation within the meaning of Section 957(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and any entity that wholly-owns the stock of a CFC and which is disregarded for United States federal income purposes as an entity that is separate from its owner.

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the direct or indirect sale, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition (other than by way of merger, consolidation or amalgamation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) other than a Permitted Holder;

(2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Parent or the Company;

(3) the consummation of any transaction (including any merger, consolidation or amalgamation) the result of which is that any “person” (as defined above) other than a Permitted Holder, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that

 

161


Table of Contents

for purposes of this clause (3) such person shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all shares that such person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the voting stock or shares of the Parent;

(4) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Parent are not Continuing Directors; or

(5) the Parent shall cease to own all of the outstanding Capital Stock of the Company.

Collateral ” means the collateral securing the Indenture Obligations.

Collateral Documents ” means the Security Agreement, the Mortgages and any other agreement, document or instrument pursuant to which a Lien is granted by the Company or any Guarantor to secure any Indenture Obligations or under which rights or remedies with respect to any such Lien are governed.

Consolidated Cash Flow ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period plus :

(1) an amount equal to any extraordinary or non-recurring loss, to the extent that such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(2) an amount equal to any net loss realized in connection with an Asset Sale, the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness by such Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(3) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(4) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; plus

(5) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(6) write offs, write downs or impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets, unrealized mark-to-market losses, and other non-cash charges (excluding any such other non-cash charge to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(7) the amount of fees and expenses paid or accrued in such period under the Management Agreement to the extent deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(8) the expenses of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries that are described in note (v) to the table under paragraph (b) of New Note 2 to the “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations” section of the offering memorandum distributed in connection with the private offering of the Old New Notes to the extent deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income; minus

(9) all non-cash items to the extent that such non-cash items increased Consolidated Net Income for such period (excluding the recognition of deferred revenue or any items which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period and any items for which cash was received in a prior period).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provision for taxes based on income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and other non-cash charges of, a Restricted Subsidiary of a Person shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated Cash Flow only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the Net Income of such Restricted Subsidiary was included in calculating the Consolidated Net Income of such Person.

 

162


Table of Contents

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication:

(1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued (including amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges Incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net payments and receipts (if any) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations, and excluding amortization or write-off of deferred financing costs); plus

(2) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period (excluding amortization or write-off of deferred financing costs); plus

(3) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person to the extent that such Indebtedness is Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on the assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon).

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the immediately preceding sentence “Consolidated Interest Expense” shall not include any interest expense in respect of any Specified Capitalized Lease.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; provided that:

(1) the Net Income of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be included, but only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions that have been distributed in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;

(2) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction has been legally waived; and

(3) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be excluded.

Continuing Directors ” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Parent who (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of the Indenture or (2) was elected to such Board of Directors with the approval, recommendation or endorsement of, or whose nomination for election was approved, recommended or ratified by, a majority of the directors who were members of such Board of Directors on the date of the Indenture or whose nomination or election to the Board of Directors was previously so approved.

Default ” means any event that is or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be an Event of Default.

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable at the option of the holder) or upon the happening of any event:

(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise;

(2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (excluding Capital Stock convertible or exchangeable solely at the option of the Parent or a Subsidiary of the Parent; provided that any such conversion or exchange will be deemed an Incurrence of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as applicable); or

(3) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part,

 

163


Table of Contents

in the case of each of clauses (1), (2) and (3), on or prior to the 91st day after the Stated Maturity of the New Notes; provided that any Capital Stock that would not constitute Disqualified Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof the right to require such Person to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of an “asset sale” or “change of control” occurring on or prior to the 91st day after the Stated Maturity of the New Notes will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the “asset sale” or “change of control” provisions applicable to such Capital Stock are not more favorable to the holders of such Capital Stock than the provisions of the covenants described under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control” and “—Asset Sales” are to the holders.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent other than a Foreign Subsidiary.

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

Equity Offering ” means a sale for cash of either (1) common equity securities or units including or representing common equity securities of the Parent (other than to a Subsidiary of the Parent) or (2) common equity securities or units including or representing common equity securities of a direct or indirect parent entity of the Parent (other than to the Parent or a Subsidiary of the Parent) to the extent that the net proceeds therefrom are contributed to the common equity capital of the Parent.

Event of Loss ” means, with respect to any (i) loss or destruction of any property or asset or (ii) any actual condemnation, seizure or taking, by exercise of the power of eminent domain or otherwise, of such property or asset, or confiscation of the use of such property or asset, the date on which the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries receives insurance proceeds, or proceeds of a condemnation award or other compensation to replace or repair such property or asset (including improvements), in each case, in excess of $5.0 million with respect to any such event.

Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Existing Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the date of the Indenture until such Indebtedness is repaid.

Fair Market Value ” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Parent; provided , however , that, except in the case of determining the Fair Market Value of assets in connection with an Asset Sale not involving the sale of assets to an Affiliate, the Board of Directors’ determination must be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing if the Fair Market Value exceeds $10.0 million.

First Priority Agent ” means the agent designated as such under the Intercreditor Agreement and shall initially be the Administrative Agent, together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity.

First Priority Cash Management Obligations ” means any Cash Management Obligations secured by any Collateral under the First Priority Collateral Documents.

First Priority Claims ” means (a) Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Agreement permitted pursuant to clause (1) and, to the extent the incurrence of such Indebtedness thereunder would not result in the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under the Revolving Credit Agreement to exceed $50.0 million, clause (16), in each case, of the definition of the term “Permitted Debt,” (b) First Priority Cash Management Obligations and First Priority Hedging Obligations, and (c) all other Obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under the documents relating to Indebtedness described in clauses (a) and (b) above.

 

164


Table of Contents

First Priority Collateral Documents ” means the First Priority Security Agreements, the First Priority Mortgages and any other agreement, document or instrument pursuant to which a Lien is granted securing any First Priority Claims or under which rights or remedies with respect to such Liens are governed.

First Priority Hedging Obligations ” means any Hedging Obligations that are permitted to be incurred under clause (7) of the definition of the term “Permitted Debt” and that are secured by any collateral under the First Priority Collateral Documents.

First Priority Mortgages ” means a collective reference to each mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt and any other document or instrument under which any Lien on real property owned by the Company or any Guarantor is granted to secure any First Priority Claims or under which rights or remedies with respect to any such Liens are governed.

First Priority Security Agreements ” means the Guaranty and Security Agreement, by and among the Company, as a grantor, the domestic subsidiaries of the Company party thereto from time to time as grantors and General Electric Capital Corporation, as U.S. Agent and the Guarantee and Security Agreement, by and among Thermon Canada Inc., as a grantor, the domestic subsidiaries of the Company party thereto from time to time as grantors and GE Canada Finance Holding Company, as Canadian Agent, in each case to be dated as of the date of the Indenture and as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with their respective terms.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurs or redeems any Indebtedness (other than revolving credit borrowings) or issues or redeems Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “ Calculation Date ”), the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Preferred Stock (including the application of any proceeds therefrom), as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable period. In addition, for purposes of making the computation referred to above:

(1) acquisitions that have been made by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers, consolidations or amalgamations and including any related financing transactions, during such period or subsequent to such period and on or prior to the Calculation Date shall be deemed to have occurred on the first day of such period and Consolidated Cash Flow for such reference period shall be calculated to include the Consolidated Cash Flow of the acquired entities (adjusted to exclude (A) the cost of any compensation, remuneration or other benefit paid or provided to any employee, consultant, Affiliate or equity owner of the acquired entities to the extent such costs are eliminated and not replaced and (B) the amount of any reduction in general, administrative or overhead costs of the acquired entities, in each case, as determined in good faith by the chief financial officer of the Parent);

(2) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, shall be excluded;

(3) the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, shall be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the referent Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date;

(4) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such period;

(5) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such period;

 

165


Table of Contents

(6) if any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term as at the Calculation Date in excess of 12 months); and

(7) for purposes of making the computations referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness of the specified Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries under a revolving credit facility (to the extent not excluded from the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio due to the operation of the first parenthetical phrase of this definition) computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based on the weighted average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such period.

Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication:

(1) the Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; plus

(2) the product of (A) all cash dividend payments (and non-cash dividend payments in the case of a Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary) on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, times (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent incorporated or organized in a jurisdiction other than the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia and any Subsidiary of the Parent that wholly-owns the Capital Stock of a CFC and which is disregarded for United States federal income tax purposes as an entity that is separate from its owner.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, which are in effect from time to time, including those set forth in:

(1) the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s FASB Statement No. 168 (the “ FASB Accounting Standards Codification ”);

(2) the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants;

(3) the statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board; and

(4) such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession.

Guarantee ” by any Person means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person to:

(1) purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment) of such Indebtedness or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment of such Indebtedness;

(2) purchase property, securities or services for the purposes of assuring the holder of such Indebtedness of the payment of such Indebtedness; or

(3) maintain working capital, equity capital or other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness;

 

166


Table of Contents

provided , however , that the Guarantee by any Person shall not include (x) endorsements by such Person for collection or deposit, in either case, in the ordinary course of business, or (y) a contractual commitment by one Person to invest in another Person for so long as such Investment is reasonably expected to constitute a Permitted Investment under clauses (1), (3) or (4) of the definition of “Permitted Investment.”

Guarantors ” means (i) the Initial Guarantors and (ii) each Domestic Subsidiary and any other Restricted Subsidiary that executes a New Note Guarantee after the date of the Indenture in accordance with the provisions thereof, until, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), the New Note Guarantee of any such Person is released in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.

Incur ” means, with respect to any Indebtedness or other obligation of any Person, to create, issue, incur (by conversion, exchange or otherwise), assume (pursuant to a merger, consolidation, amalgamation, acquisition or other transaction), Guarantee or otherwise become liable in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation or the recording, as required pursuant to GAAP or otherwise, of any such Indebtedness or other obligation on the balance sheet of such Person (and “Incurrence” and “Incurred” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing); provided , however , that a change in GAAP that results in an obligation of such Person that exists at such time becoming Indebtedness shall not be deemed an Incurrence of such Indebtedness; provided , further , that the accretion of original issue discount on Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness. Indebtedness otherwise Incurred by a Person before it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent shall be deemed to have been Incurred at the time it becomes such a Restricted Subsidiary.

Indebtedness ” means (without duplication), with respect to any Person, whether recourse is to all or a portion of the assets of such Person:

(1) indebtedness for borrowed money;

(2) indebtedness evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments of which such Person is obligated or liable;

(3) every payment obligation of such Person with respect to reimbursement of letters of credit, banker’s acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of such Person, other than obligations with respect to letters of credit securing obligations, other than obligations referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (5), entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent such letters of credit are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, such drawing is reimbursed no later than the 10th day following payment on the letter of credit;

(4) every payment obligation of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (but excluding trade payables, credit on open account, provisional credit, accrued liabilities or similar terms arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue or which are being contested in good faith);

(5) every Capital Lease Obligation of such Person;

(6) the maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price of Disqualified Stock of such Person at the time of determination plus accrued but unpaid dividends;

(7) every net payment obligation of such Person under interest rate swap, cap, collar or similar agreements or foreign currency hedge, exchange or similar agreements of such Person (collectively, “ Hedging Obligations ”); and

(8) every payment obligation of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (7) of another Person the payment of which, in either case, such Person has Guaranteed or is liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, to the extent of such Guarantee or other liability.

Indenture Documents ” means the New Notes, the Indenture, the New Note Guarantees, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

167


Table of Contents

Indenture Obligations ” means all Obligations in respect of the New Notes or arising under the Indenture Documents. Indenture Obligations shall include all interest accrued (or which would, absent the commencement of an insolvency or liquidation proceeding, accrue) after the commencement of an insolvency or liquidation proceeding in accordance with and at the rate specified in the relevant Indenture Document whether or not the claim for such interest is allowed as a claim in such insolvency or liquidation proceeding.

Initial Guarantors ” means the Parent, Thermon Manufacturing Company, a Texas corporation, Thermon Heat Tracing Services, Inc., a Texas corporation, Thermon Heat Tracing Services-I, Inc., a Texas corporation and Thermon Heat Tracing Services II, Inc., a Louisiana corporation.

Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of direct or indirect loans (including Guarantees of Indebtedness or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commissions, travel, indemnifications and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that an acquisition of assets, Equity Interests or other securities by the Parent for consideration consisting of common equity securities of the Parent shall not be deemed to be an Investment. If the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent such that after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent, the Parent shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary not sold or disposed of. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments”:

(1) Investments shall include the portion (proportionate to the Parent’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Parent at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Parent shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:

(a) the Parent’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less

(b) the portion (proportionate to the Parent’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer.

“Investment” shall exclude (x) intercompany royalties, commissions, chargebacks and expense reimbursement obligations (including with respect to information technology, insurance and other corporate overhead) between Parent and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or among Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent and (y) receivables, advances, extensions of trade credit by the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade practices of the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that are recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be.

The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received in cash by the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest, encumbrance or hypothecation of any kind in respect of that asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under

 

168


Table of Contents

applicable law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any other agreement to give a security interest in and any filing of any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction).

Management Agreement ” means the Management Agreement among the Company, CHS Management V LP, Thompson Street Capital Manager LLC and Crown Investment Series LLC—Series 4 (or a related or affiliated entity), dated as of the date of the Indenture.

Merger ” means the merger of Thermon Finance, Inc. with and into Thermon Industries, Inc., with Thermon Industries, Inc. as the survivor of such merger, as more fully described under “The Transactions.”

Mortgages ” means a collective reference to each mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt and any other document or instrument under which any Lien on real property owned by the Company or any Guarantor is granted to secure any Indenture Obligations or under which rights or remedies with respect to any such Liens are governed.

Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends, excluding, however, (1) any gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (but not loss), realized in connection with (A) any Asset Sale (including dispositions pursuant to Sale and Leaseback Transactions) or (B) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries and (2) any extraordinary or nonrecurring gain (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any gain arising from any payments made under a Specified Insurance Policy (as defined below)) (but not loss (other than any loss to the extent such loss is covered by insurance issued by a reputable and creditworthy insurer that has not disclaimed coverage (a “Specified Insurance Policy”))), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary or nonrecurring gain (but not such loss).

Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale and cash proceeds generated from checks or other cash equivalent financial instruments (including Cash Equivalents)) and insurance proceeds received on account of an Event of Loss, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale (including legal, tax, accounting and investment banking, broker or finder fees and sales commissions) and any relocation expenses Incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale and any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP or amount placed in an escrow account or cash reserves for purposes of such an adjustment and escrowed amounts and amounts taken by the Parent or Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve against liabilities associated with such Asset Sale, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with Asset Sale, all as determined in accordance with GAAP.

Non-Recourse Debt ” means Indebtedness:

(1) as to which neither the Parent nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) or (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise; and

(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity.

 

169


Table of Contents

Obligations ” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

Officer ” means, with respect to any Person, the chairman of the board, chief executive officer, chief financial officer, president, any executive vice president, senior vice president or vice president, the treasurer, principal accounting officer or the secretary of such Person.

Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company, the Parent or another Guarantor, as applicable, by two Officers thereof, one of whom must be the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of such Person, and delivered to the Trustee.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, the Parent or the Trustee.

Permitted Holder ” means Code Hennessey & Simmons LLC and its majority owned and controlled Affiliates.

Permitted Investments ” means:

(1) any Investment in the Company or a Guarantor and any Investment by a Foreign Subsidiary in another Foreign Subsidiary and any transfer of Capital Stock of a Foreign Subsidiary to Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent;

(2) any Investment in cash or Cash Equivalents or the New Notes (by way of purchase or other acquisition);

(3) any Investment by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent in a Person, if as a result of such Investment (A) such Person becomes a Guarantor or (B) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Guarantor;

(4) any Investment by a Foreign Subsidiary in a Person, if as a result of such Investment (A) such Person becomes a Foreign Subsidiary or (B) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, a Foreign Subsidiary;

(5) any Investment existing on the date of the Indenture or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the date of the Indenture or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or renewal of any Investment existing on the date of the Indenture; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the date of the Indenture or (y) as otherwise permitted under the Indenture;

(6) any Restricted Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with the covenant described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”;

(7) Hedging Obligations (including deposits of cash or other property to secure performance of Hedging Obligations) that are Incurred by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and not for purposes of speculation;

(8) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers’ compensation, performance and other similar deposits;

(9) loans and advances to employees and directors of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business not to exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding;

(10) Investments consisting of non-cash consideration received in connection with dispositions of damaged, worn-out, surplus, obsolete, permanently retired or no longer useful or economically practical or commercially desirable to maintain assets permitted pursuant to the Indenture;

 

170


Table of Contents

(11) Investments received in settlement of bona fide disputes or delinquent accounts or as distributions in bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceedings;

(12) Investments in any Person to the extent consideration for such Investment consists of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent;

(13) cash or Cash Equivalents or other property deposited in the ordinary course of business to secure (or to secure letters of credit, banker’s acceptances or bank guarantees in connection with) the performance of statutory obligations (including obligations under worker’s compensation, unemployment insurance or similar legislation), surety or appeal bonds, customs bonds, leases, bids, agreements or other obligations under arrangements with utilities, insurance agreements, construction agreements, government contracts, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(14) Investments in Foreign Subsidiaries of the Parent arising from (a) Guarantees by the Parent and its Domestic Subsidiaries of products and services provided by, and obligations of, such Foreign Subsidiaries, under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business with customers of such Foreign Subsidiaries and (b) the Incurrence of Obligations by the Parent or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries in respect of standby and other letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, bank guarantees, performance, bid and surety bonds, customs bonds, completion guarantees or similar instruments of like nature incurred or issued in connection with bids or contracts with customers of such Foreign Subsidiaries, in each case incurred or issued in the ordinary course of business; provided that the aggregate amount of all such obligations of the Parent and its Domestic Subsidiaries in respect of the foregoing shall not exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding;

(15) Investments in Foreign Subsidiaries not to exceed $15.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding;

(16) Investments made, in connection with a Specified Restructuring, by Thermon Manufacturing in Thermon Canada to the extent evidenced by the Hybrid New Note;

(17) following the consummation of a Specified Restructuring, Investments made by Specified US LLC in Thermon Canada in exchange for common shares of Thermon Canada, pursuant to the Forward Subscription Agreement; provided that (a) such Investments shall be made solely with funds contributed to Specified US LLC by Thermon Manufacturing, pursuant to the Capital Support Agreement; and (b) such contributions shall be made solely with the proceeds of any payments made by Thermon Canada to Thermon Manufacturing, pursuant to the terms of the Hybrid New Note; provided further, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this clause (17), the aggregate amount of such Investments made by Specified US LLC in Thermon Canada since the date that a Specified Restructuring is consummated shall not exceed the aggregate amount of such payments made by Thermon Canada to Thermon Manufacturing; and

(18) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (18) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed $10.0 million in the aggregate.

provided, however, that with respect to any Investment, the Company may, in its sole discretion, allocate all or any portion of such Investment to one or more of the above clauses (1) through (18) so that all or a portion of such Investment would be a Permitted Investment.

Permitted Liens ” means:

(1) Liens securing First Priority Claims;

(2) Liens in favor of the Company or a Guarantor;

(3) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged into or consolidated or amalgamated with the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that such Liens were not created in

 

171


Table of Contents

connection with, or in contemplation of, such merger, consolidation or amalgamation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated or amalgamated with the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(4) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition thereof by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, provided that such Liens were not created in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition;

(5) Liens, pledges or deposits on cash or Cash Equivalents or other property to secure (or to secure letters of credit, banker’s acceptances or bank guarantees in connection with) the performance of statutory obligations (including obligations under worker’s compensation, unemployment insurance or similar legislation), surety or appeal bonds, customs bonds, leases, bids, agreements or other obligations under arrangements with utilities, insurance agreements, construction agreements, government contracts, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(6) Liens arising pursuant to an order of attachment, condemnation, eminent domain, distraint or similar legal process arising in connection with legal proceedings and any Liens that are required to protect or enforce rights in any administrative, arbitration or other court proceedings in the ordinary course of business, in each case, not giving rise to an Event of Default;

(7) Liens securing Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by clause (3) of paragraph (b) of the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” covering only the assets acquired with such Indebtedness and directly related assets such as proceeds (including insurance proceeds), products, replacements, substitutions and accessions thereto;

(8) Liens existing on the date of the Indenture and replacement Liens that do not encumber additional assets (other than improvements and accessions to such encumbered assets), unless such encumbrance is otherwise permitted;

(9) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent for more than 30 days or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor;

(10) Liens securing Permitted Refinancing Debt, provided that the Parent or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary was permitted to Incur such Liens with respect to the Indebtedness so refinanced under the Indenture and:

(a) the new Lien is limited to all or part of the same property and assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Lien (plus improvements and accessions to, such property or proceeds or distributions thereof); and

(b) the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (x) the outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, committed or accreted amount, of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced replaced, defeased or discharged with such Permitted Refinancing Debt; and (y) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums and tender, exchange and defeasance costs related to such renewal, refunding, refinancing, replacement, defeasance or discharge;

(11) statutory and common law Liens of landlords, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen, repairmen or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business with respect to amounts that are not yet delinquent for more than 30 days or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor;

 

172


Table of Contents

(12) Liens resulting from operation of law with respect to any judgments, awards or orders to the extent that such judgments, awards or orders do not cause or constitute an Event of Default;

(13) survey exceptions, easements, rights-of-way, zoning restrictions, reservations, covenants, conditions, restrictions, minor imperfections or exceptions in title and other charges or encumbrances in respect of real property or imposed by law not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(14) Liens arising from filings of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements or similar documents regarding leases or otherwise for precautionary purposes relating to arrangements not constituting Indebtedness;

(15) banker’s Liens, Liens that are contractual rights of set-off and similar Liens (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Parent or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Parent or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(16) Liens securing Indenture Obligations (including Additional New Notes);

(17) Liens securing Hedging Obligations permitted by clause (7) of paragraph (b) of the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock;”

(18) Liens on raw materials or on manufactured products as security for any drafts or bills of exchange drawn in connection with the importation of such raw materials or manufactured products;

(19) Liens resulting from leases or subleases granted to others that do not materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(20) Liens on goods imported by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of such goods;

(21) Liens consisting of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods acquired by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the past practices of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to the date of the Indenture;

(22) Liens securing insurance premium financing arrangements, provided that such Lien is limited to the applicable insurance contracts;

(23) any interest or title of a lessor, licensor or sublicensor solely in the property leased, licensed or sublicensed to the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any lease, license or sublicense not constituting Indebtedness;

(24) Liens Incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent with respect to Obligations in an aggregate principal amount that does not exceed $5.0 million at any one time outstanding and that (A) are not Incurred in connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances or credit (other than trade credit in the ordinary course of business) and (B) do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of business by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary; and

(25) Liens securing Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries to the extent such Indebtedness is permitted under the covenant described above under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided, that no asset of the Company or any Guarantor shall be subject to any such Lien.

 

173


Table of Contents

For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest in connection with or in respect of any referenced Indebtedness.

Permitted Parent Payments ” means (i) for so long as the Parent is a member of a group filing a consolidated or combined tax return with Holdings or any direct parent thereof, payments to Holdings in respect of an allocable portion of the tax liabilities of such group that is attributable to the Parent and its Subsidiaries (the “ Tax Payments ”) and (ii) Payments to Holdings or any indirect parent of Parent to pay (a) franchise taxes or other costs of maintaining the corporate existence of such entities, (b) general administrative expenses incurred by such entities when due, not to exceed $250,000 in any fiscal year, and (c) customary salary, bonus, expense reimbursement and other benefits payable to directors, officers and employees of any such entities to the extent such amounts are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries. The Tax Payments shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the amount of the relevant tax (including any penalties and interest) that the Parent would owe if the Parent were filing a separate tax return (or a separate consolidated or combined return with its Subsidiaries that are members of the consolidated or combined group), taking into account any carryovers and carrybacks of tax attributes (such as net operating losses) of the Parent and such Subsidiaries from other taxable years and (y) the net amount of the relevant tax that Holdings actually owes to the appropriate taxing authority.

Permitted Refinancing Debt ” means any Indebtedness of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net cash proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, redeem, replace, repurchase, defease, discharge or refund other Indebtedness (in whole or in part) of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be; provided that:

(1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Debt does not exceed the principal amount and premium, if any, plus accrued interest (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased, discharged or refunded (plus the amount of any fees, expenses and other costs, including premiums and tender, exchange and defeasance costs, Incurred in connection therewith);

(2) such Permitted Refinancing Debt has a final scheduled maturity date later than the final scheduled maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased, discharged or refunded (or, if shorter, has a final scheduled maturity date later than the final scheduled maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the New Notes);

(3) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased, discharged or refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the New Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Debt is subordinated in right of payment to the New Notes on terms at least as favorable to the holders of New Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased, discharged or refunded; and

(4) if the Company or a Guarantor is the obligor of the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased, discharged or refunded, then such Permitted Refinancing Debt shall only be Incurred by the Company or a Guarantor (and not any Restricted Subsidiaries that is not the Company or a Guarantor) and (ii) if a Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Company or a Guarantor is the obligor of the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased, discharged or refunded, then such Permitted Refinancing Debt shall only be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary or any other Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Company or a Guarantor.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock corporation, trust, unincorporated organization or government or agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

 

174


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock ” as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or distributions, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.

Refinance ” means, in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, purchase, redeem, defease, discharge or retire, or to issue other Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such Indebtedness. “Refinanced” and “refinancing” shall have correlative meanings.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement, to be dated as of the date of the Indenture, among the Company, the Guarantors and the initial purchasers of the New Notes, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means the Company and any other Subsidiary of the Parent that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Revolving Credit Agreement ” means the loan agreement, to be dated as of the date of the Indenture, by and among the Company, the several lenders from time to time parties thereto, and the Administrative Agent, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case, as amended, extended, renewed, restated, supplemented, replaced (whether or not upon termination and whether with the original lenders, institutional investors or otherwise), refinanced (including through the issuance of debt securities), restructured or otherwise modified (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time.

Sale and Leaseback Transaction ” means an arrangement relating to property owned by the Parent or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of the Indenture or thereafter acquired by the Parent or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries whereby the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor agency thereto.

Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Security Agreement ” means the Security Agreement, to be dated as of the date of the Indenture, made by the Company and the Guarantors in favor of the Collateral Agent, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms.

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the date of the Indenture.

Similar Business ” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Parent and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of the Indenture or any reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or any business or activity that is similar, reasonably related, incidental, complementary or ancillary thereto.

Specified Capitalized Lease ” means a Capitalized Lease that previously would not have constituted a Capitalized Lease as of the date of the Indenture (regardless of whether such Capitalized Lease was in existence on such date) but constitutes a Capitalized Lease solely due to a change in GAAP subsequent to such date.

 

175


Table of Contents

Specified Restructuring ” means a corporate restructuring pursuant to which the following steps shall be taken:

(1) first, Parent shall contribute the shares of Thermon Canada to the Company solely in exchange for voting stock of the Company, and the Company shall then contribute all such shares of Thermon Canada to Thermon Manufacturing solely in exchange for voting stock of Thermon Manufacturing;

(2) second, Thermon Manufacturing shall form Specified US LLC, which shall be disregarded for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

(3) third, Thermon Manufacturing shall transfer all or a portion of the shares of one or more of its Foreign Subsidiaries (other than Thermon Canada) to Thermon Canada in exchange for a promissory note (the “ Hybrid New Note ”); and

(4) fourth, Specified US LLC shall enter into a forward subscription agreement (the “ Forward Subscription Agreement ”) with Thermon Canada, pursuant to which Specified US LLC shall be obligated to purchase additional common shares in Thermon Canada, and Thermon Manufacturing shall enter into a capital support agreement (a “ Capital Support Agreement ”) with Specified US LLC, pursuant to which Thermon Manufacturing shall guarantee to make capital contributions to Specified US LLC.

Specified US LLC ” means a limited liability company to be newly formed by Thermon Manufacturing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

Stated Maturity ” when used with respect to any security or any installment of interest thereon, means the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the principal of such security or such installment of interest is due and payable.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, (1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or a combination thereof) and (2) any partnership (A) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (B) the only general partners of which are such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof).

Thermon Canada ” means Thermon Canada Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the Province of Nova Scotia.

Thermon Manufacturing ” means Thermon Manufacturing Company, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Texas.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Parent (other than the Company) that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Parent as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary:

(1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

(2) except as permitted by the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates,” is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Parent;

(3) is a Person with respect to which neither the Parent nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

(4) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

176


Table of Contents

U.S. Government Obligation ” means:

(1) any security which is: a direct obligation of the United States of America the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged or an obligation of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the payment of which is unconditionally Guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the United States of America, which, in either case, is not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof; and

(2) any depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any U.S. Government Obligation and held by such bank for the account of the holder of such depository receipt, or with respect to any specific payment of principal of or interest on any U.S. Government Obligation which is so specified and held, provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligation or the specific payment of principal or interest evidenced by such depository receipt.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (A) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (B) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment, by

(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock of which (other than directors’ qualifying Capital Stock or Capital Stock required by applicable law to be owned by another Person other than the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof).

 

177


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of (i) the exchange of Old Notes for New Notes pursuant to this exchange offer and (ii) the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Notes. It addresses purchasers that acquire their Notes at original issuance at their original issue price, and that acquire and hold the Notes as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally, property held for investment). This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that might be important to particular investors in light of their individual circumstances or the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to special classes of taxpayers, such as dealers in securities or currencies, real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, tax-exempt entities, partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes, financial institutions, insurance companies, traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting, persons holding the Notes as a part of a hedging or conversion transaction or a straddle, U.S. Holders (as defined below) whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar, former citizens or residents of the United States or investors subject to the alternative minimum tax. This summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and judicial decisions, changes to any of which subsequent to the date of this prospectus might affect the tax consequences described herein, possibly with retroactive effect. Persons considering the purchase of Notes should consult their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences of holding the Notes in light of their particular situations as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

As used herein, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of a Note that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a citizen or resident of the United States, a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof (including the District of Columbia), an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source, or a trust treated as a United States person under Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (taking into account certain effective dates and transition rules in the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder). The term “Non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of a Note (other than an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not a U.S. Holder. If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds a Note, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership and the partner. Partnerships holding a Note, and partners in a partnership holding a Note, should consult their tax advisors.

The U.S. federal income tax discussion set forth below is included for general information only and may not be applicable depending upon a holder’s particular situation. Prospective purchasers of the Notes should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership and disposition of Notes, including the tax consequences under state, local, estate, foreign and other tax laws and the possible effects of changes in U.S. or other tax laws.

*  *  *  *

Any discussion of U.S. federal tax issues set forth in this prospectus was written in connection with the promotion and marketing by us and the Initial Purchasers of the Notes. Such discussion was not intended or written to be legal or tax advice to any person and was not intended or written to be used, and cannot be used, for the purpose of avoiding any U.S. federal tax penalties that may be imposed on such person. Each investor should seek advice based on its particular circumstances from an independent tax advisor.

*  *  *  *

Treatment of Exchanges under Exchange Offer

The exchange of Old Notes for New Notes pursuant to this exchange offer will not be treated as an “exchange” for U.S. federal income tax purposes because the New Notes will not be considered to differ materially in kind or

 

178


Table of Contents

extent from the Old Notes. Accordingly, the exchange of Old Notes for New Notes will not be a taxable event to holders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, (1) a holder will not recognize taxable gain or loss as a result of exchanging such holder’s Old Notes for New Notes; (2) the holding period of the New Notes will include the holding period of the Old Notes exchanged therefor; and (3) the adjusted issue price and adjusted tax basis of the New Notes will be the same as the adjusted issue price and adjusted tax basis of the Old Notes exchanged therefor immediately before the exchange.

U.S. Holders

Stated Interest

Stated interest on a Note will be reportable by a U.S. Holder as ordinary interest income at the time it accrues or is received, in accordance with the U.S. Holder’s regular method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Optional Redemption

As described above under the heading “Description of the New Notes—Optional Redemption,” we may under certain circumstances redeem or repurchase the Notes before maturity. Also, in the event a change of control occurs, we may be required to repurchase Notes at a price equal to 101% of their principal amount, plus any accrued interest to the date of repurchase, as described above under the heading “Description of the New Notes—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control.” In addition, if there is a default of the registration obligations, the interest rate on the Notes will increase. Under the U.S. Treasury Regulations regarding notes issued with original issue discount, if based on all the facts and circumstances as of the date on which the Notes are issued there is a remote likelihood that a contingency will occur, it is assumed that such contingency will not occur. We intend to take the position that the likelihood of (i) a repurchase premium becoming payable on the Notes, or (ii) the interest rate being increased as a result of a default of the registration obligations, is remote (within the meaning of applicable Treasury regulations) as of the issue date, and that, as a result, such additional amounts need not be taken into account unless and until such additional amounts become payable, at which time such additional amounts should be taxable to a U.S. Holder in accordance with such U.S. Holder’s method of accounting. Our position will be binding on all U.S. Holders except a U.S. Holder that discloses its differing position in a statement attached to its timely filed U.S. federal income tax return for the taxable year during which a Note was acquired. There can be no assurance, however, that the IRS will agree with our position. If our position were successfully challenged by the IRS, the Notes could be treated as “contingent payment debt instruments” under the Treasury regulations and a U.S. Holder could be required to accrue income on a Note in excess of stated interest payments (regardless of the U.S. Holder’s regular method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes) at a rate equal to our “comparable yield,” and to treat as ordinary income, rather than capital gain, any gain recognized on the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other disposition of a Note.

This discussion assumes the Notes will not be treated as contingent payment debt instruments.

The Merger

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the transitory existence of Thermon Finance, Inc., is likely to be disregarded and the Notes treated as issued directly by Thermon Industries, Inc. Accordingly, the merger should not cause the U.S. Holders to recognize income, gain or loss with respect to their Notes.

Amortizable Bond Premium

If a U.S. Holder acquires a Note in a secondary market transaction for an amount in excess of, in general, its principal amount, such U.S. Holder will be considered to have purchased such Note with “amortizable bond premium” equal in amount to such excess. Generally, a U.S. Holder may elect to amortize such premium as an offset to interest income, using a constant yield method. The premium amortization is calculated assuming that we will exercise redemption rights in a manner that maximizes the U.S. Holder’s yield. If the U.S. Holder elects

 

179


Table of Contents

to amortize bond premium, such U.S. Holder must reduce its tax basis in the Note by the amount of the premium used to offset interest income as set forth above. An election to amortize bond premium applies to all taxable debt obligations held during or after the taxable year for which the election is made and may be revoked only with the consent of the Internal Revenue Service.

Market Discount

If a U.S. Holder acquires a Note in a secondary market transaction for an amount that is less than, in general, its principal amount, the amount of such difference is treated as “market discount” for U.S. federal income tax purposes to such U.S. Holder, unless such difference is considered to be de minimis , as described in Section 1278(a)(2)(C) of the Code. Under the market discount rules of the Code, a U.S. Holder is required to treat any principal payment on, or any gain on the sale, exchange or redemption or other taxable disposition of, a Note as ordinary income to the extent of the accrued market discount that has not previously been included in income. In general, the amount of market discount that has accrued is determined on a ratable basis, although in certain circumstances an election may be made to accrue market discount on a constant interest basis. A U.S. Holder may not be allowed to deduct immediately a portion of the interest expense on any indebtedness incurred or maintained to purchase or to carry Notes with market discount. A U.S. Holder may elect to include market discount in income currently as it accrues, in which case the interest deferral rule set forth in the preceding sentence will not apply. Such an election will apply to all debt instruments acquired on or after the first day of the taxable year to which such election applies and is irrevocable without the consent of the IRS. The tax basis in a Note will be increased by the amount of market discount included in income as a result of such election. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of Notes with market discount.

Disposition of Notes

A U.S. Holder who disposes of a Note by sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or otherwise, generally will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized on the disposition (not including any amount attributable to accrued but unpaid stated interest) and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Note. Any amount attributable to accrued but unpaid stated interest will be treated as a payment of interest and taxed in the manner described above under “—Stated Interest.” In general, the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in a Note will be equal to the purchase price of the Note paid by the U.S. Holder (excluding any amount attributable to accrued but unpaid stated interest) and reduced by any prior payments received on the Note other than payments of stated interest (subject to the adjustments described above under “—Amortizable Bond Premium” and “—Market Discount,” if applicable). Upon a disposition of a portion of a Note, gain or loss will be determined under the foregoing rules by reference to an allocable portion of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Note.

Except as described above under “—Market Discount,” gain or loss realized on the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other disposition of a Note generally will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if, at the time of disposition, the Note has been held for more than one year. For individuals and other non-corporate U.S. Holders, the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses generally is taxed at a lower rate than ordinary income. Capital losses are subject to limits on deductibility.

Non-U.S. Holders

Subject to the discussion below concerning backup withholding, principal and interest payments made on, and gains from the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other disposition of, a Note will not be subject to the withholding of U.S. federal income tax, provided that, in the case of interest,

 

   

the Non-U.S. Holder does not own, actually or constructively, 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our voting stock,

 

   

the Non-U.S. Holder is not a “controlled foreign corporation” (as defined in the Code) related, directly or indirectly, to us through stock ownership,

 

180


Table of Contents
   

the Non-U.S. Holder is not a bank receiving interest described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, and

 

   

the certification requirements under Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code and the Treasury regulations thereunder, summarized below, are met.

Sections 871(h) and 881(c) of the Code and Treasury regulations thereunder generally require that, in order to obtain the exemption from withholding described above, either

 

   

the beneficial owner of the Note must certify, under penalties of perjury, to the withholding agent that such owner is a Non-U.S. Holder and must provide such owner’s name, address and U.S. taxpayer identification number, if any, and must otherwise satisfy documentary evidence requirements,

 

   

a financial institution that holds customers’ securities in the ordinary course of business and holds a Note certifies to the withholding agent that the appropriate certification has been received from the beneficial owner by it or by a financial institution between it and the beneficial owner and generally furnishes the withholding agent with a copy thereof, or

 

   

the Non-U.S. Holder must provide such certification to a U.S. branch of a foreign bank or of a foreign insurance company, a “qualified intermediary” or a “withholding foreign partnership” and certain other conditions must be met.

A Non-U.S. Holder may give the certification described above on IRS Form W-8BEN, which generally is effective for the remainder of the year of signature plus three full calendar years, unless a change in circumstances makes any information on the form incorrect. Special rules apply to foreign partnerships. In general, a foreign partnership will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8IMY and attach thereto an appropriate certification from each partner. Partners in foreign partnerships are urged to consult their tax advisors.

Even if a Non-U.S. Holder does not meet the above requirements, interest payments will not be subject to the withholding of U.S. federal income tax (or will be subject to withholding at a reduced rate) if the Non- U.S. Holder certifies on the appropriate IRS Form W-8 that either (i) an applicable tax treaty exempts, or provides for a reduction in, such withholding or (ii) interest paid on a Note is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s trade or business in the United States and therefore is not subject to withholding (as described in greater detail below).

If a Non-U.S. Holder is engaged in a trade or business in the United States, and if interest on a Note is effectively connected with the conduct of such trade or business, the Non-U.S. Holder, although exempt from withholding of U.S. federal income tax, will generally be subject to regular U.S. federal income tax on such interest in the same manner as if the Non-U.S. Holder were a U.S. Holder. In lieu of providing an IRS Form W-8BEN, such a Non-U.S. Holder will be required to provide the withholding agent with a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI in order to claim an exemption from withholding. In addition, if such Non-U.S. Holder is a foreign corporation, it may be subject to branch profits tax equal to 30%, or such lower rate as may be provided by an applicable treaty, of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, subject to certain adjustments.

A Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized on the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other disposition of a Note (except, in certain cases, to the extent that such gain is attributable to accrued but unpaid interest) unless the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s trade or business in the United States, or, if the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual, the Non-U.S. Holder is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other disposition and certain other conditions are met. In addition, if the Non-U.S. Holder is a foreign corporation, it may be subject to branch profits tax equal to 30%, or such lower rate as may be provided by an applicable treaty, of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, subject to certain adjustments.

 

181


Table of Contents

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

U.S. Holders

Information reporting requirements apply to interest and principal payments made to, and to the proceeds of certain sales or other dispositions by, certain non-corporate U.S. Holders. In addition, backup withholding is required on such payments unless a U.S. Holder furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number (which for an individual is generally the individual’s Social Security Number) and certifies on an IRS Form W-9, under penalties of perjury, that the U.S. Holder is not subject to backup withholding and otherwise complies with applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules. The current backup withholding rate is 28% of the amount paid and is scheduled to increase to 31% for 2011 and thereafter. Backup withholding does not apply with respect to payments made to certain exempt recipients, such as corporations and tax-exempt organizations. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a credit against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle the U.S. Holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Non-U.S. Holders

Backup withholding does not apply to payments of interest and principal made to, and the proceeds of a sale or other disposition by, a Non-U.S. Holder if such Non-U.S. Holder certifies (on IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate form) its Non-U.S. Holder status. However, information reporting on IRS Form 1042-S will generally apply to payments of interest. Information reporting (but generally not backup withholding) may also apply to payments made outside the United States, and payments on the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other disposition of a debt security effected outside the United States, if payment is made by a payor that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a United States person, to

 

   

a controlled foreign corporation,

 

   

a U.S. branch of a foreign bank or foreign insurance company,

 

   

a foreign partnership controlled by United States persons or engaged in a U.S. trade or business, or

 

   

a foreign person, 50% or more of whose gross income is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business for a specified three-year period,

unless such payor has in its records documentary evidence that the beneficial owner is not a U.S. Holder and certain other conditions are met or the beneficial owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a credit against the Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle the Non-U.S. Holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

 

182


Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of New Notes received in exchange for Old Notes where such Old Notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We on behalf of ourselves and the guarantors have agreed that, starting on the expiration date and ending on the close of business 90 days after the expiration date, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until                     , 2010, all dealers effecting transactions in the New Notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.

We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of New Notes by broker-dealers. New Notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the New Notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such New Notes. Any broker-dealer that resells New Notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such New Notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of New Notes and any commission or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

Furthermore, any broker-dealer that acquired any of the Old Notes directly from us:

 

   

may not rely on the applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC’s position contained in Exxon Capital Holdings Corp., SEC no-action letter (April 13, 1988), Morgan, Stanley & Co. Inc., SEC no-action letter (June 5, 1991) and Shearman & Sterling, SEC no-action letter (July 2, 1983); and

 

   

must also be named as a selling noteholder in connection with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act relating to any resale transaction.

For a period of 90 days after the expiration date we and the guarantors will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the letter of transmittal. We and the guarantors have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the holders of the Old Notes) other than commissions or concessions of any broker-dealers and will indemnify the holders of the Old Notes (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

183


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the New Notes and the related guarantees will be passed upon for us by Sidley Austin LLP, Chicago, Illinois, as to matters of New York and Delaware law. In rendering its opinion, Sidley Austin, LLP will rely upon the opinions of Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P., Houston, Texas, as to matters of Texas law, and Liskow & Lewis, as to matters of Louisiana law.

EXPERTS

Our consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2009 and for the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, the period from August 30, 2007 through March 31, 2008 (“Predecessor”), and the period from April 1, 2007 through August 29, 2007 (“Pre-Predecessor”), appearing in this registration statement and prospectus have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing herein, and are based in part on the reports of Meyers Norris Penny LLP, Bell Partners and Shanghai Jialiang CPAs, with respect to Thermon Canada Inc., Thermon Australia Pty Ltd. and Thermon Heat Tracing & Engineering (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., respectively. The financial statements referred to above are included in reliance upon such reports given on the authority of such firms as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC, Washington, D.C. 20549, a registration statement on Form S-4 under the Securities Act with respect to our offering of the New Notes. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. You will find additional information about us and the New Notes in the registration statement. Certain items are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to the Company and the New Notes, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and any schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance, if such contract or document is filed as an exhibit, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. A copy of the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, may be read and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, from which interested persons can electronically access the registration statement, including the exhibits and any schedules thereto. Copies of the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, are also available at your request, without charge, from Thermon Holding Corp. 100 Thermon Drive, San Marcos, TX 78666, Attention: Chief Executive Officer. Our telephone number at that address is (512) 396-5801.

If for any reason we are not required to comply with the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, we are still required under the indenture to furnish the holders of the New Notes with the information, documents and other reports specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act. In addition, we have agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, we will furnish to the holders of the Notes and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. We also maintain an Internet site at http://www.thermon.com. Our website and the information contained therein or connected thereto shall not be deemed to be incorporated into this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part.

 

184


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Audited Financial Statements of Thermon Holdings, LLC and its Consolidated Subsidiaries

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Auditors’ Report of Meyers Norris Penny LLP

     F-3   

Independent Audit Report to the members of Thermon Australia Pty Ltd of Bell Partners

     F-4   

Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants of Shanghai Jialiang CPAs

     F-10   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended March 31, 2010 and March  31, 2009, the period from August 30, 2007 through March 31, 2008 (“Predecessor”) and the period from April 1, 2007 through August 29, 2007 (“Pre-Predecessor”)

     F-11   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2010 and 2009

     F-12   

Consolidated Statements of Members’ Equity for the Years Ended March 31, 2010 and March  31, 2009 and the period from August 30, 2007 through March 31, 2008 (“Predecessor”)

     F-13   

Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity for the period from April  1, 2007 through August 29, 2007 (“Pre-Predecessor”)

     F-14   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended March 31, 2010 and March  31, 2009, the period from August 30, 2007 through March 31, 2008 (“Predecessor”) and the period from April 1, 2007 through August 29, 2007 (“Pre-Predecessor”)

     F-15   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-17   

Unaudited Financial Statements of Thermon Holding Corp. and its Consolidated Subsidiaries

  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2010 (“Successor”) and March  31, 2010 (“Predecessor”)

     F-53   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the period from May 1, 2010 through September 30, 2010 (“Successor”), the period from April 1 through April 30, 2010 (“Predecessor”), the three months ended September 30, 2010 (“Successor”) and for the three and six month periods ended September 30, 2009 (“Predecessor”)

     F-54   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholder’s/Members’ Equity for the period from March 31, 2010 through April 30, 2010 (“Predecessor”), the period from May 1, 2010 through September 30, 2010 (“Successor”) and the period from March 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009 (“Predecessor”)

     F-55   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the period from May  1, 2010 through September 30, 2010 (“Successor”), the period from April 1 through April 30, 2010 (“Predecessor”) and for the six months ended September 30, 2009 (“Predecessor”)

     F-56   

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-57   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Members and Board of Directors

Thermon Holdings, LLC

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Thermon Holdings, LLC (the Company and Predecessor) as of March 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, members’/shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 and for the period from August 30, 2007 to March 31, 2008 (Predecessor); and for the period from April 1, 2007 to August 29, 2007 of Thermon Industries, Inc. (Pre-Predecessor). These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We did not audit the financial statements of Thermon Canada, Inc., Thermon Australia, PTY., LTD, and Thermon Heat Tracing & Engineering (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., wholly owned subsidiaries, which statements reflect total assets of $96.3 million and $71.7 million as of March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and total revenues of $59.0 million, and $68.6 million, $38.9 million, and $16.2 million, for the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, the period from August 30, 2007 to March 31, 2008, and for the period from April 1, 2007 to August 29, 2007, respectively. Those statements were audited by other auditors whose reports have been furnished to us, and our opinion, insofar as it relates to the amounts included for Thermon Canada, Inc., Thermon Australia, PTY., LTD (each of which are before certain adjustments to conform to United States generally accepted accounting principles), and Thermon China is based solely on the reports of the other auditors.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits and the reports of other auditors provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

We have audited the adjustments presented in the reconciliation from Canadian generally accepted accounting principles and Australian generally accepted accounting principles to United States generally accepted accounting principles for Thermon Canada, Inc. and Thermon Australia, PTY., LTD, respectively, reflected in Notes 16 and 17 to the consolidated financial statements.

In our opinion, based on our audits and the reports of other auditors, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Thermon Holdings, LLC at March 31, 2010 and 2009, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, and the period from August 30, 2007 to March 31, 2008 (Predecessor); and for the period from April 1, 2007 to August 29, 2007 of Thermon Industries, Inc. (Pre-Predecessor) in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Austin, Texas

November 22, 2010

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Auditors’ Report

To the Shareholder of Thermon Canada Inc.:

We have audited the balance sheets of Thermon Canada Inc. as at March 31, 2010 and 2009 and the statements of earnings (loss) and comprehensive income (loss), retained earnings (deficit), cash flows, and the related schedule, for the years in the three-year period ended March 31, 2010. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards and the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform an audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.

In our opinion, these financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as at March 31, 2010 and 2009 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the three-year period ended March 31, 2010 in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed more fully in Note 17, the financial statements as of and for the year ended March 31, 2008 have been restated to reflect changes resulting from a correction to corporate income taxes.

 

    /s/ Meyers Norris Penny LLP
Calgary, Alberta   Chartered Accountants
October 28, 2010  

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Thermon Australia Pty Ltd

ABN: 79 000 554 932

Independent Audit Report to the members of Thermon Australia Pty Ltd

We have audited the accompanying financial statements of Thermon Australia Pty Ltd, which comprises the statement of financial position as at 31 March 2010, and the statement of comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity and statement of cash flows for the year ended that date a summary of significant accounting policies, other explanatory notes and the director’s declaration.

Directors’ Responsibility for the Financial Statements

The directors of the company are responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements and have determined that the accounting policies described in Note 1 to the financial statements, which form part of the financial statements, are appropriate to meet the requirements of the Corporations Act 2001, and are appropriate to meet the needs of the members. The directors responsibility also includes establishing and maintaining internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of the financial report that is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; selecting and applying accounting policies; and making accounting estimates that are reasonable in the circumstances.

Auditor’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audit. No opinion is expressed as to whether the accounting policies used, as described in Note 1, are appropriate to meet the needs of the members. We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards and the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). These Auditing Standards require that we comply with relevant ethical requirements relating to audit engagements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the company’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by the directors, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

The financial statements have been prepared for distribution to members for the purpose of fulfilling the directors’ financial reporting under the Corporations Act 2001. We disclaim an assumption of responsibility for any reliance on this statement or on the financial statements to which it relates to any person other than the members, or for any purpose other than that for which it was prepared.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Independence

In conducting our review, we have complied with the independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001. We confirm that the independence declaration required by the Corporations Act 2001, provided to the directors of Thermon Australia Pty Ltd on 24 May 2010, would be in the same terms if provided to the directors as at the date of this auditor’s report.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Thermon Australia Pty Ltd

ABN: 79 000 554 932

Independent Audit Report to the members of Thermon Australia Pty Ltd—(continued)

 

Auditor’s Opinion

In our opinion the financial statements of Thermon Australia Pty Ltd are prepared in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:

 

(a) giving a true and fair view of the company’s financial position as at 31 March 2010 and of its performance for the year ended on that date; and

 

(b) complying with Australian Accounting Standards (including the Australian Accounting Interpretations) and the Corporations Regulations 2001.
/ S /    B ELL P ARTNERS        

Bell Partners

Chartered Accountants

/ S /    T G R EES        

T G Rees

Partner

Level 7, 468 St Kilda Road, Melbourne

31 May 2010

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Thermon Australia Pty Ltd

ABN: 79 000 554 932

Independent Audit Report to the members of Thermon Australia Pty Ltd

Report on the Financial Report

We have audited the accompanying financial report of Thermon Australia Pty Ltd, which comprises the balance sheet as at 31 March 2009, and the income statement, statement of changes in equity and cash flow statement for the year ended that date a summary of significant accounting policies, other explanatory notes and the directors’ declaration.

Directors’ Responsibility for the Financial Report

The directors of the company are responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial report in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards (including the Australian Accounting Interpretations) and the Corporations Act 2001. The directors responsibility also includes establishing and maintaining internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of the financial report that is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; selecting and applying accounting policies; and making accounting estimates that are reasonable in the circumstances.

Auditor’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial report based on our audit. No opinion is expressed as the whether the accounting policies used, as described in Note 1, are appropriate to meet the needs of the members. We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards and the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). These Auditing Standards require that we comply with relevant ethical requirements relating to audit engagements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial report is free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial report. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the company’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial report in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by the directors, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial report.

The financial report has been prepared for distribution to members for the purpose of fulfilling the directors’ financial reporting under the Corporations Act 2001. We disclaim an assumption of responsibility for any reliance on this report or on the financial report to which it relates to any person other than the members, or for any purpose other than that for which it was prepared.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Independence

In conducting our review, we have complied with the independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001. We confirm that the independence declaration required by the Corporations Act 2001, provided to the directors of Thermon Australia Pty Ltd on 15 May 2009, would be in the same terms if provided to the directors as at the date of this auditor’s report.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Thermon Australia Pty Ltd

ABN: 79 000 554 932

Independent Audit Report to the members of Thermon Australia Pty Ltd—(continued)

 

Auditor’s Opinion

In our opinion the financial report of Thermon Australia Pty Ltd is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:

 

(a) giving a true and fair view of the company’s financial position as at 31 March 2009 and of its performance for the year ended on that date; and

 

(b) complying with Australian Accounting Standards (including the Australian Accounting Interpretations) and the Corporations Regulations 2001.
/ S /    B ELL P ARTNERS        

Bell Partners

Chartered Accountants

/ S /    T G R EES        

T G Rees

Partner

Level 7, 468 St Kilda Road, Melbourne

21 May 2009

 

F-7


Table of Contents

THERMON AUSTRALIA PTY LTD 79 000 554 932

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF

THERMON AUSTRALIA PTY LTD

Report on the financial report

We have audited the accompanying financial report, being a special purpose financial report, of Thermon Australia Pty Ltd, which comprises the balance sheet as at 31 March 2008, and the income statement, statement of changes in equity and cash flow statement for the year then ended, a summary of significant accounting policies, other explanatory notes and the directors’ declaration.

Directors’ responsibility for the financial report

The directors of the company are responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial report and have determined that the accounting policies described in Note 1 to the financial statements, which form part of the financial report, are appropriate to meet the requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 and are appropriate to meet the needs of the members. The directors’ responsibility also includes establishing and maintaining internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of the financial report that is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; selecting and applying appropriate accounting policies; and making accounting estimates that are reasonable in the

Auditor’s responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial report based on our audit. No opinion is expressed as to whether the accounting policies used, as described in Note 1, are appropriate to meet the needs of the members. We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards and the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). These Auditing Standards require that we comply with relevant ethical requirements relating to audit engagements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial report is free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial report. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial report in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by the directors, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial report.

The financial report has been prepared for distribution to members for the purpose of fulfilling the directors’ financial reporting under the Corporations Act 2001 . We disclaim any assumption of responsibility for any reliance on this report or on the financial report to which it relates to any person other than the members, or for any purpose other than that for which it was prepared.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Independence

In conducting our audit, we have complied with the independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001. We confirm that the independence declaration required by the Corporations Act 2001, provided to the directors Thermon Australia Pty Ltd on 21 May 2008, would be in the same terms if provided to the directors as at the date of this auditor’s report.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

THERMON AUSTRALIA PTY LTD 79 000 554 932

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF

THERMON AUSTRALIA PTY LTD—(continued)

 

Auditor’s opinion

In our opinion the financial report of Thermon Australia Pty Ltd is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:

 

a. giving a true and fair view of the company’s financial position as at 31 March 2008 and of its performance for the year ended on that date in accordance with the accounting policies described in Note 1; and

 

b. complying with Australian Accounting Standards to the extent described in Note 1 and complying with the Corporations Regulations 2001 .
  / S /    B ELL D UKE & C O        
Name of Firm:   Bell Duke & Co
  / S /    T. G. R EES        
Name of Partner:   T. G. Rees
Address:  

Level 7

468 St Kilda Road

Melbourne VIC 3004

Dated this 27th day of May 2008

 

F-9


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

THERMON HEAT TRACING & ENGINEERING (SHANGHAI) CO., LTD.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Thermon Heat Tracing & Engineering (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. (“the Company”) as of March 31, 2010 and 2009, and the statement of income for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the Independent Auditing Standards for Certified Public Accountants of China and the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of March 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of its operations for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Shanghai JiaLiang CPAs

Shanghai Jialiang CPAs

 

Shanghai, the People’s Republic of China

October 31, 2010

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

     Predecessor           Pre-Predecessor  
     Year Ended
March 31,
2010
    Year Ended
March 31,
2009
    For the
Period From
August 30,
2007
Through
March 31,
2008
          For the Period
From April 1,
Through
August 29,

2007
 

Sales

   $ 192,713      $ 202,755      $ 124,196          $ 61,615   

Cost of sales

     101,401        105,456        76,291            33,801   
                                    

Gross profit

     91,312        97,299        47,905            27,814   

Operating expenses:

            

Marketing, general and administrative and engineering

     47,343        49,807        29,862            17,182   

Amortization of other intangible assets

     2,426        6,627        6,716            —     
                                    

Income from operations

     41,543        40,865        11,327            10,632   

Other income (expenses):

            

Interest income

     6        94        154            13   

Interest expense

     (7,357     (9,625     (7,934         (440

Gain (loss) on disposition of property, plant and equipment

     (1     (18     (41         (75

Miscellaneous income (expense)

     (1,285     (3,120     (3,715         (9,222
                                    
     (8,637     (12,669     (11,536         (9,724
                                    

Income (loss) from operations before provision for income taxes

     32,906        28,196        (209         908   

Income taxes

     (13,966     (1,795     (20,019         (1,693
                                    

Net income (loss)

   $ 18,940      $ 26,401      $ (20,228       $ (785
                                    

See accompanying notes.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

     March 31  
     2010      2009  

Assets

     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 30,147       $ 13,402   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,835 and $1,233 as of March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively

     41,882         37,874   

Notes receivable and other

     3         558   

Inventories, net

     22,835         25,103   

Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts

     1,636         2,458   

Income taxes receivable

     1,368         370   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     4,331         3,649   

Deferred income taxes

     1,428         1,872   
                 

Total current assets

     103,630         85,286   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     22,750         22,255   

Goodwill

     42,013         37,008   

Intangibles, net

     50,137         46,171   

Debt issuance costs, net

     2,586         3,016   
                 

Total assets

   $ 221,116       $ 193,736   
                 

Liabilities and members’ equity

     

Current liabilities:

     

Accounts payable

   $ 9,397       $ 10,458   

Accrued liabilities

     13,505         13,711   

Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts

     1,035         1,038   

Income taxes payable

     2,158         1,777   

Due to former shareholders

     —           2,363   

Deferred income taxes

     138         185   
                 

Total current liabilities

     26,233         29,532   

Long-term debt, net of current maturities

     109,249         99,032   

Deferred income taxes

     30,005         26,361   

Other noncurrent liabilities

     555         597   

Members’ equity

     55,074         38,214   
                 

Total liabilities and members’ equity

   $ 221,116       $ 193,736   
                 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Consolidated Statements of Members’ Equity

(Shares and Dollars in Thousands)

 

     Ownership Units     Retained
Earnings
    Currency
Translation
Adjustment
    Other     Total  
     Issued and
Outstanding
    Amount          

Initial capitalization, August 30, 2007:

            

Issuance of Class A Units for cash

     33,837      $ 33,837      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 33,837   

Exchange Class A Units for certain shares of Thermon Industries, Inc.

     12,943        3,232        —          —          —          3,232   

Issuance of Class A Units for cash

     425        425        —          —          —          425   

Award of Unvested Series P Units for cash

     6,630        7        —          —          —          7   

Stock compensation

     —          71        —          —          —          71   

Net loss

     —          —          (20,228     —          —          (20,228

Translation adjustment

     —          —          —          2,928        —          2,928   

Other

     —          —          —          —          73        73   
                  

Comprehensive loss

     —          —          —          —          —          (17,227
                                                

Balances at March 31, 2008

     53,835        37,572        (20,228     2,928        73        20,345   

Series P units forfeited

     (1,582     —          —          —          —          —     

Stock compensation

     —          (71     —          —          —          (71

Net income

     —          —          26,401        —          —          26,401   

Translation adjustment

     —          —          —          (8,474     —          (8,474

Other

     —          —          —          —          13        13   
                  

Comprehensive income

     —          —          —          —          —          17,940   
                                                

Balances at March 31, 2009

     52,253        37,501        6,173        (5,546     86        38,214   
                                                

Dividend paid

     —          —          (8,600     —          —          (8,600

Net income

     —          —          18,940        —          —          18,940   

Translation adjustment

     —          —          —          6,606        —          6,606   

Other

     —          —          —          —          (86     (86
                  

Comprehensive income

     —          —          —          —          —          25,460   
                                                

Balances at March 31, 2010

     52,253      $ 37,501      $ 16,513      $ 1,060      $ —        $ 55,074   
                                                

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Pre-Predecessor’s Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

     Common
Stock
Amount
     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
     Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
     Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 

Balance at March 31, 2007

   $ 40       $ 186       $ 28,883      $ 1,406       $ 30,515   

Issuances of common stock

     —           39         —          —           39   

Net loss

     —           —           (785     —           (785

Translation adjustments

     —           —           —          1,209         1,209   
                   

Comprehensive income

     —           —           —          —           424   
                                           

Balance at August 29, 2007

   $ 40       $ 225       $ 28,098      $ 2,615       $ 30,978   
                                           

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

     Predecessor           Pre-Predecessor  
     Year Ended
March 31, 2010
    Year Ended
March 31, 2009
    For the Period
From
August 30, 2007
Through
March 31,  2008
          For the Period
From April 1,
Through
August 29, 2007
 

Operating activities

            

Net income (loss)

   $ 18,940      $ 26,401      $ (20,228       $ (785

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

            

Depreciation and amortization

     4,424        8,494        15,239            654   

Amortization of debt cost, net

     657        656        390            —     

(Benefit)/provision for deferred income taxes

     4,040        (11,622     15,423            (157

Loss on disposition of property, plant and equipment

     1        19        41            75   

Other

     —          (15     88            (98

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisition:

            

Accounts receivable

     (2,971     6,417        (14,982         (1,189

Inventories

     2,855        33        (1,893         (4,334

Costs and estimated earnings and billings on construction contracts

     819        (1,607     493            9   

Other current and noncurrent assets

     (1,125     (503     (31         (729

Accounts payable

     (789     (3,283     5,036            (1,140

Accrued liabilities and noncurrent liabilities

     (189     (1,255     6,666            (3,163

Change in liability to former shareholders

     (2,363     (1,081     3,444            —     

Income taxes payable

     382        1,029        (358         284   
                                    

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     24,681        23,686        9,328            (10,573
 

Investing activities

            

Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment

     2        32        12            1   

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     (1,587     (2,708     (4,229         (1,085

Cash paid for Thermon Industries, Inc. (net of cash acquired of $3,700)

     —          —          (145,933         —     

Proceeds from insurance recoveries on building

     —          —          —              1,278   

Other investing transactions

     —          408        —              —     
                                    

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (1,585     (2,268     (150,150         194   

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—(continued)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

     Predecessor           Pre-Predecessor  
     Year Ended
March 31, 2010
    Year Ended
March 31, 2009
    For the Period
From
August 30, 2007
Through
March 31,  2008
          For the Period
From April 1,
Through
August 29, 2007
 

Financing activities

            

Proceeds from revolving lines of credit and long-term debt

   $ —        $ —        $ 116,975          $ 39,333   

Debt issuance costs

     —          —          (4,268         —     

Payments on revolving lines of credit and long-term debt

     —          (11,957     —              (28,503

Proceeds from short-term notes payable

     —          —          303            1   

Payments on short-term notes payable

     —          (310     —              —     

Issuance of common stock

     —          —          34,270            39   

Dividend paid

     (8,600     —          —              —     
                                    

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (8,600     (12,267     147,280            10,870   
                                    

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     2,249        (2,223     16            1,147   

Change in cash and cash equivalents

     16,745        6,928        6,474            1,638   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     13,402        6,474        —              2,062   
                                    

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 30,147      $ 13,402      $ 6,474          $ 3,700   
                                    
 

Supplemental Noncash investing and financing activities

            

Predecessor equity rollover

   $ —        $ —        $ 3,232          $ —     

Effect of exchange rate changes on long-term debt

   $ 10,218      $ (9,652   $ 1,849          $ —     

Effect of exchange rate changes on fixed assets

   $ (909   $ 1,931      $ 119          $ —     

Effect of exchange rate changes on intangibles

   $ (6,619   $ 7,981      $ —            $ —     

Effect of exchange rate changes on Goodwill

   $ (5,005   $ 4,829      $ —            $ —     
 

Cash paid for interest and income taxes

            

Interest, net

   $ 6,920      $ 8,521      $ 7,532          $ 434   

Income taxes, net

   $ 10,432      $ 12,482      $ 5,037          $ 1,119   

See accompanying notes.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in Thousands)

March 31, 2010

1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Organization

Thermon is a global manufacturing and engineering company dedicated to electrical and steam trace heating of piping, vessels, instrumentation and associated equipment. Through a network of international subsidiaries, the Company provides services to industrial and commercial businesses in most of the major industrial centers around the world. The Company’s largest markets are the U.S., Europe, Asia and Canada. The Company’s primary base of customers operates in the oil, petrochemical and power generation industries.

On August 30, 2007, Thermon Holdings, LLC (the Company and Predecessor) was established by the Audax Private Equity Fund II, L.P. and its affiliates (Audax), to acquire Thermon Industries, Inc. and its subsidiaries (Thermon and Pre-Predecessor).

The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase combination. The purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired based on their estimated fair values and liabilities assumed were recorded based upon their actual value. The Company engaged an independent third party appraisal firm to assist in the Company’s determination of the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The Company’s management ultimately takes responsibility for valuations assigned to the assets and liabilities assumed in connection with the purchase combination.

The Company’s accounting basis was changed to reflect the acquisition of the Pre-Predecessor by the Company because the Predecessor’s shareholders retained a minority ownership interest in the Company in accordance with the accounting standards for leveraged buyout transactions. The Company’s accounting basis was changed to fair value to reflect the new shareholder’s interest in the Company and the continuing shareholders’ residual interest was valued at the continuing shareholders’ basis in the Pre-Predecessor of approximately $3,232, instead of the $12,943 fair value of the 12,942 Class A Units exchanged. This difference of $9,711 was prorated to the fair value adjustments to the net assets acquired.

Basis of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and subsidiaries. All significant inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Consolidated subsidiaries domiciled in foreign countries comprised approximately 66%, 70%, 65%, and 62% of the Company’s consolidated sales, $18,509, $17,500, $(700), and $5,500 of the Company’s consolidated pretax income for the period from April 1, 2009 to March 31, 2010 (fiscal year 2010) April 1, 2008 to March 31, 2009 (fiscal year 2009), August 30, 2007 to March 31, 2008 and the period from April 1, 2007 to August 29, 2007, respectively, and 65% and 59%, of the Company’s consolidated total assets at March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

In November 2008, Thermon Manufacturing Company (TMC), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, purchased all outstanding minority interest shares of Thermon Heat Tracers PVT. LTD. (India). As of March 31, 2010 and 2009, Thermon Heat Tracers PVT., LTD. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of TMC.

During fiscal year 2010, the Company adopted standards for and disclosures of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before the financial statements are available to be issued. Management has evaluated subsequent events through June 28, 2010, the date at which the financial statements were available to be issued.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Segment Reporting

The Company’s chief operating decision maker allocates resources and assesses the performance of its electrical and stream trace heating of piping, vessels, instrumentation and associated equipment sales activities as one segment.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results inevitably will differ from those estimates, and such differences may be material to the financial statements.

Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash in bank and money market funds. All highly liquid investments purchased with maturities of three months or less from time of purchase are considered to be cash equivalents.

Receivables

The Company’s receivables are recorded at cost when earned and represent claims against third parties that will be settled in cash. The carrying value of the Company’s receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, represents their estimated net realizable value. If events or changes in circumstances indicate specific receivable balances may be impaired, further consideration is given to the Company’s ability to collect those balances and the allowance is adjusted accordingly. The Company has established an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon an analysis of aged receivables. Past-due receivable balances are written-off when the Company’s internal collection efforts have been unsuccessful in collecting the amounts due.

The Company’s primary base of customers operates in the oil, petrochemical and power generation industries. Although the Company has a concentration of credit risk within these industries, the Company has not experienced significant collection losses on sales to these customers. The Company’s foreign receivables are not concentrated within any one geographic region nor are they subject to any current economic conditions that would subject the Company to unusual risk. The Company does not generally require collateral or other security from customers.

The Company performs credit evaluations of new customers and sometimes require deposits, prepayments or use of trade letters of credit to mitigate our credit risk. Allowance for doubtful account balances are $1,835 and $1,233 as of March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Although we have fully provided for these balances, we continue to pursue collection of these receivables.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

The following table summarizes the annual changes in our allowance for doubtful accounts:

 

Pre-Predecessor:

  

Balance at March 31, 2007

   $ 611   

Additions charged to expense

     91   

Write-off of uncollectible accounts

     (6
        

Balance at August 29, 2007

   $ 696   
        

Predecessor:

  

Balance at August 30, 2007

   $ 696   

Additions charged to expense

     284   

Write-off of uncollectible accounts

     (137
        

Balance at March 31, 2008

     843   

Additions charged to expense

     738   

Write-off of uncollectible accounts

     (348
        

Balance at March 31, 2009

     1,233   

Additions charged to expense

     881   

Write-off of uncollectible accounts

     (279
        

Balance at March 31, 2010

   $ 1,835   
        

Inventories

Inventories, principally raw materials and finished goods, are valued at the lower of cost (weighted average cost) or market.

Revenue Recognition

Revenues from sales of the Company’s products are recognized when persuasive evidence of an agreement exists, delivery of the product has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable and collectibility is probable.

Construction contract revenues are recognized using the percentage-of-completion method, primarily based on contract costs incurred to date compared with total estimated contract costs. Changes to total estimated contract costs or losses, if any, are recognized in the period they are determined. Revenues recognized in excess of amounts billed are classified as costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts. Essentially all of such amounts are expected to be billed and collected within one year and are classified as current assets. Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts are classified as current liabilities. When reasonably dependable estimates cannot be made, construction contract revenues are recognized using the completed contract method.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Expenditures for renewals and improvements that significantly extend the useful life of an asset are capitalized. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs of assets are charged to operations as incurred when assets are sold or retired, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is credited or changed to operations.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the following lives:

 

     Useful Lives in
Years

Land improvements

   15 to 20

Buildings and improvements

   10 to 40

Machinery and equipment

   3 to 25

Office furniture and equipment

   3 to 10

Fair Value Measurements

Financial instruments for which the Company did not elect the fair value option include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, other current assets, current and long-term debt, accounts payable, and other current liabilities. The carrying amounts of these financial instruments, approximate their fair values due to their short-term nature or variable rates.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Costs in excess of net asset value (goodwill) of purchased businesses relates to the acquisition made by the Company. Separable intangible assets that have finite lives are amortized over their useful lives, and goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets are not amortized, but are reviewed for impairment annually, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. In making this assessment, management relies on a number of factors including operating results, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows, transactions, and market place data. There are inherent uncertainties related to these factors and management’s judgment in applying them to the analysis of goodwill impairment. As such, U.S. GAAP requires that “push down” accounting be applied for wholly owned subsidiaries if the ownership is 95 percent or more. In connection with the Audax transaction, goodwill was allocated to the companies subsidiaries in the U.S., Canada and Europe accordingly. As such, the Company has identified three reporting units: U.S., Canada and Europe, for goodwill impairment testing, which are at a level below its operating segment. Factors considered important which could trigger an impairment review include the following:

 

   

Significant underperformance relative to expected historical review or projected future operating results;

 

   

Significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business; and

 

   

Significant negative industry or economic trends.

When testing for goodwill impairment, the Company performs a step 1 goodwill impairment test to identify a potential impairment. In doing so, the Company compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, goodwill may be impaired and a step 2 goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of any impairment loss. In the step 2 goodwill impairment test, the Company compares the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner that the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination is determined. The Company allocates the fair value of a reporting unit to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit, including intangible assets, as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. Any excess of the value of a reporting unit over the amounts assigned to its assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Estimates about fair value used in the step 1 goodwill impairment tests have been calculated using an income approach based on the present value of future cash flows of each reporting unit. The income approach has been supported by additional transaction and guideline analyses. These approaches incorporate a number of assumptions including future growth rates, discount factors, and income tax rates in assessing fair value. Changes in economic and operating conditions impacting these assumptions could result in goodwill impairments in future periods.

There was no impairment of goodwill for any period presented in these financial statements.

Long-Lived Assets

The Company evaluates its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is measured by comparison of the carrying amounts to the future undiscounted cash flows that the assets are expected to generate. If the long-lived assets are considered impaired, the impairment to be recognized equals the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds the estimated fair value and is recorded in the period the determination was made.

Income Taxes

Taxable income or loss of Thermon Holdings, LLC is included in the income tax returns of its members. However, its sole direct subsidiary, Thermon Holding Corp. has elected C-Corporation status for income tax purposes. As a result, the income tax amounts recorded in these consolidated financial statements relate to Thermon Holding Corp. and its subsidiaries through which substantially all of the operations of the Company are derived.

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method that requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the financial statements or tax returns. Judgment is required in assessing the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the financial statements or tax returns. Variations in the actual outcome of these future tax consequences could materially impact the Company’s financial position or results of operations. In estimating future tax consequences, all expected future events are considered other than enactments of changes in tax laws or rates. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to amounts which are more likely than not to be realized.

In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued a pronouncement entitled Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (the Pronouncement), which clarifies the accounting for uncertain tax positions. The Pronouncement requires the Company recognize in its financial statements the impact of a tax position, if the position is more likely than not of being sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. The Pronouncement was effective for the Company on April 1, 2009. The adoption did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

Foreign Currency Transactions and Translation

Exchange adjustments resulting from foreign currency transactions are recognized in income as realized. For the Company’s non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries, assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars using year-end exchange rates. Income and expense items are translated at a weighted average exchange rate prevailing during the year. Adjustments resulting from translation of financial statements are reflected as a separate component of members’ equity.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Warranties

The Company offers a standard warranty on product sales in which they will replace a defective product for a period of one year. Warranties on construction projects are negotiated individually, are typically one year in duration, and may include the cost of labor to replace products. Factors that affect the Company’s warranty liability include the amount of sales, historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims, and cost per claim. The Company periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liabilities and adjusts the amounts as necessary.

Research and Development

Research and development expenditures are expensed when incurred and are included in marketing, general and administrative and engineering expenses. Research and development expenses include salaries, direct costs incurred, and building and overhead expenses. The amounts expensed in fiscal year 2010 and 2009, in the period from August 30, 2007 through March 31, 2008, and the period from April 1, 2007 through August 29, 2007 were $1,770, $1,676, $1,087, and $727, respectively.

Shipping and Handling Cost

The Company includes shipping and handling costs as part of cost of goods sold.

Economic Dependence

Customer A accounted for 14% of the Company’s total revenue during fiscal year 2009. No customer represented more than 10% of the Company’s revenues in any of the other periods reported.

No customer represented more than 10% of the Company’s accounts receivable at March 31, 2010 and 2009.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications of prior year Class P-unit amounts, miscellaneous income (expense) and operating cash flow amounts have been made to conform to current year presentations. Such reclassification had no impact on net income or total members’ equity.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2009, the FASB updated FASB ASC 105, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (FASB ASC 105). The update establishes the FASB Standards Accounting Codification (Codification) as the source of authoritative U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) recognized by the FASB to be applied to nongovernmental entities and rules and interpretive releases of the SEC as authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants. The Codification supersedes all existing non-SEC accounting and reporting standards. This update is effective for financial statements issued for annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. We adopted the update on March 31, 2010, as required and concluded it did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

In December 2007, the FASB issued FASB ASC 805, Business Combinations (FASB ASC 805), which significantly changes the principles and requirements for how the acquirer of a business recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any non-controlling interest in the acquiree, and the goodwill acquired. This statement is effective prospectively, except for certain retrospective

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

adjustments to deferred tax balances, for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The Company’s adoption of FASB ASC 805, on April 1, 2009, had no material impact on its financial position or results of operations.

In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued guidance in ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , that defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, expands disclosure about fair value measurements, and introduces the fair value option for certain for certain financial assets and liabilities. The Company adopted the fair value provisions of ASC 820 on April 1, 2008. Prior to adoption, the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for non-financial assets and liabilities were deferred by one year. The Company adopted the fair value provisions of ASC 820 for non-financial assets and liabilities on April 1, 2009. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, result of operations or cash flows.

2. Inventories

Inventories consisted of the following at March 31:

 

     2010     2009  

Raw materials

   $ 7,451      $ 7,361   

Work in progress

     1,831        2,798   

Finished goods

     14,725        16,297   
                
     24,007        26,456   

Valuation reserves

     (1,172     (1,353
                

Net inventory

   $ 22,835      $ 25,103   
                

The following table summarizes the annual charges in our valuation reserve accounts:

 

Pre-Predecessor:

  

Balance at March 31, 2007

   $ 448   

Additions charged to expense

     83   

Charged to reserve

     (1
        

Balance at August 29, 2007

   $ 530   
        

Predecessor:

  

Balance at August 30, 2007

   $ 530   

Additions charged to expense

     1,356   

Charged to reserve

     (58
        

Balance at March 31, 2008

     1,828   

Additions charged to expense

     349   

Charged to reserve

     (824
        

Balance at March 31, 2009

     1,353   

Additions charged to expense

     173   

Charged to reserve

     (354
        

Balance at March 31, 2010

   $ 1,172   
        

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

3. Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following at March 31:

 

     2010     2009  

Land, buildings and improvements

   $ 13,437      $ 13,001   

Machinery and equipment

     11,739        9,757   

Office furniture and equipment

     2,866        2,521   
                
     28,042        25,279   

Accumulated depreciation

     (5,292     (3,024
                
   $ 22,750      $ 22,255   
                

Depreciation expense was $1,998, $1,870, $1,377, and $654 in fiscal 2010 and 2009, for the period from August 30, 2007 to March 31, 2008, and for the period from April 1, 2007 to August 29, 2007, respectively.

4. Acquisition, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

On August 30, 2007, the Company paid approximately $149,633 in cash, including approximately $3,224 in closing costs, and issued 12,942 Class A Member Units to certain Thermon management investors in exchange for all of the common stock and options to acquire common stock of the Pre-Predecessor. The Company financed the cash portion of the acquisition with proceeds from (i) issuance of 33,837 Class A Member Units to Audax for $33,837 and (ii) cash from the issuance of $107,000 of term loans and (iii) cash from the issuance of $9,588 of revolving credit loans.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

 

Assets acquired:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,700   

Accounts receivable, net

     29,812   

Inventories, net

     30,080   

Other current assets

     4,546   

Property, plant and equipment

     20,232   

Identifiable intangible assets

     64,883   

Goodwill

     41,695   

Other noncurrent assets

     50   
        

Total assets

     194,998   

Liabilities assumed:

  

Current liabilities

     18,430   

Other long-term debt

     1,711   

Noncurrent deferred tax liability

     21,071   

Other noncurrent liabilities

     922   
        

Total liabilities

     42,134   

Purchase price

     152,864   

Less: cash

     (3,700
        

Purchase price net of cash

   $ 149,164   
        

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

At March 31, 2010, approximately $3,911 of the purchase price was held in escrow by a third party for the benefit of the Company in the event of any breaches of representations and warranties contained in the definitive agreements.

Other intangible assets at March 31, 2010 consist of the following:

 

     Life      Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net
Carrying
Amount
 

Trademarks

           $ 27,767       $ —         $ 27,767   

Developed technology

     20 years         6,408         828         5,580   

Customer relationships

     10 years         21,632         5,588         16,044   

Backlog

     3-16 months         9,770         9,770         —     

Certifications

             521         57         464   

Noncompete agreements

     5 years         464         240         224   

Other

             58         —           58   
                             

Total

      $ 66,620       $ 16,483       $ 50,137   
                             

Other intangible assets at March 31, 2009 consist of the following:

 

     Life      Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net
Carrying
Amount
 

Trademarks

           $ 24,678       $ —         $ 24,678   

Developed technology

     20 years         5,695         451         5,244   

Customer relationships

     10 years         18,415         2,916         15,499   

Backlog

     3-16 months         8,184         8,184         —     

Certifications

             413         —           413   

Noncompete agreements

     5 years         413         131         282   

Other

             55         —           55   
                             

Total

      $ 57,853       $ 11,682       $ 46,171   
                             

The change in the gross carrying value from March 31, 2009 to March 31, 2010 is mainly related to foreign exchange rate fluctuations.

The Company recorded amortization expense of $2,426, $6,627, $6,716, and $-0- for fiscal year 2010, 2009, the period from August 30, 2007 through March 31, 2008, and the period from April 1, 2007 through August 29, 2007, respectively. Annual amortization for the next five years and thereafter will approximate the following:

 

2011

   $ 2,426   

2012

     2,426   

2013

     2,374   

2014

     2,337   

2015

     2,337   

Thereafter

     9,948   
        

Total

   $ 21,848   
        

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

The following reconciles goodwill recorded at the date of acquisition through March 31, 2010:

 

Balance at acquisition

   $ 41,695   

Foreign currency impact

     876   
        

Balance at March 31, 2008

     42,571   

Reductions

     (734

Foreign currency impact

     (4,829
        

Balance at March 31, 2009

     37,008   

Foreign currency impact

     5,005   
        

Balance at March 31, 2010

   $ 42,013   
        

None of the balance of Goodwill and Other Intangible assets is deductible for income tax purposes.

5. Accrued Liabilities

Accrued current liabilities consisted of the following at March 31:

 

     Fiscal  
     2010      2009  

Accrued employee compensation and related expenses

   $ 6,171       $ 9,180   

Warranty reserve

     699         975   

Professional fees

     1,097         807   

Interest

     280         567   

Taxes payable

     567         395   

Compliance costs

     704         748   

Other

     3,987         1,039   
                 

Total accrued current liabilities

   $ 13,505       $ 13,711   
                 

6. Short-Term Revolving Lines of Credit

The Company’s subsidiary in the Netherlands has a revolving credit facility in the amount of Euro 4,000 (equivalent to $5,381 USD at March 31, 2010) collateralized by receivables, inventory, equipment, furniture and real estate. No loans were outstanding on this facility at March 31, 2010 or 2009.

The Company’s subsidiary in India has a revolving credit facility in the amount of 80,000 rupees (equivalent to $1,777 USD at March 31, 2010). The facility is collateralized by receivables, inventory, real estate, a letter of credit, and cash. No loans were outstanding under the facility at March 31, 2010 or 2009.

The Company’s subsidiary in Australia has a revolving credit facility in the amount of $325 Australian Dollars (equivalent to $298 USD at March 31, 2010). The facility is collateralized by real estate. The facilities had no loans outstanding as of March 31, 2010 or 2009.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

7. Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt consists of the following at March 31:

 

     2010      2009  

Loan advances under $25,000,000 (reduced from $35,000,000 in December 2008) multicurrency revolving credit facility collateralized by substantially all assets of U.S. and Canadian companies including accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, real estate and a portion of the Company’s common stock in certain international affiliates and the guaranty of certain affiliates. Interest is payable periodically based on Lender’s Prime Rate plus 1.75% or LIBOR / BA Rate plus 2.75%. Principal is due at maturity on August 31, 2012.

   $ —         $ —     

Notes payable to lender collateralized by substantially all assets of U.S. and Canadian companies including accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, real estate and a portion of the Company’s common stock in certain international affiliates and the guaranty of certain affiliates. Interest is payable periodically based on LIBOR Rate (0.25% and 0.5% at March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively) plus 5.75%. Principal is due at maturity on August 30, 2014

     109,249         99,032   
                 
     109,249         99,032   

Less current portion

     —           —     
                 
   $ 109,249       $ 99,032   
                 

The change in long-term debt from March 31, 2009 to March 31, 2010 is related to the effect of exchange rates in the amount of $10,217. The carrying amounts of long-term debt approximate their fair values due to their variable interest rates.

Substantially all of the Company’s receivables, inventories and property, plant and equipment are pledged as collateral under one or more of its notes payable and, under the terms of certain of its notes payable, the Company has restrictions on additional indebtedness and dividends and, among other things, must maintain specific cash flow and debt ratios.

Maturities of long-term debt are as follows for the years ended March 31:

 

2011

   $ —     

2012

     —     

2013

     —     

2014

     —     

2015

     109,249   
        

Total

   $ 109,249   
        

8. Related-Party Transactions

The Company paid management fees and expenses to Audax in fiscal year 2010 and 2009 of $862 and $825, and $475 during the period from August 30, 2007 to March 31, 2008. In connection with formation on August 30, 2007, the Company also paid Audax success fees of $2,376 that were expensed, and reimbursed out of pocket expenses of $410 that were included in the cost of the acquisition.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

The Company paid rent of $4 and $5 during the period from August 30, 2007 through March 31, 2008, and the period from April 1, 2007 through August 29, 2007, respectively, to the Company’s President and Chairman for lease of certain buildings and facilities in San Marcos, Texas. There was no such rent paid during fiscal year 2009 and 2010.

Notes receivable and other includes $-0- and $477 due from former shareholders under indemnity agreements at March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

In connection with the acquisition the selling shareholders issued the Company a collateral loan of $2,363 to secure certain letters of credit and bank guarantees. The balance of the loan was repaid in March 2010.

9. Employee Benefits

The Company has defined contribution plans covering substantially all domestic employees and certain foreign subsidiary employees who meet certain service and eligibility requirements. Participant benefits are 100% vested upon participation. The Company matches employee contributions, limited to 50% of the first 6% of each employee’s salary contributed. The Company’s matching contributions to defined contribution plans on a consolidated basis were approximately $749, $697, $339, and $331 in fiscal year 2010 and 2009 and during the period from August 30, 2007 through March 31, 2008, and the period from April 1, 2007 through August 29, 2007, respectively.

The Company has an incentive compensation program to provide employees with incentive pay based on the Company’s ability to achieve certain profitability objectives. The Company recorded approximately $3,253, $5,400, $3,612, and $1,410, for incentive compensation earned during fiscal year 2010 and 2009, the period from August 30, 2007 through March 31, 2008, and the period from April 1, 2007 through August 29, 2007, respectively. The bulk of the incentive is normally paid subsequent to the finalization of fiscal results for the fiscal year. In the fiscal year 2010, the amount actually paid out with respect to fiscal 2009 was reduced by approximately $1,043 and the benefit was reflected in the fiscal 2010 incentive expense.

10. Commitments and Contingencies

At March 31, 2010, the Company had in place letter of credit guarantees from banks, securing performance obligations of the Company, totaling $4,580 relating to certain sales contracts of which $2,066 is secured by cash deposits. Included in prepaid expenses and other current assets at March 31, 2010 and 2009, was approximately $2,066 and $400, respectively, of foreign currency deposits pledged as collateral on performance bonds and letters of credit.

The Company leases various property and equipment under operating leases. Lease expense was approximately $1,697, $1,605, $974, and $747 in fiscal year 2010 and 2009, the period from August 30, 2007 through March 31, 2008, and the period from April 1, 2007 through August 29, 2007, respectively. Future minimum annual lease payments under these leases are as follows for the years ended March 31:

 

2011

   $ 1,490   

2012

     758   

2013

     409   

2014

     311   

2015

     102   

Thereafter

     —     
        
   $ 3,070   
        

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

The Company has entered into information technology service agreements with several vendors. The service fees expense amounted to $1,114, $1,106, $461, and $645 during fiscal year 2010 and 2009, the period from August 30, 2007 through March 31, 2008, and the period from April 1, 2007 through August 29, 2007, respectively. The future annual service fees under the service agreements are as follows for the fiscal years ended March 31:

 

2011

   $ 1,034   

2012

     843   

2013

     329   

2014

     55   

2015

     —     
        
   $ 2,261   
        

In the ordinary course of conducting its business, the Company becomes involved in various lawsuits and administrative proceedings. Some of these proceedings may result in fines, penalties, or judgment being assessed against the Company, which, from time to time, may have an impact on earnings. It is the opinion of management the following proceeding will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operations or financial position.

The Company filed voluntary self disclosure reports with the Department of the Treasury, Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) and the Department of Commerce, Bureau of Industry and Security (BIS) to advise of possible violations of U.S. export control and sanctions laws. The Company settled the matter with OFAC in August 2009 and agreed to pay a civil penalty of $15. The Company settled the matter with BIS in September 2009 and agreed to pay a civil penalty of $176. The penalties and legal expenses related to these matters were reimbursed from a $2,000 escrow fund created under the 2007 Agreement and Plan of Merger (CBT Escrow). The remainder of the CBT Escrow was distributed to former shareholders after the settlements were finalized.

The Company also filed a voluntary self disclosure report to the Department of Commerce (OAC), Office of Antiboycott Compliance to advise of possible violations of U.S. antiboycott regulations. At March 31, 2010, the Company had not received a formal response from the OAC and the Company cannot predict the ultimate outcome or estimate of loss for the petition at this stage. An escrow fund created under the 2007 Agreement and Plan of Merger (the General Indemnity Escrow) will reimburse the Company for fees, penalties and expenses in excess of $1,510 (the Deductible). The General Indemnity Escrow had a balance of $3,911 as of March 31, 2010 (See Note 4). As of March 31, 2010, the Company has incurred $806 in expenses subject to the Deductible. Therefore, if additional fees, penalties and expenses exceed $704, the Company expects to be reimbursed up to the amount then remaining in the General Indemnity Escrow.

The OAC sent draft charging letters to the Company on June 25, 2010 and indicated that it intended to initiate settlement discussions promptly. The amount remaining in the General Indemnity Escrow as of June 28, 2010 is $1,000.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Changes in the Company’s product liability for the three-year period ended March 31, 2010 are as follows:

 

Pre-Predecessor:

  

Balance at March 31, 2007

   $ 464   

Reserve for warranties issued during the period

     107   

Settlements made during the period

     (87
        

Balance at August 29, 2007

   $ 484   
        

Predecessor:

  

Balance at August 30, 2007

   $ 484   

Reserve for warranties issued during the period

     318   

Settlements made during the period

     (186
        

Balance at March 31, 2008

     616   

Reserve for warranties issued during the period

     518   

Settlements made during the period

     (159
        

Balance at March 31, 2009

     975   

Reserve for warranties issued during the period

     188   

Settlements made during the period

     (464
        

Balance at March 31, 2010

   $ 699   
        

11. Members’ Equity

The limited liability company agreement (Operating Agreement) entered into in August 2007 in connection with the acquisition of Thermon sets forth that ownership interests are comprised of Class A Units for investors and a series of Class P Units as profits interest units. The Operating Agreement sets forth the terms of ownership and how the profits, losses and gains will be allocated to the capital accounts of its members. The timing and aggregate amount of distributions to unit holders are determined at the sole discretion of the Board of Managers. Only Class A Units are voting units. Unless specifically agreed, holders of the Company’s ownership interest have no liability for the Company’s obligations.

Units are not transferable, except in limited circumstances as set out in the Operating Agreement.

Class P Units are additionally subject to the terms of the certificate documenting the award, including vesting and repurchase rights at the lower of original cost of fair market value upon separation of service.

In the event of a change of control transactions, Class A Units receive all distributions until capital is returned. Then, Class P units receive all distributions until their capital is returned. Thereafter, Class A Units and Class P-1 Units participate until two times capital is returned. Thereafter, Class A Units and Class P-1 and P-2 Units participate until three times capital is returned. Thereafter, Class A Units and Class P-1, P-2 and P-3 Units participate until four times capital is returned. Thereafter all Units participate. Distributions are currently prohibited by agreement with lenders to the Company.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

In February 2008, certain members of management were issued 6,630 restricted and unvested Class P series units for $7 in cash. These units vest at a rate of 20% at each anniversary of the grant through February 2013, and are exercisable in the event of a change in control transaction. The following table summarizes activity in Member units by class during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010.

 

     Shares
Outstanding
March 31,
2009
     Shares
Forfeited
     Shares
Outstanding
March 31,
2010
     Shares
Vested
March 31,
2010
     Available for
Issuance
March 31,
2010
 

Class A Units

     47,205         —           47,205         —           —     

Class P1 Units

     2,319         —           2,319         929         1,508   

Class P2 Units

     858         —           858         343         560   

Class P3 Units

     906         —           906         363         593   

Class P4 Units

     965         —           965         385         622   
                                            

Total P Units

     5,048         —           5,048         2,020         3,283   
                                            

Total

     52,253         —           52,253         2,020         3,283   
                                            

12. Income Taxes

Income taxes included in the consolidated income statement consisted of the following:

 

     Predecessor           Pre-Predecessor  
     Year Ended
March 31,
2010
     Year Ended
March 31,
2009
    For the Period
From
August 30,
2007 Through
March  31,
2008
          For the Period
from April 1,
2007 Through
August 29, 2007
 

Current provision:

             

Federal provision

   $ 4,481       $ 4,643      $ 1,189          $ 202   

Foreign provision

     5,168         8,427        3,242            1,735   

State provision (benefit)

     277         347        165            (87

Deferred provision:

             

Federal deferred provision (benefit)

     3,413         (8,367     18,161            (178

Foreign deferred provision (benefit)

     617         (3,082     (2,576         26   

State deferred provision (benefit)

     10         (173     (162         (5
                                     

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 13,966       $ 1,795      $ 20,019          $ 1,693   
                                     

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities were as follows:

 

     March 31,  
     2010      2009  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Accrued liabilities and reserves

   $ 874       $ 1,372   

Inventories

     251         294   

Pensions

     100         67   

International, net

     203         139   
                 
     1,428         1,872   
                 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Intangible assets

     12,171         11,755   

Property, plant and equipment

     2,860         2,522   

Canadian debt facility

     14,945         11,973   

Other

     167         296   
                 
     30,143         26,546   
                 

Net deferred tax liability

   $ 28,715       $ 24,674   
                 

The U.S. and non-U.S. components of income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes were as follows:

 

     Predecessor           Pre-Predecessor  
     Year Ended
March 31,
2010
     Year Ended
March 31,
2009
     For the
Period From
August 30,
2007
Through
March 31,
2008
          For the Period
from April 1,
2007 Through
August 29, 2007
 

U.S.

   $ 14,398       $ 10,766       $ 557          $ (4,572

Non-U.S.

     18,508         17,430         (766         5,480   
                                      

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ 32,906       $ 28,196       $ (209       $ 908   
                                      

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

The difference between the provision for income taxes and the amount that would result from applying the U.S. statutory tax rate to income before provision for income taxes is as follows:

 

     Predecessor           Pre-Predecessor  
     Year Ended
March 31,
2010
    Year Ended
March 31,
2009
    For the Period
From
August 30,
2007 Through
March 31,
2008
          For the Period
from April 1,
2007 Through
August 29, 2007
 

Notional U.S. federal income tax expense (benefit) at the statutory rate

   $ 11,517      $ 9,888      $ (67       $ 327   

Adjustments to reconcile to the income tax provision (benefit):

            

U.S. state income tax provision (benefit), net

     86        51        155            14   

Effects on Canadian debt facility

     2,463        (7,755     19,997            —     

Rate difference—international subsidiaries

     (410     (1,122     (5         1,826   

Nondeductible charges

     38        (36     60            (574

Adjustment to tax account balances

     251        479        (258         (47

Other

     21        290        137            147   
                                    

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

   $ 13,966      $ 1,795      $ 20,019          $ 1,693   
                                    

The Company views undistributed earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries as permanently re-invested. Foreign tax credits would substantially offset any such earnings should they be distributed and, therefore, the Company has provided no deferred taxes related to these earnings.

In connection with obtaining financing in Canada during the acquisition discussed in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, the stock of Thermon Canada, a subsidiary of Thermon Manufacturing Company (“TMC”), was transferred to Thermon Holding Corp. (“THC”). This caused TMC to realize a gain on the difference between its tax basis in Thermon Canada and the fair market value of Thermon Canada’s stock under IRC Section 311(b); however, the gain was deferred under the consolidated return rules and created a “deferred intercompany gain”. This deferred gain is a tax attribute which is not reflected on the financial statements of the Company since it is avoidable.

Additionally, as a result of certain transactions related to the acquisition and internal reorganization, Thermon Canada was deemed to have assumed approximately CAD 54 million of third party debt from its U.S. parent for U.S. income tax purposes. As a general rule, the assumption of a parent’s debt by a wholly-owned subsidiary is the equivalent of a dividend from the subsidiary to the parent. However, since THC remains jointly and severally liable on the debt pursuant to the credit agreement, the constructive dividend is not deemed to occur until Thermon Canada pays interest and/or principal on the debt thereby relieving THC of its obligation. The deemed assumption of the debt created a deferred tax liability, which will reverse as debt service payments are made over the term of the loan. Furthermore, since the debt is in Canadian currency, the deferred tax liability recorded on the U.S. financial statements is also subject to fluctuations in the foreign currency exchange rate each year.

As of March 31, 2010, the tax years 2004 through 2009 remain open to examination by the major taxing jurisdictions to which we are subject.

As a result of the implementation of the pronouncement entitled Accounting for Uncertainty of Income Taxes, the Company recognized no change in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits and no adjustments to the April 1, 2009 balance of retained earnings.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

13. Miscellaneous Income (Expense)

Miscellaneous income (expense) included in the consolidated income statement consisted of the following for the year ended March 31:

 

     Predecessor           Pre-Predecessor  
     Year Ended
March 31,
2010
    Year Ended
March 31,
2009
    For the  Period
From

August 30,
2007 Through
March 31,
2008
          For the Period
from April 1,
2007 Through
August 29, 2007
 

Professional fees and expenses related to proposed capital transactions

   $ (1,012   $ (1,273   $ (3,470       $ (5,350

Compliance fees and costs

     —          (1,220     (300         —     

Employee compensation related to sale on August 29, 2007

     —          —          —              (3,930

Other

     (273     627        55            58   
                                    

Total

   $ (1,285   $ (3,120   $ (3,715       $ (9,222
                                    

14. Geographic Information

The Company has determined its operating segments using the management approach. The management approach designates the internal organization that is used by management for making operating decisions and assessing performance as the source of our operating segments. It requires disclosures about products and services, geographic areas and major customers.

The Company has defined its operating segment based on geographic regions. The Company sells its products in two geographic regions. The Company’s sales in these regions share similar economic characteristics, similar product mix, similar customers and similar distribution methods. Accordingly, the Company elected to aggregate these two geographic regions into a single operating segment. Revenue from the sale of its products which are similar in nature and revenue from construction and engineering are reflected as sales in its consolidated statement of operations.

Within its operating segment, the Company has provided further detail for those countries or regions that generate significant revenue and operating income. For purposes of this note, revenue is attributed to individual countries on the basis of the physical location and jurisdiction of organization of the subsidiary that invoices the material and services.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Total sales, operating income and long-lived assets, classified by major geographic areas in which the Company operates are as follows:

 

     Predecessor            Pre-Predecessor  
     Year
Ended
March 31,
2010
    Year Ended
March 31,
2009
    For the
Period
August 30,
2007 Through
March 31,
2008
           For the Period
April 1, 2007
Through
August 29, 2007
 

Sales by geographic area:

             

Western hemisphere:

             

United States

   $ 65,453      $ 61,931      $ 43,325           $ 23,298   

Canada

     50,740        60,528        33,582             13,272   

Elsewhere in the Western Hemisphere

     1,165        2,151        1,224             2,299   

Intercompany sales

     38,149        45,721        24,225             13,347   
                                         
     155,507        170,331        102,356             52,216   

Eastern hemisphere:

             

Europe

     52,329        50,114        29,851             13,995   

Asia

     23,027        28,031        16,215             8,751   

Intercompany sales

     2,105        1,741        1,480             864   
                                         
     77,461        79,886        47,546             23,610   
                                         

Eliminations

     (40,255     (47,462     (25,706          (14,211
                                         
     192,713        202,755        124,196             61,615   
 

Operating income:

             

Western hemisphere:

             

United States

     14,496        14,051        3,141             2,107   

Canada

     15,212        12,769        4,699             3,344   

Elsewhere in the Western Hemisphere

     (128     569        145             762   

Eastern hemisphere:

             

Europe

     8,597        10,360        2,174             2,852   

Asia

     3,866        3,892        2,387             1,461   

Unallocated:

             

Management fees

     (862     (825     (475          —    

Other

     362        49        (744          106   
                                         
   $ 41,543      $ 40,865      $ 11,327           $ 10,632   
                                         
     March 31,  
     2010      2009  

Long-lived assets

     

Western hemisphere

   $ 18,852       $ 18,511   

Eastern hemisphere

     3,898         3,744   
                 
   $ 22,750       $ 22,255   
                 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

15. Subsequent Events

In April 2010, a group of private equity entities led by Code Hennessy & Simmons LLC (CHS) purchased Thermon Holding Corp. from its then-existing owners (primarily equity group Audax) for approximately $310 million in a transaction that was financed by approximately $129 million of equity, and $210 million of debt raised in a private bond offering under Rule 144A-sales to qualified investors. These financings include amounts used to purchase the business as well as transaction costs.

16. Summary of Significant Differences Between Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) in the United States and Canada

The accounting principles followed by the Company conform with U.S. GAAP. Significant differences affecting the Company between U.S. GAAP and Canadian GAAP as it relates to Thermon Canada, Inc are summarized below.

(a) Consolidated Balance Sheets under U.S. GAAP

 

     As of March 31,  
     2010      2009  

ASSETS

     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 30,147       $ 13,402   

Accounts receivable

     41,882         37,874   

Notes receivable and other

     3         558   

Inventories

     22,835         25,103   

Cost and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts

     1,636         2,458   

Income tax receivable

     1,368         370   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     4,331         3,649   

Deferred income taxes (Note d)

     1,428         1,872   
                 

Total current assets

     103,630         85,286   

Property, plant and equipment

     22,750         22,255   

Goodwill (Note c)

     42,013         37,008  

Intangibles, net (Note c)

     50,137         46,171   

Deferred issuance cost (Note b)

     2,586         3,016   
                 

Total assets

   $ 221,116       $ 193,736   
                 

LIABILITIES

     

Current liabilities

   $ 26,233       $ 29,532   

Long term debt (Note b)

     109,249         99,032   

Deferred income taxes (Note d)

     30,005         26,361   

Other noncurrent liabilities

     555         597   
                 

Total liabilities

     166,042         155,522   

Commitments and contingencies

     

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     

Members’ equity (Note e)

     55,074         38,214   
                 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 221,116       $ 193,736   
                 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

(b) Deferred issuance cost

Under GAAP in the United States, debt issuance costs are capitalized as an asset and amortized over the term of the debt. Canadian GAAP does not permit an entity to classify debt issuance costs as deferred charges but instead requires capitalized financing fees to be deducted from the amortized cost of the debt. As such, the long term debt balance is approximately $1.0 million lower under Canadian GAAP with the balance being recorded as a deferred issuance cost in the consolidated financial statements under U.S. GAAP. No differences were noted as it related to the statement of operations.

(c) Push down accounting

In connection with the Audax Transaction in fiscal year 2008, approximately 70% of Thermon Industries, Inc. was acquired by the private equity investor and the remaining 30% consisted of management rollover equity. Pursuant to pre-codification guidance under EITF 88-16, Basis in Leveraged Buyout Transactions , and pre-codification guidance under EITF 90-12, Allocating Basis to Individual Assets and Liabilities for Transactions within the Scope of Issue No. 88-16 , under GAAP in the United States, if less than 100% of a Company is acquired, the portion of the Company not acquired is valued at the predecessor basis. Such provision does not exist under Canadian GAAP, therefore 100% of the step-up was recorded under GAAP in Canada. This resulted in a basis difference of approximately $3.2 million in the opening balance sheet as of August 30, 2007. The basis differences as of March 31, 2010 and 2009 were $2.8 million and $2.4 million, respectively, including the effects of foreign currency fluctuations. See note (e) below as it relates to the effects on the statement of operations for the periods presented.

(d) Taxes

Tax accounting rules are essentially the same under both U.S. and Canadian GAAP, tax account differences can arise from differing treatment of various assets and liabilities. Based on an analysis performed by the Company for the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, no significant differences were identified. On April 1, 2009, we adopted the provisions of FIN 48 (as codified in ASC topic 740 “Income Taxes”) (“ASC 740”) for U.S. GAAP purposes. ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. ASC 740 requires that we recognize in our consolidated financial statements, only those tax positions that are “more-likely-than-not” of being sustained as of the adoption date, based on the technical merits of the position. As a result of the implementation of ASC 740, we performed a comprehensive review of our material tax positions in accordance with recognition and measurement standards established by ASC 740. Based on this review the provisions of ASC 740 had no effect on our financial position, cash flows or results of operations at either March 31, 2010 or March 31, 2009.

(e) Statement of operations and statement of members’ equity/shareholders’ equity

The adjustments to comply with GAAP in the United States for the Predecessor years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, and the period from August 30, 2007 to March 31, 2008; and for the Pre-Predecessor period from April 1, 2007 to August 29, 2007 would have no material effect on net income or members’ equity/shareholders’ equity. As a result of the difference in basis related to intangible assets under U.S. GAAP disclosed further under (c) above, less amortization expense was recorded under U.S. GAAP for the Predecessor years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, and the period from August 30, 2007 to March 31, 2008 of approximately $160, $530, and $420. No such basis difference was noted during the Pre-predecessor period.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

(f) Statements of cash flow

The adjustment to comply with GAAP in the United States for the Predecessor the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, and the period from August 30, 2007 to March 31, 2008; and for the Pre-Predecessor period from April 1, 2007 to August 29, 2007 would have no effect on net cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities, cash provided by (used in) financing activities, and cash used in investing activities aside from the difference in amortization expense disclosed under (e) above.

17. Summary of Significant Differences Between Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) in the United States and Australia

The accounting principles followed by the Company conform with U.S. GAAP. No significant differences affecting the Company between U.S. GAAP and Australian GAAP as it relates to Thermon Australia, PTY., LTD were identified for the Predecessor years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, and the period from August 30, 2007 to March 31, 2008; and for the Pre-Predecessor period from April 1, 2007 to August 29, 2007.

18. Guarantor Consolidation

Thermon Industries, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Thermon Holdings, LLC, assumed the obligations of Thermon Finance, Inc. under the senior secured notes issued in connection with the sale by Thermon Holdings, LLC of Thermon Holding Corp. to Thermon Group, Inc. in April 2010 (See Note 15). The senior secured notes is guaranteed by Thermon Holding Corp. and each of its existing and future wholly-owned U.S. Subsidiaries other than Thermon Industries, Inc. However, all other subsidiaries located outside of the United States are not guarantors under the senior secured notes. The accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2009 and the accompanying condensed statements of operations and cash flows for the year ended March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2009 and for the period from August 30, 2007 through March 31, 2008, represent the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of Thermon Holdings, LLC, Thermon Holding Corp. and other U.S. restricted subsidiaries. The information is presented on the equity method of accounting together with elimination entries necessary to reconcile to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Condensed Statement of Operations

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

     Year Ended March 31, 2010  
     Thermon
Holdings, LLC
     Thermon
Holding Corp.
(Guarantor)
    Thermon
Industries, Inc.
(Issuer)
    Thermon
Manufacturing
Company and
U.S.
Subsidiaries
(Guarantor)
    International
Subsidiaries
(Non-
guarantors)
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Revenues

   $ —         $ —        $ —        $ 101,712      $ 131,256      $ (40,255   $ 192,713   

Cost of sales

     —           —          —          65,554        76,462        (40,615     101,401   
                                                         

Gross profit

     —           —          —          36,158        54,794        360        91,312   

Operating expenses:

               

Marketing, general and administrative and engineering

     —           —          —          22,069        25,274        —          47,343   

Amortization of other intangible assets

     —           —          —          454        1,972        —          2,426   
                                                         

Income from operations

     —           —          —          13,635        27,548        360        41,543   

Other income/(expenses):

               

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

     18,940         18,940        12,271        11,274        —          (61,425     —     

Interest income

     —           4,016        4,016        41        (16     (8,051     6   

Interest expense

     —           (4,016     (4,016     (4,016     (3,341     8,032        (7,357

Miscellaneous income (expense) and other

     —           —          —          4,397        (5,683     —          (1,286
                                                         
     18,940         18,940        12,271        11,696        (9,040     (61,444     (8,637

Income before provision for income taxes

     18,940         18,940        12,271        25,331        18,508        (61,084     32,906   

Income taxes

     —           —          —          (8,309     (5,547     (110     (13,966
                                                         

Net income (loss)

   $ 18,940       $ 18,940      $ 12,271      $ 17,022      $ 12,961      $ (61,194   $ 18,940   
                                                         

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Condensed Statement of Operations—(continued)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

     Year Ended March 31, 2009  
     Thermon
Holdings, LLC
     Thermon
Holding Corp.
(Guarantor)
    Thermon
Industries, Inc.
(Issuer)
    Thermon
Manufacturing
Company and
U.S.
Subsidiaries
(Guarantor)
    International
Subsidiaries
(Non-
guarantors)
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Revenues

   $ —         $ —        $ —        $ 104,693      $ 145,524      $ (47,462   $ 202,755   

Cost of sales

     —           —          —          66,360        86,527        (47,431     105,456   
                                                         

Gross profit

     —           —          —          38,333        58,997        (31     97,299   

Operating expenses:

               

Marketing, general and administrative and engineering

     —           —          —          24,644        25,234        (71     49,807   

Amortization of other intangible assets

     —           —          —          382        6,173        72        6,627   
                                                         

Income from operations

     —           —          —          13,307        27,590        (32     40,865   

Other income/(expenses):

               

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

     26,401         26,401        22,883        13,578        —          (89,263     —     

Interest income

     —           5,275        5,275        36        96        (10,588     94   

Interest expense

     —           (5,275     (5,275     (5,275     (4,377     10,577        (9,625

Miscellaneous income (expense) and other

     —           —          —          2,785        (5,879     (44     (3,138
                                                         
     26,401         26,401        22,883        11,124        (10,160     (89,318     (12,669

Income before provision for income taxes

     26,401         26,401        22,883        24,431        17,430        (89,350     28,196   

Income taxes

     —           —          —          3,221        (5,023     7        (1,795
                                                         

Net income (loss)

   $ 26,401       $ 26,401      $ 22,883      $ 27,652      $ 12,407      $ (89,343   $ 26,401   
                                                         

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Condensed Statement of Operations—(continued)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

     For the Period From August 30, 2007 Through March 31, 2008  
     Thermon
Holdings, LLC
    Thermon
Holding Corp.
(Guarantor)
    Thermon
Industries, Inc.
(Issuer)
    Thermon
Manufacturing
Company and
U.S.
Subsidiaries
(Guarantor)
    International
Subsidiaries
(Non-
guarantors)
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Revenues

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 66,378      $ 83,524      $ (25,706   $ 124,196   

Cost of sales

     —          —          —          48,694        53,099        (25,502     76,291   
                                                        

Gross profit

     —          —          —          17,684        30,425        (204     47,905   

Operating expenses:

              

Marketing, general and administrative and engineering

     —          —          —          13,740        16,122        —          29,862   

Amortization of other intangible assets

     —          —          —          1,312        5,475        (71     6,716   
                                                        

Income from operations

     —          —          —          2,632        8,828        (133     11,327   

Other income/(expenses):

              

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

     (20,228     (20,228     (18,438     2,949        —          55,945        —     

Interest income

     —          3,990        3,990        98        58        (7,982     154   

Interest expense

     —          (3,990     (3,990     (3,990     (3,947     7,983        (7,934

Miscellaneous income (expense) and other

     —          —          —          1,562        (5,705     387        (3,756
                                                        
     (20,228     (20,228     (18,438     619        (9,594     56,333        (11,536

Income before provision for income taxes

     (20,228     (20,228     (18,438     3,251        (766     56,200        (209

Income taxes

     —          —          —          (19,561     (515     57        (20,019
                                                        

Net income (loss)

   $ (20,228   $ (20,228   $ (18,438   $ (16,310   $ (1,281   $ 56,257      $ (20,228
                                                        

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Condensed Statement of Operations—(continued)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

    For the Period From April 1, 2007 Through August 29, 2007  
    Thermon
Holdings, LLC (1)
    Thermon
Holding Corp.
(Guarantor) (1)
    Thermon
Industries, Inc.
(Issuer)
    Thermon
Manufacturing
Company and
U.S.
Subsidiaries
(Guarantor)
    International
Subsidiaries
(Non-
guarantors)
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Revenues

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 36,214      $ 39,612      $ (14,211   $ 61,615   

Cost of sales

    —         —         —         24,714        23,387        (14,300     33,801   
                                                       

Gross profit

    —         —         —         11,500        16,225        89        27,814   

Operating expenses:

             

Marketing, general and administrative and engineering

    —         —         —         9,376        7,806        —         17,182   

Amortization of other intangible assets

    —         —         —         —          —          —          —     
                                                       

Income from operations

    —         —         —         2,124        8,419        89        10,632   

Other income/(expenses):

             

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

    —         —         (785 )     4,787        —         (4,002     —    

Interest income

    —         —         —         1        12        —         13   

Interest expense

    —         —         —         (359     (81     —         (440

Miscellaneous income (expense) and other

    —         —         —         (6,427     (2,844     (26     (9,297
                                                       
    —         —         (785 )     (1,998     (2,913     (4,028     (9,724

Income before provision for income taxes

    —         —         (785 )     126        5,506        (3,939     908   

Income taxes

    —         —         —         2        (1,659     (36     (1,693
                                                       

Net income (loss)

  $ —        $ —        $ (785   $ 128      $ 3,847      $ (3,975   $ (785
                                                       

 

(1) Thermon Holdings, LLC and Thermon Holding Corp. were not part of the Company’s organizational structure during the period from April 1, 2007 through August 29, 2007; rather, they were added in connection with the closing of the Audax Transaction, which was completed on August 30, 2007.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Condensed Balance Sheet

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

     Year Ended March 31, 2010  
     Thermon
Holdings, LLC
     Thermon
Holding Corp.
(Guarantor)
     Thermon
Industries, Inc.
(Issuer)
     Thermon
Manufacturing
Company and
U.S.
Subsidiaries
(Guarantor)
     International
Subsidiaries
(Non-
guarantors)
     Eliminations     Consolidated  

Assets

                   

Current assets

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 4,692       $ 25,455       $ —        $ 30,147   

Accounts receivable, net

     —           —           —           15,829         30,472         (4,419     41,882   

Notes and other

     —           —           —           3,024         3         (3,024     3   

Inventories, net

     —           —           —           10,666         13,531         (1,362     22,835   

Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts

     —           —           —           1,209         427         —          1,636   

Income taxes receivable

     —           —           —           1,098         270         —          1,368   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     —           —           —           1,633         2,291         407        4,331   

Deferred income taxes

     —           —           —           1,125         303         —          1,428   
                                                             

Total current assets

     —           —           —           39,276         72,752         (8,398     103,630   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     —           —           —           15,366         7,384         —          22,750   

Goodwill

     —           —           —           15,404         26,609         —          42,013   

Intangible assets, net

     —           —           —           12,858         37,279         —          50,137   

Debt issuance costs, net

     —           —           —           1,545         1,041         —          2,586   

Intercompany loans

     —           56,000         56,000         335         —           (112,335     —     

Investment in subsidiaries

     55,074         55,074         28,409         63,467         —           (202,024     —     
                                                             
   $ 55,074       $ 111,074       $ 84,409       $ 148,251       $ 145,065       $ (322,757   $ 221,116   
                                                             

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Condensed Balance Sheet—(continued)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

     Year Ended March 31, 2010  
     Thermon
Holdings, LLC
     Thermon
Holding Corp.
(Guarantor)
     Thermon
Industries, Inc.
(Issuer)
     Thermon
Manufacturing
Company and
U.S.
Subsidiaries
(Guarantor)
     International
Subsidiaries
(Non-
guarantors)
     Eliminations     Consolidated  

Liabilities and members’ equity

                   

Current liabilities:

                   

Accounts payable

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 4,232       $ 9,001       $ (3,836   $ 9,397   

Accrued liabilities

     —           —           —           6,671         9,262         (2,428     13,505   

Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts

     —           —           —           1,035         —           —          1,035   

Income taxes payable

     —           —           —           182         1,976         —          2,158   

Notes payable

     —           —           —           1,155         358         (1,513     —     

Deferred income taxes

     —           —           —           138         —           —          138   
                                                             

Total current liabilities

     —           —           —           13,413         20,597         (7,777     26,233   

Long-term debt, net of current maturities

     —           56,000         —           —           53,249         —          109,249   

Intercompany debt

     —           —           56,000         56,000         —           (112,000     —     

Deferred income taxes

     —           —           —           21,861         8,144         —          30,005   

Other noncurrent liabilities

     —           —           —           —           555         —          555   

Members’/shareholder’s equity

     55,074         55,074         28,409         56,977         62,520         (202,980     55,074   
                                                             
   $ 55,074       $ 111,074       $ 84,409       $ 148,251       $ 145,065       $ (322,757   $ 221,116   
                                                             

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Condensed Balance Sheet—(continued)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

     Year Ended March 31, 2009  
     Thermon
Holdings, LLC
     Thermon
Holding Corp.
(Guarantor)
     Thermon
Industries, Inc.
(Issuer)
     Thermon
Manufacturing
Company and
U.S.
Subsidiaries
(Guarantor)
     International
Subsidiaries
(Non-
guarantors)
     Eliminations     Consolidated  

Assets

                   

Current assets

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ —          $ —          $ —          $ 5,912       $ 7,490       $ —         $ 13,402   

Accounts receivable, net

     —            —            —            15,204         28,433         (5,763     37,874   

Notes and other

     432         —            —            3,323         81         (3,278     558   

Inventories, net

     —            —            —            12,329         14,498         (1,724     25,103   

Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts

     —            —            —            1,398         1,060         —           2,458   

Income taxes receivable

     —            —            —            143         227         —           370   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     —            —            —            1,091         2,558         —           3,649   

Deferred income taxes

     —            —            —            1,150         161         561        1,872   
                                                             

Total current assets

     432         —            —            40,550         54,508         (10,204     85,286   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     —            —            —            15,321         6,934         —           22,255   

Goodwill

     —            —            —            15,404         21,604         —           37,008   

Intangible assets, net

     —            —            —            13,312         32,859         —           46,171   

Debt issuance costs, net

     —            —            —            1,973         1,043         —           3,016   

Deferred income taxes non-current

     —            —            —            —            45         (45     —      

Intercompany loans

     —            56,000         56,000         80         —            (112,080     —      

Investment in subsidiaries

     37,782         37,782         22,167         52,909         —            (150,640     —      
                                                             
   $ 38,214       $ 93,782       $ 78,167       $ 139,549       $ 116,993       $ (272,969   $ 193,736   
                                                             

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Condensed Balance Sheet—(continued)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

     Year Ended March 31, 2009  
     Thermon
Holdings,
LLC
     Thermon
Holding Corp.
(Guarantor)
     Thermon
Industries, Inc.
(Issuer)
     Thermon
Manufacturing
Company and
U.S. Subsidiaries
(Guarantor)
     International
Subsidiaries
(Non-guarantors)
     Eliminations     Consolidated  

Liabilities and members’ equity

                   

Current liabilities:

                   

Accounts payable

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 4,739       $ 11,867       $ (6,148   $ 10,458   

Accrued liabilities

     —           —           —           8,546         6,407         (1,242     13,711   

Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts

     —           —           —           1,038         —           —          1,038   

Income taxes payable

     —           —           —           153         1,624         —          1,777   

Notes payable

     —           —           —           1,587         145         (1,732     —     

Due to former shareholders

     —           —           —           2,363         —           —          2,363   

Deferred income taxes

     —           —           —           185         —           —          185   
                                                             

Total current liabilities

     —           —           —           18,611         20,043         (9,122     29,532   

Long-term debt, net of current maturities

     —           56,000         —           —           43,032         —          99,032   

Intercompany debt

     —           —           56,000         56,000         —           (112,000     —     

Deferred income taxes

     —           —           —           18,933         7,428         —          26,361   

Other noncurrent liabilities

     —           —           —           —           597         —          597   

Members’/shareholder’s equity

     38,214         37,782         22,167         46,005         45,893         (151,847     38,214   
                                                             
   $ 38,214       $ 93,782       $ 78,167       $ 139,549       $ 116,993       $ (272,969   $ 193,736   
                                                             

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Condensed Statement of Cash Flows

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

     Year Ended March 31, 2010  
     Thermon
Holdings, LLC
    Thermon
Holding Corp.
(Guarantor)
    Thermon
Industries, Inc.
(Issuer)
    Thermon
Manufacturing
Company and
U.S. Subsidiaries
(Guarantor)
    International
Subsidiaries
(Non-guarantors)
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Net cash provided by operations

   $ 8,600      $ 8,600      $ 8,600      $ 8,848      $ 19,162      $ (29,129   $ 24,681   

Investing activities

              

Proceeds from sales of P.P.& E.

     —          —          —          2        —          —          2   

Purchases of P.P.& E.

     —          —          —          (1,200     (387     —          (1,587

Other investing transactions

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —     
                                                        

Net cash (used) in investing activities

     —          —          —          (1,198     (387     —          (1,585

Financing activities

              

Payments on debt

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Payment of dividends to members

     (8,600     —          —          —          —          —          (8,600

Payment of intercompany dividends

     —          (8,600     (8,600     (8,600     (2,856     28,656        —     

Change in affiliate debt

     —          —          —          (270     (203     473        —     
                                                        

Net cash (used) in financing activities

     (8,600     (8,600     (8,600     (8,870     (3,059     29,129        (8,600

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     —          —          —          —          2,249        —          2,249   

Change in cash and cash equivalents

     —          —          —          (1,220     17,965        —          16,745   

Cash at beginning of period

     —          —          —          5,912        7,490        —          13,402   
                                                        

Cash at end of period

   $ —        $ —        $        $ 4,692      $ 25,455      $ —        $ 30,147   
                                                        

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Condensed Statement of Cash Flows—(continued)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

     Year Ended March 31, 2009  
     Thermon
Holdings, LLC
     Thermon
Holding Corp.
(Guarantor)
    Thermon
Industries, Inc.
(Issuer)
     Thermon
Manufacturing
Company and
U.S. Subsidiaries
(Guarantor)
    International
Subsidiaries
(Non-guarantors)
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Net cash provided by operations

   $ —         $ —        $ —         $ 10,206      $ 15,262      $ (1,782   $ 23,686   

Investing activities

                

Proceeds from sales of P.P.&E.

     —           —          —           21        11        —          32   

Purchases of P.P.&E.

     —           —          —           (1,387     (1,321     —          (2,708

Other investing transactions

     —           —          —           408        —          —          408   
                                                          

Net cash (used) in investing activities

     —           —          —           (958     (1,310     —          (2,268

Financing activities

                

Payments on debt

     —           (4,588     —           (1,080     (6,599     —          (12,267

Payment of intercompany dividends

     —           —          —           —          (1,948     1,948        —     

Change in affiliate debt

     —           4,588        —           (5,261     839        (166     —     
                                                          

Net cash (used) in financing activities

     —           —          —           (6,341     (7,708     1,782        (12,267

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     —           —          —           —          (2,223     —          (2,223

Change in cash and cash equivalents

     —           —          —           2,907        4,021        —          6,928   

Cash at beginning of period

     —           —          —           3,005        3,469        —          6,474   
                                                          

Cash at end of period

   $ —         $ —        $ —         $ 5,912      $ 7,490      $ —        $ 13,402   
                                                          

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Condensed Statement of Cash Flows—(continued)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

     For the Period From August 30, 2007 Through March 31, 2008  
     Thermon
Holdings, LLC
    Thermon
Holding Corp.
(Guarantor)
    Thermon
Industries, Inc.
(Issuer)
     Thermon
Manufacturing
Company and
U.S. Subsidiaries
(Guarantor)
    International
Subsidiaries
(Non-guarantors)
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Net cash provided by operations

   $ —        $ —        $ —         $ 11,306      $ (2,783   $ 805      $ 9,328   

Investing activities

               

Proceeds from sales of P.P.& E.

     —          —          —           1        11        —          12   

Purchases of P.P.&E.

     —          —          —           (2,463     (1,766     —          (4,229

Cash paid for Thermon Industries, Inc.

     —          (145,933     —           —          —          —          (145,933

Purchase accounting adjustments

     —          47,843        —           (3,438     (46,832     2,427        —     

Investment in subsidiaries

     (37,502     —          —           —          —          37,502        —     
                                                         

Net cash (used) in investing activities

     (37,502     (98,090     —           (5,900     (48,587     39,929        (150,150

Financing activities

               

Proceeds from debt issued, net of costs

     —          60,588        —           (2,401     54,823        —          113,010   

Issuance of common stock

     37,502        37,502        —           —          —          (40,734     34,270   
                                                         

Net cash (used) in financing activities

     37,502        98,090        —           (2,401     54,823        (40,734     147,280   

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     —          —          —           —          16        —          16   

Change in cash and cash equivalents

     —          —          —           3,005        3,469        —          6,474   

Cash at beginning of period

     —          —          —           —          —          —          —     
                                                         

Cash at end of period

   $ —        $ —        $ —         $ 3,005      $ 3,469      $ —        $ 6,474   
                                                         

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Condensed Statement of Cash Flows—(continued)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

    For the Period From April 1, 2007 Through August 29, 2007  
    Thermon
Holdings, LLC (1)
    Thermon
Holding Corp.
(Guarantor) (1)
    Thermon
Industries, Inc.
(Issuer)
    Thermon
Manufacturing
Company and
U.S. Subsidiaries
(Guarantor)
    International
Subsidiaries
(Non-guarantors)
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Net cash provided by operations

  $ —       $ —       $ (39 )   $ (10,424   $ (110   $ —        $ (10,573

Investing activities

             

Proceeds from sales of P.P.& E and insurance recoveries.

    —          —          —         1,279        —         —         1,279   

Purchases of P.P.&E.

    —          —          —          (477     (608     —          (1,085
                                                       

Net cash (used) in investing activities

    —          —          —          802        (608     —          194   

Financing activities

             

Proceeds from revolving lines of credit

    —         —          —          39,333        —          —          39,333   

Payments on revolving lines of credit

    —         —          —          (26,475     (2,027 )     —          (28,502

Issuance of common stock

    —          —          39       —          —          —          39   
                                                       

Net cash (used) in financing activities

    —          —          39       12,858        (2,027     —          10,870   

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    —          —          —          —          1,147        —          1,147   

Change in cash and cash equivalents

    —          —          —          3,236        (1,598     —          1,638   

Cash at beginning of period

    —          —          —          60       2,002        —          2,062   
                                                       

Cash at end of period

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 3,296      $ 404      $ —        $ 3,700   
                                                       

 

(1) Thermon Holdings, LLC and Thermon Holding Corp. were not part of the Company’s organizational structure during the period from April 1, 2007 through August 29, 2007; rather, they were added in connection with the closing of the Audax Transaction, which was completed on August 30, 2007.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

19. Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

The following quarterly results have been derived from unaudited consolidated financial statements that, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation of such quarterly information. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period. The unaudited quarterly financial data for each of the eight quarters in the two years ended March 31, 2010 are as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     June 30
2009
     September 30
2009
     December 31
2009
     March 31
2010
 

Sales

   $ 50,812       $ 44,745       $ 47,348       $ 49,808   

Gross profit

     22,837         22,906         23,196         22,373   

Income from operations

     11,254         11,877         10,235         8,177   

Net income

   $ 5,243       $ 5,304       $ 4,182       $ 4,212   

 

     Three Months Ended  
     June 30
2008
     September 30
2008
     December 31
2008
     March 31
2009
 

Sales

   $ 53,398       $ 52,060       $ 52,766       $ 44,531   

Gross profit

     22,875         25,657         26,712         22,055   

Income from operations

     7,900         11,193         12,345         9,428   

Net income

   $ 4,541       $ 6,088       $ 7,115       $ 8,656   

 

F-51


Table of Contents

 

 

Thermon Holding Corp.

Unaudited Financial Statements for the Three and Six Months

Ended September 30, 2010

 

 

 

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Thermon Holding Corp.

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

     September 30,
2010
(Successor)
           March 31,
2010
(Predecessor)
 

Assets

         

Current assets:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 15,663           $ 30,147   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,389 and $1,835 as of September 30, 2010 and March 31, 2010, respectively

     54,481             41,882   

Notes receivable and other

     725             3   

Inventories, net

     27,679             22,835   

Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts

     2,186             1,636   

Income taxes receivable

     3,365             1,368   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     7,326             4,331   

Deferred income taxes

     1,417             1,428   
                     

Total current assets

     112,842             103,630   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     22,793             22,750   

Goodwill

     133,238             42,013   

Intangible assets, net

     132,566             50,137   

Debt issuance costs, net

     12,880             2,586   
                     
   $  414,319           $  221,116   
                     
 

Liabilities and shareholder’s/members’ equity

         

Current liabilities:

         

Accounts payable

   $ 20,358           $ 9,397   

Accrued liabilities

     20,639             13,505   

Obligations due to settle the CHS transaction

     4,156             —     

Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts

     1,181             1,035   

Income taxes payable

     739             2,158   

Notes payable, current

     394             —     

Deferred income taxes

     —               138   
                     

Total current liabilities

     47,467             26,233   

Long-term debt, net of current maturities

     210,000             109,249   

Deferred income taxes

     41,953             30,005   

Other noncurrent liabilities

     1,397             555   

Shareholder’s/Members’ equity

     113,502             55,074   
                     
   $ 414,319           $ 221,116   
                     

See accompanying notes.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Thermon Holding Corp.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and

Comprehensive Income/Loss (Unaudited)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

    Three Months
Ended
September 30,
2010
(Successor)
    Three Months
Ended
September 30,
2009
(Predecessor)
    For the Period
From May 1,
Through
September 30,
2010
(Successor)
    For the Period
From April 1,
Through
April 30, 2010
(Predecessor)
    Six Months
Ended
September 30,
2009
(Predecessor)
 

Sales

  $ 63,451      $ 44,745      $ 100,964      $ 13,063      $ 95,557   

Cost of sales

    38,119        21,839        63,462        6,447        49,814   
                                       

Gross profit

    25,332        22,906        37,502        6,616        45,743   

Operating expenses:

         

Marketing, general and administrative and engineering

    13,971        10,650        22,522        4,263        21,226   

Amortization of other intangible assets

    6,300        591        11,426        215        1,180   
                                       

Income from operations

    5,061        11,665        3,554        2,138        23,337   

Other income/(expenses):

         

Interest income

    2        16        3        7        21   

Interest expense

    (5,687     (1,575     (11,531     (6,229     (3,643

Success fees to owners related to the CHS transaction

    —          —          (3,022     (4,716     —     

Miscellaneous expense

    (938     (311     (3,638     (8,901     (317
                                       
    (6,623     (1,870     (18,188     (19,839     (3,939

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

    (1,562     9,795        (14,634     (17,701     19,398   

Income taxes benefit (expense)

    (235     (4,491     664        17,434        (8,851
                                       

Net income (loss)

  $ (1,797   $ 5,304      $ (13,970   $ (267   $ 10,547   
                                       

Comprehensive income (loss):

         

Net income (loss)

  $ (1,797   $ 5,304      $ (13,970   $ (267   $ 10,547   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

    9,325        3,186        (1,780     (576     6,605   
                                       

Comprehensive income (loss)

  $ 7,528      $ 8,490      $ (15,750   $ (843   $ 17,152   
                                       

See accompanying notes.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Thermon Holding Corp.

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in

Shareholder’s/Members’ Equity (Unaudited)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

     Stock/Capital
Amount
     Retained
Earnings
    Currency
Translation
Adjustment
    Total  

Predecessor:

         

Balances at March 31, 2010

   $ 37,501       $ 16,513      $ 1,060      $ 55,074   

Net loss

     —           (267     —          (267

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     —           —          (576     (576
                                 

Balances at April 30, 2010

   $ 37,501       $ 16,246      $ 484      $ 54,231   
                                 

Successor:

         

Balances at May 1, 2010

   $ —         $ —        $ —        $ —     

Initial capital contribution

     37,501         16,246        484        54,231   

Distribution to sellers from bond offering proceeds

     —           (145,417     —          (145,417

Capital contributions by new shareholder

     40,681         —          —          40,681   

Capital contribution by new shareholder related to certain management cash investments

     2,036         —          —          2,036   

Record costs and expenses paid by shareholder on our behalf

     22,300         —          —          22,300   

Push-down accounting effects of CHS Transaction

     26,734         129,171        (484     155,421   

Net loss

     —           (13,970     —          (13,970

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     —           —          (1,780     (1,780
                                 

Balances at September 30, 2010

   $ 129,252       $ (13,970   $ (1,780   $ 113,502   
                                 

Predecessor:

         

Balances at March 31, 2009

   $ 37,501       $ 6,173      $ (5,460   $ 38,214   

Net income

     —           10,547        —          10,547   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     —           —          6,605        6,605   
                                 

Balances at September 30, 2009

   $ 37,501       $ 16,720      $ 1,145      $ 55,366   
                                 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Thermon Holding Corp.

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

    For the Period
From May 1,
Through
September 30,
2010
(Successor)
           For the Period
From April 1,
Through
April 30, 2010
(Predecessor)
    Six Months
Ended
September 30,
2009
(Predecessor)
 

Operating activities

          

Net income (loss)

  $ (13,970        $ (267   $ 10,547   

Adjustment to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

          

Depreciation and amortization

    19,812             392        2,125   

Amortization of debt costs

    2,839             2,586        324   

Provision (benefit) for deferred income taxes

    (1,684          (15,122     (21

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

          

Accounts receivable

    (14,989          1,365        (3,484

Inventories

    (3,023          (1,719     4,096   

Costs and estimated earnings and billings on construction contracts

    (439          34        714   

Other current and noncurrent assets

    (2,480          (3,151     (1,509

Accounts payable

    9,168             825        (2,243

Accrued liabilities and noncurrent liabilities

    11,953             9,515        (1,495

Change in liability to former shareholders

    —               —          (1,456

Income taxes payable

    (559          (860     2,721   
                            

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    6,628             (6,402     10,319   
 

Investing activities

          

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

    (1,129          (97     (775

Cash paid for Thermon Holding Corp. (net of cash acquired of $2,852)

    (318,048          —          —     

Other investing activities

    —               (1,397     —     
                            

Net cash used in investing activities

    (319,177          (1,494     (775
 

Financing activities

          

Proceeds from senior secured notes

    210,000             —          —     

Proceeds from revolving line of credit

    4,599             —          107   

Obligation due to settle the CHS transaction

    6,600             —          —     

Payments to settle the CHS transaction

    (2,444          —          —     

Payments on revolving lines of credit and long-term debt

    (4,204          (19,385     —     

Capital contributions

    129,252             —          —     

Debt issuance costs

    (15,473          —          —     
                            

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    328,330             (19,385     107   

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    (118          (14     1,481   

Change in cash and cash equivalents

    15,663             (27,295     11,132   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    —               30,147        13,402   
                            

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 15,663           $ 2,852      $  24,534   
                            

 

F-56


Table of Contents

Thermon Holding Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements

For the Three and Six Months Ended September 30, 2010

1. Basis of Presentation

On April 30, 2010, a group of investors led by CHS Capital LLC (f/k/a Code Hennessy & Simmons LLC) (“CHS”) and certain management investors acquired Thermon Holding Corp. and its subsidiaries (“we”, the “Company” or “Successor”) from Thermon Holdings, LLC (“Predecessor”) for approximately $320.9 million in a transaction that was financed by approximately $129.2 million of equity investments and $210 million of debt raised in an exempt Rule 144A senior secured note offering to qualified institutional investors (the “CHS Transaction”). The proceeds from the equity investments and debt financing were used both to finance the acquisition and pay related transaction costs.

In the CHS Transaction, the senior secured notes were issued by Thermon Finance, Inc., which immediately after the closing of the CHS Transaction was merged into our wholly-owned subsidiary Thermon Industries, Inc.

The CHS Transaction was accounted for as a purchase combination. The purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired based on their estimated fair values, and liabilities assumed were recorded based upon their actual value. The allocation of the assets is preliminary and subject to change as the independent third party appraisal process has commenced but has not been finalized. The Company’s management ultimately takes responsibility for valuations assigned to the assets and liabilities assumed in connection with the purchase combination.

Pushdown accounting was employed to reflect the purchase price paid by our new owner.

We have prepared our condensed consolidated financial statements as if Thermon Holding Corp. had been in existence throughout all relevant periods. The historical financial and other data prior to the closing of the CHS Transaction on April 30, 2010 have been prepared using the historical results of operations and bases of the assets and liabilities of the Predecessor. Our historical financial data prior to May 1, 2010 may not be indicative of our future performance.

The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto of Thermon Holdings, LLC for the year ended March 31, 2010. In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring items) considered necessary to present fairly our financial position at September 30, 2010 and March 31, 2010, and the results of our operations and the cash flows for the period from May 1 through September 30, 2010, the period from April 1 through April 30, 2010 and the six month period ended September 30, 2009. Operating results for the period from May 1 through September 30, 2010 and for the period from April 1 through April 30, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year ending March 31, 2011. Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior period presentation to conform to the current period presentation. All dollar and share amounts are presented in thousands, unless otherwise noted.

2. New Accounting Pronouncements

In October 2009, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) that amended the accounting rules addressing revenue recognition for multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements by eliminating the criterion for objective and reliable evidence of fair value for the undelivered products or services. Instead, revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables should be divided into separate units of accounting provided the deliverables meet certain criteria. Additionally the ASU provides for elimination of the use of the residual method of allocation and requires that arrangement consideration be allocated at the inception of the arrangement to all deliverables based on their relative selling price. A hierarchy for estimating such selling price is included in

 

F-57


Table of Contents

Thermon Holding Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements—(continued)

 

the update. This ASU will be effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating whether this update will have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

3. Inventories

Inventories consisted of the following:

 

     September  30,
2010

(Successor)
          March 31,
2010
(Predecessor)
 

Raw materials

   $ 9,217          $ 7,451   

Work in process

     1,976            1,831   

Finished goods

     17,585            14,725   
                    
     28,778            24,007   

Valuation reserves

     (1,099         (1,172
                    

Net inventory

   $  27,679          $  22,835   
                    

4. Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:

 

     September 30,
2010
(Successor)
          March 31,
2010
(Predecessor)
 

Land, buildings and improvements

   $  12,798          $  13,437   

Machinery and equipment

     8,386            11,739   

Office furniture and equipment

     2,602            2,866   
                    
     23,786            28,042   

Accumulated depreciation

     (993         (5,292
                    
   $ 22,793          $ 22,750   
                    

5. Acquisition, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

We were acquired on April 30, 2010 for approximately $320,900 as follows:

 

Consideration to or on behalf of sellers at close

   $ 220,600   

Payoff existing debt, interest and bank fees at close

     93,700   

Accrual for obligations in settlement with seller (1)

     6,600   
        
   $ 320,900   
        

 

(1) Consists of estimated amounts owed to sellers in the CHS Transaction for restricted cash and in satisfaction of the post-closing adjustments for working capital and income taxes, of which $2,444 was paid in the period from May 1 through September 30, 2010 and $4,156 was outstanding at September 30, 2010.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

Thermon Holding Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements—(continued)

 

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of the assets and liabilities assumed (preliminary and subject to change):

 

Assets acquired:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,852   

Accounts receivable, net

     40,595   

Inventories, net

     32,325   

Other current assets

     11,756   

Property, plant and equipment

     22,629   

Identifiable intangible assets

     143,438   

Goodwill

     134,917   

Other noncurrent assets

     284   
        

Total assets

     388,796   

Liabilities assumed:

  

Current liabilities

     21,282   

Other long-term debt

  

Noncurrent deferred tax liability

     45,351   

Other noncurrent liabilities

     1,263   
        

Total liabilities

     67,896   
        

Purchase price

     320,900   

Less: cash

     (2,852
        

Purchase price net of cash

   $ 318,048   
        

Goodwill for the five months ended September 30, 2010 is as follows:

 

Balance at May 1, 2010

   $ 134,917   

Foreign currency translation impact

     (1,679
        

Balance at September 30, 2010

   $ 133,238   
        

Other intangible assets at September 30, 2010 consist of the following:

 

     Successor  
     Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Carrying
Amount
 

Trademarks

   $ 64,328       $ —         $ 64,328   

Developed technology

     14,845         309         14,536   

Customer relationships

     43,508         1,813         41,695   

Backlog

     18,565         9,377         9,188   

Certification

     1,076         —           1,076   

Noncompete agreements

     1,076         90         986   

Other

     1,104         347         757   
                          

Total

   $ 144,502       $ 11,936       $ 132,566   
                          

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Thermon Holding Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Other intangible assets at March 31, 2010 consist of the following:

 

     Predecessor  
     Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Carrying
Amount
 

Trademarks

   $ 27,767       $ —         $ 27,767   

Developed technology

     6,408         828         5,580   

Customer relationships

     21,632         5,588         16,044   

Backlog

     9,770         9,770         —     

Certification

     521         57         464   

Noncompete agreements

     464         240         224   

Other

     58         —           58   
                          

Total

   $ 66,620       $ 16,483       $ 50,137   
                          

At September 30, 2010, approximately $11,626 of the purchase price was held in escrow to secure the Predecessor’s indemnification obligations in the event of any breaches of representations and warranties contained in the definitive agreements.

The Company allocates the purchase price in connection with the CHS Transaction to the tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed and intangible assets acquired based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the purchase price over these fair values is recorded as goodwill. The Company has engaged an independent third-party appraisal firm to assist the Company in determining the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Such valuations require management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets. The significant purchased intangible assets recorded by the Company include trademarks, customer relationships, backlog and developed technology.

Critical estimates in valuing certain intangible assets include, without limitation, future expected cash flows from customer relationships, acquired developed technologies and trademarks and discount rates. Management’s estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable and, as a result, actual results may differ from estimates. Other estimates associated with the accounting for acquisitions may change as additional information becomes available regarding the assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

Acquisition-related transaction costs, such as advisory, legal and other professional fees, are not included as a component of consideration transferred, but are accounted for as expenses in the periods in which costs are incurred. Total advisory, legal and other fees incurred by the Company were approximately $36.5 million, of which $6.9 million was expensed in the period from May 1 through September 30, 2010, $13.9 million was incurred and expensed by the Predecessor in the period from April 1, 2010 through April 30, 2010 and the remainder is being capitalized as debt issuance cost.

The Company does not expect goodwill recorded in connection with the CHS Transaction to be deductible for tax purposes.

The Company’s allocation of the purchase price is contingent upon the receipt of a final third-party valuation and additional analysis is necessary to finalize the allocation. Management will consider the valuations included within the third-party valuation report to make its decision on the estimated valuation allocations. The Company’s management ultimately takes responsibility for valuations assigned to the assets and liabilities assumed in connection with the purchase combination.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

Thermon Holding Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements—(continued)

 

6. Accrued Liabilities

Accrued current liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     September 30,
2010
(Successor)
           March 31,
2010
(Predecessor)
 

Accrued employee compensation and related expenses

   $ 5,522           $ 6,171   

Warranty reserve

     725             699   

Professional fees

     1,132             1,097   

Interest

     8,500             280   

Taxes payable

     669             567   

Compliance costs

     56             704   

Other

     4,035             3,987   
                     

Total accrued current liabilities

   $ 20,639           $ 13,505   
                     

7. Related-Party Transactions

We paid management and transaction success fees to, and reimbursed the out of pocket expenses of, our private equity sponsors of $6,930 in the five months ended September 30, 2010. Of this amount, $969 is included in prepaid expenses, $2,605 was included in deferred debt issuance costs, net, $3,022 is included in success fees to owners related to the CHS Transaction expense, and $334 is included in Marketing, general and administrative and engineering expense.

The Predecessor paid management fees and expenses to its private equity sponsor in the one month ended April 30, 2010 of $4,795. Of this amount $79 is included in Marketing, general and administrative and engineering expense and $4,716 is included in Miscellaneous income/expense as it was related to the CHS Transaction.

See Note 5, Acquisition, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets for further information regarding amounts due the sellers. Estimated amounts due the sellers are shown as a current liability labeled “Obligations due to settle the CHS Transaction.”

8. Short-Term Revolving Lines of Credit

The Company’s subsidiary in the Netherlands has a revolving credit facility in the amount of Euro 4,000 (equivalent to $5,479 USD at September 30, 2010) collateralized by receivables, inventory, equipment, furniture and real estate. No loans were outstanding on this facility at September 30, 2010 or 2009.

The Company’s subsidiary in India has a revolving credit facility in the amount of 80,000 rupees (equivalent to $1,782 USD at September 30, 2010). The facility is collateralized by receivables, inventory, real estate, a letter of credit, and cash. No loans were outstanding under the facility at September 30, 2010 or 2009.

The Company’s subsidiary in Australia has a revolving credit facility in the amount of $325 Australian Dollars (equivalent to $315 USD at September 30, 2010). The facility is collateralized by real estate. The facilities had no loans outstanding as of September 30, 2010 or 2009.

In August 2010, the Company’s subsidiary in Japan established a revolving credit facility ion the amount of 45,000 Japanese Yen (equivalent to $538 USD at September 30, 2010). The credit facility is collateralized by a stand by letter of credit in the amount of $300 issued as part of the Bank Credit Facility referred to in Note 9. At September 30, 2010, the Company had outstanding borrowings of $394 on the credit facility.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

Thermon Holding Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements—(continued)

 

9. Long-Term Debt

Long- term debt consisted of the following:

 

     September 30,
2010
(Successor)
           March 31,
2010
(Predecessor)
 

9.500% Senior Secured Notes, due May 2017

   $ 210,000           $ —     

Notes payable

     —               109,249   
                     
     210,000             109,249   

Less current portion

     —               —     
                     
   $ 210,000           $ 109,249   
                     

Bank Credit Facility

We have a multi-currency revolving credit facility that provides for loans in an aggregate amount of up to

$40.0 million to Thermon Industries, Inc., our U.S. borrower, including a sub facility for letters of credit and a sub facility for up to the equivalent of $20.0 million in Canadian Dollars to Thermon Canada Inc., our Canadian borrower (‘Revolving Credit Facility’). Availability is subject to a borrowing base. The availability at September 30, 2010 was approximately $36.0 million. This facility is collateralized by substantially all of our assets. The interest rate is based upon LIBOR plus a margin. At September 30, 2010, the Company had no outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility. Had there been loans outstanding, and the interest rate on the facility would have been 5.0%.

Thermon Industries, Inc. 9.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2017

We will pay interest in cash semi-annually at the rate of 9.500% per year, on May 1 and November 1 of each year, beginning on November 1, 2010 with a long payment (i.e., with one extra day of interest). These notes are collateralized by substantially all of our assets, subordinated only to the bank credit agreement discussed above. These notes were issued in a Rule 144A exempt senior secured note offering to qualified institutional investors. The proceeds were used to fund the purchase price for the CHS Transaction and related transaction costs. We agreed to register new notes with the SEC and, when effective, offer to exchange the old notes for the new registered notes.

The indenture governing the notes limits the Company’s and its restricted subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

 

   

Incur additional indebtedness or issue disqualified capital stock;

 

   

Pay dividends, redeem subordinated debt or make other restricted payments;

 

   

Make certain investments or acquisitions;

 

   

Issue stock of subsidiaries;

 

   

Grant or permit certain liens;

 

   

Enter into certain transactions with affiliates;

 

   

Merge, consolidate or transfer substantially all of our or Thermon Industries, Inc.’s assets;

 

   

Incur dividend or other payment restrictions affecting certain of our subsidiaries;

 

   

Transfer or sell assets, including capital stock of our subsidiaries; and

 

   

Change the business we conduct.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

Thermon Holding Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements—(continued)

 

These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions.

As of September 30, 2010, the aggregate market value of our debt based upon comparable private trades was approximately $210 million. At March 31, 2010, the carrying amounts of long-term debt approximate their fair values due to their variable rates.

Other Financial Assets and Liabilities

Financial assets and liabilities with the carrying amounts approximating fair value include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, other current assets, current debt, accounts payable and other current liabilities.

10. Commitments and Contingencies

At September 30, 2010, the Company had in place letter of credit guarantees from banks, securing performance obligations of the Company, totaling approximately $6,070 relating to certain sales contracts and local lines of credit for which $2,460 is secured by cash deposits. Included in prepaid expenses and other current assets at September 30, 2010 and March 31, 2010, was approximately $2,460 and $2,066, respectively, of cash deposits pledged as collateral on performance bonds and letters of credit.

The Company is involved in various legal proceedings that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of doing business and believe that adequate reserves have been established for any probable losses. Expenses related to litigation are included in operating income. We do not believe that the outcome of any of these proceedings would have a significant adverse effect on our financial position, long-term results of operations, or cash flows. It is possible, however, that charges related to these matters could be significant to our results or cash flows in any one accounting period.

The Company has no outstanding legal matters outside of matters arising in the ordinary course of business, except as described below.

Asbestos Litigation— Since 1999, we have been named as one of many defendants in 16 personal injury suits alleging exposure to asbestos from our products. None of the cases alleges premises liability. Six cases are currently pending. Insurers are defending us in three of the six lawsuits, and we expect that an insurer will defend us in the remaining three matters. Of the concluded suits, there were five cost of defense settlements and the remainder were dismissed without payment. There are no claims unrelated to asbestos exposure for which coverage has been sought under the policies that are providing coverage.

Indian Sales Tax and Customs Disputes— Our Indian subsidiary is currently disputing assessments of administrative sales tax and customs duties with Indian tax and customs authorities. In addition, we currently have a customs duty case before the Supreme Court in India, on appeal by custom authorities. We can give no assurances we will prevail in any of these matters.

Warranty Reserve— Changes in the Company’s product liability are as follows:

 

     For the Period
From May 1,
Through
September 30, 2010
(Successor)
    For the Period
From April 1,
Through
April 30, 2010
(Predecessor)
     Six Months
Ended
September 30,
2009
(Predecessor)
 

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 1,057      $ 699       $ 975   

Provision for warranties issued

     104        19         54   

Reclassification of other liabilities

     —          339         —     

Settlements

     (436     —           (13
                         

Balance at end of period

   $ 725      $ 1,057       $ 1,016   
                         

 

F-63


Table of Contents

Thermon Holding Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements—(continued)

 

11. Shareholder’s Equity/Members’ Equity

We have 100,000 shares of $0.01 par value common stock issued and outstanding. All of our outstanding shares of common stock are held by our parent entity, Thermon Group, Inc.

12. Miscellaneous Income (Expense)

Miscellaneous income (expense) is as follows:

 

     Three Months
Ended
September 30,
2010
(Successor)
    Three Months
Ended
September 30,
2009
(Predecessor)
    For the Period
From May 1,
Through
September 30,

2010
(Successor)
           For the Period
From April 1,
Through
April 30, 2010
(Predecessor)
    Six Months
Ended
September 30,

2009
(Predecessor)
 

Professional fees and expenses related to business combination

   $ (690   $ 14      $ (3,844        $ (5,660   $ 5   

Employee compensation related to the sale on April 30, 2010

     —          —          —               (3,545     —     

Changes in estimates for compliance fees and costs

     —          —          600             —          —     

Losses on foreign currency transactions

     (171     (322     (324            (322

Other

     (77     (3     (70          304        —     
                                             

Total

   $ (938   $ (311   $ (3,638        $ (8,901   $ (317
                                             

13. Income Taxes

Our anticipated annual effective benefit rate of approximately 4.9% has been applied to our consolidated pre-tax loss for the period from May 1, 2010 through September 30, 2010. This benefit rate is less than the U.S. statutory rate primarily due to the amount of buyer’s expense stemming from the CHS Transaction that are estimated to be nondeductible (an effect of approximately 15.8 percentage points), valuation reserves taken against our anticipated foreign tax credit and other carryforwards for U.S. taxation purposes (an effect of approximately 1.2 percentage points), and equity in earnings of subsidiaries not considered for U.S. tax purposes of 5.6% and foreign rate effects amounting to 7.2 percentage points.

For the period from April 1 through April 30, 2010 of the Predecessor, an income tax benefit of approximately $17,434 was recorded on the pre-tax loss. In connection with the CHS Transaction, the Canadian debt facility was repaid releasing a deferred tax liability of $14,945. Without the benefit of the deferred tax reversal related to the Canadian debt facility, the benefit rate amounted to approximately 14.1%. This benefit rate was increased by foreign tax credits and exchange losses associated with repatriated earnings (an effect of approximately 20.3 percentage points) and decreased by the amount of sellers’ expense stemming from the CHS Transaction that is anticipated to be non-deductible (an effect of approximately 6.0 percentage points).

For the six months ended September 30, 2009 of the Predecessor, the anticipated annual effective tax rate applied to pre-tax income was approximately 45.6%. The effective tax rate was higher than the U.S. statutory rate due to the borrowings that were outstanding under the Canadian debt facility.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

Thermon Holding Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements—(continued)

 

We established a long-term liability for uncertain tax positions in the amount of $770 in connection with the CHS Transaction to account for the differences in recognition thresholds and attribute measurement for purposes of financial statement disclosure as compared to tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return. All of our unrecognized tax benefits at September 30, 2010 would affect our effective income tax rate if recognized. The nature of the uncertainty relates to deductions taken or to be taken on tax returns that have not been examined by the applicable tax authority. There was no difference between the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefit for the period from May 1, 2010 through September 30, 2010.

14. Geographic Information

We have defined our operating segment based on geographic regions. We sell our products in two geographic regions. Our sales in these regions share similar economic characteristics, similar product mix, similar customers and similar distribution methods. Accordingly we have elected to aggregate these two geographic regions into a single operating segment. Revenue from the sale of our products which are similar in nature and revenue from construction and engineering are reflected as sales in our consolidated statement of operations.

Within its operating segment, the Company has provided further detail for those countries or regions that generate significant revenue and operating income. For purposes of this note, revenue is attributed to individual countries on the basis of the physical location and jurisdiction of organization of the subsidiary that invoices the material and services.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

Thermon Holding Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements—(continued)

 

Total sales and operating income classified by major geographic area in which the Company operates are as follows:

 

     Three Months
Ended
September 30,
2010
(Successor)
    Three Months
Ended
September 30,
2009
(Predecessor)
    For the Period
From May 1,
Through
September 30,

2010
(Successor)
           For the Period
From April 1,
Through
April 30, 2010
(Predecessor)
    Six Months
Ended
September 30,
2009
(Predecessor)
 

Sales by geographic area:

               

Western hemisphere

               

United States

     14,972        12,531        26,546             4,959        29,418   

Canada

     22,349        15,001        33,737             3,992        28,063   

Elsewhere in the western hemisphere

     252        207        447             25        536   

Intercompany sales

     13,947        11,284        21,040             3,850        22,200   
                                             
     51,520        39,023        81,770             12,826        80,217   

Eastern hemisphere:

               

Europe

     18,691        11,040        29,647             2,970        25,645   

Asia

     7,186        5,966        10,588             1,117        11,895   

Intercompany sales

     (91     (971     105             51        —     
                                             
     25,786        16,035        40,340             4,138        37,540   
                                                 

Eliminations of intercompany sales

     (13,855     (10,313     (21,146          (3,901     (22,200
                                             
     63,451        44,745        100,964             13,063        95,557   
                                             

Operating income

               

Western hemisphere

               

United States

     824        3,533        (968          1,126        9,041   

Canada

     3,538        3,840        3,879             1,066        7,055   

Elsewhere in the western hemisphere

     131        (4     168             (30     (81

Eastern hemisphere:

               

Europe

     277        3,302        (232          125        5,572   

Asia

     790        1,206        1,577             18        2,098   

Unallocated:

               

Management fees

     (499     (212     (833          (79     (466

Other

     —          —          (37          (88     118   
                                             
   $ 5,061      $ 11,665      $ 3,554           $ 2,138      $ 23,337   
                                             

15. Subsequent Events

Stock Option Plan

On October 27, 2010, Thermon Group Holdings, Inc., our ultimate parent entity approved a stock option plan and simultaneously issued 13,591 stock option grants to employees of the Company. The stock option plan relates to shares of Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. Accordingly, the plan will only affect the shareholder’s equity of our ultimate parent and will not have an effect on shares outstanding of Thermon Holding Corp. The issuance of the grants will generate accounting for stock-based compensation and we will begin amortizing estimated compensation expense in the three month period ended December 31, 2010.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

Thermon Holding Corp.

Notes to Financial Statements—(continued)

 

16. Guarantor Consolidation

The senior secured notes issued by Thermon Industries, Inc., our wholly-owned subsidiary, are guaranteed by the Company and our other existing, wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries Thermon Manufacturing Company, Thermon Heat Tracing Services, Inc., Thermon Heat Tracing Services-I, Inc. and Thermon Heat Tracing Services-II, Inc. (collectively, the “Guarantors”), commencing on May 1, 2010.

Our foreign subsidiaries (collectively, the “Non-Guarantors”) are not guarantors of the senior secured notes.

The following tables set forth financial information of the Guarantors and Non-Guarantors for the condensed consolidated balance sheets as of September 30, 2010 and March 31, 2010 (Predecessor), the condensed consolidated statements of operations for the period from May 1, 2010 through September 30, 2010, the period from April 1 through April 30, 2010 (Predecessor), the three months ended September 30, 2010 and for the three and six month periods ended September 30, 2009 (Predecessor) and the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows for the period from May 1 through September 30, 2010, the period from April 1 through April 30, 2010 (Predecessor) and the six month period ended September 30, 2009 (Predecessor). The information is presented on the equity method of accounting together with elimination entries necessary to reconcile to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

Thermon Holding Corp.

Condensed Balance Sheet

(unaudited)

 

    September 30, 2010  
    Thermon
Holding,
Corp.
(Guarantor)
    Thermon
Industries,
Inc. (Issuer)
    Thermon
Manufacturing
Company and
US
Subsidiaries
(Guarantor)
    International
Subsidiaries
(Non-
guarantors)
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Assets

           

Current assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ —        $ —        $ 4,162      $ 11,501      $ —        $ 15,663   

Accounts receivable, net

    —          —          19,766        43,099        (8,384     54,481   

Notes and other

    —          —          2,342        739        (2,356     725   

Inventories, net

    —          —          12,475        16,717        (1,513     27,679   

Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts

    —          —          1,576        610        —          2,186   

Income taxes receivable

    —          —          3,085        280        —          3,365   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    852        —          1,148        4,877        449        7,326   

Deferred Income taxes

    —          —          1,125        292        —          1,417   
                                               

Total current assets

    852        —          45,679        78,115        (11,804     112,842   

Property, plant and equipment, net

    —          —          15,612        7,181        —          22,793   

Goodwill

    (408     —          55,889        77,757        —          133,238   

Intangible assets, net

    2,129        —          42,056        88,381        —          132,566   

Debt Issuance costs, net

    —          12,880        —          —          —          12,880   

Intercompany loans

        130        —          (130     —     

Investment in subsidiaries

    110,929        183,543        91,659        —          (386,131     —     
                                               
  $ 113,502      $ 196,423      $ 251,025      $ 251,434      $ (398,065   $ 414,319   
                                               

Liabilities and shareholder’s equity

           

Current liabilities:

           

Accounts payable

  $ —        $ —        $ 5,969      $ 22,641      $ (8,252   $ 20,358   

Accrued liabilities

    —          8,479        5,593        7,888        (1,321     20,639   

Obligations in settlement of the CHS Transaction

    —          —          4,156        —          —          4,156   

Billings in excess of costs and estimated

           

Earnings on uncompleted contracts

    —          —          1,181        —          —          1,181   

Income taxes payable (receivable)

    —          —          (2,110     2,849        —          739   

Notes payable

    —          360        795        536        (1,297     394   
                                               

Total current liabilities

    —          8,839        15,584        33,914        (10,870     47,467   

Long-term debt, net of current maturities

    —          210,000        —          —          —          210,000   

Deferred Income taxes

    —          —          19,705        22,248        —          41,953   

Other noncurrent liabilities

    —          —          775        622        —          1,397   

Shareholder’s equity

    113,502        (22,416     214,961        194,650        (387,195     113,502   
                                               
  $ 113,502      $ 196,423      $ 251,025      $ 251,434      $ (398,065   $ 414,319   
                                               

 

F-68


Table of Contents

Thermon Holding Corp.

Condensed Balance Sheet

 

          March 31, 2010  
    Thermon
Holdings,
Corp.
LLC
    Thermon
Holding,
Corp.
(Guarantor)
    Thermon
Industries,
Inc.  (Issuer)
    Thermon
Manufacturing
Company and
US
Subsidiaries
(Guarantor)
    International
Subsidiaries
(Non-
guarantors)
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Assets

             

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 4,692      $ 25,455      $ —        $ 30,147   

Accounts receivable, net

    —          —          —          15,829        30,472        (4,419     41,882   

Notes and other

    —          —          —          3,024        3        (3,024     3   

Inventories, net

    —          —          —          10,666        13,531        (1,362     22,835   

Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts

    —          —          —          1,209        427        —          1,636   

Income taxes receivable

    —          —          —          1,098        270        —          1,368   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    —          —          —          1,633        2,291        407        4,331   

Deferred Income taxes

    —          —          —          1,125        303        —          1,428   
                                                       

Total current assets

    —          —          —          39,276        72,752        (8,398     103,630   

Property, plant and equipment, net

    —          —          —          15,366        7,384        —          22,750   

Goodwill

    —          —          —          15,404        26,609        —          42,013   

Intangible assets, net

    —          —          —          12,858        37,279        —          50,137   

Debt Issuance costs, net

    —          —          —          1,545        1,041        —          2,586   

Intercompany loans

      56,000        56,000        335        —          (112,335     —     

Investment in subsidiaries

    55,074        55,074        28,409        63,467        —          (202,024     —     
                                                       
  $ 55,074      $ 111,074      $ 84,409      $ 148,251      $ 145,065      $ (322,757   $ 221,116   
                                                       

Liabilities and shareholder’s equity

             

Current liabilities:

             

Accounts payable

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 4,232      $ 9,001      $ (3,836   $ 9,397   

Accrued liabilities

    —          —          —          6,671        9,262        (2,428     13,505   

Billings in excess of costs and estimated

             

Earnings on uncompleted contracts

    —          —          —          1,035        —          —          1,035   

Income taxes payable (receivable)

    —          —          —          182        1,976        —          2,158   

Notes payable

    —          —          —          1,155        358        (1,513     —     

Deferred income tax

    —          —          —          138          —          138   
                                                       

Total current liabilities

    —          —          —          13,413        20,597        (7,777     26,233   

Long-term debt, net of current maturities

    —          56,000        —          —          53,249        —          109,249   

Intercompany debt

    —          —          56,000        56,000        —          (112,000     —     

Deferred Income taxes

    —          —          —          21,861        8,144        —          30,005   

Other noncurrent liabilities

    —          —          —          —          555        —          555   

Shareholder’s equity

    55,074        55,074        28,409        56,977        62,520        (202,980     55,074   
                                                       
  $ 55,074      $ 111,074      $ 84,409      $ 148,251      $ 145,065      $ (322,757   $ 221,116   
                                                       

 

F-69


Table of Contents

Thermon Holding Corp.

Condensed Statement of Operations

(unaudited)

 

    For the Period From May 1, 2010 Through September 30, 2010  
    Thermon
Holding,
Corp.
(Guarantor)
    Thermon
Industries,
Inc.
(Issuer)
    Thermon
Manufacturing
Company and
U.S.
Subsidiaries
(Guarantors)
    International
Subsidiaries
(Non-
guarantors)
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Revenues

  $ —        $ —        $ 47,586      $ 74,419      $ (21,041   $ 100,964   

Cost of sales

    —          —          34,066        50,384        (20,988     63,462   
                                               

Gross profit

    —          —          13,520        24,035        (53     37,502   

Operating expenses:

           

Marketing, general and administrative and engineering

    194        —          11,256        11,072        —          22,522   

Amortization of other intangible assets

    79        —          3,775        7,572        —          11,426   
                                               

Income (loss) from operations

    (273     —          (1,511     5,391        (53     3,554   

Other income/(expenses):

           

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

    (8,173     3,546        2,430        —          2,197        —     

Interest income

    —          —          —          3        —          3   

Interest expense

    —          (11,344     (150     (37     —          (11,531

Miscellaneous income/(expense)

    (5,524     (461     2,685        (3,360       (6,660
                                               
    (13,697     (8,259     4,965        (3,394     2,197        (18,188

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

    (13,970     (8,259     3,454        1,997        2,144        (14,634

Income tax benefit (expense)

    —          —          2,388        (1,737     13        664   
                                               

Net income (loss)

  $ (13,970   $ (8,259   $ 5,842      $ 260      $ 2,157      $ (13,970
                                               

 

F-70


Table of Contents

Thermon Holding Corp.

Condensed Statement of Operations—(continued)

(unaudited)

 

    For the Period From April 1, 2010 Through April 30, 2010  
    Thermon
Holdings,
LLC
    Thermon
Holding,
Corp.
(Guarantor)
    Thermon
Industries,
Inc. (Issuer)
    Thermon
Manufacturing
Company and
U.S.
Subsidiaries
(Guarantors)
    International
Subsidiaries
(Non-
guarantors)
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Revenues

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 8,621      $ 8,342      $ (3,900   $ 13,063   

Cost of sales

    —          —          —          5,223        5,027        (3,803     6,447   
                                                       

Gross profit

    —          —          —          3,398        3,315        (97     6,616   

Operating expenses:

             

Marketing, general and administrative and engineering

    —          —          —          2,304        1,959        —          4,263   

Amortization of other intangible assets

    —          —          —          38        177        —          215   
                                                       

Income (loss) from operations

    —          —          —          1,056        1,179        (97     2,138   

Other income/(expenses):

             

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

    (267     7,689        11,780        (307     —          (18,895     —     

Interest income

    —          —          —          1        6        —          7   

Interest expense

    —          (1,245     —          (3,404     (1,580     —          (6,229

Miscellaneous income/(expense)

    —          (6,711     (3,080     (2,076     (1,750       (13,617
                                                       
    (267     (267     8,700        (5,786     (3,324     (18,895     (19,839

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

    (267     (267     8,700        (4,730     (2,145     (18,992     (17,701

Income tax benefit (expense)

    —          —          —          17,063        341        30        17,434   
                                                       

Net income (loss)

  $ (267   $ (267   $ 8,700      $ 12,333      $ (1,804   $ (18,962   $ (267
                                                       

 

F-71


Table of Contents

Thermon Holding Corp.

Condensed Statement of Operations—(continued)

(unaudited)

 

    For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2010  
    Thermon
Holding,
Corp.
(Guarantor)
    Thermon
Industries,
Inc. (Issuer)
    Thermon
Manufacturing
Company and
U.S.
Subsidiaries
(Guarantors)
    International
Subsidiaries
(Non-
guarantors)
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Revenues

  $ —        $ —        $ 29,400      $ 47,801      $ (13,750   $ 63,451   

Cost of sales

    —          —          19,937        31,934        (13,752     38,119   
                                               

Gross profit

    —          —          9,463        15,867        2        25,332   

Operating expenses:

           

Marketing, general and administrative and engineering

    116        —          6,730        7,126        —          13,972   

Amortization of other intangible assets

    26        —          2,265        4,009        —          6,300   
                                               

Income (loss) from operations

    (142     —          468        4,732        2        5,060   

Other income/(expenses):

           

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

    (1,654     3,233        1,456        —          (3,035     —     

Interest income

    —          —          —          2        —          2   

Interest expense

    —          (5,562     (98     (26     —          (5,686

Miscellaneous income/(expense)

    (1     —          1,132        (2,069       (938
                                               
    (1,655     (2,329     2,490        (2,093     (3,035     (6,622

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

    (1,797     (2,329     2,958        2,639        (3,033     (1,562

Income tax benefit (expense)

    —          —          1,173        (1,408     —          (235
                                               

Net income (loss)

  $ (1,797   $ (2,329   $ 4,131      $ 1,231      $ (3,033   $ (1,797
                                               

 

F-72


Table of Contents

Thermon Holding Corp.

Condensed Statement of Operations—(continued)

(unaudited)

 

    For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2009  
    Thermon
Holdings,
LLC
    Thermon
Holding,
Corp.
(Guarantor)
    Thermon
Industries,
Inc. (Issuer)
    Thermon
Manufacturing
Company and
U.S.
Subsidiaries
(Guarantors)
    International
Subsidiaries

(Non-
guarantors)
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Revenues

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $  24,588      $  30,470      $ (10,313   $ 44,745   

Cost of sales

    —          —          —          15,433        16,702        (10,296     21,839   
                                                       

Gross profit

    —          —          —          9,155        13,768        (17     22,906   

Operating expenses:

             

Marketing, general and administrative and engineering

    —          —          —          5,706        4,944        —          10,650   

Amortization of other intangible assets

    —          —          —          114        477        —          591   
                                                       

Income (loss) from operations

    —          —          —          3,335        8,347        (17     11,665   

Other income/(expenses):

             

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

    5,304        5,304        6,708        6,179        —          (23,495     —     

Interest income

    —          —          —          8        8        —          16   

Interest expense

    —          —          —          (709     (866     —          (1,575

Miscellaneous income/(expense)

    —          —          —          987        (1,298       (311
                                                       
    5,304        5,304        6,708        6,465        (2,156     (23,495     (1,870

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

    5,304        5,304        6,708        9,800        6,191        (23,512     9,795   

Income tax benefit (expense)

    —          —          —          (3,092     (1,415     16        (4,491
                                                       

Net income (loss)

  $ 5,304      $ 5,304      $ 6,708      $ 6,708      $ 4,776      $ (23,496   $ 5,304   
                                                       

 

F-73


Table of Contents

Thermon Holding Corp.

Condensed Statement of Operations—(continued)

(unaudited)

 

    For the Six Months Ended September 30, 2009  
    Thermon
Holdings,
LLC
    Thermon
Holding,
Corp.
(Guarantor)
    Thermon
Industries,
Inc. (Issuer)
    Thermon
Manufacturing
Company and
U.S.
Subsidiaries
(Guarantors)
    International
Subsidiaries
(Non-
guarantors)
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Revenues

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 51,617      $ 66,140      $ (22,200   $ 95,557   

Cost of sales

    —          —          —          32,849        39,268        (22,303     49,814   
                                                       

Gross profit

    —          —          —          18,768        26,872        103        45,743   

Operating expenses:

             

Marketing, general and administrative and engineering

    —          —          —          9,952        11,274        —          21,226   

Amortization of other intangible assets

    —          —          —          227        953        —          1,180   
                                                       

Income (loss) from operations

    —          —          —          8,589        14,645        103        23,337   

Other income/(expenses):

             

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

    10,547        10,547        10,657        7,981        —          (39,732     —     

Interest income

    —          —          —          10        11        —          21   

Interest expense

    —          —          —          (2,003     (1,640     —          (3,643

Miscellaneous income/(expense)

    —          —          —          2,145        (2,462       (317
                                                       
    10,547        10,547        10,657        8,133        (4,091     (39,732     (3,939

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

    10,547        10,547        10,657        16,722        10,554        (39,629     19,398   

Income tax benefit (expense)

    —          —          —          (6,065     (2,765     (21     (8,851
                                                       

Net income (loss)

  $ 10,547      $ 10,547      $ 10,657      $ 10,657      $ 7,789      $ (39,650   $ 10,547   
                                                       

 

F-74


Table of Contents

Thermon Holding Corp.

Condensed Statement of Cash Flows

(unaudited)

 

    For the Period May 1, 2010 Through September 30, 2010  
    Thermon
Holding,
Corp.
(Guarantor)
    Thermon
Industries,
Inc.  (Issuer)
    Thermon
Manufacturing
Company and

U.S.
Subsidiaries
(Guarantor)
    International
Subsidiaries
(Non-
guarantors)
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Net cash provided by (used in) operations

  $ (5,912   $ (868   $ 5,002      $ 8,616      $ (210   $ (6,628

Investing activities

           

Purchases of P.P.&E.

      —          (864     (265     —          (1,129

Cash paid for Thermon

    (172,631     (145,417     —          —          —          (318,048
                                               

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    (172,631     (145,417     (864     (265     —          (319,177

Financing activities

           

Proceeds from Senior Secured Notes

    —          210,000        —          —          —          210,000   

Proceeds from revolving line of credit

      —          2,000        2,598        —          4,598   

Obligation on in settlement of the CHS Transaction

    —          —          6,600        —          —          6,600   

Payments to settle the CHS Transaction

    —          —          (2,444     —          —          (2,444

Payments on revolving lines of credit and long-term debt

    —          —          (2,000     (2,204     —          (4,204

Capital contributions

    129,252        —          —          —          —          129,252   

Debt issuance costs

    —          (15,473     —          —          —          (15,473

Change in affiliate debt

    49,291        (48,242     (4,132     2,874        210        —     
                                               

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    178,543        146,285        24        3,268        210        328,330   

Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

    —          —          —          (118     —          (118

Change in cash and cash equivalents

    —          —          4,162        11,501        —          15,663   

Cash at beginning of period

    —          —          —          —          —          —     
                                               

Cash at End of period

  $ —        $ —        $ 4,162      $ 11,501      $ —        $ 15,663   
                                               

 

F-75


Table of Contents

Thermon Holding Corp.

Condensed Statement of Cash Flows—(continued)

(unaudited)

 

    For the Period From April 1 Through April 30, 2010 (Predecessor)  
    Thermon
Holdings,
LLC
    Thermon
Holding,
Corp.
(Guarantor)
    Thermon
Industries,
Inc. (Issuer)
    Thermon
Manufacturing
Company and
U.S.
Subsidiaries
(Guarantor)
    International
Subsidiaries
(Non-
guarantors)
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Net cash provided by (used in) operations

  $ —        $ (55)      $ —        $ (1,118)      $ (1,892)      $ (3,337)      $ (6,402)   

Investing activities

             

Purchases of P.P.&E.

    —          —          —          (15     (82     —          (97

Other investing transactions

    —          (1,399     —          —          2          (1,397
                                                       

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    —          (1,399     —          (15     (80     —          (1,494

Financing activities

             

Payments on debt

    —          (4,857     —          —          (14,528       (19,385

Payment of Intercompany dividends

    —          —          —          —          (2,543     2,543        —     

Change in affiliate debt

    —          6,311        —          (3,482     (3,623     794        —     
                                                       

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    —          1,454        —          (3,482     (20,694     3,337        (19,385

Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

    —          —          —          —          (14     —          (14

Change in cash and cash equivalents

    —          —          —          (4,615     (22,680     —          (27,295

Cash at beginning of period

    —          —          —          4,692        25,455        —          30,147   
                                                       

Cash at End of period

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 77      $ 2,775      $ —        $ 2,852   
                                                       

 

F-76


Table of Contents

Thermon Holding Corp.

Condensed Statement of Cash Flows—(continued)

(unaudited)

 

    For the Six Months Ended September 30, 2009 (Predecessor)  
    Thermon
Holdings,
LLC
    Thermon
Holding,
Corp.
(Guarantor)
    Thermon
Industries,
Inc. (Issuer)
    Thermon
Manufacturing
Company and

U.S.
Subsidiaries

(Guarantor)
    International
Subsidiaries

(Non-
guarantors)
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Net cash provided by (used in) operations

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 4,469      $ 5,850      $ —        $ 10,319   

Investing activities

             

Purchases of P.P.&E.

    —          —          —          (573     (202     —          (775
                                                       

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    —          —          —          (573     (202     —          (775

Financing activities

             

Proceeds from revolving line of credit

    —          —          —          —          107        —          107   
                                                       

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    —          —          —          —          107        —          107   

Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

    —          —          —          —          1,481        —          1,481   

Change in cash and cash equivalents

    —          —          —          3,896        7,236        —          11,132   

Cash at beginning of period

    —          —          —          5,912        7,490        —          13,402   
                                                       

Cash at End of period

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 9,808      $ 14,726      $ —        $ 24,534   
                                                       

 

F-77


Table of Contents

 

 

LOGO

Thermon Industries, Inc.

OFFER TO EXCHANGE

$210,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 9.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2017

that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933

(CUSIP No. 88362R AC1)

for any and all of its outstanding

9.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2017

(CUSIP Nos. 88362R AA5 and U8836E AA7)

Until                     , 2010, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this exchange offer, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

                    , 2010

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

The Delaware Corporation

Delaware General Corporation Law. Under the Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”), a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding (i) if such person acted in good faith and in a manner that person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and (ii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, if he or she had no reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful. In actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, a corporation may indemnify such person against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner that person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which that person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all circumstances of the case, such person in fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or other such court shall deem proper. To the extent that such person has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defending any such action, suit or proceeding referred to above or any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she is entitled to indemnification for expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for or granted pursuant to Section 145 of the DGCL is not exclusive of any other rights of indemnification or advancement of expenses to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled, and a corporation may purchase and maintain insurance against liabilities asserted against any former or current, director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or a person who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, whether or not the power to indemnify is provided by the statute.

Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions, or for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides for such limitation of liability.

Thermon Holding Corp.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Article Eighth of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, no director shall be personally liable to the corporation or any stockholder for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

Bylaws. Article V provides that we shall indemnify any former or present officer or director to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. However, subject to certain exceptions, we shall indemnify such director or officer

 

II-1


Table of Contents

seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding initiated by such director or officer only if such proceeding was authorized by our Board of Directors.

D&O Insurance. We maintain standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided to our directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, and to us with respect to payments which may be made by us to such officers and directors pursuant to the above indemnification provision or otherwise as a matter of law.

Registration Rights Agreement. The Registration Rights Agreement filed as Exhibit 4.4 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification of our directors and officers by the initial purchasers party thereto against certain liabilities.

The Louisiana Corporation

Louisiana Business Corporation Law. Section 83A(1) of the Louisiana Business Corporation Law (“ LBCL ”) permits corporations to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, including any action by or in the right of the corporation, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another business, foreign or nonprofit corporation, partnership, joint venture, or other enterprise, against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit, or proceeding, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. Section 83A(2) of the LBCL provides that, in case of actions by or in the right of the corporation, the indemnity shall be limited to expenses, including attorneys fees and amounts paid in settlement not exceeding, in the judgment of the board of directors, the estimated expense of litigating the action to conclusion, actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such action, and that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue, or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction, after exhaustion of all appeals therefrom, to be liable for willful or intentional misconduct in the performance of his duty to the corporation, unless, and only to the extent that the court shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, he is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the court shall deem proper. Section 83(B) of the LBCL provides that to the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any such action, suit or proceeding, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith. Any indemnification under Section 83A of the LBCL, unless ordered by the court, shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in a specific case upon a determination that the applicable standard of conduct has been met, and such determination shall be made: (i) by the board of directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit, or proceeding, or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable and the board of directors so directs, by independent legal counsel, or (iii) by the stockholders.

The indemnification provided for by Section 83 of the LBCL shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the person indemnified is entitled under any bylaw, agreement, authorization of stockholders or directors, regardless of whether directors authorizing such indemnification are beneficiaries thereof, or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his heirs and legal representative; however, no such other indemnification measure shall permit indemnification of any person for the results of such person’s willful or intentional misconduct.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Thermon Heat Tracing Services-II, Inc.

Amended and Restated Bylaws. Article II, Section 7 of the Amended and Restated Bylaws of Thermon Heat Tracing Services-II, Inc. provides that the corporation shall indemnify its present and former directors and officers from and against any and all claims and liabilities to which he or she may be or become subject because he or she is or was a director or officer of the corporation and/or because of his or her alleged acts or omissions at the time when any such claim or liability is asserted, and shall reimburse each such director and officer for all legal and other expenses reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense of such claims or liabilities, including amounts paid or agreed to be paid in connection with reasonable settlements made with the approval of the Board of Directors of the corporation. However, no director or officer shall be entitled to such indemnification unless, in the judgment of the Board of Directors of the corporation, the director or officer has not been guilty of negligence or willful misconduct.

The Texas Corporations

Texas Business Organizations Code. Section 8.051 of the Texas Business Organizations Code (“ TBOC ”) requires a Texas corporation to indemnify a director or former director who is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with defending a proceeding in which such person is a respondent, and Section 8.105(b) requires a Texas corporation to indemnify an officer to the same extent indemnification is mandatory for a director. Sections 8.101, 8.102 and 8.103 of the TBOC authorize a Texas corporation to indemnify a director who was, is, or is threatened to be a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding because of his role as a director only if a determination is made (i) by a majority vote of the directors who at the time of the vote are disinterested and independent, regardless of whether such directors constitute a quorum; (ii) by a majority vote of a board committee designated by a majority of disinterested and independent directors and consisting solely of disinterested and independent directors; (iii) by special legal counsel selected by the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors as set forth in (i) or (ii); (iv) by the shareholders in a vote that excludes the shares held by directors who are not disinterested and independent; or (v) by the shareholders in a unanimous vote that such indemnification is permissible under the TBOC. The power to indemnify applies only if the director or former director acted in good faith and, in the case of conduct in the person’s official capacity as a director, in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interest of the corporation, and, in all other cases, the person’s conduct was not opposed to the best interest of the corporation, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the person had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The director or former director may be indemnified with respect to judgments and other expenses that are reasonably incurred by that person in connection with a proceeding; provided that if the person is found liable to the corporation or due to the fact that the person improperly received a personal benefit, the person may not be indemnified with respect to a judgment, penalty, fine, or tax. A corporation may not indemnify an director or former director who is found liable to the corporation, or for improper receipt of a personal benefit, if liability arose out of willful or intentional misconduct in the performance of the director’s or officer’s duty to the corporation, breach of the director’s or officer’s duty of loyalty to the corporation, or an act or omission not in good faith constituting a breach of duty to the corporation.

Section 8.104 of the TBOC provides that the corporation may pay or reimburse, in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding, reasonable expenses incurred by a present director who was, is, or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding after the corporation receives a written affirmation by the director of his good faith belief that he has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification under Section 8.101 and a written undertaking by or on behalf of the director to repay the amount paid or reimbursed if it is ultimately determined that he has not met that standard or if it is ultimately determined that indemnification of the director is not otherwise permitted under the TBOC. Section 8.105 of the TBOC provides that a corporation may indemnify and advance expenses to a person who is an officer of the corporation, as provided by: (i) the corporation’s governing documents; (ii) an action by the corporation’s board of directors; (iii) resolution by the shareholders; (iv) contract; or (v) common law. Section 8.105 also provides that reasonable expenses incurred by a former director or officer who was, is, or is threatened to be made a named defendant or

 

II-3


Table of Contents

respondent in a proceeding may be paid or reimbursed by the corporation, in advance of the final disposition of the action, as the corporation considers appropriate.

Section 7.001 of the TBOC permits a corporation to eliminate or limit in its certificate of formation all monetary liability of the corporation’s directors to the corporation or its shareholders for acts or omissions by the director in the performance of such director’s duties. However, the TBOC does not permit elimination or limitation of liability of a director for: (i) breaching a duty of loyalty to a corporation or its shareholders; (ii) an act or omission not in good faith that is a breach of duty to the corporation or involves intentional misconduct or a known violation of the law; (iii) engaging in a transaction from which the director obtains an improper benefit; or (iv) violating applicable statutes which expressly provide for the liability of a director.

The TBOC permits insurance providing indemnification for liabilities not otherwise indemnifiable under Chapter 8 of the TBOC.

Thermon Industries, Inc.

Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation. Article X of the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of TII provides that, to the greatest extent permitted by applicable law, a director shall not be liable to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for an action or omission in the director’s capacity as a director, except for liability for (i) a breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its shareholders, (ii) an act or omission not in good faith that constitutes a breach of a duty of the director to the corporation or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (iii) a transaction from which a director received an improper benefit, whether or not the benefit resulted from an action taken within the scope of the director’s office, or (iv) an act or omission for which the liability of a director is expressly provided for by statute.

Thermon Manufacturing Company

Amended and Restated Bylaws. Section 6.11 of the Amended and Restated Bylaws of Thermon Manufacturing Company provide that the corporation may indemnify a director only if it is determined in accordance with the Articles of Incorporation that such director (1) conducted himself or herself in good faith, (2) reasonably believed, in the case of conduct in his official capacity as a director, that his or her conduct was in the corporation’s best interests, and in all other cases, that his conduct was at least not opposed to the corporation’s best interests, and (3) in the case of any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or conduct was unlawful. A director may not be indemnified if an improper personal benefit was received by him or her, or if the director is found liable to the corporation, and was found liable for willful or intentional misconduct in the performance of his duty to the Company.

Thermon Heat Tracing Services, Inc.

Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws. Neither the Articles of Incorporation nor the Bylaws of Thermon Heat Tracing Services, Inc. contain provisions regarding the indemnification of directors or officers.

Thermon Heat Tracing Services-I, Inc.

Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws. Neither the Articles of Incorporation nor the Bylaws of Thermon Heat Tracing Services-I, Inc. contain provisions regarding the indemnification of directors or officers.

 

II-4


Table of Contents
Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

Exhibits

Certain of the agreements included as exhibits to this prospectus contain representations and warranties by each of the parties to the applicable agreement. These representations and warranties have been made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and:

 

   

should not in all instances be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate;

 

   

have been qualified by disclosures that were made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement, which disclosures are not necessarily reflected in the agreement;

 

   

may apply standards of materiality in a way that is different from what may be viewed as material to you or other investors; and

 

   

were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement and are subject to more recent developments.

The registrants acknowledge that, notwithstanding the inclusion of the foregoing cautionary statements, they are responsible for considering whether additional specific disclosures of material information regarding material contractual provisions are required to make the statements in this registration statement not misleading.

 

Exhibit
Numbers

  

Description

  2.1    Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 26, 2010, by and among Thermon Holdings, LLC, Thermon Holding Corp. and Thermon Group, Inc.*†
  2.2    First Amendment to the Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 28, 2010, by and among Thermon Holdings, LLC, Thermon Holding Corp. and Thermon Group, Inc.*†
  2.3    Amendment to the Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 12, 2010, by and among Thermon Holdings, LLC, Thermon Holding Corp. and Thermon Group, Inc.*†
  2.4    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 30, 2010, among Thermon Finance, Inc. and Thermon Industries, Inc.*†
  2.5    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 10, 2007, by and among Thermon Holding Corp., Thermon Merger Corp., Thermon Industries, Inc., Richard L. Burdick, Mark R. Burdick, Burdick Interests, Ltd., George Alexander, Rodney Bingham, Richard Hageman, David Ralph and TII Shareholder Representative, LLC, as the shareholder representative.*†
  3.1    Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Thermon Industries, Inc.†
  3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Thermon Industries, Inc.†
  3.3    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Thermon Holding Corp.†
  3.4    Bylaws of Thermon Holding Corp.†
  3.5    Articles of Incorporation of Thermon Manufacturing Company†
  3.6    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Thermon Manufacturing Company†
  3.7    Articles of Incorporation of Thermon Heat Tracing Services, Inc.†
  3.8    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Thermon Heat Tracing Services, Inc.†
  3.9    Articles of Incorporation of Thermon Heat Tracing Services-I, Inc.†
  3.10    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Thermon Heat Tracing Services-I, Inc.†

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Numbers

  

Description

  3.11    Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Thermon Heat Tracing Services-II, Inc.†
  3.12    Bylaws of Thermon Heat Tracing Services-II, Inc.†
  4.1    Indenture, dated as of April 30, 2010, between Thermon Finance, Inc., as issuer, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee and collateral agent†
  4.2    First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 30, 2010, among Thermon Industries, Inc. (as successor by merger to Thermon Finance, Inc.), as issuer, the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee and collateral agent†
  4.3    Form of 9.500% Senior Secured Note due 2017
  4.4    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2010, among Thermon Industries, Inc., each of the guarantors party thereto and each of the initial purchasers party thereto†
  5.1    Opinion of Sidley Austin LLP
  5.2    Opinion of Fulbright & Jaworksi L.L.P.
  5.3    Opinion of Liskow & Lewis
10.1    Credit Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2010, among Thermon Industries, Inc., Thermon Canada Inc., the other parties thereto that are designated as a “credit party” therein (including Thermon Holding Corp.), General Electric Capital Corporation, as US agent for the several financial institutions from time to time party thereto with a US revolving loan commitment and for itself as a US lender (including as US swingline lender), GE Canada Holding Finance Company, as Canadian agent for the several financial institutions from time to time party thereto with a Canadian revolving loan commitment, Bank of Montreal, as documentation agent for the lenders and for itself as a lender, and KeyBank National Association, as syndication agent for the lenders and for itself as a lender, and such other lenders party thereto**
10.2    First Lien Guaranty and Security Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2010, among Thermon Industries, Inc., the other U.S. Credit Parties named therein and General Electric Capital Corporation, as U.S. agent†
10.3    Second Lien Security Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2010, among Thermon Industries, Inc. (as successor by merger to Thermon Finance, Inc.), the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as collateral agent†
10.4    Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2010, between General Electric Capital Corporation, as the first lien agent, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as the second lien agent, and acknowledged by Thermon Industries, Inc. (as successor by merger to Thermon Finance, Inc.) and the guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto†
10.5    Amended and Restated Securityholder Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2010, among Thermon Group Holdings, Inc., and the other parties identified therein†
10.6    Management Services Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2010, among Thermon Industries, Inc., CHS Private Equity V LP, Thompson Street Capital Partners II, L.P., Crown Investment Series LLC—Series 4, Star Investment Series LLC—Series 1†
10.7    Closing Fee Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2010, between Thermon Group, Inc. and CHS Management V LP†
10.8    Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. Restricted Stock and Stock Option Plan, as adopted on July 28, 2010***†
10.9    Amendment No. 1 to the Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. Restricted Stock and Stock Option Plan, as adopted on October 27, 2010***

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Numbers

  

Description

10.10    Form of Stock Option Agreement under Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. Restricted Stock and Stock Option Plan***†
10.11    Confidential Employment Agreement, effective as of April 30, 2010, between Rodney Bingham and Thermon Holding Corp.***†
10.12    Confidential Employment Agreement, effective as of April 30, 2010, between George P. Alexander and Thermon Holding Corp.***†
10.13    Offer letter dated July 7, 2010 between Jay Peterson and Thermon Group, Inc.***†
10.14    Letter agreement dated July 28, 2010 between Charles A. Sorrentino and Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.***†
10.15    Letter agreement dated July 28, 2010 between Richard E. Goodrich and Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.***†
12.1    Statement regarding computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges†
21.1    Subsidiaries of Thermon Holding Corp.†
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
23.2    Consent of Meyers Norris Penny LLP
23.3    Consent of Bell Partners
23.4    Consent of Shanghai Jialiang CPAs
23.5    Consent of Sidley Austin LLP (contained in its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1)
23.6    Consent of Fulbright & Jaworksi L.L.P. (contained in its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.2)
23.7    Consent of Liskow & Lewis (contained in its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.3)
24.1    Powers of Attorney (included on signature pages hereto)†
25.1    Statement of Eligibility of The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee
99.1    Form of Letter of Transmittal†
99.2    Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
99.3    Form of Letter to Clients†
99.4    Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees†

 

* The registrants agree to furnish supplementally to the SEC a copy of any omitted schedule or exhibit upon the request of the SEC in accordance with Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K.
** Portions of the exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the SEC. Such omitted portions have been filed separately with the SEC.
*** Constitutes a compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed with this prospectus.
Previously filed.

Financial Statement Schedule

None. Financial statement schedules have been omitted since the required information is included in our consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this registration statement.

 

II-7


Table of Contents
Item 22. Undertakings.

(a) The undersigned registrants hereby undertake:

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4) That, for purposes of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, if the registrants are subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(5) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities: The undersigned registrants undertake that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrants pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrants will be sellers to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

 

II-8


Table of Contents

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

(b) The undersigned registrants hereby undertake to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

(c) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of a registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrants have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrants of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrants in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrants will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-9


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this amendment to the registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Marcos, State of Texas, on November 22, 2010.

 

THERMON HOLDING CORP.
By:       / S /    R ODNEY B INGHAM        
Name:   Rodney Bingham
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer and Senior Vice President, Western Hemisphere

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this amendment to the registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    R ODNEY B INGHAM        

Rodney Bingham

  

President and Chief Executive Officer, Senior Vice President, Western Hemisphere and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

  November 22, 2010

*

George Alexander

  

Senior Vice President, Eastern Hemisphere and Director

  November 22, 2010

*

Jay Peterson

  

Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice President, Finance (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  November 22, 2010

*

Daniel J. Hennessy

  

Chairman of the Board of Directors

  November 22, 2010

*

James A. Cooper

  

Director

  November 22, 2010

*

Marcus J. George

  

Director

  November 22, 2010

*

Richard E. Goodrich

  

Director

  November 22, 2010

*

Brian P. Simmons

  

Director

  November 22, 2010

*

Charles A. Sorrentino

  

Director

  November 22, 2010

 

*By:   / S /    R ODNEY B INGHAM        
 

Rodney Bingham

Attorney-in-fact

 

II-10


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this amendment to the registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Marcos, State of Texas, on November 22, 2010.

 

THERMON INDUSTRIES, INC.

THERMON MANUFACTURING COMPANY

THERMON HEAT TRACING SERVICES, INC.

THERMON HEAT TRACING SERVICES-I, INC. THERMON HEAT TRACING SERVICES-II, INC.

By:       / S /    R ODNEY B INGHAM        
Name:   Rodney Bingham
Title:   President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this amendment to the registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    R ODNEY B INGHAM        

Rodney Bingham

  

President and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

  November 22, 2010

*

Jay Peterson

  

Secretary (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  November 22, 2010

*

Daniel J. Hennessy

  

Chairman of the Board of Directors

  November 22, 2010

*

Marcus J. George

  

Director

  November 22, 2010

 

*By:   / S /    R ODNEY B INGHAM        
 

Rodney Bingham

Attorney-in-fact

 

II-11


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Numbers

  

Description

  2.1    Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 26, 2010, by and among Thermon Holdings, LLC, Thermon Holding Corp. and Thermon Group, Inc.*†
  2.2    First Amendment to the Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 28, 2010, by and among Thermon Holdings, LLC, Thermon Holding Corp. and Thermon Group, Inc.*†
  2.3    Amendment to the Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 12, 2010, by and among Thermon Holdings, LLC, Thermon Holding Corp. and Thermon Group, Inc.*†
  2.4    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 30, 2010, among Thermon Finance, Inc. and Thermon Industries, Inc.*†
  2.5    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 10, 2007, by and among Thermon Holding Corp., Thermon Merger Corp., Thermon Industries, Inc., Richard L. Burdick, Mark R. Burdick, Burdick Interests, Ltd., George Alexander, Rodney Bingham, Richard Hageman, David Ralph and TII Shareholder Representative, LLC, as the shareholder representative.*†
  3.1    Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Thermon Industries, Inc.†
  3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Thermon Industries, Inc.†
  3.3    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Thermon Holding Corp.†
  3.4    Bylaws of Thermon Holding Corp.†
  3.5    Articles of Incorporation of Thermon Manufacturing Company†
  3.6    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Thermon Manufacturing Company†
  3.7    Articles of Incorporation of Thermon Heat Tracing Services, Inc.†
  3.8    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Thermon Heat Tracing Services, Inc.†
  3.9    Articles of Incorporation of Thermon Heat Tracing Services-I, Inc.†
  3.10    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Thermon Heat Tracing Services-I, Inc.†
  3.11    Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Thermon Heat Tracing Services-II, Inc.†
  3.12    Bylaws of Thermon Heat Tracing Services-II, Inc.†
  4.1    Indenture, dated as of April 30, 2010, between Thermon Finance, Inc., as issuer, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee and collateral agent†
  4.2    First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 30, 2010, among Thermon Industries, Inc. (as successor by merger to Thermon Finance, Inc.), as issuer, the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee and collateral agent†
  4.3    Form of 9.500% Senior Secured Note due 2017
  4.4    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2010, among Thermon Industries, Inc., each of the guarantors party thereto and each of the initial purchasers party thereto†
  5.1    Opinion of Sidley Austin LLP
  5.2    Opinion of Fulbright & Jaworksi L.L.P.
  5.3    Opinion of Liskow & Lewis


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Numbers

  

Description

10.1    Credit Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2010, among Thermon Industries, Inc., Thermon Canada Inc., the other parties thereto that are designated as a “credit party” therein (including Thermon Holding Corp.), General Electric Capital Corporation, as US agent for the several financial institutions from time to time party thereto with a US revolving loan commitment and for itself as a US lender (including as US swingline lender), GE Canada Holding Finance Company, as Canadian agent for the several financial institutions from time to time party thereto with a Canadian revolving loan commitment, Bank of Montreal, as documentation agent for the lenders and for itself as a lender, and KeyBank National Association, as syndication agent for the lenders and for itself as a lender, and such other lenders party thereto**
10.2    First Lien Guaranty and Security Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2010, among Thermon Industries, Inc., the other U.S. Credit Parties named therein and General Electric Capital Corporation, as U.S. agent†
10.3    Second Lien Security Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2010, among Thermon Industries, Inc. (as successor by merger to Thermon Finance, Inc.), the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as collateral agent†
10.4    Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2010, between General Electric Capital Corporation, as the first lien agent, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as the second lien agent, and acknowledged by Thermon Industries, Inc. (as successor by merger to Thermon Finance, Inc.) and the guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto†
10.5    Amended and Restated Securityholder Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2010, among Thermon Group Holdings, Inc., and the other parties identified therein†
10.6    Management Services Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2010, among Thermon Industries, Inc., CHS Private Equity V LP, Thompson Street Capital Partners II, L.P., Crown Investment Series LLC—Series 4, Star Investment Series LLC—Series 1†
10.7    Closing Fee Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2010, between Thermon Group, Inc. and CHS Management V LP†
10.8    Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. Restricted Stock and Stock Option Plan, as adopted on July 28, 2010***†
10.9    Amendment No. 1 to the Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. Restricted Stock and Stock Option Plan, as adopted on October 27, 2010***
10.10    Form of Stock Option Agreement under Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. Restricted Stock and Stock Option Plan***†
10.11    Confidential Employment Agreement, effective as of April 30, 2010, between Rodney Bingham and Thermon Holding Corp.***†
10.12    Confidential Employment Agreement, effective as of April 30, 2010, between George P. Alexander and Thermon Holding Corp.***†
10.13    Offer letter dated July 7, 2010 between Jay Peterson and Thermon Group, Inc.***†
10.14    Letter agreement dated July 28, 2010 between Charles A. Sorrentino and Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.***†
10.15    Letter agreement dated July 28, 2010 between Richard E. Goodrich and Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.***†
12.1    Statement regarding computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges†
21.1    Subsidiaries of Thermon Holding Corp.†


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Numbers

  

Description

23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
23.2    Consent of Meyers Norris Penny LLP
23.3    Consent of Bell Partners
23.4    Consent of Shanghai Jialiang CPAs
23.5    Consent of Sidley Austin LLP (contained in its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1)
23.6    Consent of Fulbright & Jaworksi L.L.P. (contained in its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.2)
23.7    Consent of Liskow & Lewis (contained in its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.3)
24.1    Powers of Attorney (included on signature pages hereto)†
25.1    Statement of Eligibility of The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee
99.1    Form of Letter of Transmittal†
99.2    Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
99.3    Form of Letter to Clients†
99.4    Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees†

 

* The registrants agree to furnish supplementally to the SEC a copy of any omitted schedule or exhibit upon the request of the SEC in accordance with Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K.
** Portions of the exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the SEC. Such omitted portions have been filed separately with the SEC.
*** Constitutes a compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed with this prospectus.
Previously filed.

EXHIBIT 4.3

[Face of Note]

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.


CUSIP 88362R AC1

ISIN US88362RAC16

THERMON INDUSTRIES, INC.

9.50% SENIOR SECURED NOTE DUE 2017

 

No. RA-1   $[                               ]

Thermon Industries, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Company ,” which term includes any successor entity), for value received promises to pay to Cede & Co. or its registered assigns, the principal sum of [                                                                           ] DOLLARS ($[                          ]) (or such principal amount as may be set forth in the records of the Trustee hereinafter referred to in accordance with the Indenture) on May 1, 2017, and to pay interest thereon as hereinafter set forth.

Interest Payment Dates: May 1 and November 1

Record Dates: April 15 and October 15

Dated: [                      ], 2010

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained on the reverse side of this Note, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.


IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

THERMON INDUSTRIES, INC.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


T RUSTEE C ERTIFICATE OF A UTHENTICATION

This Note is one of the 9.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST

      COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee

By:    
  Name:
  Title:

Dated: [                      ], 2010


[Back of Note]

9.50% Senior Secured Note due 2017

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

1.     Interest . Thermon Industries, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Company ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 9.50% per annum from April 30, 2010 until maturity. The Company will pay interest semi-annually in arrears every May 1 and November 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”). Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from November 1, 2010; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided , further , that the first Interest Payment Date shall be November 1, 2010. The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

2.     Method of Payment . The Company shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on April 15 or October 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes shall be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose, or, at the option of the Company, by check mailed to the Holders at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest and premium on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

3.     Paying Agent and Registrar . Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

4.     Indenture . The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of April 30, 2010 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Indenture ”), among the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Company designated as its 9.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2017. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the


Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “ TIA ”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be issued thereunder.

5.     Optional Redemption .

(a)    At any time and from time to time on and after May 1, 2014, the Company, at its option, may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date falling on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on May 1 of each of the years set forth below.

 

   Year

     Percentage   

2014

   104.750%

2015

   102.375%

2016 and thereafter

   100.000%

(b)    At any time and from time to time prior to May 1, 2013, the Company, at its option, may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including any Additional Notes) originally issued under the Indenture at a redemption price of 109.500% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date falling on or prior to the redemption date) if:

(1)    such redemption is made with the proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings;

(2)    at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including any Additional Notes) originally issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding Notes held by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries); and

(3)    the redemption occurs within 90 days of the closing of such Equity Offering.

(c)    At any time and from time to time during any period consisting of 12 consecutive months ending on the day immediately preceding the first, second or third anniversary of the date of the Indenture, the Company, at its option, may redeem a portion of the Notes at a redemption price of 103% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date falling on or prior to the redemption date); provided , that the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes that may be redeemed


during any such 12 consecutive month period shall not exceed 10% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture.

(d)    At any time and from time to time prior to May 1, 2014, the Company, at its option, may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date falling on or prior to the redemption date).

(e)    Any redemption pursuant to this Section 5 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture.

6.     Mandatory Redemption; Offers to Purchase . Except as set forth in Sections 5.10 and 5.14 of the Indenture, the Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

7.     Notice of Redemption . Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. Notices of redemption may not be conditional. On and after the redemption date, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price and interest will cease to accrue on the principal amount of the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

8.     Offer to Purchase . Sections 5.10 and 5.14 of the Indenture provide that after certain Asset Sales and upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, and subject to further limitations contained therein, the Company will make an offer to purchase Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.

9.     Denominations, Transfer, Exchange . The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company is not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of the Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company is not required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.

10.     Persons Deemed Owners . The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

11.     Unclaimed Money . If any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Company at its request or, if then held by the Company, will be discharged from such trust. After any such payment, any Holder of a Note entitled to the money must look, as an unsecured creditor, only to the Company and not the Trustee or Paying Agent


for payment, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease.

12.     Discharge and Defeasance . Subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company and the Guarantors at any time shall be entitled to terminate some or all of their obligations under the Indenture and the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as applicable, if the Company deposits with the Trustee cash in U.S. dollars or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Notes to redemption or Stated Maturity, as the case may be.

13.     Amendment, Supplement and Waiver . Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture Documents may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes), and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture Documents may be waived with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with the purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes). Without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): (1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; (2) reduce the principal of, premium, if any, or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (other than provisions of Sections 3.09, 5.10 and 5.14 of the Indenture prior to the time at which an obligation to make an offer to purchase Notes thereunder has arisen); (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note; (4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes and the consequences thereof by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration); (5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes; (6) make any change in the provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes when due and payable; (7) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Notes Guarantee or the Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; (8) after the Company’s obligation to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer arises under the Indenture, amend, change or otherwise modify in any material respect (A) such obligation or (B) the provisions or definitions with respect thereto; or (9) make any change in the foregoing or succeeding amendment, supplement and waiver provisions. In addition, any amendment to, supplement or waiver of, the provisions of the Indenture Documents that has the effect of releasing all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes shall require the consent of the Holders of not less than 66 2 / 3 % in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any Holder, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend, supplement or waive any provision of the Indenture Documents to: (1) cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency or to make a modification of a formal, minor or technical nature or correct a manifest error, (2) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, (3) comply with the covenant relating to mergers, consolidations, amalgamations and sales of assets; (4) provide for the assumption of the Company’s or any


Guarantor’s obligations to Holders in the case of a merger, consolidation, amalgamation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of such Person, (5) add Guarantees with respect to the Notes or to secure the Notes or to release a Guarantor from its Note Guarantee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, (6) add to the covenants of the Company or any Guarantor for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or any Guarantor, (7) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect (as determined by the Company in good faith) the legal rights under the Indenture Documents of any such Holder, (8) comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, (9) (i) enter into additional or supplemental Collateral Documents or (ii) release Collateral in accordance with the terms of the Indenture Documents, (10) evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Indenture of a successor trustee pursuant to the requirements thereof, (11) make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by the Indenture, including to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes or to comply with the rules of any applicable securities depository; provided , however , that (i) compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes, (12) provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, or (13) conform the text of the Indenture or any other Indenture Document to any provision of the “Description of the Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture or any other Indenture Document, as evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate of the Company. The consent of Holders in not necessary under the Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. After an amendment, supplement or waiver under the Indenture becomes effective, the Company is required to mail to Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment, supplement or waiver. However, the failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of the amendment, supplement or waiver.

14.     Defaults and Remedies .

(a)    Under the Indenture, Events of Default include: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the Notes; (ii) default in payment when due of the principal, or premium, if any, of any Note (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise); (iii) default in the payment of principal and interest on Notes required to be repurchased by Section 5.10 or 5.14 of the Indenture or the failure by the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with the provisions described under Section 6.01 of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to perform any other covenant or agreement of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under the Indenture Documents and such failure continues for 60 days after written notice (specifying the Default, demanding the Default be cured and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default”) to the Parent or the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes; (v) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of


the Indenture (but excluding Indebtedness owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary), which default (A) is caused by a failure to pay principal of such Indebtedness when due and payable after the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness (a “ Payment Default ”) or (B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity (which acceleration is not rescinded, annulled or otherwise cured within 20 days of receipt by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary of notice of any such acceleration) and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates in excess of $10.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent); (vi) failure by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments which are non-appealable in an aggregate amount (net of any amount covered by indemnities or insurance issued by a reputable and creditworthy insurer that has not disclaimed coverage) in excess of $10.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 consecutive days following such judgment becoming final and non-appealable; (vii) (A) any security interest created by any Collateral Document ceases to be in full force and effect (except as permitted by the terms of the Indenture or the Collateral Documents) or (B) the breach or repudiation by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any of their obligations under any Collateral Document (other than by reason of a release of such obligation or Lien related thereto in accordance with the terms of the Indenture or the Collateral Documents); provided that, in the case of clauses (A) and (B), such cessation, breach or repudiation, individually or in the aggregate, results in Collateral having a Fair Market Value in excess of $5.0 million not being subject to a valid, perfected security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent under any applicable law (other than the law of any foreign jurisdiction) (to the extent required under the Collateral Documents); (viii) except as expressly permitted by the Indenture, any Note Guarantee from Parent or a Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its Note Guarantee (other than by reason of a release of such Guarantor under such Note Guarantee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture Documents); and (ix) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Parent or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary.

(b)    If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing and has not been waived by the Holders, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, with respect to the Parent or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.


(c)    The Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Company and the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive (including in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes) any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture (including any acceleration of the Notes), except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration).

(d)    In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (a)(v) above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (including any acceleration of the Notes but excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose the Company delivers an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee stating that, both:

(i) either (x) the default giving rise to such Event of Default pursuant to clause (a)(v) shall be remedied or cured pursuant to the terms of, or waived by the holders of, such Indebtedness or any consequent acceleration of such Indebtedness shall be rescinded, annulled or otherwise cured or (y) such Indebtedness shall have been discharged in full; and

(ii) (x) the rescission and annulment of such acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction and (y) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal, premium or interest on the Notes that became due solely because of such acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived.

(e)    The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture and the other Indenture Documents and the Company is required, upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

15.     No Recourse Against Others . No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under the Indenture Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.

16.     Authentication . This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

17.     Trustee Dealings with Company . The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.


18.     Governing Law . THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS NOTE AND THE INDENTURE.

19.     Abbreviations . Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

20.     CUSIP Numbers . Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

21.     Guarantees . The payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, is unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by the Guarantors to the extent set forth in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture.

22.     Security . Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under the Notes and the Note Guarantees are secured by Liens on the Collateral pursuant to the terms of the Collateral Documents. The actions of the Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the Holders and the application of proceeds from the enforcement of any remedies with respect to such Collateral are limited pursuant to the terms of the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement.

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and the Collateral Documents. Requests may be made to the Company at the following address:

Thermon Industries, Inc.

100 Thermon Drive

San Marcos, Texas 78666

Attention: General Counsel


A SSIGNMENT F ORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:                                                                                                                          

(Insert assignee’s legal name)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint                                                                                                                                                            
to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for it.
Date:                                                           

Your Signature:                                                                                           

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the

face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*:                                  

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature

guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


O PTION OF H OLDER TO E LECT P URCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 5.10

or 5.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

 

¨ Section 5.10                         ¨ Section 5.14

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to
Section 5.10 or 5.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$                              

Date:                                     

Your Signature:                                                                      

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the

face of this Note)

Tax Identification No.:                                                              

Signature Guarantee*:                                 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature

guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).


S CHEDULE OF E XCHANGES OF I NTERESTS

IN THE G LOBAL N OTE

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $            . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of

    Exchange    

 

Amount of

Decrease in

Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

 

Amount of

Increase in

Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

   Principal
Amount of this
Global Note
Following such
Decrease or
Increase
   Signature of
Authorized
Signatory of

Trustee or
Custodian

Exhibit 5.1

 

 

LOGO

  

 

SIDLEY AUSTIN LLP

ONE SOUTH DEARBORN STREET

CHICAGO, IL 60603

(312) 853 7000

(312) 853 7036 FAX

         

 

BEIJING

BRUSSELS

CHICAGO

DALLAS

FRANKFURT

GENEVA

HONG KONG

LONDON

LOS ANGELES

 

FOUNDED 1866

  

 

NEW YORK

PALO ALTO

SAN FRANCISCO

SHANGHAI

SINGAPORE

SYDNEY

TOKYO

WASHINGTON, D.C.

November 22, 2010                          

Thermon Industries, Inc.

100 Thermon Drive

San Marcos, Texas 78666

                        Re: Thermon Industries, Inc.

                                9.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2017

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We refer to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-168915) filed on August 18, 2010 by Thermon Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), Thermon Industries, Inc., a Texas corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (the “ Company ”), and certain other subsidiaries of Parent (together with Parent, the “ Guarantors ”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), ), as amended by Amendment No. 1 filed with the Commission on September 29, 2010, Amendment No. 2 filed with the Commission on October 22, 2010 and Amendment No. 3 being filed with the Commission on the date hereof (such registration as so amended, the “ Registration Statement ”). The Registration Statement relates to the registration, as more fully described in the Registration Statement, of $210,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 9.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 (the “ New Notes ”), which are to be offered in exchange for an equivalent aggregate principal amount of the Company’s outstanding 9.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 (the “ Old Notes ”). The Old Notes are guaranteed by the Guarantors (the “ Old Note Guarantees ”), and the New Notes will be guaranteed by the Guarantors (the “ New Note Guarantees ”). Old Notes that are accepted for exchange for New Notes will be cancelled and retired.

The Old Notes and the Old Note Guarantees were, and the New Notes and the New Note Guarantees will be, issued pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of April 30, 2010 (the “ Original Indenture ”), between the Company, as successor by merger to Thermon Finance, Inc., and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee and collateral agent (the “ Trustee ”), as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 30, 2010 (the “ Supplemental Indenture ,” and, together with the Original Indenture, the “ Indenture ”), among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee.

 

 

Sidley Austin LLP is a limited liability partnership practicing in affiliation with other Sidley Austin partnerships


 

LOGO

Thermon Industries, Inc.

November 22, 2010

Page 2

 

This letter is being delivered in accordance with the requirements of Item 21 of Form S-4 and Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K, each under the Securities Act.

In rendering the opinions expressed below, we have examined and relied upon copies of the Registration Statement, the exhibits filed therewith, the Indenture and the form of New Notes. We have also examined originals, or copies of originals certified to our satisfaction, of such agreements, documents, certificates and other statements of government officials and other instruments, and have examined such questions of law and have satisfied ourselves as to such matters of fact, as we have considered relevant and necessary as a basis for this letter. We have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of all persons and the conformity with the original documents of any copies thereof submitted to us for our examination.

Based on and subject to the foregoing and the other limitations, qualifications, exceptions and assumptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that:

1. Parent is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The New Note Guarantee of Parent set forth in the Indenture has been duly authorized by Parent.

2. The New Notes will be legally issued and valid and binding obligations of the Company, and the New Note Guarantees set forth in the Indenture will be legally issued and valid and binding obligations of the Guarantors, in each case when (i) the Registration Statement, as finally amended (including all necessary post-effective amendments, if any), shall have become effective under the Securities Act and the Indenture shall have been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and (ii) the New Notes shall have been duly executed and issued by the Company and duly authenticated by the Trustee as provided in the Indenture and shall have been duly delivered against surrender and cancellation of like principal amount of the Old Notes in the manner described in the Registration Statement.

The foregoing opinions are subject to the following qualifications, exceptions, assumptions and limitations:

 

  A. The foregoing opinions are limited to the laws of the State of New York and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. We express no opinion and make no statement as to the laws, rules or regulations of any other jurisdiction, including, without limitation, the State of Texas.


 

LOGO

Thermon Industries, Inc.

November 22, 2010

Page 3

 

  B. With respect to each instrument or agreement referred to in or otherwise relevant to the opinions set forth herein (each, an “ Instrument ”), we have assumed, to the extent relevant to the opinions set forth herein, that (i) each party to such Instrument (if not a natural person) was duly organized or formed, as the case may be, and was at all relevant times and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization or formation, as the case may be, and had at all relevant times and has full right, power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under such Instrument, (ii) such Instrument has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each party thereto, and (iii) such Instrument was at all relevant times and is a valid, binding and enforceable agreement or obligation, as the case may be, of, each party thereto; provided that (1) we make no such assumption insofar as any of the foregoing matters relate to Parent and is expressly covered by our opinion set forth in paragraph 1 above; and (2) that we make no such assumption in clause (iii) insofar as it relates to the Company or any Guarantor and is expressly covered by our opinion set forth in paragraph 2 above.

 

  C. The foregoing opinions are subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer or other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general equitable principles (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law), including concepts of commercial reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing and the possible unavailability of specific performance or injunctive relief.

We hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an Exhibit to the Registration Statement and to all references to our firm included in or made a part of the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons for whom consent is required by Section 7 of the Securities Act or the related rules or regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder.

 

Very truly yours,

/s/ Sidley Austin LLP

 

Exhibit 5.2

Fulbright & Jaworski l.l.p.

A Registered Limited Liability Partnership

Fulbright Tower

1301 McKinney, Suite 5100

Houston, Texas 77010-3095

www.fulbright.com

 

telephone:   (713) 651-5151      facsimile:    (713) 651-5246

November 22, 2010

Thermon Industries, Inc.

100 Thermon Drive

San Marcos, Texas 78666

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as local counsel to Thermon Industries, Inc., a Texas corporation (“ Issuer ”), Thermon Manufacturing Company, a Texas corporation (“ TMC ”), Thermon Heat Tracing Services, Inc., a Texas corporation (“ THTS ”), and Thermon Heat Tracing Services-I, Inc., a Texas corporation (“ THTSI ”, and collectively with TMC and THTS, the “ Texas Subsidiaries ”; and the Texas Subsidiaries together with the Issuer, collectively the “ Texas Entities ”), in connection with certain limited matters related to the proposed issuance by (a) Issuer of up to $210,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 9.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 (the “ New Notes ”) and (b) the Texas Subsidiaries of their related guarantees of the New Notes (the “ Guarantees ”). The New Notes and the Guarantees will be issued pursuant to an Indenture dated as of April 30, 2010 (the “ Base Indenture ”), between Issuer, as successor by merger to Thermon Finance, Inc., a Texas corporation, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (in such capacity, the “ Trustee ”) and collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”), as supplemented by the Supplemental Indenture. Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meanings assigned in the Indenture.

In connection with rendering the opinions expressed herein, our engagement has been limited in scope solely to our review of the Base Indenture and the Supplemental Indenture provided to us by Sidley Austin LLP and the Texas Constituent Documents, which have been provided to us by Sidley Austin LLP or obtained from relevant government officials, in each case solely for the purpose of the opinions expressed herein. Except for advising the Texas Entities with respect to indemnification and insurance provisions of the Texas Business Organizations Code, we have not participated in any other matters related to the offering, issuance or sale of the New Notes and Guarantees, including, without limitation, the development or preparation of any offering memorandum or circular, registration statement, prospectus, prospectus supplement or other disclosure document, or any agreement, instrument or document related to any of the foregoing. We have not reviewed any documents other than the Base Indenture and the Supplemental Indenture and the Texas Constituent Documents and, in particular, we have not reviewed any document (other than the Base Indenture, the Supplemental Indenture and the Texas Constituent Documents) that is referred to in or incorporated by reference into the Base Indenture, the Supplemental Indenture or any Texas Constituent Document. Further, in connection with the opinions expressed herein, we have not communicated directly with the Texas Entities, but only with their counsel, Sidley Austin LLP.

Thermon Industries, Inc.

Houston New York Washington DC Austin Dallas Denver Los Angeles Minneapolis San Antonio St. Louis

Beijing Dubai Hong Kong London Munich Riyadh


Thermon Industries, Inc.

November 22, 2010

Page 2

 

In rendering the opinions expressed herein, we have (i) examined (a) the Base Indenture, the Supplemental Indenture and the Texas Constituent Documents, and (b) certificates of representatives of the Texas Entities and certificates of public officials, and (ii) as to questions of fact material to the opinions expressed herein, and as to factual matters arising in connection with our examination of the aforesaid materials, relied, to the extent we deemed appropriate, upon the factual representations and warranties contained in the Base Indenture, the Supplemental Indenture and the Texas Constituent Documents, in certificates, communications, instruments, agreements and documents delivered in connection therewith and upon certain facts stated elsewhere herein. Except for the foregoing examinations, we have conducted no independent factual investigation but rather have relied upon the Base Indenture, the Supplemental Indenture and the Texas Constituent Documents, the statements and information set forth therein and the additional factual or informational matters recited or assumed herein, all of which we have assumed to be true, complete and accurate.

In making such examination and in such reliance, we have assumed (i) the authenticity and completeness of all records, certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents submitted to us as originals, (ii) the conformity to authentic original records, certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents of all copies submitted to us as copies, (iii) the legal capacity of each natural person identified in, or indicated as having executed, any of those records, certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents, (iv) the genuineness of all signatures on all such records, certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents, (v) copies of the Base Indenture and the Supplemental Indenture presented to us prior to delivery of this letter as the final and complete executed copies of such documents are the final and complete executed copies of such document, (vi) the due execution and delivery by all parties thereto (except to the extent set forth in paragraph 3 below) of the Base Indenture and the Supplemental Indenture, and (vii) the enforceability of the Base Indenture and the Supplemental Indenture against all parties thereto.

Based upon the foregoing and in reliance thereon, and subject to and qualified by the assumptions, qualifications, limitations and exceptions set forth herein, and having due regard for such legal considerations as we deem relevant, we are of the opinion that:

1. Each Texas Entity is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Texas.

2. The execution and delivery by each Texas Subsidiary of the Supplemental Indenture and its Guarantee, and the performance by each Texas Subsidiary of its obligations pursuant to the Supplemental Indenture and its Guarantee, are within such Texas Subsidiary’s corporate power and authority and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on its part.

3. The execution and delivery by the Issuer of the Supplemental Indenture and the New Notes, and the performance by the Issuer of its obligations pursuant to the Supplemental Indenture and the New Notes, are within the Issuer’s corporate power and authority and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on its part.

4. The Supplemental Indenture has been duly executed and delivered by each Texas Entity.

 

Thermon Industries, Inc.


Thermon Industries, Inc.

November 22, 2010

Page 3

 

The foregoing opinions expressed herein are further subject to, and qualified by, the following assumptions, exceptions, qualifications and limitations:

A. The opinions expressed herein are limited exclusively to the internal laws of the State of Texas. References herein to such laws, statutory laws, rules and regulations, in addition to other limitations set forth herein, are (i) limited to laws that are normally applicable to the transactions of the type contemplated by the Base Indenture and the Supplemental Indenture and the opinions expressed herein, without our having made any special investigation as to the applicability of any specific law, rule or regulation, and which are not the subject of a specific opinion herein referring expressly to a particular law or laws, and (ii) exclusive of, and without regard to antitrust, taxation and securities laws.

B. In rendering the opinions expressed in paragraph 1 above relating to existence and good standing of the Texas Entities, we have relied solely upon a review of certificates of public officials as follows: (i) Certificates of State of Texas, Secretary of State dated November 12, 2010 (Texas existence) with respect to each of the Texas Entities; and (ii) Certificates of the Office of the Comptroller of Public Accounts of the State of Texas dated (a) November 12, 2010 (Texas good standing) regarding each of Issuer, THTSI, and TMC, and (b) November 12, 2010 for THTS.

This opinion is limited to the matters stated herein and is given solely in connection with your registration statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities Exchange Commission (the “ Registration Statement ”). The opinions expressed herein may be relied upon by your counsel, Sidley Austin LLP in connection with its opinion filed as an exhibit to your Registration Statement regarding the validity of the securities being registered. We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name in the prospectus contained therein under the caption “Legal Matters”. The opinions expressed herein are as of the date hereof or, to the extent a reference to a certificate or other document dated another date is made herein, to such date.

                Very truly yours,

                /s/ Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.

                Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.

 

Thermon Industries, Inc.


ANNEX A

T O O PINION L ETTER OF F ULBRIGHT & J AWORSKI L.L.P. DATED N OVEMBER 22, 2010

Listing of Documents

1. The Base Indenture.

2. The First Supplemental Indenture dated as of April 30, 2010 (the “ Supplemental Indenture ”), executed by Issuer, the Trustee, Thermon Holdings Corp. and the Texas Subsidiaries.

3. The Articles of Incorporation, as amended, of Issuer certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Texas pursuant to its certificate dated April 9, 2010, and the Officer’s Certificate of Issuer, dated as of November 22, 2010, certifying that such Articles of Incorporation, as amended, is a true and complete copy of the Articles of Incorporation of Issuer, has not been amended and is in full force and effect, in each case as of November 22, 2010.

4. The Articles of Incorporation, as amended, of THTSI certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Texas pursuant to its certificate dated April 12, 2010, and the Officer’s Certificate of THTSI, dated as of November 22, 2010, certifying that such Articles of Incorporation, as amended, is a true and complete copy of the Articles of Incorporation of THTSI, has not been amended and is in full force and effect, in each case as of November 22, 2010.

5. The Articles of Incorporation, as amended, of TMC certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Texas pursuant to its certificate dated April 12, 2010, and the Officer’s Certificate of TMC, dated as of November 22, 2010, certifying that such Articles of Incorporation, as amended, is a true and complete copy of the Articles of Incorporation of TMC, has not been amended and is in full force and effect, in each case as of November 22, 2010.

6. The Articles of Incorporation, as amended, of THTS certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Texas pursuant to its certificate dated April 12, 2010, and the Officer’s Certificate of THTS, dated as of November 22, 2010, certifying that such Articles of Incorporation, as amended, is a true and complete copy of the Articles of Incorporation of THTS, has not been amended and is in full force and effect, in each case as of November 22, 2010.

7. The Bylaws of Issuer, and the Officer’s Certificate of Issuer, dated as of November 22, 2010, certifying that the copy of the Bylaws attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the Bylaws of Issuer, has not been amended and is in full force and effect, in each case as of November 22, 2010.

8. The Bylaws of THTSI, and the Officer’s Certificate of THTSI, dated as of November 22, 2010, certifying that the copy of the Bylaws attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the Bylaws of THTSI, has not been amended and is in full force and effect, in each case as of November 22, 2010.

9. The Bylaws of TMC, and the Officer’s Certificate of TMC, dated as of November 22, 2010, certifying that the copy of the Bylaws attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the Bylaws of TMC, has not been amended and is in full force and effect, in each case as of November 22, 2010.

 

   1    Thermon Industries, Inc.


10. The Bylaws of THTS, and the Officer’s Certificate of THTS, dated as of November 22, 2010, certifying that the copy of the Bylaws attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the Bylaws of THTS, has not been amended and is in full force and effect, in each case as of November 22, 2010.

11. Resolutions of the Board of Directors of Issuer, and the Officer’s Certificate of Issuer, dated as of November 22, 2010 certifying that the Resolutions attached thereto have been duly and properly passed by the Board of Directors of Issuer, have not been amended and are in full force and effect, in each case as of November 22, 2010.

12. Resolutions of the Board of Directors of THTSI, and the Officer’s Certificate of THTSI, dated as of November 22, 2010 certifying that the Resolutions attached thereto have been duly and properly passed by the Board of Directors of THTSI, have not been amended and are in full force and effect, in each case as of November 22, 2010.

13. Resolutions of the Board of Directors of TMC, and the Officer’s Certificate of TMC, dated as of November 22, 2010 certifying that the Resolutions attached thereto have been duly and properly passed by the Board of Directors of TMC, have not been amended and are in full force and effect, in each case as of November 22, 2010.

14. Resolutions of the Board of Directors of THTS, and the Officer’s Certificate of THTS, dated as of November 22, 2010 certifying that the Resolutions attached thereto have been duly and properly passed by the Board of Directors of THTS, have not been amended and are in full force and effect, in each case as of November 22, 2010.

15. Officer’s Certificate of Issuer dated as of November 22, 2010, certifying as to the incumbency and specimen signatures of the officers of Issuer executing the documents to which it is a party, as of November 22, 2010.

16. Officer’s Certificate of THTSI dated as of November 22, 2010, certifying as to the incumbency and specimen signatures of the officers of THTSI executing the documents to which it is a party, as of November 22, 2010

17. Officer’s Certificate of TMC dated as of November 22, 2010, certifying as to the incumbency and specimen signatures of the officers of TMC executing the documents to which it is a party, as of November 22, 2010.

18. Officer’s Certificate of THTS dated as of November 22, 2010, certifying as to the incumbency and specimen signatures of the officers of THTS executing the documents to which it is a party, as of November 22, 2010.

Certain Additional Defined Terms

Texas Constituent Documents ” means, collectively, the documents identified in paragraphs 3 through 18 above.

 

   2    Thermon Industries, Inc.

Exhibit 5.3

LOGO

 

One Shell Square
701 Poydras Street, Suite 5000
New Orleans, LA 70139
(504) 581-7979 Main
(504) 556-4108 Fax
  822 Harding Street
Post Office Box 52008
Lafayette, LA 70505
(337) 232-7424 Main
(337) 267-2399 Fax
  First City Tower
1001 Fannin Street, Suite 1800
Houston, TX 77002
(713) 651-2900 Main
(713) 651-2908 Fax
www.Liskow.com    
November 22, 2010   Thomas Beron   Direct: (504) 556-4155
    tberon@Liskow.com

Thermon Industries, Inc.

100 Thermon Drive

San Marcos, Texas 78666

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as local counsel to Thermon Heat Tracing Services-II, Inc., a Louisiana corporation (the “ Louisiana Subsidiary ”) in connection with certain limited matters related to the proposed issuance by (a) Thermon Industries, Inc. (“ Issuer ”) of up to $210,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 9.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 (the “ New Notes ”) and (b) the Louisiana Subsidiary of its related guaranty of the New Notes (the “ Guaranty ”). The New Notes and the Guaranty will be issued pursuant to an Indenture dated as of April 30, 2010 (the “ Base Indenture ”), between Issuer, as successor by merger to Thermon Finance, Inc., a Texas corporation) and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (in such capacity, the “ Trustee ”) and collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”), as supplemented by the Supplemental Indenture. Terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture.

In connection with rendering the opinions expressed herein, our engagement has been limited in scope solely to our review of the Base Indenture and the Supplemental Indenture provided to us by Sidley Austin LLP and the Louisiana Constituent Documents (as hereinafter defined), which have been provided to us by Sidley Austin LLP or obtained from relevant government officials, in each case solely for the purpose of the opinions expressed herein. Except for advising the Louisiana Subsidiary with respect to indemnification and insurance provisions of the Louisiana Corporations Code (La. R.S. 12:1, et seq.), we have not participated in any other matters related to the offering, issuance or sale of the New Notes and Guaranty, including, without limitation, the development or preparation of any offering memorandum or circular, registration statement, prospectus, prospectus supplement or other disclosure document, or any agreement, instrument or document related to any of the foregoing. We have not reviewed any documents other than the New Notes, the Base Indenture and the Supplemental Indenture and the Louisiana Constituent Documents and, in particular, we have not reviewed any document (other than the New Notes, the Base Indenture, the Supplemental Indenture and the Louisiana Constituent Documents) that is referred to in or incorporated by reference into the New Notes, the Base Indenture, the Supplemental Indenture or any Louisiana Constituent Document. Further, in connection with the opinions expressed herein, we have not communicated directly with the Louisiana Subsidiary, but only with their counsel, Sidley Austin LLP.


Thermon Industries, Inc.

November 22, 2010

Page 2

 

In rendering the opinions expressed herein, we have (i) examined (a) the New Notes, the Base Indenture, the Supplemental Indenture and the Louisiana Constituent Documents, and (b) certificates of representatives of the Louisiana Subsidiary and certificates of public officials of the State of Louisiana, and (ii) as to questions of fact material to the opinions expressed herein, and as to factual matters arising in connection with our examination of the aforesaid materials, relied, to the extent we deemed appropriate, upon the factual representations and warranties contained in the New Notes, the Base Indenture, the Supplemental Indenture and the Louisiana Constituent Documents, in certificates, communications, instruments, agreements and documents delivered in connection therewith and upon certain facts stated elsewhere herein. Except for the foregoing examinations, we have conducted no independent factual investigation but rather have relied upon the New Notes Base Indenture, the Supplemental Indenture and the Louisiana Constituent Documents, the statements and information set forth therein and the additional factual or informational matters recited or assumed herein, all of which we have assumed to be true, complete and accurate.

In making such examination and in such reliance, we have assumed (i) the authenticity and completeness of all records, certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents submitted to us as originals, (ii) the conformity to authentic original records, certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents of all copies submitted to us as copies, (iii) the legal capacity of each natural person identified in, or indicated as having executed, any of those records, certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents, (iv) the genuineness of all signatures on all such records, certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents, (v) copies of the Base Indenture and the Supplemental Indenture presented to us prior to delivery of this letter as the final and complete executed copies of such documents are the final and complete executed copies of such document, (vi) the due execution and delivery by all parties thereto (except to the extent set forth in paragraph 3 below) of the Base Indenture and the Supplemental Indenture, and (vii) the enforceability of the Base Indenture and the Supplemental Indenture against all parties thereto.

Based upon the foregoing and in reliance thereon, and subject to and qualified by the assumptions, qualifications, limitations and exceptions set forth herein, and having due regard for such legal considerations as we deem relevant, we are of the opinion that:

1. The Louisiana Subsidiary is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Louisiana.

2. The execution and delivery by the Louisiana Subsidiary of the Supplemental Indenture and its Guaranty, and the performance by the Louisiana Subsidiary of its obligations pursuant to the Supplemental Indenture and its Guaranty, are within the Louisiana Subsidiary’s corporate power and authority and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on its part.

3. The Supplemental Indenture has been duly executed and delivered by the Louisiana Subsidiary.

The foregoing opinions expressed herein are further subject to, and qualified by, the following assumptions, exceptions, qualifications and limitations:

A. The opinions expressed herein are limited exclusively to the internal laws of the State of Louisiana. References herein to such laws, statutory laws, rules and regulations, in addition to other limitations set forth herein, are (i) limited to laws that are normally applicable to the transactions of the type contemplated by the Base Indenture and the Supplemental Indenture and the opinions expressed

 


Thermon Industries, Inc.

November 22, 2010

Page 3

 

herein, without our having made any special investigation as to the applicability of any specific law, rule or regulation, and which are not the subject of a specific opinion herein referring expressly to a particular law or laws, and (ii) exclusive of, and without regard to antitrust, taxation and securities laws.

B. In rendering the opinions expressed in paragraph 1 above relating to existence and good standing of the Louisiana Subsidiary, we have relied solely upon a review of the Certificate of State of Louisiana, Secretary of State, dated November 12, 2010.

This opinion is limited to the matters stated herein and is given solely in connection with your registration statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities Exchange Commission (the “ Registration Statement ”). The opinions expressed herein may be relied upon by your counsel, Sidley Austin LLP in connection with its opinion filed as an exhibit to your Registration Statement regarding the validity of the securities being registered. We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name in the prospectus contained therein under the caption “Legal Matters”. The opinions expressed herein are as of the date hereof.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Liskow & Lewis

Liskow & Lewis

 


ANNEX A

T O O PINION L ETTER O F L ISKOW & L EWIS D ATED N OVEMBER 22, 2010

Listing of Documents

1. The Base Indenture.

2. The First Supplemental Indenture dated as of April 30, 2010 (the “Supplemental Indenture”), executed by Issuer, the Trustee, Thermon Holdings Corp. and the Louisiana Subsidiary.

3. The Articles of Incorporation, as amended, of the Louisiana Subsidiary certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Louisiana pursuant to its certificate dated August 9, 2010, and the Officer’s Certificate of the Louisiana Subsidiary, dated as of November 22, 2010, certifying that such Articles of Incorporation, as amended, is a true and complete copy of the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Louisiana Subsidiary, has not been amended and is in full force and effect, in each case as of November 22, 2010.

4. The Bylaws of the Louisiana Subsidiary, and the Officer’s Certificate of the Louisiana Subsidiary, dated as of November 22, 2010, certifying that the copy of the Bylaws attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the Bylaws of the Louisiana Subsidiary, has not been amended and is in full force and effect, in each case as of November 22, 2010.

5. Resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Louisiana Subsidiary, and the Officer’s Certificate of the Louisiana Subsidiary, dated as of November 22, 2010 certifying that the Resolutions attached thereto have been duly and properly passed by the Board of Directors of the Louisiana Subsidiary, have not been amended and are in full force and effect, in each case as of November 22, 2010.

Certain Additional Defined Terms

“Louisiana Constituent Documents” means, collectively, the documents identified in paragraphs 3 through 5 above.

Exhibit 10.1

 

 

 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of April 30, 2010

by and among

THERMON INDUSTRIES, INC., as the US Borrower,

THERMON CANADA INC., as the Canadian Borrower,

THE OTHER PERSONS PARTY HERETO THAT ARE

DESIGNATED AS CREDIT PARTIES,

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION

for itself, as a US Lender and US Swingline Lender and as US Agent for all US Lenders,

GE CANADA FINANCE HOLDING COMPANY, for itself

as a Canadian Lender and as Canadian Agent for all Canadian Lenders,

BANK OF MONTREAL, for itself, as a Lender, and as

Documentation Agent for all Lenders,

KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

for itself as a Lender, and as Syndication Agent for all Lenders

THE OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS PARTY HERETO

as Lenders,

and

GE CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.,

as Sole Lead Arranger and Bookrunner

 

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I - THE CREDITS

   2
  1.1        Amounts and Terms of Commitments    2
  1.2        Notes    15
  1.3        Interest    15
  1.4        Loan Accounts    17
  1.5        Procedure for Revolving Credit Borrowing    18
  1.6        Conversion and Continuation Elections    20
  1.7        Optional Prepayments    21
  1.8        Mandatory Prepayments of Loans and Commitment Reductions    22
  1.9        Fees    24
  1.10      Payments by the Borrowers    25
  1.11      Payments by the Lenders to Appropriate Agent; Settlement    28

ARTICLE II - CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

   32
  2.1        Conditions of Initial Loans    32
  2.2        Conditions to All Borrowings    33

ARTICLE III - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

   35
  3.1        Corporate Existence and Power    35
  3.2        Corporate Authorization; No Contravention    35
  3.3        Governmental Authorization    35
  3.4        Binding Effect    36
  3.5        Litigation    36
  3.6        No Default    36
  3.7        ERISA and Related Canadian Compliance.    36
  3.8        Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations    37
  3.9        Title to Properties    37
  3.10      Taxes    37
  3.11      Financial Condition    38
  3.12      Environmental Matters    39
  3.13      Regulated Entities    39
  3.14      Solvency    39
  3.15      Labor Relations    40
  3.16      Intellectual Property    40
  3.17      Brokers’ Fees; Transaction Fees    40
  3.18      Insurance    40
  3.19      Ventures, Subsidiaries and Affiliates; Outstanding Stock .    40
  3.20      Jurisdiction of Organization; Chief Executive Office .    41
  3.21      Deposit Accounts and Other Accounts .    41
  3.22      Bonding; Licenses .    41
  3.23      Purchase Agreement .    41
  3.24      Status of Holdings .    41
  3.25      Second Lien Debt .    42

 

i


  3.26      Full Disclosure .    42
  3.27      Foreign Assets Control Regulations and Anti-Money Laundering .    42
  3.28      Patriot Act .    43

ARTICLE IV - AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

   43
  4.1        Financial Statements    43
  4.2        Certificates; Other Information    44
  4.3        Notices    46
  4.4        Preservation of Corporate Existence, Etc    48
  4.5        Maintenance of Property    48
  4.6        Insurance    48
  4.7        Payment of Obligations    49
  4.8        Compliance with Laws    50
  4.9        Inspection of Property and Books and Records    50
  4.10      Use of Proceeds    51
  4.11      Cash Management Systems    51
  4.12      Landlord Agreements    51
  4.13      Further Assurances    52
  4.14      Environmental Matters .    54
  4.15      Post-Closing Obligations .    54

ARTICLE V - NEGATIVE COVENANTS

   55
  5.1        Limitation on Liens    55
  5.2        Disposition of Assets    58
  5.3        Consolidations and Mergers    60
  5.4        Loans and Investments    60
  5.5        Limitation on Indebtedness    63
  5.6        Transactions with Affiliates    65
  5.7        Management Fees and Compensation    66
  5.8        Use of Proceeds    66
  5.9        Contingent Obligations    67
  5.10      Compliance with ERISA, Etc    68
  5.11      Restricted Payments    68
  5.12      Change in Business    70
  5.13      Change in Structure    70
  5.14      Changes in Accounting, Name and Jurisdiction of Organization    70
  5.15      Amendments to Related Agreements and Subordinated Indebtedness    71
  5.16      No Negative Pledges    71
  5.17      OFAC; Patriot Act    71
  5.18      Sale-Leasebacks    72
  5.19      Hazardous Materials    72

ARTICLE VI - FINANCIAL COVENANTS

   72
  6.1        Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio    72

ARTICLE VII - EVENTS OF DEFAULT

   72
  7.1        Event of Default    72

 

ii


  7.2        Remedies    75
  7.3        Rights Not Exclusive    75
  7.4        Cash Collateral for Letters of Credit    75

ARTICLE VIII - AGENT

   76
  8.1        Appointment and Duties .    76
  8.2        Binding Effect    79
  8.3        Use of Discretion .    79
  8.4        Delegation of Rights and Duties    80
  8.5        Reliance and Liability .    80
  8.6        Agent Individually    81
  8.7        Lender Credit Decision .    81
  8.8        Expenses; Indemnities .    82
  8.9        Resignation of Agent or L/C Issuer .    83
  8.10      Release of Collateral or Guarantors    84
  8.11      Additional Secured Parties .    84
  8.12      Documentation Agent and Syndication Agent    85

ARTICLE IX - MISCELLANEOUS

   86
  9.1        Amendments and Waivers    86
  9.2        Notices    88
  9.3        Electronic Transmissions    89
  9.4        No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies    90
  9.5        Costs and Expenses    90
  9.6        Indemnity    91
  9.7        Marshaling; Payments Set Aside    92
  9.8        Successors and Assigns    92
  9.9        Assignments and Participations; Binding Effect    92
  9.10      Non-Public Information; Confidentiality .    95
  9.11      Set-off; Sharing of Payments    97
  9.12      Counterparts; Facsimile Signature    98
  9.13      Severability    98
  9.14      Captions    98
  9.15      Independence of Provisions    98
  9.16      Interpretation    98
  9.17      No Third Parties Benefited    99
  9.18      Governing Law and Jurisdiction    99
  9.19      Waiver of Jury Trial    99
  9.20      Entire Agreement; Release; Survival    100
  9.21      Patriot Act    100
  9.22      Replacement of Lender    101
  9.23      Joint and Several    101
  9.24      Creditor-Debtor Relationship    101
  9.25      Risk Participation .    102

ARTICLE X - TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

   103
  10.1        Taxes    103

 

iii


  10.2      Illegality    106
  10.3      Increased Costs and Reduction of Return    106
  10.4      Funding Losses    107
  10.5      Inability to Determine Rates    108
  10.6      Reserves on LIBOR Rate Loans    108
  10.7      Certificates of Lenders    108

ARTICLE XI - DEFINITIONS

   109
  11.1      Defined Terms    109
  11.2      Other Interpretive Provisions .    140
  11.3      Accounting Terms and Principles    141
  11.4      Payments    141
  11.5      Judgment Currency .    142

 

iv


SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 1.1(b)    Revolving Loan Commitments
Schedule 3.5    Litigation
Schedule 3.7    ERISA
Schedule 3.9    Real Estate
Schedule 3.10    Taxes
Schedule 3.12    Environmental
Schedule 3.15    Labor Relations
Schedule 3.17    Brokers’ and Transaction Fees
Schedule 3.19    Ventures, Subsidiaries and Affiliates; Outstanding Stock
Schedule 3.20    Jurisdiction of Organization; Chief Executive Office
Schedule 3.21    Deposit Accounts and Other Accounts
Schedule 3.22    Bonding; Licenses
Schedule 4.15    Post-Closing Obligations
Schedule 5.1    Liens
Schedule 5.4    Investments
Schedule 5.5    Indebtedness
Schedule 5.5(p)    Foreign Subsidiary Letter of Credit Indebtedness
Schedule 5.5(q)    Foreign Subsidiary Indebtedness
Schedule 5.6    Transactions with Affiliates
Schedule 5.9    Contingent Obligations
Schedule 11.1    Prior Indebtedness

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit 1.1(c)    Form of L/C Request
Exhibit 1.1(d)    Form of Swing Loan Request
Exhibit 1.6    Form of Notice of Conversion/Continuation
Exhibit 2.1    Closing Checklist
Exhibit 4.2(b)    Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit 11.1(a)    Form of Assignment
Exhibit 11.1(b)    Form of Borrowing Base Certificate
Exhibit 11.1(c)    Form of Notice of Borrowing
Exhibit 11.1(d)    Form of Revolving Note
Exhibit 11.1(e)    Form of Swingline Note

 

v


CREDIT AGREEMENT

This CREDIT AGREEMENT (including all exhibits and schedules hereto, as the same may be amended, modified and/or restated from time to time, this “Agreement”) is entered into as of April 30, 2010, by and among Thermon Industries, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “US Borrower”), Thermon Canada Inc., a Nova Scotia company (the “Canadian Borrower” and, together with the US Borrower, the “Borrowers” and each individually, a “Borrower”), the other Persons party hereto that are designated as a “Credit Party”, General Electric Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation (in its individual capacity, “GE Capital”), as US Agent for the several financial institutions from time to time party to this Agreement with a US Revolving Loan Commitment (collectively, the “US Lenders” and individually each a “US Lender”) and for itself as a US Lender (including as US Swingline Lender), GE Canada Holding Finance Company, a Nova Scotia unlimited liability company (in its individual capacity, “GE Canada”) as Canadian Agent for the several financial institutions from time to time party to this Agreement with a Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment (collectively, the “Canadian Lenders”, individually, a “Canadian Lender” and collectively with the US Lenders, the “Lenders”), Bank of Montreal, as documentation agent for the Lenders and for itself as a Lender, and KeyBank National Association, as syndication agent for the Lenders and for itself as a Lender, and such other Lenders.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested, and the US Lenders have agreed to make available to the US Borrower and the Canadian Lenders have agreed to make available to the Canadian Borrower, a revolving credit facility (including a letter of credit subfacility) to (a) refinance Prior Indebtedness, (b) provide for working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes of the Borrowers and (c) fund certain fees and expenses associated with the funding of the Loans and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;

WHEREAS, the US Borrower desires to secure all of the Obligations under the Loan Documents by granting to US Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in and lien upon substantially all of its Property;

WHEREAS, the Canadian Borrower desires to secure all of the Canadian Obligations by granting to Canadian Agent, for the benefit of the Canadian Secured Parties, a security interest in and lien upon substantially all of its Property;

WHEREAS, Thermon Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation that directly owns all of the Stock and Stock Equivalents of the Borrowers (“Holdings”), is, subject to the terms hereof, willing to guaranty all of the Obligations and to pledge to US Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, all of the Stock and Stock Equivalents of the Borrowers and substantially all of its other Property to secure the Obligations (but only to the extent no 956 Impact exists);

WHEREAS, US Borrower is willing to guaranty the Canadian Obligations and, subject to the terms hereof, each Subsidiary of (a) US Borrower is willing to guarantee all of the Obligations of the Borrowers and to grant to US Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a

 

1


security interest in and lien upon substantially all of its Property to secure the Obligations (but only to the extent no 956 Impact exists) and (b) Canadian Borrower is willing to guarantee all of the Canadian Obligations and to grant to Canadian Agent, for the benefit of the Canadian Secured Parties, a security interest in and lien on substantially all of its Property to secure the Canadian Obligations;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, provisions and covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I -

THE CREDITS

1.1 Amounts and Terms of Commitments.

(a) Reserved .

(b) The Revolving Credits . (i) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in reliance upon the representations and warranties of the Credit Parties contained herein, each US Lender severally and not jointly agrees to make Loans denominated in Dollars to the US Borrower (each such Loan, a “US Revolving Loan”) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date through the Final Availability Date, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule 1.1(b) under the heading “US Revolving Loan Commitments” (such amount as the same may be reduced or increased from time to time in accordance with this Agreement, being referred to herein as such Lender’s “US Revolving Loan Commitment”); provided, however, that, after giving effect to any Borrowing of US Revolving Loans, the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding US Revolving Loans shall not exceed the Maximum US Revolving Loan Balance. Subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, amounts borrowed under this subsection 1.1(b)(i) may be repaid and reborrowed from time to time. The “Maximum US Revolving Loan Balance” from time to time will be the lesser of:

(x) the “US Borrowing Base” (as calculated pursuant to the US Borrowing Base Certificate) in effect from time to time, or

(y) the Aggregate US Revolving Loan Commitment then in effect;

less , in either case, the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of US Letter of Credit Obligations, (ii) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding US Swing Loans, (iii) the US Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate principal amount of Canadian Revolving Loans and Canadian Swing Loans, (iv) the US Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate amount of Canadian Letter of Credit Obligations and Reserves established by Canadian Agent and (v) such Reserves as may be imposed by US Agent in its reasonable credit judgment. If at any time the then outstanding principal balance of US Revolving Loans exceeds the Maximum US Revolving Loan Balance, then the US Borrower shall prepay, or cause to be prepaid, outstanding Revolving Loans in an amount sufficient to eliminate such excess, within five (5) Business Days after the occurrence thereof; provided, no such prepayment shall be required provided such excess (i) does not exceed three percent (3%)

 

2


of the Maximum US Revolving Loan Balance, (ii) is solely attributable to a change in the exchange rate between Dollars and Canadian Dollars, (iii) in no event causes or results in any US Revolving Loans held by Lender to exceed such Lender’s US Revolving Loan Commitment and (iv) shall be reduced to zero ($0) in connection with the recalculation of the US Borrowing Base pursuant to and concurrently with the delivery of the next Borrowing Base Certificate as required by subsection 4.2(d) hereof (provided, for purposes of clarity, if such excess is not reduced to zero ($0) as a result of the such recalculation, such excess shall be repaid within five (5) Business Days after the required delivery of such Borrowing Base Certificate).

(ii) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in reliance upon the representations and warranties of the Credit Parties contained herein, each Canadian Lender severally and not jointly agrees to make Loans denominated in either Dollars or Canadian Dollars to the Canadian Borrower (each such Loan, a “Canadian Revolving Loan”) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date through the Final Availability Date, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the US Dollar Equivalent of the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule 1.1(b) under the heading “Canadian Revolving Loan Commitments” (such amount as the same may be reduced or increased from time to time in accordance with this Agreement, being referred to herein as such Lender’s “Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment”); provided, however, that, after giving effect to any Borrowing of Canadian Revolving Loans, the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Canadian Revolving Loans shall not exceed the Maximum Canadian Revolving Loan Balance. Subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, amounts borrowed under this subsection 1.1(b)(ii) may be repaid and reborrowed from time to time. The “Maximum Canadian Revolving Loan Balance” from time to time will be the lesser of:

(x) the “Canadian Borrowing Base” (as calculated pursuant to the Canadian Borrowing Base Certificate) in effect from time to time, or

(y) the Aggregate Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment then in effect;

less , in either case, the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of the US Dollar Equivalent of all Canadian Letter of Credit Obligations, (ii) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Canadian Swing Loans, (iii) the amount by which the sum of (x) the aggregate principal amount of US Revolving Loans and US Swing Loans, (y) aggregate amount of US Letter of Credit Obligations and (z) Reserves imposed by US Agent, exceeds $20,000,000 and (iv) such Reserves as may be imposed by Canadian Agent in its reasonable credit judgment. If at any time the then outstanding principal balance of Canadian Revolving Loans exceeds the Maximum Canadian Revolving Loan Balance, then the Canadian Borrower shall prepay outstanding Canadian Loans in an amount sufficient to eliminate such excess, within five (5) Business Days after the occurrence thereof; provided, no such prepayment shall be required provided such excess (i) does not exceed three percent (3%) of the Maximum Canadian Revolving Loan Balance, (ii) is solely attributable to a change in the exchange rate between Dollars and Canadian Dollars, (iii) in no event causes or results in any Canadian Revolving Loans held by Lender to exceed such Lender’s Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment and (iv) shall be reduced to zero ($0) in

 

3


connection with the recalculation of the Canadian Borrowing Base pursuant to and concurrently with the delivery of the next Borrowing Base Certificate as required by subsection 4.2(d) hereof (provided, for purposes of clarity, if such excess is not reduced to zero ($0) as a result of the such recalculation, such excess shall be repaid within five (5) Business Days after the required delivery of such Borrowing Base Certificate).

(c) US Letters of Credit . (i)  Conditions . On the terms and subject to the conditions contained herein, the US Borrower may request that one or more US L/C Issuers Issue, in accordance with such US L/C Issuers’ usual and customary business practices, and for the account of the US Credit Parties, US Letters of Credit (denominated in Dollars) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date through the earlier of (x) the Final Availability Date and (y) seven (7) days prior to the date specified in clause (a) of the definition of Revolving Termination Date; provided, however, that no US L/C Issuer shall Issue any US Letter of Credit during the continuance of any of the following or, if after giving effect to such Issuance:

(A)(i) US Availability would be less than zero, or (ii) the US Dollar Equivalent of all Letter of Credit Obligations for all Letters of Credit would exceed the US Dollar Equivalent of $15,000,000 (the “L/C Sublimit”);

(B) the expiration date of such US Letter of Credit (i) is not a Business Day, (ii) is more than one year after the date of issuance thereof or (iii) is later than seven (7) days prior to the date specified in clause (a) of the definition of Revolving Termination Date; provided, however, that any US Letter of Credit with a term not exceeding one year may provide for its renewal for additional periods not exceeding one year as long as (x) each of the US Borrower and such US L/C Issuer have the option to prevent such renewal before the expiration of such term or any such period and (y) neither such US L/C Issuer nor the US Borrower shall permit any such renewal to extend such expiration date beyond the date set forth in clause (iii) above; or

(C)(i) any fee due in connection with, and on or prior to, such Issuance has not been paid, (ii) such US Letter of Credit is requested to be issued in a form that is not acceptable to such US L/C Issuer or (iii) such US L/C Issuer shall not have received, each in form and substance reasonably acceptable to it and duly executed by the US Borrower, the documents that such US L/C Issuer generally uses in the Ordinary Course of Business for the Issuance of letters of credit of the type of such US Letter of Credit (collectively, the “US L/C Reimbursement Agreement”).

Furthermore, GE Capital as a US L/C Issuer may elect only to issue US Letters of Credit in its own name and may only issue US Letters of Credit to the extent permitted by Requirements of Law, and such US Letters of Credit may not be accepted by certain beneficiaries such as insurance companies. For each Issuance, the applicable US L/C Issuer may, but shall not be required to, determine that, or take notice whether, the conditions precedent set forth in Section 2.2 have been satisfied or waived in connection with the Issuance of any US Letter of Credit; provided, however, that no US Letters of Credit shall be Issued during the period starting on the first Business Day after the receipt by such US L/C Issuer of notice from US Agent or the Required Lenders that any condition precedent contained in Section 2.2 is not satisfied and ending on the date all such conditions are satisfied or duly waived.

 

4


Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary herein, if any US Lender is a Non-Funding Lender or Impacted Lender, no US L/C Issuer shall be obligated to Issue any US Letter of Credit unless (w) the Non-Funding Lender or Impacted Lender has been replaced in accordance with Section 9.9 or 9.22, (x) the Letter of Credit Obligations of such Non-Funding Lender or Impacted Lender have been cash collateralized, (y) the US Revolving Loan Commitments of the other US Lenders have been increased by an amount sufficient to satisfy US Agent that all future US Letter of Credit Obligations will be covered by all US Lenders that are not Non-Funding Lenders or Impacted Lenders, or (z) the Letter of Credit Obligations of such Non-Funding Lender or Impacted Lender have been reallocated to other Lenders in a manner consistent with subsection 1.11(e)(ii).

(ii) Notice of Issuance . The US Borrower shall give the relevant US L/C Issuer and US Agent a notice of any requested Issuance of any US Letter of Credit, which shall be effective only if received by such US L/C Issuer and US Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. (Chicago time) on the third Business Day prior to the date of such requested Issuance. Such notice shall be made in a writing or Electronic Transmission substantially in the form of Exhibit 1.1(c) duly completed or in a writing in any other form reasonably acceptable to the L/C Issuer (an “L/C Request”) or by telephone if confirmed promptly in writing or Electronic Transmission.

(iii) Reporting Obligations of US L/C Issuers . Each US L/C Issuer agrees to provide US Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to US Agent, each of the following on the following dates: (A) (i) on or prior to any Issuance of any US Letter of Credit by such US L/C Issuer, (ii) immediately after any drawing under any such US Letter of Credit or (iii) immediately after any payment (or failure to pay when due) by the US Borrower of any related US L/C Reimbursement Obligation, notice thereof, which shall contain a reasonably detailed description of such Issuance, drawing or payment and US Agent shall provide copies of such notices to each US Lender reasonably promptly after receipt thereof; (B) upon the request of US Agent (or any US Lender through US Agent), copies of any US Letter of Credit Issued by such US L/C Issuer and any related US L/C Reimbursement Agreement and such other documents and information as may reasonably be requested by US Agent; and (C) on the first Business Day of each calendar week, a schedule of the US Letters of Credit Issued by such US L/C Issuer, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to US Agent, setting forth the US Letter of Credit Obligations for such US Letters of Credit outstanding on the last Business Day of the previous calendar week.

(iv) Acquisition of Participations . Upon any Issuance of a US Letter of Credit in accordance with the terms of this Agreement resulting in any increase in the US Letter of Credit Obligations, each US Lender shall be deemed to have acquired, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation in such US Letter of Credit and the related US Letter of Credit Obligations in an amount equal to its Commitment Percentage of such US Letter of Credit Obligations.

 

5


(v) Reimbursement Obligations of the US Borrower . The US Borrower agrees to pay to the US L/C Issuer of any US Letter of Credit each US L/C Reimbursement Obligation owing with respect to such US Letter of Credit no later than the first Business Day after the US Borrower receives notice from such US L/C Issuer that payment has been made under such US Letter of Credit or that such US L/C Reimbursement Obligation is otherwise due (the “US L/C Reimbursement Date”) with interest thereon computed as set forth in clause (A) below. In the event that any US L/C Reimbursement Obligation is not repaid by the US Borrower as provided in this clause (v) (or any such payment by the US Borrower is rescinded or set aside for any reason), such US L/C Issuer shall promptly notify US Agent of such failure (and, upon receipt of such notice, US Agent shall notify each US Lender) and, irrespective of whether such notice is given, such US L/C Reimbursement Obligation shall be payable on demand by the US Borrower with interest thereon computed (A) from the date on which such US L/C Reimbursement Obligation arose to the US L/C Reimbursement Date, at the interest rate applicable during such period to US Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans and (B) thereafter until payment in full, at the interest rate specified in subsection 1.3(c) to past due US Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans (regardless of whether or not an election is made under such subsection).

(vi) Reimbursement Obligations of the US Revolving Credit Lenders .

(1) Upon receipt of the notice described in clause (v) above from US Agent, each US Lender shall pay to US Agent for the account of such US L/C Issuer its Commitment Percentage of such US Letter of Credit Obligations (as such amount may be increased pursuant to subsection 1.11(e)(ii)).

(2) By making any payment described in clause (1) above (other than during the continuation of an Event of Default under subsection 7.1(f) or 7.1(g)), such US Lender shall be deemed to have made a US Revolving Loan to the US Borrower, which, upon receipt thereof by such US L/C Issuer, the US Borrower shall be deemed to have used in whole to repay such US L/C Reimbursement Obligation. Any such payment that is not deemed a US Revolving Loan shall be deemed a funding by such US Lender of its participation in the applicable US Letter of Credit and the US Letter of Credit Obligation in respect of the related US L/C Reimbursement Obligations. Such participation shall not otherwise be required to be funded. Following receipt by any US L/C Issuer of any payment from any US Lender pursuant to this clause (vi) with respect to any portion of any US L/C Reimbursement Obligation, such US L/C Issuer shall promptly pay over to such US Lender all duplicate payments received from Persons other than Lenders making payment on behalf of a Credit Party by such US L/C Issuer with respect to such portion of such US L/C Reimbursement Obligation.

(vii) Obligations Absolute . The obligations of the US Borrower and the US Lenders pursuant to clauses (iv), (v) and (vi) above shall be absolute,

 

6


unconditional and irrevocable and performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement irrespective of (A) (i) the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision in any US Letter of Credit, any document transferring or purporting to transfer a US Letter of Credit, any Loan Document (including the sufficiency of any such instrument), or any modification to any provision of any of the foregoing, (ii) any document presented under a US Letter of Credit being forged, fraudulent, invalid, insufficient or inaccurate in any respect or failing to comply with the terms of such US Letter of Credit or (iii) any loss or delay, including in the transmission of any document, (B) the existence of any setoff, claim, abatement, recoupment, defense or other right that any Person (including any Credit Party) may have against the beneficiary of any US Letter of Credit or any other Person, whether in connection with any Loan Document or any other Contractual Obligation or transaction, or the existence of any other withholding, abatement or reduction, (C) in the case of the obligations of any US Lender, (i) the failure of any condition precedent set forth in Section 2.2 to be satisfied (each of which conditions precedent the US Lenders hereby irrevocably waive) or (ii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of any Credit Party and (D) any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind of either Agent, any Lender or any other Person or any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this clause (vii), constitute a legal or equitable discharge of any obligation of the US Borrower or any US Lender hereunder. No provision hereof shall be deemed to waive or limit the US Borrower’s right to assert claims against, or seek repayment of any payment of any US L/C Reimbursement Obligations from, the US L/C Issuer under the terms of the applicable US L/C Reimbursement Agreement, any other documentation entered into with respect to the relevant Letters of Credit or applicable law.

(d) US Swing Loans . (i)  Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in reliance upon the representations and warranties of the Credit Parties contained herein, the US Swingline Lender may, in its sole discretion, make Loans denominated in Dollars (each a “US Swing Loan”) available to the US Borrower under the US Revolving Loan Commitments from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date through the Final Availability Date in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed its US Swingline Commitment; provided, however, that the US Swingline Lender may not make any US Swing Loan (x) to the extent that after giving effect to such US Swing Loan, the aggregate principal amount of all US Revolving Loans would exceed the Maximum US Revolving Loan Balance and (y) during the period commencing on the first Business Day after it receives notice from US Agent or the Required Lenders that one or more of the conditions precedent contained in Section 2.2 are not satisfied and ending when such conditions are satisfied or duly waived. In connection with the making of any US Swing Loan, the US Swingline Lender may but shall not be required to determine that, or take notice whether, the conditions precedent set forth in Section 2.2 have been satisfied or waived. Each US Swing Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan and must be repaid as provided herein, but in any event must be repaid in full on the Revolving Termination Date. Within the limits set forth in the first sentence of this clause (i), amounts of US Swing Loans repaid may be reborrowed under this clause (i).

 

7


(ii) Borrowing Procedures . In order to request a US Swing Loan, the US Borrower shall give to US Agent a notice to be received not later than 1:00 p.m. (Chicago time) on the day of the proposed Borrowing, which shall be made in a writing or in an Electronic Transmission substantially in the form of Exhibit 1.1(d) or in a writing in any other form reasonably acceptable to the Appropriate Agent duly completed (a “Swingline Request”) or by telephone if confirmed promptly in writing or Electronic Transmission. In addition, if any Notice of Borrowing of US Revolving Loans requests a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, the US Swingline Lender may, notwithstanding anything else to the contrary herein, make a US Swing Loan to the US Borrower in an aggregate amount not to exceed such proposed Borrowing, and the aggregate amount of the corresponding proposed Borrowing shall be reduced accordingly by the principal amount of such US Swing Loan. US Agent shall promptly notify the US Swingline Lender of the details of the requested US Swing Loan. Upon receipt of such notice and subject to the terms of this Agreement, the US Swingline Lender may make a US Swing Loan available to the US Borrower by making the proceeds thereof available to US Agent and, in turn, US Agent shall make such proceeds available to the US Borrower on the date set forth in the relevant Swingline Request or Notice of Borrowing.

(iii) Refinancing US Swing Loans .

(1) The US Swingline Lender may at any time (and shall no less frequently than once each week) forward a demand to US Agent (which US Agent shall, upon receipt, forward to each US Lender) that each US Lender pay to US Agent, for the account of the US Swingline Lender, such US Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the outstanding US Swing Loans (as such amount may be increased pursuant to subsection 1.11(e)(ii)).

(2) Each US Lender shall pay the amount owing by it to US Agent for the account of the US Swingline Lender on the Business Day following receipt of the notice or demand therefor. Payments received by US Agent after 12:00 noon Chicago time may, in US Agent’s discretion, be deemed to be received on the next Business Day. Upon receipt by US Agent of such payment (other than during the continuation of any Event of Default under subsection 7.1(f) or 7.1(g)), such US Lender shall be deemed to have made a US Revolving Loan to the US Borrower, which, upon receipt of such payment by the US Swingline Lender from US Agent, the US Borrower shall be deemed to have used in whole to refinance such US Swing Loan. In addition, regardless of whether any such demand is made, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default under subsection 7.1(f) or 7.1(g), each US Lender shall be deemed to have acquired, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation in each US Swing Loan in an amount equal to such US Lender’s Commitment Percentage of such US Swing Loan. If any payment made by any US Lender as a result of any such demand is not deemed a US Revolving Loan, such payment shall be deemed a funding by such US Lender of such participation. Such participation shall not be otherwise required to be funded. Upon receipt by the US Swingline Lender of any payment from any US Lender pursuant to this clause (iii) with respect to any portion of any US Swing Loan, the US Swingline Lender

 

8


shall promptly pay over to such US Lender all payments of principal (to the extent received after such payment by such US Lender) and interest (to the extent accrued with respect to periods after such payment) on account of such US Swing Loan received by the US Swingline Lender with respect to such portion.

(iv) Obligation to Fund Absolute . Each US Lender’s obligations pursuant to clause (iii) above shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever, including (A) the existence of any setoff, claim, abatement, recoupment, defense or other right that such Lender, any Affiliate thereof or any other Person may have against the US Swingline Lender, either Agent, any other Lender or L/C Issuer or any other Person, (B) the failure of any condition precedent set forth in Section 2.2 to be satisfied or the failure of the US Borrower to deliver a Notice of Borrowing (each of which requirements the US Lenders hereby irrevocably waive) and (C) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of any Credit Party.

(e) Canadian Letters of Credit . (i)  Conditions . On the terms and subject to the conditions contained herein, the Canadian Borrower may request that one or more Canadian L/C Issuers Issue, in accordance with such Canadian L/C Issuers’ usual and customary business practices, and for the account of the Canadian Credit Parties, Canadian Letters of Credit (denominated in either Dollars or Canadian Dollars) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date through the earlier of (x) the Final Availability Date and (y) seven (7) days prior to the date specified in clause (a) of the definition of Revolving Termination Date; provided, however, that no Canadian L/C Issuer shall Issue any Canadian Letter of Credit during the continuance of any of the following or, if after giving effect to such Issuance:

(A) (i) US Availability or Canadian Availability would be less than zero, or (ii) the US Dollar Equivalent of all Letter of Credit Obligations for all Letters of Credit would exceed the L/C Sublimit;

(B) the expiration date of such Canadian Letter of Credit (i) is not a Business Day, (ii) is more than one year after the date of issuance thereof or (iii) is later than seven (7) days prior to the date specified in clause (a) of the definition of Revolving Termination Date; provided, however, that any Canadian Letter of Credit with a term not exceeding one year may provide for its renewal for additional periods not exceeding one year as long as (x) each of the Canadian Borrower and such Canadian L/C Issuer have the option to prevent such renewal before the expiration of such term or any such period and (y) neither such Canadian L/C Issuer nor the Canadian Borrower shall permit any such renewal to extend such expiration date beyond the date set forth in clause (iii) above; or

(C)(i) any fee due in connection with, and on or prior to, such Issuance has not been paid, (ii) such Canadian Letter of Credit is requested to be issued in a form that is not acceptable to such Canadian L/C Issuer or (iii) such Canadian L/C Issuer shall not have received, each in form and substance

 

9


reasonably acceptable to it and duly executed by the Canadian Borrower, the documents that such Canadian L/C Issuer generally uses in the Ordinary Course of Business for the Issuance of letters of credit of the type of such Canadian Letter of Credit (collectively, the “Canadian L/C Reimbursement Agreement”).

Furthermore, GE Canada as a Canadian L/C Issuer may elect only to issue Canadian Letters of Credit in its own name and may only issue Canadian Letters of Credit to the extent permitted by Requirements of Law, and such Canadian Letters of Credit may not be accepted by certain beneficiaries such as insurance companies. For each Issuance, the applicable Canadian L/C Issuer may, but shall not be required to, determine that, or take notice whether, the conditions precedent set forth in Section 2.2 have been satisfied or waived in connection with the Issuance of any Canadian Letter of Credit; provided, however, that no Canadian Letters of Credit shall be Issued during the period starting on the first Business Day after the receipt by such Canadian L/C Issuer of notice from Canadian Agent or the Required Lenders that any condition precedent contained in Section 2.2 is not satisfied and ending on the date all such conditions are satisfied or duly waived.

Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary herein, if any Canadian Lender is a Non-Funding Lender or Impacted Lender, no Canadian L/C Issuer shall be obligated to Issue any Canadian Letter of Credit unless (w) the Non-Funding Lender or Impacted Lender has been replaced in accordance with Section 9.9 or 9.22, (x) the Letter of Credit Obligations of such Non-Funding Lender or Impacted Lender have been cash collateralized, (y) the Canadian Revolving Loan Commitments of the other Canadian Lenders have been increased by an amount sufficient to satisfy Canadian Agent that all future Canadian Letter of Credit Obligations will be covered by all Canadian Lenders that are not Non-Funding Lenders or Impacted Lenders, or (z) the Letter of Credit Obligations of such Non-Funding Lender or Impacted Lender have been reallocated to other Lenders in a manner consistent with subsection 1.11(e)(ii).

(ii) Notice of Issuance . The Canadian Borrower shall give the relevant Canadian L/C Issuer and Canadian Agent a notice of any requested Issuance of any Canadian Letter of Credit, which shall be effective only if received by such Canadian L/C Issuer and Canadian Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. (Chicago time) on the third Business Day prior to the date of such requested Issuance. Such notice shall be made in a writing or Electronic Transmission substantially in the form of an L/C Request or by telephone if promptly confirmed in writing or Electronic Transmission.

(iii) Reporting Obligations of Canadian L/C Issuers . Each Canadian L/C Issuer agrees to provide Canadian Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to Canadian Agent, each of the following on the following dates: (A) (i) on or prior to any Issuance of any Canadian Letter of Credit by such Canadian L/C Issuer, (ii) immediately after any drawing under any such Canadian Letter of Credit or (iii) immediately after any payment (or failure to pay when due) by the Canadian Borrower of any related Canadian L/C Reimbursement Obligation, notice thereof, which shall contain a reasonably detailed description of such Issuance, drawing or payment and Canadian Agent shall provide copies of such notices to each Canadian Lender reasonably promptly after receipt thereof; (B)

 

10


upon the request of Canadian Agent (or any Canadian Lender through Canadian Agent), copies of any Canadian Letter of Credit Issued by such Canadian L/C Issuer and any related Canadian L/C Reimbursement Agreement and such other documents and information as may reasonably be requested by Canadian Agent; and (C) on the first Business Day of each calendar week, a schedule of the Canadian Letters of Credit Issued by such Canadian L/C Issuer, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Canadian Agent, setting forth the Canadian Letter of Credit Obligations for such Canadian Letters of Credit outstanding on the last Business Day of the previous calendar week and including the currency in which each such Canadian Letter of Credit is denominated.

(iv) Acquisition of Participations . Upon any Issuance of a Canadian Letter of Credit in accordance with the terms of this Agreement resulting in any increase in the Canadian Letter of Credit Obligations, each Canadian Lender shall be deemed to have acquired, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation in such Canadian Letter of Credit and the related Canadian Letter of Credit Obligations in an amount equal to its Commitment Percentage of such Canadian Letter of Credit Obligations.

(v) Reimbursement Obligations of the Canadian Borrower . The Canadian Borrower agrees to pay to the Canadian L/C Issuer of any Canadian Letter of Credit each Canadian L/C Reimbursement Obligation owing with respect to such Canadian Letter of Credit, in the currency in which such Canadian Letter of Credit is denominated, no later than the first Business Day after the Canadian Borrower receives notice from such Canadian L/C Issuer that payment has been made under such Canadian Letter of Credit or that such Canadian L/C Reimbursement Obligation is otherwise due (the “Canadian L/C Reimbursement Date”) with interest thereon computed as set forth in clause (A) below. In the event that any Canadian L/C Reimbursement Obligation is not repaid by the Canadian Borrower as provided in this clause (v) (or any such payment by the Canadian Borrower is rescinded or set aside for any reason), such Canadian L/C Issuer shall promptly notify Canadian Agent of such failure (and, upon receipt of such notice, Canadian Agent shall notify each Canadian Lender) and, irrespective of whether such notice is given, such Canadian L/C Reimbursement Obligation shall be payable on demand by the Canadian Borrower with interest thereon computed (A) from the date on which such Canadian L/C Reimbursement Obligation arose to the Canadian L/C Reimbursement Date, at the interest rate applicable during such period to Canadian Revolving Loans that are Canadian Prime Rate Loans and (B) thereafter until payment in full, at the interest rate specified in subsection 1.3(c) to past due (y) Canadian Revolving Loans that are Canadian Prime Rate Loans, for Canadian L/C Reimbursement Obligations denominated in Canadian Dollars and (z) Canadian Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans, for Canadian L/C Reimbursement Obligations denominated in Dollars (in either case, regardless of whether or not an election is made under such subsection).

 

11


(vi) Reimbursement Obligations of the Canadian Revolving Credit Lenders .

(1) Upon receipt of the notice described in clause (v) above from Canadian Agent, each Canadian Lender shall pay to Canadian Agent for the account of such Canadian L/C Issuer its Commitment Percentage of such Canadian Letter of Credit Obligations (as such amount may be increased pursuant to subsection 1.11(e)(ii)) in the currency in which such Canadian Letter of Credit Obligations are denominated.

(2) By making any payment described in clause (1) above (other than during the continuation of an Event of Default under subsection 7.1(f) or 7.1(g)), such Canadian Lender shall be deemed to have made a Canadian Revolving Loan to the Canadian Borrower, in the currency in which the applicable Canadian L/C Reimbursement Obligation is denominated, which, upon receipt thereof by such Canadian L/C Issuer, the Canadian Borrower shall be deemed to have used in whole to repay such Canadian L/C Reimbursement Obligation. Any such payment that is not deemed a Canadian Revolving Loan shall be deemed a funding by such Canadian Lender of its participation in the applicable Canadian Letter of Credit and the Canadian Letter of Credit Obligation in respect of the related Canadian L/C Reimbursement Obligations. Such participation shall not otherwise be required to be funded. Following receipt by any Canadian L/C Issuer of any payment from any Canadian Lender pursuant to this clause (vi) with respect to any portion of any Canadian L/C Reimbursement Obligation, such Canadian L/C Issuer shall promptly pay over to such Canadian Lender all duplicate payments received from Persons other than Lenders making payment on behalf of a Credit Party by such Canadian L/C Issuer with respect to such portion of such Canadian L/C Reimbursement Obligation.

(vii) Obligations Absolute . The obligations of the Canadian Borrower and the Canadian Lenders pursuant to clauses (iv), (v) and (vi) above shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable and performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement irrespective of (A) (i) the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision in any Canadian Letter of Credit, any document transferring or purporting to transfer a Canadian Letter of Credit, any Loan Document (including the sufficiency of any such instrument), or any modification to any provision of any of the foregoing, (ii) any document presented under a Canadian Letter of Credit being forged, fraudulent, invalid, insufficient or inaccurate in any respect or failing to comply with the terms of such Canadian Letter of Credit or (iii) any loss or delay, including in the transmission of any document, (B) the existence of any setoff, claim, abatement, recoupment, defense or other right that any Person (including any Credit Party) may have against the beneficiary of any Canadian Letter of Credit or any other Person, whether in connection with any Loan Document or any other Contractual Obligation or transaction, or the existence of any other withholding, abatement or reduction, (C) in the case of the obligations of any Canadian Lender, (i) the failure of any condition precedent set forth in Section 2.2 to be satisfied (each of which conditions precedent the Canadian Lenders hereby irrevocably waive), (ii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of any Credit Party or (iii) the currency in which the applicable Canadian L/C Reimbursement Obligation and the related Canadian Revolving Loan are denominated, and (D)

 

12


any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind of either Agent, any Lender or any other Person or any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this clause (vii), constitute a legal or equitable discharge of any obligation of the Canadian Borrower or any Canadian Lender hereunder. No provision hereof shall be deemed to waive or limit the Canadian Borrower’s right to assert claims, or seek repayment of any payment of any Canadian L/C Reimbursement Obligations from, the Canadian L/C Issuer under the terms of the applicable Canadian L/C Reimbursement Agreement, any other documentation entered into with respect to the relevant Letters of Credit or applicable law.

(f) Canadian Swing Loans . (i)  Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in reliance upon the representations and warranties of the Credit Parties contained herein, the Canadian Swingline Lender may, in its sole discretion, make Loans denominated in Dollars or Canadian Dollars (each a “Canadian Swing Loan”) available to the Canadian Borrower under the Canadian Revolving Loan Commitments from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date through the Final Availability Date in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed its Canadian Swingline Commitment; provided, however, that the Canadian Swingline Lender may not make any Canadian Swing Loan (x) to the extent that after giving effect to such Canadian Swing Loan, the aggregate principal amount of the US Dollar Equivalent of all Canadian Revolving Loans would exceed the Maximum Canadian Revolving Loan Balance and (y) during the period commencing on the first Business Day after it receives notice from Canadian Agent or the Required Lenders that one or more of the conditions precedent contained in Section 2.2 are not satisfied and ending when such conditions are satisfied or duly waived. In connection with the making of any Canadian Swing Loan, the Canadian Swingline Lender may but shall not be required to determine that, or take notice whether, the conditions precedent set forth in Section 2.2 have been satisfied or waived. Each Canadian Swing Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan for Canadian Swing Loans denominated in Dollars and a Canadian Prime Rate Loan for Canadian Swing Loans denominated in Canadian Dollars and must, in either case, be repaid as provided herein, but in any event must be repaid in full on the Revolving Termination Date. Within the limits set forth in the first sentence of this clause (i), amounts of Canadian Swing Loans repaid may be reborrowed under this clause (i).

(ii) Borrowing Procedures . In order to request a Canadian Swing Loan, the Canadian Borrower shall give to Canadian Agent a notice to be received not later than 1:00 p.m. (Chicago time) on the day of the proposed Borrowing, which shall be made in a Swingline Request or by telephone if promptly confirmed in writing or Electronic Transmission. In addition, if any Notice of Borrowing of Canadian Revolving Loans requests a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, the Canadian Swingline Lender may, notwithstanding anything else to the contrary herein, make a Canadian Swing Loan, in the applicable currency, to the Canadian Borrower in an aggregate amount not to exceed such proposed Borrowing, and the aggregate amount of the corresponding proposed Borrowing shall be reduced accordingly by the principal amount of such Canadian Swing Loan. Canadian Agent shall promptly notify the Canadian Swingline Lender of the details of the requested Canadian Swing Loan,

 

13


including the currency in which such Loan is denominated. Upon receipt of such notice and subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Canadian Swingline Lender may make a Canadian Swing Loan, in the applicable currency, available to the Canadian Borrower by making the proceeds thereof available to Canadian Agent and, in turn, Canadian Agent shall make such proceeds available to the Canadian Borrower, in the applicable currency, on the date set forth in the relevant Swingline Request or Notice of Borrowing.

(iii) Refinancing Canadian Swing Loans .

(1) The Canadian Swingline Lender may at any time (and shall no less frequently than once each week) forward a demand to Canadian Agent (which Canadian Agent shall, upon receipt, forward to each Canadian Lender) that each Canadian Lender pay to Canadian Agent, for the account of the Canadian Swingline Lender, such Canadian Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the outstanding Canadian Swing Loans (as such amount may be increased pursuant to subsection 1.11(e)(ii)).

(2) Each Canadian Lender shall pay the amount owing by it to Canadian Agent for the account of the Canadian Swingline Lender on the Business Day following receipt of the notice or demand therefor. Payments received by Canadian Agent after 12:00 noon Chicago time may, in Canadian Agent’s discretion, be deemed to be received on the next Business Day. Upon receipt by Canadian Agent of such payment (other than during the continuation of any Event of Default under subsection 7.1(f) or 7.1(g)), such Canadian Lender shall be deemed to have made a Canadian Revolving Loan (denominated in the same currency as the applicable Canadian Swing Loan) to the Canadian Borrower, which, upon receipt of such payment by the Canadian Swingline Lender from Canadian Agent, the Canadian Borrower shall be deemed to have used in whole to refinance such Canadian Swing Loan. In addition, regardless of whether any such demand is made, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default under subsection 7.1(f) or 7.1(g), each Canadian Lender shall be deemed to have acquired, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation in each Canadian Swing Loan in an amount equal to such Canadian Lender’s Commitment Percentage of such Canadian Swing Loan. If any payment made by any Canadian Lender as a result of any such demand is not deemed a Canadian Revolving Loan, such payment shall be deemed a funding by such Canadian Lender of such participation. Such participation shall not be otherwise required to be funded. Upon receipt by the Canadian Swingline Lender of any payment from any Canadian Lender pursuant to this clause (iii) with respect to any portion of any Canadian Swing Loan, the Canadian Swingline Lender shall promptly pay over to such Canadian Lender all payments of principal (to the extent received after such payment by such Lender) and interest (to the extent accrued with respect to periods after such payment) on account of such Canadian Swing Loan received by the Canadian Swingline Lender with respect to such portion and in the currency in which such payment was received.

(iv) Obligation to Fund Absolute . Each Canadian Lender’s obligations pursuant to clause (iii) above shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under

 

14


any and all circumstances whatsoever, including (A) the existence of any setoff, claim, abatement, recoupment, defense or other right that such Lender, any Affiliate thereof or any other Person may have against the Canadian Swingline Lender, either Agent, any other Lender or L/C Issuer or any other Person, (B) the failure of any condition precedent set forth in Section 2.2 to be satisfied or the failure of the Canadian Borrower to deliver a Notice of Borrowing (each of which requirements the Canadian Lenders hereby irrevocably waive) and (C) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of any Credit Party.

1.2 Notes .

(a) The US Revolving Loans made by each US Lender shall be evidenced by this Agreement and, if requested by such Lender, a Revolving Note payable to such Lender in an amount equal to such Lender’s US Revolving Loan Commitment.

(b) The Canadian Revolving Loans made by each Canadian Lender shall be evidenced by this Agreement and, if requested by such Lender, a Revolving Note payable to such Lender in an amount equal to such Lender’s Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment.

(c) US Swing Loans made by the US Swingline Lender shall be evidenced by this Agreement and, if requested by such Lender, a US Swingline Note payable to such Lender in an amount equal to the US Swingline Commitment.

(d) Canadian Swing Loans made by the Canadian Swingline Lender shall be evidenced by this Agreement and, if requested by such Lender, a Canadian Swingline Note payable to such Lender in an amount equal to the Canadian Swingline Commitment.

1.3 Interest .

(a) Subject to subsections 1.3(c) and 1.3(d), each Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the date when made at a rate per annum equal to the LIBOR, the Base Rate, the BA Rate or Canadian Prime Rate, as the case may be, plus the Applicable Margin; provided Swing Loans may not be BA Rate Loans or LIBOR Rate Loans; provided, for purposes of clarity, CDN $ Denominated Canadian Loans shall bear interest at the BA Rate or Canadian Prime Rate, as applicable, plus the appropriate Applicable Margin and Dollar Denominated Canadian Loans shall bear interest at the Base Rate or LIBOR, as applicable, plus the appropriate Applicable Margin. Each determination of an interest rate by the Appropriate Agent shall be conclusive and binding on Borrowers and the Lenders in the absence of manifest error. All computations of fees and interest (other than interest on Base Rate Loans and CDN $ Denominated Canadian Loans) payable under this Agreement shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed. All computations of interest on Base Rate Loans and CDN $ Denominated Canadian Loans payable under this Agreement shall be made on the basis of a 365-366 day year and actual days elapsed. Interest and fees shall accrue during each period during which interest or such fees are computed from the first day thereof to, but excluding, the last day thereof.

 

15


(b) Interest on each Loan shall be paid in arrears on each Interest Payment Date. Interest shall also be paid on the date of any payment or prepayment of Loans in full.

(c) At the election of Required US Lenders with respect to US Loans or the Required Canadian Lenders with respect to Canadian Loans (with written notice thereof to be provided to the applicable Borrower) while any Specified Event of Default exists and is continuing (or automatically while any Event of Default under subsection 7.1(f) or 7.1(g) exists), the applicable Borrower (subject to the Interest Act (Canada)) shall pay interest (after as well as before entry of judgment thereon to the extent permitted by law) on the US Loans and/or Canadian Loans, as applicable, from and after the date of such written notice (or automatically from and after the date of an Event of Default under subsection 7.1(f) or 7.1(g) until such Specified Event of Default shall have been cured or waived in accordance with the terms of this Agreement), at a rate per annum which is determined by adding two percent (2.0%) per annum to the Applicable Margin then in effect for such Loans (plus the LIBOR, Base Rate, BA Rate or Canadian Prime Rate, as the case may be). All such interest shall be payable on written demand of the Required US Lenders or Required Canadian Lenders, as applicable.

(d) (i) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations of each Borrower hereunder shall be subject to the limitation that payments of interest shall not be required, for any period for which interest is computed hereunder, to the extent (but only to the extent) that contracting for or receiving such payment by the respective Lender would be contrary to the provisions of any law applicable to such Lender limiting the highest rate of interest which may be lawfully contracted for, charged or received by such Lender, and in such event such Borrower shall pay such Lender interest at the highest rate permitted by applicable law (“Maximum Lawful Rate”); provided , however , that if at any time thereafter the rate of interest payable hereunder is less than the Maximum Lawful Rate, such Borrower shall continue to pay interest hereunder at the Maximum Lawful Rate until such time as the total interest received by the Appropriate Agent, on behalf of the applicable Lenders, is equal to the total interest that would have been received had the interest payable hereunder been (but for the operation of this paragraph) the interest rate payable since the Closing Date as otherwise provided in this Agreement.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of clause (i) above, if any provision of this Agreement or of any of the other Loan Documents would obligate Canadian Borrower or any other Credit Party to make any payment of interest or other amount payable to any Canadian Lender in an amount or calculated at a rate which would be prohibited by law or would result in a receipt by such Canadian Lender of “interest” at a “criminal rate” (as such terms are construed under the Criminal Code (Canada)) then, notwithstanding such provisions, such amount or rate shall be deemed to have been adjusted with retroactive effect to the maximum amount or rate of interest, as the case may be, as would not be so prohibited by law or so result in a receipt by such Canadian Lender of “interest” at a “criminal rate,” such adjustment to be effected, to the extent necessary, as follows: (1) firstly, by reducing the amount or rate of interest required to be paid to such Lender under this section 1.3(d), and (2) thereafter, by reducing any fees, commissions, premiums and other amounts required to be paid to such Canadian Lender which would constitute “interest” for purposes of Section 347 of the

 

16


Criminal Code (Canada). Any amount or rate of interest referred to in this subsection 1.3(d) shall be determined in accordance with generally accepted actuarial practices and principles as an effective annual rate of interest over the term that the applicable Loan remains outstanding on the assumption that any charges, fees or expenses that fall within the meaning of “interest” (as defined in the Criminal Code (Canada)) shall, if they relate to a specific period of time, be pro-rated over that period of time and otherwise be pro-rated over the period from the Closing Date to the Revolving Termination Date and, in the event of a dispute, a certificate of a Fellow of the Canadian Institute of Actuaries appointed by Canadian Agent shall be conclusive for the purposes of such determination.

(iii) For purposes of disclosure pursuant to the Interest Act (Canada), the annual rates of interest or fees to which the rates of interest or fees provided in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (and stated herein or therein, as applicable, to be computed on the basis of a 360 or 365 day year or any other period of time less than a calendar year) are equivalent are the rates so determined multiplied by the actual number of days in the applicable calendar year and divided by 360 or 365 or such other period of time, as the case may be.

1.4 Loan Accounts .

(a) The Appropriate Agent, on behalf of the applicable Lenders, shall record on its books and records the amount of each Loan made, the interest rate applicable, all payments of principal and interest thereon and the principal balance thereof from time to time outstanding. The Appropriate Agent shall deliver to the applicable Borrower on a monthly basis a loan statement setting forth such record for the immediately preceding calendar month. Such record shall, absent manifest error, be conclusive evidence of the amount of the Loans made by the Lenders to the Borrowers and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so, or any failure to deliver such loan statement shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrowers hereunder (and under any Note) to pay any amount owing with respect to the Loans or provide the basis for any claim against Agents.

(b) US Agent, acting as a non-fiduciary agent of the US Borrower solely for tax purposes and solely with respect to the actions described in this subsection 1.4(b), shall establish and maintain at its address referred to in Section 9.2 (or at such other address as US Agent may give written notice to the US Borrower) (A) a record of ownership (the “Register”) in which US Agent agrees to register by book entry the interests (including any rights to receive payment hereunder) of US Agent, each Lender and each US L/C Issuer in the US Revolving Loans, US Swing Loans, US L/C Reimbursement Obligations and US Letter of Credit Obligations, each of their obligations under this Agreement to participate in each US Loan, US Letter of Credit, US Letter of Credit Obligations and US L/C Reimbursement Obligations, and any assignment of any such interest, obligation or right and (B) accounts in the Register in accordance with its usual practice in which it shall record (1) the names and addresses of the US Lenders and the US L/C Issuers (and each change thereto pursuant to Sections 9.9 and 9.22), (2) the Commitments of each US Lender, (3) the amount of each US Loan (and whether it is a Base Rate or a LIBOR Rate Loan) and each funding of any participation described in clause (A) above, and for LIBOR Rate Loans, the Interest Period applicable thereto, (4) the amount of any

 

17


principal or interest due and payable or paid, (5) the amount of the US L/C Reimbursement Obligations due and payable or paid in respect of US Letters of Credit and (6) any other payment received by US Agent from US Borrower and its application to the Obligations.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the US Loans (including any Notes evidencing such Loans and, the corresponding obligations to participate in US Letter of Credit Obligations and US Swing Loans) and the US L/C Reimbursement Obligations are registered obligations, the right, title and interest of the US Lenders and the US L/C Issuers and their assignees in and to such US Loans or US L/C Reimbursement Obligations, as the case may be, shall be transferable only pursuant to the terms of this Agreement only upon notation of such transfer in the Register and no assignment thereof shall be effective until recorded therein. This Section 1.4 and Section 9.9 shall be construed so that the US Loans and US L/C Reimbursement Obligations are at all times maintained in “registered form” within the meaning of Sections 163(f), 871(h)(2) and 881(c)(2) of the Code.

(d) The Credit Parties, US Agent, the US Lenders and the US L/C Issuers shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as a US Lender or US L/C Issuer, as applicable, for all purposes of this Agreement. Information contained in the Register with respect to any US Lender or any US L/C Issuer shall be available for access by the US Borrower, US Agent, such US Lender or such US L/C Issuer during normal business hours and from time to time upon at least one Business Day’s prior notice. No US Lender or US L/C Issuer shall, in such capacity, have access to or be otherwise permitted to review any information in the Register other than information with respect to such US Lender or US L/C Issuer unless otherwise agreed by the US Agent.

1.5 Procedure for Revolving Credit Borrowing.

(a) (i) Each Borrowing of a US Revolving Loan shall be made upon the US Borrower’s irrevocable (subject to Section 10.5) written notice delivered to US Agent substantially in the form of a Notice of Borrowing or in a writing in any other form reasonably acceptable to US Agent, which notice must be received by US Agent prior to 1:00 p.m. (Chicago time) (1) on the date which is one (1) Business Day prior to the requested Borrowing date of each Base Rate Loan, and (2) on the date which is three (3) Business Days prior to the requested Borrowing date in each case of each LIBOR Rate Loan. Such Notice of Borrowing shall specify:

(w) the amount of the Borrowing (which shall be in an aggregate minimum principal amount of $100,000);

(x) the requested Borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day;

(y) whether the Borrowing is to be comprised of LIBOR Rate Loans or Base Rate Loans; and

(z) if the Borrowing is to be LIBOR Rate Loans, the Interest Period applicable to such Loans.

 

18


(ii) Upon receipt of a Notice of Borrowing, US Agent will promptly notify each US Lender of such Notice of Borrowing and of the amount of such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the Borrowing.

(iii) Unless US Agent is otherwise directed in writing by the US Borrower, the proceeds of each requested Borrowing after the Closing Date will be made available to the US Borrower by US Agent by wire transfer of such amount to the US Borrower pursuant to the wire transfer instructions specified on the signature page hereto, as such wire instructions may be updated from time to time by written notice from such Borrower to such Agent and acknowledged by such Agent.

(b) (i) Each Borrowing of a Canadian Revolving Loan shall be made upon the Canadian Borrower’s irrevocable (subject to Section 10.5) written notice delivered to Canadian Agent substantially in the form of a Notice of Borrowing or in a writing in any other form reasonably acceptable to Canadian Agent, which notice must be received by Canadian Agent prior to 1:00 p.m. (Chicago time) (1) on the date which is one (1) Business Day prior to the requested Borrowing date of each Canadian Prime Rate Loan, and (2) on the date which is three (3) Business Days prior to the requested Borrowing date in the case of each BA Rate Loan. Such Notice of Borrowing shall specify:

(v) the amount of the Borrowing (which shall be in an aggregate minimum principal amount of $100,000 or CDN $100,000, as applicable);

(x) the requested Borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day;

(x) whether the Borrowing is to be comprised of BA Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, in the case of CDN $ Denominated Canadian Loans or LIBOR Rate Loans or Base Rate Loans, in the case of Dollar Denominated Canadian Loans;

(y) whether the Borrowing is to be denominated in Dollars or Canadian Dollars; and

(z) if the Borrowing is to be (A) BA Rate Loans, the BA Period applicable to such Loans or (B) LIBOR Rate Loans, the Interest Period applicable to such Loans.

(ii) Upon receipt of a Notice of Borrowing, Canadian Agent will promptly notify each Canadian Lender of such Notice of Borrowing and of the amount of such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the Borrowing.

(iii) Unless Canadian Agent is otherwise directed in writing by the Canadian Borrower, the proceeds of each requested Borrowing after the Closing Date will be made available to the Canadian Borrower by Canadian Agent by wire transfer of such amount to the Canadian Borrower pursuant to the wire transfer instructions specified on the signature page hereto, as such wire instructions may be updated from time to time by written notice from such Borrower to such Agent and acknowledged by such Agent.

 

19


1.6 Conversion and Continuation Elections.

(a)(i) The US Borrower shall have the option to (w) request that any US Revolving Loan be made as a LIBOR Rate Loan, (x) convert at any time all or any part of outstanding US Revolving Loans (other than US Swing Loans) from Base Rate Loans to LIBOR Rate Loans, (y) convert any LIBOR Rate Loan to a Base Rate Loan, subject to Section 10.4 if such conversion is made prior to the expiration of the Interest Period applicable thereto, or (z) continue all or any portion of any US Revolving Loan as a LIBOR Rate Loan upon the expiration of the applicable Interest Period. Any Loan or group of Loans having the same proposed Interest Period to be made or continued as, or converted into, a LIBOR Rate Loan must be in a minimum amount of $1,000,000. Any such election must be made by the US Borrower by 1:00 p.m. (Chicago time) on the 3rd Business Day prior to (1) the date of any proposed US Revolving Loan which is to bear interest at LIBOR, (2) the end of each Interest Period with respect to any LIBOR Rate Loans to be continued as such, or (3) the date on which the US Borrower wishes to convert any Base Rate Loan to a LIBOR Rate Loan for an Interest Period designated by the US Borrower in such election. If no election is received with respect to a LIBOR Rate Loan by 1:00 p.m. (Chicago time) on the 3rd Business Day prior to the end of the Interest Period with respect thereto, that LIBOR Rate Loan shall be converted to a Base Rate Loan at the end of its Interest Period. The US Borrower must make such election by notice to US Agent in writing, including by Electronic Transmission (or by telephone, to be confirmed in writing or Electronic Transmission on such day). In the case of any conversion or continuation, such election must be made pursuant to a written notice (a “Notice of Conversion/Continuation”) substantially in the form of Exhibit 1.6 or in a writing in any other form reasonably acceptable to the Appropriate Agent. No Loan shall be made, converted into or continued as a LIBOR Rate Loan with an Interest Period longer than one month, if a Specified Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and Required US Lenders have provided notice to the US Borrower (directly or by or through the US Agent) indicating that the Required US Lenders have determined not to make or continue any Loan as a LIBOR Rate Loan as a result thereof.

(ii) Upon receipt of a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, US Agent will promptly notify each US Lender thereof. In addition, US Agent will, with reasonable promptness, notify the US Borrower and the US Lenders of each determination of LIBOR; provided that any failure to do so shall not relieve the US Borrower of any liability hereunder or provide the basis for any claim against US Agent. All conversions and continuations shall be made pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the US Revolving Loans held by each US Lender with respect to which the notice was given.

(iii) Notwithstanding any other provision contained in this Agreement, after giving effect to any Borrowing, or to any continuation or conversion of any Loans, there shall not be more than seven (7) different Interest Periods in effect at any one time.

(b)(i) The Canadian Borrower shall have the option to (w) request that any CDN $ Denominated Canadian Loan be made as a BA Rate Loan and any Dollar Denominated Canadian Loan be made as a LIBOR Rate Loan, (x) convert at any time all or any part of outstanding CDN $ Denominated Canadian Loans (other than Canadian Swing Loans) from Canadian Prime Rate Loans to BA Rate Loans and any Dollar Denominated Canadian Loans

 

20


(other than Canadian Swing Loans) from Base Rate Loans to LIBOR Rate Loans, (y) convert any BA Rate Loan to a Canadian Prime Rate Loan and any LIBOR Rate Loan to a Base Rate Loan, subject to Section 10.4 if such conversion is made prior to the expiration of the BA Period or Interest Period applicable thereto, or (z) continue all or any portion of any CDN $ Denominated Canadian Loan as a BA Rate Loan upon the expiration of the applicable BA Period and any Dollar Denominated Canadian Loan as a LIBOR Rate Loan upon the expiration of the applicable Interest Period. Any Loan or group of Loans having the same proposed BA Period or Interest Period, as applicable, to be made or continued as, or converted into, a BA Rate Loan or LIBOR Rate Loan, as applicable, must, in each instance, be in a minimum amount of CDN $1,000,000 for CDN $ Denominated Canadian Loans and $1,000,000 for Dollar Denominated Canadian Loans. Any such election must be made by the Canadian Borrower by 1:00 p.m. (Chicago time) on the 3rd Business Day prior to (1) the date of any proposed Canadian Revolving Loan which is to bear interest at BA Rate or LIBOR, (2) the end of each BA Period or Interest Period with respect to any BA Rate Loans or LIBOR Rate Loans, as applicable, to be continued as such, or (3) the date on which the Canadian Borrower wishes to convert any Canadian Prime Rate Loans to a BA Rate Loan for an BA Period designated by the Canadian Borrower in such election or any Base Rate Loans to a LIBOR Rate Loan for an Interest Period designated by the Canadian Borrower in such election. If no election is received with respect to a BA Rate Loan by 1:00 p.m. (Chicago time) on the 3rd Business Day prior to the end of the respective BA Period or Interest Period, as applicable, that BA Rate Loan or LIBOR Rate Loan shall be converted to a Canadian Prime Rate Loan or Base Rate Loan, as applicable, at the end of its BA Period or Interest Period, as applicable. The Canadian Borrower must make such election by notice to Canadian Agent in writing, including by Electronic Transmission. In the case of any conversion or continuation, such election must be made pursuant to a Notice of Conversion/Continuation. No Loan shall be made, converted into or continued as a BA Rate Loan with an BA Period or a LIBOR Rate Loan with an Interest Period, in either case, longer than one month, if a Specified Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and Required Canadian Lenders have provided notice to the Canadian Borrower (directly or by or through the Canadian Agent) indicating that the Required Canadian Lenders have determined not to make or continue any Loan as a BA Rate Loan or a LIBOR Rate Loan, as applicable, as a result thereof.

(ii) Upon receipt of a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, Canadian Agent will promptly notify each Canadian Lender thereof. In addition, Canadian Agent will, with reasonable promptness, notify the Canadian Borrower and the Canadian Lenders of each determination of the BA Rate or LIBOR, as applicable; provided that any failure to do so shall not relieve the Canadian Borrower of any liability hereunder or provide the basis for any claim against Canadian Agent. All conversions and continuations shall be made pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Canadian Revolving Loans held by each Canadian Lender with respect to which the notice was given.

(iii) Notwithstanding any other provision contained in this Agreement, after giving effect to any Borrowing, or to any continuation or conversion of any Loans, there shall not be more than seven (7) different BA Periods or Interest Periods, in aggregate, in effect at any one time.

1.7 Optional Prepayments . The Borrowers may prepay the Loans in whole or in part, in each instance, without penalty or premium except as provided in Section 10.4; provided, all prepayments of Canadian Revolving Loans shall be in the currency in which the applicable Canadian Revolving Loan is denominated.

 

21


1.8 Mandatory Prepayments of Loans and Commitment Reductions .

(a) Reserved.

(b) Revolving Loan . (i) The US Borrower shall repay to the US Lenders in full on the date specified in clause (a) of the definition of “Revolving Termination Date” the aggregate principal amount of the US Revolving Loans and US Swing Loans outstanding on the Revolving Termination Date.

(ii) The Canadian Borrower shall repay to the Canadian Lenders in full on the date specified in clause (a) of the definition of “Revolving Termination Date” the aggregate principal amount of the Canadian Revolving Loans and Canadian Swing Loans outstanding on the Revolving Termination Date.

(c) Asset Dispositions . Subject to subsection 1.8(e), if a Credit Party or any Subsidiary of a Credit Party shall at any time or from time to time:

(i) make or agree to make a Disposition; or

(ii) suffer an Event of Loss;

and the aggregate amount of the Net Proceeds received by the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries in connection with such Disposition or Event of Loss and all other Dispositions and Events of Loss occurring during the Fiscal Year exceeds the US Dollar Equivalent of $2,000,000, then (A) Holdings shall promptly notify the Agents of such proposed Disposition or Event of Loss (including the amount of the estimated Net Proceeds to be received by a Credit Party and/or such Subsidiary in respect thereof) and (B) promptly upon receipt by a Credit Party and/or such Subsidiary of the Net Proceeds of such Disposition or Event of Loss, such Credit Party shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, such excess Net Proceeds to the Appropriate Agent for distribution to the applicable Lenders as a prepayment of the Loans, which prepayment shall be applied in accordance with subsection 1.8(e) hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing and provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing but subject to the last sentence of this subsection, such prepayment shall not be required to the extent a Credit Party or such Subsidiary reinvests the Net Proceeds of such Disposition or Event of Loss to reinvest in productive or replacement assets (other than Inventory, except to the extent of Inventory damaged or destroyed in an Event of Loss) of a kind then used or usable in the business of such Credit Party or such Subsidiary, within two hundred seventy (270) days after the date of such Disposition or Event of Loss or enters into a binding commitment thereof within said two hundred seventy (270) day period and subsequently makes such reinvestment; provided that Holdings notifies the Appropriate Agent of such Credit Party’s or such Subsidiary’s intent to reinvest and of the completion of such reinvestment at the time such proceeds are received and when such reinvestment occurs, respectively. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if as a result of any sale, assignment, disposition or other transfer by any Credit Party of any Property or if as a result of an Event of Loss, the outstanding principal balance of US

 

22


Revolving Loans exceeds the Maximum US Revolving Loan Balance and/or the US Dollar Equivalent of the outstanding principal balance of Canadian Revolving Loans exceeds the Maximum Canadian Revolving Loan Balance, Borrowers shall immediately pay or cause to be paid outstanding Loans in an amount sufficient to eliminate such excess.

(d) Issuance of Securities . Promptly upon the receipt by any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party of the Net Issuance Proceeds of the issuance of Stock or Stock Equivalents (including any capital contribution) or incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of debt securities (other than Net Issuance Proceeds from the issuance of (i) debt securities in respect of Indebtedness permitted hereunder, and (ii) Excluded Equity Issuances), Holdings shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Appropriate Agent an amount equal to such Net Issuance Proceeds, for application to the Loans in accordance with subsection 1.8(e).

(e) Application of Prepayments . (i) Provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and, subject to the provisions of the last sentence of subsection 1.8(c), no prepayments shall be required to be made pursuant to subsections 1.8(c) or (d) if the Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recent Fiscal Quarter for which financial statements and a Compliance Certificate have been delivered, is less than 3.50 to 1.00.

(ii) Subject to subsection 1.10(c), any prepayments pursuant to subsection 1.8(c) or 1.8(d) by a US Credit Party or a Subsidiary of a US Credit Party (other than Canadian Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof) shall be applied first to prepay outstanding US Swing Loans, second to prepay outstanding US Revolving Loans, third to prepay outstanding Canadian Swing Loans and fourth to prepay outstanding Canadian Revolving Loans. Any prepayments pursuant to subsection 1.8(c) or 1.8(d) by a Canadian Credit Party (other than Holdings, US Borrower or any Subsidiary of US Borrower) shall be applied first to prepay outstanding Canadian Swing Loans and second to prepay outstanding Canadian Revolving Loans.

(iii) Amounts prepaid shall be applied first to any Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, as applicable, then outstanding and then to outstanding LIBOR Rate Loans with the shortest Interest Periods or BA Loans with the shortest BA Periods remaining, as applicable. Together with each prepayment under this Section 1.8, the Applicable Borrower shall pay any amounts required pursuant to Section 10.4 hereof. Prepayments of Canadian Revolving Loans shall be made in the currency in which the applicable Canadian Revolving Loan is denominated.

(f) No Implied Consent . Provisions contained in this Section 1.8 for the application of proceeds of certain transactions shall not be deemed to constitute consent of the Lenders to transactions that are not otherwise permitted by the terms hereof or the other Loan Documents.

 

23


1.9 Fees .

(a) Fees . The US Borrower shall pay to US Agent, for US Agent’s own account, fees in the amounts and at the times set forth in a letter agreement between the US Borrower and US Agent dated of even date herewith (as amended from time to time, the “Fee Letter”).

(b) Unused Commitment Fee . The US Borrower shall pay to US Agent a fee (the “Unused Commitment Fee”) for the account of each Lender in an amount equal to

(x) the average daily balance of the US Revolving Loan Commitment of such US Lender during the preceding calendar month, less

(y) the sum of (1) the average daily balance of all outstanding US Revolving Loans held by such US Lender, plus without duplication, (2) the average daily amount of US Letter of Credit Obligations held by such US Lender, plus (3) in the case of the US Swing Line Lender, the average daily balance of all outstanding US Swing Loans held by such US Swing Line Lender, plus (iv) the US Dollar Equivalent of the average daily balance of outstanding Canadian Revolving Loans, Canadian Letter of Credit Obligations held by such Lender and its Affiliates and Approved Funds and, in the case of Canadian Swing Line Lender, Canadian Swing Loans, in each case, during the preceding calendar month; provided, in no event shall the amount computed pursuant to clauses (x) and (y) with respect to the a Swing Line Lender be less than zero,

(z) multiplied by three quarters of one percent (0.75%) per annum.

The total fee paid by the US Borrower will be equal to the sum of all of the fees due to the Lenders, subject to subsection 1.11(e)(vi). Such fee shall be payable monthly in arrears on the first day of the calendar month following the date hereof and the first day of each calendar month thereafter. The Unused Commitment Fee provided in this subsection 1.9(b) shall accrue at all times from and after the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

(c) Letter of Credit Fees . (i) The US Borrower agrees to pay to US Agent for the ratable benefit of the US Lenders, as compensation to such Lenders for US Letter of Credit Obligations incurred hereunder, (i) without duplication of costs and expenses otherwise payable to US Agent or US Lenders hereunder or fees otherwise paid by the US Borrower, all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by US Agent or any US Lender on account of such US Letter of Credit Obligations, and (ii) for each calendar month during which any US Letter of Credit Obligation shall remain outstanding, a fee (the “US Letter of Credit Fee”) in an amount equal to the product of the average daily undrawn face amount of all US Letters of Credit issued, guaranteed or supported by risk participation agreements multiplied by a per annum rate equal to the Applicable Margin with respect to US Revolving Loans which are LIBOR Rate Loans; provided, however, at Required US Lenders’ option, while a Specified Event of Default exists (or automatically while an Event of Default under subsection 7.1(f) or 7.1(g) exists), such rate shall be increased by two percent (2.00%) per annum. Such fee shall be paid to US Agent for the benefit of the US Lenders in arrears, on the first day of each calendar month and on the date on which all US L/C Reimbursement Obligations have been discharged. In addition, the US

 

24


Borrower shall pay to US Agent, any US L/C Issuer or any prospective US L/C Issuer, as appropriate, on demand, such US L/C Issuer’s or prospective US L/C Issuer’s customary fees at then prevailing rates, without duplication of fees otherwise payable hereunder (including all per annum fees), charges and expenses of such US L/C Issuer or prospective US L/C Issuer in respect of the application for, and the issuance, negotiation, acceptance, amendment, transfer and payment of, each US Letter of Credit or otherwise payable pursuant to the application and related documentation under which such US Letter of Credit is issued.

(ii) The Canadian Borrower agrees to pay to Canadian Agent for the ratable benefit of the Canadian Lenders, as compensation to such Lenders for Canadian Letter of Credit Obligations incurred hereunder, (i) without duplication of costs and expenses otherwise payable to Canadian Agent or Canadian Lenders hereunder or fees otherwise paid by the Canadian Borrower, all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Canadian Agent or any Canadian Lender on account of such Canadian Letter of Credit Obligations, and (ii) for each calendar month during which any Canadian Letter of Credit Obligation shall remain outstanding, a fee (the “Canadian Letter of Credit Fee” and, together with the US Letter of Credit the “Letter of Credit Fee”), denominated in Canadian Dollars, in an amount equal to the product of the US Dollar Equivalent of the average daily undrawn face amount of all Canadian Letters of Credit issued, guaranteed or supported by risk participation agreements multiplied by a per annum rate equal to the Applicable Margin with respect to Canadian Revolving Loans which are BA Rate Loans; provided, however, at Required Canadian Lenders’ option, while a Specified Event of Default exists (or automatically while an Event of Default under subsection 7.1(f) or 7.1(g) exists), such rate shall be increased by two percent (2.00%) per annum. Such fee shall be paid, in Dollars, to Canadian Agent for the benefit of the Canadian Lenders in arrears, on the first day of each calendar month and on the date on which all Canadian L/C Reimbursement Obligations have been discharged. In addition, the Canadian Borrower shall pay to Canadian Agent, any Canadian L/C Issuer or any prospective Canadian L/C Issuer, as appropriate, on demand, in the currency in which the applicable Canadian Letter of Credit has been or is to be issued, such Canadian L/C Issuer’s or prospective Canadian L/C Issuer’s customary fees at then prevailing rates, without duplication of fees otherwise payable hereunder (including all per annum fees), charges and expenses of such Canadian L/C Issuer or prospective Canadian Issuer in respect of the application for, and the issuance, negotiation, acceptance, amendment, transfer and payment of, each Canadian Letter of Credit or otherwise payable pursuant to the application and related documentation under which such Canadian Letter of Credit is issued.

1.10 Payments by the Borrowers .

(a) All payments (including prepayments) to be made by each Credit Party on account of principal, interest, fees and other amounts required hereunder shall be made without set-off, recoupment, counterclaim or deduction of any kind, shall, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, be made to the Appropriate Agent (for the ratable account of the Persons entitled thereto) at the address for payment specified in the signature page hereof in relation to

 

25


such Agent (or such other address as such the Appropriate Agent may from time to time specify in accordance with Section 9.2), including payments utilizing the ACH system, and shall be made in Dollars with respect to US Obligations and CDN $ or Dollars with respect to Canadian Obligations, based on the currency in which any particular Canadian Obligation is denominated, and by wire transfer or ACH transfer in immediately available funds, no later than noon (Chicago time) on the date due. Any payment which is received by an Agent later than noon (Chicago time) may in such Agent’s discretion be deemed to have been received on the immediately succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. Each Borrower and each other Credit Party hereby irrevocably waives the right to direct the application during the continuance of an Event of Default of any and all payments in respect of the Obligations of such Borrower and any proceeds of Collateral with respect thereto. US Borrower hereby authorizes US Agent and each US Lender to make a US Revolving Loan (which shall be a Base Rate Loan and which may be a US Swing Loan) to pay (i) interest, principal (including Swing Loans), L/C Reimbursement Obligations, agent fees, Unused Commitment Fees and Letter of Credit Fees, in each instance, on the date due, or (ii) after five (5) days’ prior written notice to the US Borrower, other fees, costs or expenses payable by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries hereunder or under the other Loan Documents. Canadian Borrower hereby authorizes Canadian Agent and each Canadian Lender to make a Canadian Revolving Loan (which shall be a Base Rate Loan and which may be a Canadian Swing Loan) to pay (i) interest, principal of Canadian Loans, Canadian L/C Reimbursement Obligations, and Canadian Letter of Credit Fees, in each instance, on the date due, or (ii) after five (5) days’ prior written notice to the Canadian Borrower, other fees, costs or expenses payable by the Canadian Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries hereunder or under the other Loan Documents; provided, nothing in this subsection 1.10(a) shall be deemed to limit or impair Borrowers’ rights to dispute any Credit Party’s obligation to pay fees, costs or expenses pursuant to and in accordance with this Agreement.

(b) Subject to the provisions set forth in the definitions of “BA Period” and “Interest Period” herein, if any payment hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of interest or fees, as the case may be.

(c)(i) During the continuance of an Event of Default, US Agent may, and shall upon the direction of Required Lenders apply any and all payments received by US Agent in respect of any Obligation in accordance with clauses first through ninth below. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, all amounts collected or received by US Agent after any or all of the Obligations have been accelerated (so long as such acceleration has not been rescinded), including proceeds of Collateral, shall be applied as follows:

first , to payment of costs and expenses, including Attorney Costs, of the Agents payable or reimbursable by the Credit Parties under the Loan Documents;

second , to payment of Attorney Costs of Lenders payable or reimbursable by the Borrowers under this Agreement;

 

26


third , to payment of all accrued unpaid interest on the US Obligations and fees owed to US Agent, US Lenders and US L/C Issuers in respect of the US Obligations;

fourth , to payment of principal of the US Obligations including, without limitation, US L/C Reimbursement Obligations then due and payable, any Obligations under any Secured Rate Contract and cash collateralization of unmatured US L/C Reimbursement Obligations to the extent not then due and payable;

fifth , to payment of any other amounts owing constituting US Obligations;

sixth , to payment of all accrued unpaid interest on the Canadian Obligations and fees owed to Canadian Agent, Canadian Lenders and Canadian L/C Issuers in respect of the Canadian Obligations;

seventh , to payment of principal of the Canadian Obligations including, without limitation, Canadian L/C Reimbursement Obligations then due and payable, and cash collateralization of unmatured Canadian L/C Reimbursement Obligations to the extent not then due and payable;

eighth , to payment of any other amounts owing constituting Canadian Obligations; and

ninth , any remainder shall be for the account of and paid to whoever may be lawfully entitled thereto.

In carrying out the foregoing, (x) amounts received shall be applied in the numerical order provided until exhausted prior to the application to the next succeeding category and (y) each of the Lenders or other Persons entitled to payment shall receive an amount equal to its pro rata share of amounts available to be applied pursuant to clauses third through eighth above.

(ii) During the continuance of an Event of Default, Canadian Agent may, and shall upon the direction of Required Lenders apply any and all payments received by Canadian Agent in respect of any Canadian Obligation in accordance with clauses first through sixth below. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, all amounts collected or received by Canadian Agent after any or all of the Canadian Obligations have been accelerated (so long as such acceleration has not been rescinded)(it being agreed that if the Canadian Agent receives any amounts from a US Credit Party prior to the time all US Obligations are paid in full, Canadian Agent shall pay such amounts to US Agent for application in accordance with subsection 1.10(c)(i)), including proceeds of Collateral, shall be applied as follows:

first , to payment of costs and expenses, including Attorney Costs, of the Canadian Agent payable or reimbursable by the Credit Parties under the Loan Documents;

second , to payment of Attorney Costs of Canadian Lenders payable or reimbursable by the Borrowers under this Agreement;

 

27


third , to payment of all accrued unpaid interest on the Canadian Obligations and fees owed to Canadian Agent, Canadian Lenders and Canadian L/C Issuers in respect of the Canadian Obligations;

fourth , to payment of principal of the Canadian Obligations including, without limitation, Canadian L/C Reimbursement Obligations then due and payable, and cash collateralization of unmatured Canadian L/C Reimbursement Obligations to the extent not then due and payable;

fifth , to payment of any other amounts constituting Canadian Obligations.

sixth , any remainder shall be for the account of and paid to whoever may be lawfully entitled thereto.

In carrying out the foregoing, (x) amounts received shall be applied in the numerical order provided until exhausted prior to the application to the next succeeding category and (y) each of the Lenders or other Persons entitled to payment shall receive an amount equal to its pro rata share of amounts available to be applied pursuant to clauses third, fourth and fifth above.

1.11 Payments by the Lenders to Appropriate Agent; Settlement .

(a) The Appropriate Agent may, on behalf of Lenders, disburse funds to the applicable Borrower for Loans requested. Each Lender shall reimburse the Appropriate Agent on demand for all funds disbursed on its behalf by such Agent, in the currency in which such funds were disbursed, or if the Appropriate Agent so requests, each Lender will remit to the Appropriate Agent its Commitment Percentage of any Loan before the Appropriate Agent disburses same to the applicable Borrower. If the Appropriate Agent elects to require that each Lender make funds available to the Appropriate Agent prior to disbursement by the Appropriate Agent to the applicable Borrower, the Appropriate Agent shall advise each Lender by telephone or fax of the amount of such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the Loan requested by the applicable Borrower, and the applicable currency thereof, no later than the Business Day prior to the scheduled Borrowing date applicable thereto, and each such Lender shall pay the Appropriate Agent such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of such requested Loan, in same day funds, in the applicable currency, by wire transfer to the Appropriate Agent’s account, as set forth on Appropriate Agent’s signature page hereto, no later than noon (Chicago time) on such scheduled Borrowing date. Nothing in this subsection 1.11(a) or elsewhere in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, including the remaining provisions of Section 1.11, shall be deemed to require an Agent to advance funds on behalf of any Lender or to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Commitments hereunder or to prejudice any rights that the Appropriate Agent, any Lender or the applicable Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

(b) At least once each calendar week or more frequently the Appropriate Agent’s election (each, a “Settlement Date”), Appropriate Agent shall advise each Lender by telephone or fax of the amount of such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of principal, interest, applicable currency and Fees paid for the benefit of Lenders with respect to each applicable

 

28


Loan. Appropriate Agent shall pay to each Lender such Lender’s Commitment Percentage (except as otherwise provided in subsection 1.1(c) (vi) and subsection 1.11(e)(iv)) of principal, interest and fees paid by the applicable Borrower since the previous Settlement Date for the benefit of such Lender on the Loans held by it. Such payments shall be made by wire transfer to such Lender not later than 1:00 p.m. (Chicago time) on the next Business Day following each Settlement Date.

(c) Availability of Lender’s Commitment Percentage . Appropriate Agent may assume that each Lender will make its Commitment Percentage of each Revolving Loan available to Appropriate Agent on each Borrowing date. If such Commitment Percentage is not, in fact, paid to Appropriate Agent by such Lender when due, Appropriate Agent will be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Lender without setoff, counterclaim or deduction of any kind. If any Lender fails to pay the amount of its Commitment Percentage forthwith upon the Appropriate Agent’s demand, Appropriate Agent shall promptly notify the applicable Borrower and the applicable Borrower shall immediately repay such amount to the Appropriate Agent in the currency in which such amount was disbursed. Nothing in this subsection 1.11(c) or elsewhere in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall be deemed to require Appropriate Agent to advance funds on behalf of any Lender or to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Commitments hereunder or to prejudice any rights that the applicable Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder. Without limiting the provisions of subsection 1.11(b), to the extent that Appropriate Agent advances funds to the applicable Borrower on behalf of any Lender and is not reimbursed therefor on the same Business Day as such advance is made, Appropriate Agent shall be entitled to retain for its account all interest accrued on such advance from the date such advance was made until reimbursed by the applicable Lender.

(d) Return of Payments .

(i) If an Agent pays an amount to a Lender under this Agreement in the belief or expectation that a related payment has been or will be received by such Agent from the applicable Borrower and such related payment is not received by such Agent, then such Agent will be entitled to recover such amount from such Lender on demand without setoff, counterclaim or deduction of any kind.

(ii) If an Agent determines at any time that any amount received by such Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be returned to any Credit Party or paid to any other Person pursuant to any insolvency law or otherwise, then, notwithstanding any other term or condition of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, such Agent will not be required to distribute any portion thereof to any Lender. In addition, each Lender will repay to Appropriate Agent on demand any portion of such amount that such Agent has distributed to such Lender, in the applicable currency, together with interest at such rate, if any, as such Agent is required to pay to the applicable Borrower or such other Person, without setoff, counterclaim or deduction of any kind, and Appropriate Agent will be entitled to set-off against future distributions to such Lender any such amounts (with interest) that are not repaid on demand.

 

29


(e) Non-Funding Lenders .

(i) Responsibility . The failure of any Non-Funding Lender to make any Loan, to fund any purchase of any participation to be made or funded by it, or to make any payment required by it hereunder on the date specified therefor shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations to make such loan, fund the purchase of any such participation, or make any other payment required hereunder on such date, and none of the Agents or, other than as expressly set forth herein, any other Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any Non-Funding Lender to make a loan, fund the purchase of a participation or make any other payment required hereunder.

(ii) Reallocation . If any Lender is a Non-Funding Lender, all or a portion of such Non-Funding Lender’s Letter of Credit Obligations (unless such Lender is the L/C Issuer that issued such Letter of Credit) and reimbursement obligations with respect to Swing Loans shall, at the Appropriate Agent’s election at any time or upon any L/C Issuer’s or Swingline Lender’s, as applicable, written request delivered to Agents (whether before or after the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default), be reallocated to and assumed by the US Lenders or Canadian Lenders, as applicable, that are not Non-Funding Lenders or Impacted Lenders pro rata in accordance with their Commitment Percentages of the US Loans or Canadian Loans, as applicable, (calculated as if the Non-Funding Lender’s Commitment Percentage was reduced to zero and each other Lender’s Commitment Percentage had been increased proportionately), provided that no Lender shall be reallocated any such amounts or be required to fund any amounts that would cause the sum of its applicable outstanding Loans, outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations, amounts of its participations in Swing Loans and its pro rata share of unparticipated amounts in Swing Loans to exceed its US Revolving Loan Commitment or Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment, as applicable.

(iii) Voting Rights . Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, including Section 9.1, a Non-Funding Lender shall not have any voting or consent rights under or with respect to any Loan Document or constitute a “Lender” (or be, or have its Loans and Commitments, included in the determination of “Required Lenders”, “Required US Lenders”, “Required Canadian Lenders” or “Lenders directly affected” pursuant to Section 9.1) for any voting or consent rights under or with respect to any Loan Document, provided that (A) the Commitment of a Non-Funding Lender may not be increased, extended or reinstated, (B) the principal of a Non-Funding Lender’s Loans may not be reduced or forgiven, and (C) the interest rate applicable to Obligations owing to a Non-Funding Lender may not be reduced. Moreover, for the purposes of determining Required Lenders, Required US Lenders and Required Canadian Lenders, the Loans, Letter of Credit Obligations, and Commitments held by Non-Funding Lenders shall be excluded from the total Loans and Commitments outstanding.

 

30


(iv) Borrower Payments to a Non-Funding Lender . The Appropriate Agent shall be entitled to hold, in a non-interest bearing account, all portions of any payments received by such Agent for the benefit of any Non-Funding Lender pursuant to this Agreement as cash collateral. The Appropriate Agent is hereby authorized to use such cash collateral to pay in full the Aggregate Excess Funding Amount to the appropriate Secured Parties thereof, and then, to hold as cash collateral the amount of such Non-Funding Lender’s pro rata share, without giving effect to any reallocation pursuant to subsection 1.11(e)(ii), of all funding obligations until the Obligations are paid in full in cash, all Letter of Credit Obligations have been discharged or cash collateralized and all Commitments have been terminated. Upon any such unfunded obligations owing by a Non-Funding Lender becoming due and payable, the Appropriate Agent shall be authorized to use such cash collateral to make such payment on behalf of such Non-Funding Lender. With respect to such Non-Funding Lender’s failure to fund Loans or purchase participations in Letters of Credit or Letter of Credit Obligations, any amounts applied by the Appropriate Agent to satisfy such funding shortfalls shall be deemed to constitute a Revolving Loan or amount of the participation required to be funded and, if necessary to effectuate the foregoing, the other Lenders shall be deemed to have sold, and such Non-Funding Lender shall be deemed to have purchased, Revolving Loans or Letter of Credit participation interests from the other Lenders until such time as the aggregate amount of the Revolving Loans and participations in Letters of Credit and Letter of Credit Obligations are held by the Lenders in accordance with their Commitment Percentages. Any amounts owing by a Non-Funding Lender to an Agent which are not paid when due shall accrue interest at the interest rate applicable during such period to Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, as applicable. In the event that an Agent is holding cash collateral of a Non-Funding Lender that cures pursuant to clause (v) below or ceases to be a Non-Funding Lender pursuant to definition of Non-Funding Lender, such Agent shall return the unused portion of such cash collateral to such Lender. The “Aggregate Excess Funding Amount” of a Non-Funding Lender shall be the aggregate amount of (A) all unpaid obligations owing by such Lender to the Appropriate Agent, L/C Issuers, Swing Line Lender, and other Lenders under the Loan Documents, including such Lender’s pro rata share of all Revolving Loans, Letter of Credit Obligations, Swing Line Loans, plus, without duplication, (B) all amounts of such Non-Funding Lender reallocated to other Lenders pursuant to subsection 1.11(e)(ii).

(v) Cure . A Lender may cure its status as a Non-Funding Lender under clause (a) of the definition of Non-Funding Lender if such Lender fully pays to the Appropriate Agent, on behalf of the applicable Secured Parties, the Aggregate Excess Funding Amount, plus all interest due thereon, in each case, in the applicable currency. Any such cure shall not relieve any Lender from liability for breaching its contractual obligations hereunder.

(vi) Fees . A Lender that is a Non-Funding Lender pursuant to clause (a) of the definition of Non-Funding Lender shall not earn and shall not be

 

31


entitled to receive, and no Borrowers shall be required to pay, such Lender’s portion of the Unused Commitment Fee during the time such Lender is a Non-Funding Lender pursuant to clause (a) thereof. In the event that any reallocation of Letter of Credit Obligations occurs pursuant to subsection 1.11(e)(ii), during the period of time that such reallocation remains in effect, the Letter of Credit Fee payable with respect to such reallocated portion shall be payable to (A) all Lenders based on their pro rata share of such reallocation or (B) to the applicable L/C Issuer for any remaining portion not reallocated to any other Lenders.

(f) Procedures . Each Agent is hereby authorized by each Credit Party and each other Secured Party to establish reasonable procedures (and to amend such procedures from time to time) to facilitate administration and servicing of the Loans and other matters incidental thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Agent is hereby authorized to establish reasonable procedures to make available or deliver, or to accept, notices, documents and similar items on, by posting to or submitting and/or completion, on E-Systems.

ARTICLE II -

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

2.1 Conditions of Initial Loans . The obligation of each Lender to make its initial Loans and of each L/C Issuer to Issue, or cause to be Issued, the initial Letters of Credit hereunder is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions (unless otherwise waived by Lenders):

(a) Loan Documents . US Agent shall have received on or before the Closing Date all of the agreements, documents, instruments and other items set forth on the closing checklist attached hereto as Exhibit 2.1, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agents, Documentation Agent and Syndication Agent;

(b) Availability . Not more than the US Dollar Equivalent of $5,000,000 in Revolving Loans shall be advanced on the Closing Date, and after giving effect to the consummation of the Related Transactions, payment of all costs and expenses in connection therewith, funding of the initial Loans and issuance of the initial Letters of Credit, Aggregate Availability shall be not less than US Dollar Equivalent of $10,000,000; provided, in no event shall proceeds from Canadian Loans be used to pay the fees, costs or expenses incurred in connection with the Related Transactions;

(c) Related Transactions . The Related Transactions shall have closed in the manner contemplated by the Related Agreements. US Agent shall have received evidence that (i) Thermon Group, Inc. shall have received not less than $127,000,000 in cash proceeds from the issuance of Stock and Stock Equivalents to Sponsor and other Persons, and (ii) Thermon Group, Inc. shall have received gross proceeds of $210,000,000 pursuant to the Second Lien Indebtedness Documents;

(d) EBITDA and Leverage . Holdings shall have delivered evidence demonstrating that: (i) EBITDA of the Borrowers for the twelve month period ended February

 

32


28, 2010 shall be not less than $46,000,000; and (ii) the ratio of (x) total Funded Indebtedness of the Credit Parties as of the Closing Date after giving effect to the consummation of the Related Transactions, payment of all costs and expenses in connection therewith, funding of the initial Loans and issuance of the initial Letters of Credit but net of unrestricted cash of Holdings and its Subsidiaries in an amount not to exceed $5,000,000, to (y) EBITDA of the Borrowers for the twelve (12) month period ending February 28, 2010 shall be not greater than 4.50 to 1.00.

(e) Repayment of Prior Lender Obligations; Satisfaction of Outstanding L/Cs . (i) US Agent shall have received a fully executed pay-off letter reasonably satisfactory to US Agent confirming that all obligations owing by any Credit Party to Prior Lenders will be repaid in full from the proceeds of the initial Loans and Second Lien Notes and all Liens upon any of the Property of the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries in favor of Prior Lenders shall be terminated by Prior Lenders immediately upon such payment; and (ii) all letters of credit issued or guaranteed by Prior Lenders shall have been cash collateralized, or supported by a Letter of Credit issued pursuant hereto;

(f) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties (i) of the Borrowers and the other Credit Parties contained in Sections 3.1(a), 3.1(b) (solely as it relates to the Loan Documents), 3.2 (solely as it relates to the Loan Documents), 3.3 (solely as it relates to the Loan Documents), 3.4 (solely as it relates to the Loan Documents), 3.8, 3.11(b), 3.11(d), 3.13, 3.14, 3.17, 3.22, 3.27 and 3.28 of this Agreement and Section 4.2 of each Guaranty and Security Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifier contained therein) and (iii) set forth in Articles III and IV of the Purchase Agreement as are material to the interests of the Lenders but only to the extent that Thermon Group, Inc. (or its Affiliates) has the right (determined without regard to any notice required) to terminate its obligations under the Purchase Agreement as a result of the breach of such representations and warranties, shall be true and correct in all respects;

(g) Material Adverse Change . Since March 31, 2009, there shall not have been any “Material Adverse Effect” (as defined in the Purchase Agreement); and

(h) No Default . No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would arise after giving effect to any such Loan or Letter of Credit.

The funding by each Lender of its initial Loans hereunder and the Issuance by each L/C Issuer of the initial Letters of Credit to be Issued hereunder shall evidence such Lender’s and/or such L/C Issuer’s satisfaction that the conditions set forth in this Section 2.1 have been satisfied.

2.2 Conditions to All Borrowings . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no Lender or L/C Issuer shall be obligated to fund any Loan or incur any Letter of Credit Obligation after the Closing Date, if, as of the date thereof:

(a) any representation or warranty by any Credit Party contained herein or in any other Loan Document is untrue or incorrect in any material respect (without duplication of any materiality qualifier contained therein) as of such date, except to the extent that such representation or warranty expressly relates to an earlier date (in which event such representations and warranties were untrue or incorrect in any material respect (without

 

33


duplication of any materiality qualifier contained therein) as of such earlier date), and (i) US Agent or Required US Lenders have determined not to make such US Revolving Loan or incur such US Letter of Credit Obligation as a result of the fact that such warranty or representation is untrue or incorrect in any material respect (without duplication of any materiality qualifier contained therein) and have so notified the applicable Borrower or (ii) Canadian Agent or Required Canadian Lenders have determined not to make such Canadian Revolving Loan or incur such Canadian Letter of Credit Obligation as a result of the fact that such warranty or representation is untrue or incorrect in any material respect (without duplication of any materiality qualifier contained therein) and have so notified the applicable Borrower;

(b) any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would reasonably be expected to result after giving effect to any Loan (or the incurrence of any Letter of Credit Obligation), and (i) US Agent or Required US Lenders shall have determined not to make any US Revolving Loan or incur any US Letter of Credit Obligation as a result of that Default or Event of Default and have so notified such Borrower or (ii) Canadian Agent or Required Canadian Lenders shall have determined not to make any Canadian Revolving Loan or incur any Canadian Letter of Credit Obligation as a result of that Default or Event of Default and have so notified such Borrower; and

(c) after giving effect to any Loan (or the incurrence of any Letter of Credit Obligations), the aggregate outstanding amount of the US Revolving Loans would exceed the Maximum US Revolving Loan Balance or the US Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate outstanding amount of Canadian Revolving Loans would exceed the Maximum Canadian Revolving Loan Balance.

The request by a Borrower and acceptance by a Borrower of the proceeds of any Loan or the incurrence of any Letter of Credit Obligations shall be deemed to constitute, as of the date thereof, (i) a representation and warranty by such Borrower that the conditions in this Section 2.2 have been satisfied (except, in the case of clauses (a) and (b) above, where the Agent has received written notification from the applicable Borrower of such Borrower’s inability to satisfy such conditions and the Lenders have continued to fund Loans (or the applicable L/C Issuer has continued to incur Letter of Credit Obligations) notwithstanding such failure to satisfy such conditions) and (ii) a reaffirmation by each Credit Party of the granting and continuance of the Appropriate Agent’s Liens, on behalf of itself and the applicable Secured Parties, pursuant to the Collateral Documents.

 

34


ARTICLE III -

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Credit Parties, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to Agent and each Lender that the following are, and after giving effect to the Related Transactions will be, true, correct and complete:

3.1 Corporate Existence and Power . Each Credit Party and each of their respective Subsidiaries:

(a) is a corporation, company, limited liability company or limited partnership, as applicable, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, organization or formation, as applicable;

(b) has the power and authority and all material governmental licenses, authorizations, Permits, consents and approvals to own its assets, carry on its business and execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under, (i) the Loan Documents and (ii) the Related Agreements, in each case, to which it is a party;

(c) is duly qualified as a foreign corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership, as applicable, and licensed and in good standing (to the extent applicable with respect to the subject jurisdiction), under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of Property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license; and

(d) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law;

except, in each case referred to in clauses (b)(ii), (c) or (d), to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

3.2 Corporate Authorization; No Contravention . The execution, delivery and performance by each of the Credit Parties of this Agreement and by each Credit Party and each of their respective Subsidiaries of any other Loan Document and Related Agreement to which such Person is party, have been duly authorized by all necessary action, and do not and will not:

(a) contravene the terms of any of that Person’s Organization Documents;

(b) conflict with or result in any material breach or contravention of, or result in the creation of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) under, any document evidencing any material Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or any material order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority to which such Person or its Property is subject; or

(c) violate any material Requirement of Law in any material respect.

3.3 Governmental Authorization . No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Credit Party of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or Related Agreement except (a) for recordings and filings in connection with the Liens granted to the Appropriate Agent under the Collateral Documents, (b) those obtained or made on or prior to the Closing Date or in the Ordinary Course of Business and (c) as may be required in connection with the disposition of any portion of the Pledged Collateral (as defined in the Guaranty and Security Agreement) by laws affecting the offering and sale of securities (including, but not limited to, membership interests in a limited liability company) generally and (d) in the case of any Related Agreement, those which, if not obtained or made, would not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

35


3.4 Binding Effect . This Agreement and each other Loan Document and Related Agreement to which any Credit Party is a party constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of each such Person which is a party thereto, enforceable against such Person in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability.

3.5 Litigation . There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending, or to the best knowledge of each Credit Party, threatened or contemplated in writing, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, against any Credit Party, any Subsidiary of any Credit Party or any of their respective Properties which:

(a) purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement, any other Loan Document or Related Agreement, or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby; or

(b) would reasonably be expected to have or result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

No injunction, writ, temporary restraining order or any order of any nature has been issued by any court or other Governmental Authority purporting to enjoin or restrain the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any Related Agreement, or directing that the transactions provided for herein or therein not be consummated as herein or therein provided. Except as specifically disclosed on Schedule 3.5 , as of the Closing Date, no Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party is the subject of an audit or, to each Credit Party’s knowledge, any review or investigation by any Governmental Authority (excluding the IRS and other taxing authorities) concerning the violation or possible violation of any Requirement of Law.

3.6 No Default . No Default or Event of Default exists or would result from the incurring of any Obligations by any Credit Party or the grant or perfection of the Appropriate Agent’s Liens on the Collateral or the consummation of the Related Transactions.

3.7 ERISA and Related Canadian Compliance . (a) Schedule 3.7 sets forth, as of the Closing Date, a complete and correct list of, and that separately identifies, (a) all Title IV Plans, (b) all Multiemployer Plans and (c) all Benefit Plans subject to the qualification requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code. Each Benefit Plan, and each trust thereunder, intended to qualify for tax exempt status under Section 401 or 501 of the Code or other Requirements of Law so qualifies except for such failures to so qualify that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except for those that would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (x) each Benefit Plan is in compliance with applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Requirements of Law, (y) there are no existing or pending (or to the knowledge of any Credit Party, threatened) claims (other than routine claims for benefits in the normal course), sanctions, actions, lawsuits or other proceedings or investigation involving any Benefit Plan to which any Credit Party incurs or

 

36


otherwise has or could have an obligation or any Liability and (z) no ERISA Event is reasonably expected to occur. On the Closing Date, no ERISA Event has occurred in connection with which obligations and liabilities (contingent or otherwise) remain outstanding.

(b) As of the Closing Date, Schedule 3.7 lists all Canadian Benefit Plans and Canadian Pension Plans maintained or contributed to by each Credit Party. The Canadian Pension Plans are duly registered under the ITA and all other applicable laws which require registration. Each Credit Party has complied with and performed all of its obligations in all material respects under and in respect of the Canadian Pension Plans and Canadian Benefit Plans under the terms thereof, any funding agreements and all applicable laws (including any fiduciary, funding, investment and administration obligations). All employer and employee payments, contributions or premiums to be remitted, paid to or in respect of each Canadian Pension Plan or Canadian Benefit Plan have been paid in a timely fashion in accordance with the terms thereof, any funding agreement and all applicable laws. There have been no improper withdrawals or applications of the assets of the Canadian Pension Plans or the Canadian Benefit Plans. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.7 , as of the Closing Date, there are no outstanding disputes concerning the assets of the Canadian Pension Plans or the Canadian Benefit Plans. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.7 , each of the Canadian Pension Plans is fully funded on a solvency basis (using actuarial methods and assumptions which are consistent with the valuations last filed with the applicable Governmental Authorities and which are consistent with generally accepted actuarial principles).

3.8 Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations . The proceeds of the Loans are intended to be and shall be used solely for the purposes set forth in and permitted by Section 4.10, and are intended to be and shall be used in compliance with Section 5.8. No Credit Party and no Subsidiary of any Credit Party is engaged in the business of purchasing or selling Margin Stock or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock. Proceeds of the Loans shall not be used for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock.

3.9 Title to Properties . As of the Closing Date, the Real Estate listed in Schedule 3.9 constitutes all of the Real Estate of each Credit Party and each of their respective Subsidiaries. Each of the Credit Parties and each of their respective Subsidiaries has good record and marketable title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, all Real Estate, and good and valid title to all owned personal property and valid leasehold interests in all leased personal property, in each instance, material to the ordinary conduct of their respective businesses or where the failure to so own or possess would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Property of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party is subject to any Liens other than Permitted Liens. As of the Closing Date, Schedule 3.9 also describes any purchase options, rights of first refusal or other similar contractual rights pertaining to any Real Estate. All material permits required to have been issued or appropriate to enable the Real Estate to be lawfully occupied and used for all of the purposes for which it is currently occupied and used have been lawfully issued and are in full force and effect.

3.10 Taxes . All material federal, Canadian, provincial, territorial, state, local and other material tax returns, reports and statements (collectively, the “Tax Returns”) required to be filed by any Tax Affiliate have been filed with the appropriate Governmental Authorities, all such Tax Returns are true and correct in all material respects, and all taxes, assessments and

 

37


other governmental charges and impositions reflected therein or otherwise due and payable have been paid prior to the date on which any Liability may be added thereto for non-payment thereof except for those contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves are maintained on the books of the appropriate Tax Affiliate in accordance with GAAP. As of the Closing Date, except as set forth on Schedule 3.10 , no Tax Return is under audit or examination by any Governmental Authority and no notice of any audit or examination or any assertion of any claim for Taxes has been given or made by any Governmental Authority.

3.11 Financial Condition .

(a) Each of (i) the audited consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries dated March 31, 2009, and the related audited consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the Fiscal Year ended on that date and (ii) the unaudited interim consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries dated February 28, 2010 and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the eleven fiscal months then ended:

(x) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the respective periods covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein, subject to, in the case of the unaudited interim financial statements, normal year-end adjustments and the lack of footnote disclosures; and

(y) present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof and results of operations for the periods covered thereby.

(b) The pro forma unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries dated February 28, 2010 delivered on the Closing Date was prepared by Holdings giving pro forma effect to the funding of the Loans and Related Transactions, was based on the unaudited consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries dated February 28, 2010, and was prepared in accordance with GAAP, with only such adjustments thereto as would be required in a manner consistent with GAAP.

(c) Since March 31, 2009, there has been no Material Adverse Effect (it being agreed to and understood that the representation and warranty set forth in this subsection 3.11(c) shall not be made on the Closing Date, but shall be made and remade by the Credit Parties in accordance with the terms of this Agreement at all times after the Closing Date.

(d) All financial performance projections delivered to Agents, including the financial performance projections delivered on or prior to the Closing Date, represent the Borrowers’ best good faith estimate of future financial performance and are based on assumptions believed by the Borrowers to be fair and reasonable in light of current market conditions, it being acknowledged and agreed by Agents and Lenders that projections as to future events are inherently uncertain and are not to be viewed as facts and that the actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections may materially differ from the projected results.

 

38


3.12 Environmental Matters . The representations and warranties in this Section 3.12 are the sole and exclusive representations and warranties in this Agreement concerning environmental matters, including, without limitation, matters arising under Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.12 and except where any failures to comply would not reasonably be expected to have or result in, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect to the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries, (a) the operations of each Credit Party and each Subsidiary of each Credit Party are and have been in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, including obtaining, maintaining and complying with all Permits required by any applicable Environmental Law, (b) no Credit Party and no Subsidiary of any Credit Party is party to, and no Credit Party and no Subsidiary of any Credit Party and no Real Estate currently (or to the knowledge of any Credit Party previously) owned, leased, subleased, operated or otherwise occupied by or for any such Person is subject to or the subject of, any Contractual Obligation or any pending (or, to the knowledge of any Credit Party, threatened in writing) order, action, investigation, suit, proceeding, audit, claim, demand, dispute or notice of violation or of potential liability or similar notice relating in any manner to any Environmental Law, (c) no Lien in favor of any Governmental Authority securing, in whole or in part, Environmental Liabilities has attached to any property of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party and, to the knowledge of any Credit Party, no facts, circumstances or conditions exist that could reasonably be expected to result in any such Lien attaching to any such property, (d) no Credit Party and no Subsidiary of any Credit Party has caused or suffered to occur a Release of Hazardous Materials at, to or from any Real Estate, (e) all Real Estate currently (or to the knowledge of any Credit Party previously) owned, leased, subleased, operated or otherwise occupied by or for any such Credit Party and each Subsidiary of each Credit Party is free of contamination by any Hazardous Materials and (f) no Credit Party and no Subsidiary of any Credit Party (i) is or has been engaged in, or has permitted any current or former tenant to engage in, operations in violation of any Environmental Law or (ii) knows of any facts, circumstances or conditions reasonably constituting notice of a violation of any Environmental Law, including receipt of any information request or notice of potential responsibility under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. §§ 9601 et seq.) or similar Environmental Laws.

3.13 Regulated Entities . None of any Credit Party, any Person controlling any Credit Party, or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party, is (a) required to be registered as an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940 or (b) subject to regulation under the Federal Power Act, the Interstate Commerce Act, any state public utilities code, or any other Federal, Canadian, state, provincial or territorial statute, rule or regulation limiting its ability to incur Indebtedness, pledge its assets or perform its Obligations under the Loan Documents.

3.14 Solvency . Both before and after giving effect to (a) the Loans made and Letters of Credit Issued on or prior to the date this representation and warranty is made or remade, (b) the disbursement of the proceeds of such Loans to or as directed by the applicable Borrower, (c) the consummation of the Related Transactions and (d) the payment and accrual of all transaction costs in connection with the foregoing, the Credit Parties taken as a whole are Solvent.

 

39


3.15 Labor Relations . There are no strikes, work stoppages, slowdowns or lockouts existing, pending (or, to the knowledge of any Credit Party, threatened in writing) against or involving any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party, except for those that would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15 , as of the Closing Date, (a) there is no collective bargaining or similar agreement with any union, labor organization, works council or similar representative covering any employee of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party, (b) to the knowledge of any Credit Party, no petition for certification or election of any such representative is existing or pending with respect to any employee of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party and (c) to the knowledge of any Credit Party, no such representative has sought certification or recognition with respect to any employee of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party.

3.16 Intellectual Property . Each Credit Party and each Subsidiary of each Credit Party owns, or is licensed to use, all Intellectual Property necessary to conduct its business as currently conducted except for such Intellectual Property the failure of which to own or license would not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of each Credit Party, (a) the conduct and operations of the businesses of each Credit Party and each Subsidiary of each Credit Party does not infringe, misappropriate, dilute, violate or otherwise impair any Intellectual Property owned by any other Person and (b) no other Person has contested any right, title or interest of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party in, or relating to, any Intellectual Property, other than, in each case with respect to clauses (a) and (b), as cannot reasonably be expected to affect the Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated therein and would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

3.17 Brokers’ Fees; Transaction Fees . Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.17 and except for fees payable to Agents and Lenders, none of the Credit Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries has any obligation to any Person in respect of any finder’s, broker’s or investment banker’s fee in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

3.18 Insurance . Each of the Credit Parties and each of their respective Subsidiaries and their respective Properties are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies which are not Affiliates of the Borrower, in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar Properties in localities where such Person operates. As of the Closing Date, a true and complete listing of such insurance, including issuers, coverages and deductibles, has been provided to US Agent.

3.19 Ventures, Subsidiaries and Affiliates; Outstanding Stock . Except as set forth in Schedule 3.19, as of the Closing Date, no Credit Party and no Subsidiary of any Credit Party has any Subsidiaries, is engaged in any joint venture or partnership with any other Person. All issued and outstanding Stock and Stock Equivalents of each of the Credit Parties and each of their respective Subsidiaries are duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid, non-assessable, and free and clear of all Liens other than, with respect to the Stock and Stock Equivalents of the Borrowers and Subsidiaries of the Borrower, those in favor of the Appropriate Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and the Subordinated Second Lien. All such securities were

 

40


issued in compliance with all applicable state, provincial and federal laws concerning the issuance of securities. All of the issued and outstanding Stock of each Credit Party (other than Holdings), each Subsidiary of each Credit Party and, as of the Closing Date, Holdings is owned by each of the Persons and in the amounts set forth in Schedule 3.19 . Except as set forth in Schedule 3.19 , there are no pre-emptive or other outstanding rights to purchase, options, warrants or similar rights or agreements pursuant to which any Credit Party may be required to issue, sell, repurchase or redeem any of its Stock or Stock Equivalents or any Stock or Stock Equivalents of its Subsidiaries. Set forth in Schedule 3.19 is a true and complete organizational chart of Holdings and all of its Subsidiaries, which the Credit Parties shall update upon notice to Agents promptly following the completion of any Permitted Acquisition and promptly following the incorporation, organization or formation of any Subsidiary.

3.20 Jurisdiction of Organization; Chief Executive Office . Schedule 3.20 lists each Credit Party’s jurisdiction of organization, legal name and organizational identification number, if any, and the location of such Credit Party’s chief executive office or sole place of business, in each case as of the date hereof, and such Schedule 3.20 also lists all jurisdictions of organization and legal names of such Credit Party for the five years preceding the Closing Date.

3.21 Deposit Accounts and Other Accounts . Schedule 3.21 lists all banks and other financial institutions at which any Credit Party maintains deposit or other accounts as of the Closing Date, and such Schedule correctly identifies the name, address and telephone number of each depository, the name in which the account is held, a description of the purpose of the account, and the complete account number therefor.

3.22 Bonding; Licenses . Except as set forth in Schedule 3.22 , as of the Closing Date, no Credit Party is a party to or bound by any surety bond agreement, indemnification agreement therefor or bonding requirement with respect to products or services sold by it.

3.23 Purchase Agreement . As of the Closing Date, the Borrowers have delivered to Agents a complete and correct copy of the Purchase Agreement (including all schedules, exhibits, amendments, supplements, modifications, assignments and all other material documents delivered pursuant thereto or in connection therewith). No Credit Party and, to the best of each Credit Party’s knowledge, no other Person party thereto is in default in the performance or compliance with any provisions thereof. The Purchase Agreement complies in all material respects with, and the Closing Date Acquisition has been consummated in all material respects in accordance with, all applicable Requirements of Law. The Purchase Agreement is in full force and effect as of the Closing Date and has not been terminated, rescinded or withdrawn. To the best of each Credit Party’s knowledge, the Seller’s representations or warranties in the Purchase Agreement are true and correct in all material respects. Each of the representations and warranties given by each applicable Credit Party in the Purchase Agreement is true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifier contained therein).

3.24 Status of Holdings . Holdings has not engaged in any business activities and does not own any Property other than (i) ownership of the Stock and Stock Equivalents of the Borrowers and activities incidental thereto (ii) activities and contractual rights incidental to maintenance of its corporate existence (including the incurrence of corporate overhead), (iii) the

 

41


hiring and employment of the management of the Borrower’s and activities reasonably related thereto, (iv) performance of its obligations under the Loan Documents and Related Agreements to which it is a party, (v) finding potential Targets for Acquisitions, negotiating the acquisition thereof and being a party to the applicable acquisition agreement (and performing its obligations thereunder), and (vi) activities of Holdings expressly permitted hereunder.

3.25 Second Lien Debt . As of the Closing Date, the Borrowers have delivered to Agents a complete and correct copy of the Second Lien Indebtedness Documents (including all schedules, exhibits, amendments, supplements, modifications, assignments and all other documents delivered pursuant thereto or in connection therewith).

3.26 Full Disclosure . None of the representations or warranties made by any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries in the Loan Documents as of the date such representations and warranties are made or deemed made, and none of the written statements contained in each exhibit, report, statement or certificate (other than any statement which constitutes projections, forward looking statements, budgets, estimates or general market data) required to be furnished by or on behalf of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries in connection with the Loan Documents (including the offering and disclosure materials, if any, delivered by or on behalf of any Credit Party to an Agent or the Lenders prior to the Closing Date, and, in such case, as supplemented prior to the Closing Date, excluding the Purchase Agreement and information of a general or industry specific nature), when taken as a whole as of the date furnished, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein taken as a whole, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not materially misleading as of the time when made or delivered, it being acknowledged and agreed by the Agents and Lenders that, to the extent included in any of the foregoing, projections, budgets, forward looking statements or estimates as to future events are inherently uncertain and are not to be viewed as facts and that the actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections, budgets, forward looking statements or estimates may materially differ from the projected results.

3.27 Foreign Assets Control Regulations and Anti-Money Laundering . Each Credit Party and each Subsidiary of each Credit Party is and will remain in compliance in all material respects with all U.S. and Canadian economic sanctions laws, Executive Orders and implementing regulations as promulgated by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act (Canada), the Criminal Code (Canada), the United Nations Act (Canada) and all applicable anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing provisions of the Bank Secrecy Act and all regulations issued pursuant to any of the foregoing. No Credit Party and no Subsidiary or Affiliate of a Credit Party (i) is a Person designated by the U.S. government on the list of the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons (the “SDN List”) with which a U.S. Person cannot deal with or otherwise engage in business transactions, (ii) is a Person who is otherwise the target of U.S. economic sanctions laws such that a U.S. Person cannot deal or otherwise engage in business transactions with such Person or (iii) is controlled by (including without limitation by virtue of such person being a director or owning voting shares or interests), or acts, directly or indirectly, for or on behalf of, any person or entity on the SDN List or a foreign government that is the target of U.S. economic sanctions prohibitions such that the entry into, or performance under, this Agreement or any other Loan Document would be prohibited under U.S. law.

 

42


3.28 Patriot Act . To the extent applicable, the Credit Parties, each of their Subsidiaries and each of their Affiliates are in compliance with (a) the Trading with the Enemy Act, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, (b) the Patriot Act and (c) other US federal, state, Canadian, provincial and territorial laws relating to “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations. No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used directly or indirectly for any payments to any government official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977.

ARTICLE IV -

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Each Credit Party covenants and agrees that, so long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, or any Loan or other Obligation (other than (i) contingent indemnification Obligations to the extent no claim giving rise thereto has been asserted and (ii) Letter of Credit Obligations collateralized in the manner set forth in Section 7.4) shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, unless Required Lenders waive compliance in writing:

4.1 Financial Statements . Each Credit Party shall maintain, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with sound business practices to permit the preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP (provided that monthly financial statements shall not be required to have footnote disclosures and are subject to normal year-end adjustments) (or the applicable foreign equivalent in the case of Foreign Subsidiaries). The Borrowers shall deliver to US Agent by Electronic Transmission and in detail reasonably satisfactory to Agents and the Required Lenders:

(a) as soon as available, but not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, commencing with the Fiscal Year ending March 31, 2010, a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheets of Holdings and each of its Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal Year and the related consolidated and consolidating statements of income or operations and consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous Fiscal Year, and accompanied by the report of any “Big Four” or other independent public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Agent which report shall (i) contain an unqualified opinion, stating that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial position for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with prior years and (ii) not include any explanatory paragraph expressing substantial doubt as to going concern status; and

 

43


(b) as soon as available, but not later than (i) seventy-five (75) days after March 31, 2010, (ii) forty-five (45) days after the end of each March thereafter and (iii) thirty (30) days after the end of each other fiscal month of each year, (including the last fiscal month of each Fiscal Year) thereafter, a copy of the unaudited consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of Holdings and each of its Subsidiaries, and the related consolidated and consolidating statements of income and consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of such fiscal month and for the portion of the Fiscal Year then ended, all certified on behalf of the Borrowers by an appropriate Responsible Officer of Holdings as being complete and correct and fairly presenting, in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP, the financial position and the results of operations of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, subject to normal year-end adjustments and absence of footnote disclosures.

4.2 Certificates; Other Information . The Borrowers shall furnish to US Agent by Electronic Transmission:

(a) together with each delivery of financial statements pursuant to subsections 4.1(a) and 4.1(b), (i) a management discussion and analysis report, in reasonable detail, signed by the chief financial officer of Holdings, describing the operations and financial condition of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries for the fiscal month and the portion of the Fiscal Year then ended (or for the Fiscal Year then ended in the case of annual financial statements), and (ii) a report setting forth in comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding periods of the previous Fiscal Year and the corresponding figures from the most recent projections for the current Fiscal Year delivered pursuant to subsection 4.2(f) and discussing the reasons for any significant variations; provided, the management discussion and analysis report required to be delivered pursuant to clause (i) above shall be provided in connection with the delivery of the financial statements pursuant to subsection 4.1(b) only for fiscal months corresponding to the end of a Fiscal Quarter;

(b) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in subsections 4.1(a) and 4.1(b) above, a fully and properly completed Compliance Certificate in the form of Exhibit 4.2(b) , certified on behalf of the Credit Parties by a Responsible Officer of Holdings (it being understood that, with respect to the Compliance Certificate delivered with the financial statements referred to in subsection 4.1(b), Exhibits A and B to the Compliance Certificate need only be completed to the extent the Borrowers are required to evidence compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Article VI hereof);

(c) promptly after the same are filed, copies of all financial statements and regular, periodic or special reports which such Person may make to, or file with, the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor or similar Governmental Authority;

(d) as soon as available and in any event within fifteen (15) days after the end of each calendar month, and at such other times as either Agent may reasonably require, a Borrowing Base Certificate, certified on behalf of the applicable Borrower by a Responsible Officer of Borrowers and Holdings, setting forth the Borrowing Base of each Borrower as at the end of the most-recently ended fiscal month or as at such other date as Agent may reasonably require;

 

44


(e) within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date and thereafter upon the request of an Agent if a Specified Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrowers will obtain and deliver to Agents and Lenders a report of an independent collateral auditor satisfactory to Agents with respect to the Accounts, Inventory, Equipment and owned Real Estate of the Credit Parties;

(f) as soon as available and in any event no later than forty-five (45) days after the beginning of each Fiscal Year of the Borrowers, projections of the Credit Parties (and their Subsidiaries’) consolidated and consolidating financial performance for such Fiscal Year on a month by month basis;

(g) promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of any significant reports submitted by the certified public accountants in connection with each annual, interim or special audit or review of any type of the financial statements or internal control systems of any Credit Party made by such accountants, including any final comment letters submitted by such accountants to management of any Credit Party in connection with their services;

(h) from time to time, if an Agent determines in good faith that obtaining appraisals is necessary in order for such Agent or any Lender to comply with applicable laws or regulations (including any appraisals required to comply with FIRREA), and at any time if a Specified Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, either Agent may, or may require the Borrowers to, in either case at the Borrowers’ expense, obtain appraisals in form and substance and from appraisers reasonably satisfactory to Agents stating the then current fair market value of all or any portion of the personal property of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party and the fair market value or such other value as determined by an Agent (for example, replacement cost for purposes of Flood Insurance) of any Real Estate of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party;

(i) to US Agent, at the time of delivery of each of the monthly financial statements delivered pursuant to subsection 4.1(b) :

(i) a reconciliation of the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate, general ledger and month-end accounts receivable aging of each Borrower to such Borrower’s general ledger and monthly financial statements delivered pursuant to subsection 4.1(b), in each case, accompanied by such supporting detail and documentation as shall be reasonably requested by US Agent in its reasonable discretion;

(ii) a reconciliation of the perpetual inventory by location to each Borrower’s most recent Borrowing Base Certificate, general ledger and monthly Financial Statements delivered pursuant to subsection 4.1(b), in each case, accompanied by such supporting detail and documentation as shall be reasonably requested by US Agent in its reasonable discretion;

(iii) a reconciliation of the accounts payable aging to each Borrower’s general ledger and monthly Financial Statements delivered pursuant to subsection 4.1(b), in each case, accompanied by such supporting detail and documentation as shall be reasonably requested by US Agent in its reasonable discretion;

 

45


(iv) a reconciliation of the accounts receivable aging to each Borrower’s general ledger and monthly Financial Statements delivered pursuant to subsection 4.1(b), in each case, accompanied by such supporting detail and documentation as shall be reasonably requested by US Agent in its reasonable discretion;

(v) a reconciliation of the outstanding Loans as set forth in the monthly loan account statement provided by the applicable Agent to each Borrower’s general ledger and monthly Financial Statements delivered pursuant to subsection 4.1(b), in each case, accompanied by such supporting detail and documentation as shall be reasonably requested by US Agent in its reasonable discretion; and

(j) promptly, such additional business, financial, corporate affairs, perfection certificates and other information as either Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

4.3 Notices . The Borrowers shall notify promptly US Agent of each of the following (and in no event later than three (3) Business Days after a Responsible Officer becoming aware thereof):

(a) the occurrence or existence of any Default or Event of Default;

(b) any breach or non-performance of, or any default under, any Contractual Obligation of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party, or any violation of, or non-compliance with, any Requirement of Law, which would reasonably be expected to result, either individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect, including a description of such breach, non-performance, default, violation or non-compliance and the steps, if any, such Person has taken, is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof;

(c) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension which may exist at any time between any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party and any Governmental Authority which would reasonably be expected to result, either individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect;

(d) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding against or directly involving any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party (i) in which the amount of damages claimed is the US Dollar Equivalent of $2,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency or currencies) or more, (ii) in which injunctive or similar relief is sought and which, if adversely determined, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) in which the relief sought is an injunction or other stay of the performance of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any Related Agreement;

(e) except which would not reasonably be expected to have or result in, either individually or in the aggregate, Material Environmental Liabilities: (i) the receipt by any Credit Party of any notice of violation of or potential liability or similar notice under Environmental Law, (ii)(A) unpermitted Releases, (B) the existence of any condition that could reasonably be expected to result in violations of or Liabilities under, any Environmental Law or (C) the commencement of, or any material change to, any action, investigation, suit, proceeding, audit, claim, demand, dispute alleging a violation of or Liability under any Environmental Law, (iii) the receipt by any Credit Party of notification that any property of any Credit Party is subject to any Lien in favor of any Governmental Authority securing, in whole or in part, Environmental Liabilities and (iv) any proposed acquisition or lease of Real Estate;

 

46


(f)(i) on or prior to any filing by any ERISA Affiliate of any notice of any reportable event under Section 4043 of ERISA or intent to terminate any Title IV Plan, a copy of such notice, (ii) promptly, and in any event within ten (10) days, after any officer of any ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason to know that a request for a minimum funding waiver under Section 412 of the Code has been filed with respect to any Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan, a notice (which may be made by telephone if promptly confirmed in writing) describing such waiver request and any action that any ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto, together with a copy of any notice filed with the PBGC or the IRS pertaining thereto, and (iii) promptly, and in any event within ten (10) days after any officer of any ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason to know that an ERISA Event will or has occurred, a notice describing such ERISA Event, and any action that any ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto, together with a copy of any notices received from or filed with the PBGC, IRS, Multiemployer Plan or other Benefit Plan pertaining thereto;

(g) any Material Adverse Effect subsequent to the date of the most recent audited financial statements delivered to Agents and Lenders pursuant to this Agreement;

(h) any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party;

(i) any labor controversy resulting in or threatening to result in any strike, work stoppage, boycott, shutdown or other labor disruption against or involving any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party if the same would reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect;

(j) the creation, establishment or acquisition of any Subsidiary or the issuance by or to any Credit Party of any Stock or Stock Equivalent (other than issuances by Holdings of Stock or Stock Equivalents not requiring a mandatory prepayment hereunder); and

(k) the date upon which the Global Reorganization is reasonably anticipated to be effectuated; provided such notice shall be delivered to US Agent not less than ten (10) Business Days prior to such anticipated date of effectiveness.

Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be in electronic form accompanied by a statement by a Responsible Officer of the Borrowers, setting forth reasonable details of the occurrence referred to therein, and stating what action the Borrowers or other Person propose to take with respect thereto and at what time. Each notice under subsection 4.3(a) shall describe with particularity any and all clauses or provisions of this Agreement or other Loan Document that have been breached or violated.

 

47


4.4 Preservation of Corporate Existence, Etc . Each Credit Party shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to:

(a) preserve and maintain in full force and effect its organizational existence and good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation, as applicable, except in connection with transactions permitted by Section 5.3;

(b) preserve and maintain in full force and effect all rights, privileges, qualifications, permits, licenses and franchises necessary in the normal conduct of its business except in connection with transactions permitted by Section 5.3 and sales of assets permitted by Section 5.2 and except as would not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) preserve or renew all of its registered trademarks, trade names and service marks, the non-preservation of which would reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect; and

(d) conduct its business and affairs without infringement of or interference with any Intellectual Property of any other Person in any respect and shall comply in all respects with the terms of its IP Licenses except in each instance as would not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

4.5 Maintenance of Property . Each Credit Party shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to (a) maintain, and preserve all its tangible Property which is used or useful in its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear, casualty and condemnation (subject to the applicable Credit Party’s obligation to repair or restore the asset if it has elected to do so pursuant to subsection 1.8(c)) excepted and (b) make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof except, in the case of each of clauses (a) and (b), where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

4.6 Insurance .

(a) Each Credit Party shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, (i) maintain or cause to be maintained in full force and effect all policies of insurance of any kind with respect to the property and businesses of the Credit Parties and such Subsidiaries (including policies of life, fire, theft, product liability, public liability, Flood Insurance, property damage, other casualty, employee fidelity, workers’ compensation, business interruption and employee health and welfare insurance or, with respect to Persons who are not US Credit Parties or their Domestic Subsidiaries, the substantive equivalent thereof applicable to the relevant foreign jurisdiction) with financially sound and reputable insurance companies or associations (in each case that are not Affiliates of the Borrowers) of a nature and providing such coverage as is sufficient and as is customarily carried by businesses of the size and character of the business of the Credit Parties as reasonably determined by the Borrowers and (ii) cause all such insurance relating to any property or business of any Credit Party to name the Appropriate Agent as additional insured or loss payee, as appropriate. All policies of insurance on real and personal property of the Credit Parties will contain an endorsement, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to US Agent, showing loss payable to Appropriate Agent (Form CP 1218 or equivalent) and extra expense and business interruption endorsements. Such endorsement, or an independent instrument furnished to US Agent, will provide that the insurance companies will

 

48


give US Agent at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice before any such policy or policies of insurance shall be altered or canceled and that no act or default of the Credit Parties or any other Person shall affect the right of either Agent to recover under such policy or policies of insurance in case of loss or damage. Each Credit Party shall direct all present and future insurers under its “All Risk” policies of property insurance to pay all proceeds payable thereunder directly to the Appropriate Agent. If any insurance proceeds are paid by check, draft or other instrument payable to any Credit Party and an Agent jointly, such Agent may endorse such Credit Party’s name thereon and do such other things as Agent may deem advisable to reduce the same to cash. Notwithstanding the requirement in subsection (i) above, Federal Flood Insurance shall not be required for (x) Real Estate not located in a Special Flood Hazard Area, or (y) Real Estate located in a Special Flood Hazard Area in a community that does not participate in the National Flood Insurance Program.

(b) Unless the Credit Parties provide Agents with evidence of the insurance coverage required by this Agreement, Agents may, upon one (1) Business Day’s prior notice to the Borrowers, purchase insurance at the Credit Parties’ expense to protect Agents’ and Lenders’ interests, including interests in the Credit Parties’ and their Subsidiaries’ properties. This insurance may, but need not, protect the Credit Parties’ and their Subsidiaries’ interests. The coverage that Agents purchase may not pay any claim that any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party makes or any claim that is made against such Credit Party or any Subsidiary in connection with said Property. The Borrowers may later cancel any insurance purchased by Agents, but only after providing Agents with evidence that there has been obtained insurance as required by this Agreement (and, to the extent the Borrowers have complied with the provisions of this sentence and are entitled to cancel any such insurance obtained by Agent, Agent agrees, to the extent necessary, to promptly cancel such insurance at the written direction of the Borrowers). If an Agent purchases insurance, the Credit Parties will be responsible for the actual costs of that insurance until the effective date of the cancellation or expiration of the insurance. The costs of the insurance shall be added to the Obligations. The costs of the insurance may be more than the cost of insurance the Borrower may be able to obtain on its own.

4.7 Payment of Obligations . Such Credit Party shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay, discharge and perform as the same shall become due and payable or required to be performed, all their respective obligations and liabilities, including:

(a) all material tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon it or its Property, unless the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently prosecuted which stay the enforcement of any Lien and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by such Person;

(b) all material lawful claims which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) upon its Property unless the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently prosecuted which stay the imposition or enforcement of any Lien and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by such Person;

(c) the performance of all obligations under any Contractual Obligation to such Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries is bound, or to which it or any of its Property is

 

49


subject, including the Related Agreements, except where the failure to perform would not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect; and

(d) payments to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of a Lien with respect to, or the involuntary termination of any underfunded Benefit Plan.

4.8 Compliance with Laws . (a) Each Credit Party shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all Requirements of Law of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over it or its business, except where the failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) For each existing, or hereafter adopted, Canadian Pension Plan and Canadian Benefit Plan, each Credit Party shall in a timely fashion comply with and perform in all material respects all of its obligations under and in respect of such Canadian Pension Plan or Canadian Benefit Plan, including under any funding agreements and all applicable laws (including any fiduciary, funding, investment and administration obligations), except where the failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) All employer or employee payments, contributions or premiums required to be remitted, paid to or in respect of each Canadian Pension Plan or Canadian Benefit Plan shall be paid or remitted by each Credit Party in a timely fashion in accordance with the terms thereof, any funding agreements and all applicable laws.

(d) Canadian Borrowers shall deliver to Canadian Agent (i) if requested by Canadian Agent, copies of each annual and other return, report or valuation with respect to each Canadian Pension Plan as filed with any applicable Governmental Authority; (ii) promptly after receipt thereof, a copy of any direction, order, notice, ruling or opinion that any Credit Party may receive from any applicable Governmental Authority with respect to any Canadian Pension Plan; (iii) notification within 30 days of any increases having a cost to one or more of the Credit Parties in excess of CDN $500,000 per annum in the aggregate, in the benefits of any existing Canadian Pension Plan or Canadian Benefit Plan, or the establishment of any new Canadian Pension Plan or Canadian Benefit Plan, or the commencement of contributions to any such plan to which any Credit Party was not previously contributing; and (iv) on or prior to any filing by any Credit Party of any notice to terminate or partially terminate any Canadian Pension Plan, a copy of such notice and promptly, any in any event within 10 days, after any officer of a Credit Party knows or has reason to know that a request for a funding waiver under any Canadian Pension Plan has been filed, a notice (which may be made by telephone if promptly confirmed in writing) describing such waiver request and any action that such Credit Party proposes to take with respect thereto, together with a copy of any notice filed with any Governmental Authority pertaining thereto.

4.9 Inspection of Property and Books and Records . Each Credit Party shall maintain and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP (or the applicable foreign

 

50


equivalent in the case of Foreign Subsidiaries) consistently applied shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of such Person. Each Credit Party shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, with respect to each owned, leased, or controlled property, during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice (unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, in which event no notice shall be required and each Agent shall have access at any and all times during the continuance thereof): (a) provide access to such property to each Agent and any of its Related Persons, as frequently as such Agent determines to be appropriate; and (b) permit each Agent and any of its Related Persons to conduct field examinations, audit, inspect, and make extracts and copies (or take originals if reasonably necessary) from all of such Credit Party’s books and records, and evaluate and make physical verifications and appraisals of the Inventory and other Collateral in any manner and through any medium that such Agent considers advisable, in each instance, at the Credit Parties’ expense; provided the Credit Parties shall only be obligated to reimburse Agents for the expenses of one such field examination, audit and inspection per calendar year per Agent or more frequently if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Any Lender may accompany an Agent or its Related Persons in connection with any inspection at such Lender’s expense. Each Credit Party which keeps records relating to Collateral in the Province of Quebec shall at all times keep a duplicate copy thereof at a location outside the Province of Quebec, as listed in Schedule 3.21 .

4.10 Use of Proceeds . The Borrowers shall use the proceeds of the Loans solely as follows: (a) to refinance on the Closing Date, Prior Indebtedness, (b) to pay costs and expenses of the Related Transactions and costs and expenses required to be paid pursuant to Section 2.1; provided, in no event shall proceeds from Canadian Loans be used to pay the costs or expenses incurred in connection with the Related Transactions, and (c) for working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes not in contravention of any Requirement of Law and not in violation of this Agreement.

4.11 Cash Management Systems . Each Credit Party shall enter into, and cause each depository, securities intermediary or commodities intermediary to enter into, Control Agreements with respect to each deposit, securities, commodity or similar account maintained by such Person (other than (i) any payroll account so long as amounts on deposit therein do not exceed the reasonably estimated payroll obligations of such Person and such amounts are deposited therein immediately prior to any required payroll date, (ii) any withholding tax, benefits, escrow, customs, trust or any other fiduciary account, (iii) zero balance deposit account provided the amount on deposit therein does not exceed the amount necessary to cover outstanding checks, amounts necessary to maintain minimum deposit requirements and amounts necessary to pay the depositary institution’s fees and expenses, (iv) any deposit account maintained with a foreign bank (other than a foreign bank located in Canada) and (v) any petty cash deposit accounts maintained at a financial institution for which a Control Agreement has not otherwise been obtained, so long as, with respect to this clause (v), the aggregate amount on deposit in each such petty cash account does not exceed the US Dollar Equivalent of $250,000 at any one time and the aggregate amount on deposit in all such petty cash accounts does not exceed the US Dollar Equivalent of $700,000 at any one time) as of or after the Closing Date.

4.12 Landlord Agreements . Each Credit Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a landlord agreement or bailee waivers, as applicable, from the lessor

 

51


of (i) leased property functioning as the corporate headquarters of the Credit Parties or otherwise containing a Credit Party’s material books and records and (ii) each leased property containing, and each bailee in possession of, Collateral with a fair market value in excess of the US Dollar Equivalent of $500,000 for any one (1) such location, which agreement shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to US Agent.

4.13 Further Assurances .

(a) Each Credit Party shall ensure that all written information, exhibits and reports furnished to Agent or the Lenders (excluding the Purchase Agreement and information of a general or industry specific nature) do not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact (provided, to the extent any such information, exhibits or reports contain projections, budgets, forward looking statements or estimates Agents and the Lenders acknowledge and agree that projections, budgets, forward looking statements or estimates as to future events are inherently uncertain and are not to be viewed as facts and that the actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections, budgets, forward looking statements or estimates may materially differ from the projected results) do not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact and do not and will not omit to state any material fact or any fact necessary to make the statements contained therein, taken as a whole, not materially misleading in light of the circumstances in which made, and will promptly disclose to Agents and the Lenders and correct any defect or error that may be discovered therein or in any Loan Document or in the execution, acknowledgement or recordation thereof.

(b) Promptly upon written request by the Appropriate Agent, the Credit Parties shall (and, subject to the limitations hereinafter set forth, shall cause each of their Subsidiaries to) take such additional actions and execute such documents as the Appropriate Agent may reasonably require from time to time in order (i) to carry out more effectively the purposes of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) to subject to the Liens created by any of the Collateral Documents any of the Properties, rights or interests covered by any of the Collateral Documents, (iii) to perfect and maintain the validity, effectiveness and priority of any of the Collateral Documents and the Liens intended to be created thereby, and (iv) to better assure, convey, grant, assign, transfer, preserve, protect and confirm to the Secured Parties the rights granted or now or hereafter intended to be granted to the Secured Parties under any Loan Document. To the extent a 956 Impact exists with respect to a Foreign Subsidiary, (1) such Foreign Subsidiary shall not be required to guaranty the US Obligations and (2) Stock and Stock Equivalents of such Foreign Subsidiary in excess of sixty-five percent (65%) of the outstanding voting Stock and Stock Equivalents thereof shall not be required to be pledged to secure the US Obligations; provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary set forth in any Loan Document, in no event shall (i) a Foreign Subsidiary that is not (y) a First Tier Foreign Subsidiary of a domestic US Credit Party (i.e., a US Credit Party that is incorporated, organized or otherwise formed under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia) or (z) a Canadian Subsidiary be required to guaranty the Obligations or (ii) the Stock or Stock Equivalents of a Foreign Subsidiary that is not a First Tier Foreign Subsidiary or a Canadian Subsidiary be pledged as security for the Obligations (provided, further, First Tier Foreign Subsidiaries of Credit Parties that are not US Credit Parties shall not be pledged as security for the US Obligations).

 

52


(c) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and except as otherwise approved in writing by Required Lenders, the US Credit Parties shall cause each of their Domestic Subsidiaries and, to the extent no 956 Impact exists, Canadian Subsidiaries and Domestic Subsidiaries owned indirectly through a Canadian Subsidiary to guaranty the Obligations and to cause each such Subsidiary to grant to US Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, subject to the limitations hereinafter set forth, all of such Subsidiary’s Property to secure such guaranty. Furthermore and except as otherwise approved in writing by Required Lenders, each US Credit Party shall, and shall cause (x) each of its Domestic Subsidiaries to, pledge all of the Stock and Stock Equivalents of each of its Domestic Subsidiaries and First Tier Foreign Subsidiaries which are Canadian Subsidiaries (provided that with respect to any such First Tier Foreign Subsidiary, if a 956 Impact exists such pledge shall be limited to sixty-five percent (65%) of such Canadian Subsidiary’s outstanding voting Stock and Stock Equivalents and one hundred percent (100%) of such Canadian Subsidiary’s outstanding non-voting Stock and Stock Equivalents) and (y) to the extent no 956 Impact exists, each of its Canadian Subsidiaries to, pledge all of the Stock and Stock Equivalent of each of its Subsidiaries, in each instance, to US Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to secure the Obligations. In connection with each pledge of Stock and Stock Equivalents, the Credit Parties shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to US Agent, irrevocable proxies and stock powers and/or assignments, as applicable, duly executed in blank. In the event any US Credit Party or any Domestic Subsidiary or, to the extent no 956 Impact exists, any Canadian Subsidiary or any Domestic Subsidiary owned indirectly through a Canadian Subsidiary, of any Credit Party acquires any Real Estate with a fair market value or purchase price in excess of $1,000,000, simultaneously with such acquisition, such Person shall execute and/or deliver, or cause to be executed and/or delivered, to US Agent, (v) an appraisal complying with FIRREA, (w) within forty-five (45) days of receipt of notice from US Agent that Real Estate is located in a Special Flood Hazard Area, Federal Flood Insurance as required by subsection 4.6(a), (x) a fully executed Mortgage, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to US Agent together with an A.L.T.A. lender’s title insurance policy issued by a title insurer reasonably satisfactory to US Agent, in form and substance and in an amount reasonably satisfactory to US Agent insuring that the Mortgage is a valid and enforceable first priority Lien on the respective property, free and clear of all defects, encumbrances and Liens other than Permitted Liens, (y) then current A.L.T.A. surveys, certified to the US Agent by a licensed surveyor sufficient to allow the issuer of the lender’s title insurance policy to issue such policy without a survey exception and (z) an environmental site assessment prepared by a qualified firm reasonably acceptable to US Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to US Agent. A “956 Impact” will be deemed to exist to the extent the issuance of a guaranty by, grant of a Lien by, or pledge of greater than two-thirds of the voting Stock and Stock Equivalents of, a Foreign Subsidiary, would result in material incremental income tax liability as a result of the application of Section 956 of the Code, taking into account actual anticipated repatriation of funds, foreign tax credits and other relevant factors. In addition to the obligations set forth in subsections 4.6(a) and 4.13(c)(w), within forty-five (45) days after written notice from Agents to the Credit Parties that any Real Estate is located in a Special Flood Hazard Area, the Credit Parties shall satisfy the Federal Flood Insurance requirements of subsection 4.6(a).

(d) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and except as otherwise approved in writing by Required Lenders, the Credit Parties shall cause each of their Canadian Subsidiaries to guaranty the Canadian Obligations and to cause each such Subsidiary to grant to

 

53


Canadian Agent, for the benefit of the Canadian Secured Parties, a security interest in, subject to the limitations hereinafter set forth, all of such Subsidiary’s Property to secure such guaranty. Furthermore and except as otherwise approved in writing by Required Lenders, each Canadian Credit Party shall, and shall cause each of its Canadian Subsidiaries to, pledge all of the Stock and Stock Equivalent of each of its Subsidiaries, in each instance, to Canadian Agent, for the benefit of the Canadian Secured Parties, to secure the Canadian Obligations. In connection with each pledge of Stock and Stock Equivalents, the Credit Parties shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to Canadian Agent, irrevocable proxies and stock powers and/or assignments, as applicable, duly executed in blank. In the event any Canadian Credit Party or any Canadian Subsidiary acquires any Real Estate with a fair market value or purchase price in excess of the US Dollar Equivalent of $1,000,000, simultaneously with such acquisition, such Person shall execute and/or deliver, or cause to be executed and/or delivered, to Canadian Agent, (v) an appraisal complying with applicable law, (w) a fully executed Mortgage, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Canadian Agent together with an A.L.T.A. (or equivalent) lender’s title insurance policy issued by a title insurer reasonably satisfactory to Canadian Agent, in form and substance and in an amount reasonably satisfactory to Canadian Agent insuring that the Mortgage is a valid and enforceable first priority Lien on the respective property, free and clear of all defects, encumbrances and Liens other than Permitted Liens, (x) then current A.L.T.A. (or equivalent) surveys, certified to the Canadian Agent by a licensed surveyor sufficient to allow the issuer of the lender’s title insurance policy to issue such policy without a survey exception and (z) an environmental site assessment prepared by a qualified firm reasonably acceptable to Canadian Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to Canadian Agent.

4.14 Environmental Matters . Each Credit Party shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with, and maintain its Real Estate, whether owned, leased, subleased or otherwise operated or occupied, in compliance with, all applicable Environmental Laws (including by implementing any Remedial Action necessary to achieve such compliance) or that is required by orders and directives of any Governmental Authority except where the failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Environmental Liability. Without limiting the foregoing, if an Event of Default is continuing or if an Agent at any time has a reasonable basis to believe that there exist violations of Environmental Laws by any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party or that there exist any Environmental Liabilities, except where the failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Environmental Liability, then each Credit Party shall, promptly upon receipt of request from such Agent, cause the performance of, and allow such Agent and its Related Persons access to such Real Estate for the purpose of conducting, such environmental audits and assessments, including subsurface sampling of soil and groundwater, and cause the preparation of such reports, in each case as such Agent may from time to time reasonably request. Such audits, assessments and reports, to the extent not conducted by an Agent or any of its Related Persons, shall be conducted and prepared by reputable environmental consulting firms reasonably acceptable to such Agent and shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to such Agent.

4.15 Post-Closing Obligations . Notwithstanding the conditions precedent set forth in Article II above, the Borrowers have informed Agents and the Lenders that certain of such items required to be delivered to US Agent or otherwise satisfied as conditions precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement will not be delivered to US Agent as of the date hereof.

 

54


Therefore, with respect to the items set forth on Schedule 4.15 (collectively, the “Outstanding Items”), and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the Borrowers shall deliver or otherwise satisfy each Outstanding Item to US Agent in the form, manner and time set forth thereon for such Outstanding Item or within such other time as US Agent may reasonably agree; provided, each Borrower and each other Credit Party hereby expressly consent, acknowledge and agree, irrespective of the Borrowers’ satisfaction or completion of any or all of the conditions to funding any Loan or issuing any Letter of Credit set forth in Section 2.2 hereof, neither Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to make or fund any Loans or issue any Letters of Credit hereunder until such time as the Credit Parties have complied in full with the requirements regarding, and otherwise delivered, the Outstanding Items set forth in part 2 of Schedule 4.15.

ARTICLE V -

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Each Credit Party covenants and agrees that, so long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, or any Loan or other Obligation (other than (i) contingent indemnification Obligations to the extent no claim giving rise thereto has been asserted and (ii) Letter of Credit Obligations collateralized in the manner set forth in Section 7.4) shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, unless the Required Lenders waive compliance in writing:

5.1 Limitation on Liens . No Credit Party shall, and no Credit Party shall suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon or with respect to any part of its Property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following (“Permitted Liens”):

(a) any Lien existing on the Property of a Credit Party or a Subsidiary of a Credit Party on the Closing Date and set forth in Schedule 5.1 securing Indebtedness outstanding on such date and permitted by subsection 5.5(c), including replacement Liens on the Property currently subject to such Liens securing Indebtedness permitted by subsection 5.5(c);

(b) any Lien created under any Loan Document;

(c) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges (i) which are not past due or remain payable without penalty, or (ii) the non-payment of which is permitted by Section 4.7;

(d) carriers’, warehousemen’s, suppliers’, mechanics’, landlords’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other similar Liens arising in the Ordinary Course of Business which are not delinquent for more than ninety (90) days or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently prosecuted, which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the Property subject thereto and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained;

(e) Liens (other than any Lien imposed by ERISA) consisting of pledges or deposits or bonds required in the Ordinary Course of Business in connection with workers’

 

55


compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory, regulatory, contractual or warranty obligations, surety bonds, stay, customs and appeals bonds, bids, leases, governmental contract, trade contracts, performance and return of money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money) or to secure liability to insurance carriers;

(f) Liens consisting of judgment or judicial attachment liens (other than for payment of taxes, assessments or other governmental charges), the existence of which do not constitute an Event of Default provided that the enforcement of such Liens is effectively stayed;

(g) easements, rights-of-way, reservations, conditions, title exceptions, zoning and other restrictions, building codes, land use laws, minor defects or other irregularities in title, and other similar encumbrances incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business or imposed by law which, either individually or in the aggregate, do not in any case materially detract from the value of the Property subject thereto or interfere in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the businesses of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party;

(h) Liens on any Property acquired or held by any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party securing Indebtedness incurred or assumed for the purpose of financing (or refinancing) all or any part of the cost of acquiring such Property and permitted under subsection 5.5(d); provided that (i) any such Lien attaches to such Property concurrently with or within ninety (90) days after the acquisition thereof, (ii) such Lien attaches solely to the Property so acquired in such transaction and the proceeds thereof, and (iii) the principal amount of the debt secured thereby does not exceed 100% of the cost (including any out-of-pocket expenses associated with the acquisition of such Property) of such Property;

(i) Liens securing Capital Lease Obligations permitted under subsection 5.5(d);

(j) any interest or title of a lessor, sublessor, licensor or sublicensor under any lease or license not prohibited by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;

(k) Liens arising from precautionary uniform commercial code and PPSA financing statements filed under any lease permitted by this Agreement;

(l) non-exclusive licenses and sublicenses granted by a Credit Party or any Subsidiary of a Credit Party and leases and subleases (by a Credit Party or any Subsidiary of a Credit Party as lessor or sublessor) to third parties in the Ordinary Course of Business not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries;

(m) Liens in favor of collecting banks arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code or, with respect to collecting banks located in the State of New York, under Section 4-208 of the Uniform Commercial Code;

(n) Liens (i) in favor of a banking or other depositary institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary to the banking industry, (ii) in favor of a financial institution

 

56


arising as a matter of law encumbering financial assets on deposit in securities accounts (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary to the securities industry and (iii) that are contractual rights of set-off relating to the establishment of depository and cash management relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness for borrowed money and which are within the general parameters customary to the banking industry;

(o) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by a Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Borrower in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(p) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law which secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(q) Liens arising by operation of law or contract on insurance policies and proceeds thereof to secure premiums payable thereunder;

(r) Subordinated Second Liens;

(s) Liens attaching solely to cash earnest money deposits in connection with Investments permitted under Section 5.4;

(t) Liens on Property, and only such Property, which is the subject of an unconsummated asset purchase agreement in connection with an asset disposition permitted hereunder, which Liens secure the obligation of a Credit Party or any Subsidiary of a Credit Party under such agreement;

(u) Liens arising under Section 2-507 of the UCC;

(v) Liens consisting of prepayments and security deposits in connection with leases, subleases, licenses, sublicenses, use and occupancy agreements, utility services and similar transactions entered into by the applicable Credit Party or Subsidiary of a Credit Party in the Ordinary Course of Business and not required as a result of any breach of any agreement or default in payment of any obligation;

(w) Liens granted by Foreign Subsidiaries (i) encumbering cash collateral provided by such Foreign Subsidiaries to issuers of letters of credit as security for letters of credit permitted pursuant to subsection 5.5(p), (ii) encumbering cash collateral provided by Foreign Subsidiaries as security for their obligations under performance and surety bonds permitted pursuant to subsection 5.5(r) and (iii) as security for Indebtedness permitted pursuant to subsection 5.5(q);

(x) Liens encumbering the assets of a Target to the extent securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to subsection 5.5(o)(ii), solely to the extent such Liens encumber no assets other than the assets of the Target encumbered by such Liens immediately prior to the Acquisition of such Target;

 

57


(y) to the extent not included above, Prior Claims that are unregistered and secure amounts that are not yet due and payable;

(z) with respect to Canadian Borrower or any Canadian Subsidiary, reservations in any original grants from the Crown of any land or interest therein, statutory exceptions to title, and reservations of mineral rights (including coal, oil and natural gas) in any grants from the Crown or from any other predecessor in title; and

(aa) other Liens not described above securing obligations other than Indebtedness for borrowed money, provided the aggregate outstanding amount of the obligations secured thereby does not exceed the US Dollar Equivalent of $5,000,000.

5.2 Disposition of Assets . No Credit Party shall, and no Credit Party shall suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, sell, assign, lease, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of (whether in one or a series of transactions) any Property (including the Stock of any Subsidiary of any Credit Party, whether in a public or private offering or otherwise, and accounts and notes receivable, with or without recourse), except:

(a) dispositions of inventory, or used, worn-out uneconomical, obsolete, or surplus equipment, all in the Ordinary Course of Business; provided the mandatory prepayment, if any, required pursuant to subsection 1.8(c) is made;

(b) dispositions not otherwise permitted hereunder which are made for fair market value and the mandatory prepayment in the amount of the Net Proceeds of such disposition is made if and to the extent required by Section 1.8; provided , that (i) at the time of any disposition, no Specified Event of Default shall be continuing or shall result from such disposition, (ii) not less than 75% of the aggregate sales price from such disposition shall be paid in cash, and (iii) the aggregate fair market value of all assets so sold by the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries, together, shall not exceed in any Fiscal Year the US Dollar Equivalent of $3,000,000;

(c) dispositions of Cash Equivalents;

(d) transactions permitted under subsection 5.1(k);

(e) sales or discounting, on a non-recourse basis and in the Ordinary Course of Business, past due Accounts in connection with the collection or compromise thereof, provided the mandatory prepayment, if any, required pursuant to subsection 1.8(c) is made;

(f) transactions permitted by Section 5.3, issuances of Stock and Stock Equivalents by Holdings pursuant to transactions permitted by Section 5.6(d) and Investments permitted by Section 5.4;

(g) sales, transfers, leases and other dispositions by (i) any US Credit Party to any other US Credit Party (other than Holdings), (ii) any US Credit Party to a Canadian Credit Party (other than a US Credit Party) of property and assets (other than the Stock and Stock Equivalents of any US Credit Party or any Domestic Subsidiary thereof) with a fair market value not to exceed the US Dollar Equivalent of $2,000,000 during the term of this Agreement, (iii)

 

58


any Canadian Credit Party to a US Credit Party of property and assets with a fair market value not to exceed the US Dollar Equivalent of $2,000,000 during the term of this Agreement, and (iv) by a Canadian Credit Party (other than a US Credit Party) to any other Canadian Credit Party (other than a US Credit Party), provided, in no event, shall any Borrower transfer all or substantially all of its assets to any other Person;

(h) dispositions resulting from any casualty or other insured damage to, or any taking under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding of, any property or asset of any Credit Party provided the proceeds thereof are applied in accordance with subsection 1.8(c);

(i) the abandonment or other disposition of Intellectual Property that is, in the reasonable good faith judgment of a Credit Party, no longer economically practicable or commercially desirable to maintain or useful in the conduct of the business of such Credit Party;

(j) Liens permitted under Section 5.1 (to the extent constituting a transfer of Property);

(k) terminations of leases, subleases, licenses, sublicenses or similar use and occupancy agreements by the applicable Credit Party or Subsidiary of a Credit Party in the Ordinary Course of Business that do not interfere in any material respect with the business of the Credit Parties or their Subsidiaries;

(l) trade-ins and exchanges of equipment with third parties conducted in the Ordinary Course of Business to the extent substantially comparable (or better) equipment useful in the operation of the business of any Credit Party is obtained in exchange therefor; provided the mandatory prepayment if any, required pursuant to subsection 1.8(c) is made;

(m) dispositions of non-core assets (“non-core assets” to be determined by Holdings in the exercise of its reasonable good faith business judgment and to consist only of those assets designated as “non-core assets” pursuant to written notification by Holdings delivered to US Agent prior to the time the Permitted Acquisition pursuant to which such assets are acquired is consummated) acquired in connection with any Permitted Acquisition, provided that all of the following conditions are satisfied (unless otherwise agreed to by US Agent in writing): (i) in the event an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such disposition or, to the extent the purchase price therefor was paid with proceeds of Loans, the sales price from such disposition shall be paid in cash, (ii) the mandatory prepayment in the amount of the Net Proceeds of such disposition is made if and to the extent required by Section 1.8 and (iii) the EBITDA generated by such non-core assets shall not have been included in the calculation of EBITDA (as defined in Exhibit 4.2(b)) in respect of the applicable Permitted Acquisition;

(n) sales, assignments or other transfers by US Borrower or any Subsidiary of US Borrower of the Stock and Stock Equivalents of Foreign Subsidiaries to Canadian Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof; and

(o) transfers of Stock and Stock Equivalents pursuant to and in connection with the Global Reorganization.

 

59


5.3 Consolidations and Mergers . No Credit Party shall, and no Credit Party shall suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, amalgamate, merge, consolidate with or into, or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except Permitted Acquisitions and except upon not less than five (5) Business Days prior written notice to Agents, (a) any Subsidiary (other than, upon and after the consummation of the Global Reorganization, the Canadian Borrower) of the US Borrower may amalgamate or merge with, or dissolve or liquidate into, the US Borrower or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the US Borrower, provided that such Borrower or such Wholly-Owned Subsidiary shall be the continuing or surviving entity; provided further that if a Credit Party is party to any such merger, dissolution or liquidation, a Credit Party shall be the surviving or continuing entity and all actions reasonably required by US Agent, including actions required to maintain perfected Liens on the Stock of the surviving entity and other Collateral in favor of US Agent, shall have been completed, (b) any Subsidiary of the Canadian Borrower may amalgamate or merge with, or dissolve or liquidate into, the Canadian Borrower or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Canadian Borrower, provided that such Borrower or such Wholly-Owned Subsidiary shall be the continuing or surviving entity; provided further that if a Credit Party is party to any such amalgamation or merger, dissolution or liquidation, a Credit Party shall be the surviving or continuing entity and all actions reasonably required by Canadian Agent, including actions required to maintain perfected Liens on the Stock of the surviving entity and other Collateral in favor of Canadian Agent, shall have been completed, and (c) any Foreign Subsidiary (other than Canadian Borrower) may amalgamate or merge with or dissolve or liquidate into another Foreign Subsidiary provided if a First Tier Foreign Subsidiary or Canadian Subsidiary is a constituent entity in such amalgamation, merger, dissolution or liquidation, such First Tier Foreign Subsidiary or Canadian Subsidiary shall be the continuing or surviving entity.

5.4 Loans and Investments . No Credit Party shall and no Credit Party shall suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to (i) purchase or acquire, or make any commitment to purchase or acquire any Stock or Stock Equivalents, or any obligations or other securities of, or any interest in, any Person, including the establishment or creation of a Subsidiary, or (ii) make or commit to make any Acquisitions, or any other acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of another Person, or of any business or division of any Person, including without limitation, by way of amalgamation, merger, consolidation or other combination or (iii) make or purchase or commit to make or purchase, any advance, loan, extension of credit or capital contribution to or any other investment in, any Person including a Borrower, any Affiliate of a Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Borrower (the items described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) are referred to as “Investments”), except for:

(a) Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents;

(b) extensions of credit by (i) any US Credit Party (other than Holdings) to any other US Credit Party (other than Holdings) or by any Canadian Credit Party (other than a US Credit Party) to any other Canadian Credit Party (other than a US Credit Party), (ii) the US Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary of the US Borrower to Foreign Subsidiaries of the US Borrower other than Canadian Subsidiaries not to exceed, when combined with outstanding extensions of credit permitted pursuant to subsection 5.4(b)(v) below and outstanding Contingent Obligations permitted pursuant to subsection 5.9(j), the US Dollar Equivalent of $7,500,000 in

 

60


the aggregate at any time outstanding for all such extensions of credit, (iii) Canadian Borrower to a US Credit Party (other than Holdings), (iv) a US Credit Party (other than Holdings) to Canadian Borrower provided at the time of such extension of credit, Canadian Availability is zero and in no event in excess of the US Dollar Equivalent of $2,000,000 at any time outstanding for all such extensions of credit, (v) the Canadian Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Canadian Borrower which is a Canadian Credit Party to Subsidiaries of the Canadian Borrower which are not a Canadian Credit Party not to exceed, when combined with outstanding extensions of credit permitted pursuant to subsection 5.4(b)(ii) above and outstanding Contingent Obligations permitted pursuant to subsection 5.9(j), the US Dollar Equivalent of $7,500,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding for all such extensions of credit; provided, if the extensions of credit described in foregoing clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) are evidenced by notes, such notes shall be pledged to the Appropriate Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, (vi) a Foreign Subsidiary (other than a Canadian Credit Party) of the US Borrower to another Foreign Subsidiary (other than a Canadian Credit Party) of the US Borrower; (vii) a Foreign Subsidiary of the Canadian Borrower (which is not a Canadian Credit Party) to another Foreign Subsidiary of the Canadian Borrower (which is not a Canadian Credit Party); and (viii) a Foreign Subsidiary of Holdings (other than a Canadian Credit Party) to a Credit Party provided such Indebtedness is unsecured and subordinated to the Obligations in a manner satisfactory to US Agent;

(c) loans and advances to employees, officers and directors in the Ordinary Course of Business not to exceed the US Dollar Equivalent of $1,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding;

(d) Investments received as the non-cash portion of consideration received in connection with transactions permitted pursuant to subsection 5.2;

(e) Investments acquired in connection with the settlement of delinquent Accounts in the Ordinary Course of Business or in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers or customers;

(f) Investments consisting of non-cash loans made by Holdings to officers, directors and employees of a Credit Party which are used by such Persons to purchase simultaneously Stock or Stock Equivalents of Holdings;

(g) Investments existing on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 5.4 ;

(h)(i) capital contributions by Holdings to each of US Borrower and Canadian Borrower, (ii) creation of, and capital contributions to, Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of (x) the US Borrower which are US Credit Parties and (y) the Canadian Borrower which are Canadian Credit Parties, (iii) upon and after the consummation of the Global Reorganization, capital contributions by the US Credit Parties to the Canadian Borrower to the extent such contributions are funded with the proceeds of Excluded Equity issuances, (iv) creation of and capital contributions to, (x) Foreign Subsidiaries (other than the Canadian Foreign Subsidiaries) that are Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of the US Credit Parties, by the US Credit Parties (y) Foreign Subsidiaries that are Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of the Canadian Credit Parties, by the Canadian Credit Parties, provided, in either case, such capital contributions are funded with the proceeds of Excluded Equity Issuances, and (v) creation of and capital contributions to Foreign Subsidiaries (other than Canadian Foreign Subsidiaries) that are Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of other Foreign Subsidiaries of the Credit Parties, by such other Foreign Subsidiaries;

 

61


(i) to the extent constituting an Investment, Capital Expenditures and Contingent Obligations permitted hereunder;

(j) extensions of trade credit in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(k) to the extent constituting Investments, pledges and deposits in the Ordinary Course of Business to the extent permitted by subsection 5.1(e) or subsection 5.1(v);

(l) the consummation of the Closing Date Acquisition;

(m) Investments in deposit accounts and securities accounts opened in the Ordinary Course of Business and in compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, in each case to the extent subject to a Control Agreement as required pursuant to Section 4.11;

(n) to the extent constituting an Investment, the capitalization or forgiveness by any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries of Indebtedness owed to it by another Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries (provided no Credit Party shall forgive any such Indebtedness while a Specified Event of Default has occurred and is continuing without the consent of US Agent);

(o) the holding of accounts receivable owing to such Person if created in the Ordinary Course of Business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary terms;

(p) to the extent constituting an Investment, prepayments and deposits to suppliers made in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(q) Permitted Acquisitions (including, in each case, earnest money deposits in connection therewith);

(r) Investments made in connection with the Global Restructuring, including, but not limited to, in connection with and pursuant to the Capital Contribution Agreement, the Forward Subscription Agreement and the Hybrid Note; and

(s) other Investments (valued at cost at the time of each Investment) made after the Closing Date not to exceed the US Dollar Equivalent of $5,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding (it being agreed that upon a return of all or any portion of such Investment, such Investment shall no longer be considered outstanding to the extent so returned).

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above, (i) the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries may hold Investments to the extent such Investments reflect an increase in the value of Investments otherwise permitted under this Section 5.4 and (ii) the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries may make any Investments with the Net Issuance Proceeds of an Excluded Equity Issuance so long as (x) after giving effect to any such Investment, a Default or Event of Default would not otherwise exist, (y) such Investment does not constitute an Acquisition unless (I) Target has EBITDA, subject to pro forma adjustments acceptable to the US Agent for the most recent four quarters prior to the acquisition date for which financial statements are available, greater than zero and (II) the Target’s line of business would not violate the provisions of Section 5.12 and (z) such Investment does not constitute a joint venture.

 

62


5.5 Limitation on Indebtedness . No Credit Party shall, and no Credit Party shall suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume, permit to exist, or otherwise become or remain directly or indirectly liable with respect to, any Indebtedness, except:

(a) the Obligations;

(b) Indebtedness consisting of Contingent Obligations described in clause (a) of the definition thereof and permitted pursuant to Section 5.9;

(c) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and set forth in Schedule 5.5 including Permitted Refinancings thereof;

(d) Indebtedness not to exceed the US Dollar Equivalent of $3,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding, consisting of Capital Lease Obligations or secured by Liens permitted by subsection 5.1(h) and Permitted Refinancings thereof;

(e) unsecured intercompany Indebtedness permitted pursuant to subsection 5.4(b);

(f) Second Lien Indebtedness not to exceed $210,000,000 in the aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding issued pursuant to the Second Lien Indebtedness Documents, as such amount may be increased pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and, subject to the provisions of Section 5.11 hereof, Permitted Refinancings thereof;

(g) Indebtedness consisting of the financing of insurance premiums in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(h) Indebtedness for bank overdrafts or returned items incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business that are promptly repaid;

(i) Indebtedness of Holdings incurred pursuant to Holdings Loans;

(j) upon and after the consummation of the Global Reorganization, Indebtedness evidenced by the Hybrid Note;

(k) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 5.7 hereof;

(l) unsecured Indebtedness of Holdings evidencing the purchase price of Stock of Holdings or options or warrants thereof purchased by Holdings from current or former officers, directors and employees, provided such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Obligations on terms acceptable to US Agent;

 

63


(m) unsecured Subordinated Indebtedness issued to sellers to satisfy a portion of the purchase price of a Permitted Acquisition so long as such Subordinated Indebtedness provides for no cash payment during the term of the Credit Agreement on account of principal, interest, fees or other amounts owing in respect thereof, such Subordinated Indebtedness has a maturity date no earlier than six (6) months after the Revolving Termination Date and such Subordinated Indebtedness is otherwise subject to subordination terms in favor of Agents, Lenders and L/C Issuers on terms and conditions acceptable to US Agent;

(n) unsecured earnouts not to exceed the US Dollar Equivalent of $5,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding incurred in connection with a Permitted Acquisition; provided, for purposes of this clause (n) earnouts shall be measured at the maximum amount thereof.

(o)(i) unsecured Indebtedness of a Target existing at the time the Target becomes a Subsidiary of a Borrower (or is amalgamated, merged into or consolidated with a Credit Party (other than Holdings)) pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition or Indebtedness assumed by a Borrower or its Subsidiaries in respect of assets acquired by such Person pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition, but only to the extent that such Indebtedness was not incurred in connection with, as a result of, or in contemplation of, such Permitted Acquisition; provided, however, that in no event shall the aggregate amount of such Indebtedness outstanding at any time under this clause (o)(i) exceed the US Dollar Equivalent of $5,000,000 and (ii) secured Indebtedness of a Target existing at the time the Target becomes a Subsidiary of a Borrower (or is amalgamated, merged into or consolidated with a Credit Party (other than Holdings)) pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition or Indebtedness assumed by a Borrower or its Subsidiaries in respect of assets acquired by such Person pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition; provided, such Indebtedness (A) was not incurred in connection with, as a result of, or in contemplation of, such Permitted Acquisition, (B) is secured solely by assets of the Target so acquired and not by any assets of any Credit Party, (C) is not guaranteed by any Credit Party and (D) the aggregate amount of such Indebtedness outstanding at any time under this clause (o)(ii) does not exceed the US Dollar Equivalent of $5,000,000;

(p) Indebtedness consisting of (i) letter of credit and/or revolving credit facilities (other than the ABN LC Facility) of Foreign Subsidiaries (other than Canadian Credit Parties) existing on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 5.5(p) , (ii) one or more letter of credit and/or revolving credit facilities of Foreign Subsidiaries organized under the laws of the Republic of Korea obtained after the Closing Date provided the aggregate commitments of all such letter of credit facilities do not exceed the US Dollar Equivalent of $500,000, (iii) one or more letter of credit and/or revolving credit facilities of Foreign Subsidiaries organized under the laws of Japan obtained after the Closing Date provided the aggregate commitments of all such letter of credit and revolving credit facilities do not exceed the US Dollar Equivalent of $500,000, (iv) the ABN LC Facility and increases thereto representing additional Indebtedness thereunder not in excess of the US Dollar Equivalent of $1,500,000, (v) increases to any of the foregoing letter of credit and/or revolving credit facilities or new letter of credit and/or revolving credit facilities, in either case, made available to such Foreign Subsidiaries representing additional Indebtedness thereof not in excess of the US Dollar Equivalent of $5,000,000 in aggregate, and (vi) Permitted Refinancings thereof;

 

64


(q) Indebtedness (not otherwise described in subsection 5.5(p)) of Foreign Subsidiaries (other than Canadian Credit Parties) (i) existing on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 5.5(q) , (ii) increases to such Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not to exceed the US Dollar Equivalent of $1,500,000, (iii) incurred after the Closing Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed the US Dollar Equivalent of $2,000,000, and (iv) Permitted Refinancings of the foregoing; provided, in no event shall any such Indebtedness be guaranteed by any Credit Party or shall any Credit Party have any obligation in respect thereof or grant any security therefor (except, solely with respect to guarantees by Credit Parties of such Indebtedness, to the extent expressly permitted pursuant to subsection 5.9(j));

(r) Indebtedness consisting of performance and surety bonds in favor of Indian tax and port authorities with respect to the importation of goods into India in the Ordinary Course of Business by the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries, to the extent required by such tax and port authorities; and

(s) other unsecured Indebtedness not exceeding in the aggregate at any time outstanding the US Dollar Equivalent of $5,000,000.

5.6 Transactions with Affiliates . No Credit Party shall, and no Credit Party shall suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower or of any such Subsidiary, except:

(a) as expressly permitted by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; or

(b) pursuant to the reasonable requirements of the business of such Credit Party or such Subsidiary upon fair and reasonable terms materially no less favorable to such Credit Party or such Subsidiary than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate of the Borrower or such Subsidiary and if a Responsible Officer of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries has actual knowledge that such Person is an Affiliate and the value or consideration payable in such transaction exceeds the US Dollar Equivalent of $500,000 in the aggregate, which are disclosed in writing to Agent; provided, further, that in no event shall a Credit Party or any Subsidiary of a Credit Party perform or provide any management, consulting, administrative or similar services to or for any Person other than another Credit Party, a Subsidiary of a Credit Party or a customer who is not an Affiliate in the Ordinary Course of Business.

(c) as set forth in Schedule 5.6 ; and

(d) any issuances by Holdings of awards or grants of equity securities, employments agreements, stock options and stock ownership plans approved by Holdings’ or any Credit Party’s board of directors, board of managers or similar governing body, as applicable.

 

65


5.7 Management Fees and Compensation . No Credit Party shall, and no Credit Party shall permit any of its Subsidiaries to, pay any management, consulting or similar fees to any Affiliate of any Credit Party or to any officer, director or employee of any Credit Party or any Affiliate of any Credit Party except:

(a) for the items referred to in Section 5.6(d) above, compensation and any employee benefit allowance paid or provided to officers, directors and employees for actual services rendered to the Credit Parties (including severance) and their Subsidiaries, including the maintenance of benefit programs or arrangements for employees, officers or directors, including, without limitation, vacation plans, health and life insurance plans, deferred compensation plans, and retirement or savings plans and similar plans and indemnification of officers and employees, in each case, in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(b) payment of directors’ fees and reimbursement of actual out-of-pocket expenses and indemnities incurred by Persons in their capacities as directors and in connection with attending board of director meetings not to exceed in the aggregate, with respect to all such items, $100,000 in any Fiscal Year of the Borrower;

(c) payment of a management advisory fee to Sponsor Management Affiliate and the Additional Management Advisors pursuant to Section 3(a) of the Management Agreement as in effect on the date hereof not to exceed the amounts and on the terms set forth in the Management Agreement; provided, however, that the fees described in this clause (c) shall not be paid (but shall continue to accrue) during any period while a Specified Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would arise as a result of such payment (to the extent an Agent has provided the Borrowers written notice of such Specified Event of Default and that such payments are prohibited); provided, further, any fees not paid due to the existence of a Specified Event of Default shall be deferred and may be paid when no Specified Event of Default exists (whether upon the waiver or cure thereof in accordance with the terms of this Agreement);

(d) reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses and indemnities required to be paid pursuant to the Management Agreement as in effect on the date hereof, so long as, solely with respect to reimbursement for indemnities, (i) no Specified Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would arise as a result of such reimbursement, (ii) Aggregate Availability shall not be less than $2,000,000 after giving effect to such reimbursement and (iii) in no event shall any Credit Party reimburse any costs or expenses of or indemnify Sponsor Management Affiliate, an Additional Management Advisor or, to the extent otherwise required by the Management Agreement, any of their respective Affiliates (each such Person, a “Management Advisor”), if and to the extent such costs or expenses were incurred or such indemnification obligations arose as a result of the gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of the Management Advisor seeking such reimbursement or indemnification;

(e) reserved; and

(f) payment to Sponsor and/or Sponsor Management Affiliate of fees in connection with Permitted Acquisitions; provided, such fees are payable solely from proceeds of an Excluded Equity Issuance by Holdings with respect to which such fees are payable.

5.8 Use of Proceeds . No Credit Party shall, and no Credit Party shall suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, use any portion of the Loan proceeds, directly or indirectly, to purchase or carry Margin Stock or repay or otherwise refinance Indebtedness of any Credit Party or others incurred to purchase or carry Margin Stock, or otherwise in any manner which is in contravention of any Requirement of Law or in violation of this Agreement.

 

66


5.9 Contingent Obligations . No Credit Party shall, and no Credit Party shall suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Contingent Obligations except in respect of the Obligations and except:

(a) endorsements for collection or deposit in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(b) Rate Contracts and Commodity Hedge Contracts, in each case, entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business for bona fide hedging purposes and not for speculation, with prior written notice to US Agent;

(c) Contingent Obligations of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries existing as of the Closing Date and listed in Schedule 5.9 , including extension and renewals thereof which do not increase the amount of such Contingent Obligations or impose materially more restrictive or adverse terms on the Credit Parties or their Subsidiaries as compared to the terms of the Contingent Obligation being renewed or extended;

(d) Contingent Obligations arising under indemnity agreements to title insurers to cause such title insurers to issue to Agent title insurance policies;

(e) Contingent Obligations arising with respect to customary indemnification obligations in favor of (i) sellers in connection with the Related Transactions and Permitted Acquisitions and (ii) purchasers in connection with dispositions permitted under subsection 5.2;

(f) Contingent Obligations arising under Letters of Credit;

(g) Contingent Obligations arising under guarantees made in the Ordinary Course of Business of obligations of any Credit Party (other than Holdings), which obligations are otherwise permitted hereunder; provided that if such obligation is subordinated to the Obligations, such guarantee shall be subordinated to the same extent;

(h) Contingent Obligations incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business with respect to surety and appeals bonds, performance bonds, performance guarantees and other similar obligations;

(i) product warranties provided by a Credit Party or Subsidiary of a Credit Party in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(j) guarantees by US Credit Parties of Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries (other than Canadian Foreign Subsidiaries) of the US Borrower in an aggregate amount not to exceed, when combined with the US Dollar Equivalent of the intercompany extensions of credit permitted pursuant to subsections 5.4(b)(ii) and 5.4(b)(v) outstanding at such time, the US Dollar Equivalent of $7,500,000;

(k) upon and after the consummation of the Global Reorganization, Contingent Obligations incurred pursuant to the Capital Contribution Agreement and the Forward Subscription Agreement; and

 

67


(l) other Contingent Obligations not exceeding the US Dollar Equivalent of $1,500,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding.

5.10 Compliance with ERISA, Etc . (a) No Credit Party shall permit its unfunded pension fund and other employee benefit plan obligation and liabilities to remain unfunded other than in accordance with applicable law and (b) no ERISA Affiliate shall cause or suffer to exist (a) any event that could result in the imposition of a Lien on any asset of a Credit Party or a Subsidiary of a Credit Party with respect to any Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan or (b) any other ERISA Event, that would, in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. No Credit Party shall cause or suffer to exist any event that could result in the imposition of a Lien with respect to any Benefit Plan.

5.11 Restricted Payments . No Credit Party shall, and no Credit Party shall suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, (i) declare or make any dividend payment or other distribution of assets, properties, cash, rights, obligations or securities on account of any Stock or Stock Equivalent, (ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for value any Stock or Stock Equivalent now or hereafter outstanding or (iii) make any payment or prepayment of principal of, premium, if any, interest, fees, redemption, exchange, purchase, retirement, defeasance, sinking fund or similar payment with respect to, Subordinated Indebtedness or (iv) make any cash prepayment, redemption, purchase, retirement, defeasance, sinking fund or similar payment, of principal of the Second Lien Indebtedness (the items described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above are referred to as “Restricted Payments”); except that any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of a Borrower may declare and pay dividends to a Borrower or any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of a Borrower, and except that:

(a) Holdings may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in its Stock or Stock Equivalents; and

(b) the Borrowers may make distributions to Holdings which are promptly used by Holdings to redeem or repurchase, or to make distributions to Parent which are promptly used by Parent to redeem or repurchase, from current or former officers, directors and employees (or their current or former spouses, their estates, their estate planning vehicles or their family members) Stock and Stock Equivalents provided all of the following conditions are satisfied:

(i) no Specified Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would arise as a result of such Restricted Payment;

(ii) the aggregate Restricted Payments permitted during the term of this Agreement shall not exceed the US Dollar Equivalent of $3,000,000; provided the foregoing limits shall not apply to the extent of any redemption or repurchase funded with the proceeds of any Excluded Equity Issuance; and

(iii) after giving effect to such Restricted Payments, US Availability is not less than $5,000,000 and Canadian Availability is not less than the US Dollar Equivalent of $2,500,000; provided the foregoing limits shall not apply to the extent of any redemption or repurchase funded with the proceeds of any Excluded Equity Issuance; and

 

68


(iv) such Restricted Payments and redemption is permitted under the Second Lien Indebtedness Documents;

(c) in the event US Borrower files a consolidated, combined, unitary or similar type income tax return with Holdings, the US Borrower may make distributions to Holdings to permit Holdings to pay federal and state income taxes then due and payable, franchise taxes and other similar licensing expenses incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business provided, that the amount of such distribution shall not be greater than the amount of such taxes or expenses that would have been due and payable by the US Borrower and its relevant Subsidiaries had the US Borrower not filed a consolidated, combined, unitary or similar type return with Holdings;

(d) the Credit Parties may make distributions to Holdings which are promptly used by Holdings to pay, or to make distributions to Parent which are promptly used by Parent to pay, overhead expenses, professional fees and expenses and directors fees and expenses, in any case, incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(e) Holdings may repurchase shares of Stock or Stock Equivalents issued by Holdings to current or former officers, directors and employees of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (or its current or former spouses, their estates, their estate planning vehicles or their family members) by cancellation of notes permitted pursuant to subsection 5.4(f) and/or by issuance of notes permitted pursuant to subsection 5.5(l);

(f) the Credit Parties may make distributions to Holdings which are promptly used by Holdings to pay (or distributed by Holdings to Thermon Group, Inc. to pay) post-closing purchase price adjustments under, and costs and expenses related to, the Purchase Agreement and the Closing Date Acquisition, to the extent required by and pursuant to the terms thereof;

(g) the Credit Parties may make distributions to Holdings to allow (i) Holdings to make cash payments of compensation and other items described in Section 5.7(a) owing to or in respect of members of management employed by Holdings or (ii) Holdings to make distributions to Parent to allow Parent promptly to make cash payments of compensation and other items described in Section 5.7(a) owing to or in respect of members of management employed by Parent to the extent such amounts are attributable to the ownership and operation of Holdings and its Subsidiaries;

(h) Holdings may make distributions to Parent which are promptly used by Parent to repurchase fractional shares of its respective Stock and Stock Equivalents from officers, directors and employees of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or Parent not to exceed $100,000 in the aggregate during the duration of this Agreement;

(i) the Credit Parties may make distributions to Holdings which are promptly distributed by Holdings to Thermon Group, Inc. to permit Thermon Group, Inc. to pay to Sponsor Management Affiliate the closing fee described in Section 2 of the Closing Fee Agreement on the Closing Date;

 

69


(j) the Credit Parties may pay, as and when due and payable, regularly scheduled non-accelerated payments of principal and interest on account of Subordinated Indebtedness subject to the terms hereof and the subordination provisions with respect thereto;

(k) US Credit Parties may make Restricted Payments of Second Lien Indebtedness to the extent constituting (i) mandatory prepayments (including offers to redeem) under Sections 5.10 and 5.14 of the Second Lien Indenture, in each case, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Second Lien Indenture as in effect on the date hereof or in any corresponding provision in connection with a Permitted Refinancing thereof; provided, such mandatory prepayments shall be made only so long as any corresponding mandatory prepayment of the Loans required pursuant to Section 1.8 hereof has been made, to the extent required by such section or any prepayment required as a result of an Event of Default under Section 7.1(l), and (ii) voluntary prepayments thereof so long as before and after giving effect to such voluntary prepayment, (1) no Specified Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or arise as a result of such prepayment and (2) the sum of (y) Aggregate Availability and (z) the aggregate amount of unrestricted cash of the US Credit Parties and the Canadian Credit Parties, in each instance, maintained in deposit accounts which are subject to a deposit account control agreement in favor of the Applicable Agent, equals an amount not less than $10,000,000; and

(l) Holdings may make Restricted Payments of the kind described in items (i) and (ii) of the definition thereof set forth in the lead in to this Section 5.11 and not otherwise described in clauses (a) through (k) above with the Net Issuance Proceeds of an Excluded Equity Issuance by Holdings so long as, after giving effect to any such Restricted Payment, no Event of Default otherwise would exist.

5.12 Change in Business . No Credit Party shall, and no Credit Party shall permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage in any material line of business substantially different from those lines of business carried on by it on the date hereof or related, complementary or ancillary thereto. Holdings shall not engage in any business activities or own any Property other than (i) ownership of the Stock and Stock Equivalents of the Borrowers and activities ancillary thereto, (ii) activities and contractual rights incidental to maintenance of its corporate existence, (including the incurrence of any corporate overhead), (iii) the hiring and employment of members of the management of Borrower and activities reasonably related thereto, (iv) performance of Holding’s obligations under the Related Agreements to which it is a party, (v) finding potential Targets for Acquisitions, negotiating the acquisition thereof and being a party to the applicable acquisition agreement (and performing its obligations thereunder); and (vi) activities of Holdings expressly permitted hereunder.

5.13 Change in Structure . Except as expressly permitted under Section 5.3, no Credit Party shall, and no Credit Party shall permit any of its Subsidiaries to amend any of its Organization Documents in any respect materially adverse to an Agent (in its capacity as such) or Lenders (in their capacities as such).

5.14 Changes in Accounting, Name and Jurisdiction of Organization . No Credit Party shall, and no Credit Party shall suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, (i) make any significant change in accounting treatment or reporting practices, except as required by

 

70


GAAP, (ii) change the Fiscal Year or method for determining Fiscal Quarters of any Credit Party or of any consolidated Subsidiary of any Credit Party; provided, the fiscal year of a Target of a Permitted Acquisition may be changed so as to conform such fiscal year with that of the Credit Parties, (iii) change its name as it appears in official filings in its jurisdiction of organization or (iv) change its jurisdiction of organization or domicile (within the meaning of the Civil Code of Quebec), in the case of clauses (iii) and (iv), without at least twenty (20) days’ prior written notice to Agents and the acknowledgement of Agents that all actions required by the Appropriate Agent, including those to continue the perfection of its Liens, have been completed.

5.15 Amendments to Related Agreements and Subordinated Indebtedness .

(a) No Credit Party shall and no Credit Party shall permit any of its Subsidiaries, to amend, supplement, waive or otherwise modify any provision of (i) any Subordinated Indebtedness except to the extent permitted by the subordination terms with respect thereto, (ii) any Second Lien Indebtedness Document except to the extent permitted by the Intercreditor Agreement, or (iii) the Purchase Agreement.

5.16 No Negative Pledges .

(a) No Credit Party shall, and no Credit Party shall permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual restriction or encumbrance of any kind on the ability of any Credit Party or Subsidiary to pay dividends or make any other distribution on any of such Credit Party’s or Subsidiary’s Stock or Stock Equivalents or to pay fees, including management fees, or make other payments and distributions to the Borrower or any other Credit Party, other than as set forth in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents and except for customary restrictions and conditions contained in any agreement relating to the sale of any Property permitted under Section 5.2 pending the consummation of such sale. No Credit Party shall, and no Credit Party shall permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into, assume or become subject to any Contractual Obligation prohibiting or otherwise restricting the existence of any Lien upon any of its assets in favor of an Agent, whether now owned or hereafter acquired except (a) in connection with any document or instrument governing Liens permitted pursuant to subsections 5.1(h), 5.1(i) and 5.1(w) provided that any such restriction contained therein relates only to the asset or assets subject to such permitted Liens, (b) with respect to operating leases and other third-party contracts, customary limitations on the ability of a party thereto to assign its interests in the underlying contract without the consent of the other party thereto (provided nothing therein limits the ability of a party thereto to assign its interests in and to all proceeds derived from or in connection with such contract) and (c) customary restrictions and conditions contained in any agreement relating to the sale of any Property permitted under Section 5.2 pending the consummation of such sale.

5.17 OFAC; Patriot Act . No Credit Party shall, and no Credit Party shall permit any of its Subsidiaries to fail to comply with the laws, regulations and executive orders referred to in Section 3.27 and Section 3.28.

 

71


5.18 Sale-Leasebacks . No Credit Party shall, and no Credit Party shall permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage in a sale leaseback, synthetic lease or similar transaction involving any of its assets.

5.19 Hazardous Materials . No Credit Party shall, and no Credit Party shall permit any of its Subsidiaries to, cause or suffer to exist any Release of any Hazardous Material at, to or from any Real Estate in violation of Environmental Law which would reasonably be expected to give rise to Environmental Liabilities or otherwise adversely affect the value or marketability of any Real Estate (whether or not owned by any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party), other than such violations, Environmental Liabilities and effects that would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

ARTICLE VI -

FINANCIAL COVENANTS

Each Credit Party covenants and agrees that, so long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, or any Loan or other Obligation (other than (i) contingent indemnification Obligations to the extent no claim giving rise thereto has been asserted and (ii) Letter of Credit Obligations collateralized in the manner set forth in Section 7.4) shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, unless the Required Lenders waive compliance in writing:

6.1 Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . As of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending June 30, 2010 and any Fiscal Quarter thereafter, for which, in any case, average daily Aggregate Availability for the thirty (30) day period ending on such date is less than the Applicable Minimum Availability Threshold, the Credit Parties shall not permit the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the twelve fiscal month period ending on such date to be less 1.10 to 1.00. “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” shall be calculated in the manner set forth in Exhibit 4.2(b).

ARTICLE VII -

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

7.1 Event of Default . Any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default”:

(a) Non-Payment . Any Credit Party fails (i) to pay when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan, including after maturity of the Loans, or to pay any L/C Reimbursement Obligation or (ii) to pay within three (3) Business Days after the same shall become due, interest on any Loan, any fee or any other amount payable hereunder or pursuant to any other Loan Document; or

(b) Representation or Warranty . Any representation, warranty or certification by or on behalf of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries made or deemed made herein, in any other Loan Document, or which is contained in any certificate, document or financial or

 

72


other written statement by any such Person, or their respective Responsible Officers, furnished at any time under this Agreement, or in or under any other Loan Document, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect (without duplication of other materiality qualifiers contained therein) on or as of the date made or deemed made; or

(c) Specific Defaults . Any Credit Party fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of (i) subsection 4.3(a) or 9.10(d), Sections 4.6, 4.9, Article V or Article VI hereof or (ii) Section 4.1, 4.2(a), 4.2(b) or 4.2(d) and, solely with respect to this clause (ii), such failure shall not have been cured within five (5) Business Days; or

(d) Other Defaults . Any Credit Party or Subsidiary of any Credit Party fails to perform or observe any other term, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after the earlier to occur of (i) the date upon which a Responsible Officer of any Credit Party becomes aware of such default and (ii) the date upon which written notice thereof is given to the Borrower by an Agent or Required Lenders; or

(e) Cross-Default . Any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party (i) fails to make any payment in respect of any Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) or Contingent Obligation having an aggregate principal amount (including undrawn committed or available amounts and including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than $5,000,000 when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) and such failure continues after the applicable grace or notice period, if any, specified in the document relating thereto on the date of such failure; or (ii) fails to perform or observe any other condition or covenant (after all applicable grace periods), or any other event shall occur or condition exist (after all applicable grace periods), under any agreement or instrument relating to any such Indebtedness or Contingent Obligation, if the effect of such failure, event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, after giving effect to any cure or waiver of such failure, event or condition actually made or obtained, such Indebtedness to be declared to be due and payable prior to its stated maturity (without regard to any subordination terms with respect thereto), or such Contingent Obligation to become payable or cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded; or

(f) Insolvency; Voluntary Proceedings . Any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party: (i) generally fails to pay, or admits in writing its inability to pay, its debts as they become due, subject to applicable grace periods, if any, whether at stated maturity or otherwise; (ii) except as expressly permitted pursuant to Section 5.3, voluntarily ceases to conduct its business in the ordinary course; (iii) commences any Insolvency Proceeding with respect to itself; or (iv) takes any action to effectuate or authorize any of the foregoing; or

(g) Involuntary Proceedings . (i) Any involuntary Insolvency Proceeding is commenced or filed against any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party, or any writ, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process, is issued or levied against a substantial part of any such Person’s Properties, and any such proceeding or petition shall not be dismissed, or such writ, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process shall not

 

73


be released, vacated or fully bonded within sixty (60) days after commencement, filing or levy; (ii) any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party admits the material allegations of a petition against it in any Insolvency Proceeding, or an order for relief (or similar order under non-U.S. law) is ordered in any Insolvency Proceeding; or (iii) any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party acquiesces in the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, mortgagee in possession (or agent therefor), or other similar Person for itself or a substantial portion of its Property or business; or

(h) Monetary Judgments . One or more judgments, non-interlocutory orders, decrees or arbitration awards shall be entered against any one or more of the Credit Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries involving in the aggregate a liability of $5,000,000 or more (excluding amounts covered by insurance to the extent the relevant independent third-party insurer has not denied coverage therefor or amounts covered by third party indemnification obligations of a third person acceptable to US Agent), and the same shall remain unsatisfied, unvacated and unstayed pending appeal for a period of forty-five (45) days after the entry thereof; or

(i) Non-Monetary Judgments . One or more non-monetary judgments, orders or decrees shall be rendered against any one or more of the Credit Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries which has or would reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, and there shall be any period of ten (10) consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; or

(j) Collateral . Any material provision of any Loan Document shall for any reason cease to be valid and binding on or enforceable against any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party thereto or any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party shall so state in writing or bring an action to limit its obligations or liabilities thereunder; or any Collateral Document shall for any reason (other than pursuant to the terms thereof) cease to create a valid security interest in any material portion of the Collateral purported to be covered thereby or such security interest shall for any reason (other than the failure of Agent to take any action within its control) cease to be a perfected and first priority security interest subject only to Permitted Liens; or

(k) Ownership . (i) Sponsor and its Controlled Investment Affiliates at any time ceases to own, directly or indirectly, at least 50% of the issued and outstanding Stock of Holdings; (ii) Sponsor at any time fails to own beneficially, directly or indirectly, at least fifty percent (50%) of the issued and outstanding voting Stock of the Holdings or, in any event, Stock representing voting control of Holdings; or (iii) Holdings ceases to own one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding Stock and Stock Equivalents of each Borrower, in each instance in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), free and clear of all Liens, rights, options, warrants or other similar agreements or understandings, other than Liens in favor of Agents, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, Subordinated Second Liens and other Permitted Liens; or (iv) “Change of Control” (as defined in the Second Lien Indebtedness Documents) shall occur; or

(l) Invalidity of Subordination Provisions . The lien subordination provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement or the subordination provisions of any agreement or instrument

 

74


governing any Subordinated Indebtedness shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated, or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, or any Credit Parties shall contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations, for any reason shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement or such subordination provisions.

7.2 Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Agents may, and shall at the request of the Required Lenders:

(a) declare all or any portion of the Commitment of each Lender to make Loans or of the L/C Issuer to issue Letters of Credit to be suspended or terminated, whereupon such Commitments shall forthwith be suspended or terminated;

(b) declare all or any portion of the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable; without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by each Credit Party; and/or

(c) exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to it and the Lenders under the Loan Documents or applicable law;

provided , however , that upon the occurrence of any event specified in subsection 7.1(f) or 7.1(g) above (in the case of clause (i) of subsection 7.1(g) upon the expiration of the sixty (60) day period mentioned therein), the obligation of each Lender to make Loans and the obligation of the L/C Issuer to issue Letters of Credit shall automatically terminate and the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable without further act of either Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer.

7.3 Rights Not Exclusive . The rights provided for in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any other rights, powers, privileges or remedies provided by law or in equity, or under any other instrument, document or agreement now existing or hereafter arising.

7.4 Cash Collateral for Letters of Credit . If a Specified Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, this Agreement (or the Revolving Loan Commitment) shall be terminated for any reason or if otherwise required by the terms hereof, either Agent may, and upon request of Required US Lenders or Required Canadian Lenders, shall, demand (which demand shall be deemed to have been delivered automatically upon any acceleration of the Loans and other obligations hereunder pursuant to Section 7.2), and the applicable Borrowers shall thereupon deliver to the Appropriate Agent, to be held for the benefit of the L/C Issuer, Agent and the Lenders entitled thereto, an amount of cash equal to 102% of the amount of Letter of Credit Obligations, or a letter of credit on terms and conditions, in form and substance and issued by an issuer reasonably acceptable to the Appropriate Agent, in either instance, as additional collateral security for Obligations in respect of any outstanding Letter of Credit. The Appropriate Agent may at any time apply any or all of such cash and cash collateral to the

 

75


payment of any or all of the Credit Parties’ Obligations in respect of any Letters of Credit in respect thereof. Pending such application, the Appropriate Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) invest the same in an interest bearing account in such Agent’s name, for the benefit of the L/C Issuer, Agent and the Lenders entitled thereto, under which deposits are available for immediate withdrawal, at such bank or financial institution as the L/C Issuer and Agent may, in their discretion, select. If the Specified Event of Default for which cash collateral or a backstop letter of credit was required hereunder is cured or waived, and no other Specified Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, then the Appropriate Agent shall promptly return to the applicable Borrower such cash collateral or backstop letter of credit upon such Borrower’s written request and instruction.

ARTICLE VIII - 

AGENT

8.1 Appointment and Duties .

(a) Appointment of Agent . (i) Each Lender and each L/C Issuer hereby appoints GE Capital (together with any successor US Agent pursuant to Section 8.9) as US Agent hereunder and authorizes US Agent to (x) execute and deliver the Loan Documents and accept delivery thereof on its behalf from any Credit Party, (y) take such action on its behalf and to exercise all rights, powers and remedies and perform the duties as are expressly delegated to US Agent under such Loan Documents and (z) exercise such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Lender acknowledges that it has received a copy of the Intercreditor Agreement, consents to and authorizes the Agents’ execution thereof on behalf of such Lender and agrees to be bound by the terms and provisions thereof.

(ii) Each Lender and each L/C Issuer hereby appoints GE Canada (together with any successor Canadian Agent pursuant to Section 8.9) as Canadian Agent hereunder and authorizes Canadian Agent to (x) execute and deliver the Loan Documents and accept delivery thereof on its behalf from any Credit Party, (y) take such action on its behalf and to exercise all rights, powers and remedies and perform the duties as are expressly delegated to Canadian Agent under such Loan Documents and (z) exercise such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

(b) Duties as Collateral and Disbursing Agent . (i) Without limiting the generality of clause (a) above, US Agent shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority (to the exclusion of the Lenders and L/C Issuers), and is hereby authorized, to (i) act as the disbursing and collecting agent for the US Lenders and the US L/C Issuers with respect to all payments and collections arising in connection with the Loan Documents (including in any proceeding described in subsection 7.1(g) or any other bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding), and each Person making any payment in connection with any Loan Document to any Secured Party is hereby authorized to make such payment to Agents, (ii) file and prove claims and file other documents necessary or desirable to allow the claims of the Secured Parties

 

76


with respect to any Obligation in any proceeding described in subsection 7.1(f) or (g) or any other bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding (but not to vote, consent or otherwise act on behalf of such Person), (iii) act as collateral agent for each Secured Party for purposes of the perfection of all Liens created by such agreements and all other purposes stated therein, (iv) manage, supervise and otherwise deal with the Collateral, (v) take such other action as is necessary or desirable to maintain the perfection and priority of the Liens created or purported to be created by the Loan Documents, (vi) except as may be otherwise specified in any Loan Document, exercise all remedies given to US Agent and the other Secured Parties with respect to the Credit Parties and/or the Collateral, whether under the Loan Documents, applicable Requirements of Law or otherwise and (vii) execute any amendment, consent or waiver under the Loan Documents on behalf of any Lender that has consented in writing to such amendment, consent or waiver; provided, however, that US Agent hereby appoints, authorizes and directs each Lender and L/C Issuer to act as collateral sub-agent for Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers for purposes of the perfection of all Liens with respect to the Collateral, including any deposit account maintained by a Credit Party with, and cash and Cash Equivalents held by, such Lender or L/C Issuer, and may further authorize and direct the Lenders and the L/C Issuers to take further actions as collateral sub-agents for purposes of enforcing such Liens or otherwise to transfer the Collateral subject thereto to Agent, and each Lender and L/C Issuer hereby agrees to take such further actions to the extent, and only to the extent, so authorized and directed.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of clause (a) above, Canadian Agent shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority (to the exclusion of the Lenders and L/C Issuers), and is hereby authorized, to (i) act as the disbursing and collecting agent for the Canadian Lenders and the Canadian L/C Issuers with respect to all payments and collections arising in connection with the Loan Documents (including in any proceeding described in subsection 7.1(g) or any other bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding), and each Person making any payment in connection with any Loan Document to any Secured Party is hereby authorized to make such payment to Agent, (ii) file and prove claims and file other documents necessary or desirable to allow the claims of the Secured Parties with respect to any Obligation in any proceeding described in subsection 7.1(f) or (g) or any other bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding (but not to vote, consent or otherwise act on behalf of such Person), (iii) act as collateral agent for each Secured Party for purposes of the perfection of all Liens created by such agreements and all other purposes stated therein, (iv) manage, supervise and otherwise deal with the Collateral, (v) take such other action as is necessary or desirable to maintain the perfection and priority of the Liens created or purported to be created by the Loan Documents, (vi) except as may be otherwise specified in any Loan Document, exercise all remedies given to Canadian Agent and the other Secured Parties with respect to the Credit Parties and/or the Collateral, whether under the Loan Documents, applicable Requirements of Law or otherwise and (vii) execute any amendment, consent or waiver under the Loan Documents on behalf of any Lender that has consented in writing to such amendment, consent or waiver; provided, however, that Canadian Agent hereby appoints, authorizes and directs each Lender and L/C Issuer to act as collateral sub-agent for Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers for purposes of the perfection of all Liens with respect to the Collateral, including any deposit

 

77


account maintained by a Credit Party with, and cash and Cash Equivalents held by, such Lender or L/C Issuer, and may further authorize and direct the Lenders and the L/C Issuers to take further actions as collateral sub-agents for purposes of enforcing such Liens or otherwise to transfer the Collateral subject thereto to Agent, and each Lender and L/C Issuer hereby agrees to take such further actions to the extent, and only to the extent, so authorized and directed.

(c) Limited Duties . Under the Loan Documents, Agents (i) are acting solely on behalf of the Lenders and the L/C Issuers (except to the limited extent provided in subsection 1.4(b) with respect to the Register), with duties that are entirely administrative in nature, notwithstanding the use of the defined term “Agent”, “US Agent” or “Canadian Agent” the terms “agent”, “Agent”, “US Agent”, “Canadian Agent” and “collateral agent” and similar terms in any Loan Document to refer to the Appropriate Agent, which terms are used for title purposes only, (ii) is not assuming any obligation under any Loan Document other than as expressly set forth therein or any role as agent, fiduciary or trustee of or for any Lender, L/C Issuer or any other Person and (iii) shall have no implied functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or other liabilities under any Loan Document, and each Secured Party, by accepting the benefits of the Loan Documents, hereby waives and agrees not to assert any claim against any Agent based on the roles, duties and legal relationships expressly disclaimed in clauses (i) through (iii) above.

(d) Quebec Collateral . (i) For greater certainty, and without limiting the powers of Canadian Agent, each of the Secured Parties (and each subsequent maker of any Loan by its making thereof) hereby irrevocably constitutes GE Canada as the holder of an irrevocable power of attorney (fondé de pouvoir within the meaning of Article 2692 of the Civil Code of Québec) in order to hold hypothecs and security granted by any Credit Party on property pursuant to the laws of the Province of Québec in order to secure obligations of any Credit Party under any bond, debenture or similar title of indebtedness, issued by any Credit Party, and hereby agrees that GE Canada, as Canadian Agent, may act as the bondholder and mandatary (i.e. agent) with respect to any shares, capital stock or other securities or any bond, debenture or similar title of indebtedness that may be issued by any Credit Party and pledged in favour of GE Canada, as Canadian Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties. The execution by GE Canada, acting as fondé de pouvoir and mandatary, prior to the Agreement of any deeds of hypothec or other security documents is hereby ratified and confirmed.

(ii) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 32 of An Act respecting the special powers of legal persons (Québec), GE Canada may acquire and be the holder of any bond or debenture issued by any Credit Party (i.e. the fondé de pouvoir may acquire and hold the first bond issued under any deed of hypothec by any Credit Party).

(iii) The constitution of GE Canada as fondé de pouvoir and as bondholder and mandatary with respect to any bond, debenture, shares, capital stock or other securities that may be issued and pledged from time to time to Canadian Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall be deemed to have been ratified and confirmed by each Person accepting an assignment of, a participation in or an arrangement in respect of, all or any portion of any Secured Parties’ rights and obligations under the Agreement by the execution of an

 

78


assignment, including an Assignment or other agreement pursuant to which it becomes such assignee or participant, and by each successor Canadian Agent by the execution of an Assignment or other agreement, or by the compliance with other formalities, as the case may be, pursuant to which it becomes a successor Agent under the Agreement.

(iv) GE Canada acting as fondé de pouvoir shall have the same rights, powers, immunities, indemnities and exclusions from liability as are prescribed in favour of Canadian Agent in the Agreement, which shall apply mutatis mutandis to GE Canada acting as fondé de pouvoir.

(v) The parties hereto confirm that it is their wish that this Agreement and any other document executed in connection with the transactions contemplated herein be drawn up in the English language only and that all other documents contemplated thereunder or relating thereto, including notices, may also be drawn up in the English language only. Les parties aux présentes confirment que c’est leur volonté que cette convention et les autres documents de crédit soient rédigés en langue anglaise seulement et que tous les documents, y compris tous avis, envisagés par cette convention et les autres documents peuvent être rédigés en langue anglaise seulement.

8.2 Binding Effect . Each Secured Party, by accepting the benefits of the Loan Documents, agrees that (i) any action taken by an Agent, Required US Lenders, Required Canadian Lenders or the Required Lenders (or, if expressly required hereby, a greater proportion of the Lenders) in accordance with the provisions of the Loan Documents, (ii) any action taken by an Agent in reliance upon the instructions of Required US Lenders, Required Canadian Lenders or Required Lenders (or, where so required, such greater proportion) and (iii) the exercise by an Agent, Required US Lenders, Required Canadian Lenders or the Required Lenders (or, where so required, such greater proportion) of the powers set forth herein or therein, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be authorized and binding upon all of the Secured Parties.

8.3 Use of Discretion .

(a) No Action without Instructions . No Agent shall be required to exercise any discretion or take, or to omit to take, any action, including with respect to enforcement or collection, except any action it is required to take or omit to take (i) under any Loan Document or (ii) pursuant to instructions from the Required Lenders, Required US Lenders or Required Canadian Lenders (or, where expressly required by the terms of this Agreement, a greater proportion of the Lenders).

(b) Right Not to Follow Certain Instructions . Notwithstanding clause (a) above, no Agent shall be required to take, or to omit to take, any action (i) unless, upon demand, such Agent receives an indemnification satisfactory to it from the Lenders (or, to the extent applicable and acceptable to such Agent, any other Person) against all Liabilities that, by reason of such action or omission, may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Agent or any Related Person thereof or (ii) that is, in the opinion of such Agent or its counsel, contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Requirement of Law.

 

79


8.4 Delegation of Rights and Duties . Each Agent may, upon any term or condition it specifies, delegate or exercise any of its rights, powers and remedies under, and delegate or perform any of its duties or any other action with respect to, any Loan Document by or through any trustee, co-agent, employee, attorney-in-fact and any other Person (including any Secured Party). Any such Person shall benefit from this Article VIII to the extent provided by such Agent.

8.5 Reliance and Liability .

(a) Each Agent may, without incurring any liability hereunder, (i) treat the payee of any Note as its holder until such Note has been assigned in accordance with Section 9.9, (ii) rely on the Register to the extent set forth in Section 1.4, (iii) consult with any of its Related Persons and, whether or not selected by it, any other advisors, accountants and other experts (including advisors to, and accountants and experts engaged by, any Credit Party) and (iv) rely and act upon any document and information (including those transmitted by Electronic Transmission) and any telephone message or conversation, in each case believed by it to be genuine and transmitted, signed or otherwise authenticated by the appropriate parties.

(b) None of the Agents or its Related Persons shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with any Loan Document, and each Secured Party, Holdings, the Borrower and each other Credit Party hereby waive and shall not assert (and each of Holdings and the Borrower shall cause each other Credit Party to waive and agree not to assert) any right, claim or cause of action based thereon, except to the extent of liabilities resulting from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Agent or, as the case may be, such Related Person (each as determined in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction) in connection with the duties expressly set forth herein. Without limiting the foregoing, no Agent:

(i) shall be responsible or otherwise incur liability for any action or omission taken in reliance upon the instructions of the Required Lenders, Required US Lenders or Required Canadian Lenders or for the actions or omissions of any of its Related Persons selected with reasonable care (other than employees, officers and directors of such Agent, when acting on behalf of such Agent);

(ii) shall be responsible to any Lender, L/C Issuer or other Person for the due execution, legality, validity, enforceability, effectiveness, genuineness, sufficiency or value of, or the attachment, perfection or priority of any Lien created or purported to be created under or in connection with, any Loan Document;

(iii) makes any warranty or representation, and shall not be responsible, to any Lender, L/C Issuer or other Person for any statement, document, information, representation or warranty made or furnished by or on behalf of any

 

80


Credit Party or any Related Person of any Credit Party in connection with any Loan Document or any transaction contemplated therein or any other document or information with respect to any Credit Party, whether or not transmitted or (except for documents expressly required under any Loan Document to be transmitted to the Lenders) omitted to be transmitted by such Agent, including as to completeness, accuracy, scope or adequacy thereof, or for the scope, nature or results of any due diligence performed by such Agent in connection with the Loan Documents; and

(iv) shall have any duty to ascertain or to inquire as to the performance or observance of any provision of any Loan Document, whether any condition set forth in any Loan Document is satisfied or waived, as to the financial condition of any Credit Party or as to the existence or continuation or possible occurrence or continuation of any Default or Event of Default and shall not be deemed to have notice or knowledge of such occurrence or continuation unless it has received a notice from the Borrower, any Lender or L/C Issuer describing such Default or Event of Default clearly labeled “notice of default” (in which case such Agent shall promptly give notice of such receipt to the other Agent and all Lenders);

and, for each of the items set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above, each Lender, L/C Issuer, Holdings and the Borrower hereby waives and agrees not to assert (and each of Holdings and the Borrower shall cause each other Credit Party to waive and agree not to assert) any right, claim or cause of action it might have against Agents based thereon.

8.6 Agent Individually . Each Agent and its Affiliates may make loans and other extensions of credit to, acquire Stock and Stock Equivalents of, engage in any kind of business with, any Credit Party or Affiliate thereof as though it were not acting as an Agent and may receive separate fees and other payments therefor. To the extent either Agent or any of its Affiliates makes any Loan or otherwise becomes a Lender hereunder, it shall have and may exercise the same rights and powers hereunder and shall be subject to the same obligations and liabilities as any other Lender and the terms “Lender”, “Required Lender”, “Required US Lender”, “Required Canadian Lender” and any similar terms shall, except where otherwise expressly provided in any Loan Document, include, without limitation, such Agent or such Affiliate, as the case may be, in its individual capacity as Lender, or as one of the Required US Lenders or Required Canadian Lenders, respectively.

8.7 Lender Credit Decision .

(a) Each Lender and each L/C Issuer acknowledges that it shall, independently and without reliance upon either Agent, any Lender or L/C Issuer or any of their Related Persons or upon any document (including any offering and disclosure materials in connection with the syndication of the Loans) solely or in part because such document was transmitted by an Agent or any of its Related Persons, conduct its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of each Credit Party and make and continue to make its own credit decisions in connection with entering into, and taking or not taking any action under, any Loan Document or with respect to any transaction contemplated in any Loan Document, in each case based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate. Except for

 

81


documents expressly required by any Loan Document to be transmitted by an Agent to the Lenders or L/C Issuers, no Agent shall have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender or L/C Issuer with any credit or other information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any Credit Party or any Affiliate of any Credit Party that may come in to the possession of such Agent or any of its Related Persons.

(b) If any Lender or L/C Issuer has elected to abstain from receiving MNPI concerning the Credit Parties or their Affiliates, such Lender or L/C Issuer acknowledges that, notwithstanding such election, Agents and/or the Credit Parties will, from time to time, make available syndicate-information (which may contain MNPI) as required by the terms of, or in the course of administering the Loans to the credit contact(s) identified for receipt of such information on the Lender’s administrative questionnaire who are able to receive and use all syndicate-level information (which may contain MNPI) in accordance with such Lender’s compliance policies and contractual obligations and applicable law, including federal and state securities laws; provided, that if such contact is not so identified in such questionnaire, the relevant Lender or L/C Issuer hereby agrees to promptly (and in any event within one (1) Business Day) provide such a contact to an Agent and the Credit Parties upon request therefor by Agents or the Credit Parties. Notwithstanding such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s election to abstain from receiving MNPI, such Lender or L/C Issuer acknowledges that if such Lender or L/C Issuer chooses to communicate with an Agent, it assumes the risk of receiving MNPI concerning the Credit Parties or their Affiliates.

8.8 Expenses; Indemnities .

(a) Each Lender agrees to reimburse each Agent and each of its Related Persons (to the extent not reimbursed by any Credit Party) promptly upon demand, severally and ratably, for any costs and expenses (including fees, charges and disbursements of financial, legal and other advisors and Other Taxes paid in the name of, or on behalf of, any Credit Party) that may be incurred by such Agent or any of its Related Persons in connection with the preparation, syndication, execution, delivery, administration, modification, consent, waiver or enforcement (whether through negotiations, through any work-out, bankruptcy, restructuring or other legal or other proceeding or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of its rights or responsibilities under, any Loan Document.

(b) Each Lender further agrees to indemnify each Agent and each of its Related Persons (to the extent not reimbursed by any Credit Party), severally and ratably, from and against Liabilities (including taxes, interests and penalties imposed for not properly withholding or backup withholding on payments made to or for the account of any Lender) that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Agent or any of its Related Persons in any matter relating to or arising out of, in connection with or as a result of any Loan Document, any Related Document or any other act, event or transaction related, contemplated in or attendant to any such document, or, in each case, any action taken or omitted to be taken by such Agent or any of its Related Persons under or with respect to any of the foregoing; provided, however, that no Lender shall be liable to an Agent or any of its Related Persons to the extent such liability has resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Agent or, as the case may be, such Related Person, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable judgment or order.

 

82


(c) To the extent required by any applicable law, each Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender under a Loan Document an amount equal to any applicable withholding tax. If the Internal Revenue Service or any other Governmental Authority asserts a claim that an Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender (because the appropriate certification form was not delivered, was not properly executed, or fails to establish an exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax with respect to a particular type of payment, or because such Lender failed to notify an Agent or any other Person of a change in circumstances which rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax ineffective, or for any other reason), or such Agent reasonably determines that it was required to withhold taxes from a prior payment but failed to do so, such Lender shall promptly indemnify such Agent fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by such Agent as tax or otherwise, including penalties and interest, and together with all expenses incurred by such Agent, including legal expenses, allocated internal costs and out-of-pocket expenses. Each Agent may offset against any payment to any Lender under a Loan Document, any applicable withholding tax that was required to be withheld from any prior payment to such Lender but which was not so withheld, as well as any other amounts for which such Agent is entitled to indemnification from such Lender under this Section 8.8(c).

8.9 Resignation of Agent or L/C Issuer .

(a) Either Agent may resign at any time by delivering notice of such resignation to the other Agent, Lenders and the Borrowers, effective on the date set forth in such notice or, if no such date is set forth therein, upon the date such notice shall be effective. If an Agent delivers any such notice, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor Agent. If, within 30 days after the retiring Agent having given notice of resignation, no successor Agent has been appointed by the Required Lenders that has accepted such appointment, then the retiring Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Agent from among the Lenders. Each appointment under this clause (a) shall be subject to the prior consent of Holdings, which may not be unreasonably withheld but shall not be required during the continuance of a Specified Event of Default. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, each Agent may resign concurrently with, and effective upon, the consummation by the Second Lien Lenders of the purchase option set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof.

(b) Effective immediately upon its resignation, (i) the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Loan Documents, (ii) the Lenders shall assume and perform all of the duties of the retiring Agent until a successor Agent shall have accepted a valid appointment hereunder, (iii) the retiring Agent and its Related Persons shall no longer have the benefit of any provision of any Loan Document other than with respect to any actions taken or omitted to be taken while such retiring Agent was, or because such Agent had been, validly acting as Agent under the Loan Documents and (iv) subject to its rights under Section 8.3, the retiring Agent shall take such action as may be reasonably necessary to assign to the successor Agent its rights as Agent under the Loan Documents. Effective immediately upon its acceptance of a valid appointment as Agent, a successor Agent shall succeed to, and become vested with, all the rights, powers, obligations, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent under the Loan Documents.

 

83


(c) Any L/C Issuer may resign at any time by delivering notice of such resignation to Agents, effective on the date set forth in such notice or, if no such date is set forth therein, on the date such notice shall be effective. Upon such resignation, the L/C Issuer shall remain an L/C Issuer and shall retain its rights and obligations in its capacity as such (other than any obligation to Issue Letters of Credit but including the right to receive fees or to have Lenders participate in any L/C Reimbursement Obligation thereof) with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such L/C Issuer prior to the date of such resignation and shall otherwise be discharged from all other duties and obligations under the Loan Documents.

8.10 Release of Collateral or Guarantors . Each Lender and L/C Issuer hereby consents to the release and hereby directs the Appropriate Agent to release (or, in the case of clause (b)(ii) below, release or subordinate) the following:

(a) any Subsidiary of a Borrower from its guaranty of any Obligation if all of the Stock and Stock Equivalents of such Subsidiary owned by any Credit Party are sold or transferred in a transaction permitted under the Loan Documents (including pursuant to a waiver or consent), to the extent that, after giving effect to such transaction, such Subsidiary would not be required to guaranty any Obligations pursuant to Section 4.13; and

(b) any Lien held by the Appropriate Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties against (i) any Collateral that is sold, transferred, conveyed or otherwise disposed of by a Credit Party in a transaction permitted by the Loan Documents (including pursuant to a valid waiver or consent), to the extent all Liens required to be granted in such Collateral pursuant to Section 4.13 after giving effect to such transaction have been granted, (ii) any property subject to a Lien permitted hereunder in reliance upon subsection 5.1(h) or (i) and (iii) all of the Collateral and all Credit Parties, upon (A) termination of the Revolving Loan Commitments, (B) payment and satisfaction in full of all Loans, all L/C Reimbursement Obligations and all other Obligations (other than unasserted contingent indemnification obligations) under the Loan Documents and all Obligations arising under Secured Rate Contracts, that the Appropriate Agent has theretofore been notified in writing by the holder of such Obligation are then due and payable, (C) deposit of cash collateral with respect to all contingent Obligations (or, as an alternative to cash collateral, in the case of any Letter of Credit Obligation, receipt by the Appropriate Agent of a back-up letter of credit) in amounts and on terms and conditions and with parties satisfactory to such Agent and each Indemnitee that is, or may be, owed such Obligations (excluding contingent Obligations (other than L/C Reimbursement Obligations) as to which no claim has been asserted) and (D) to the extent requested by an Agent, receipt by such Agent and the Secured Parties of liability releases from the Credit Parties each in form and substance acceptable to such Agent.

Each Lender and L/C Issuer hereby directs each Agent, and each Agent hereby agrees, upon receipt of reasonable advance notice from the Appropriate Borrower, to execute and deliver or file such documents and to perform other actions reasonably necessary to release the guaranties and Liens when and as directed in this Section 8.10.

8.11 Additional Secured Parties . The benefit of the provisions of the Loan Documents directly relating to the Collateral or any Lien granted thereunder shall extend to and be available to any Secured Party that is not a Lender or L/C Issuer party hereto as long as, by accepting such benefits, such Secured Party agrees, as among Agents and all other Secured

 

84


Parties, that such Secured Party is bound by (and, if requested by an Agent, shall confirm such agreement in a writing in form and substance acceptable to such Agent) this Article VIII, Section 9.3, Section 9.9, Section 9.10, Section 9.11, Section 9.17, Section 9.24 and Section 10.1 (and, solely with respect to L/C Issuers, subsection 1.1(c)) and the decisions and actions of Agents, the Required Lenders, the Required US Lenders or the Required Canadian Lenders (or, where expressly required by the terms of this Agreement, a greater proportion of the Lenders or other parties hereto as required herein) to the same extent a Lender is bound; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) such Secured Party shall be bound by Section 8.8 only to the extent of Liabilities, costs and expenses with respect to or otherwise relating to the Collateral held for the benefit of such Secured Party, in which case the obligations of such Secured Party thereunder shall not be limited by any concept of pro rata share or similar concept, (b) each of Agents, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers party hereto shall be entitled to act at its sole discretion, without regard to the interest of such Secured Party, regardless of whether any Obligation to such Secured Party thereafter remains outstanding, is deprived of the benefit of the Collateral, becomes unsecured or is otherwise affected or put in jeopardy thereby, and without any duty or liability to such Secured Party or any such Obligation and (c) except as otherwise set forth herein, such Secured Party shall not have any right to be notified of, consent to, direct, require or be heard with respect to, any action taken or omitted in respect of the Collateral or under any Loan Document.

8.12 Documentation Agent and Syndication Agent . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, the Documentation Agent and Syndication Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, nor shall the Documentation Agent and Syndication Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the Documentation Agent and Syndication Agent. At any time that any Lender serving (or whose Affiliate is serving) as Documentation Agent and/or Syndication Agent shall have transferred to any other Person (other than any Affiliates) all of its interests in the Loans and the Revolving Loan Commitment, such Lender (or an Affiliate of such Lender acting as Documentation Agent or Syndication Agent) shall be deemed to have concurrently resigned as such Documentation Agent and/or Syndication Agent.

 

85


ARTICLE IX -

MISCELLANEOUS

9.1 Amendments and Waivers.

(a) No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent with respect to any departure by any Credit Party therefrom, shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Agent, the Required Lenders (or by Agents with the consent of the Required Lenders), and the Borrowers and then such waiver shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, however, that no such waiver, amendment, or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by all the Lenders directly affected thereby (or by Agents with the consent of all the Lenders directly affected thereby), in addition to Agents, the Required Lenders (or by Agents with the consent of the Required Lenders) and the Borrowers, do any of the following:

(i) increase or extend the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to subsection 7.2(a));

(ii) postpone or delay any date fixed for, or reduce or waive, any payment of principal on the Revolving Termination Date or any payment of interest, fees or other amounts (other than principal) due to the Lenders (or any of them) or L/C Issuer hereunder or under any other Loan Document (for the avoidance of doubt, mandatory prepayments pursuant to Section 1.8 (other than under subsection 1.8(b)) may be postponed, delayed, reduced, waived or modified with the consent of Required Lenders);

(iii) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein (it being agreed that waiver of the default interest margin shall only require the consent of Required Lenders) or the amount of interest payable in cash specified herein on any Loan, or of any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document, including L/C Reimbursement Obligations;

(iv) change the percentage of the Commitments or of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans which shall be required for the Lenders or any of them to take any action hereunder;

(v) amend this Section 9.1 or the definition of Required Lenders or any provision providing for consent or other action by all Lenders; or

(vi) discharge any Credit Party from its respective payment Obligations under the Loan Documents, or release all or substantially all of the Collateral, except as otherwise may be provided in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;

it being agreed that all Lenders shall be deemed to be directly affected by an amendment or waiver of the type described in the preceding clauses (iv), (v) and (vi).

 

86


(b) No amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Appropriate Agent, the applicable Swingline Lender or the applicable L/C Issuer, as the case may be, in addition to the Required Lenders or all Lenders directly affected thereby, as the case may be (or by Agents with the consent of the Required Lenders or all the Lenders directly affected thereby, as the case may be), affect the rights or duties of such Agent, such Swingline Lender or such L/C Issuer, as applicable, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document. No amendment, modification or waiver of this Agreement or any Loan Document altering the ratable treatment of Obligations arising under Secured Rate Contracts resulting in such Obligations being junior in right of payment to principal on the Loans or resulting in Obligations owing to any Secured Swap Provider becoming unsecured (other than releases of Liens permitted in accordance with the terms hereof), in each case in a manner adverse to any Secured Swap Provider, shall be effective without the written consent of such Secured Swap Provider or, in the case of a Secured Rate Contract provided or arranged by GE Capital or an Affiliate of GE Capital, GE Capital.

(c) No amendment or waiver shall, unless signed by US Agent and Required US Lenders (or by US Agent with the consent of Required US Lenders) in addition to the Required Lenders (or by US Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders): (i) amend or waive compliance with the conditions precedent to the obligations of Lenders to make any US Revolving Loan (or of any US L/C Issuer to issue any Letter of Credit) in Section 2.2; (ii) waive any Default or Event of Default for the purpose of satisfying the conditions precedent to the obligations of US Lenders to make any US Revolving Loan (or of any US L/C Issuer to issue any Letter of Credit) in Section 2.2; (iii) amend or waive this subsection 9.1(c) or the definitions of the terms used in this subsection 9.1(c) insofar as the definitions affect the substance of this subsection 9.1(c); and (iv) change the definition of the term Required US Lenders.

(d) No amendment or waiver shall, unless signed by Canadian Agent and Required Canadian Lenders (or by Canadian Agent with the consent of Required Canadian Lenders) in addition to the Required Lenders (or by Canadian Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders): (i) amend or waive compliance with the conditions precedent to the obligations of Lenders to make any Canadian Revolving Loan (or of any Canadian L/C Issuer to issue any Letter of Credit) in Section 2.2; (ii) waive any Default or Event of Default for the purpose of satisfying the conditions precedent to the obligations of Canadian Lenders to make any Canadian Revolving Loan (or of any Canadian L/C Issuer to issue any Letter of Credit) in Section 2.2; (iii) amend or waive this subsection 9.1(d) or the definitions of the terms used in this subsection 9.1(d) insofar as the definitions affect the substance of this subsection 9.1(d); and (iv) change the definition of the term Required Canadian Lenders.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 9.1, (x) the Borrower may amend Schedules 3.19 and 3.21 upon notice to Agents, (y) each Agent may amend Schedule 1.1(b) to reflect Sales entered into pursuant to Section 9.9, and (z) Agents and the Borrowers may amend or modify this Agreement and any other Loan Document to (1) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency therein, or (2) grant a new Lien for the benefit of the Secured Parties, extend an existing Lien over additional property for the benefit of the Secured Parties or join additional Persons as Credit Parties.

 

87


9.2 Notices.

(a) Addresses . All notices and other communications required or expressly authorized to be made by this Agreement shall be given in writing, unless otherwise expressly specified herein, and (i) addressed to the address set forth on the applicable signature page hereto, (ii) posted to Intralinks ® (to the extent such system is available and set up by or at the direction of Agents prior to posting) in an appropriate location by uploading such notice, demand, request, direction or other communication to www.intralinks.com , faxing it to 866-545-6600 with an appropriate bar-code fax coversheet or using such other means of posting to Intralinks ® as may be available and reasonably acceptable to Agents prior to such posting, (iii) posted to any other E-System approved by or set up by or at the direction of an Agent or (iv) addressed to such other address as shall be notified in writing (A) in the case of the Borrowers, Agents and the Swingline Lenders, to the other parties hereto and (B) in the case of all other parties, to the Borrowers and Agents; provided, notices sent to the Borrowers of the existence of an Event of Default, the imposition of default interest, the election of Agents and/or Required Lenders to suspend the making of Revolving Loans and the issuance of Letters of Credit in accordance with Section 2.2 and the exercise by either Agent and/or Required Lenders of their respective enforcement rights and remedies hereunder shall not be provided solely via Intralinks ® . Transmissions made by electronic mail or E-Fax to an Agent shall be effective only (x) for notices where such transmission is specifically authorized by this Agreement, (y) if such transmission is delivered in compliance with procedures of such Agent applicable at the time and previously communicated to Borrowers, and (z) if receipt of such transmission is acknowledged by such Agent.

(b) Effectiveness . (i) All communications described in clause (a)  above and all other notices, demands, requests and other communications made in connection with this Agreement shall be effective and be deemed to have been received (i) if delivered by hand, upon personal delivery, (ii) if delivered by overnight courier service, one (1) Business Day after delivery to such courier service, (iii) if delivered by mail, when deposited in the mail, (iv) if delivered by facsimile (other than to post to an E-System pursuant to clause (a)(ii) or (a)(iii) above), upon sender’s receipt of confirmation of proper transmission, and (v) if delivered by posting to any E-System, on the later of the Business Day of such posting and the Business Day access to such posting is given to the recipient thereof in accordance with the standard procedures applicable to such E-System; provided , however , that no communications to an Agent pursuant to Article I shall be effective until received by such Agent.

(ii) The posting, completion and/or submission by any Credit Party of any communication pursuant to an E-System shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Credit Parties that any representation, warranty, certification or other similar statement required by the Loan Documents to be provided, given or made by a Credit Party in connection with any such communication is true, correct and complete except as expressly noted in such communication or E-System.

(c) Each Lender shall notify Agents in writing of any changes in the address to which notices to such Lender should be directed, of addresses of its Lending Office, of payment instructions in respect of all payments to be made to it hereunder and of such other administrative information as an Agent shall reasonably request.

 

88


9.3 Electronic Transmissions .

(a) Authorization . Subject to the provisions of subsection 9.2(a), each of Agents, Lenders, each Credit Party and each of their Related Persons, is authorized (but not required) to transmit, post or otherwise make or communicate, in its sole discretion, Electronic Transmissions in connection with any Loan Document and the transactions contemplated therein. Each Credit Party and each Secured Party hereto acknowledges and agrees that the use of Electronic Transmissions is not necessarily secure and that there are risks associated with such use, including risks of interception, disclosure and abuse and each indicates it assumes and accepts such risks by hereby authorizing the transmission of Electronic Transmissions.

(b) Signatures . Subject to the provisions of subsection 9.2(a), (i)(A) no posting to any E-System shall be denied legal effect merely because it is made electronically, (B) each E-Signature on any such posting shall be deemed sufficient to satisfy any requirement for a “signature” and (C) each such posting shall be deemed sufficient to satisfy any requirement for a “writing”, in each case including pursuant to any Loan Document, any applicable provision of any UCC, the PPSA, the Electronic Commerce Act, 2000 (Ontario), the federal Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act and any substantive or procedural Requirement of Law governing such subject matter, (ii) each such posting that is not readily capable of bearing either a signature or a reproduction of a signature may be signed, and shall be deemed signed, by attaching to, or logically associating with such posting, an E-Signature, upon which each Agent, each other Secured Party and each Credit Party may rely and assume the authenticity thereof, (iii) each such posting containing a signature, a reproduction of a signature or an E-Signature shall, for all intents and purposes, have the same effect and weight as a signed paper original and (iv) each party hereto or beneficiary hereto agrees not to contest the validity or enforceability of any posting on any E-System or E-Signature on any such posting under the provisions of any applicable Requirement of Law requiring certain documents to be in writing or signed; provided , however , that nothing herein shall limit such party’s or beneficiary’s right to contest whether any posting to any E-System or E-Signature has been altered after transmission.

(c) Separate Agreements . All uses of an E-System shall be governed by and subject to, in addition to Section 9.2 and this Section 9.3, the separate terms, conditions and privacy policy posted or referenced in such E-System (or such terms, conditions and privacy policy as may be updated from time to time, including on such E-System) and related Contractual Obligations executed by an Agent and Credit Parties in connection with the use of such E-System.

(d) LIMITATION OF LIABILITY . ALL E-SYSTEMS AND ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE”. NONE OF AGENTS, ANY LENDER OR ANY OF THEIR RELATED PERSONS WARRANTS THE ACCURACY, ADEQUACY OR COMPLETENESS OF ANY E-SYSTEMS OR ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION AND DISCLAIMS ALL LIABILITY FOR ERRORS OR OMISSIONS THEREIN. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND IS MADE BY AGENTS, ANY LENDER OR ANY OF THEIR RELATED PERSONS IN CONNECTION WITH ANY E-SYSTEMS OR ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD-PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS. Each of the Borrowers, each other Credit Party executing this Agreement and each

 

89


Secured Party agrees that no Agent has responsibility for maintaining or providing any equipment, software, services or any testing required in connection with any Electronic Transmission or otherwise required for any E-System.

9.4 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of an Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder, shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. No course of dealing between any Credit Party, any Affiliate of any Credit Party, an Agent or any Lender shall be effective to amend, modify or discharge any provision of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

9.5 Costs and Expenses . Any action taken by any Credit Party under or with respect to any Loan Document, even if required under any Loan Document or at the request of an Agent, Required Lenders, Required US Lenders or Required Canadian Lenders shall be at the expense of such Credit Party, and neither an Agent nor any other Secured Party shall be required under any Loan Document to reimburse any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party therefor except as expressly provided therein. In addition, the Borrowers agree to pay or reimburse upon demand (a) each Agent for all reasonable, documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by it or any of its Related Persons, in connection with the investigation, development, preparation, negotiation, syndication, execution or administration of, any modification of any term of or termination of, any Loan Document, any commitment or proposal letter therefor, any other document prepared in connection therewith or the consummation and administration of any transaction contemplated therein, in each case including Attorney Costs of Agents, the cost of environmental audits, Collateral audits and appraisals, background checks and similar expenses, to the extent permitted hereunder, (b) each Agent for all reasonable costs and out-of-pocket expenses incurred by it or any of its Related Persons in connection with internal audit reviews, field examinations and Collateral examinations (which shall be reimbursed, in addition to the reasonable, documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses of such examiners, at the per diem rate per individual charged by such Agent for its examiners) to the extent required by the terms hereof, (c) each of each Agent, its Related Persons, and L/C Issuer for all reasonable, documented costs and out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with (i) any refinancing or restructuring of the credit arrangements provided hereunder in the nature of a “work-out”, (ii) the enforcement or preservation of any right or remedy under any Loan Document, any Obligation, with respect to the Collateral or any other related right or remedy or (iii) the commencement, defense, conduct of, intervention in, or the taking of any other action with respect to, any proceeding (including any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding) related to any Credit Party, any Subsidiary of any Credit Party, Loan Document, Obligation or Related Transaction (or the response to and preparation for any subpoena or request for document production relating thereto), including Attorney Costs and (d) fees and disbursements of Attorney Costs of one law firm on behalf of all Lenders (other than Agent) incurred in connection with any of the matters referred to in clause (c) above.

 

90


9.6 Indemnity

(a) Each Credit Party agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend each Agent, each Lender, each L/C Issuer and each of their respective Related Persons (each such Person being an “Indemnitee”) from and against all Liabilities (including brokerage commissions, fees and other compensation) that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such Indemnitee in any matter relating to or arising out of, in connection with or as a result of (i) any Loan Document, any Related Agreement, any Obligation (or the repayment thereof), any Letter of Credit, the use or intended use of the proceeds of any Loan or the use of any Letter of Credit or any securities filing of, or with respect to, any Credit Party, (ii) any commitment letter, proposal letter or term sheet with any Person or any Contractual Obligation, arrangement or understanding with any broker, finder or consultant, in each case entered into by or on behalf of any Credit Party or any Affiliate of any of them in connection with any of the foregoing and any Contractual Obligation entered into in connection with any E-Systems or other Electronic Transmissions, (iii) any actual or prospective investigation, litigation or other proceeding, whether or not brought by any such Indemnitee or any of its Related Persons, any holders of securities or creditors (and including attorneys’ fees in any case), whether or not any such Indemnitee, Related Person, holder or creditor is a party thereto, and whether or not based on any securities or commercial law or regulation or any other Requirement of Law or theory thereof, including common law, equity, contract, tort or otherwise or (iv) any other act, event or transaction related, contemplated in or attendant to any of the foregoing (collectively, the “Indemnified Matters”); provided, however, that no Credit Party shall have any liability under this Section 9.6 to any Indemnitee with respect to any Indemnified Matter, and no Indemnitee shall have any liability with respect to any Indemnified Matter other than (to the extent otherwise liable), to the extent such liability has resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable judgment or order. Furthermore, each of the Borrowers and each other Credit Party executing this Agreement waives and agrees not to assert against any Indemnitee, and shall cause each other Credit Party to waive and not assert against any Indemnitee, any right of contribution with respect to any Liabilities that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any Related Person, to the extent such liability has resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable judgment or order.

(b) Without limiting the foregoing, “Indemnified Matters” includes all Environmental Liabilities, including those arising from, or otherwise involving, any property of any Credit Party or any Related Person of any Credit Party or any actual, alleged or prospective damage to property or natural resources or harm or injury alleged to have resulted from any Release of Hazardous Materials on, upon or into such property or natural resource or any property on or contiguous to any Real Estate of any Credit Party or any Related Person of any Credit Party, whether or not, with respect to any such Environmental Liabilities, any Indemnitee is a mortgagee pursuant to any leasehold mortgage, a mortgagee in possession, the successor-in-interest to any Credit Party or any Related Person of any Credit Party or the owner, lessee or operator of any property of any Related Person through any foreclosure action, in each case except to the extent such Environmental Liabilities (i) are incurred solely following foreclosure by Agent or following Agent or any Lender having become the successor-in-interest to any Credit Party or any Related Person of any Credit Party and (ii) are attributable solely to acts of such Indemnitee.

 

91


9.7 Marshaling; Payments Set Aside . No Secured Party shall be under any obligation to marshal any property in favor of any Credit Party or any other Person or against or in payment of any Obligation. To the extent that any Secured Party receives a payment from Borrower, from any other Credit Party, from the proceeds of the Collateral, from the exercise of its rights of setoff, any enforcement action or otherwise, and such payment is subsequently, in whole or in part, invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, then to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied, and all Liens, rights and remedies therefor, shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not occurred.

9.8 Successors and Assigns . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; provided that any assignment by any Lender shall be subject to the provisions of Section 9.9, and provided further that no Borrower may assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of each Agent and each Lender.

9.9 Assignments and Participations; Binding Effect .

(a) Binding Effect . This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by Holdings, the Borrowers, the other Credit Parties signatory hereto and Agents and when US Agent shall have been notified by each Lender that such Lender has executed it. Thereafter, it shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of, but only to the benefit of, Holdings, the Borrowers, the other Credit Parties hereto (in each case except for Article VIII), each Agent, each Lender and each L/C Issuer party hereto and, to the extent provided in Section 8.11, each other Secured Party and, in each case, their respective successors and permitted assigns. Except as expressly provided in any Loan Document (including in Section 8.9), none of Holdings, the Borrowers, any other Credit Party, any L/C Issuer or Agents shall have the right to assign any rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein.

(b) Right to Assign . Each Lender may sell, transfer, negotiate or assign (a “Sale”) all or a portion of its rights and obligations hereunder (including all or a portion of its Commitments and its rights and obligations with respect to Loans and Letters of Credit) to (i) any existing Lender (other than a Non-Funding Lender or Impacted Lender), (ii) any Affiliate or Approved Fund of any existing Lender (other than a Non-Funding Lender or Impacted Lender)or (iii) any other Person acceptable (which acceptance shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to Agents and each L/C Issuer that is a Lender and, as long as no Specified Event of Default is continuing, the Borrowers (which acceptances of L/C Issuer and the Borrowers shall be deemed to have been given unless an objection is delivered to US Agent within five (5) Business Days after notice of a proposed Sale is delivered to the Borrowers); provided , however , that (v) such Sales must be ratable among the obligations owing to and owed by such Lender (and its Affiliates and Approved Funds) with respect to US Revolving Loans and Canadian Revolving Loans (and the Commitments with respect thereto), (w) for each Loan, the aggregate outstanding principal amount (determined as of the effective date of the applicable Assignment) of the Loans, Commitments and Letter of Credit Obligations subject to any such Sale shall be in a minimum amount of $1,000,000 with respect to each of the US Revolving Loan Commitment and the Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment, unless such Sale is made to an existing Lender or an Affiliate or Approved Fund of any existing Lender, is of the assignor’s (together with its

 

92


Affiliates and Approved Funds) entire interest in such facility or is made with the prior consent of the Borrowers (to the extent Borrowers’ consent is otherwise required) and Agents, (x) interest accrued prior to and through the date of any such Sale may not be assigned, (y) such Sales by Lenders who are Non-Funding Lenders due to clause (a) of the definition of Non-Funding Lenders shall be subject to Agents’ prior written consent in all instances, unless in connection with such sale, such Non-Funding Lender cures, or causes the cure of, its Non-Funding Lender status as contemplated in subsection 1.11(e)(v) and (z) the Borrowers’ consent shall be required (and may be withheld in the Borrowers’ discretion notwithstanding the foregoing) with respect to an assignment to (I) any Person identified on the List of Identified Financial Institutions prepared by Borrowers and delivered to US Agent prior to the Closing Date (as such list is in effect on the Closing Date without any revision or update thereto not consented to in writing by US Agent in its sole discretion), which List of Identified Financial Institutions shall be provided to any Lender (or prospective Lender) upon such Lender’s (or prospective Lender’s) request and (II) a Person (A) who is set forth on the List of Competitors (which List of Competitors shall be provided to any Lender (or prospective Lender) upon such Lender’s (or prospective Lender’s) request) prepared by Borrowers and delivered to US Agent prior to the Closing Date (as such list may be updated not more than two (2) times during any twelve (12) consecutive month period; provided any new Person added to such list shall be reasonably determined by US Agent and Borrowers to be in direct competition with the business of the Borrowers as conducted on the date hereof) (each Person included on such List of Competitors, a “Competitor”), (B) a Person who owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the equity securities of a Competitor (such Person, a “Competitor Owner”), (C) a Person who is controlled by a Competitor Owner (for the purposes hereof, “control” being the power to direct or cause the direction of management and policies of a person, whether by contract or otherwise) or (D) a direct or indirect Subsidiary of a Competitor; provided, further, that the List of Identified Financial Institutions shall not be permitted to be updated more than one (1) time during any twelve (12) consecutive month period or, in any event, without the consent of US Agent. Neither any Agent nor any assigning Lender shall have any duty to inquire as to whether any prospective Lender is a Person described in the preceding clauses (I) or (II), nor shall any Agent or any assigning Lender incur any liability to any Credit Party or any other Person for consummating a Sale to a Person described in the preceding clauses (I) or (II), it being agreed to and understood that the applicable Assignment shall contain representations and warranties by the assignee Lender that it is not a Person described in the preceding clauses (I) or (II) and such assignee Lender shall be solely liable for any breach of such representation and warranty. An Agent’s refusal to accept a Sale to a Credit Party, an Affiliate of a Credit Party, a holder of Subordinated Indebtedness or an Affiliate of such a holder, or to a Person that would be a Non-Funding or an Impacted Lender, or the imposition of conditions or limitations (including limitations on voting) upon Sales to such Persons, shall not be deemed to be unreasonable .

(c) Procedure . The parties to each Sale made in reliance on clause (b) above (other than those described in clause (e) or (f) below) shall execute and deliver to the Appropriate Agent an Assignment via an electronic settlement system designated by Agents (or, if previously agreed with Agents, via a manual execution and delivery of the Assignment) evidencing such Sale, together with any existing Note subject to such Sale (or any affidavit of loss therefor acceptable to Agents), any tax forms required to be delivered pursuant to Section 10.1 and payment of an assignment fee in the amount of $3,500 to the Appropriate Agent, unless waived or reduced by such Agent; provided that (i) if a Sale by a Lender is made

 

93


to an Affiliate or an Approved Fund of such assigning Lender, then no assignment fee shall be due in connection with such Sale, and (ii) if a Sale by a Lender is made to an assignee that is not an Affiliate or Approved Fund of such assignor Lender, and concurrently to one or more Affiliates or Approved Funds of such Assignee, then only one assignment fee of $3,500 shall be due in connection with such Sale (unless waived or reduced by Agent). Upon receipt of all the foregoing, and conditioned upon such receipt and, if such Assignment is made in accordance with clause (iii) of subsection 9.9(b), upon Agents (and the Borrowers, if applicable) consenting to such Assignment, from and after the effective date specified in such Assignment, Agent shall record or cause to be recorded in the Register the information contained in such Assignment to the extent applicable.

(d) Effectiveness . Subject to the recording of an Assignment by US Agent in the Register pursuant to subsection 1.4(b) to the extent applicable, (i) the assignee thereunder shall become a party hereto and, to the extent that rights and obligations under the Loan Documents have been assigned to such assignee pursuant to such Assignment, shall have the rights and obligations of a Lender, (ii) any applicable Note shall be transferred to such assignee through such entry and (iii) the assignor thereunder shall, to the extent that rights and obligations under this Agreement have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment, relinquish its rights (except for those surviving the termination of the Commitments and the payment in full of the Obligations) and be released from its obligations under the Loan Documents, other than those relating to events or circumstances occurring prior to such assignment (and, in the case of an Assignment covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under the Loan Documents, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto).

(e) Grant of Security Interests . In addition to the other rights provided in this Section 9.9, each Lender may grant a security interest in, or otherwise assign as collateral, any of its rights under this Agreement, whether now owned or hereafter acquired (including rights to payments of principal or interest on the Loans), to (A) any federal reserve bank (pursuant to Regulation A of the Federal Reserve Board), without notice to Agent or (B) any holder of, or trustee for the benefit of the holders of, such Lender’s Indebtedness or equity securities, by notice to Agents; provided , however , that no such holder or trustee, whether because of such grant or assignment or any foreclosure thereon (unless such foreclosure is made through an assignment in accordance with clause (b) above), shall be entitled to any rights of such Lender hereunder and no such Lender shall be relieved of any of its obligations hereunder.

(f) Participants and SPVs . In addition to the other rights provided in this Section 9.9, each Lender may, (x) with notice to Agents, grant to an SPV the option to make all or any part of any Loan that such Lender would otherwise be required to make hereunder (and the exercise of such option by such SPV and the making of Loans pursuant thereto shall satisfy the obligation of such Lender to make such Loans hereunder) and such SPV may assign to such Lender the right to receive payment with respect to any Obligation and (y) without notice to or consent from Agents or the Borrowers, sell participations to one or more Persons in or to all or a portion of its rights and obligations under the Loan Documents (including all its rights and obligations with respect to the Revolving Loans and Letters of Credit); provided , however , that, whether as a result of any term of any Loan Document or of such grant or participation, (i) no such SPV or participant shall have a commitment, or be deemed to have made an offer to commit, to make Loans hereunder, and, except as provided in the applicable option agreement,

 

94


none shall be liable for any obligation of such Lender hereunder, (ii) such Lender’s rights and obligations, and the rights and obligations of the Credit Parties and the Secured Parties towards such Lender, under any Loan Document shall remain unchanged and each other party hereto shall continue to deal solely with such Lender, which shall remain the holder of the Obligations in the Register, except that (A) each such participant and SPV shall be entitled to the benefit of Article X, but, with respect to Section 10.1, only to the extent such participant or SPV delivers the tax forms such Lender is required to collect pursuant to subsection 10.1(f) and then only to the extent of any amount to which such Lender would be entitled in the absence of any such grant or participation and (B) each such SPV may receive other payments that would otherwise be made to such Lender with respect to Loans funded by such SPV to the extent provided in the applicable option agreement and set forth in a notice provided to Agent by such SPV and such Lender, provided , however , that in no case (including pursuant to clause (A) or (B) above) shall an SPV or participant have the right to enforce any of the terms of any Loan Document, and (iii) the consent of such SPV or participant shall not be required (either directly, as a restraint on such Lender’s ability to consent hereunder or otherwise) for any amendments, waivers or consents with respect to any Loan Document or to exercise or refrain from exercising any powers or rights such Lender may have under or in respect of the Loan Documents (including the right to enforce or direct enforcement of the Obligations), except for those described in clauses (ii) and (iii) of subsection 9.1(a) with respect to amounts, or dates fixed for payment of amounts, to which such participant or SPV would otherwise be entitled and, in the case of participants, except for those described in clause (vi) of subsection 9.1(a). No party hereto shall institute (and the Borrowers and Holdings shall cause each other Credit Party not to institute) against any SPV grantee of an option pursuant to this clause (f) any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, liquidation or similar proceeding, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding commercial paper of such SPV; provided, however, that each Lender having designated an SPV as such agrees to indemnify each Indemnitee against any Liability that may be incurred by, or asserted against, such Indemnitee as a result of failing to institute such proceeding (including a failure to get reimbursed by such SPV for any such Liability). The agreement in the preceding sentence shall survive the termination of the Commitments and the payment in full of the Obligations.

9.10 Non-Public Information; Confidentiality .

(a) Non-Public Information . Each Agent, each Lender and each L/C Issuer acknowledges and agrees that it may receive material non-public information (“MNPI”) hereunder concerning the Credit Parties and their Affiliates and agrees to use such information in compliance with all relevant policies, procedures and applicable Requirements of Laws (including United States federal and state securities laws and regulations).

(b) Confidential Information . Each Lender, each L/C Issuer and each Agent agrees to use all reasonable efforts to maintain, in accordance with its customary practices, the confidentiality of information obtained by it pursuant to any Loan Document and designated in writing by any Credit Party as confidential, except that such information may be disclosed (i) with the Borrowers’ consent, (ii) to Related Persons of such Lender, L/C Issuer or Agent, as the case may be, or to any Person that any L/C Issuer causes to issue Letters of Credit hereunder, that are advised of the confidential nature of such information and are instructed to keep such information confidential in accordance with the terms hereof, (iii) to the extent such information

 

95


presently is or hereafter becomes (A) publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 9.10 or (B) available to such Lender, L/C Issuer or Agent or any of their Related Persons, as the case may be, from a source (other than any Credit Party) not known by them to be subject to disclosure restrictions, (iv) to the extent disclosure is required by applicable Requirements of Law or other legal process or requested or demanded by any Governmental Authority, (v) to the extent necessary or customary for inclusion in league table measurements, (vi) (A) to the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any similar organization, any examiner or any nationally recognized rating agency or (B) otherwise to the extent consisting of general portfolio information that does not identify Credit Parties, (vii) to current or prospective assignees, SPVs (including the investors or prospective investors therein) or participants, direct or contractual counterparties to any Secured Rate Contracts and to their respective Related Persons, in each case to the extent such assignees, investors, participants, counterparties or Related Persons agree to be bound by provisions substantially similar to the provisions of this Section 9.10 (and such Person may disclose information to their respective Related Persons in accordance with clause (ii) above), (viii) to any other party hereto, and (ix) in connection with the exercise or enforcement of any right or remedy under any Loan Document, in connection with any litigation or other proceeding to which such Lender, L/C Issuer or Agent or any of their Related Persons is a party or bound, or to the extent necessary to respond to public statements or disclosures by Credit Parties or their Related Persons referring to a Lender, L/C Issuer or Agent or any of their Related Persons. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Section 9.10 and those of any other Contractual Obligation entered into with any Credit Party (whether or not a Loan Document), the terms of this Section 9.10 shall govern.

(c) Tombstones . Each Credit Party consents to the publication by Agents or any Lender of advertising material relating to the financing transactions contemplated by this Agreement using a Borrower’s or any other Credit Party’s name, product photographs, logo or trademark. An Agent or such Lender shall provide a draft of any advertising material to Borrowers within a reasonable period of time prior to publication for review and consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) prior to the publication thereof.

(d) Press Release and Related Matters . No Credit Party shall, and no Credit Party shall permit any of its Affiliates to, issue any press release or other public disclosure (other than any document filed with any Governmental Authority relating to a public offering of securities of any Credit Party) using the name, logo or otherwise referring to GE Capital, GE Canada or of any of their Affiliates, the Loan Documents or any transaction contemplated therein to which Agent is party without the prior consent of GE Capital or GE Canada, as applicable, except to the extent required to do so under applicable Requirements of Law and then, only after consulting with GE Capital or GE Canada, as applicable.

(e) Distribution of Materials to Lenders and L/C Issuers . The Credit Parties acknowledge and agree that the Loan Documents and all reports, notices, communications and other information or materials provided or delivered by, or on behalf of, the Credit Parties hereunder (collectively, the “Borrower Materials”) may be disseminated by, or on behalf of, Agents, and made available, to the Lenders and the L/C Issuers by posting such Borrower Materials on an E-System. The Credit Parties authorize Agents to download copies of their logos from its website and post copies thereof on an E-System.

 

96


(f) Material Non-Public Information . The Credit Parties hereby agree that if either they, any parent company or any Subsidiary of the Credit Parties has publicly traded equity or debt securities in the United States, they shall (and shall cause such parent company or Subsidiary, as the case may be, to) (i) identify in writing, and (ii) to the extent reasonably practicable, clearly and conspicuously mark such Borrower Materials that contain only information that is publicly available or that is not material for purposes of United States federal and state securities laws as “PUBLIC”. The Credit Parties agree that by identifying such Borrower Materials as “PUBLIC” or publicly filing such Borrower Materials with the Securities and Exchange Commission, then Agents, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers shall be entitled to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any MNPI for purposes of United States federal and state securities laws. The Credit Parties further represent, warrant, acknowledge and agree that the following documents and materials shall be deemed to be PUBLIC, whether or not so marked, and do not contain any MNPI: (A) the Loan Documents, including the schedules and exhibits attached thereto, and (B) administrative materials of a customary nature prepared by the Credit Parties or Agents (including, Notices of Borrowing, Notices of Conversion/Continuation, L/C Requests, Swingline requests and any similar requests or notices posted on or through an E-System). Before distribution of any Borrower Materials, the Credit Parties agree to execute and deliver to Agent a letter authorizing distribution of the evaluation materials to prospective Lenders and their employees willing to receive MNPI, and a separate letter authorizing distribution of evaluation materials that do not contain MNPI and represent that no MNPI is contained therein.

9.11 Set-off; Sharing of Payments.

(a) Right of Setoff . Each of each Agent, each Lender, each L/C Issuer and each Affiliate (including each branch office thereof) of any of them is hereby authorized, without notice or demand (each of which is hereby waived by each Credit Party), at any time and from time to time during the continuance of any Event of Default and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (whether general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other Indebtedness, claims or other obligations at any time owing by such Agent, such Lender, such L/C Issuer or any of their respective Affiliates to or for the credit or the account of a Borrower or any other Credit Party against any Obligation of any Credit Party now or hereafter existing, whether or not any demand was made under any Loan Document with respect to such Obligation and even though such Obligation may be unmatured. No Lender or L/C Issuer shall exercise any such right of setoff without the prior consent of Agents or Required Lenders. Each of each Agent, each Lender and each L/C Issuer agrees promptly to notify the Borrowers and Agents after any such setoff and application made by such Lender or its Affiliates; provided, however, that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights under this Section 9.11 are in addition to any other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that Agents, the Lenders, the L/C Issuer, their Affiliates and the other Secured Parties, may have.

(b) Sharing of Payments, Etc . If any Lender, directly or through an Affiliate or branch office thereof, obtains any payment of any Obligation of any Credit Party (whether voluntary, involuntary or through the exercise of any right of setoff or the receipt of any Collateral or “proceeds” (as defined under the applicable UCC) of Collateral) other than pursuant to Section 9.9 or Article X and such payment exceeds the amount such Lender would have been

 

97


entitled to receive if all payments had gone to, and been distributed by, Agents in accordance with the provisions of the Loan Documents, such Lender shall purchase for cash from other Lenders such participations in their Obligations as necessary for such Lender to share such excess payment with such Lenders to ensure such payment is applied as though it had been received by Agents and applied in accordance with this Agreement (or, if such application would then be at the discretion of the Borrowers, applied to repay the Obligations in accordance herewith); provided, however, that (a) if such payment is rescinded or otherwise recovered from such Lender or L/C Issuer in whole or in part, such purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price therefor shall be returned to such Lender or L/C Issuer without interest and (b) such Lender shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, be able to exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of setoff) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the applicable Credit Party in the amount of such participation. If a Non-Funding Lender receives any such payment as described in the previous sentence, such Lender shall turn over such payments to the Appropriate Agent in an amount that would satisfy the cash collateral requirements set forth in subsection 1.11(e).

9.12 Counterparts; Facsimile Signature . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission or Electronic Transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

9.13 Severability . The illegality or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement or any instrument or agreement required hereunder shall not in any way affect or impair the legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement or any instrument or agreement required hereunder.

9.14 Captions . The captions and headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

9.15 Independence of Provisions . The parties hereto acknowledge that this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may use several different limitations, tests or measurements to regulate the same or similar matters, and that such limitations, tests and measurements are cumulative and must each be performed, except as expressly stated to the contrary in this Agreement.

9.16 Interpretation . This Agreement is the result of negotiations among and has been reviewed by counsel to Credit Parties, Agents, each Lender and other parties hereto, and is the product of all parties hereto. Accordingly, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be construed against the Lenders or Agents merely because of Agents’ or Lenders’ involvement in the preparation of such documents and agreements. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each of the parties hereto has had the advice of counsel with respect to Sections 9.18 and 9.19.

 

98


9.17 No Third Parties Benefited . This Agreement is made and entered into for the sole protection and legal benefit of the Borrowers, the Lenders, the L/C Issuers party hereto , Agents and, subject to the provisions of Section 8.11, each other Secured Party, and their permitted successors and assigns, and no other Person shall be a direct or indirect legal beneficiary of, or have any direct or indirect cause of action or claim in connection with, this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents. None of the Agents or any Lender shall have any obligation to any Person not a party to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

9.18 Governing Law and Jurisdiction .

(a) Governing Law . The laws of the State of Illinois shall govern all matters arising out of, in connection with or relating to this Agreement, including, without limitation, its validity, interpretation, construction, performance and enforcement.

(b) Submission to Jurisdiction . Any legal action or proceeding with respect to any Loan Document shall be brought exclusively in the courts of the State of Illinois, City of Chicago, Illinois, or of the United States of America sitting in Chicago, Illinois and, by execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Borrowers and each other Credit Party executing this Agreement hereby accepts for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, the jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts; provided that nothing in this Agreement shall limit the right of Agents to commence any proceeding in the federal or state courts of any other jurisdiction to the extent an Agent determines that such action is necessary or appropriate to exercise its rights or remedies under the Loan Documents. The parties hereto (and, to the extent set forth in any other Loan Document, each other Credit Party) hereby irrevocably waive any objection, including any objection to the laying of venue or based on the grounds of forum non conveniens, that any of them may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any such action or proceeding in such jurisdictions.

(c) Service of Process . Each Credit Party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and other documents and other service of process of any kind and consents to such service in any suit, action or proceeding brought in the United States of America with respect to or otherwise arising out of or in connection with any Loan Document by any means permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, including by the mailing thereof (by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid) to the address of the Borrowers specified herein (and shall be effective when such mailing shall be effective, as provided therein). Each Credit Party agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.

(d) Non-Exclusive Jurisdiction . Nothing contained in this Section 9.18 shall affect the right of an Agent or any Lender to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable Requirements of Law or commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against any Credit Party in any other jurisdiction.

9.19 Waiver of Jury Trial . THE PARTIES HERETO, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF, IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING TO, THIS

 

99


AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND ANY OTHER TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY. THIS WAIVER APPLIES TO ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING WHETHER SOUNDING IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE.

9.20 Entire Agreement; Release; Survival .

(a) THE LOAN DOCUMENTS EMBODY THE ENTIRE AGREEMENT OF THE PARTIES AND SUPERSEDE ALL PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND UNDERSTANDINGS RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER THEREOF AND ANY PRIOR LETTER OF INTEREST, COMMITMENT LETTER, CONFIDENTIALITY AND SIMILAR AGREEMENTS INVOLVING ANY CREDIT PARTY AND ANY LENDER OR ANY L/C ISSUER OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES RELATING TO A FINANCING OF SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR FORM, PURPOSE OR EFFECT OTHER THAN THE FEE LETTER. IN THE EVENT OF ANY CONFLICT BETWEEN THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT SHALL GOVERN (UNLESS SUCH TERMS OF SUCH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS ARE NECESSARY TO COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF LAW, IN WHICH CASE SUCH TERMS SHALL GOVERN TO THE EXTENT NECESSARY TO COMPLY THEREWITH).

(b) Execution of this Agreement by the Credit Parties constitutes a full, complete and irrevocable release of any and all claims which each Credit Party may have at law or in equity in respect of all prior discussions and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. In no event shall any Indemnitee be liable on any theory of liability for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (including any loss of profits, business or anticipated savings). Each of the Borrowers and each other Credit Party signatory hereto hereby waives, releases and agrees (and shall cause each other Credit Party to waive, release and agree) not to sue upon any such claim for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages, whether or not accrued and whether or not known or suspected to exist in its favor.

(c)(i) Any indemnification or other protection provided to any Indemnitee pursuant to this Section 9.20, Sections 9.5 (Costs and Expenses), and 9.6 (Indemnity), and Articles (VIII) Agent and X (Taxes, Yield Protection and Illegality), and (ii) the provisions of Section 8.1 of the Guaranty and Security Agreement, in each case, shall (x) survive the termination of the Commitments and the payment in full of all other Obligations and (y) with respect to clause (i) above, inure to the benefit of any Person that at any time held a right thereunder (as an Indemnitee or otherwise) and, thereafter, its successors and permitted assigns.

9.21 Patriot Act . Each Lender that is subject to the Patriot Act and Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act (Canada) hereby notifies the Credit Parties that pursuant to the requirements of such laws, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Credit Party, which information includes the name and address of each Credit Party and other information that will allow such Lender to identify each Credit Party in accordance with each such Act.

 

100


9.22 Replacement of Lender . Within forty-five days after: (i) receipt by the a Borrower of written notice and demand from any Lender (an “Affected Lender”) for payment of additional costs as provided in Sections 10.1, 10.3 and/or 10.6; or (ii) any failure by any Lender (other than an Agent or an Affiliate of an Agent) to consent to a requested amendment, waiver or modification to any Loan Document in which Required Lenders have already consented to such amendment, waiver or modification but the consent of each Lender (or each Lender directly affected thereby, as applicable) is required with respect thereto, such Borrower may, at its option, notify Agents and such Affected Lender (or such non-consenting Lender) of such Borrower’s intention to obtain, at such Borrower’s expense, a replacement Lender (“Replacement Lender”) for such Affected Lender (or such non-consenting Lender), which Replacement Lender shall be reasonably satisfactory to Agents. In the event such Borrower obtains a Replacement Lender within forty-five (45) days following notice of its intention to do so, the Affected Lender (or such non-consenting Lender) shall sell and assign its Loans and Commitments to such Replacement Lender, at par, provided that such Borrower has reimbursed such Affected Lender for its increased costs for which it is entitled to reimbursement under this Agreement through the date of such sale and assignment. In the event that a replaced Lender does not execute an Assignment pursuant to Section 9.9 within five (5) Business Days after receipt by such replaced Lender of notice of replacement pursuant to this Section 9.22 and presentation to such replaced Lender of an Assignment evidencing an assignment pursuant to this Section 9.22, such Borrower shall be entitled (but not obligated) to execute such an Assignment on behalf of such replaced Lender, and any such Assignment so executed by such Borrower, the Replacement Lender and the Appropriate Agent, shall be effective for purposes of this Section 9.22 and Section 9.9. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to a Lender that is a Non-Funding Lender or an Impacted Lender, an Agent or a Borrower may, but shall not be obligated to, obtain a Replacement Lender and execute an Assignment on behalf of such Non-Funding Lender or Impacted Lender at any time with three (3) Business’ Days prior notice to such Lender or an Impacted Lender (unless notice is not practicable under the circumstances) and cause such Lender’s Loans and Commitments to be sold and assigned, in whole or in part, at par; provided, such Replacement Lender identified by a Borrower shall be reasonably acceptable to the Agents. Upon any such assignment and payment and compliance with the other provisions of Section 9.9, such replaced Lender shall no longer constitute a “Lender” for purposes hereof; provided, any rights of such replaced Lender to indemnification hereunder shall survive.

9.23 Joint and Several . The obligations of (a) the Credit Parties hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are joint and several with respect to such Credit Parties in accordance and to the extent set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents and (b) the Canadian Credit Parties are joint and several with respect to such Credit Parties in accordance and to the extent set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, reference is hereby made to Article II of the Guaranty and Security Agreement, to which the obligations of Borrower and the other Credit Parties are subject.

9.24 Creditor-Debtor Relationship . The relationship between each Agent, each Lender and the L/C Issuer, on the one hand, and the Credit Parties, on the other hand, is solely that of creditor and debtor. No Secured Party has any fiduciary relationship or duty to any Credit Party arising out of or in connection with, and there is no agency, tenancy or joint venture relationship between the Secured Parties and the Credit Parties by virtue of, any Loan Document or any transaction contemplated therein.

 

101


9.25 Risk Participation .

(a) Prior to the occurrence of a Reallocation Event, all payments of principal, accrued interest and fees, including all optional and mandatory prepayments of principal made pursuant to Section 1.7 and 1.8 of this Agreement, shall be applied in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (other than this Section 9.25).

(b) On the date of a Reallocation Event, the Lenders shall automatically be deemed to have purchased and sold (without any obligation to advance funds), effective as of the date of such Reallocation Event, sufficient participations in the other Loans so that, as a result of such purchases and sales, all of the Lenders of each Loan will hold an interest in each of the Revolving Loans in proportion to their respective Reallocation Percentages.

(c) After the occurrence of a Reallocation Event, subject to subsection 1.10(c), all payments made with respect to the Loans and proceeds of Collateral securing the Loans shall be applied by the Agents to each Loan and distributed by the Agents to all of the Lenders in accordance with their respective Reallocation Percentages (it being understood that neither payments made by the Canadian Borrower nor proceeds of the Canadian Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiary’s shall be applied to the US Loans; it being understood and agreed, however, that in the case of any such Foreign Subsidiary all of the outstanding voting equity interest of which are owned by a Credit Party that is incorporated or otherwise organized under the laws of a State of the United States of America, payments with respect to or proceeds of 65% of such Subsidiary’s outstanding voting equity interest and 100% of such Foreign Subsidiary’s outstanding non-voting equity interest may be applied to the US Loans).

(d) Each Lender holding a participation acquired pursuant to this Section 9.25 shall be deemed to be a holder of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement.

(e) Each Lender’s obligations to purchase participations or to make post-Reallocation Event advances under this Agreement are, subject to all applicable laws, absolute and unconditional, shall be made without setoff, counterclaim or deduction of any kind, and shall not be subject to the defense of commercial frustration or failure of performance by any Credit Party or any so-called suretyship or similar equitable or legal discharges or defenses, including, without limitation, (i) the financial condition of any Credit Party at any time, (ii) the insolvency or bankruptcy of any Credit Party or the inability of any Credit Party to pay its debts as they accrue, (iii) the discharge of any obligations of any Credit Party in any bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding, (iv) the invalidity of any documents evidencing or securing any obligations of any Credit Party under any of the Loan Documents, (v) any action or inaction of any Agent or any other Lenders under any of the Loan Documents, including the release or other disposition of Collateral or lack of diligence in collection or realization for any obligations of any Credit Party, (vi) the dissolution or non-existence of any Credit Party as a legal entity, (vii) any amendment, renewal or extension in respect of any of the Loan Documents, (viii) the adequacy of the Collateral to satisfy all or any of the Obligations, (ix) the loss or non-existence of any subrogation rights on behalf of any Lender, or (x) any fraud or misappropriation of funds or property by or on behalf of any Credit Party.

 

102


(f) All purchases of participations pursuant to this Section 9.25 shall be without recourse or warranty of any kind or nature to the Lenders selling such participations, other than warranties of title and non-encumbrance with respect to the participations being purchased and sold. For the avoidance of doubt in respect of any participation transferred under this Section 9.25, subject to clause (d) of this Section 9.25, the transferor of such participation shall, for purposes of this Agreement, remain the Lender of record.

(g) The Credit Parties shall have no obligations under this Section 9.25.

ARTICLE X -

TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

10.1 Taxes .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10.1, each payment by any Credit Party under any Loan Document shall be made free and clear of all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings and all liabilities with respect thereto (and without deduction for any of them) (collectively, but excluding the taxes set forth in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) below, the “Taxes”) other than for (i) taxes measured by net income (including branch profits taxes) and franchise taxes imposed in lieu of net income taxes, in each case imposed on any Secured Party as a result of a present or former connection between such Secured Party and the jurisdiction of the Governmental Authority imposing such tax or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein (other than such connection arising solely from any Secured Party having executed, delivered or performed its obligations or received a payment under, or enforced, any Loan Document), (ii) taxes that are directly attributable to the failure (other than, as a result of a change in any Requirement of Law) by any Secured Party to deliver the documentation required to be delivered pursuant to clause (f) below, or (iii) any taxes imposed as a result of the failure (other than, as a result of a change in any Requirement of Law) of any Non-U.S. Lender Party to satisfy the information gathering and reporting requirements as set forth in sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code.

(b) If any Taxes shall be required by law to be deducted from or in respect of any amount payable under any Loan Document to any Secured Party (i) such amount shall be increased as necessary to ensure that, after all required deductions for Taxes are made (including deductions applicable to any increases to any amount under this Section 10.1), such Secured Party receives the amount it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the relevant Credit Party shall make such deductions, (iii) the relevant Credit Party shall timely pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxing authority or other authority in accordance with applicable Requirements of Law and (iv) within 30 days after such payment is made, the relevant Credit Party shall deliver to the Appropriate Agent an original or certified copy of a receipt evidencing such payment; provided, however, that no such increase shall be made with respect to, and no Credit Party shall be required to indemnify any Secured Party pursuant to clause (d) below for, withholding taxes to the extent that the obligation to withhold amounts existed on the date that such Person became a ‘Secured Party” under this Agreement in the capacity under which such Person makes a claim under this clause (b), except in each case to the extent such

 

103


Person is a direct or indirect assignee (other than pursuant to Section 9.22) of any other Secured Party and to the extent such Secured Party was entitled, at the time the assignment to such Person became effective, to receive additional amounts under this clause (b).

(c) In addition, the Borrowers agree to pay, and authorize each Agent to pay in their name, any stamp, documentary, excise or property tax, charges or similar levies imposed by any applicable Requirement of Law or Governmental Authority and all Liabilities with respect thereto (including by reason of any delay in payment thereof), in each case arising from the execution, delivery or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document or any transaction contemplated therein (collectively, “Other Taxes”). The Swingline Lenders may, without any need for notice, demand or consent from the Borrowers, by making funds available to the Appropriate Agent in the amount equal to any such payment, make a Swing Loan to the applicable Borrower in such amount, the proceeds of which shall be used by such Agent in whole to make such payment. Within 30 days after the date of any payment of Taxes or Other Taxes by any Credit Party, the Borrowers shall furnish to Agents, at its address referred to in Section 9.2, the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof.

(d) The Borrowers shall reimburse and indemnify, within 30 days after receipt of demand therefor (with copy to Agents), each Secured Party for all Taxes and Other Taxes (including any Taxes and Other Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section 10.1) paid by such Secured Party and any Liabilities arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally asserted. A certificate of the Secured Party (or of an Agent on behalf of such Secured Party) claiming any compensation under this clause (d), setting forth the amounts to be paid thereunder and delivered to the Borrowers with copy to Agents, shall be conclusive, binding and final for all purposes, absent manifest error. In determining such amount, such Agent and such Secured Party may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.

(e) Any Lender claiming any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section 10.1 shall use its reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal policies and Requirements of Law) to change the jurisdiction of its lending office if such a change would reduce any such additional amounts (or any similar amount that may thereafter accrue) and would not, in the sole determination of such Lender, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender.

(f)(i) Each Non-U.S. Lender Party that, at any of the following times, is entitled to an exemption from United States withholding tax or, after a change in any Requirement of Law, is subject to such withholding tax at a reduced rate under an applicable tax treaty, shall (w) on or prior to the date such Non-U.S. Lender Party becomes a “Non-U.S. Lender Party” hereunder, (x) on or prior to the date on which any such form or certification expires or becomes obsolete, (y) after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form or certification previously delivered by it pursuant to this clause (i) and (z) from time to time if requested by the US Borrower or US Agent (or, in the case of a participant or SPV, the relevant Lender), provide US Agent and the US Borrower (or, in the case of a participant or SPV, the relevant Lender) with two completed originals of each of the following, as applicable: (A) Forms W-8ECI (claiming exemption from U.S. withholding tax because the income is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business), W-8BEN (claiming exemption from, or a

 

104


reduction of, U.S. withholding tax under an income tax treaty) and/or W-8IMY or any successor forms, (B) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender Party claiming exemption under Sections 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code, Form W-8BEN (claiming exemption from U.S. withholding tax under the portfolio interest exemption) or any successor form and a certificate in form and substance acceptable to US Agent that such Non-U.S. Lender Party is not (1) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (2) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code or (3) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code or (C) any other applicable document prescribed by the IRS certifying as to the entitlement of such Non-U.S. Lender Party to such exemption from United States withholding tax or reduced rate with respect to all payments to be made to such Non-U.S. Lender Party under the Loan Documents. Unless the Borrowers and Agents have received forms or other documents satisfactory to them indicating that payments under any Loan Document to or for a Non-U.S. Lender Party are not subject to United States withholding tax or are subject to such tax at a rate reduced by an applicable tax treaty, the Credit Parties and Agents shall withhold amounts required to be withheld by applicable Requirements of Law from such payments at the applicable statutory rate.

(ii) Each U.S. Lender Party shall (A) on or prior to the date such U.S. Lender Party becomes a “U.S. Lender Party” hereunder, (B) on or prior to the date on which any such form or certification expires or becomes obsolete, (C) after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form or certification previously delivered by it pursuant to this clause (f) and (D) from time to time if requested by the US Borrower or an Agent (or, in the case of a participant or SPV, the relevant Lender), provide Agents and the Borrowers (or, in the case of a participant or SPV, the relevant Lender) with two completed originals of Form W-9 (certifying that such U.S. Lender Party is entitled to an exemption from U.S. backup withholding tax) or any successor form.

(iii) Each Lender having sold a participation in any of its Obligations or identified an SPV as such to the Appropriate Agent shall collect from such participant or SPV the documents described in this clause (f) and provide them to Appropriate Agent.

(g) If an Agent or any Lender receives a refund of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrowers or with respect to which the Borrowers have paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 10.1 and provided no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, such Agent or such Lender, as applicable, shall pay to the applicable Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrowers under this section with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental authority with respect to such refund); provided , the Borrowers, upon the request of an Agent or such Lender, shall repay the amount paid over to the Borrowers (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Appropriate Agent or such Lender in the event such Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This paragraph shall not be construed to require the Agents or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes which it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person.

 

105


10.2 Illegality . If after the date hereof any Lender shall determine that the introduction of any Requirement of Law, or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or administration thereof, has made it unlawful, or that any central bank or other Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its Lending Office to make LIBOR Rate Loans, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the US Borrower through US Agent, the obligation of that Lender to make LIBOR Rate Loans shall be suspended until such Lender shall have notified US Agent and the US Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exists.

(a) Subject to clause (c) below, if any Lender shall determine that it is unlawful to maintain any LIBOR Rate Loan, the US Borrower shall prepay in full all LIBOR Rate Loans of such Lender then outstanding, together with interest accrued thereon, either on the last day of the Interest Period thereof if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such LIBOR Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such LIBOR Rate Loans, together with any amounts required to be paid in connection therewith pursuant to Section 10.4.

(b) If the obligation of any Lender to make or maintain LIBOR Rate Loans has been terminated, the US Borrower may elect, by giving notice to such Lender through US Agent that all Loans which would otherwise be made by any such Lender as LIBOR Rate Loans shall be instead Base Rate Loans.

(c) Before giving any notice to US Agent pursuant to this Section 10.2, the affected Lender shall designate a different Lending Office with respect to its LIBOR Rate Loans if such designation will avoid the need for giving such notice or making such demand and will not, in the judgment of the Lender, be illegal or otherwise disadvantageous to the Lender.

10.3 Increased Costs and Reduction of Return .

(a) If any Lender or L/C Issuer shall determine that, due to either (i) the introduction of, or any change in, or in the interpretation of, any law or regulation or (ii) the compliance with any guideline or request from any central bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law), in the case of either clause (i) or (ii) subsequent to the date hereof, there shall be any increase in the cost to such Lender or L/C Issuer of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining any LIBOR Rate Loans or of issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit, then the Borrowers shall be liable for, and shall from time to time, within thirty (30) days of demand therefor by such Lender or L/C Issuer (with a copy of such demand to Agents), pay to the Appropriate Agent for the account of such Lender or L/C Issuer, additional amounts as are sufficient to compensate such Lender or L/C Issuer for such increased costs; provided, that the Borrowers shall not be required to compensate any Lender or L/C Issuer pursuant to this subsection 10.3(a) for any increased costs incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender or L/C Issuer notifies the Borrowers, in writing of the increased costs and of such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s intention to claim compensation thereof; provided, further, that if the circumstance giving rise to such increased costs is retroactive, then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

 

106


(b) If any Lender or L/C Issuer shall have determined that:

(i) the introduction of any Capital Adequacy Regulation;

(ii) any change in any Capital Adequacy Regulation;

(iii) any change in the interpretation or administration of any Capital Adequacy Regulation by any central bank or other Governmental Authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof; or

(iv) compliance by such Lender or L/C Issuer (or its Lending Office) or any entity controlling the Lender or L/C Issuer, with any Capital Adequacy Regulation;

affects the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by such Lender or L/C Issuer or any entity controlling such Lender or L/C Issuer and (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such entities’ policies with respect to capital adequacy and such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s desired return on capital) determines that the amount of such capital is increased as a consequence of its Commitment(s), loans, credits or obligations under this Agreement, then, within thirty (30) days of demand of such Lender or L/C Issuer (with a copy to Agents), the Borrowers shall pay to such Lender or L/C Issuer, from time to time as specified by such Lender or L/C Issuer, additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Lender or L/C Issuer (or the entity controlling the Lender or L/C Issuer) for such increase; provided, that the Borrowers shall not be required to compensate any Lender or L/C Issuer pursuant to this subsection 10.3(b) for any amounts incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender or L/C Issuer notifies the Borrowers, in writing of the amounts and of such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s intention to claim compensation thereof; provided, further, that if the event giving rise to such increase is retroactive, then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

10.4 Funding Losses . The Borrowers agree to reimburse each Lender and to hold each Lender harmless from any loss or expense which such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of:

(a) the failure of a Borrower to make any payment or mandatory prepayment of principal of any LIBOR Rate Loan or BA Rate Loan (including payments made after any acceleration thereof);

(b) the failure of a Borrower to borrow, continue or convert a Loan after a Borrower has given (or is deemed to have given) a Notice of Borrowing or a Notice of Conversion/Continuation;

(c) the failure of the Borrower to make any prepayment after the Borrower has given a notice in accordance with Section 1.7;

(d) the prepayment (including pursuant to Section 1.8) of a LIBOR Rate Loan on a day which is not the last day of the Interest Period with respect thereto, or a BA Rate Loan on a day which is not the last day of the BA Period with respect thereto; or

 

107


(e) the conversion pursuant to Section 1.6 of any LIBOR Rate Loan to a Base Rate Loan, or of any BA Rate Loan to a Canadian Prime Rate Loan, on a day that is not the last day of the applicable Interest Period or BA Period, as applicable;

including any such loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain its LIBOR Rate Loans hereunder or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained; provided that, with respect to the expenses described in clauses (d) and (e) above, such Lender shall have notified Agent of any such expense within two (2) Business Days of the date on which such expense was incurred. Solely for purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrower to the Lenders under this Section 10.4 and under subsection 10.3(a): each LIBOR Rate Loan made by a Lender (and each related reserve, special deposit or similar requirement) shall be conclusively deemed to have been funded at the LIBOR used in determining the interest rate for such LIBOR Rate Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the interbank Eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such LIBOR Rate Loan is in fact so funded.

10.5 Inability to Determine Rates . If US Agent shall have determined in good faith that for any reason adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the LIBOR for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed LIBOR Rate Loan or that the LIBOR applicable pursuant to subsection 1.3(a) for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed LIBOR Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to the Lenders of funding or maintaining such Loan, US Agent will forthwith give notice of such determination to the US Borrower and each US Lender. Thereafter, the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain LIBOR Rate Loans hereunder shall be suspended until US Agent revokes such notice in writing. Upon receipt of such notice, the US Borrower may revoke any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation then submitted by it. If the US Borrower does not revoke such notice, the Lenders shall make, convert or continue the Loans, as proposed by the US Borrower, in the amount specified in the applicable notice submitted by the US Borrower, but such Loans shall be made, converted or continued as Base Rate Loans.

10.6 Reserves on LIBOR Rate Loans . The Borrowers shall pay to each Lender, as long as such Lender shall be required under regulations of the Federal Reserve Board to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits (currently known as “Eurocurrency liabilities”), additional costs on the unpaid principal amount of each LIBOR Rate Loan equal to actual costs of such reserves allocated to such Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error), payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan provided the Borrower shall have received at least fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice (with a copy to US Agent) of such additional interest from the Lender. If a Lender fails to give notice fifteen (15) days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest shall be payable fifteen (15) days from receipt of such notice.

10.7 Certificates of Lenders . Any Lender claiming reimbursement or compensation pursuant to this Article X shall deliver to the applicable Borrower (with a copy to the Appropriate Agent) a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the amount payable to such Lender hereunder and such certificate shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers in the absence of manifest error.

 

108


ARTICLE XI -

DEFINITIONS

11.1 Defined Terms . The following terms are defined in the Sections or subsections referenced opposite such terms:

 

“Affected Lender”    9.22
“Aggregate Excess Funding Amount”    1.1(c)
“Borrower”    Preamble
“Borrower Materials”    9.10(d)
“Borrowing Base”    Exhibit 11.1(b)
“Canadian Borrower”    Preamble
“Canadian Borrowing Base”    1.1(b)
“Canadian L/C Reimbursement Agreement”    1.1(e)
“Canadian L/C Reimbursement Date”    1.1(e)
“Canadian Lender”    Preamble
“Canadian Revolving Loan”    1.1(b)
“Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment”    1.1(b)
“Canadian Swing Loan”    1.1(f)
“Capital Expenditures    Exhibit 4.2(b)
“EBITDA”    Exhibit 4.2(b)
“Event of Default”    7.1
“Fee Letter”    1.9(a)
“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”    Exhibit 4.2(b
“Holdings”    Recitals
“Indemnified Matters”    9.6
“Indemnitee”    9.6
“Interest Coverage Ratio”    Exhibit 4.2(b)
“Interest Expense”    Exhibit 4.2(b)
“Investments”    5.4
“L/C Request”    1.1(c)
“L/C Sublimit”    1.1(c)
“Lender”    Preamble
“Letter of Credit Fee”    1.9(c)
“Leverage Ratio”    Exhibit 4.2(b)
“Management Advisor”    5.7(d)
“Maximum Lawful Rate”    1.3(d)
“Maximum Canadian Revolving Loan Balance”    1.1(b)
“Maximum US Revolving Loan Balance    1.1(b)
“MNPI”    9.10(a)
“Notice of Conversion/Continuation”    1.6(a)
“Other Taxes”    10.1(b)
“Permitted Liens”    5.1
“Register”    1.4(b)
“Restricted Payments”    5.11

 

109


“Replacement Lender”    9.22
“Revolving Loan Commitment”    1.1(b)
“Revolving Loan”    1.1(b)
“Sale”    9.9(a)
“Settlement Date”    1.11(b)
“Swingline Request”    1.1(c)
“Taxes”    10.1(a)
“Unused Commitment Fee”    1.9(b)
“US Borrower”    Preamble
“US Borrowing Base”    1.1(b)
“US L/C Reimbursement Agreement”    1.1(c)
“US L/C Reimbursement Date”    1.1(c)
“US Lender”    Preamble
“US Revolving Loan”    1.1(b)
“US Revolving Loan Commitment”    1.1(b)
“US Swing Loan”    1.1(d)

In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

“ABN LC Facility” means that certain Credit Agreement Letter dated as of December 15, 2005 by and among Thermon Europe B.V., Thermon Benelux B.V. and ABN AMRO Bank N.V. (including its successor, New HBU II N.V.), as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time to the extent not prohibited hereunder.

“Account” means, as at any date of determination, all “accounts” (as such term is defined in the UCC or PPSA) of a Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, the unpaid portion of the obligation of a customer of such Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of Inventory purchased by and shipped to such customer and/or the rendition of services by such Borrower or such Subsidiary, as stated on the respective invoice of such Borrower or such Subsidiary, net of any credits, rebates or offsets owed to such customer.

“Account Debtor” means the customer of a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries who is obligated on or under an Account.

“Acquisition” means any transaction or series of related transactions for the purpose of or resulting, directly or indirectly, in (a) the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of a Person, or of any business or division of a Person, (b) the acquisition of in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Stock and Stock Equivalents of any Person or otherwise causing any Person to become a Subsidiary of the Borrower, or (c) a merger, amalgamation or consolidation or any other combination with another Person.

“Additional Management Advisors” means, collectively, Thompson Street Capital Manager LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Crown Investment Series LLC – Series 4, a Delaware series limited liability company, and Star Investment Series LLC – Series 1, a Delaware series limited liability company.

 

110


“Affiliate” means, as to any Person, any other Person which, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if the controlling Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the other Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. Without limitation, any director, executive officer or beneficial owner of five percent (5%) or more of the Stock (either directly or through ownership of Stock Equivalents) of a Person shall for the purposes of this Agreement, be deemed to be an Affiliate of such Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither any Agent nor any Lender shall be deemed an “Affiliate” of any Credit Party or of any Subsidiary of any Credit Party solely by reason of the provisions of the Loan Documents.

“Agent” means the US Agent or the Canadian Agent.

“Aggregate Availability” means, as of any date of determination, the amount by which (a) the lesser of (i) the Aggregate US Revolving Loan Commitment and (ii) the sum of, without duplication, the US Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate Borrowing Bases of the Borrowers, exceeds (b) the sum of the US Dollar Equivalent of (i) the aggregate outstanding principal of all Loans, (ii) the aggregate amount of all Letter of Credit Obligations, plus (iii) aggregate Reserves as established by the Agents.

“Aggregate Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment” means the combined Canadian Revolving Loan Commitments of the Canadian Lenders, which shall initially be in the amount of $20,000,000, as such amount may be reduced from time to time pursuant to this Agreement.

“Aggregate US Revolving Loan Commitment” means the combined US Revolving Loan Commitments of the US Lenders, which shall initially be in the amount of $40,000,000, as such amount may be reduced from time to time pursuant to this Agreement.

“Applicable Margin” means:

(a) with respect to US Revolving Loans, US Swing Loans, Dollar Denominated Canadian Loans and Canadian Swing Loans: (i) if a Base Rate Loan, two and one-half percent (2.50%) per annum and (ii) if a LIBOR Rate Loan, three and one-half percent (3.50%) per annum; and

(b) with respect to CDN $ Denominated Canadian Loans: (i) if a Canadian Prime Rate Loan, two and one-half percent (2.50%) per annum and (ii) if a BA Rate Loan, three and one-half percent (3.50%) per annum.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Swing Loans may not be LIBOR Rate Loans or BA Rate Loans.

 

111


“Applicable Minimum Availability Threshold” means the minimum Aggregate Availability set forth opposite the aggregate Borrowing Bases (expressed as the US Dollar Equivalent thereof) of the Credit Parties as of the most recent fiscal month for which a Borrowing Base Certificate has been provided pursuant to Section 4.2(d) in the table below:

 

Aggregate Borrowing Bases of the Credit Parties

   Minimum Aggregate
Availability

Less than $30,000,000

   $ 5,000,000

Greater than or equal to $30,000,000 but less than $35,000,000

   $ 7,500,000

Greater than or equal to $35,000,000

   $ 10,000,000

“Appropriate Agent” means (a) the US Agent with respect to advances, payments, enforcement and administration of US Revolving Loans, US Swing Loans, US Revolving Loan Commitments, US Letters of Credit and any Collateral Documents in favor of US Agent and any communications with US Lenders and US Borrower, and (b) the Canadian Agent with respect to advances, payments, enforcement and administration of Canadian Revolving Loans, Canadian Swing Loans, Canadian Revolving Loan Commitments, Canadian Letters of Credit and any Collateral Documents in favor of Canadian Agent and any communications with Canadian Borrowers and Canadian Lenders.

“Approved Fund” means, with respect to any Lender, any Person (other than a natural Person) that (a) (i) is or will be engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the Ordinary Course of Business or (ii) temporarily warehouses loans for any Lender or any Person described in clause (i) above and (b) is advised or managed by (i) such Lender, (ii) any Affiliate of such Lender or (iii) any Person (other than an individual) or any Affiliate of any Person (other than an individual) that administers or manages such Lender.

“Assignment” means an assignment agreement entered into by a Lender, as assignor, and any Person, as assignee, pursuant to the terms and provisions of Section 9.9 (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 9.9) and accepted by the Appropriate Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit 11.1(a) or any other form approved by Agents.

“Attorney Costs” means and includes all reasonable fees and disbursements of any law firm or other external counsel.

 

112


“BA Period” means with respect to any BA Rate Loan, the period commencing on the Business Day such Loan is disbursed or continued or on the Conversion Date on which a Canadian Prime Rate Loan is converted to a BA Rate Loan and ending on the date one, two, three, or, if available to all applicable Lenders, six, nine or twelve months thereafter, as selected by the Canadian Borrower in its Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation; provided that:

(a) if any BA Period pertaining to a BA Rate Loan would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that BA Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such BA Period into another calendar month, in which event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day; and

(b) any BA Period pertaining to a BA Rate Loan that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such BA Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such BA Period.

“BA Rate” means, in respect of any BA Period applicable to a BA Rate Loan, the highest of (a) 1.50% per annum, (b) the rate per annum determined by Canadian Agent by reference to the average rate quoted on the Reuters Monitor Screen (Page CDOR, or such other Page as may replace such Page on such Screen for the purpose of displaying Canadian interbank bid rates for Canadian Dollar bankers’ acceptances) applicable to Canadian Dollars bankers’ acceptances with a term comparable to such BA Period as of 11:00 a.m. (Toronto time) two (2) Business Days before the first day of such BA Period, or (c) the rate per annum determined by Canadian Agent by reference to the average rate quoted on the Reuters Monitor Screen (Page CDOR, or such other Page as may replace such Page on such Screen for the purpose of displaying Canadian interbank bid rates for Canadian Dollar bankers’ acceptances) applicable to Canadian Dollars bankers’ acceptances with a BA Period of three months as of 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time) two (2) Business Days before the first day of such BA Period. If for any reason the Reuters Monitor Screen rates are unavailable, BA Rate means the rate of interest determined by Canadian Agent that is equal to the arithmetic mean (rounded upwards to the nearest basis point) of the rates quoted by The Bank of Nova Scotia, Royal Bank of Canada and Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce in respect of Canadian Dollar bankers’ acceptances with a term comparable to such BA Period. No adjustment shall be made to account for the difference between the number of days in a year on which the rates referred to in this definition are based and the number of days in a year on the basis of which interest is calculated in the Agreement.

“BA Rate Loan” means a Loan that bears interest based on the BA Rate.

“Bankruptcy Code” means the Federal Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978 (11 U.S.C. §101, et seq. ).

“Base Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the rate last quoted by The Wall Street Journal as the “Prime Rate” in the United States or, if The Wall Street Journal ceases to quote such rate, the highest per annum interest rate published by the Federal Reserve Board in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) (Selected Interest Rates) as the

 

113


“bank prime loan” rate or, if such rate is no longer quoted therein, any similar rate quoted therein (as determined by US Agent) or any similar release by the Federal Reserve Board (as determined by US Agent), (b) the sum of 0.50% per annum and the Federal Funds Rate, and (c) the sum of (x) LIBOR calculated for each such day based on an Interest Period of three months determined two (2) Business Days prior to such day (but for the avoidance of doubt, not less than one and one-half percent (1.50%) per annum), plus (y) the excess of the Applicable Margin for LIBOR Rate Loans over the Applicable Margin for Base Rate Loans, in each instance, as of such day. Any change in the Base Rate due to a change in any of the foregoing shall be effective on the effective date of such change in the “bank prime loan” rate, the Federal Funds Rate or LIBOR for an Interest Period of three months.

“Base Rate Loan” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

“Benefit Plan” means any employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA (whether governed by the laws of the United States or otherwise) to which any Credit Party incurs or otherwise has any obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise.

“Borrowing” means a borrowing hereunder consisting of Loans made to or for the benefit of a Borrower on the same day by the Lenders pursuant to Article I.

“Borrowing Base Certificate” means a certificate of Holdings and the Borrowers, on behalf of the Credit Parties, in substantially the form of Exhibit 11.1(b) hereto, duly completed.

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which federal reserve banks or banks in the City of Toronto, Canada are authorized or required by law to close and , if the applicable Business Day relates to any LIBOR Rate Loan, a day on which dealings are carried on in the London interbank market.

“Canadian Agent” means GE Canada in its capacity as administrative agent for the Canadian Lenders hereunder, and any successor administrative agent.

“Canadian Availability” means, as of any date of determination, the amount by which (a) the Maximum Canadian Revolving Loan Balance, exceeds (b) the US Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of all Canadian Revolving Loans.

“Canadian Benefit Plans” means any plan, fund, program, or policy, whether oral or written, formal or informal, funded or unfunded, insured or uninsured, providing material employee benefits, including medical, hospital care, dental, sickness, accident, disability, life insurance, pension, retirement or savings benefits, under which any Credit Party has any liability with respect to any employee or former employee, but excluding any Canadian Pension Plans.

“Canadian Credit Parties” means Holdings, the Borrowers and each other Person (other than a US Credit Party) (i) which executes a guaranty of the Canadian Obligations, (ii) which grants a Lien on all or substantially all of its assets to secure payment of the Canadian Obligations and (iii) all of the Stock of which is pledged to Canadian Agent for the benefit of the Canadian Secured Parties.

“Canadian Dollars” or “CDN $” means lawful currency of Canada.

 

114


“Canadian L/C Issuer” means any Canadian Lender or an Affiliate thereof or a bank or other legally authorized Person, in each case, reasonably acceptable to Canadian Agent, in such Person’s capacity as an issuer of Canadian Letters of Credit hereunder.

“Canadian L/C Reimbursement Obligations” means, for any Canadian Letter of Credit, the obligation of the Canadian Borrower to the Canadian L/C Issuer thereof or to Canadian Agent, as and when matured, to pay all amounts drawn under such Canadian Letter of Credit.

“Canadian Letter of Credit” means documentary or standby letters of credit issued for the account of the Canadian Borrower by Canadian L/C Issuers, and bankers’ acceptances issued by Canadian Borrower, for which Canadian Agent and Lenders have incurred Canadian Letter of Credit Obligations.

“Canadian Letter of Credit Obligations” means all outstanding obligations incurred by Canadian Agent and Canadian Lenders at the request of the Canadian Borrower, whether direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, due or not due, in connection with the issuance of Canadian Letters of Credit by Canadian L/C Issuers or the purchase of a participation as set forth in subsection 1.1(e) with respect to any Canadian Letter of Credit. The amount of such Canadian Letter of Credit Obligations shall equal the maximum amount that may be payable by Canadian Agent and Canadian Lenders thereupon or pursuant thereto.

“Canadian Loans” means Canadian Revolving Loans and Canadian Swing Loans.

“Canadian Obligations” means all Canadian Loans, and other Indebtedness, advances, debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties owing by any Credit Party to any Canadian Lender, Canadian Agent, any Canadian L/C Issuer or any other Person required to be indemnified, that arises under any Loan Document, whether or not for the payment of money, whether arising by reason of an extension of credit, loan, guaranty, indemnification or in any other manner, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assignment), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and however acquired.

“Canadian Pension Plans” means each pension plan required to be registered under Canadian federal or provincial law that is maintained or contributed to by a Credit Party for its employees or former employees, but does not include the Canada Pension Plan or the Quebec Pension Plan as maintained by the Government of Canada or the Province of Quebec, respectively.

“Canadian Prime Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the annual rate of interest last quoted in the “Report on Business” section of The Globe and Mail as being Canadian “prime”, “chartered bank prime rate” or words of similar description or, if such rate is no longer quoted therein, any similar rate quoted therein (as determined by Agent), (b) the BA Rate existing on such day in respect of a BA Period of 30 days plus 1.35% per annum, or (c) the sum of (x) the BA Rate calculated for each such day based on a BA Period of 90 days determined two (2) Business Days (but for the avoidance of doubt, not less than one and one-half percent (1.50%) per annum, prior to such day, plus (y) the excess of the Applicable Margin for BA Rate Loans over the Applicable Margin for Canadian Prime Rate Loans, in each instance, as of such day. Any change in any interest rate provided for in the Agreement based

 

115


upon the Canadian Prime Rate shall take effect at the time of such change in the Canadian Prime Rate. No adjustments shall be made to account for the difference between the number of days in a year on which the rates referred to in this definition are based and the number of days in a year on the basis of which interest is calculated in the Agreement.

“Canadian Prime Rate Loan” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Canadian Prime Rate.

“Canadian Revolving Note” means a promissory note of the Canadian Borrower payable to a Canadian Lender in substantially the form of Exhibit 11.1(d) hereto, evidencing Indebtedness of the Canadian Borrower under the Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment of such Lender.

“Canadian Secured Parties” means Canadian Agent, each Canadian Lender, each Canadian L/C Issuer and each other holder of a Canadian Obligation.

“Canadian Subsidiaries” means Canadian Borrower (as the context may require) and any Subsidiary incorporated, organized or otherwise formed under the laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof.

“Canadian Swingline Commitment” means $5,000,000.

“Canadian Swingline Lender” means, each in its capacity as Canadian Swingline Lender hereunder, GE Canada or, upon the resignation of GE Canada as Canadian Agent hereunder, any Lender (or Affiliate or Approved Fund of any Lender) that agrees, with the approval of Canadian Agent (or, if there is no such successor Canadian Agent, the Required Canadian Lenders) and the Canadian Borrower, to act as the Canadian Swingline Lender hereunder.

“Canadian Swingline Note” means a promissory note of the Canadian Borrower payable to the Canadian Swingline Lender, in substantially the form of Exhibit 11.1(e) hereto, evidencing the Indebtedness of the Canadian Borrower to the Canadian Swingline Lender resulting from the Swing Loans made to the Canadian Borrower by the Canadian Swingline Lender.

“Capital Adequacy Regulation” means any guideline, request or directive of any central bank or other Governmental Authority, or any other law, rule or regulation, whether or not having the force of law, in each case, regarding capital adequacy of any Lender or of any corporation controlling a Lender.

“Capital Lease” means any leasing or similar arrangement which, in accordance with GAAP, is classified as a capital lease; provided, for purposes of clarity, such classification shall be in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the date hereof unless and to the extent the requisite parties hereto agree otherwise pursuant to and in accordance with Section 11.3.

“Capital Lease Obligations” means the capitalized amount of all monetary obligations of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party under any Capital Leases.

“Cash Equivalents” means (a) any readily-marketable securities (i) issued by, or directly, unconditionally and fully guaranteed or insured by the Canadian or US federal government or (ii) issued by any agency of the Canadian or US federal government the obligations of which are

 

116


fully backed by the full faith and credit of the Canadian federal government or the US federal government, as applicable, (b) any readily-marketable direct obligations issued by any other agency of the Canadian or US federal government, any province, territory or state thereof or any political subdivision of any such province, territory or state or any public instrumentality thereof, in each case having a rating of at least “A-1” from S&P or at least “P-1” from Moody’s, (c) any commercial paper rated at least “ A-1 ” by S&P or “ P-1 ” by Moody’s and issued by any Person organized under the laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof or any state of the United States, (d) any Dollar- or Canadian Dollar-denominated time deposit, insured certificate of deposit, overnight bank deposit or bankers’ acceptance issued or accepted by (i) any Lender or (ii) any commercial bank that is (A) organized under the laws of Canada, the United States, any province or state thereof or the District of Columbia and (B) having combined capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $250,000,000, and (e) shares of any Canadian or United States money market fund that (i) has substantially all of its assets invested continuously in the types of investments referred to in clause (a) , (b) , (c)  or (d)  above with maturities as set forth in the proviso below, (ii) has net assets in excess of $500,000,000 and (iii) has obtained from either S&P or Moody’s the highest rating obtainable for money market funds in Canada or the United States; provided, however, that the maturities of all obligations specified in any of clauses (a) , (b) , (c)  or (d)  above shall not exceed 365 days.

“CDN $ Denominated Canadian Loans” means Canadian Revolving Loans denominated in CDN $.

“Closing Date” means April 30, 2010.

“Closing Date Acquisition” means the acquisition by Thermon Group, Inc. of all of the issued and outstanding Stock and Stock Equivalents of Holdings pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and, thereafter, the merger of Thermon Group, Inc. with and into US Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with all Requirements of Law.

“Closing Fee Agreement” means the Closing Fee Agreement by and between Thermon Group, Inc. and Sponsor Management Affiliate dated as of April 30, 2010, as in effect on the Closing Date.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

“Collateral” means all Property and interests in Property and proceeds thereof now owned or hereafter acquired by any Credit Party, any of their respective Subsidiaries and any other Person who has granted a Lien to an Agent, in or upon which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted now or hereafter exists in favor of any Lender or an Agent for the benefit of Agents, Lenders and other Secured Parties, whether under this Agreement or under any other documents executed by any such Persons and delivered to the Appropriate Agent in connection with the Loan Documents.

“Collateral Documents” means, collectively, the Guaranty and Security Agreements, the Mortgages, each Control Agreement and all other security agreements, pledge agreements, patent and trademark security agreements, lease assignments, guarantees and other similar agreements, and all amendments, restatements, modifications or supplements thereof or thereto, by or

 

117


between any one or more of any Credit Party, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any other Person pledging or granting a lien on Collateral or guaranteeing the payment and performance of the Obligations, and any Lender or an Agent for the benefit of Agents, the Lenders and other Secured Parties now or hereafter delivered to the Lenders or an Agent pursuant to or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and all financing statements (or comparable documents now or hereafter filed in accordance with the UCC, the PPSA or comparable law) against any such Person as debtor in favor of any Lender or an Agent for the benefit of Agents, the Lenders and the other Secured Parties, as secured party, as any of the foregoing may be amended, restated and/or modified from time to time.

“Commitment” means, for each Lender, the sum of its US Revolving Loan Commitment and Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment provided in no event shall the sum of all Commitments exceed $40,000,000.

“Commitment Percentage” means, as to any Lender, the percentage equivalent of such Lender’s US Revolving Loan Commitment or Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment, as applicable, divided by the Aggregate US Revolving Loan Commitment or Aggregate Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment, as applicable; provided, that following acceleration of the Loans, such term means, as to any Lender, the percentage equivalent of the US Dollar Equivalent of the principal amount of the Loans held by such Lender, divided by the US Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate principal amount of the Loans held by all Lenders.

“Commodity Hedge Contract” means any futures or forward purchase contracts for raw materials such as copper.

“Contingent Obligation” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person: (a) with respect to any Indebtedness, lease, dividend or other obligation of another Person if the primary purpose or intent of the Person incurring such liability, or the primary effect thereof, is to provide assurance to the obligee of such liability that such liability will be paid or discharged, or that any agreements relating thereto will be complied with, or that the holders of such liability will be protected (in whole or in part) against loss with respect thereto; (b) with respect to any letter of credit issued for the account of that Person or as to which that Person is otherwise liable for reimbursement of drawings; (c) under any Rate Contracts or under any Commodity Hedge Contract; (d) to make take-or-pay or similar payments if required regardless of nonperformance by any other party or parties to an agreement; or (e) for the obligations of another Person through any agreement to purchase, repurchase or otherwise acquire such obligation or any Property constituting security therefor, to provide funds for the payment or discharge of such obligation or to maintain the solvency, financial condition or any balance sheet item or level of income of another Person. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be equal to the amount of the obligation so guaranteed or otherwise supported or, if not a fixed and determined amount, the maximum amount so guaranteed or supported.

“Contractual Obligations” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, undertaking, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument, document or agreement to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its Property is bound.

 

118


“Control Agreement” means a deposit account, securities account or commodities account control agreement by and among the applicable Credit Party, the Appropriate Agent, the agent/trustee under the Second Lien Indenture and the depository, securities intermediary or commodities intermediary, and each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Appropriate Agent and in any event providing to the Appropriate Agent “control” of such deposit account, securities or commodities account within the meaning of Articles 8 and 9 of the UCC and the Securities Transfer Act, 2006 (Ontario) or the comparable statutes in provinces and territories of Canada other than Ontario for such accounts located in those jurisdictions. For certainty, for a Canadian bank account, such term shall also refer to a “blocked account” agreement with respect to such bank account, notwithstanding that the execution and delivery of such agreement is not a perfection requirement.

“Controlled Investment Affiliates” means, with respect to the Sponsor, any fund or investment vehicle that (i) is organized by the Sponsor for the purpose of making equity or debt investments in one or more companies and (ii) is controlled by Sponsor. For purposes of this definition “control” means the power to direct or cause the direction of management and policies of a Person, whether by contract or otherwise.

“Conversion Date” means any date on which a Borrower converts (a) a Base Rate Loan to a LIBOR Rate Loan or a LIBOR Rate Loan to a Base Rate Loan or (b) a Canadian Prime Rate Loan to a BA Rate Loan or a BA Rate Loan to a Canadian Prime Rate Loan.

“Copyrights” means all rights, title and interests (and all related IP Ancillary Rights) arising under any Requirement of Law in or relating to copyrights and all mask work, database and design rights, whether or not registered or published, all registrations and recordations thereof and all applications in connection therewith.

“CRA” means the Canada Revenue Agency.

“Credit Parties” means the US Credit Parties and the Canadian Credit Parties.

“Default” means any event or circumstance which, with the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, would (if not cured or otherwise remedied during such time) constitute an Event of Default.

“Disposition” means (a) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of Property, other than sales or other dispositions expressly permitted under Section 5.2 other than subsections 5.2(b), 5.2(h) and 5.2(m), and (b) the sale or transfer by a Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Borrower of any Stock or Stock Equivalent issued by a Subsidiary of such Borrower and held by such transferor Person.

“Dollar Denominated Canadian Loans” means Canadian Revolving Loans denominated in Dollars.

“Dollars”, “dollars” and “$” each mean lawful money of the United States of America.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary incorporated, organized or otherwise formed under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

 

119


“Electronic Transmission” means each document, instruction, authorization, file, information and any other communication transmitted, posted or otherwise made or communicated by e-mail or E-Fax, or otherwise to or from an E-System or other equivalent service.

“Environmental Laws” means all Requirements of Law and Permits imposing liability or standards of conduct for or relating to the regulation and protection of human health, safety, the workplace, the environment and natural resources, and including public notification requirements and environmental transfer of ownership, notification or approval provisions relating thereto.

“Environmental Liabilities” means all Liabilities (including costs of Remedial Actions, natural resource damages and costs and expenses of investigation and feasibility studies) that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party as a result of, or related to, any claim, suit, action, investigation, proceeding or demand by any Person, whether based in contract, tort, implied or express warranty, strict liability, criminal or civil statute or common law or otherwise, arising under any Environmental Law or in connection with any environmental, health or safety condition or with any Release and resulting from the ownership, lease, sublease or other operation or occupation of property by any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party, whether on, prior or after the date hereof.

“Equipment” means all “equipment” (as defined in the UCC or PPSA), now owned or hereafter acquired by a Credit Party, wherever located.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

“ERISA Affiliate” means, collectively, any Credit Party and any Person under common control or treated as a single employer with, any Credit Party, within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

“ERISA Event” means any of the following: (a) a reportable event described in Section 4043(b) of ERISA (or, unless the 30-day notice requirement has been duly waived under the applicable regulations, Section 4043(c) of ERISA) with respect to a Title IV Plan; (b) the withdrawal of any ERISA Affiliate from a Title IV Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer, as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA; (c) the complete or partial withdrawal of any ERISA Affiliate from any Multiemployer Plan; (d) with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the filing of a notice of reorganization, insolvency or termination (or treatment of a plan amendment as termination) under Section 4041A of ERISA; (e) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate a Title IV Plan (or treatment of a plan amendment as termination) under Section 4041 of ERISA; (f) the institution of proceedings to terminate a Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan by the PBGC; (g) the failure to make any required contribution to any Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan when due; (h) the imposition of a lien under Section 412 or 430(k) of the Code or Section 303 or 4068 of ERISA on any property (or rights to property, whether real or personal) of any ERISA Affiliate; (i) the failure of a Benefit Plan or any trust thereunder intended to qualify for tax exempt status under Section 401 or 501 of the Code or other Requirements of Law to qualify thereunder; (j) a Title IV plan is in “at risk” status within the meaning of Code Section 430(i); (k) a Multiemployer Plan is in “endangered status” or “critical status” within the meaning of Section 432(b) of the Code; and (l)

 

120


any other event or condition that might reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan or for the imposition of any material liability upon any ERISA Affiliate under Title IV of ERISA other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent.

“Event of Loss” means, with respect to any Property, any of the following: (a) any loss, destruction or damage of such Property; or (b) any actual condemnation, seizure or taking, by exercise of the power of eminent domain or otherwise, of such Property, or confiscation of such Property or the requisition of the use of such Property.

“Excluded Equity Issuance” means Net Issuance Proceeds resulting from the issuance of (a) Stock or Stock Equivalents by Holdings to directors, management or employees of a Credit Party, (b) Stock or Stock Equivalents by a Subsidiary of a Borrower to such Borrower or another Subsidiary of such Borrower constituting an Investment permitted hereunder, (c) Stock or Stock Equivalents by a Borrower to Holdings constituting an Investment permitted hereunder, (d) Stock or Stock Equivalents by Holdings directly or indirectly to Sponsor any of its Controlled Investment Affiliates or any other then existing equityholder of Holdings, (e) Stock or Stock Equivalents by a Foreign Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary to qualify directors where required pursuant to a Requirement of Law or to satisfy other requirements of applicable law, in each instance, with respect to the ownership of Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries and (f) Stock or Stock Equivalents of Holdings, to the extent the proceeds thereof are used to finance Capital Expenditures or Permitted Acquisitions.

“E-Fax” means any system used to receive or transmit faxes electronically.

“E-Signature” means the process of attaching to or logically associating with an Electronic Transmission an electronic symbol, encryption, digital signature or process (including the name or an abbreviation of the name of the party transmitting the Electronic Transmission) with the intent to sign, authenticate or accept such Electronic Transmission.

“E-System” means any electronic system approved by an Agent, including Intralinks ® and ClearPar ® and any other Internet or extranet-based site, whether such electronic system is owned, operated or hosted by an Agent, any of its Related Persons or any other Person, providing for access to data protected by passcodes or other security system.

“Federal Flood Insurance” means Federally backed Flood Insurance available under the National Flood Insurance Program to owners of real property improvements located in Special Flood Hazard Areas in a community participating in the National Flood Insurance Program.

“Federal Funds Rate” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal Funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal Funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day, provided that if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate quoted to US Agent on such day on such transactions as determined by US Agent in a commercially reasonable manner.

 

121


“Federal Reserve Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or any entity succeeding to any of its principal functions.

“FEMA” means the Federal Emergency Management Agency, a component of the U.S. Department of Homeland Security that administers the National Flood Insurance Program.

“Final Availability Date” means the earlier of the Revolving Termination Date and one (1) Business Day prior to the date specified in clause (a) of the definition of Revolving Termination Date.

“FIRREA” means the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989, as amended.

“First Tier Foreign Subsidiary” means a Foreign Subsidiary held by a Credit Party (i) directly or (ii) indirectly through a Foreign Subsidiary that is a disregarded entity for purposes of the Code.

“Fiscal Quarter” means any of the quarterly accounting periods of the Credit Parties ending on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each calendar year.

“Fiscal Year” means any of the annual accounting periods of the Credit Parties ending on March 31 of each calendar year.

“Flood Insurance” means, for any Real Estate located in a Special Flood Hazard Area, Federal Flood Insurance or private insurance that meets the requirements set forth by FEMA in its Mandatory Purchase of Flood Insurance Guidelines . Flood Insurance shall be in an amount equal to the full, unpaid balance of the Loans and any prior liens on the Real Estate up to the maximum policy limits set under the National Flood Insurance Program, or as otherwise required by Agent, with deductibles not to exceed $50,000.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, a Subsidiary of such Person, which Subsidiary is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

“Funded Indebtedness” means, as of any date of measurement, all Indebtedness of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the date of measurement (other than Indebtedness of the type described in clauses (c) (except with respect to amounts drawn on letters of credit not constituting Letters of Credit to the extent (y) such letters of credit are not supported by cash collateral and (z) Holdings and its Subsidiaries have not reimbursed the issuer thereof for such drawn amount), (e), (g), (h), (i) and (j) (other than with respect to clause (j), guarantees of Indebtedness of others of the type not described in clauses (e), (g), (h) and (i) of the definition of Indebtedness) of the definition of Indebtedness).

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth from time to time in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (or agencies with similar functions of comparable stature and authority within the accounting profession), including, without limitation, the FASB Accounting Standards Codification™, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, subject to Section 11.3 hereof.

 

122


“Global Reorganization” means a restructuring of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries occurring through the series of transactions described, and in the approximate chronological order set forth, below, in each case, with such modifications consented to by US Agent, in its sole discretion:

Step 1: (i) Holdings contributes one hundred percent (100%) of the outstanding Stock and Stock Equivalents of Canadian Borrower to US Borrower in exchange solely for Stock of US Borrower, whereupon (ii) US Borrower contributes such Stock and Stock Equivalents of Canadian Borrower to Manufacturing in exchange solely for Stock of Manufacturing;

Step 2: Manufacturing forms a new domestic limited liability company (“New LLC”);

Step 3: Manufacturing contributes, sells or otherwise conveys one hundred percent (100%) of the outstanding Stock and Stock Equivalents of each of its Foreign Subsidiaries to Canadian Borrower in exchange for the Hybrid Note;

Step 4: (i) New LLC enters into a forward subscription agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to US Agent, with Canadian Borrower for the purchase of additional Stock of Canadian Borrower (the “Forward Subscription Agreement”) and (ii) Manufacturing enters into a capital support agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to US Agent, with New LLC pursuant to which Manufacturing agrees to make additional capital contributions to New LLC (the “Capital Contribution Agreement”; and

Step 5: thereafter, (i) Canadian Borrower makes payments to Manufacturing pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Hybrid Note, (ii) upon receipt of each such payment, Manufacturing contributes capital an amount equal to each such payment to New LLC pursuant to the Capital Support Agreement and (iii) upon receipt of each such capital contribution, New LLC purchases additional Stock from Canadian Borrower in an amount equal to each such capital contribution pursuant to the Forward Subscription Agreement;

provided, with respect to each of the foregoing steps and the actions and arrangements contemplated thereby, the Credit Parties shall comply with the requirements of, and take such additional actions and execute such additional documents as the Appropriate Agent may reasonably require in accordance with this Agreement, including, but not limited to, Section 4.13 hereof, and the other Loan Documents, in each case, in order to (i) preserve, perfect and maintain the validity, effectiveness and priority of any of the Collateral Documents and the Liens created or intended to be created thereby, and (ii) better assure, convey, grant, assign, transfer, preserve, protect and confirm to the Secured Parties the rights granted or now or hereafter intended to be granted to the Secured Parties under any Loan Document.

“Governmental Authority” means any nation or government, any state, provincial or other political subdivision thereof, any central bank (or similar monetary or regulatory authority) thereof, any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, and any corporation or other entity owned or controlled, through stock or capital ownership or otherwise, by any of the foregoing.

 

123


“Guaranty and Security Agreement” means (a) that certain Guaranty and Security Agreement, dated as of even date herewith, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to US Agent and the US Borrower, made by the US Credit Parties in favor of US Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as the same may be amended, restated and/or modified from time to time and (b) that certain Guaranty and Security Agreement, dated as of even date herewith, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Canadian Agent and the Canadian Borrower, made by the Canadian Credit Parties in favor of Canadian Agent, for the benefit of the Canadian Secured Parties, as the same may be amended, restated and/or modified from time to time.

“Hazardous Materials” means any substance, material or waste that is regulated or otherwise gives rise to liability under any Environmental Law, including but not limited to any “Hazardous Waste” as defined by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) (42 U.S.C. § 6901 et seq. (1976)), any “Hazardous Substance” as defined under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) (42 U.S.C. §9601 et seq. (1980)), any contaminant, pollutant, petroleum or any fraction thereof, asbestos, asbestos containing material, polychlorinated biphenyls, mold, and radioactive substances or any other substance that is toxic, ignitable, reactive, corrosive, caustic, or dangerous.

“Holdings Loans” means intercompany loans made by a Borrower to Holdings to the extent that, at the time such loan is made, a Restricted Payment from such Borrower to Holdings would be permitted under Section 5.11 and provided that (i) the proceeds of such loans are used for the purposes specified in Section 5.11, (ii) at the request of the Appropriate Agent, such loans are evidenced by promissory notes, the sole originally executed copy of which shall be pledged to the Appropriate Agent, for the benefit of the applicable Secured Parties, as security for the Obligations and (iii) such Holdings Loan shall be treated as a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Agreement, including, without limitation, determining compliance with Section 5.11.

“Hybrid Note” means a note issued by Canadian Borrower to and in favor of Manufacturing which is structured and qualifies as an equity Investment for purposes of applicable U.S. law and Indebtedness for purposes of applicable Canadian law.

“Impacted Lender” means any Lender that fails to provide Agents, within three (3) Business Days following an Agent’s written request, satisfactory assurance that such Lender will not become a Non-Funding Lender, or any Lender that has a Person that directly or indirectly controls such Lender and such Person (a) becomes subject to a voluntary or involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code, any Insolvency Law or any similar bankruptcy laws, (b) has appointed a custodian, conservator, receiver or similar official for such Person or any substantial part of such Person’s assets, or (c) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, is liquidated, or is otherwise adjudicated as, or determined by any Governmental Authority having regulatory authority over such Person or its assets to be, insolvent or bankrupt, and for each of clauses (a) through (c), the Appropriate Agent has determined that such Lender is reasonably likely to become a Non-Funding Lender. For purposes of this definition, control of a Person shall have the same meaning as in the second sentence of the definition of Affiliate.

“Indebtedness” of any Person means, without duplication: (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money; (b) all obligations issued, undertaken or assumed as the deferred purchase price of Property or services, including earnouts (other than trade payables entered into in the

 

124


Ordinary Course of Business); (c) the face amount of all letters of credit issued for the account of such Person and without duplication, all drafts drawn thereunder and all reimbursement or payment obligations with respect to letters of credit, surety bonds and other similar instruments issued by such Person; (d) all payment obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, including obligations so evidenced incurred in connection with the acquisition of Property, assets or businesses; (e) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, or incurred as financing, in either case with respect to Property acquired by the Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or bank under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such Property); (f) all Capital Lease Obligations; (g) the principal balance outstanding under any synthetic lease, off-balance sheet loan or similar off balance sheet financing product; (h) all obligations, whether or not contingent, to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise acquire for value any of its own Stock or Stock Equivalents (or any Stock or Stock Equivalent of a direct or indirect parent entity thereof) prior to the date that is 180 days after the final scheduled installment payment date for the Second Lien Indebtedness, valued at, in the case of redeemable preferred Stock, the greater of the voluntary liquidation preference and the involuntary liquidation preference of such Stock plus accrued and unpaid dividends; (i) all indebtedness referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon or in Property (including accounts and contracts rights) owned by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such indebtedness; and (j) all Contingent Obligations described in clause (a) of the definition thereof in respect of indebtedness or obligations of others of the kinds referred to in clauses (a) through (i) above.

“Insolvency Law” means any of the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada), the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada), the Winding-Up and Restructuring Act (Canada), each as now and hereafter in effect, any successors to such statutes and any other applicable insolvency or other similar law of any jurisdiction, including any law of any jurisdiction permitting a debtor to obtain a stay or a compromise of the claims of its creditors against it.

“Insolvency Proceeding” means (a) any case, action or proceeding before any court or other Governmental Authority relating to bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, liquidation, receivership, dissolution, winding-up or relief of debtors, or (b) any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, composition, marshaling of assets for creditors, or other, similar arrangement in respect of its creditors generally or any substantial portion of its creditors; in each case in (a) and (b) above, undertaken under U.S. Federal, state or foreign law, including the Bankruptcy Code and any Insolvency Law.

“Intellectual Property” means all rights, title and interests in or relating to intellectual property and industrial property arising under any Requirement of Law and all IP Ancillary Rights relating thereto, including all Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks, Internet Domain Names, Trade Secrets and IP Licenses.

“Intercreditor Agreement” means that certain Intercreditor Agreement dated as of even date herewith by and among Agents, the Credit Parties and the Second Lien Collateral Agent, as the same may be amended, restated and/or modified from time to time subject to the terms thereof.

 

125


“Interest Payment Date” means, (a) with respect to any LIBOR Rate Loan or BA Rate Loan (other than a LIBOR Rate Loan or a BA Rate Loan having an Interest Period or BA Period, as applicable, of six (6) months or more) the last day of each Interest Period or BA Period, as applicable, applicable to such Loan, (b) with respect to any LIBOR Rate Loan or BA Rate Loan having an Interest Period or BA Period, as applicable, of six (6) months or more, the last day of each three (3) month interval and, without duplication, the last day of such Interest Period or BA Period, as applicable, and (c) with respect to Base Rate Loans and Canadian Prime Rate Loans (including Swing Loans) the first day of each calendar month.

“Interest Period” means, with respect to any LIBOR Rate Loan, the period commencing on the Business Day such Loan is disbursed or continued or on the Conversion Date on which a Base Rate Loan is converted to the LIBOR Rate Loan and ending on the date one, two, three, six , or, if available to all applicable Lenders, nine or twelve months thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation; provided that:

(a) if any Interest Period pertaining to a LIBOR Rate Loan would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month, in which event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day; and

(b) any Interest Period pertaining to a LIBOR Rate Loan that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period.

“Internet Domain Name” means all right, title and interest (and all related IP Ancillary Rights) arising under any Requirement of Law in or relating to internet domain names.

“Inventory” means all of the “inventory” (as such term is defined in the UCC or PPSA) of a Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including, but not limited to, all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, work-in-process and finished goods intended for sale, together with all the containers, packing, packaging, shipping and similar materials related thereto, and including such inventory as is temporarily out of such Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s custody or possession, including inventory on the premises of others and items in transit.

“IP Ancillary Rights” means, with respect to any other Intellectual Property, as applicable, all foreign counterparts to, and all divisionals, reversions, continuations, continuations-in-part, reissues, reexaminations, renewals and extensions of, such Intellectual Property and all income, royalties, proceeds and Liabilities at any time due or payable or asserted under or with respect to any of the foregoing or otherwise with respect to such Intellectual Property, including all rights to sue or recover at law or in equity for any past, present or future infringement, misappropriation, dilution, violation or other impairment thereof, and, in each case, all rights to obtain any other IP Ancillary Right.

 

126


“IP License” means all Contractual Obligations (and all related IP Ancillary Rights), whether written or oral, granting any right, title and interest in or relating to any Intellectual Property.

“IRS” means the Internal Revenue Service of the United States and any successor thereto.

“Issue” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, to issue, extend the expiration date of, renew (including by failure to object to any automatic renewal on the last day such objection is permitted), increase the face amount of, or reduce or eliminate any scheduled decrease in the face amount of, such Letter of Credit, or to cause any Person to do any of the foregoing. The terms “Issued” and “Issuance” have correlative meanings.

“ITA” means the Income Tax Act (Canada).

“L/C Issuer” means a US L/C Issuer or Canadian L/C Issuer.

“L/C Reimbursement Obligation” means a US L/C Reimbursement Obligation or a Canadian L/C Reimbursement Obligation.

“Lending Office” means, with respect to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender specified as its “Lending Office” beneath its name on the applicable signature page hereto, or such other office or offices of such Lender as it may from time to time notify the Borrower and Agent.

“Letter of Credit” means a US Letter of Credit or Canadian Letter of Credit.

“Letter of Credit Obligations” means US Letter of Credit Obligations and Canadian Letter of Credit Obligations.

“Liabilities” means all claims, actions, suits, judgments, damages, losses, liability, obligations, responsibilities, fines, penalties, sanctions, costs, fees, taxes, commissions, charges, disbursements and expenses, in each case of any kind or nature (including interest accrued thereon or as a result thereto and fees, charges and disbursements of financial, legal and other advisors and consultants), whether joint or several, whether or not indirect, contingent, consequential, actual, punitive, treble or otherwise.

“LIBOR” means, for each Interest Period, the highest of (a) 1.50% per annum, (b) the offered rate per annum for deposits of Dollars for the applicable Interest Period that appears on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page as of 11:00 A.M. (London, England time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day in such Interest Period, and (c) the offered rate per annum for deposits of Dollars for an Interest Period of three (3) months that appears on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page as of 11:00 A.M. (London, England time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of the applicable Interest Period. If no such offered rate exists, such rate will be the rate of interest per annum, as determined by US Agent at which deposits of Dollars in immediately available funds are offered at 11:00 A.M. (London, England time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day in such Interest Period by major financial institutions reasonably satisfactory to US Agent in the London interbank market for such Interest Period for the applicable principal amount on such date of determination.

 

127


“LIBOR Rate Loan” means a Loan that bears interest based on LIBOR.

“Lien” means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, charge or deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or otherwise) or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including those created by, arising under or evidenced by any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, the interest of a lessor under a Capital Lease, any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing, or the filing of any financing statement naming the owner of the asset to which such lien relates as debtor, under the UCC, the PPSA or any comparable law) and any contingent or other agreement to provide any of the foregoing, but not including the interest of a lessor under a lease which is not a Capital Lease.

“Loan” means an extension of credit by a Lender to a Borrower pursuant to Article I, and may be a Base Rate Loan, a LIBOR Rate Loan, a BA Rate Loan or a Canadian Prime Rate Loan.

“Loan Documents” means this Agreement, the Notes, the Fee Letter, the Collateral Documents, the Master Agreement for Standby Letters of Credit, the Master Agreement for Documentary Letters of Credit, the Intercreditor Agreement and all documents delivered to Agent and/or any Lender in connection with any of the foregoing.

“Management Agreement” means that certain Management Services Agreement dated as of April 30, 2010 by and among US Borrower, Sponsor Management Affiliate and the Additional Management Advisors.

“Margin Stock” means “margin stock” as such term is defined in Regulation T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board.

“Material Adverse Effect” means: (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, Properties, or financial condition of the Credit Parties taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the ability of any Credit Party, any Subsidiary of any Credit Party or any other Person (other than Agents or Lenders) to perform in any material respect its obligations under any Loan Document; or (c) a material adverse effect upon (i) the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of any Loan Document, or (ii) the perfection or priority of any Lien granted to the Lenders or to an Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties or any material portion of the Collateral under any of the Collateral Documents.

“Material Environmental Liabilities” means Environmental Liabilities exceeding the US Dollar Equivalent of $5,000,000 in the aggregate.

“Minor Acquisition” means an Acquisition in respect of which the total consideration paid or payable (including without limitation, all transaction costs, assumed Indebtedness and Liabilities incurred, assumed or reflected on a consolidated balance sheet of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries after giving effect to such Acquisition and the maximum amount of all deferred payments, including earnouts) does not exceed the US Dollar Equivalent of $3,000,000.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Services Inc.

 

128


“Mortgage” means any deed of trust, leasehold deed of trust, mortgage, leasehold mortgage, deed to secure debt, leasehold deed to secure debt or other document creating a Lien on Real Estate or any interest in Real Estate.

“Multiemployer Plan” means any multiemployer plan, subject to Title IV of ERISA, as defined in Section 3(37) or 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, as to which any ERISA Affiliate incurs or otherwise has any obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise.

“National Flood Insurance Program” means the program created by the U.S. Congress pursuant to the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 and the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as revised by the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994, that mandates the purchase of flood insurance to cover real property improvements located in Special Flood Hazard Areas in participating communities and provides protection to property owners through a Federal insurance program.

“Net Issuance Proceeds” means, in respect of any issuance of debt or equity, cash proceeds (including cash proceeds as and when received in respect of non-cash proceeds received or receivable in connection with such issuance), net of underwriting discounts, transaction taxes paid or payable as a result thereof and reasonable out-of-pocket costs, fees and expenses (including commissions, professional and transaction fees) paid or incurred in connection therewith in favor of any Person not an Affiliate of a Borrower.

“Net Proceeds” means proceeds in cash (including cash proceeds as and when received in respect of non-cash proceeds received or receivable in connection with such Disposition, including, without limitation, cash proceeds generated from checks or other cash equivalent financial instruments (including Cash Equivalents)) as and when received by the Person making a Disposition and insurance proceeds received on account of an Event of Loss, net of: (a) in the event of a Disposition (i) the direct costs relating to such Disposition excluding amounts payable to the Credit Parties or their Subsidiaries, (ii) sale, gain, use or other transaction taxes paid or payable as a result thereof, (iii) amounts required to be applied to repay principal, interest and prepayment premiums and penalties on Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the asset which is the subject of such Disposition and (iv) the amount of cash reserves or escrows established in connection with purchase price adjustments and retained liabilities; provided however, when such cash or escrow is released to a Credit Party or one of its Subsidiaries, the amount so released shall be deemed to be Net Proceeds hereunder at such time and (b) in the event of an Event of Loss, (i) all money actually applied to repair, reconstruct or replace the damaged Property or Property affected by the condemnation or taking, (ii) all of the costs and expenses reasonably incurred in connection with the collection of such proceeds, award or other payments, (iii) any amounts retained by or paid to parties having superior rights to such proceeds, awards or other payments and (iv) the amount of cash reserves established to fund contingent liabilities reasonably estimated to be payable; provided however, when such cash, if any, as may remain after the satisfaction of such contingent liability is released from such reserve, it shall be deemed to be Net Proceeds hereunder at such time. After netting out the items in clauses (a) and (b) of the foregoing definition, as applicable, if the amount of Net Proceeds would be less than zero, such amount shall be deemed to equal zero.

 

129


“Non-Funding Lender” means any Lender that has (a) failed to fund any payments required to be made by it under the Loan Documents within two (2) Business Days after any such payment is due (excluding expense and similar reimbursements that are subject to good faith disputes), (b) given written notice (and Agents have not received a revocation in writing), to a Borrower, an Agent, any Lender, or the L/C Issuer or has otherwise publicly announced (and Agents have not received notice of a public retraction) that such Lender believes it will fail to fund payments or purchases of participations required to be funded by it under the Loan Documents or one or more other syndicated credit facilities, (c) failed to fund, and not cured, loans, participations, advances, or reimbursement obligations under one or more other syndicated credit facilities, unless subject to a good faith dispute, or (d) any Lender that has (i) become subject to a voluntary or involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code, any Insolvency Law or any similar bankruptcy laws, (ii) a custodian, conservator, receiver or similar official appointed for it or any substantial part of such Person’s assets, or (iii) made a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, been liquidated, or otherwise been adjudicated as, or determined by any Governmental Authority having regulatory authority over such Person or its assets to be, insolvent or bankrupt, and for clause (d), and an Agent has determined that such Lender is reasonably likely to fail to fund any payments required to be made by it under the Loan Documents. For purposes of this definition, control of a Person shall have the same meaning as in the second sentence of the definition of Affiliate.

“Non-U.S. Lender Party” means each of US Agent, each US Lender, each US L/C Issuer, each SPV and each participant, in each case that is not a United States person as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

“Note” means any Revolving Note or Swingline Note and “Notes” means all such Notes.

“Notice of Borrowing” means a notice given by a Borrower to the Appropriate Agent pursuant to Section 1.5, in substantially the form of Exhibit 11.1(c) hereto.

“Obligations” means US Obligations and Canadian Obligations.

“Ordinary Course of Business” means, in respect of any transaction involving any Person, the ordinary course of such Person’s business, as conducted by any such Person in accordance with past practice and undertaken by such Person in good faith and not for purposes of evading any covenant or restriction in any Loan Document.

“Organization Documents” means, (a) for any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation, the bylaws, any certificate of determination or instrument relating to the rights of preferred shareholders of such corporation, and any shareholder rights agreement, (b) for any partnership, the partnership agreement and, if applicable, certificate of limited partnership, (c) for any limited liability company, the operating agreement and articles or certificate of formation or (d) any other document setting forth the manner of election or duties of the officers, directors, managers or other similar persons, or the designation, amount or relative rights, limitations and preference of the Stock of a Person.

“Parent” means Thermon Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

130


“Patents” means all rights, title and interests (and all related IP Ancillary Rights) arising under any Requirement of Law in or relating to letters patent and applications therefor.

“Patriot Act” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, P.L. 107-56, as amended.

“PBGC” means the United States Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation any successor thereto.

“Permits” means, with respect to any Person, any permit, approval, authorization, license, registration, certificate, concession, grant, franchise, variance or permission from, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law and applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

“Permitted Acquisition” means any Acquisition by (i) a US Credit Party (other than Holdings) of substantially all of the assets or line or division of a Target, other than a Target whose assets are located in Canada, (ii) Canadian Borrower or a Canadian Subsidiary of Canadian Borrower of substantially all of the assets of a Target, other than a Target whose assets are located in the United States, (iii) a US Credit Party (other than Holdings) or a Subsidiary of a US Credit Party of 100% of the Stock and Stock Equivalents of a Target other than a target organized under the laws of Canada or any province thereof, or (iv) Canadian Borrower or a Subsidiary of Canadian Borrower of 100% of the Stock and Stock Equivalents of a Target other than a target organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, in each case, to the extent that each of the following conditions shall have been satisfied:

(a) the US Borrowers shall have furnished to the Agents and Lenders at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the consummation of such Acquisition (or such shorter period to which US Agent may consent) (1) an executed term sheet and/or commitment letter (setting forth in reasonable detail the terms and conditions of such Acquisition) and, at the request of the US Agent and to the extent available, such other information and documents that the US Agent may reasonably request, including, without limitation, executed counterparts of the respective agreements, documents or instruments pursuant to which such Acquisition is to be consummated (including, without limitation, any related management, non-compete, employment, option or other material agreements), any schedules to such agreements, documents or instruments and all other material ancillary agreements, instruments and documents to be executed or delivered in connection therewith, (2) to the extent available, copies of the Target’s three (3) most recent annual income statements and balance sheets, audited by the Target’s independent accountants, if available, together with the most recent interim financial statements then available, (3) pro forma financial statements of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries after giving effect to the consummation of such Acquisition, (4) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrowers demonstrating that the Leverage Ratio of the Credit Parties as in effect on the date of consummation of such Permitted Acquisition after giving effect thereto and using Adjusted EBITDA computed for the twelve month period ending on the last day of the most recent month for which financial statements have been delivered to Agents) after giving effect to the consummation of such Acquisition is less than or equal to 4.50 to 1.00, and (5) to the extent available, copies of such other agreements, instruments and other documents (including, without limitation, the Loan Documents required by Section 4.13) as the US Agent reasonably shall request; provided, the deliveries set forth in clauses (3) and (4) above shall not be required for Minor Acquisitions;

 

131


(b) the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries (including any new Subsidiary) shall execute and deliver the agreements, instruments and other documents as and to the extent required by Section 4.13;

(c) such Acquisition shall not be hostile and shall have been approved by the board of directors (or other similar body) and/or the stockholders or other equityholders of the Target;

(d) no Default or Event of Default shall then exist or would exist after giving effect thereto;

(e) after giving effect to such Acquisition, the sum of (y) Aggregate Availability and (z) the aggregate amount of unrestricted cash of the US Credit Parties and the Canadian Credit Parties, in each instance, maintained in deposit accounts which are subject to a deposit account control agreement in favor of the Applicable Agent, equals an amount not less than $7,500,000;

(f) the total consideration paid or payable (including without limitation, all transaction costs, assumed Indebtedness and Liabilities incurred, assumed or reflected on a consolidated balance sheet of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries after giving effect to such Acquisition and the maximum amount of all deferred payments, including earnouts, but excluding any such amounts paid or funded with the Net Issuance Proceeds of an Excluded Equity Issuance) for all Acquisitions consummated during the term of this Agreement shall not exceed the US Dollar Equivalent of $75,000,000 in the aggregate for all such Acquisitions; and

(g) the Target has EBITDA, subject to pro forma adjustments acceptable to US Agent, for the most recent four quarters prior to the acquisition date for which financial statements are available, greater than zero.

“Permitted Refinancing” means Indebtedness constituting a refinancing or extension of Indebtedness permitted under subsection 5.5(c), 5.5(d), 5.5(p) or 5.5(q) that (a) has an aggregate outstanding principal amount not greater than the aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness being refinanced or extended, (b) has a weighted average maturity (measured as of the date of such refinancing or extension) and maturity no shorter than that of the Indebtedness being refinanced or extended, (c) is not entered into as part of a sale leaseback transaction, (d) is not secured by a Lien on any assets other than the collateral securing the Indebtedness being refinanced or extended, (e) the obligors of which are the same as the obligors of the Indebtedness being refinanced or extended and (f) is otherwise on terms no less favorable to the Credit Parties or their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, than those of the Indebtedness being refinanced or extended.

“Person” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or Governmental Authority.

 

132


“Pledged Collateral” has the meaning specified in the Guaranty and Security Agreement and shall include any other Collateral required to be delivered to an Agent pursuant to the terms of any Collateral Document.

“PPSA” means the Personal Property Security Act (Ontario) and the Regulations thereunder, as from time to time in effect, provided, however, if attachment, perfection or priority of Canadian Agent’s security interests in any Collateral are governed by the personal property security laws of any jurisdiction other than Ontario, PPSA shall mean those personal property security laws in such other jurisdiction for the purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such attachment, perfection or priority and for the definitions related to such provisions.

“Prior Claims” means all Liens created by applicable law (in contrast with Liens voluntarily granted) which rank or are capable of ranking prior or pari passu with Canadian Agent’s security interests (or interests similar thereto under applicable law) against all or part of the Collateral, including for amounts owing for employee source deductions, goods and services taxes, sales taxes, harmonized sales taxes, municipal taxes, workers’ compensation, Quebec corporate taxes, pension fund obligations, Wage Earner Protection Program Act obligations and overdue rents.

“Prior Indebtedness” means the Indebtedness and obligations specified on Schedule 11.1 hereto.

“Prior Lender” means, collectively, CIT Financial Ltd. and CIT Lending Services Corporation.

“Property” means any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, and whether tangible or intangible.

“Purchase Agreement” means that certain Stock Purchase Agreement dated March 26, 2010 among Seller, Holdings and Thermon Group, Inc.

“Rate Contracts” means swap agreements (as such term is defined in Section 101 of the Bankruptcy Code) and any other agreements or arrangements designed to provide protection against fluctuations in interest or currency exchange rates.

“Real Estate” means any real property owned, leased, subleased or otherwise operated or occupied by any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party.

“Reallocation Event” means the acceleration of all or part of the Obligations.

“Reallocation Percentage” means, as to each Lender in connection with a given Reallocation Event, a fraction, expressed as a decimal, the numerator of which shall be the principal amount of all Loans held by such Lender immediately prior to such Reallocation Event and the denominator shall be the aggregate principal amount of all Loans held by all Lenders. For purposes of computing each Lender’s Reallocation Percentage, all Obligations shall be expressed in US Dollar Equivalents based on currency exchange rates as in effect on the Closing Date. Agents’ determination of each Lender’s Reallocation Percentage shall be conclusive on all parties absent manifest error.

 

133


“Related Agreements” means the Purchase Agreement and the Second Lien Indebtedness Documents.

“Related Persons” means, with respect to any Person, each Affiliate of such Person and each director, officer, employee, agent, trustee, representative, attorney, accountant and each insurance, environmental, legal, financial and other advisor (including those retained in connection with the satisfaction or attempted satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article II) and other consultants and agents of or to such Person or any of its Affiliates.

“Related Transactions” means the transactions contemplated by the Related Agreements and includes, without limitation, the Closing Date Acquisition and funding of the Second Lien Indebtedness.

“Releases” means any release, threatened release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, escape, injection, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, dumping, leaching or migration of Hazardous Material into or through the environment.

“Remedial Action” means all actions required to (a) clean up, remove, treat or in any other way address any Hazardous Material in the indoor or outdoor environment, (b) prevent or minimize any Release so that a Hazardous Material does not migrate or endanger or threaten to endanger public health or welfare or the indoor or outdoor environment or (c) perform pre remedial studies and investigations and post-remedial monitoring and care with respect to any Hazardous Material.

“Required Canadian Lenders” means at any time (a) Canadian Lenders then holding more than fifty percent (50%) of the sum of the Aggregate Canadian Revolving Loan Commitments then in effect, or (b) if the Aggregate Canadian Revolving Loan Commitments have terminated, Canadian Lenders then holding more than fifty percent (50%) of the sum of the US Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate outstanding amount of Canadian Revolving Loans, the US Dollar Equivalent of outstanding Canadian Letter of Credit Obligations, the US Dollar Equivalent of amounts of participations in Canadian Swing Loans and the US Dollar Equivalent of the principal amount of unparticipated portions of Canadian Swing Loans.

“Required Lenders” means at any time (a) Lenders then holding more than fifty percent (50%) of the US Dollar Equivalent of the sum of the Aggregate US Revolving Loan Commitment then in effect, or (b) if the Aggregate US Revolving Loan Commitments have terminated, Lenders then holding more than fifty percent (50%) of the US Dollar Equivalent of sum of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of Loans (other than Swing Loans) then outstanding, outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations, amounts of participations in Swing Loans and the principal amount of unparticipated portions of Swing Loans.

“Required US Lenders” means at any time (a) US Lenders then holding more than fifty percent (50%) of the sum of the Aggregate US Revolving Loan Commitments then in effect, or (b) if the Aggregate US Revolving Loan Commitments have terminated, US Lenders then holding more than fifty percent (50%) of the sum of the aggregate outstanding amount of US Revolving Loans, outstanding US Letter of Credit Obligations, amounts of participations in US Swing Loans and the principal amount of unparticipated portions of US Swing Loans.

 

134


“Requirement of Law” means, as to any Person, any law (statutory or common), ordinance, treaty, rule, regulation, order, policy, other legal requirement or determination of an arbitrator or of a Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its Property or to which such Person or any of its Property is subject.

“Reserves” means, with respect to the Borrowing Base (a) reserves established by an Agent from time to time against eligible Accounts, eligible Inventory, eligible Equipment and eligible Real Estate pursuant to Exhibit 11.1(b ), and (b) such other reserves against eligible Accounts, eligible Inventory eligible Equipment and eligible Real Estate or Availability that the Appropriate Agent may, in its reasonable credit judgment, establish from time to time. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Reserves established to ensure the payment of accrued interest expenses, Indebtedness or real property lease obligations shall be deemed to be a reasonable exercise of an Agent’s credit judgment.

“Responsible Officer” means the chief executive officer, corporate controller or the president of a Borrower or any other officer having substantially the same authority and responsibility; or, with respect to compliance with financial covenants or delivery of financial information, the chief financial officer or the treasurer of a Borrower or any other officer having substantially the same authority and responsibility.

“Revolving Loans” mean US Revolving Loans and Canadian Revolving Loans.

“Revolving Termination Date” means the earlier to occur of: (a) April 30, 2015; and (b) the date on which the Aggregate Revolving Loan Commitment shall terminate in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Corporation.

“Second Lien Collateral Agent” means The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., in its capacity as the collateral agent for the Second Lien Lenders.

“Second Lien Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of US Borrower, as successor by merger to Thermon Finance, Inc., evidenced by the Second Lien Notes issued pursuant to the Second Lien Indenture.

“Second Lien Indebtedness Documents” means (i) the Second Lien Indenture, (ii) the Second Lien Notes, (iii) the “Collateral Documents” as defined in the Second Lien Indenture, (iv) that certain Purchase Agreement dated as of April 23, 2010 by and among Thermon Finance, Inc., Jefferies & Company, Inc., KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc., BMO Capital Markets Corp., as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Purchase Agreement dated as of April 30, 2010 by and among US Borrower, as the successor by merger to Thermon Finance, Inc., certain of US Borrower’s affiliates party thereto as guarantors and Jeffereis & Company, Inc., KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. and BMO Capital Markets Corp. and (v) that certain Registration Rights Agreement dated as of April 30, 2010 by and among the US Credit Parties, Jefferies & Company, Inc., KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc., and BMO Capital Markets Corp.

“Second Lien Indenture” means that certain Indenture dated as of April 30, 2010 by and between Thermon Finance, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as

 

135


trustee for the benefit of the Second Lien Lenders and as Second Lien Collateral Agent, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture dated as of April 30, 2010, by and among US Borrower, as successor by merger to Thermon Finance, Inc., certain of US Borrower’s affiliates party thereto as guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee for the benefit of the Second Lien Lenders and as Second Lien Collateral Agent, pursuant to which US Borrower issued the Second Lien Notes.

“Second Lien Lenders” means holders and/or lenders from time to time of (or in respect of) the Second Lien Notes.

“Second Lien Notes” means those certain 9.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 issued by US Borrower, as successor by merger to Thermon Finance, Inc., to the holders thereof on the Closing Date, together with all other notes, loans, advances or other extension of credit outstanding from time to time under the Second Lien Indebtedness Documents, including any notes issued in exchange therefor pursuant to the Second Lien Indenture.

“Secured Party” means each Agent, each Lender, each L/C Issuer, each other Indemnitee and each other holder of any Obligation of a Credit Party including each Secured Swap Provider.

“Secured Rate Contract” means any Rate Contract (a) between a Borrower and a Secured Swap Provider or (b) between a Borrower and the counterparty thereto, which has been provided or arranged by GE Capital or an Affiliate of GE Capital.

“Secured Swap Provider” means (i) a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender (or a Person who was a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender at the time of execution and delivery of a Rate Contract) who has entered into a Rate Contract with a Borrower, or (ii) a Person with whom a Borrower has entered into a Rate Contract provided or arranged by GE Capital or an Affiliate of GE Capital, and any assignee thereof.

“Seller” means Thermon Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

“Software” means (a) all computer programs, including source code and object code versions, (b) all data, databases and compilations of data, whether machine readable or otherwise, and (c) all documentation, training materials and configurations related to any of the foregoing.

“Solvent” means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination, that, as of such date, (a) the value of the assets of such Person (both at fair value and present fair saleable value) is greater than the total amount of liabilities (including contingent and unliquidated liabilities) of such Person, (b) such Person is able to pay all liabilities of such Person as such liabilities mature in the normal course of business and (c) such Person does not have unreasonably small capital. In computing the amount of contingent or unliquidated liabilities at any time, such liabilities shall be computed at the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

 

136


“Special Flood Hazard Area” means an area that FEMA’s current flood maps indicate has at least a one percent (1%) chance of a flood equal to or exceeding the base flood elevation (a 100-year flood) in any given year.

“Specified Event of Default” means an Event of Default under subsections 7.1(a) (other than a Credit Party’s failure to reimburse the costs and expenses of an Agent or any Lender as required by this Agreement that are the subject of a bona fide dispute), 7.1(c) (as a result of a failure to perform or comply with any covenant contained in subsection 4.1, 4.2(b), 4.2(d), 4.3(a), 5.11 or Article VI), 7.1(e) (as it relates to the Second Lien Indebtedness), 7.1(f), 7.1(g), 7.1(j) or 7.l(k).

“Sponsor” means CHS Private Equity V LP, a Delaware limited partnership.

“Sponsor Management Affiliate” means CHS Management V LP, a Delaware limited partnership.

“SPV” means any special purpose funding vehicle identified as such in a writing by any Lender to Agent.

“Stock” means all shares of capital stock (whether denominated as common stock or preferred stock), equity interests, beneficial, partnership or membership interests, joint venture interests, participations or other ownership or profit interests in or equivalents (regardless of how designated) of or in a Person (other than an individual), whether voting or non-voting.

“Stock Equivalents” means all securities convertible into or exchangeable for Stock or any other Stock Equivalent and all warrants, options or other rights to purchase, subscribe for or otherwise acquire any Stock or any other Stock Equivalent, whether or not presently convertible, exchangeable or exercisable.

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party which is subordinated to all or any portion of the Obligations as to right and time of payment and as to other rights and remedies thereunder and having such other terms as are, in each case, reasonably satisfactory to Agents.

“Subordinated Second Lien” means Liens in favor of the Second Lien Collateral Agent second in priority to the Liens granted to the US Agent under the Loan Documents (but in any event subject to Permitted Liens), for the benefit of the Second Lien Collateral Agent and the Second Lien Lenders on the assets and Stock of the US Credit Parties (other than the Stock of Holdings) and their Subsidiaries with respect to which US Agent shall have a prior perfected Lien as security for the US Obligations.

“Subsidiary” of a Person means any corporation, association, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture or other business entity of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting Stock is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by the Person, or one or more of the Subsidiaries of the Person, or a combination thereof.

“Swing Loan” means a US Swing Loan or a Canadian Swing Loan.

 

137


“Swingline Request” has the meaning specified in clause (ii) of subsection 1.1(d).

“Target” means any other Person or business unit or asset group of any other Person acquired or proposed to be acquired in an Acquisition.

“Tax Affiliate” means, (a) each Borrower and its Subsidiaries and (b) any Affiliate of a Borrower with which such Borrower files or is required to file tax returns on a consolidated, combined, unitary or similar group basis.

“Title IV Plan” means a pension plan subject to Title IV of ERISA, other than a Multiemployer Plan, to which any ERISA Affiliate incurs or otherwise has any obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise.

“Trade Secrets” means all right, title and interest (and all related IP Ancillary Rights) arising under any Requirement of Law in or relating to trade secrets.

“Trademark” means all rights, title and interests (and all related IP Ancillary Rights) arising under any Requirement of Law in or relating to trademarks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, service marks, logos and other source or business identifiers and, in each case, all goodwill associated therewith, all registrations and recordations thereof and all applications in connection therewith.

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of Illinois.

“United States” and “U.S.” each means the United States of America.

“US Agent” means GE Capital in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder, and any successor administrative agent.

“US Availability” means, as of any date of determination, the amount by which (a) the Maximum US Revolving Loan Balance, exceeds (b) the aggregate outstanding principal balance of US Revolving Loans.

“US Credit Parties” means Holdings, the US Borrower and each other Person (i) which executes a guaranty of the Obligations, (ii) which grants a Lien on all or substantially all of its assets to secure payment of the Obligations and (iii) all of the Stock of which is pledged to US Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

“US Dollar Equivalent” means, with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount of Dollars, and with respect to any amount denominated in a currency other than Dollars, the amount of US Dollars, as of any date of determination, into which such other currency can be converted in accordance with prevailing exchange rates, as determined in accordance with Section 11.4.

“U.S. Lender Party” means each of Agent, each Lender, each L/C Issuer, each SPV and each participant, in each case that is a United States person as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

 

138


“US L/C Issuer” means any US Lender or an Affiliate thereof or a bank or other legally authorized Person, in each case, reasonably acceptable to US Agent, in such Person’s capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder.

“US L/C Reimbursement Obligation” means, for any US Letter of Credit, the obligation of the US Borrower to the US L/C Issuer thereof or to US Agent, as and when matured, to pay all amounts drawn under such US Letter of Credit.

“US Letter of Credit” means documentary or standby letters of credit issued for the account of the US Borrower by US L/C Issuers, and bankers’ acceptances issued by US Borrower, for which US Agent and Lenders have incurred US Letter of Credit Obligations.

“US Letter of Credit Obligations” means all outstanding obligations incurred by US Agent and US Lenders at the request of the US Borrower, whether direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, due or not due, in connection with the issuance of US Letters of Credit by US L/C Issuers or the purchase of a participation as set forth in subsection 1.1(c) with respect to any US Letter of Credit. The amount of such US Letter of Credit Obligations shall equal the maximum amount that may be payable by US Agent and US Lenders thereupon or pursuant thereto.

“US Loans” means US Revolving Loans and US Swing Loans.

“US Obligations” means all US Loans, and other Indebtedness, advances, debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties owing by any Credit Party to any US Lender, US Agent, any US L/C Issuer, any Secured Swap Provider or any other Person required to be indemnified, that arises under any Loan Document or any Secured Rate Contract, whether or not for the payment of money, whether arising by reason of an extension of credit, loan, guaranty, indemnification or in any other manner, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assignment), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and however acquired.

“US Revolving Note” means a promissory note of the US Borrower payable to a US Lender in substantially the form of Exhibit 11.1(d) hereto, evidencing Indebtedness of the US Borrower under the US Revolving Loan Commitment of such Lender.

“US Secured Parties” means the US Agent, each US Lender, each US L/C Issuer and each other holder of a US Obligation.

“US Swingline Commitment” means $5,000,000.

“US Swingline Lender” means, each in its capacity as US Swingline Lender hereunder, GE Capital or, upon the resignation of GE Capital as US Agent hereunder, any Lender (or Affiliate or Approved Fund of any Lender) that agrees, with the approval of US Agent (or, if there is no such successor US Agent, the Required US Lenders) and the US Borrower, to act as the US Swingline Lender hereunder.

 

139


“US Swingline Note” means a promissory note of the US Borrower payable to the US Swingline Lender, in substantially the form of Exhibit 11.1(e) hereto, evidencing the Indebtedness of the US Borrower to the US Swingline Lender resulting from the Swing Loans made to the US Borrower by the US Swingline Lender.

“Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary in which (other than directors’ qualifying shares required by law) one hundred percent (100%) of the Stock and Stock Equivalents, at the time as of which any determination is being made, is owned, beneficially and of record, by any Credit Party, or by one or more of the other Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries, or both.

11.2 Other Interpretive Provisions .

(a) Defined Terms . Unless otherwise specified herein or therein, all terms defined in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto. The meanings of defined terms shall be equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. Terms (including uncapitalized terms) not otherwise defined herein and that are defined in the UCC or PPSA, as applicable shall have the meanings therein described.

(b) The Agreement . The words “hereof”, “herein”, “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall refer to this Agreement or such other Loan Document as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement or such other Loan Document; and subsection, section, schedule and exhibit references are to this Agreement or such other Loan Documents unless otherwise specified.

(c) Certain Common Terms . The term “documents” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, indentures, notices and other writings, however evidenced. The term “including” is not limiting and means “including without limitation.”

(d) Performance; Time . Whenever any performance obligation hereunder or under any other Loan Document (other than a payment obligation) shall be stated to be due or required to be satisfied on a day other than a Business Day, such performance shall be made or satisfied on the next succeeding Business Day. In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”, and the word “through” means “to and including.” If any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document refers to any action taken or to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be interpreted to encompass any and all means, direct or indirect, of taking, or not taking, such action.

(e) Contracts . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein or in any other Loan Document, references to agreements and other contractual instruments, including this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, thereto, restatements and substitutions thereof and other modifications and supplements thereto which are in effect from time to time, but only to the extent such amendments and other modifications are not prohibited by the terms of any Loan Document.

 

140


(f) Laws . References to any statute or regulation are to be construed as including all statutory and regulatory provisions related thereto or consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting the statute or regulation.

11.3 Accounting Terms and Principles . All accounting determinations required to be made pursuant hereto shall, unless expressly otherwise provided herein, be made in accordance with GAAP. No change in the accounting principles used in the preparation of any financial statement hereafter adopted by Holdings shall be given effect for purposes of measuring compliance with any provision of Article V or VI unless the Borrowers, Agents and the Required Lenders agree to modify such provisions to reflect such changes in GAAP and, unless such provisions are modified, all financial statements, Compliance Certificates and similar documents provided hereunder shall be provided together with a reconciliation between the calculations and amounts set forth therein before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to in Article V and Article VI shall be made, without giving effect to any election under Accounting Standards Codification 825-10 (or any other Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party at “fair value.” A breach of a financial covenant contained in Article VI shall be deemed to have occurred as of any date of determination by Agent or as of the last day of any specified measurement period, regardless of when the financial statements reflecting such breach are delivered to Agent. For purposes of determining (i) the US Dollar Equivalent of any Loan and any other amount used in connection with the calculation of the Maximum US Revolving Loan Balance and the Maximum Canadian Revolving Loan Balance in connection with (y) any proposed Borrowing (or upon any request for conversion or continuation of any Loan), shall be based upon the US Dollar Equivalent as in effect two (2) Business Days prior to such Borrowing, conversion or continuation or (z) the delivery of a duly completed Borrowing Base Certificate as required by subsection 4.2(d) (including the calculation of Aggregate Availability set forth therein), shall be based upon the US Dollar Equivalent as in effect on the date as of which the Borrowing Bases are calculated pursuant to such Borrowing Base Certificate, (ii) the US Dollar Equivalent of any Loan and any other amount used in connection with the calculation of the Maximum US Revolving Loan Balance and the Maximum Canadian Revolving Loan Balance in connection with any proposed issuance of a Letter of Credit (or upon any request for the amendment, renewal or extension thereof), shall be based upon the US Dollar Equivalent as in effect on the date of such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, and (iii) compliance under each of Articles IV, V and VI, any amount in a currency other than US Dollars will be converted, on the last Business Day of each Fiscal Quarter or, more frequently as US Agent may require upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default.

11.4 Payments . (a) Agents may set up standards and procedures to determine or redetermine, in their reasonable discretion, the equivalent in Dollars of any amount expressed in any currency other than Dollars and otherwise may, but shall not be obligated to, rely on any determination made by any Credit Party or any L/C Issuer. Any such determination or redetermination by Agents shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error. No determination or redetermination by any Secured Party or any Credit Party and no other currency conversion shall change or release any obligation of any Credit Party or of any

 

141


Secured Party (other than Agents and their Related Persons) under any Loan Document, each of which agrees to pay separately for any shortfall remaining after any conversion and payment of the amount as converted. Agents may round up or down, and may set up appropriate mechanisms to round up or down, any amount hereunder to nearest higher or lower amounts and may determine reasonable de minimis payment thresholds.

(b) Interest and principal on all Loans funded in a particular currency will be paid or repaid in that same currency; provided that all expense reimbursements hereunder shall be paid in Dollars. For purposes of preparing financial statements, amounts in any currency other than Dollars will be converted to Dollars based on GAAP, consistently applied, for the purposes of preparing cash flow statements and income statements. If the Appropriate Agent receives any payment from or on behalf of any Credit Party in a currency other than the currency in which the relevant Obligation is denominated, the Appropriate Agent may convert the payment (including the monetary proceeds of realization upon any Collateral and any Funds held in a cash collateral account) into the currency in which the relevant Obligation is payable at the exchange rate published in the Wall Street Journal on the Business Day closest in time to the date on which such payment was due (or if such reference is not available, by such other method reasonably determined by Appropriate Agent). The relevant Obligations shall be satisfied only to the extent of the amount actually received by the Appropriate Agent upon such conversion. Unless otherwise specified herein, all determinations of US Dollar Equivalents (calculating financial covenants and determining compliance with covenants expressed in Dollars) shall be determined by reference to the Wall Street Journal published on the Business Day closest in time to the relevant date of determination or for the relevant period of determination or by such other method reasonably determined by the Appropriate Agent in accordance with such Appropriate Agent’s customary practice for commercial loans being administered by it.

11.5 Judgment Currency .

(a) If, for the purpose of obtaining or enforcing judgment against any Credit Party in any court in any jurisdiction, it becomes necessary to convert into any other currency (such other currency being hereinafter in this Section 11.5 referred to as the “Judgment Currency”) an amount due under any Loan Document in any currency (the “Obligation Currency”) other than the Judgment Currency, the conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day immediately preceding the date of actual payment of the amount due, in the case of any proceeding in the courts of the Province of Ontario or in the courts of any other jurisdiction that will give effect to such conversion being made on such date, or the date on which the judgment is given, in the case of any proceeding in the courts of any other jurisdiction (the applicable date as of which such conversion is made pursuant to this Section 11.5 being hereinafter in this Section 11.5 referred to as the “Judgment Conversion Date”).

(b) If, in the case of any proceeding in the court of any jurisdiction referred to in Section 11.5(a), there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Judgment Conversion Date and the date of actual receipt for value of the amount due, the applicable Credit Party or Credit Parties shall pay such additional amount (if any, but in any event not a lesser amount) as may be necessary to ensure that the amount actually received in the Judgment Currency, when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of payment, will

 

142


produce the amount of the Obligation Currency which could have been purchased with the amount of the Judgment Currency stipulated in the judgment or judicial order at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Judgment Conversion Date. Any amount due from any Credit Party under this Section 11.5(b) shall be due as a separate debt and shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other amounts due under or in respect of any of the Loan Documents.

(c) The term “rate of exchange” in this Section 11.5 means the rate of exchange at which the Appropriate Agent, on the relevant date at or about 12:00 noon (Toronto time), would be prepared to sell, in accordance with Agent’s normal course foreign currency exchange practices, the Obligation Currency against the Judgment Currency.

[Signature Pages Follow.]

 

143


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWERS:

THERMON INDUSTRIES, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Rodney Bingham

Name:

  Rodney Bingham

Title:

  President

FEIN:

 

 

Address for notices:

100 Thermon Drive

San Marcos, Texas 78666

Attn:

 

 

Facsimile:

 

 

Address for wire transfers:

 

 

 

THERMON CANADA INC.

By:

 

/s/ Rodney Bingham

Name:

  Rodney Bingham

Title:

  President

FEIN:

 

 

Address for notices:

333 28 Street NE

Calgary, Alberta

Canada T2A 7P4

Attn:

 

 

Facsimile:

 

 

Address for wire transfers:

 

 

 

Signature Page of Credit Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

OTHER CREDIT PARTIES :
THERMON HOLDING CORP.
By:  

/s/ Rodney Bingham

Name:   Rodney Bingham
Title:   President
FEIN:  

 

Address for notices:

 

 

 

Attn:

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

Signature Page of Credit Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

THERMON MANUFACTURING COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Rodney Bingham

Name:   Rodney Bingham
Title:   President
FEIN:  

 

THERMON HEAT TRACING SERVICES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Rodney Bingham

Name:   Rodney Bingham
Title:   President
FEIN:  

 

THERMON HEAT TRACING SERVICES-II, INC.
By:  

/s/ Rodney Bingham

Name:   Rodney Bingham
Title:   President
FEIN:  

 

THERMON HEAT TRACING SERVICES-I, INC.
By:  

/s/ Rodney Bingham

Name:   Rodney Bingham
Title:   President
FEIN:  

 

Signature Page of Credit Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,

as Agent, Swingline Lender and as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Mark Birkett

Name:   Mark Birkett
Title:   Its Duly Authorized Signatory

 

Address for Notices:

General Electric Capital Corporation

500 West Monroe Street

Chicago, Illinois 60661

Attn: Thermon Account Officer

Facsimile: (312) 441-7211

With a copy to:

General Electric Capital Corporation

201 Merritt 7

P.O. Box 5201

Norwalk, Connecticut 06851

Attn: General Counsel-Global Sponsor Finance

Facsimile: (203) 956-4216

 

and

General Electric Capital Corporation

500 West Monroe Street

Chicago, Illinois 60661

Attn: Corporate Counsel-Global Sponsor Finance

Facsimile: (312) 441-6876

Address for payments:

ABA No. 021-001-033

Account Number 50279791

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

New York, New York

Account Name: GECC/CAF DEPOSITORY

Reference: CFK1341/Thermon

Signature Page of Credit Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written

 

GE CANADA FINANCE HOLDING COMPANY,

as Agent, Swingline Lender and as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Richard Zeni

Name:   Richard Zeni
Title:   Its Duly Authorized Signatory

 

Address for notices:

GE CANADA FINANCE HOLDING COMPANY

123 Front Street West, Suite 1400

Toronto, ON M5J 2M2

Attention: Thermon Account Manager

Telecopier No.: (416) 202-6226

Telephone No.: (416) 202-6216

With a copy to:

General Electric Capital Corporation

10 Riverview Drive

Danbury, CT 06810

Attention: Corporate Counsel – Corporate Finance

Telecopier No.:

 

 

Telephone No.:

 

 

 

Address for payments:

Dollar Fundings

Bank Number: 0003

Branch Number: 00002

Account Number: 4033494

Bank: Royal Bank of Canada

Toronto, Canada

Account Name: GE Canada Finance - GSF

Reference: CUD1127/Thermon Canada Inc.

(continued below)

Signature Page of Credit Agreement

 


Canadian Dollar Fundings
Bank Number: 0003
Branch Number: 00002
Account Number: 1069962
Bank: Royal Bank of Canada
Toronto, Canada
Account Name: GE Canada Finance - GSF
Reference: CND1253/Thermon

Signature Page of Credit Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written

 

BANK OF MONTREAL
    as a Canadian Lender
By:  

/s/ Sean P. Gallaway

Name:   Sean P. Gallaway
Title:   Vice President
Address for notices:
235 Simcoe Street, 3 rd Floor

Toronto, ON

M5T 1T4

Attn: Service Representative – Jinnie Chan
Lending office:
235 Simcoe Street, 3 rd Floor
Toronto, ON
M5T 1T4

Signature Page of Credit Agreement

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written

 

BANK OF MONTREAL
    as a US Lender
By:  

/s/ Thad D. Rasche

Name:   Thad D. Rasche
Title:   Director
Address for notices:
111 West Monroe Street
20 th Floor West
Chicago, IL 60603
Lending office:

111 West Monroe Street

17 th Floor

Chicago, IL

60603

Signature Page of Credit Agreement

 

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written

 

KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a

Lender, and as Syndication Agent

By:  

/s/ Kenneth A. Horner

Name: Kenneth A. Horner
Title: Director – Leveraged Finance Group
Address for notices:
127 Public Square, 6 th Floor
Cleveland, Ohio 44114-1306
Attn: David W. Eaton
Director – Leveraged Finance Group
Lending office:
KeyBank National Association
127 Public Square
Mail Locator: OH-01-27-1207
Cleveland, Ohio 44114
Attn: Loan Operations Group

Signature Page of Credit Agreement


Schedule 1.1(b)

Revolving Loan Commitments

US Revolving Loan Commitments

 

General Electric Capital Corporation

   $ 20,000,000

Bank of Montreal

   $ 10,000,000

KeyBank National Association

   $ 10,000,000

Canadian Revolving Loan Commitments

 

GE Canada Finance Holding Company

   $ 10,000,000

Bank of Montreal

   $ 5,000,000

KeyBank National Association

   $ 5,000,000


Schedule 4.15

Post-Closing Obligations

1. Within ten (10) Business Days following the Closing Date, the Credit Parties shall deliver to US Agent the original Revolving Promissory Note dated as of October 1, 2001 issued by Thermon Latinoamericana, S. de R.L. de CV. to and in favor of Thermon Manufacturing Company, in the maximum principal amount of $350,000, together with a duly executed, undated allonge in blank, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to US Agent.

2. Within ten (10) Business Days following the Closing Date, the Credit Parties shall deliver to US Agent all original Stock certificates (not previously delivered) issued by non-Canadian Foreign Subsidiaries to Credit Parties, which are required to be pledged as security for the Obligations pursuant to the Guaranty and Security Agreement, together with original, duly executed stock powers and irrevocable proxies related thereto, in each case, in form and substance satisfactory to US Agent.

3. Within thirty (30) calendar days following the Closing Date, the Credit Parties shall deliver to US Agent an ALTA survey of the Credit Parties’ owned real property in San Marcos, Texas, certified, including flood zone certification, in favor of US Agent and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to US Agent.

4. Within thirty (30) calendar days following the Closing Date, the Credit Parties shall deliver to the Agents (i) insurance certificates with respect to the Credit Parties’ Canadian liability insurance policies (the “Canadian Liability Policies”) naming, in each case, the Applicable Agent as an additional insured thereunder, together with the related endorsements to such policies, duly executed by the provider of the Canadian Liability Policies, (ii) a complete set of documentation for the Canadian Liability Policies and (iii) revised insurance certificates for the Credit Parties’ property insurance policies updated to reflect the new policy information therefor and naming the Agents as loss payees thereunder, together with the related endorsements to such policies, duly executed by the provider of such insurance, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agents.

5. In the event the Credit Parties obtain an appraisal of the Credit Parties’ owned real property located in any of San Marcos, Texas or Houston, Texas, which provides for an appraised value in excess of the amount of the applicable loan policy of title insurance issued by First American Title Insurance Company to and in favor of US Agent on the Closing Date, the Credit Parties shall, unless otherwise agreed by US Agent, obtain, at the Credit Parties’ sole cost and expense, within ten (10) Business Days of the completion of such appraisal, an amendment to such loan policy of title insurance pursuant to which the insured amount of such insurance shall be increased to match the appraised value of the applicable owned real property.


Schedule 3.5

Litigation

 

  1. Thermon Manufacturing Company has disclosed violations of U.S. economic sanctions, export controls and anti-boycott laws to the Office of Antiboycott Compliance (“OAC”). The initial disclosure to OAC was made in January 2008, and the final disclosure followed in April 2008. The matter before OAC is ongoing. The current status of the case before OAC is as follows:

Office of Antiboycott Compliance. OAC is still conducting its review of Thermon Manufacturing Company’s disclosure submissions (including supplemental submissions in July and October 2008, and October 2009 responding to agency follow-up questions). Thermon Manufacturing Company disclosed 26 violations of 15 C.F.R. part 760: 14 violations involving the failure to report boycott requests; 11 violations involving the transmittal of prohibited information in response to a boycott request; and 1 violation involving a passive agreement to a condition in a letter of credit not to use blacklisted banks. OAC has not yet issued a pre-charging letter. Thermon Manufacturing Company has agreed to extend a waiver of the statute of limitations through June 30, 2010. Thermon Manufacturing Company has represented that it intends to cooperate with OAC to settle these violations.

 

  2. Canada Revenue Agency (the “CRA”) is currently conducting an audit of the 2007 acquisition by Audax. As of the Closing Date, no proposed adjustments have been made by the CRA.*

 

* All taxes arising out of this matter are indemnified by the Indemnity Escrow Account (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), and such indemnity is not subject to the deductible.


Schedule 3.7

ERISA and Related Canadian Compliance

Benefit Plans Subject to the Qualification Requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code

 

1. Thermon Industries, Inc. 401(k) Plan administered by Prudential Bank & Trust, FSB or its successors or assigns

Canadian Benefits Plans

 

1. Employee Medical Plan administered by Equitable Life of Canada, policy #96385 (includes Extended Medical, Dental, Vision, Life, Accident, and Long-Term Disability)

 

2. Workers’ Compensation Insurance Policy

 

3. Severance Pay Policy whereby severance pay is awarded at management’s discretion

 

4. Allowable Expense Reimbursement Policy (includes communications, travel, and mileage expenses)

 

5. Holiday Pay and Paid Leave Policies

 

6. Vacation Policy

 

7. Bonus Policy whereby employees receive bonuses at management’s discretion

 

8. Registered Retirement Savings Plan (RRSP)

 

9. Car Allowance Policy

 

10. Employee Health Insurance Policy administered by Provincial Health Care, policy #1160940822 (Quebec), #111674782 (Ontario)

 

11. Employee Health Insurance Policy administered by Alberta Health Care, policy #9585


Schedule 3.9

Real Estate

Leased Real Property Schedule

United States

 

1. Commercial Lease, dated February 1, 2010, between C.W. Seebeck d.b.a. Seebeck Partnership, Ltd., as lessor, and Thermon Manufacturing Company, as lessee (Buildings 6, 17, 18 & 19 of 4105 Hunter Road, Hunter Business Park, San Marcos, TX 78666).

 

2. Office Lease, dated May 7, 2003, between Drummond Plaza Associates, as Landlord, and Thermon Americas, Inc., as Tenant (2102 Drummond Plaza, Newark, DE 19711-1356); Lease Extension, dated April 11, 2006, between KBJD1, LLC, as landlord, and Thermon Industries, Inc., as tenant (2102 Drummond Plaza, Newark, DE 19711-1356); Lease Extension, dated May 28, 2008, between KBJD1, LLC, as landlord, and Thermon Industries, as tenant (2102 Drummond Plaza, Newark, DE 19711-1356); Lease Extension, dated August 14, 2009, between KBJD1, LLC, as landlord, and Thermon Industries, as tenant (2102 Drummond Plaza, Newark, DE 19711-1356).

 

3. Rental Agreement – Texas, dated June 14, 2006, between Sovran Acquisition Limited Partnership (Uncle Bob’s Self Storage), as landlord, and Thermon Manufacturing Company, as tenant; Lease Addendum Insurance Requirement; Rental Agreement Addendum dated June 15, 2006 (Unit 419) as amended by that certain Monthly Rent Adjustment, dated July 25, 2009.

 

4. Rental Agreement – Texas, dated June 14, 2006, between Sovran Acquisition Limited Partnership (Uncle Bob’s Self Storage), as landlord, and Thermon Manufacturing Company, as tenant; Lease Addendum Insurance Requirement; Rental Agreement Addendum dated June 15, 2006 (Unit 423) as amended by that certain Monthly Rent Adjustment, dated July 25, 2009.

 

5. The Company leases a storage unit from Superior Self Storage located at 2600 Cambridge Road, Cameron Park, CA 95682.

 

6. Off-Site Storage – California, dated December 13, 2006, between The Office Planning Group, Inc. and Thermon Manufacturing Company.

 

7. Residential Lease, dated January 12, 2009, between Randall Morris & Company, as landlord, and Thermon Manufacturing Company, as tenant (713 Burleson, San Marcos, TX 78666), as extended pursuant to that certain Extension to Residential Agreement, effective January 8, 2010, by and between Randall Morris and Thermon Manufacturing Company.


Canada

 

1. Lease, dated February 8, 2001, between 710436 Alberta Ltd., as landlord, and Thermon Canada Inc., as tenant (333 28th Street, N.E. Calgary, Alberta T2A 7P4), as amended pursuant to that certain Lease Amending Agreement, dated December 5, 2005, between PFS Industrial One Inc., as landlord, and Thermon Canada Inc., as tenant (333 28th Street, N.E. Calgary, Alberta T2A 7P4).

 

2. Agreement of Lease, dated March 28, 2006, between SREIT (West No. 1) Ltd., as landlord, and Thermon Canada Inc., as tenant (Units 2-8, 3110-14 Avenue NE, Calgary, Alberta T2A 6J4) as amended pursuant to that certain Addendum to Lease, dated June 5, 2006, between SREIT (West No. 1) Ltd., as landlord, and Thermon Canada, Inc., as tenant; Consent to Sublease by and among SREIT (West No. 1) Ltd. (represented by ING Real Estate Canada LP), The Calgary Sun (a division of Sun Media Corporation) and Thermon Canada, Inc. for premises located at 9, 3110-14 Avenue NE, Calgary, Alberta T2A 6J4.

 

3. Lease, dated January 10, 2007, between Thermon Canada Inc., as tenant, and San Rand Inc., as landlord (850-854 Unit #6 & #7, Upper Canada Dr., Sarnia, Ontario N7T 7H5).

 

4. Lease, dated March 16, 2010, between Sabo Bros. Enterprises Ltd., as lessor, and Thermon Heat Tracing Services, as lessee (5215-87 Street, Edmonton, Alberta T6E 5L5).

 

5. Lease, dated February 9, 2009, between Sabo Bros, Enterprises Ltd., as lessor, and Thermon Heat Tracing Services, as lessee (5213 – 87 Street, Edmonton, Alberta T6E 5L5).

China

 

1. Lease relating to property at Rooms 1206-1207, Golden Land Office Building, 32 Liangmaqiao Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing, 100016, PR China.

 

2. Lease relating to property at Suites 14B, C and D, Yi Bai Shan Shan Bldg., 985 Dongfang Road, Pudong New Area, Shanghai, 200122, PR China.

 

3. Lease relating to property at Section C, 2nd Floor, 88 Taigu Rd., Waigaoqia Free Traded Zone, Shanghai, 200131, PR China.

 

4. Lease for Employee Dormitory located at Rm.2601, No.3 Lane, 28 North Zhangjiabang Rd, Pudong New Area, Shanghai.

Mexico

 

1. Lease, dated April 21, 2008, between Celestina Candelario Hernandez, as landlord, and Thermon Latinoamericana S de R.L. de C.V. as tenant (Benito Juárez n° 100 Col. Insurgentes Sur Minatitlán Veracruz, C.P. 96710.).


2. Contrato de Arrendamiento, dated February 15, 2009, between Centro de Computacion y Ventas, S.A. de C.V. and Thermon Latinoamericana S de R.L. de C.V. for the property located at Calle de Lerdo de Tejada No. 1 Col. Guadalupe Inn, Deleg. Alvaro Obregon, C.P. 01020 Mexico, D.F.

United Kingdom

 

1. Underlease, dated June 30, 1999, between Helena Laboratories U.K. Ltd., as landlord, Thermon U.K. Ltd., as tenant, and Thermon Europe B.V., as guarantor (Site BT1/M361, Team Valley Trading Estate, Gateshead, Tyne & Wear NE11 0JW, United Kingdom) as amended by that certain Amendment to Lease, dated December 5, 2008, between Helena Laboratories U.K. Ltd., as landlord, and Thermon U.K. Ltd., as tenant (Site BT1/M361 Team Valley Trading Estate Gateshead, Tyne & Wear, NE11 0JW, United Kingdom).

Germany

 

1. Lease, dated April 22, 2003, between Grundstücksgesellschaft TechnologiePark Bergisch Gladbach U. und Dr. K. Lammerting (as predecessors-in-interest), as landlord, and Thermon Deutschland GmbH, as tenant (Technologiepark Bergisch, Gladbach, Friedrick-Ebert-Strasse 20, West Haus Nr. 27, 51429 Bergisch Gladbach, Germany), as amended by (i) that certain Amendment, dated September 5, 2005, between Grundstücksgesellschaft TechnologiePark Bergisch Gladbach U. und Dr. K. Lammerting (as predecessors-in-interest), as landlord, and Thermon Deutschland GmbH, as tenant (Technologiepark Bergisch, Gladbach, Friedrick-Ebert-Strasse 20, West Haus Nr. 27, 51429 Bergisch Gladbach, Germany) and (ii) that certain Amendment, dated October 22, 2008, between Lobito International B.V., as landlord, and Thermon Deutschland GmbH, as tenant (TBG Technologiepark Bergisch Gladbach, Friedrich-Ebert Strausse, 51429 Bergisch Gladbach, Germany).

Kuala Lumpur

 

1. Tenancy Agreement, dated November 4, 2009, by and between Chitra A/P Lakhmichand as Landlord, and Thermon Australia Pty Ltd. as Tenant, for a portion of Suite 8-12-1, Level 12, Menara Mutiara Bangsar, No. 8 Jalan Liku, Off Jalan Bangsar, 59100 Kuala Lumpur.

South Korea

 

1. Lease, dated January 1, 2009, relating to property at Suite No. 4106, KWTC Building, 159-1, Samsung-Dong, Kangnam-ku, Seoul 135-729, Korea; Lease Renewal, dated January 1, 2010, relating to property at Suite No. 4106, KWTC Building, 159-1, Samsung-Dong, Kangnam-ku, Seoul 135-729, Korea.

 

2. Lease Agreement, dated May 22, 2009, between SFC Co. Ltd., as Lessor, and Thermon Korea Ltd., as Lessee (2136 Hwadong-ri, Hwayang-myun, Yeosu-si, Jeollanam-do – ‘A’ Warehouse, ‘B’ Office Building, and ‘C’ Manufacturing Building).


3. Agreement for warehouse space with Seon-Su Bonded Warehouse located at 590-2, Seongsu-dong 2-ga, Seongdong-gu, Seoul, Korea.

France

 

1. Bail Commercial between Thermon France SAS, as tenant, and B&C Properties, as landlord, relating to property at 51-55 Rue Hoche, Batiment A, 94200 Ivry sur Seine, France.

Australia

 

1. Oral agreement by and between Thermon Australia Pty Ltd., as tenant, and Highfield Enterprises, as landlord, for the lease of Room 29, 351 Kingsway, Caringbah, NSW 2229.

India

 

1. Agreement of Leave and Licence, dated May 22, 2007, by and among Shri Sanjay Baburao Shete and Shri Deepak Baburao Shete, as licensors and Thermon Heat Tracers Pvt. Ltd., as licensee.

 

2. Leave and Licence Agreement, dated February 23, 2010, by and between Uday Narayanrao Mane and Thermon Heat Tracers Private Limited.

 

3. Leave and Licence Agreement, dated February 23, 2010, by and among Promod Narayanrao Mane and Thermon Heat Tracers Private Limited.

Japan

 

1. Thermon Far East rents a parking space in Yokohama, Japan.

 

2. Lease for the office located at 2nd. Fl, Recruit Yokohama Bldg. 6-3 Kinko-cho, Kanagawa-ku Yokohama Kanagawa-Pref. 221-0056 Japan.

 

3. Lease for warehouse space located at 1-1 Ebisu-cho Kanagawa-ku Yokohama-shi Kanagawa-ken 221-0024 Japan.

Russia

 

1. Lease, dated March 12, 2009, for the office space located at 19 Balakirevskiy Side Street, Building 1, Moscow, Russia, 105082.

 

2. Agreement with Wim Bosman, dated March 1, 2009, for warehouse space located at Chyornaya Gryaz Village, Multi-building warehouse ‘MLP,’ Building B, Moscow region, Russia.


Kingdom of Bahrain

 

1. Lease Agreement, beginning October 1, 2008, between Her Highness Shaikha Hessa Bint Salman Al Khalifa, as Landlord, and Thermon Middle East, as tenant (Suit 608 on the 6th floor of Part 3 (Municipality 68) of the Manama Centre Building No 114 on Government Road, Manama Area no 316); Lease Agreement beginning October 1, 2009, between Her Highness Shaikha Hessa Bint Salman Al Khalifa, as Landlord, and Thermon Middle East, as tenant (Suit 608 on the 6th floor of Part 3 (Municipality 68) of the Manama Centre Building No 114 on Government Road, Manama Area no 316).

 

2. Lease Agreement, beginning July 1, 2009, between Sayed Abdula Mohsin Al-Alawi, as owner, and Thermon Middle East W.L.L., as leaseholder (FLAT No. 33, Bldg 1272, Road 1818, Block 318-A-Hoora).

Owned Real Property Schedule

 

1. The property located at 100 Thermon Drive, San Marcos, Texas, 78666 (the “ Thermon Campus ”).

 

2. The property located at 1501 McCarty Lane, San Marcos, Texas 78666 (“ Thermon Car Barn ”)

 

3. The property located at 6322 Quinn Drive, Baton Rouge, LA 70879 (the “ Baton Rouge Property ”).

 

4. The property located at 2810 Mowery Road, Houston, TX 77045 (“ Mowery Road ”).

 

5. The property located at 1/30 London Drive, Bayswater, 3153, Victoria, Australia (as legally described in the Certificate of Title Volume 9751 Folio 336) (the “ Australia Property ”).

 

6. The Pune Works property located at Koregon Bhima, Maharashtra, India 411005 (the “ India Property ”) (Property being Plot bearing Gut No. 800/1 (previously known as 570/1) admeasuring 80 acres, situated at Koregaon Bhima Tal, Shirur, District Pune,Property being plot bearing Gut No. 796 (previously known as 566) admeasuring 41 acres, 91 revenue situated in Koregaon Bhima Tal, Shirur, District Pune, and bounded as follows: on the East by road, on the West by Gut No. 565, on the North by Gut No. 568 and on the South by road).

 

7. The property located at Boezemweg 25, 2641 KG Pijnacker, P.O. Box 205, 2640 AE Pijnacker, The Netherlands (The freehold property consisting of the industrial terrain with factory building, office, underground and further belongings, situated at 2641 KP Pijnacker, municipality Pijnacker-Nootdorp, Boezemweg 23-25, known at the Dutch land registry as municipality Pijnacker,section B number 4419, measuring 62 are and 1 centiare.) (the “ Netherlands Property ”).


Real Property otherwise occupied by any Credit Party

 

1. As part of an informal agreement with customer 3M, Thermon Canada Inc. is allowed operate out of two cubicles free of charge located at 1840 Oxford Street East (P.O. Box 5757), London, Ontario N6A 4T1, Mail Code 02S 001.

Purchase options, rights of first refusal or similar contractual rights

None.


Schedule 3.10

Taxes

 

1. Indian tax authorities have ordered Thermon Heat Tracers Private Limited to pay back sales tax obligations and Thermon Heat Tracers Private Limited has disputed the claims and is at various stages of appeal, as set forth below. (Note: As of 4/29/2010, the U.S. Dollar equivalent of one Indian Rupee is 0.022452)*

 

Sr.
No.

  

Name of the case

  

Name of
the
parties

  

Who is
representing
Thermon

  

Venu (is it in a
court, an agency
or other

   The amount
of money at
stake (INR)
   Date the
dispute
began
  

last action
(hearing,
decision, filling
of brief, etc.)

   Date of Last
action
   Expected
date of next
action

1

   F.Y. 01- 02    Mumbai Sales Tax    N.V. Tapre & Asscoiates    Tribunal - Mumbai Sales Tax    44,852    26-Mar-07    Disallowed Form A received against Sale of Capital Goods    16-Jun-09    16-Apr-10

2

   F.Y. 01- 02    Central Sales Tax    N.V. Tapre & Asscoiates    Tribunal - Mumbai Sales Tax    819,130    26-Mar-07    Disallowed High Sea Sales, Works Contract Sales & Pending C forms    16-Jun-09    16-Apr-10

3

   F.Y. 03- 04    Mumbai Sales Tax    Inhouse    1st Appeal In Pune Sales Tax    248,535    31-Mar-09    Disallowed Fixed Assets Purchase    22-Sep-09    6-Mar-10

4

   F.Y. 03- 04    Central Sales Tax    Inhouse    1st Appeal In Pune Sales Tax    2,730,875    31-Mar-09    Disallowed High Sea Sales, Erection, Installation & Commissioning, Pending C forms    22-Sep-09    6-Mar-10

5

   F.Y. 04- 05    Mumbai Sales Tax    Inhouse    With Assisstant Commissioner    No demand    No dispute    Assessment is in process    21-Jan-10    15-Mar-10

6

   F.Y. 04- 05    Central Sales Tax    Inhouse    With Assisstant Commissioner    No demand    No dispute    Assessment is in Process    21-Jan-10    15-Mar-10

7

  

F.Y. 04- 05 to

F.Y. 08-09

   Mumbai Sales Tax    Balai & Associates    Sales Tax - Pune Enforcement Dept.    No demand    No dispute    Assessment is in Process    21-Jan-10    6-Mar-10

8

  

F.Y. 05- 06 to

F.Y. 08-09

   Mumbai Sales Tax    Inhouse    Business Audit - Deputy Commissioner (VAT – 24)    No demand    No dispute    Assessment is in Process    21-Dec-09    18-Jun-10

 

2. The Netherlands customs authorities are currently claiming that Thermon Europe B.V. underpaid customs taxes because a portion of the royalties paid by Thermon Europe B.V. to Thermon Manufacturing Company were not included in the cost of the goods purchased by Thermon Europe B.V. from Thermon Manufacturing Company. Thermon Europe B.V. is currently challenging the authorities’ methodology.*

 

3. Canada Revenue Agency (the “CRA”) is currently conducting an audit of the 2007 acquisition by Audax. As of the date of the Stock Purchase Agreement, no proposed adjustments have been made by the CRA.*

 

4. The Germany Tax Office claims VAT amounts charged by Thermon Europe to Thermon Deutschland GmbH are not deductible by Thermon Deutschland GmbH as they should not have been charged in the first place. The Germany VAT inspector need proof of shipment for goods shipped from Germany to other


 

European Union and non European Union countries. The German Tax Office has also declared that invoice copies (Thermon Europe to Thermon Deutschland GmbH) out of the ERP system are not valid.*

 

5. The Texas Comptroller of Public Accounts has provided notice to Thermon Manufacturing Company that it will be conducting a routine audit of its sales excise and use tax account.*

 

* All taxes arising out of this matter is indemnified by the Indemnity Escrow Account (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), and such indemnity is not subject to the deductible.


Schedule 3.12

Environmental

None.


Schedule 3.15

Labor Relations

None.


Schedule 3.17

Brokers’ and Transaction Fees

None.


Schedule 3.19

Ventures, Subsidiaries and Affiliates; Outstanding Stock

 

Entity

   Jurisdiction    Equityholder    Equity Interests    Percentage
Ownership

Thermon Holding Corp.

   Delaware    Thermon Group, Inc.    100,000    100%

Thermon Industries, Inc.

   Texas    Thermon Holding Corp.    1,000    100%

Thermon Canada Inc.

   Nova
Scotia
   Thermon Holding Corp.    1,000    100%

Thermon Manufacturing Company

   Texas    Thermon Industries, Inc.    2,242    100%

Thermon Heat Tracing Services, Inc.

   Texas    Thermon Manufacturing

Company

   1,000    100%

Thermon Heat Tracing Services-I, Inc.

   Texas    Thermon Manufacturing

Company

   1,000    100%

Thermon Heat Tracing Services-II, Inc.

   Louisiana    Thermon Manufacturing

Company

   2,000    100%

Thermon Latinoamericana, S. de R.L. de C.V.

   Mexico DF,
Mexico
   Thermon Manufacturing

Company

   2,999    99%
      Thermon Heat Tracing

Services-I, Inc.

   1    1%

Thermon Europe B.V.

   Netherlands    Thermon Manufacturing
Company
   1,229    100%

Thermon Benelux B.V.

   Netherlands    Thermon Europe B.V.    40    100%

Thermon Deutschland GmbH

   Germany    Thermon Europe B.V.    100,000    100%

Thermon Ltd.

(OOO<<Tep MOH >>)

   Russian
Federation
   Thermon Europe B.V.    N/A    100%

Thermon France SAS

   France    Thermon Europe B.V.    100    100%

Thermon Italia, S.p.A

   Italy    Thermon Europe B.V.    200,000    100%

Thermon U.K. Ltd.

   United
Kingdom
   Thermon Europe B.V.    3000 ordinary
shares

210,000 preferred
shares

   100%*

Thermon Australia Pty. Ltd.

   Australia    Thermon Manufacturing
Company
   24,400    100%

Thermon Far East, Ltd.

   Japan    Thermon Manufacturing
Company
   1,000    100%


Entity

   Jurisdiction    Equityholder    Equity Interests    Percentage
Ownership

Thermon Heat Tracers Pvt. Ltd

   India    Thermon Manufacturing Company    649,997 shares    99.999538%
      Thermon Heat Tracing Services, Inc.    1 share    0.000154%
      Thermon Heat Tracing Services-I, Inc.    1 share    0.000154%
      Thermon Heat Tracing Services-II, Inc.    1 share    0.000154%

Thermon Heat Tracing &

Engineering (Shanghai) Co. Ltd.

   China    Thermon Manufacturing

Company

   N/A    100%

Thermon Korea, Ltd.

   Korea    Thermon Manufacturing

Company

   2,700    100%

Thermon Middle East, WLL

   Bahrain    Thermon Europe B.V.

 

Thermon U.K. Ltd.

   495 shares

 

5 shares

   99%

 

1%

 

* One ordinary share may be owned by Alan Pearson held for the benefit of Thermon Europe. The Company is currently in the process of having Mr. Pearson assign the share to Thermon Europe or another entity.


Schedule 3.20

Jurisdiction of Organization; Chief Executive Office

 

Company name

  

Headquarters

  

Principal Place of
Business

  

Chief Executive
Office

   ID No.    Jurisdiction
Thermon Holding Corp.   

c/o Code, Hennessy & Simmons, LLC

10 South Wacker Drive

Suite 3175

Chicago, IL 60606

Cook County

   Hays County, Texas    Cook County, Illinois    4357673    Delaware
Thermon Industries, Inc.   

100 Thermon Drive

San Marcos, TX 78666

Hays County

   Hays County, Texas    Hays County, Texas    62831500    Texas
Thermon Manufacturing Company   

100 Thermon Drive

San Marcos, TX 78666

Hays County

   Hays County, Texas    Hays County, Texas    16727500    Texas
Thermon Heat Tracing Services, Inc.   

100 Thermon Drive

San Marcos, TX 78666

Hays County

   Hays County, Texas    Hays County, Texas    62831400    Texas
Thermon Heat Tracing Services-I, Inc.   

2810 Mowery Road

Houston, TX 77045

Harris County

   Harris County, Texas    Harris County, Texas    116158300    Texas
Thermon Heat Tracing Services-II, Inc.   

6332 Quinn Drive

Baton Rouge, LA 70817

East Baton Rouge Parish

  

East Baton Rouge

Parish, Louisiana

  

East Baton Rouge

Parish, Louisiana

   34401261D    Louisiana
Thermon Canada Inc.    Thermon Canada Inc. 333 28 Street NE Calgary, Alberta Canada T2A 7P4    Calgary, Alberta Canada    Calgary, Alberta Canada    Registration
of Joint

Stock Co.

No.:

3222536

   Nova Scotia
            CRA No.: 13795
5431
  

 

   

On March 31, 2006, Thermon Americas, Inc. was merged with and into Thermon Manufacturing Company, with Thermon Manufacturing Company surviving the merger.

 

   

Prior to the 2007 transaction by which Audax Private Equity Fund II, L.P. acquired control of the Borrowers and all of Borrowers’ Subsidiaries (the “Audax Acquisition”), Thermon Canada Inc. was a direct and wholly-owned subsidiary of Thermon Manufacturing Company, which in turn was a direct and wholly owned subsidiary of Thermon Industries, Inc. After several intermediate steps, the result


 

of the Audax Acquisition was that Thermon Canada Inc. became a direct and wholly-owned subsidiary of Thermon Holding Corp., an entity that did not exist prior to the Audax Acquisition. In connection with this transaction the jurisdiction of organization of Thermon Canada Inc. changed from Alberta to Nova Scotia on September 19, 2007.

 

   

On April 16, 2010, Thermon International Sales Corporation–II, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Thermon Manufacturing Company, was merged with and into Thermon Manufacturing Company, with Thermon Manufacturing Company surviving the merger.


Schedule 3.21

Deposit Accounts and Other Accounts

 

Thermon Entity

 

Name of Bank,

 

Account Number*

 

Type of Account

 

Address and

Telephone Number of Bank

Thermon Manufacturing Company   JP Morgan Chase, NA     Operating  

221 West Sixth St, Austin, TX 78701

P O BOX 550, Austin, TX 78767;

Phone: 512-479-2226

Thermon Manufacturing Company   JP Morgan Chase, NA     Money Market  

221 West Sixth St, Austin, TX 78701

P O BOX 550, Austin, TX 78767;

Phone: 512-479-2226

Thermon Manufacturing Company   JP Morgan Chase, NA     Disbursement  

221 West Sixth St, Austin, TX 78701

P O BOX 550, Austin, TX 78767;

Phone: 512-479-2226

Thermon Manufacturing Company   JP Morgan Chase, NA     Payroll  

221 West Sixth St, Austin, TX 78701

P O BOX 550, Austin, TX 78767;

Phone: 512-479-2226

Thermon Manufacturing Company   JP Morgan Chase, NA     Employee Cafeteria Plan  

221 West Sixth St, Austin, TX 78701

P O BOX 550, Austin, TX 78767;

Phone: 512-479-2226

Thermon Manufacturing Company   JP Morgan Chase, NA     CD, Pledged as Collateral  

221 West Sixth St, Austin, TX 78701

P O BOX 550, Austin, TX 78767;

Phone: 512-479-2226

Thermon Manufacturing Company   JP Morgan Chase, NA     Lockbox  

221 West Sixth St, Austin, TX 78701

P O BOX 550, Austin, TX 78767;

Phone: 512-479-2226

Thermon Manufacturing Company   JP Morgan Chase Bank – New York     Employee Benefit (UHC), Third Party administrated  

4 Chase Metro Tech Center, Floor 20

Brooklyn, NY 11245-0001;

Phone: 718-242-3042

Thermon Heat Tracing Services-I, Inc.   JP Morgan Chase, NA     Disbursement  

221 West Sixth St, Austin, TX 78701

P O BOX 550, Austin, TX 78767;

Phone: 512-479-2226

Thermon Heat Tracing Services-I, Inc.   JP Morgan Chase, NA     THTS – I Payroll  

221 West Sixth St, Austin, TX 78701

P O BOX 550, Austin, TX 78767;

Phone: 512-479-2226

Thermon Heat Tracing Services, Inc.; Thermon Heat Tracing Services-I, Inc.; Thermon Heat Tracing Services-II, Inc.   JP Morgan Chase, NA     Lockbox  

221 West Sixth St, Austin, TX 78701

P O BOX 550, Austin, TX 78767;

Phone: 512-479-2226

Thermon Heat Tracing Services-II, Inc.   JP Morgan Chase, NA     Disbursement  

221 West Sixth St, Austin, TX 78701

P O BOX 550, Austin, TX 78767;

Phone: 512-479-2226

Thermon Heat Tracing Services-II, Inc.   Regions Bank     Local Account  

5353 Essen Lane, Suite 150

Baton Rouge, LA 70809;

Phone: 225-767-0000

Thermon Canada Inc.   Toronto Dominion Bank     Operating Account  

Calgary Place

355 Fourth Avenue South West, Fourth Floor

Calgary, Alberta T2P 0H9

Phone: (403) 292-1141


 

Thermon Entity

 

Name of Bank,

 

Account Number*

 

Type of Account

 

Address and

Telephone Number of Bank

Thermon Canada Inc.   Toronto Dominion Bank     USD Account  

Calgary Place

355 Fourth Avenue South West, Fourth Floor

Calgary, Alberta T2P 0H9

Phone: (403) 292-1141

Thermon Canada Inc.   Toronto Dominion Bank     Future Term Deposits  

Calgary Place

355 Fourth Avenue South West, Fourth Floor

Calgary, Alberta T2P 0H9

Phone: (403) 292-1141

Thermon Canada Inc.   Toronto Dominion Bank     Collateral Term Deposit – GIC Pledged to TD  

Calgary Place

355 Fourth Avenue South West, Fourth Floor

Calgary, Alberta T2P 0H9

Phone: (403) 292-1141

Thermon Industries, Inc.   JP Morgan Chase, NA     Disbursement  

221 West Sixth St, Austin, TX 78701

P O BOX 550, Austin, TX 78767;

Phone: 512-479-2226

Thermon Holding Corp.   JP Morgan Chase, NA     Disbursement  

221 West Sixth St, Austin, TX 78701

P O BOX 550, Austin, TX 78767;

Phone: 512-479-2226

 

* Account numbers have been omitted pursuant to a confidential treatment request filed with the SEC. The omitted material has been filed separately with the SEC.


Schedule 3.22

Bonding; Licenses

Performance Bonds

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Performance Bonds Outstanding as of March 31, 2010

 

Obligue

   Project / Description    Effective Date    Expiry    Currency    Bond Amount    FX Rate    US$ Value    US$ Value
Total Bonds
by Entity

US - Surety Bonds Outstanding

                       

State of New Jersey

      3/31/2010    3/31/2011    USD    1,000    1.00    1,000   

State of New Mexico

      4/3/2009    4/3/2010    USD    5,000    1.00    5,000   

Arkansas Contractors Licensing Board

      10/7/2009    10/7/2010    USD    10,000    1.00    10,000   

West Virgina Department of Labor

      12/8/2009    12/8/2010    USD    10,672    1.00    10,672   

Board of Electrical Examiners & Supervisors of Baltimore Crp

      1/1/2010    1/1/2010    USD    2,500    1.00    2,500   

State of Oklahoma Construction Industries Board

      4/22/2009    4/22/2010    USD    5,000    1.00    5,000   

Kiewitt Offshore Services Ltd

      5/14/2009    5/14/2010    USD    213,060    1.00    213,060   

Kiewitt Offshore Services Ltd

      5/14/2009    5/14/2010    USD    187,276    1.00    187,276   

Kiewitt Offshore Services Ltd

      11/5/2009    11/5/2010    USD    213,060    1.00    1,370,000   

Kiewitt Offshore Services Ltd

      12/2/2009    12/1/2010    USD    167,276    1.00    85,661   
   Total US Performance Bonds (US$)    $ 1,890,169

Korea - Surety Bonds Outstanding

                       

DAEWOO CONSTRUCTION C

   KUMHC BPA III    11/1/2008    10/31/2010    Won    5,170,000    1131.48    4,569   

SAMSUNG ENG Co

   Ibn Zahn PP-III    9/3/2007    9/2/2010    Won    5,734,600    1131.48    5,068   

DOOSAN H I&C

   Instrument Installation    5/2/2007    7/1/2010    Won    6,820,000    1131.48    6,028   

DATA TECH Co.

   GS CAL TEX No4 PJT    11/1/2006    4/30/2010    Won    10,450,000    1131.48    9,236   

SAMSUNG ENG Co

   Borouge OCU 2 PJT    5/3/2009    5/6/2012    Won    12,346,570    1131.48    10,912   

RITCO Co

   Heated Sample Line    9/20/2008    12/31/2011    Won    13,662,680    1131.48    12,093   

SAMSUNG ENG Co

   Ibn Zahn OCT    2/29/2008    2/26/2011    Won    14,056,000    1131.48    12,424   

JAYOU E&C

      9/24/2008    9/23/2010    Won    17,600,000    1131.48    15,555   

NAMBUK JEONHI Co

   ET Panel Board    4/29/2008    4/26/2010    Won    16,700,000    1131.48    15,527   

HYUNDAI ENG Co

   AAC Ethyleneamines PJT    5/31/2009    5/30/2011    Won    29,557,251    1131.48    26,123   

SAMYOUNG Co

   Kunang Energy    5/30/2006    5/22/2011    Won    31,363,076    1131.48    27,719   

DATA TECH Co

   GS CAL TEX No2 PJT    12/31/2008    5/31/2010    Won    34,650,000    1131.48    30,624   

HYUNDAI E&C Co

   SONE-9206E-460002
4502
   1/16/2009    7/15/2010    Won    42,689,233    1131.48    37,729   

SAMSUNG ENG Co

   MOC Cracker PJT    3/10/2009    3/9/2012    Won    43,205,944    1131.48    38,185   

DAEWOO CONSTRUCTION C

   KUMHO BPA III    11/1/2008    10/31/2010    Won    107,800,000    1131.48    95,273   

SAMSUNG ENG Co

   Kayan PP PJT    4/1/2009    3/31/2012    Won    698,992,000    1131.48    617,768   

SAMSUNG ENG Co

      12/4/2009    4/30/2010    Won    1,157,600    1131.48    1,032   

DOYO ENGINEERING KOREA

   EB PJT    3/3/2010    2/15/2013    Won    5,044,032    1131.48    4,458   

SAMSUNG ENG Co

   RAS TANURA DHT    3/11/2010    3/10/2013    Won    13,427,400    1131.48    11,867   

SAMSUNG ENG Co

   BOTTOM E H T S    3/23/2010    3/22/2017    Won    25,300,000    1131.48    22,360   
   Total Korean Performance Bonds (US$)    $ 1,005,549
                           
   Grand Total Contingent Obligations under Bonds (US$)    $ 2,895,718
                           

With respect to the “US – Surety Bonds Outstanding” above, the surety of the performance bonds has a security interest in goods required to perform underlying contract and contract proceeds.

With respect to the “Korea – Surety Bonds Outstanding” above, the surety of the performance bonds has a security interest in goods required to perform underlying contract and contract proceeds.


Other Contingent Performance Obligations Outstanding as of February 28, 2010

0

 

Issuer

 

Sr No.

  

Beneficiary

  

Project / Description

  

Effective Date

  

Expiry

  

Currency

   Bond Amount    FX Rate    US$Value    US$Value
Total LC’s  by

Eentity
India - Indemnity Bonds issued by Thermon India                  

Thermon Heat Tracers Pvt. Ltd.

  1    India Customs Authority    Gty pymt of import duties    10/7/04    Indefinite    INR    5,000,000    46.1042    108,450   

Thermon Heat Tracers Pvt. Ltd.

  2    India Customs Authority    Gty pymt of import duties    10/21/05    Indefinite    INR    10,000,000    46.1042    216,900   

Thermon Heat Tracers Pvt. Ltd.

  3    India Customs Authority    Gty pymt of import duties    9/20/06    Indefinite    INR    10,000,000    46.1042    216,900   

Thermon Heat Tracers Pvt. Ltd.

  4    India Customs Authority    Gty pymt of import duties    11/1/07    Indefinite    INR    10,000,000    46.1042    216,900   

Thermon Heat Tracers Pvt. Ltd.

  5    India Customs Authority    Gty pymt of import duties    5/24/08    Indefinite    INR    10,000,000    46.1042    216,900   

Thermon Heat Tracers Pvt. Ltd.

  6    India Customs Authority    Gty pymt of import duties    9/19/08    Indefinite    INR    10,000,000    46.1042    216,900   

Thermon Heat Tracers Pvt. Ltd.

  7    India Customs Authority    Gty pymt of import duties    12/1/08    Indefinite    INR    10,000,000    46.1042    216,900   

Thermon Heat Tracers Pvt. Ltd.

  8    India Customs Authority    Gty pymt of import duties    12/1/08    Indefinite    INR    10,000,000    46.1042    216,900   

Thermon Heat Tracers Pvt. Ltd.

  9    India Customs Authority    Gty pymt of import duties    5/27/09    Indefinite    INR    10,000,000    46.1042    216,900   

Thermon Heat Tracers Pvt. Ltd.

  10    India Customs Authority    Gty pymt of import duties    10/2/09    Indefinite    INR    10,000,000    46.1042    216,900   

Thermon Heat Tracers Pvt. Ltd.

  11    India Customs Authority    Gty pymt of import duties    2/3/10    Indefinite    INR    10,000,000    46.1042    216,900   

Total Other Indian Contingent Obligations (US $)

      $ 2,277,450
                                

Grand Total Other Contingent Performance Obligations (US $)

      $ 2,277,450
                                


Schedule 5.1

Liens

None.


Schedule 5.4

Investments

 

1. Fractional share held by Thermon Far East, Ltd. in JGC Corporation valued at ¥283,044.


Schedule 5.5

Indebtedness

Letters of Credit and Bank Guara ntees

 

Thermon Holdings, LLC

Letters of Credit & Bank Guarantees Outstanding
as of March 31, 2010

                                   
                                      US$ Value   US$ Value   US$
Value

Obligor

  Applicant   Issuing
Bank
  LC No.   Beneficiary   Issue Date   Final
Expiry
  Currency   Face
Value
  FX
Rate
  LC’s &
BG’s
  Total LC’s by
Entity
  Cash
Pledged
as
Collateral

US Obligations Issued under JPMorgan Facility & Secured by Cash

             

Thermon Manufacturing

  THT   JPMorgan   CTCS-793481   ICICI Bank
Limited
  9/25/2009   2/20/2012   INR   20,000,000   448,229   446,200       535,441

Thermon Manufacturing

  TCN   JPMorgan   TDTS-340888   Ina
Communication
Construct
  7/5/2007   10/25/2010   USD   48,250   1.00   48,250       48,250

Thermon Manufacturing

  TLA   JPMorgan   TTTS-206006   Fianzas Atlas S
A
  3/10/2008   12/31/2010   MXN   310,000   12.36   25,073       30,087

Thermon Manufacturing

  TMC   JPMorgan   TTTS-265865   orea Hydro &
Nuclear Power
C
  12/17/2007   12/31/2016   USD   135,000   1.00   135,000       135,000

Thermon Manufacturing

  THTS
I
  JPMorgan   CTCS-792080   Black &
Veatch
Corporation
  8/18/2009   9/30/2010   USD   55,704   1.00   55,704       55,704

Thermon Manufacturing

  THTS
I
  JPMorgan   TTTS-383108   Black &
Veatch
Corporation
  3/18/2008   9/30/2010   USD   11,622   1.00   11,522       11,622

Thermon Manufacturing

  TMC   JPMorgan   TTTS-262483   JPMorgan
Chase UK
  4/10/2008   4/1/2012   USD   78,849   1.00   78,849       78,849

Thermon Manufacturing

  TLA   JPMorgan   CTCS-706922   ICA Fluor
Daniel
  11/24/2009   4/30/2011   USD   37,141   1.00   37,141       37,141

Thermon Manufacturing

  TMC   JPMorgan   TTTS-714491   Ecopetrol S A   5/12/2009   7/31/2011   USD   47,967   1.00   47,967       47,967
            Additional Cash Pledged for Future LC Needs       220,714
            Total LC’s under JPMorgan Facility(US$)     885,807    
                               
            Total US Contingent Obligations (US$)   $ 885,807   $ 1,200,776
                               

Canadian Obligations Issued under Toronto Dominion Facility & Secured by Cash

           

Thermon Canada Inc

  TCA   TD Bank   9500109-08   KIEWIT Apec
Partnership
  9/2/2005   10/31/2010   CAD   299.633   1.02   295,031    

Thermon Canada Inc

  TCA   TD Bank   G194842   SNC Lavalin   4/18/2007   9/30/2011   CAD   57.615   1.02   56,730    

Thermon Canada Inc

  TCA   TD Bank   G195014   SNC CENMC   7/6/2007   6/30/2011   CAD   12.026   1.02   11,841    
                               
          Total Canadian Contingent Obligations (US$)     $ 363,602   $ 387,286
                               


Schedule 5.5(p)

Foreign Subsidiary Letter of Credit Indebtedness

Letters of Credit and Bank Guarantees

 

Thermon Holdings, LLC

                            

Letters of Credit and Bank Guarantees Outstanding as of March 31, 2010

                    
                                                      US $Value    US $Value    US $Value
       Obligor    Applicant    Issuing Bank    LC No.    Beneficiary   Issue Date    Final
Expiry
   Currency    Face
Value
   FX
Rate
   LC’s &
BG’s
   Total LC’s
by entry
   Cash
Pledged as
Collateral

Canadian Obligations Issued under Toronto Dominion Facility & Secured by Cash

                    
   Thermon Canada, Inc    TCA    TD Bank    9600109-08    KIEWIT Apec Partnership   9/2/2005    10/31/2010    CAD    299,633    1.02    295,031      
   Thermon Canada, Inc    TCA    TD Bank    G194842    SNC Lavaan   4/182007    9/30/2011    CAD    57,615    1.02    56,730      
   Thermon Canada, Inc    TCA    TD Bank    G195014    SNC CENMC   7/6/2007    6/30/2011    CAD    12,026    1.02    11,841      
                    Total Canandian Contigent Obligations (US$)       $ 363,802    $ 387,286

Japanese Obligations Secured by Cash

                      
                             93.49         
   Thermon Far East    TFE    Bank of Tokyo Mitsubishi    No. G-251-9810057    QATAR SHLL   4/16/2008    10/31/2010    US    133,240.75    1.00    133,241      
   Thermon Far East    TFE    Bank of Tokyo Mitsubishi    No. G-251-9810061    QATAR SHLL   8/19/2008    12/31/2011    US    10,456    1.00    10,456      
   Thermon Far East    TFE    Bank of Tokyo Mitsubishi    No. G-251-9810062    CTEP (Rasgas PJ)         Yen/
Eur
   Y53000/ E
11
   0.74    16,373      
   Thermon Far East    TFE    Bank of Tokyo Mitsubishi    No. G-251-9810065    QATAR SHLL         US       1.00    61,186      
   Thermon Far East    TFE    Bank of Tokyo Mitsubishi    No. G-251-9810067    QATAR SHLL         US       1.00    69,896      
                                     
                    Total Japanese Contingent Obligations (US$)    $ 291,152    $ 369,286

Australian Obligations issued under National Australia Bank Facility

                         
   Thermon Australia    TAPL    National Australia Bank    N/A    OUTOTEC   3/18/2008    Indefinite    AUD    3,061    1.09    2,808      
   Thermon Australia    TAPL    National Australia Bank    N/A    OUTOTEC   3/18/2008    Indefinite    AUD    3,400    11    3,119      
   Thermon Australia    TAPL    National Australia Bank    AL2006243244    Toyo Thai   7/15/2010    10/31/2010    USD    5,055    1    5,055      
                    Total Australia Contingent Obligations (US$)    $ 10,983    $ 1,227
                                     

India Obligations Fully Secured by Cash

                         
   Thermon Heat Tracers    THT    HDFC Bank Ltd    240G102063060007    Customs Department   11/1/2006    1/31/2010    INR    360,000    44.6229    8,478      
                    Total Indian BG’s with HDFC (US$)    $ 8,478    $ 10,441

India Obligations Issued under ICICI Facility

                         

1

   Thermon Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00003209    Bharat Heavy Electricals Ltd   5/22/2009    1/22/2011    INR    308,586    44.8229    6,885      

2

   Thermon Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00003009    Bharat Heavy Electricals Ltd   5/22/2009    1/22/2011    INR    435,170    44.8229    9,709      

3

   Thermon Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00003109    Bharat Heavy Electricals Ltd   7/6/2009    1/30/2011    INR    144,001    44.8229    3,213      

4

   Thermon Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00002109    Bharat Heavy Electricals Ltd   4/9/2009    3/30/2011    INR    7,449,858    44.8229    166,207      

5

   Thermon Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00002309    Bharat Heavy Electricals Ltd   4/24/2009    1/15/2011    INR    3,791,139    44.8229    84,580      

6

   Thermon Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00000409    Bharat Heavy Electricals Ltd   1/24/2009    11/15/2010    INR    1,563,925    44.8229    34,891      

7

   Thermon Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00000909    Bharat Heavy Electricals Ltd   2/16/2009    12/15/2010    INR    1,572,305    44.8229    35,078      

8

   Thermon Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00005009    Bharat Heavy Electricals Ltd   7/21/2009    4/30/2011    INR    146,897    44.8229    3,277      

9

   Thermon Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00003107    Black & Veach Con P   2/2/2009    11/10/2010    INR    1,219,131    44.8229    27,199      

10

   Thermon Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00001809    Essar Construction India Ltd   3/12/2009    5/23/2010    INR    68,031    44.8229    1,518      

11

   Thermon Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00003006    Essar Projects Ltd   4/4/2006    12/31/2008    INR    274,800    44.8229    6,131      

12

   Thermon Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00003206    Essar Projects Ltd   11/29/2006    2/28/2009    INR    626,270    44.8229    14,017      

13

   Thermon Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00000310    Essar Projects Ltd   2/1/2010    10/31/2011    INR    4,995    0    4,995      

14

   Thermon Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00002807    Indian Oil Tanking Ltd   11/22/2007    10/30/2009    INR    147,060    44.8229    3,281      

15

   Thermon Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00002909    Indian Oil Tanking Ltd   5/20/2009    2/10/2011    INR    19,182    1    19,182      

16

   Thermon Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00002907    Larsen &Turbo Ltd   11/26/2007    4/30/2009    INR    877,870    44.8229    19,585      

17

   Thermon Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00004109    Larsen &Turbo Ltd   6/29/2009    10/25/2011    INR    50,878    44.8229    1,135      

18

   Thermon Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00004609    Larsen &Turbo Ltd   7/17/2009    9/30/2011    INR    194,350    44.8229    4,336      

19

   Thermon Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00002809    Larsen &Turbo Ltd   5/15/2009    2/27/2011    INR    152,795    44.8229    3,409      

20

   Thermon Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00003809    Larsen &Turbo Ltd   5/16/2009    2/18/2012    INR    52,272    44.8229    1,166      
       Obligor    Applicant    Issuing Bank    LC No.    Beneficiary   Issue Date    Final
Expiry
   Currency    Face
Value
   FX
Rate
   LC’s &
BG’s
   Total LC’s
by Entity
   Cash
Pledged as
Collateral

21

   Therman Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00004209    Larsen & Turbo Ltd
  6/29/2009    2/20/2012    INR    46,947    448229
   1,047      

22

   Therman Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00001209    Libra Techcon Ltd   2//19/2009    11/15/2010    INR    47,060    448229    1,050      

23

   Therman Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00007209    Lloyd Insulations (India)
LTD
  12/11/2009    08/20/2012    INR    128,535    448229    2,868      

24

   Therman Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00002709    Mundra Port & Special
Economic Zone Ltd
  5/14/2009    05/03/2010    INR    64,800    448229    1,446      

25

   Therman Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00002609    Mundra Port & Special
Economic Zone Ltd
  5/11/2009    05/03/2010    INR    675,610    448229    12,840      

26

   Therman Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00002409    Punj Lloyd Ltd   4/24/2009    04/15/2011    INR    6111,075    448229    13,633      

27

   Therman Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00000608    Reliance Industries Ltd   3/14/2006    10/30/2010    INR    437,440    448229    9,769      

28

   Therman Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00004709    Reliance Industries Ltd   7/17/2009    05/10/2011    INR    107,765    448229    2,404      

29

   Therman Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00004809    Reliance Industries Ltd   7/17/2009    05/30/2001    INR    150,846    448229    3,365      

30

   Therman Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00005409    Reliance Industries Ltd   9/12/2009    10/30/2011    INR    591,934    448229    13,206      

31

   Therman Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00005709    Reliance Industries Ltd   9/23/1998    11/30/2011    INR    1,187,262    448229    26,488      

32

   Therman Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00005109    Reliance Industries Ltd   10/07/2009    2/28/2011    INR    113,792    448229    2,539      

33

   Therman Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00005309    Reliance Industries Ltd   09/02/2009    05/10/2012    INR    2,209723    448229    49,299      

34

   Therman Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00005809    Reliance Industries Ltd   09/24/2009    09/23/2012    INR    876,818    448229    19,540      

35

   Therman Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00006009    Reliance Industries Ltd   10/07/2004    07/15/2012    INR    234,021    448229    5,211      

36

   Therman Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00006409    Reliance Industries Ltd   10/20/2009    01/31/2012    INR    11,785    448229    263      

37

   Therman Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00006509    Reliance Industries Ltd   10/20/2009    01/31/2012    INR    33,259    448229    742      

38

   Therman Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00006609    Reliance Industries Ltd   10/20/2009    01/31/2012    INR    31,486    448229    702      

39

   Therman Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00006709    Reliance Industries Ltd   10/20/2009    01/31/2012    INR    32,152    448229    717      

40

   Therman Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00006809    Reliance Industries Ltd   10/20/2009    01/31/2012    INR    116,921    448229    2,609      

41

   Therman Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00006908    Reliance Industries Ltd   10/30/2009    04/07/2012    INR    72,229    448229    1,611      

42

   Therman Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00007009    Reliance Industries Ltd   10/30/2009    04/07/2012    INR    4,760    448229    106      

43

   Therman Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00007109    Reliance Industries Ltd   10/30/2009    01/31/2012    INR    496,662    448229    11,081      

44

   Therman Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00005509    Reliance Forts and
Terminate Limited
  09/12/2009    12/30/2011    INR    4,257,973    448229    94,996      

45

   Therman Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00005909    Reliance Forts and
Terminate Limited
  09/25/2009    09/24/2012    INR    2,357,731    448229    52,601      

46

   Therman Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00006209    Reliance Forts and
Terminate Limited
  10/07/2009    07/15/2012    INR    660,500    448229    14,736      

47

   Therman Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00004509    Tata Projects Ltd   06/30/2009    03/30/2011    INR    330,000    448229    7,362      

48

   Therman Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00001109    Technimot S.PA   02/19/2009    12/30/2011    INR    391,874    448229    8,743      

49

   Therman Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00001309    Technimot ICB House   02/25/2009    12/30/2011    INR    64,645    448229    1,442      

50

   Therman Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00000609    Technimot S.PS   06/03/2009    05/15/2012    INR    95,061    448229    2,121      

51

   Therman Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00000809    Toyo Engg Corpn   02/06/2009    12/10/2011    INR    45,950    448229    1,025      

52

   Therman Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00000709    Toyo Engg Corpn   02/06/2009    11/10/2011    INR    37,400    448229    834      

53

   Therman Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00000509    Toyo Engg Corpn   02/06/2009    11/10/2011    INR    175,720    448229    3,920      

54

   Therman Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00000509    Toyo Engg Corpn   05/14/2009    09/10/2010    INR    48,000    448229    1,071      

55

   Therman Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00001709    Toyo Engg Corpn   03/09/2006    04/21/2011    INR    48,000    448229    1,071      

56

   Therman Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00003709    Toyo Engg Corpn   06/15/2009    07/30/2011    INR    90,850    448229    2,027      

57

   Therman Heat Tracers    THT    ICICI Bank Ltd    0020BG00000610    Essar Projects (India) Ltd      10/31/2011    USD    6,749    10000    6,749      
                 Total Indian BG’s with ICICI (USS)       $ 831,027    $ 96,902

European Obligations Issued under ABN AMRO Facility

                            

1

2

   Therman Heat Tracers

Therman Heat Tracers

   TUK

TF

   ABN AMRO

ABN AMRO

   122.02.29 160

122.72.86 527

   Agip Kazakhstan North
Caspian Operating Co

Alstom Power Centrakes S A

  10/02/2008

03/10/2009

   2/28/2014

5/31/2012

   USD

EUR

   850, 000

6,000

   1.00

0.74

   850.000

8.106

     

3

4

5

   Therman Heat Tracers

Therman Heat Tracers

Therman Heat Tracers

   TF

TF

TF

   ABN AMRO

ABN AMRO

ABN AMRO

   123.07.170279

123.08.04 680

122.76.23 787

   Alstom Power Centrakes S A

Alstom Power Centrakes S A

Alstom Power Centrakes S A

  08/13/2009

08/13/2009

03/31/2009

   03/15/2012

12/30/2012

12/31/2012

   EUR

EUR

EUR

   16,056

43,760

13,765

   0.74

0.74

0.74

   21.691

58.119

18.596

     

6

   Therman Heat Tracers    TF    ABN AMRO    121.79.42 359    Alstom Power Centrakes S A   02/28/2008    11/3/2010    EUR    33,435    0.74    45.170      

7

   Therman Heat Tracers    TUK    ABN AMRO    123.16.16.608    Borealis Polymere GmbH   09/21/2009    09/30/2011    EUR    32,828    0.74    44.350      


Schedule 5.5(q)

Foreign Subsidiary Indebtedness

 

  1. Finance Contract 600180-ASSET PURCHASE, commencing October 23, 2008 and ending October 23, 2013, by and between Thermon Australia Pty. Ltd. and Alphera Financial Services.

 

  2. Financial Lease Overeenkomst 7479-LF-0, dated June 26, 2009, by and between Thermon Europe BV and KBC Lease (Nederland) BV.


Schedule 5.6

Transactions with Affiliates

 

  1. Merger Agreement, dated July 10, 2007, by and among Thermon Holding Corp., Thermon Merger Corp., Thermon Industries, Inc., Richard L. Burdick, Burdick Interests, LTD, George Alexander, Rodney Bingham, Richard Hageman, David Ralph and TII Shareholder Representative, LLC.

 

  2. Transfer Agreement, dated August 30, 2007, by and between Thermon Holdings ULC and Thermon Holding Corp., as amended by that certain Addendum to the Transfer Agreement dated August 30, 2007 between Thermon Holdings ULC and Thermon Holding Corp., dated March 25, 2010.

 

  3. Revolving Promissory Note, dated October 1, 2001, by and between Thermon Latinoamericana, S. de R.L. de C.V., as maker, and Thermon Manufacturing Company, as payee, in the amount of up to $350,000.

 

  4. Commissionaire Agreement, dated January 1, 1996, by and between Thermon Europe B.V. and Thermon France S.A.

 

  5. Commissionaire Agreement, dated January 1, 1996, by and between Thermon Europe B.V. and Thermon U.K. Ltd.

 

  6. Commissionaire Agreement, dated January 1, 1996, by and between Thermon Europe B.V. and Thermon Deutschland GmbH.

 

  7. International Distribution, License and Cost Recovery Agreement, dated April 1, 2002, by and between Thermon Manufacturing Company and Thermon Australia Pty. Ltd.

 

  8. International Technical Information, License, Distribution and Cost Recovery Agreement, dated April 1, 2009, by and between Thermon Manufacturing Company and Thermon Canada, Inc.

 

  9. International Trademark License Agreement, dated April 1, 2009, by and between Thermon Manufacturing Company and Thermon Canada, Inc.

 

  10. International Distribution, License and Cost Recovery Agreement, dated April 1, 2002, between Thermon Manufacturing Company and Thermon Europe B.V., as modified by the Revised Agreement, dated April 1, 2003.

 

  11. International Distribution, License and Cost Recovery Agreement, dated April 1, 2002, between Thermon Manufacturing Company and Thermon Far East Ltd.


  12. International Distribution, License and Cost Recovery Agreement, dated April 1, 2002, between Thermon Manufacturing Company and Thermon Heat Tracers Private Limited.

 

  13. International Distribution, License and Cost Recovery Agreement, dated April 1, 2002, between Thermon Manufacturing Company and Thermon Latinoamericana, S. de R.L. de C.V.

 

  14. Revolving Promissory Note, dated August 26, 2009, by and between Thermon Middle East, WLL as maker, and Thermon Europe B.V, as payee, in the amount of $150,000.

 

  15. Residential Lease, dated January 12, 2009, between Randall Morris & Company, as landlord, and Thermon Manufacturing Company, as tenant (713 Burleson, San Marcos, TX 78666), as extended pursuant to that certain Extension to Residential Agreement, effective January 8, 2010, by and between Randall Morris & Company and Thermon Manufacturing Company (Residential Lease of Rodney Bingham).

 

  16. Non-Competition Agreement, dated August 8, 2007, by and between Thermon Holdings, LLC, Thermon Industries, Inc. and David Ralph.

 

  17. Non-Competition Agreement, dated August 30, 2007, by and between Thermon Holdings, LLC, Thermon Industries, Inc. and George Alexander.

 

  18. Non-Competition Agreement, dated August 20, 2007, by and between Thermon Holdings, LLC, Thermon Industries, Inc. and Mark R. Burdick.

 

  19. Non-Competition Agreement, dated August 14, 2007, by and between Thermon Holdings, LLC, Thermon Industries, Inc. and Rich Hulett.

 

  20. Non-Competition Agreement, dated August 13, 2007, by and between Thermon Holdings, LLC, Thermon Industries, Inc. and Richard Hageman.

 

  21. Non-Competition Agreement, dated August 30, 2007, by and between Thermon Holdings, LLC, Thermon Industries, Inc. and Richard L. Burdick.

 

  22. Non-Competition Agreement, dated August 30, 2007, by and between Thermon Holdings, LLC, Thermon Industries, Inc. and Rob Mulder.

 

  23. Non-Competition Agreement, dated August 7, 2007, by and between Thermon Holdings, LLC, Thermon Industries, Inc. and Rodney Bingham.

 

  24. Non-Competition Agreement, dated August 15, 2007, by and between Thermon Holdings, LLC, Thermon Industries, Inc. and Amy Burdick.


  25. Non-Competition Agreement, dated August 14, 2007, by and between Thermon Holdings, LLC, Thermon Industries, Inc. and Sandra Burdick Rodriguez.

 

  26. Non-Competition Agreement, dated August 20, 2007, by and between Thermon Holdings, LLC, Thermon Industries, Inc. and David Burdick.

 

  27. Non-Competition Agreement, dated August 20, 2007, by and between Thermon Holdings, LLC, Thermon Industries, Inc. and Johnny Burdick.

 

  28. Non-Competition Agreement, dated August 18, 2007, by and between Thermon Holdings, LLC, Thermon Industries, Inc. and Michelle Burdick Russo.

 

  29. Non-Competition Agreement, dated August 16, 2007, by and between Thermon Holdings, LLC, Thermon Industries, Inc. and Nichole Burdick Skidmore.

 

  30. Indemnification Agreement, effective as of July 8, 2003, by and between Thermon Industries, Inc. and Mark Burdick.

 

  31. Indemnification Agreement, effective as of July 8, 2003, by and between Thermon Industries, Inc. and George Alexander.

 

  32. Indemnification Agreement, effective as of July 8, 2003, by and between Thermon Industries, Inc. and Rodney Bingham.

 

  33. Indemnification Agreement, effective as of July 8, 2003, by and between Thermon Industries, Inc. and Rob Mulder.

 

  34. Indemnification Agreement, effective as of July 8, 2003, by and between Thermon Industries, Inc. and David Ralph.

 

  35. Indemnification Agreement, effective as of July 8, 2003, by and between Thermon Industries, Inc. and Rich Hulett.

 

  36. Indemnification Agreement, effective as of November 1, 2006, by and between Thermon Industries, Inc. and James Schubert.

 

  37. Oral lease agreement for Room 29, 351 Kingsway Caringbah, New South Wales, Australia, by and between Thermon Australia Pty., Ltd. and Highfield Enterprises Pty. Ltd. Highfield Enterprises Pty., Ltd. is owned by the mother of Mark Pescud, a Thermon Australia Pty., Ltd. employee. Mr. Pescud is also a director of Highfield Enterprises Pty., Ltd.

 

  38.

Thermon Holding Corp. (the “ Company ”) and Thermon Canada, Inc. will enter into the Intercompany Agreement prior to the Closing Date pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement whereby the Company, upon the repayment by the Company of the Prior Indebtedness referenced in Schedule 11.1(2), shall waive and release


 

any rights of subrogation, reimbursement or repayment from Thermon Canada, Inc. as an obligor under that certain Prior Indebtedness referenced in Schedule 11.1(2), in consideration for which Thermon Canada, Inc. shall issue one common share to the Company.

 

  39. Certain Thermon entities may in the ordinary course of business provide guarantees to third parties to backstop the performance, in each case, as to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement, of the obligations of such entities’ subsidiaries in connection with their projects.

 

  40. Thermon guarantees obligations of certain employees under AMEX corporate cards pursuant to the Business Travel Services Agreement between Thermon Manufacturing Company and American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc., dated May 1, 1996, as amended by that certain Amendment to Business Travel Services Agreement dated January 1, 2002 between Thermon Manufacturing Company and American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc. d/b/a American Express One.

 

  41. Management Services Agreement dated as of April 30, 2010 by and among Thermon Industries, Inc., CHS Management V LP, Thompson Street Capital Manager LLC, Crown Investment Series LLC – Series 4, and Star Investment Series LLC – Series 1.

 

  42. Closing Fee Agreement by and between Thermon Group, Inc. and CHS Management V LP dated as of April 30, 2010, as in effect on the Closing Date.


Schedule 5.9

Contingent Obligations

 

  1. Contingent Obligations in respect of the letters of credit and bank guarantees referenced in Schedule 5.5(p) .


Schedule 11.1

Prior Indebtedness

 

  1. Credit Agreement, dated August 30, 2007, among Thermon Holding Corp., Thermon Holdings, LLC, the Guarantors (as defined therein), the Lenders (as defined therein), and CIT Lending Services Corporation, as administrative agent for the Lenders and as collateral agent for the Secured Parties (as defined therein), as amended by that certain (i) Amendment No. 1, dated December 28, 2007, by and among Thermon Holding Corp. and the other parties thereto, (ii) Amendment No. 2, dated March 31, 2009, by and among Thermon Holding Corp. and the other parties thereto, and (iii) Amendment No. 3, dated July 23, 2009, by and among Thermon Holding Corp. and the other parties thereto.

 

  2. Credit Agreement, dated August 30, 2007, among Thermon Canada Inc. (as successor by amalgamation to Thermon Holdings ULC), Thermon Holding Corp., the Guarantors (as defined therein), the Lenders (as defined therein), and CIT Financial Ltd., as administrative agent for the Lenders and as collateral agent for the Secured Parties (as defined therein) as amended by that certain (i) Amendment No. 1, dated December 28, 2007, by and among Thermon Canada Inc. and the other parties thereto, (ii) Amendment No. 2, dated March 31, 2009, by and among Thermon Canada Inc. and the other parties thereto, and (iii) Amendment No. 3, dated July 23, 2009, by and among Thermon Canada Inc. and the other parties thereto.

 

  3. Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated August 30, 2007, by and among Thermon Holding Corp., Thermon Manufacturing Company, Thermon Holdings ULC (as predecessor-in-interest by amalgamation), CIT Lending Services Corporation, CIT Financial Ltd. and the other parties thereto, as amended by that certain (i) First Amendment to Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated December 28, 2007, by and among Thermon Holding Corp. and the other parties thereto, (ii) Second Amendment to Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated March 31, 2009, by and among Thermon Holding Corp. and the other parties thereto, and (iii) Third Amendment to Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated July 23, 2009, by and among Thermon Holding Corp. and the other parties thereto.


EXHIBIT 1.1(c)

TO

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT REQUEST

[NAME OF APPLICABLE L/C ISSUER], as L/C Issuer

under the Credit Agreement referred to below

Attention:

                  ,20     

Re:       Thermon Industries, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “US Borrower”) and Thermon Canada Inc., a Nova Scotia company (the “Canadian Borrower” and together with the US Borrower, the “Borrowers”)

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2010 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Borrowers, the other Credit Parties party thereto, the Lenders and L/C Issuers party thereto, General Electric Capital Corporation, as administrative agent for the US Lenders and US L/C Issuers (in such capacity, the “ US Agent ”) and GE Canada Finance Holding Company as administrative agent for the Canadian Lenders and Canadian L/C Issuers (in such capacity, the “ Canadian Agent ”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition are used as defined in the Credit Agreement.

The US [Canadian] Borrower hereby gives you notice, irrevocably, pursuant to Section l.l(c)[(e)] of the Credit Agreement, of its request for your Issuance of a Letter of Credit, in the form attached hereto, for the benefit of [Name of Beneficiary], in the amount of [CDN]$              , to be issued on              ,          (the “ Issue Date ”) with an expiration date of              ,          .

The undersigned hereby certifies that, except as set forth on Schedule A attached hereto, the following statements are true on the date hereof and will be true on the Issue Date, both before and after giving effect to the Issuance of the Letter of Credit requested above and any Loan to be made or any other Letter of Credit to be Issued on or before the Issue Date:

(i) the representations and warranties set forth in Article III of the Credit Agreement and elsewhere in the Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifier contained therein), except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct as of such date;

 

1


(ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and

(iii) the US Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate outstanding amount of Revolving Loans does not exceed the Maximum Revolving Loan Balance and the aggregate outstanding amount of the US Revolving Loans does not exceed the Maximum US Revolving Loan Balance or the US Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate outstanding amount of Canadian Revolving Loans does not exceed the Maximum Canadian Revolving Loan Balances, as applicable.

 

[THERMON INDUSTRIES, INC., a Texas corporation]
[THERMON CANADA INC., a Nova Scotia company]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO LETTER OF CREDIT REQUEST DATED                   ,      ]


EXHIBIT 1.1 (d)

to

Credit Agreement

FORM OF SWINGLINE REQUEST

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,

as US Agent under the Credit Agreement referred to below

500 West Monroe Street

Chicago, Illinois 60661

Attn:     Portfolio Manager – Thermon

[GE CANADA FINANCE HOLDING COMPANY,

as Canadian Agent under the Credit Agreement referred to below

 

 

 

Attn:  

                                                                                                  ]

                  ,         

Re:       Thermon Industries, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ US Borrower ”) and Thermon Canada Inc., a Nova Scotia company (the “ Canadian Borrower ” and together with the US Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”)

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2010 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Borrowers, each other “Credit Party” that is a party thereto, the Lenders and L/C Issuers party thereto, General Electric Capital Corporation, as administrative agent for the US Lenders and US L/C Issuers (in such capacity, the “ US Agent ”), and GE Canada Finance Holding Company, as administrative agent for the Canadian Agent and Canadian L/C Issuers (in such capacity, the “ Canadian Agent ”). Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

The US [Canadian] Borrower hereby gives you irrevocable notice pursuant to Section l.l(d)[(f) ] of the Credit Agreement that it requests Swing Loans under the Credit Agreement (the “ Proposed Advance ”) and, in connection therewith, sets for the following information:

A. The date of the Proposed Advance is              ,          (the “ Funding Date ”).

B. The aggregate principal amount of Proposed Advance is [CDN]$              .


The undersigned hereby certifies that, except as set forth on Schedule A attached hereto, the following statements are true on the date hereof both before and after giving effect to the Proposed Advance and any other Loan to be made or Letter of Credit to be issued on or before the Funding Date:

(i) the representations and warranties set forth in Article III of the Credit Agreement and elsewhere in the Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifier contained therein) with the same effect as though made on and as of such Funding Date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifier contained therein) as of such date;

(ii) the US Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans does not exceed the Maximum Revolving Loan Balance and the aggregate outstanding amount of the US Revolving Loans does not exceed the Maximum US Revolving Loan Balance or the US Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate outstanding amount of Canadian Revolving Loans does not exceed the Maximum Canadian Revolving Loan Balances, as applicable; and

(iii) no Default or Event of Default is continuing.

 

Sincerely,

[THERMON INDUSTRIES, INC., a Texas

corporation, as the US Borrower]

[THERMON CANADA INC., a Nova

Scotia company, as the Canadian Borrower]

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 


EXHIBIT 1.6

TO

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF NOTICE OF CONVERSION OR CONTINUATION

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,

as US Agent under the Credit Agreement referred to below

500 West Monroe Street

Chicago, Illinois 60661

Attn:     Portfolio Manager – Thermon

[GE CANADA FINANCE HOLDING COMPANY,

as Canadian Agent under the Credit Agreement referred to below

 

 

 

 

 

Attn:    

                                                                                        ]

Attention:

Re:     Thermon Industries, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ US Borrower ”) and Thermon Canada Inc., a Nova Scotia company (the “ Canadian Borrower ” and together with the US Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”)

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2010 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Borrowers, the other Credit Parties party thereto, the Lenders and L/C Issuers party thereto, General Electric Capital Corporation, as administrative agent for the US Lenders and US L/C Issuers (in such capacity, the “ US Agent ”) and GE Canada Finance Holding Company as administrative agent for the Canadian Lenders and Canadian L/C Issuers (in such capacity, the “ Canadian Agent ”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition are used as defined in the Credit Agreement.

The US [Canadian] Borrower hereby gives you irrevocable notice, pursuant to Section 1.6 of the Credit Agreement of its request for the following:

(i) a continuation, on              ,          , as [LIBOR Rate Loans] [BA Rate Loans] having [an Interest Period] [a BA Period] of              months of [US] [Canadian] Revolving Loans in an aggregate outstanding principal amount of [CDN]$              having [an Interest Period] [a BA Period] ending on the proposed date for such continuation;

(ii) a conversion, on              ,          , to [LIBOR Rate Loans] [BA Rate Loans] having [an Interest Period] [a BA Period] of              months of [US] [Canadian] Revolving Loans in an aggregate outstanding principal amount of [CDN]$              ; and

 

1


(iii) a conversion, on              ,          , to [Base Rate Loans] [Canadian Prime Rate Loans], of [US] [Canadian] Revolving Loans in an aggregate outstanding principal amount of [CDN]$              .

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO NOTICE OF CONVERSION/CONTINUATION DATED              ,          ]


In connection herewith, the undersigned hereby certifies that, except as set forth on Schedule A attached hereto, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date hereof, both before and after giving effect to any Loan to be made or Letter of Credit to be Issued on or before any date for any proposed conversion or continuation set forth above.

 

[THERMON INDUSTRIES, INC., a Texas corporation]
[THERMON CANADA INC., a Nova Scotia company]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO NOTICE OF CONVERSION/CONTINUATION DATED                       ,          ]


EXHIBIT 2.1

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION

GE CANADA FINANCE HOLDING COMPANY

CLOSING AGENDA AND DOCUMENT CHECKLIST

THERMON INDUSTRIES, INC., as the US Borrower

THERMON CANADA INC., as the Canadian Borrower

$40,000,000 Revolving Credit Facility

Closing Date: April 30, 2010

Capitalized Terms used herein and otherwise not defined have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement.

Items in bold indicate items to be prepared or obtained by the Borrowers or the Borrowers’ counsel


PARTIES TO THE TRANSACTION

 

AGENT :    GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION
  

500 West Monroe Street

Chicago, Illinois 60661

  

Brian Polomsky

Telephone No.: (312) 463-2341

Facsimile No.: (312) 697-3998

email: brian.polomsky@ge.com

  

Carrie Goldfeder

Telephone No.: (312) 463-2284

Facsimile No.: (312) 441-7026

email: carrie.goldfeder@ge.com

  

Mark Birkett

Telephone No.: (312) 441-7513

Facsimile No.: (312) 697-3998

email: mark.birkett@ge.com

  

Andrew Ippolite

Telephone No.: (312) 441-7087

Facsimile No.: (312) 697-3998

email: andrew.ippolite@ge.com

  

Steve Roth

Corporate Counsel

Global Sponsor Finance

Telephone: (312) 441-7003

Facsimile: (312) 441-3998

email: steve.roth@ge.com


AGENT’S US COUNSEL :

     KATTEN MUCHIN ROSENMAN LLP
    

525 West Monroe Street

Chicago, Illinois 60661

    

Stuart Shulruff

Telephone No.: (312) 902-5694

Facsimile No.: (312) 577-8680

email: Stuart.shulruff@kattenlaw.com

    

Jennifer Wolfe

Telephone No.: (312) 902-5525

Facsimile No.: (312) 577-8713

email: jennifer.wolfe@kattenlaw.com

    

Seth Aigner

Telephone No.: (312) 902-5572

Facsimile No.: (312) 577-4496

email: seth.aigner@kattenlaw.com

    

John Huang

Telephone No.: (312) 902-5333

Facsimile No.: (312) 577-8927

email: John.huang@kattenlaw.com

AGENT’S CANADIAN

COUNSEL :

    

MCCARTHY TETRAULT LLP

Suite 5300

Toronto Dominion Bank Tower

Toronto, Ontario

Canada M5K1E6

    

Richard Higa

Telephone No.: (416) 601-7858

Facsimile No.: (416) 868-0673

email: rhiga@mccarthy.ca

    

Sheizana Murji

Telephone No.: (416) 601-8320

Facsimile No.: (416) 868-0673

email: smurji@mccarthy.ca

    

Warda Shazadi

Telephone No.: (416) 601-8092

email: wshazadi@mccarthy.ca


BORROWERS :    THERMON INDUSTRIES, INC.
  

100 Thermon Drive

San Marcos, Texas 78666

  

THERMON CANADA INC.

333 28 Street NE

Calgary, Alberta

Canada T2A 7P4

EQUITY SPONSOR :   

CODE HENNESSY & SIMMONS LLC

10 South Wacker Drive, Suite 3175

Chicago, Illinois 60606

  

Dan Hennessey

email: dhennessy@chsonline.com

  

Marcus George

email: mgeorge@chsonline.com

  

Laura Lester

email: llester@chsonlme.com


BORROWER (S) AND

EQUITY SPONSOR’S COUNSEL :

     SIDLEY AUSTIN LLP
    

One South Dearborn Street

Chicago, Illinois 60603

    

Jeffrey N. Smith

Telephone No.: (312)853-7312

Facsimile No.: (312) 853-7036

email: jsmith@sidley.com

    

Dirk Andringa

Telephone No.: (312) 853-7689

Facsimile No.: (312) 853-7036

email: dandringa@sidley.com

    

Mark Kirsons

Telephone No.: (312) 853-6891

Facsimile No.: (312) 853-7036

email: mkirsons@sidley.com

    

Andrew Vouziers

Telephone No.: (312) 853-7027

Facsimile No.: (312) 853-7036

email: avouziers@sidley.com

JEFFERIES :     

JEFFERIES & COMPANY, INC.

520 Madison Avenue, 10th Floor

New York, New York 10022

SECOND LIEN

    
LENDERS’ COUNSEL :     

WHITE & CASE

1155 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10036

    

David Bilkis

Telephone No.: (212) 819-8413

Facsimile No.: (212) 354-8113

email: dbilkis@ny.whitecase.com

    

Nicholas Palumbo

Telephone No.: (212) 819-8814

Facsimile No.: (212) 354-8113

email: npalumbo@ny.whitecase.com


TABLE OF PARTIES :

 

“Agents”    Canadian Agent and US Agent
“BMO”    Bank of Montreal
“Borrowers”    Canadian Borrower and US Borrower
“Canadian Agent”    GE Canada, in its capacity as Canadian Agent
“Canadian Borrower”    Thereon Canada Inc., a Nova Scotia company
“Canadian Lenders”    GE Canada, BMO and KeyBank
“Credit Parties”    Canadian Borrower and US Credit Parties
“GE Canada”    GE Canada Finance Holding Company
“GECC”    General Electric Capital Corporation
“Heat Tracing I”    Thermon Heat Tracing Services-I, Inc., a Texas corporation
“Heat Tracing II”    Thermon Heat Tracing Services-II, Inc., a Louisiana corporation
“Heat Tracing Services”    Thermon Heat Tracing Services, Inc., a Texas corporation
“Holdings”    Thermon Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation
“KeyBank”    KeyBank National Association
“Lenders”    Canadian Lenders and US Lenders
“Manufacturing”    Thermon Manufacturing Company, a Texas corporation
“Second Lien Lenders”    The Holders (as defined in the Second Lien Indenture)
“Second Lien Debt Agent”    The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.
“Seller”    Thermon Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
“Sponsor”    CHS Private Equity V LP
“US Agent”    GECC, in its capacity as US Agent
“US Borrower”    Thermon Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation
“US Credit Parties”    US Borrower and US Guarantors
“US Guarantors”    Heat Tracing I, Heat Tracing II, Heat Tracing Services, Holdings, Manufacturing
“US Lenders”    GECC, BMO and KeyBank

 

I. PRINCIPAL LOAN DOCUMENTS

 

  1. Credit Agreement executed by the Borrowers, the other Credit Parties, the Agents and the Lenders

 

      Schedule 1.1 (b)    -    Revolving Loan Commitments
      Schedule 3.5    -    Litigation
      Schedule 3.7    -    ERISA
      Schedule 3.9    -    Real Estate
      Schedule 3.10    -    Taxes
      Schedule 3.12    -    Environmental
      Schedule 3.15    -    Labor Relations
      Schedule 3.17    -    Brokers’ and Transaction Fees
      Schedule 3.19    -    Ventures, Subsidiaries and Affiliates; Outstanding Stock


   Schedule 3.20    -    Jurisdiction of Organization; Chief Executive Office
   Schedule 3.21    -    Deposit Accounts and Other Accounts
   Schedule 3.22    -    Bonding; Licenses
   Schedule 5.1    -    Liens
   Schedule 5.4    -    Investments
   Schedule 5.5    -    Indebtedness
   Schedule 5.5(p)    -    Foreign Subsidiary Letter of Credit Obligations
   Schedule 5.5(q)    -    Foreign Subsidiary Indebtedness
   Schedule 5.6    -    Transactions with Affiliates
   Schedule 5.9    -    Contingent Obligations
   Schedule 11.1    -    Prior Indebtedness
   Exhibit 1.1 (c)    -    Form of L/C Request
   Exhibit 1.1 (d)    -    Form of Swing Loan Request
   Exhibit 1.6    -    Form of Notice of Conversion/Continuation
   Exhibit 2.1    -    Closing Checklist
   Exhibit 4.2(b)    -    Form of Compliance Certificate
   Exhibit 11.1 (a)    -    Form of Assignment
   Exhibit 11.1 (b)    -    Form of Borrowing Base Certificate
   Exhibit 11.1 (c)    -    Form of Notice of Borrowing
   Exhibit 11.1 (d)    -    Form of Revolving Note
   Exhibit 11.1 (e)    -    Form of Swingline Note

 

  2. Revolving Notes in the aggregate principal amount of up to $40,000,000, executed by the US Borrower and payable to the order of the following financial institutions:

 

GECC

   $ 20,000,000

BMO

   $ 10,000,000

 

  3. Revolving Notes in the aggregate principal amount of up to $20,000,000, executed by the Canadian Borrower and payable to the order of the following financial institutions:

 

GE Canada

   $ 10,000,000

BMO

   $ 5,000,000

 

  4. US Swingline Note in the principal amount of $5,000,000, executed by the US Borrower and payable to the order of the US Swingline Lender

 

  5. Canadian Swingline Note in the principal amount of $5,000,000, executed by the Canadian Borrower and payable to the order of the Canadian Swingline Lender

 

  6. Intercreditor Agreement among Holdings, the Borrowers, the other Credit Parties, the Agents and the Second Lien Debt Agent.

 

II. SECURITY DOCUMENTS

 

  7. Guaranty and Security Agreement (US Law) executed by the US Borrower, each US Guarantor and the US Agent


   Annex 1    -    Form of Pledge Amendment
   Annex 2    -    Form of Joinder Agreement
   Annex 3    -    Form of Intellectual Property Security Agreement
   Schedule 1    -    Commercial Tort Claims
   Schedule 2    -    Filings
   Schedule 3    -    Jurisdiction of Organization; Chief Executive Office
   Schedule 4    -    Location of Inventory and Equipment
   Schedule 5    -    Pledged Collateral
   Schedule 6    -    Intellectual Property

 

  (a) Stock Certificate No. [              ], issued to Holdings representing all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of US Borrower

 

  (i) Irrevocable Proxy Coupled with Interest

 

  (ii) Stock Power, undated and executed in blank

 

  (b) Stock Certificate No. [              ], issued to Holdings representing sixty-five percent (65%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Canadian Borrower

 

  (i) Irrevocable Proxy Coupled with Interest

 

  (ii) Stock Power, undated and executed in blank

 

  (c) Stock Certificate No. [              ], issued to Holdings representing thirty-five percent (35%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Canadian Borrower

 

  (i) Irrevocable Proxy Coupled with Interest

 

  (ii) Stock Power, undated and executed in blank

 

  (d) Stock Certificate No. [              ], issued to US Borrower representing all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Manufacturing

 

  (i) Irrevocable Proxy Coupled with Interest

 

  (ii) Stock Power, undated and executed in blank

 

  (e) Stock Certificate No. [              ], issued to Manufacturing representing all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Heat Tracing Services

 

  (i) Irrevocable Proxy Coupled with Interest

 

  (ii) Stock Power, undated and executed in blank

 

  (f) Stock Certificate No. [              ], issued to Manufacturing representing all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Heat Tracing I

 

  (i) Irrevocable Proxy Coupled with Interest

 

  (ii) Stock Power, undated and executed in blank


  (g) Stock Certificate No. [              ], issued to Manufacturing representing all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Heat Tracing II

 

  (i) Irrevocable Proxy Coupled with Interest

 

  (ii) Stock Power, undated and executed in blank

 

  (h) Stock Certificate No. [              ], issued to Manufacturing representing sixty-five percent (65%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Thermon Latinoamericana, S. de R.L. de C.V. issued to Manufacturing

 

  (i) Irrevocable Proxy Coupled with Interest

 

  (ii) Stock Power, undated and executed in blank

 

  (i) Stock Certificate No. [              ], issued to Manufacturing representing thirty-five percent (35%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Thermon Latinoamericana, S. de R.L. de C.V. issued to Manufacturing (security for Canadian Obligations)

 

  (i) Irrevocable Proxy Coupled with Interest

 

  (ii) Stock Power, undated and executed in blank

 

  (j) Stock Certificate No. [              ], issued to Heat Tracing I representing sixty-five percent (65%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Thermon Latinoamericana, S. de R.L. de C.V. issued to Heat Tracing I

 

  (i) Irrevocable Proxy Coupled with Interest

 

  (ii) Stock Power, undated and executed in blank

 

  (k) Stock Certificate No. [              ], issued to Heat Tracing I representing thirty-five percent (35%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Thermon Latinoamericana, S. de R.L. de C.V. issued to Heat Tracing I (security for Canadian Obligations)

 

  (i) Irrevocable Proxy Coupled with Interest

 

  (ii) Stock Power, undated and executed in blank

 

  (1) Stock Certificate No. [              ], issued to Manufacturing representing sixty-five percent (65%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Thermon Europe B.V.

 

  (i) Irrevocable Proxy Coupled with Interest

 

  (ii) Stock Power, undated and executed in blank

 

  (m) Stock Certificate No. [              ], issued to Manufacturing representin thirty-five percent (35%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Thermon Europe B.V. (security for Canadian Obligations)

 

  (i) Irrevocable Proxy Coupled with Interest

 

  (ii) Stock Power, undated and executed in blank


  (n) Stock Certificate No. [              ], issued to Manufacturing representing sixty-five percent (65%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Thermon Australia, Pty. Ltd.

 

  (i) Irrevocable Proxy Coupled with Interest

 

  (ii) Stock Power, undated and executed in blank

 

  (o) Stock Certificate No. [              ], issued to Manufacturing representing thirty-five percent (35%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Thermon Australia, Pty. Ltd. (security for Canadian Obligations)

 

  (i) Irrevocable Proxy Coupled with Interest

 

  (ii) Stock Power, undated and executed in blank

 

  (p) Stock Certificate No. [              ], issued to Manufacturing representing sixty-five percent (65%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Thermon Far East, Ltd.

 

  (i) Irrevocable Proxy Coupled with Interest

 

  (ii) Stock Power, undated and executed in blank

 

  (q) Stock Certificate No. [              ], issued to Manufacturing representing thirty-five percent (35%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Thermon Far East, Ltd. (security for Canadian Obligations)

 

  (i) Irrevocable Proxy Coupled with Interest

 

  (ii) Stock Power, undated and executed in blank

 

  (r) Stock Certificate No. [              ], issued to Manufacturing representing sixty-five percent (65%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Thermon Heat Tracers Pvt. Ltd. issued to Manufacturing

 

  (i) Irrevocable Proxy Coupled with Interest

 

  (ii) Stock Power, undated and executed in blank

 

  (s) Stock Certificate No. [              ], issued to Manufacturing representing thirty-five percent (35%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Thermon Heat Tracers Pvt. Ltd. issued to Manufacturing (security for Canadian Obligations)

 

  (i) Irrevocable Proxy Coupled with Interest

 

  (ii) Stock Power, undated and executed in blank

 

  (t) Stock Certificate No. [              ], issued to Heat Tracing Services representing sixty-five percent (65%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Thermon Heat Tracers Pvt. Ltd. issued to Heat Tracing Services

 

  (i) Irrevocable Proxy Coupled with Interest

 

  (ii) Stock Power, undated and executed in blank


  (u) Stock Certificate No. [              ], issued to Heat Tracing Services representing thirty-five percent (35%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Thermon Heat Tracers Pvt. Ltd. issued to Heat Tracing Services (security for Canadian Obligations)

 

  (i) Irrevocable Proxy Coupled with Interest

 

  (ii) Stock Power, undated and executed in blank

 

  (v) Stock Certificate No. [              ], issued to Heat Tracing I representing sixty-five percent (65%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Thermon Heat Tracers Pvt. Ltd. issued to Heat Tracing I

 

  (i) Irrevocable Proxy Coupled with Interest

 

  (ii) Stock Power, undated and executed in blank

 

  (w) Stock Certificate No. [              ], issued to Heat Tracing I representing thirty-five percent (35%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Thermon Heat Tracers Pvt. Ltd. issued to Heat Tracing I (security for Canadian Obligations)

 

  (i) Irrevocable Proxy Coupled with Interest

 

  (ii) Stock Power, undated and executed in blank

 

  (x) Stock Certificate No. [              ], issued to Heat Tracing II representing sixty-five percent (65%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Thermon Heat Tracers Pvt. Ltd. issued to Heat Tracing II

 

  (i) Irrevocable Proxy Coupled with Interest

 

  (ii) Stock Power, undated and executed in blank

 

  (y) Stock Certificate No. [              ], issued to Heat Tracing II representing thirty-five percent (35%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Thermon Heat Tracers Pvt. Ltd. issued to Heat Tracing II (security for Canadian Obligations)

 

  (i) Irrevocable Proxy Coupled with Interest

 

  (ii) Stock Power, undated and executed in blank

 

  (z) Stock Certificate No. [              ], issued to Manufacturing representing sixty-five percent (65%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Thermon Korea, Ltd.

 

  (i) Irrevocable Proxy Coupled with Interest

 

  (ii) Stock Power, undated and executed in blank


  (aa) Stock Certificate No. [              ], issued to Manufacturing representing thirty-five percent (35%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Thermon Korea, Ltd. (security for Canadian Obligations)

 

  (i) Irrevocable Proxy Coupled with Interest

 

  (ii) Stock Power, undated and executed in blank

 

  (bb) Stock Certificate No. [              ], issued to Manufacturing representing sixty-five percent (65%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Thermon Heat Tracing & Engineering (Shanghai) Co. Ltd.

 

  (i) Irrevocable Proxy Coupled with Interest

 

  (ii) Stock Power, undated and executed in blank

 

  (cc) Stock Certificate No. [              ], issued to Manufacturing representing thirty-five percent (35%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Thermon Heat Tracing  & Engineering (Shanghai) Co. Ltd. (security for Canadian Obligations)

 

  (i) Irrevocable Proxy Coupled with Interest

 

  (ii) Stock Power, undated and executed in blank

 

  8. Guaranty and Security Agreement (Canadian Law) executed by the Canadian Borrower, each Canadian Guarantor and the Canadian Agent

 

  Annex 1    -      Form of Pledge Amendment
  Annex 2    -      Form of Joinder Agreement
  Schedule 1    -      Filings
  Schedule 2    -      Jurisdiction of Organization; Chief Executive Office
  Schedule 3    -      Location of Inventory and Equipment
  Schedule 4    -      Pledged Collateral
  Schedule 5    -      Intellectual Property

 

  9. Trademark Security Agreement executed by Manufacturing in favor of the US Agent and recorded with the United States Patent and Trademark Office (the “USPTO”) on April [      ], 2010 at Reel [              ], Frame [              ].

 

  Schedule 1    -      Description of US Trademarks and Trademark Applications

 

  10. Trademark Security Agreement executed by Manufacturing in favor of the US Agent and recorded with the Canadian Intellectual Property Office (the “CIPO”) on April [      ], 2010 at Reel [              ], Frame [              ].

 

  Schedule 1   -      Description of Canadian Trademarks and Trademark Applications


  11. Trademark Security Agreement executed by Canadian Borrower in favor of the Canadian Agent and recorded with the CIPO on April [      ], 2010 at Reel [              ], Frame [              ].

 

  Schedule 1   -    Description of Canadian Trademarks and Trademark Applications

 

  12. Patent Security Agreement executed by Manufacturing in favor of the US Agent and recorded with the USPTO on April [      ], 2010 at Reel [              ], Frame [              ].

 

  Schedule 1   -    Description of US Patents and Patent Applications

 

  13. Patent Security Agreement executed by Manufacturing in favor of the US Agent and recorded with the CIPO on April [      ], 2010 at Reel [              ], Frame [              ].

 

  Schedule 1   -    Description of Canadian Patents and Patent Applications

 

  14. Copyright Security Agreement executed by Manufacturing in favor of the US Agent and recorded with the United States Copyright Office on April [      ], 2010 at Reel [              ], Frame [              ].

 

  Schedule 1   -    Description of Copyrights and Copyright Applications

 

  15. Deposit Account Control Agreements executed by Manufacturing, the US Agent, Second Lien Debt Agent and JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA

 

  16. Deposit Account Control Agreements executed by Heat Tracing I, the US Agent, Second Lien Debt Agent and JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA

 

  17. Deposit Account Control Agreements executed by Heat Tracing II, the US Agent, Second Lien Debt Agent and JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA

 

  18. Deposit Account Control Agreements executed by Canadian Borrower, the Canadian Agent and TD Commercial Bank (Canadian Law)

 

  19 . Collateral Assignment of Purchase Agreement executed by Holdings, in favor of the US Agent for the benefit of the US Agent and the US Lenders and the Canadian Agent for the benefit of the Canadian Agent and the Canadian Lenders

 

III. REAL ESTATE DOCUMENTS

 

  20 . Deed of Trust, Assignment of Leases and Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing executed by Manufacturing in favor of the US Agent, covering the fee interest in the real property located at both 100 Thermon Drive and 1501 McCarty Lane, San Marcos, Texas 78666 and recorded in the office of the Hays County Clerk on [                   ], 2010 as Document No. [              ].


  (a) First American Loan Policy No.              with endorsements set forth on Schedule A attached hereto (and reflecting deletion of survey exception)

 

  (b) ALTA Survey with Flood Zone Certification certified to Agent

 

  (c) Phase I Environmental Site Assessment (delivered)

 

  21. Deed of Trust, Assignment of Leases and Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing executed by Manufacturing in favor of the US Agent, covering the fee interest in the real property located at 2810 Mowery Road, Houston, Texas 77045 and recorded in the office of the Hays County Clerk on [                   ], 2010 as Document No.[              ].

 

  (a) First American Loan Policy No.              with endorsements set forth on Schedule A attached hereto (and reflecting deletion of survey exception)

 

  (b) Express Survey with Flood Zone Certification certified to Agent

 

  (c) Phase I Environmental Site Assessment (delivered)

 

  22. Landlord Waiver and Collateral Access Agreement executed by C.W. Seebeck d.b.a. Seebeck Partnership, Ltd., as landlord for the leased location at 4105 Hunter Road, Hunter Business Park, San Marcos, TX 78666 (in favor of both US Agent and Second Lien Debt Agent)

 

  23. Landlord Waivers and Collateral Access Agreement executed by the landlords party to the leases for the following locations (in favor of the Canadian Agent)

 

  (a)

333 28 th Street, N.E., Calgary, Alberta T2A 7P4

 

  (b) 9, 3110-14 Avenue NE, Calgary, Alberta T2A 6J4

 

IV. COLLATERAL DUE DILIGENCE

 

  24. Perfection Certificate by US Borrower

 

  25. Perfection Certificate by Canadian Borrower

 

  26 . Pre-Closing Lien Search Reports detailing the searches in those jurisdictions listed on Exhibit A attached hereto and a summary thereof

 

  27. UCC Financing Statements and PPSA Registrations listed on Exhibit B attached hereto

 

  28. Post-Closing Lien Search Reports

 

  29. Intellectual Property Searches

 

  30. UCC pre-file authorization letter executed by each Credit Party


V. ANCILLARY DOCUMENTS

 

  31. Funds Flow Memorandum (please note that proceeds of GECC loans should be used first, to repay existing indebtedness and, second, to fund directly to the Sellers)

 

  32. Initial Borrowing Base Certificate

 

  33 . Officer’s Closing Certificate

 

  34 . Master Standby Letter of Credit Agreement

 

  35 . Master Documentary Letter of Credit Agreement

 

  36 . Fee Letter among the Borrowers and GECC

 

  37. Financial Statements, including pro forma balance sheet and projections

 

  38. Insurance Policies/Certificates naming the Agent as additional insured/loss payee

 

  39. List of competitors and identified financial institutions per Section 9.9 of the Credit Agreement

 

VI. ORGANIZATIONAL DOCUMENTS

 

  40 . HOLDINGS

 

  (a) Secretary’s Certificate (including incumbency)

 

 

Exhibit A

   -      Resolutions (re: Loan Documents, Second Lien Indebtedness Documents, Purchase Agreement and other acquisition documents)
 

Exhibit B

   -      Certificate of Incorporation certified by the Secretary of State of Delaware
 

Exhibit C

   -      By-Laws, as amended through the Closing Date

 

  (b) Good Standing Certificate

 

  (i) Delaware

 

  4 1. US BORROWER

 

  (a) Secretary’s Certificate (including incumbency)

 

  Exhibit A    -      Resolutions (re: Loan Documents, Second Lien Indebtedness Documents)
  Exhibit B    -     

Certificate of Incorparation certified by the Secretary of State of Texas

  Exhibit C    -      By-Laws, as amended through the Closing Date


  (b) Good Standing Certificate

 

  (i) Texas

 

  42. CANADIAN BORROWER

 

  (a) Secretary’s Certificate (including incumbency)

 

  Exhibit A    -      Resolutions (re: Loan Documents)
 

Exhibit B

   -      [Memorandum of Association] certified by the applicable governmental authority of Nova Scotia
 

Exhibit C

   -      [Articles of Association] certified by the applicable governmental authority of Nova Scotia

 

  (b) G ood Standing Certificates (or Canadian equivalent)

 

  (i) Nova Scoti a

 

  (ii) Ontario

 

  (iii) Alberta

 

  43. MANUFACTURING

 

  (a) Secretary’s Certificate (including incumbency)

 

  Exhibit A    -      Resolutions (re: Loan Documents, Second Lien Indebtedness Documents)
 

Exhibit B

   -      Certificate of Incorporation certified by the Secretary of State of Texas
 

Exhibit C

   -      By-Laws, as amended through the Closing Date

 

  (b) Good Standing Certificate

 

  (i) Texas

 

  44. HEAT TRACING SERVICES

 

  (a) Secretary’s Certificate (including incumbency)

 

  Exhibit A    -     

Resolutions (re: Loan Documents, Second Lien Indebtedness Documents)

 

Exhibit B

   -      Certificate of Incorporation certified by the Secretary of State of Texas
 

Exhibit C

   -      By-Laws, as amended through the Closing Date


  (b) Good Standing Certificate

 

  (i) Texas

 

  45. HEAT TRACING I

 

  (a) Secretary’s Certificate (including incumbency)

 

  Exhibit A    -      Resolutions (re: Loan Documents, Second Lien Indebtedness Documents)
 

Exhibit B

   -      Certificate of Incorporation certified by the Secretary of State of Texas
 

Exhibit C

   -      By-Laws, as amended through the Closing Date

 

  (b) Good Standing Certificate

 

  (i) Texas

 

  46. HEAT TRACING II

 

  (a) Secretary’s Certificate (including incumbency)

 

  Exhibit A    -      Resolutions (re: Loan Documents, Second Lien Indebtedness Documents)
 

Exhibit B

   -      Certificate of Incorporation certified by the Secretary of State of Louisiana
 

Exhibit C

   -      By-Laws, as amended through the Closing Date

 

  (b) Good Standing Certificate

 

  (i) Louisiana

 

VII. DEBT REPAYMENT DOCUMENTS

 

  47. Payoff Letters executed and delivered by the Sellers and the following institutions:

 

  (a) CIT Financial Ltd. (Canadian Credit Agreement)

 

  (b) CIT Lending Services Corporation and CIT Financial Ltd. (CIT Revolver)

 

  (c) CIT Lending Services Corporation (US Credit Agreement)

 

  48. Estoppel Letter from TD Bank


  49. JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Blocked Account Control Agreement Termination executed by CIT Lending Services Corporation, as First Lien Agent and as Second Lien Agent

 

  50. The Toronto-Dominion Bank Blocked Account Control Agreement Termination executed by CIT Financial Ltd., as Agent

 

  51. UCC Termination Statements listed on Exhibit C attached hereto

 

  52. PPSA discharge statements listed on Exhibit C attached hereto

 

  53. Mortgage Releases for the Mortgages listed on Exhibit D hereto

 

  54. Intellectual Property releases listed on Exhibit D hereto

 

  55. Landlord Waiver Terminations executed by CIT Lending Services Corporation for the following locations:

 

  a. 2216 Highway 35 South, San Marcos, Texas (Units 419, 423 and 466)

 

  b. 4105 Hunter Road, Buildings 17B and 19, Hunter Business Park, San Marcos, Texas

 

  [Please advise if any additional Landlord Waiver Terminations will be provided.]

 

VIII.      LEGAL OPINIONS

 

  56. Opinion of Credit Parties’ US Counsel re: Senior Credit Facility (Sidley Austin LLP)

 

  57. Opinion of Credit Parties’ Canadian Counsel : Senior Credit Facility (Blakes)

 

  58. Opinion of Credit Parties’ Nova Scotia local counsel : corporate matters (Stewart McKelvey)

 

  59. Opinion of Texas local counsel re: corporate, real estate and applicable UCC matters (Fulbright & Jaworski LLP)

 

  60. Opinion of Louisiana local counsel re: corporate and applicable UCC matters (      )

 

  61. Opinion of Credit Parties’ Counsel re: Second Lien Indebtedness Documents with reliance language for the Agent and the Lenders (Sidley Austin LLP)


  62. Opinion of Louisiana local counsel re: corporate and applicable UCC matters for the Second Lien(          )

 

  63. Opinion of Texas local counsel re: corporate, real estate and applicable UCC matters for the Second Lien (Fulbright  & Jaworski LLP)

 

IX. CERTIFIED COPIES OF ACQUISITION DOCUMENTS

 

  64. Purchase Agreement by and among Seller, Holdings and Thermon Group, Inc. and all documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith

 

  65. Certificate of Merger evidencing merger of Thermon Finance, Inc. with and into the US Borrower, duly certified by the Delaware Secretary of State

 

  66. Certificate of Merger evidencing merger of Thermon Finance, Inc. with and into the US Borrower, duly certified by the Texas Secretary of State

 

  67. Escrow Agreement

 

  68. Restrictive Covenant Agreement

 

  69. Copies of all required consents

 

  70. Senior Executive Agreements with each of:

 

  (a) [                                           ]

 

  (b) [                                           ]

 

  (c) [                                           ]

 

  71. Evidence of the termination of the Audax management agreement

 

  72. Management Agreement by and among US Borrower, Sponsor Management Affiliate and the Additional Management Advisors.

 

  73. Closing Fee Agreement by and between Thermon Group, Inc. and Sponsor Management Affiliate

 

  74. Evidence of HSR Early Terminations

 

  75. Insurance Policies (as defined in the Purchase Agreement)


X. CERTIFIED COPIES OF SECOND LIEN INDEBTEDNESS DOCUMENTS

 

  76. Second Lien Indenture

 

  77. Second Lien Notes

 

  78. Second Lien Guaranty and Security Agreement

 

  79. Second Lien Mortgages

 

  80. Bond Purchase Agreement, as amended


EXHIBIT A

Search Jurisdictions

 

Debtor

  

Jurisdiction

Thermon Group, Inc.    SOS DE
  
Thermon Holdings, LLC   

SOS DE

New Castle Co. DE

SOC MA

Boston (Suffolk Co.), MA

  
Thermon Holding Corp.   

SOS DE

New Castle Co. DE

SOC MA

Boston (Suffolk Co.), MA

  
Thermon Industries, Inc.   

SOS DE

New Castle Co., DE

SOS TX

Hays Co., TX-Harris Co., TX East Baton Rouge Parish, LA

  
Thermon Manufacturing Company   

SOS TX

Hays Co., TX

Harris Co., TX

East Baton Rouge Parish, LA

  
Thermon Heat Tracing Services, Inc.   

SOS TX

Hays Co., TX

Harris Co., TX

East Baton Rouge Parish, LA

  
Thermon International Sales Corporation II   

SOS TX

Hays Co., TX

Harris Co., TX

East Baton Rouge Parish, LA

  
Thermon Heat Tracing Services-II, Inc.   

SOS TX

Harris Co., TX

Hays Co. TX

LA- East Baton Rouge Parish

  
Thermon Heat Tracing Services-I, Inc.   

SOS TX

Harris Co., TX

Hays Co., TX

East Baton Rouge Parish, LA

  
Audax Thermon Holdings, LLC   

SOS DE

New Castle Co, DE

SOC MA

Boston (Suffolk Co.), MA

  
Thermon International Sales Corporation-II    SOS TX Hays Co., TX
  


EXHIBIT B:

UCC and PPSA Filings

 

Name

 

Jurisdiction

and Type of

Filing

  

Date of

Filing

  

Filing No.

  

Post-filing
Search

Thermon Holding Corp.   DE SOS; blanket UCC         
Thermon Industries, Inc.   TX SOS; blanket UCC         
Thermon Manufacturing Company   TX SOS; blanket UCC         
Thermon Manufacturing Company   Harris County, TX; UCC fixture         
Thermon Manufacturing Company   Hays County, TX; UCC fixture         
Thermon Heat Tracing Services, Inc.   TX SOS; blanket UCC         
Thermon Heat Tracing Services-I, Inc.   TX SOS; blanket UCC         
Thermon Heat Tracing Services-II, Inc.   East Baton Rouge, LA; blanket UCC         
Thermon Canada Inc.   Alberta; blanket PPSA         
Thermon Canada Inc.   Nova Scotia; blanket PPSA         
Thermon Canada Inc.   Ontario; blanket PPSA         


EXHIBIT C:

UCC and PPSA Terminations

 

Debtor

  

Secured Party

  

Jurisdiction

  

Original Filing
Number and Date

  

Termination
Filing Number
and Date

Thermon Acquisition Corp.    CIT Lending Services Corporation, as U.S. Collateral Agent    SOS DE   

20073313714

8/29/07

  
Thermon Acquisition Corp.    CIT Lending Services Corporation, as U.S. Collateral Agent for the Second Lien Lenders    SOS DE   

20073328035

8/30/07

  
Thermon Holdings, LLC    CIT Lending Services Corporation, as U.S. Collateral Agent    SOS DE   

20073313912

8/29/07

  
Thermon Holdings, LLC    CIT Lending Services Corporation, as U.S. Collateral Agent for the Second Lien Lenders    SOS DE   

20073328050

8/30/07

  
THERMON INDUSTRIES, INC.    CIT Lending Services Corporation, as U.S. Collateral Agent    SOS TX   

07-0029772165

8/30/07

  
Thermon Industries, Inc.    CIT Lending Services Corporation, as U.S. Collateral Agent for the Second Lien Lenders    SOS TX   

07-0029772721

8/30/07

  
Thermon Holding Corp.    CIT Lending Services Corporation, as U.S. Collateral Agent    SOS DE   

20073313821

8/29/07

  
Thermon Holding Corp.   

CIT Lending Services Corporation, as U.S. Collateral Agent for the Second Lien

Lenders

   SOS DE   

20073328027

8/30/07

  


                     
THERMON MANUFACTURING COMPANY    CIT Lending Services Corporation, as U.S. Collateral Agent    SOS TX   

07-0029771811

8/30/07

  
Thermon Manufacturing Company    CIT Lending Services Corporation, as U.S. Collateral Agent for the Second Lien Lenders    SOS TX   

07-0029772832

8/30/07

  
THERMON MANUFACTURING COMPANY    CIT Lending Services Corporation, as U.S. Collateral Agent    Harris Co.,

TX

  

20070574798

9/20/07

  
THERMON MANUFACTURING COMPANY    CIT Lending Services Corporation, as Collateral Agent    Harris Co.,
TX
  

20070574800

9/20/07

  
THERMON MANUFACTURING COMPANY    CIT Lending Services Corporation, as U.S. Collateral Agent    Hays Co.,
TX
  

70027336

9/14/07

  
THERMON MANUFACTURING COMPANY    CIT Lending Services Corporation, as Collateral Agent    Hays Co.,
TX
  

70027338

9/14/07

  
Thermon Merger Corp.    CIT Lending Services Corporation, as U.S. Collateral Agent    SOS TX   

07-0029620591

8/29/07

  
Thermon Merger Corp.    CIT Lending Services Corporation, as U.S. Collateral Agent for the Second Lien Lenders    SOS TX   

07-0029772498

8/30/07

  
THERMON HEAT TRACING SERVICES, INC.    CIT Lending Services Corporation, as U.S. Collateral Agent    SOS TX   

07-0029771922

8/30/07

  
Thermon Heat Tracing Services, Inc.    CIT Lending Services Corporation, as U.S. Collateral Agent for the Second Lien Lenders    SOS TX   

07-0029772387

8/30/07

  


THERMON HEAT TRACING SERVICES-I, INC.    CIT Lending Services Corporation, as U.S. Collateral Agent    SOS TX    07-0029772054 8/30/07   
Thermon Heat Tracing Services-I, Inc.    CIT Lending Services Corporation, as U.S. Collateral Agent for the Second Lien Lenders    SOS TX    07-0029772610 8/30/07   
THERMON HEAT TRACING SERVICES-II, INC.    CIT Lending Services Corporation, as U.S. Collateral Agent    East Baton Rouge Parish, LA    17-1317309 8/30/07   
Thermon Heat Tracing Services-II, Inc.    CIT Lending Services Corporation, as U.S. Collateral Agent for the Second Lien Lenders    East Baton Rouge Parish, LA   

17-1317310

8/30/07

  
THERMON HEAT TRACING SERVICES-II, INC.    CIT Lending Services Corporation, as U.S. Collateral Agent    East Baton Rouge Parish, LA   

17-1317462

9/5/07

  
THERMON HEAT TRACING SERVICES-II, INC.    CIT Lending Services Corporation, as Collateral Agent    East Baton Rouge Parish, LA   

17-1317463

9/5/07

  
THERMON INTERNATIONAL SALES CORPORATION-II    CIT Lending Services Corporation, as U.S. Collateral Agent    SOS TX    07-0029771699 8/30/07   
Thermon International Sales Corporation-II    CIT Lending Services Corporation, as U.S. Collateral Agent for the Second Lien Lenders    SOS TX    07-0029772943 8/30/07   
Thermon Canada Inc.    CIT Financial Ltd., as First Lien Collateral Agent    Alberta, Canada    07082825857 8/28/07   
Thermon Canada Inc.    CIT Financial Ltd., as First Lien Collateral Agent    Alberta, Canada    070828825915 8/28/07   
Thermon Canada Inc.    CIT Financial Ltd., as First Lien Collateral Agent    Alberta, Canada    07082931135 8/29/07   


Thermon Canada Inc.    CIT Financial Ltd., as Second Lien Collateral Agent    Alberta,
Canada
   07082931184 8/29/07   
Thermon Canada Inc.    CIT Financial Ltd., as First Lien Collateral Agent    Ontario,
Canada
   638615727 8/29/07   
Thermon Canada Inc.    CIT Financial Ltd., as Second Lien Collateral Agent    Ontario,
Canada
   638615745 8/29/07   
Thermon Canada Inc.    CIT Financial Ltd., as First Lien Collateral Agent    Ontario,
Canada
   638515215 8/27/07   
Thermon Canada Inc.    CIT Financial Ltd., as Second Lien Collateral Agent    Ontario,
Canada
   638515233 8/27/07   
Thermon Canada Inc.    CIT Financial Ltd., as Second Lien Collateral Agent    Nova Scotia,
Canada
   12890398 8/27/07   
Thermon Canada Inc.    CIT Financial Ltd., as First Lien Collateral Agent    Nova Scotia,
Canada
  

12890380

8/27/07

  
Thermon Canada Inc.    CIT Financial Ltd., as First Lien Collateral Agent    Nova Scotia,
Canada
   12903001 8/29/07   
Thermon Canada Inc.    CIT Financial, as Second Lien Collateral Agent and CIT Financial Ltd., as Second Lien Collateral Agent    Nova Scotia,
Canada
   12903019 8/29/07   


EXHIBIT D

MORTGAGE AND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RELEASES

 

I. MORTGAGE RELEASES

 

Debtor

  

Secured Party

   Jurisdiction    Original Filing
Number and

Date
   Release Filing
Number and
Date
   Copy of
Recorded
Release
Received
Thermon Manufacturing Company    CIT Lending Services Corporation, as U.S. Collateral Agent    Harris
County, TX
   #20070574797;
9/20/2007
     
Thermon Manufacturing Company    CIT Lending Services Corporation, as Collateral Agent    Harris
County, TX
   #20070574799;
9/20/2007
     
Thermon Manufacturing Company    CIT Lending Services Corporation, as U.S. Collateral Agent    Hays
County, TX
   #70027335;
9/14/2007
     
Thermon Manufacturing Company    CIT Lending Services Corporation, as Collateral Agent    Hays
County, TX
   #70027337;
9/14/2007
     
Thermon Heat Tracing Services-II, Inc.    CIT Lending Services Corporation, as U.S. Collateral Agent    East Baton
Rouge
Parish, LA
   ORIG 467
BNDL 11990
9/5/07
     
Thermon Heat Tracing Services-II, Inc.    CIT Lending Services Corporation, as Collateral Agent    East Baton
Rouge
Parish, LA
   ORIG 470
BNDL 11990
9/5/07
     

 

II. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RELEASES

 

1. Trademark Security Agreement executed by Thermon Manufacturing Company in favor of CIT Lending Services Corporation, as US Administrative and Collateral Agent, dated August 30, 2007, and recorded on August 31, 2007 at Reel/Frame: 3612/0801

 

2. Second Lien Trademark Security Agreement executed by Thermon Manufacturing Company in favor of CIT Lending Services Corporation, as Administrative and Collateral Agent, dated August 30, 2007, and recorded on September 4, 2007 at Reel/Frame: 3614/0167


3. Patent Security Agreement executed by Thermon Manufacturing Company in favor of CIT Lending Services Corporation, dated August 30, 2007, and recorded on August 31, 2007 at Reel/Frame: 019767/0732

 

4. Second Lien Patent Security Agreement executed by Thermon Manufacturing Company in favor of CIT Lending Services Corporation, as Administrative and Collateral Agent, dated August 30, 2007, and recorded on September 4, 2007 at Reel/Frame: 019773/0530

 

5. Copyright Security Agreement executed by Thermon Manufacturing Company in favor of CIT Lending Services Corporation, dated August 30, 2007, and recorded on October 1, 2008 at Microfilm: V3566 D291

 

6. Copyright Security Agreement executed by Thermon Manufacturing Company in favor of CIT Lending Services Corporation, dated August 30, 2007, and recorded at Microfilm: V3556 D739

 

7. Trademark Security Agreement executed by Thermon Manufacturing Company in favor of CIT Lending Services Corporation (First Lien Agreement) recorded on November 19, 2007 with the Canadian Intellectual Property Office

 

8. Trademark Security Agreement executed by Thermon Manufacturing Company in favor of CIT Lending Services Corporation (Second Lien Agreement) recorded on November 19, 2007 with the Canadian Intellectual Property Office

 

9. Patent Security Agreement executed by Thermon Manufacturing Company in favor of CIT Lending Services Corporation (First Lien Agreement) recorded on October 26, 2007 with the Canadian Intellectual Property Office

 

10. Patent Security Agreement executed by Thermon Manufacturing Company in favor of CIT Lending Services Corporation (Second Lien Agreement) recorded on October 26, 2007 with the Canadian Intellectual Property Office


SCHEDULE A :

Required Endorsements

 

1. Comprehensive Endorsement

 

2. Variable Rate Endorsement

 

3. Future Advance, Revolving Credit Endorsement

 

4. Tie-In Endorsement (if applicable)

 

5. Contiguity Endorsement

 

6. Access Endorsement

 

7. First Loss Endorsement


EXHIBIT 4.2(b)

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

THERMON INDUSTRIES, INC., as the US Borrower

THERMON CANADA INC., as the Canadian Borrower

Date:              , 201     

This Compliance Certificate (this “ Certificate ”) is given by Thermon Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), pursuant to subsection 4.2(b) of that certain Credit Agreement dated as of April 30, 2010 by and among Thermon Industries, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ US Borrower ”), and Thermon Canada Inc., a Nova Scotia company (the “ Canadian Borrower ”; the US Borrower and the Canadian Borrower are referred to herein each individually as a “ Borrower ” and together as the “ Borrowers ”), Holdings, as a Credit Party, the other Credit Parties party thereto, General Electric Capital Corporation, as administrative agent (in such capacity, “ US Agent ”) for the financial institutions from time to time party to the Credit Agreement described herein with a US Revolving Loan Commitment (as defined in the Credit Agreement described herein) (the “ US Lenders ”), the US Lenders, GE Canada Holding Finance Company, a Nova Scotia unlimited liability company, as administrative agent (in such capacity, “ Canadian Agent ”) for the financial institutions from time to time party to the Credit Agreement described herein with a Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment (as defined in the Credit Agreement described herein) (the “ Canadian Lenders ”), and the Canadian Lenders party thereto (as such agreement may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement.

The officer executing this Certificate is a Responsible Officer of Holdings and as such is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Certificate on behalf of Holdings and the Borrowers. By executing this Certificate, such officer hereby certifies to Agents, the Lenders and L/C Issuers, on behalf of Holdings, that:

(a) the financial statements delivered with this Certificate in accordance with subsection 4.1(a) and/or 4.1(b) of the Credit Agreement are correct and complete and fairly present, in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP the financial position and the results of operations of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the dates of and for the periods covered by such financial statements (subject, in the case of interim financial statements, to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnote disclosure);

(b) to the best of such officer’s knowledge, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing [except as specified on the written attachment hereto];

(c) based on the financial statements described in clause (a), Exhibit A hereto is a correct calculation of the financial covenant contained in Article VI of the Credit Agreement [[only required to be provided with respect to Certificates delivered for the last fiscal month of each Fiscal Quarter for which average daily Aggregate Availability (as calculated in the Borrowing Base Certificate) for the applicable period is less than the Applicable Minimum Availability Threshold]]; and

 

1


(d) since the Closing Date and except as disclosed in prior Certificates delivered to Agent, no Credit Party and no Subsidiary of any Credit Party has:

(i) changed its legal name, identity, jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation or organizational structure or formed or acquired any Subsidiary except as follows:                                          ;

(ii) acquired the assets of, or merged or consolidated with or into, any Person pursuant to an Acquisition, except as follows:                                          ;or

(iii) changed its address or otherwise relocated, acquired fee simple title to any real property or entered into any real property leases, except as follows:                                          .

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Holdings has caused this Certificate to be executed by one of its Responsible Officers this      day of          , 20      .

 

THERMON HOLDING CORP., a Delaware corporation
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Note: Unless otherwise specified, all financial covenants and calculations are calculated for Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and all calculations are without duplication. All calculations shall be expressed in US Dollar Equivalent.

 

2


EXHIBIT A TO EXHIBIT 4.2(b)

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

Covenant 6.1 Fixed Charge Coverage

 

Fixed Charge Coverage is defined as follows:

  

Fixed Charge Cash Flow:

  

Cash Flow (per Part II of Exhibit B)

   $             

Minus:Management fees pursuant to the Management Agreement paid in cash during such period 1

   $             

(Y) Fixed Charge Cash Flow

   $             

Fixed Charges: 2

  

 

1 For purposes of calculating Fixed Charge Cash Flow as of any date on or prior to March 31, 2011, Management fees paid pursuant to the Management Agreement shall be deemed to be $1,534,880.

 

2 For purposes of calculating Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as of any date on or prior to March 31, 2011, Fixed Charges shall be calculated as follows:

 

a. Net Interest Expense (i) attributable to the Second Lien Indebtedness shall equal $19,950,000 and (ii) for all other components thereof (a) for the measurement period ending on June 30, 2010, shall equal Net Interest Expense during the period from May 1, 2010 through June 30, 2010 multiplied by 6, (b) for the measurement period ending on September 30, 2010, shall equal Net Interest Expense during the period from May 1, 2010 through September 30, 2010 multiplied by 12/5, (c) for the measurement period ending on December 31, 2010, shall equal Net Interest Expense during the period from May 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010 multiplied by 3/2, and (d) for the measurement period ending on March 31, 2011, shall equal Net Interest Expense during the period from May 1, 2010 through March 31,2011 multiplied by 12/11.

 

b. Scheduled principal payments of all Indebtedness (other than Prior Indebtedness) shall be calculated using the actual amounts in respect thereof during each such measurement period.

 

c. Taxes on or measured by income paid or required to be paid in cash (“Cash Taxes”) (a) for the measurement period ending on June 30, 2010, shall equal Cash Taxes during the period from May 1, 2010 through June 30, 2010 multiplied by 6, (b) for the measurement period ending on September 30, 2010, shall equal Cash Taxes during the period from May 1, 2010 through September 30, 2010 multiplied by 12/5, (c) for the measurement period ending on December 31, 2010, shall equal Cash Taxes during the period from May 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010 multiplied by 3/2, and (d) for the measurement period ending on March 31, 2011, shall equal Cash Taxes during the period from May 1, 2010 through March 31, 2011 multiplied by 12/11; provided, Cash Taxes shall not include taxes on or measured by income earned or attributable to any period prior to the Closing Date that are paid in cash by the Seller.

 

d. Restricted Payments described in subsection 5.1 l(b) of the Credit Agreement shall be calculated using the actual amounts paid in cash in respect thereof during each such measurement period.

 

e. Out-of-pocket expenses and indemnities paid pursuant to Management Agreement shall equal actual out-of-pocket expenses and indemnities paid pursuant to Management Agreement during each such measurement period.

 

1


Net Interest Expense:     

Gross interest expense for such period paid or required to be paid in cash (including all commissions, discounts, fees and other charges in connection with letters of credit and similar instruments and net amounts paid or payable and/or received or receivable under permitted Rate Contracts in respect of interest rates) for Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis

   ______

Less: Interest income for such period

   ______

(A)   Net Interest Expense

   ______

(B)   Scheduled principal payments of Indebtedness during such period

   ______

(C)   Earnouts payable in cash during such period

   ______

(D)   Taxes on or measured by income paid or payable in cash during such period

   ______

(E)   Restricted Payments described in subsections 5.1 l(b), 5.1 l(d), 5.1 l(f), 5.1 l(g) and 5.1 l(h) paid in cash during such period

   ______

(F)    Expenses and indemnities pursuant to the Management Agreement paid in cash during such period

   ______

(Z)   Fixed Charges ((A)+(B)+(C)+(D)+(E)+(F))

   $______

Fixed Charge Coverage ((Y)/(Z))

   ______

Required Fixed Charge Coverage

   ______

In Compliance

   Yes/No

 

2


EXHIBIT B TO EXHIBIT 4.2(b)

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

Part I - Calculation of Adjusted EBITDA

EBITDA is defined as follows:

 

Net income (or loss) for the applicable period of measurement of Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis determined in accordance with GAAP, but excluding: (a) the income (or loss) of any Person which is not a Subsidiary of a Borrower, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in cash by such Person during such period and the payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Person is not at the time prohibited by operation of the terms of its charter or of any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Person; (b) the income (or loss) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of a Borrower or is merged into or consolidated with a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or that Person’s assets are acquired by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; (c) the proceeds of any life insurance policy; (d) gains or losses from the sale, exchange, transfer or other disposition of Property or assets not in the Ordinary Course of Business of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, and related tax effects in accordance with GAAP; and (e) any other extraordinary or gains or losses of a Borrower or its Subsidiaries, and related tax effects in accordance with GAAP.    $______

Plus:  All amounts deducted in calculating net income (or loss) for depreciation or amortization for such period

   ______

Interest expense (less interest income) deducted in calculating net income (or loss) for such period

   ______

All taxes on or measured by income to the extent deducted in calculating net income (or loss) for such period

   ______

All management or similar fees, expenses and indemnities pursuant to the Management Agreement to the extent deducted in calculating net income (or loss) for such period

   ______

All non-cash losses or expenses (or minus non-cash income or gain) included or deducted in calculating net income (or loss) for such period including, without limitation, any non-cash impairment charge or asset write-off related to intangible

  

 

3


assets, long-lived assets, and investments in debt and equity securities, and any non-cash foreign currency exchange losses (or minus gains), but excluding, in any event, any non-cash loss or expense (a) that is an accrual of a reserve for a cash expenditure or payment to be made, or anticipated to be made, in a future period or (b) relating to a write-down, write off or reserve with respect to Accounts and Inventory    ______
All non-cash losses or expenses deducted (or minus all non-cash income or gain added) in the calculation of net income (or loss) for such period from the application of purchase accounting, including the write up or write down of inventory in connection therewith    ______
All non-cash compensation expense to the extent deducted in the calculation of net income (or loss) for such period    ______
Fees and expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation, execution and delivery on the Closing Date of the Loan Documents and Related Agreements and consummation on the Closing Date of the Related Transactions, to the extent (i) deducted in the calculation of net income (or loss) for such period and (ii) disclosed to Agent    ______
Fees, expenses (including reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses) and prepayment premiums paid to Agent, Lenders and/or Second Lien Lenders in connection with the Loan Documents or Second Lien Note Agreement, respectively, to the extent deducted in calculating net income (or loss) for such period    ______
To the extent deducted in calculating net income (or loss) for such period and so long as same is not reasonably likely to result in a cash expenditure in a future period, non-cash expenses (including as a result of the acceleration of vesting in the event of a change of control) resulting from the grant or periodic remeasurement of stock options or other equity-related incentives to any director, officer or employee of any of the Credit Parties pursuant to a written plan or agreement approved by the board of directors or similar governing body of any Credit Party    ______
To the extent not included in net income, cash proceeds of business interruption insurance received during such period    ______

 

4


To the extent deducted in calculating net income (or loss) for such period, non-recurring cash expenses and costs not in excess of $3,000,000 during any trailing twelve month period, in each case, as set forth on a schedule certified by a Responsible Officer of Holdings delivered to the Agents concurrently with the applicable Compliance Certificate, including, but not limited to, non-recurring cash expenses and costs incurred in connection with (i) restructurings, integration, severance and synergies, (ii) the implementation of the new ERP system, (iii) Permitted Acquisitions (including restructurings, severance payments and synergies resulting therefrom or implemented in connection therewith), (iv) compliance fees, (v) the recruiting of a new Chief Financial Officer, (vi) environmental remediation actions required by law with respect to the real property locations of the Credit Parties, (vii) resolution of legal compliance issues affecting U.S. employee benefits plans and (viii) losses (or minus gains) with respect to discontinued operations    ______
To the extent deducted in calculating net income (or loss) for such period, any non-cash loss to the extent such loss is covered by the “Insurance Policies” (as defined in the Purchase Agreement); provided, in the event a Credit Party is required to pay all or any portion of such loss in cash, such cash payment shall be permitted to be added back to net income to the extent the applicable Credit Party receives payment in cash in respect of such cash loss from such Insurance Policies within three (3) months of the date such loss is paid in cash by such Credit Party    ______

EBITDA 3

   $______

 

3 For purposes of calculating EBITDA as of any date of measurement ending on or before April 30, 2011, EBITDA for any period set forth below included in the twelve month period ending on such date shall be deemed to equal the amount set forth below for such period:

 

Period:

     Pre-Closing EBITDA

Month of April, 2009

     $4,009,789

Month of May, 2009

     $4,124,075

Month of June, 2009

     $3,490,147

Month of July, 2009

     $3,214,894

Month of August, 2009

     $4,449,071

Month of September 2009

     $5,229,444

Month of October, 2009

     $5,405,136

Month of November, 2009

     $3,099,161

Month of December 2009

     $3,593,702

Month of January 2010

     $3,910,058
Month of February 2010      $2,791,945
Months of March, 2010 and April, 2010      Pre-Closing EBITDA of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for
each such month shall be computed on  a basis consistent with
the determination of Pre-Closing EBITDA for the preceding
periods

 

5


Plus:

   Pro Forma EBITDA for each Permitted Acquisition as set forth on the attached schedule 4 [Holdings to attach schedule for each Permitted Acquisition]    _______            
Minus:    with respect to any Disposition consummated within the period in question, EBITDA attributable to the Subsidiary, profit centers, or other asset which is the subject of such Disposition from the beginning of such period until the date of consummation of such Disposition    _______            

Adjusted EBITDA

   $______

Part II – Calculation of Cash Flow

  

(A) EBITDA (per Part I of Exhibit B) for the applicable period of measurement:

   $______

Unfinanced in Capital Expenditures :

  
The aggregate of all expenditures and other obligations for the twelve month period ending on the last day of the month covered by such financial statements which should be capitalized under GAAP    _______            

Less:

   Net Proceeds from Dispositions and/or Events of Loss which a Borrower is permitted to reinvest pursuant to subsection 1.8(c) and which are included above    _______            
   To the extent included above, expenditures financed with cash proceeds from Excluded Equity Issuances    _______            
   To the extent included above, amounts paid as the purchase price for a Target in a Permitted Acquisition    _______            

 

4 Pro Forma EBITDA means EBITDA (calculated in the manner set forth in Part I of Exhibit B) attributable to each Permitted Acquisition (with such pro forma adjustments as are reasonably acceptable to US Agent and Borrowers) consummated during the one year period preceding the date of measurement solely for a number of months immediately preceding the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition, which number equals twelve (12) minus the number of full calendar months following the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to subsection 4.1(b) of the Credit Agreement.

 

6


  Portion of capital expenditures included above financed under Capital Leases or other Indebtedness (Indebtedness, for this purpose, does not include drawings under the Revolving Loan Commitment)     ______

(B)

  Unfinanced Capital Expenditures 5   $
            
Cash Flow ((A)-(B))   $             
Part III – Calculation of Leverage Ratio  
Average of the sum of the aggregate balance of outstanding Revolving Loans and Swing Loans as of the last day of each month in the twelve month (or shorter period commencing on the Closing Date) period ended on the date of measurement     ______

Plus:

 

L/C  Reimbursement Obligations as of date of measurement, whether or not then due and payable

    ______
  All amounts drawn on letters of credit not constituting Letters of Credit, to the extent (a) such letters of credit are not supported by cash collateral and (b) Holdings and its Subsidiaries have not reimbursed the issuer thereof for such     ______

 

5 For purposes of calculating Cash Flow as of any date of measurement ending on or before April 30, 2010, Unfinanced Capital Expenditures for any period below included in the twelve month period ending on such date shall be deemed to equal the amount set forth below for such period:

 

Period

   Pre-Closing Unfinanced Capital Expenditures
Month of April, 2009    $24,996
Month of May, 2009    $168,792
Month of June, 2009    $380,851
Month of July, 2009    $16,479
Month of August, 2009    $60,659
Month of September 2009    $124,507
Month of October, 2009    $89,066
Month of November, 2009    $74,647
Month of December 2009    $36,037
Month of January 2010    $68,609
Month of February 2010    $228,542
Months of March, 2010 and April, 2010    Pre-closing Unfinanced Capital Expenditures of Holdings
and its Subsidiaries for each such month shall be
computed on a basis consistent with the
determination of Pre-Closing Unfinanced Capital
Expenditures for the preceding periods

 

7


     drawn amount     
  

Principal portion of Capital Lease Obligations and Indebtedness secured by purchase money Liens as of date of

measurement

                 
   Second Lien Indebtedness                  
   Earnouts (valued in accordance with GAAP)                  
   Without duplication, all other Funded Indebtedness of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of date of measurement other than L/C Reimbursement Obligations                  
Indebtedness    $             
Less:    Average of the sum of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the last day of each month in the twelve month (or shorter period commencing on the Closing Date) period ended on date of measurement provided such unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents are maintained in a deposit account of the Credit Parties in which the Applicable Agent has a perfected first priority security interest.                  
(A)    Net Indebtedness                  
(B)    Adjusted EBITDA for the twelve month period ending on the date of measurement (per Part II of Exhibit B)    $             
Leverage Ratio ((A)/(B)) (used in the determining if mandatory prepayments are required)                  

 

8


EXHIBIT 11.1 (a)

TO

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

This ASSIGNMENT, dated as of the Effective Date, is entered into between                      (“the Assignor”) and                      (“the Assignee”).

The parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

Borrowers:    Thermon Industries, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ US Borrower ”) and Thermon Canada Inc., a Nova Scotia company (the “ Canadian Borrower ” and together with the US Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”)
Agents:    General Electric Capital Corporation, as administrative agent for the US Lenders and L/C Issuers (in such capacity and together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “ US Agent ”) and GE Canada Finance Holding Company, as administrative agent for the Canadian Lenders (in such capacity and together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “ Canadian Agent ”)
Credit Agreement:    Credit Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2010 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; capitalized terms used herein without definition are used as defined in the Credit Agreement), among the Borrowers, the other Credit Parties party thereto, the Lenders and L/C Issuers party thereto, US Agent and Canadian Agent.
[Trade Date:                 ,          ]
Effective Date:                 ,          1

 

1 To be filled out by Agents upon entry in the Register.

 

1


Loan/

Commitment

Assigned 2

  

Aggregate amount of

Commitments or

principal amount of

Loans for all Lenders 3

  

Aggregate amount of

Commitments 4 or

principal amount of

Loans Assigned 5

  

Percentage Assigned 6

   $                 $                      .          %
   $                 $                      .          %
   $                 $                      .          %

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE WAS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

2 Fill in the appropriate defined term for the type of Loan and/or Commitment under the Credit Agreement that are being assigned under this Assignment, (e.g., “[US] [Canadian] Revolving Loan Commitment”)

3 Amount to be adjusted by the counterparties to take into account any payments or prepayments made between the Trade Date and the Effective Date. The aggregate amounts are inserted for informational purposes only to help in calculating the percentages assigned which, themselves, are for informational purposes only.

4 In the case of the [US] [Canadian] Revolving Loan Commitment, including [US] [Canadian] Revolving Loans and interests, participations and obligations to participate in Letter of Credit Obligations and Swing Loans.

5 Amount to be adjusted by the counterparties to take into account any payments or prepayments made between the Trade Date and the Effective Date. The aggregate amounts are inserted for informational purposes only to help in calculating the percentages assigned which, themselves, are for informational purposes only.

6 Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, the Assigned Interest as a percentage of the aggregate Commitment or Loans in the Facility. This percentage is set forth for informational purposes only and is not intended to be binding. The assignments are based on the amounts assigned not on the percentages listed in this column.

ASSIGNMENT

FOR THERMON’S CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

2


Section 1 . Assignment . Assignor hereby sells and assigns to Assignee, and Assignee hereby purchases and assumes from Assignor, Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as Lender under the Credit Agreement (including Liabilities owing to or by Assignor thereunder) and the other Loan Documents, in each case to the extent related to the amounts identified above (the “ Assigned Interest ”).

Section 2 . Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Assignors . Assignor (a) represents and warrants to Assignee and the Agents that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all actions necessary for it, to execute and deliver this Assignment and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and (ii) it is the legal and beneficial owner of its Assigned Interest and that such Assigned Interest is free and clear of any Lien and other adverse claims, (b) makes no other representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility, including with respect to the aggregate amount of the Loans and Commitments, the percentage of the Loans and Commitments represented by the amounts assigned, any statements, representations and warranties made in or in connection with any Loan Document or any other document or information furnished pursuant thereto, the execution, legality, validity, enforceability or genuineness of any Loan Document or any document or information provided in connection therewith and the existence, nature or value of any Collateral, (c) assumes no responsibility (and makes no representation or warranty) with respect to the financial condition of any Credit Party or the performance or nonperformance by any Credit Party of any obligation under any Loan Document or any document provided in connection therewith and (d) attaches any Notes held by it evidencing at least in part the Assigned Interest of such Assignor (or, if applicable, an affidavit of loss or similar affidavit therefor) and requests that the Agents exchange such Notes for new Notes in accordance with Section 1.2 of the Credit Agreement.

Section 3 . Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Assignees . Assignee (a) represents and warrants to Assignor and the Agents that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all actions necessary for Assignee, to execute and deliver this Assignment and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) it is [not] an Affiliate or an Approved Fund of              , a Lender and (iii) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type represented by the Assigned Interest assigned to it hereunder and either Assignee or the Person exercising discretion in making the decision for such assignment is experienced in acquiring assets of such type, (b) appoints and authorizes the Agents to take such action as administrative agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Loan Documents as are delegated to the Agents by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, (c) shall perform in accordance with their terms all obligations that, by the terms of the Loan Documents, are required to be performed by it as a Lender, (d) confirms it has received such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and shall continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking any action under any Loan Document independently and without reliance upon Agents, any L/C Issuer, any Lender or any other Indemnitee and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, (e) acknowledges and agrees that, as a Lender, it may receive material non-public information and confidential information concerning the Credit Parties and their Affiliates and their Stock and agrees to use such information in accordance with Section 9.10 of the Credit Agreement, (f) specifies as its applicable lending offices (and addresses for notices) the offices at the addresses set forth

ASSIGNMENT

FOR THERMON’S CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

3


beneath its name on the signature pages hereof, (g) shall pay to the Agents an assignment fee in the amount of $3,500 to the extent such fee is required to be paid under Section 9.9 of the Credit Agreement and (h) to the extent required pursuant to Section 10.2(f) of the Credit Agreement, attaches two completed originals of Forms W-8ECI, W-8BEN, W-8IMY or W-9 and, if applicable, a portfolio interest exemption certificate.

Section 4 . Determination of Effective Date: Register . Following the due execution and delivery of this Assignment by Assignor, Assignee and, to the extent required by Section 9.9 of the Credit Agreement, the Borrowers, this Assignment (including its attachments) will be delivered to the Agents for their acceptance and recording in the Register. The effective date of this Assignment (the “ Effective Date ”) shall be the later of (i) the acceptance of this Assignment by the Agents and (ii) the recording of this Assignment in the Register. The Agents shall insert the Effective Date when known in the space provided therefor at the beginning of this Assignment.

Section 5 . Effect . As of the Effective Date, (a) Assignee shall be a party to the Credit Agreement and, to the extent provided in this Assignment, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under the Credit Agreement and (b) Assignor shall, to the extent provided in this Assignment, relinquish its rights (except those surviving the termination of the Commitments and payment in full of the Obligations) and be released from its obligations under the Loan Documents other than those obligations relating to events and circumstances occurring prior to the Effective Date.

Section 6 . Distribution of Payments . On and after the Effective Date, the Agents shall make all payments under the Loan Documents in respect of each Assigned Interest (a) in the case of amounts accrued to but excluding the Effective Date, to Assignor and (b) otherwise, to Assignee.

Section 7 . Miscellaneous . (a) The parties hereto, to the extent permitted by law, waive all right to trial by jury in any action, suit, or proceeding arising out of, in connection with or relating to, this Assignment and any other transaction contemplated hereby. This waiver applies to any action, suit or proceeding whether sounding in tort, contract or otherwise.

(b) On and after the Effective Date, this Assignment shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Assignor, Assignee, the Agents and their Related Persons and their successors and assigns.

(c) This Assignment shall be governed by, and be construed and interpreted in accordance with, the law of the State of Illinois.

(d) This Assignment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(e) Signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Assignment by facsimile transmission or Electronic Transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment.

ASSIGNMENT

FOR THERMON’S CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Assignment to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

 

[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
  as Assignor
By:    
 

Name:

Title:

[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]
  as Assignee
By:    
 

Name:

Title:

Lending Office for Eurodollar Rate Loans :
[Insert Address (including contact name, fax number and e-mail address)]
Lending Office (and address for notices) for any other purpose :
[Insert Address (including contact name, fax number and e-mail address)]

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOR ASSIGNMENT FOR [NAME OF BORROWER]’S CREDIT AGREEMENT]

 


ACCEPTED and AGREED

this      day of                       :

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION

as US Agent

 

By:    
 

Name:

Title:

GE CANADA FINANCE HOLDING COMPANY as Canadian Agent

By:    
 

Name:

Title:

[THERMON INDUSTRIES, INC.] 7
By:    
 

Name:

Title:

[THERMON CANADA INC.] 7
By:    
 

Name:

Title:

 

7

Include only if required pursuant to Section 9.9 of the Credit Agreement.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOR ASSIGNMENT FOR [NAME OF BORROWER]’S CREDIT AGREEMENT]

 


EXHIBIT 11.1(b)

BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

THERMON INDUSTRIES, INC., as the US Borrower

THERMON CANADA INC., as the Canadian Borrower

Date:              , 20     

This Borrowing Base Certificate (this “Certificate”) is given by Thermon Industries, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ US Borrower”), and Thermon Canada Inc., a Nova Scotia company (the “Canadian Borrower”; the US Borrower and the Canadian Borrower are referred to herein each individually as a “Borrower” and together as the “Borrowers”) pursuant to subsection 4.2(d) of that certain Credit Agreement dated as of April 30, 2010 among the Borrowers, Thermon Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), as a Credit Party, the other Credit Parties party thereto, General Electric Capital Corporation, as administrative agent (in such capacity, “US Agent”) for the financial institutions from time to time party to the Credit Agreement described herein with a US Revolving Loan Commitment (the “US Lenders”), the US Lenders, GE Canada Holding Finance Company, a Nova Scotia unlimited liability company, as administrative agent (in such capacity, “Canadian Agent”) for the financial institutions from time to time party to the Credit Agreement described herein with a Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment (the “Canadian Lenders”), and the Canadian Lenders (as such agreement may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement.

The officers executing this Certificate on behalf of the US Borrower are Responsible Officers of US Borrower and of Holdings and as such are duly authorized to execute and deliver this Certificate on behalf of US Borrower. By executing this Certificate, such officers hereby certify to the US Agent, the US Lenders and US L/C Issuers, on behalf of US Borrower, that:

 

  (a) Attached as Exhibit A is a schedule of the Borrowing Base of the US Borrower and its Domestic Subsidiaries (the “US Borrowing Base”) as of the above date and the calculations made with respect thereto;

 

  (b) based on such schedule, the US Borrowing Base as of the above date is:

$              ; and

 

  (c) based on such schedule and Exhibit B attached hereto, Aggregate Availability (as calculated pursuant to Exhibit C attached hereto) as of the above date is:

$              .

 

1


The officers executing this Certificate on behalf of the Canadian Borrower are Responsible Officers of Canadian Borrower and of Holdings and as such are duly authorized to execute and deliver this Certificate on behalf of Canadian Borrower. By executing this Certificate, such officers hereby certify to the Canadian Agent, the Canadian Lenders and Canadian L/C Issuers, on behalf of Canadian Borrower, that:

 

  (a) Attached as Exhibit B is a schedule of the Borrowing Base of the Canadian Borrower and its Canadian Subsidiaries (the Canadian Borrowing Base ) as of the above date and the calculations made with respect thereto; and

 

  (b) based on such schedule, the Canadian Borrowing Base as of the above date is:

$              .

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Holdings has caused this Certificate to be executed by one of its Responsible Officers for purposes of delivering the US Borrowing Base and the Canadian Borrowing Base and for making the representations and warranties set forth herein this      day of          , 20      .

 

THERMON HOLDING CORP., a Delaware corporation
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the US Borrower has caused this Certificate to be executed by one of its Responsible Officers solely for purposes of delivering the US Borrowing Base and for making the representations and warranties set forth herein with respect to the US Borrowing Base this      day of          , 20      .

 

THERMON INDUSTRIES, INC., a Texas corporation, as the US Borrower
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Canadian Borrower has caused this Certificate to be executed by one of its Responsible Officers solely for purposes of delivering the Canadian Borrowing Base and for making the representations and warranties set forth herein with respect to the Canadian Borrowing Base this      day of          , 20      .

 

THERMON CANADA INC., a Nova Scotia company, as the Canadian Borrower
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:

 

 

 

3


EXHIBIT A TO EXHIBIT 11.1(b)

BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

US BORROWING BASE

 

Accounts of the US Borrower . Accounts means on any date of determination, all “accounts” (as such term is defined in the UCC) of US Borrower and its Domestic Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, the unpaid portion the obligations of a customer of the US Borrower or one of its Domestic Subsidiaries in respect of Inventory purchased by and shipped to such customer and/or the rendition of services by the US Borrower or such Domestic Subsidiary, as stated on the invoice of the US Borrower or such Domestic Subsidiary, net of any credits, rebates or offsets owed to such customer.     

              

 

Less Ineligible Accounts:     

(a)

     Accounts that are unpaid more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the invoice date     

_______

(b)

     Accounts that are owed by an Account Debtor who is obligated on Accounts owed to the US Borrower, the Canadian Borrower and their respective Subsidiaries more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate unpaid balance of which have been unpaid for longer than the relevant period specified in clause (a) above, excluding, for purposes of computing such fifty percent (50%), such portion of such Account retained or withheld by such Account Debtor pursuant to and in accordance with the contractual arrangements existing between such Account Debtor and such Credit Party or Subsidiary, unless the US Agent has approved the continued eligibility thereof     

_______

 

(c)

     Accounts that do not arise out of the sale by a US Borrower or one of its Domestic Subsidiaries of finished goods Inventory and/or the rendition by the US Borrower or one of its Domestic Subsidiaries of services to an Account Debtor located within the United States of America or Canada, or, if located outside of the United States of America or Canada, if such Accounts are not backed by a letter of credit issued or confirmed by either (i) a bank which is organized under the laws of the United States of America or a state thereof and which has capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $250,000,000, or (ii) an office located in the     

 

4


     United States of America of a foreign bank, which bank has been approved in advance by the US Agent in its sole discretion and which letter of credit has been delivered to the US Agent as Collateral     

_______    

 

(d)

     Accounts where the Account Debtor is (i) an Affiliate of the US Borrower or the Canadian Borrower, (ii) a director, officer or employee of the US Borrower, the Canadian Borrower or an Affiliate of a Borrower, (iii) the United States of America or any department, agency or instrumentality thereof unless the US Borrower or its Domestic Subsidiary shall have complied with the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended, to the satisfaction of the US Agent, (iv) a debtor under any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code, any Insolvency Laws or any other comparable bankruptcy or insolvency law applicable under the law of any other country or political subdivision thereof, or (v) an assignor for the benefit of creditors     

_______    

 

(e)

     Accounts that are either (i) not subject to a first priority perfected Lien in favor of the US Agent for the benefit of the US Agent and the US Lenders, or (ii) without duplication, subject to any Lien other than Permitted Liens of the type described in subsections 5.1(c), (d), (e), (f) and (r) of the Credit Agreement     

_______    

 

(f)      Accounts with respect to which there is an unresolved dispute (but only to the extent of the disputed amount)     

_______    

 

(g)

     Accounts to the extent (and only to the extent of such excess) that including such Accounts as eligible Accounts would cause the total eligible Accounts owing to the Canadian Borrower, the US Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries from the Account Debtors obligated thereon or their Affiliates to exceed thirty percent (30%) of all eligible Accounts under the US Borrowing Base and the Canadian Borrowing Base     

_______    

 

(h)

     Accounts that arise from a sale to an Account Debtor on a bill-and-hold guaranteed sale, sale-or-return, sale-on-approval, consignment or any other repurchase or return basis or with respect to which the obligations of the applicable Account Debtor thereon are contingent upon any further performance or delivery to be made by the US Borrower, the Canadian Borrower or one of their respective Subsidiaries     

_______    

 

 

5


(i)

     Accounts that are not payable in United States Dollars      _________
Advance Rate      85%            
US Accounts Availability      $                  

 

6


Inventory of the US Borrower . Inventory means, on any date of determination, all of the “inventory” (as such term is defined in the UCC) of US Borrower and its Domestic Subsidiaries that is in the possession of the US Borrower or one of its Domestic Subsidiaries and is located within the United States of America, including, but not limited to all raw material Inventory, work-in-process Inventory and finished goods Inventory, and as to which the US Borrower or such Domestic Subsidiary has title, valued at the lower of cost (on a FIFO basis) or market                        
Less Ineligible Inventory:     

(a)

     Inventory that is either not subject to a perfected first priority Lien in favor of the US Agent for the benefit of the US Agent (including rights of a surety that has issued a bond to assure such Borrower’s or Domestic Subsidiaries’ performance with respect to such Inventory) and the US Lenders, or, without duplication, which is subject to any Lien other than Permitted Liens of the type described in subsections 5.1(c), (d), (e), (f) and (r) of the Credit Agreement     

_________

 

(b)

     Inventory which has been acquired by the US Borrower or one of its Domestic Subsidiaries on consignment or has been placed out on consignment by the US Borrower or one of its Domestic Subsidiaries     

_________

 

(c)

     Inventory which is obsolete, or which is not of good and merchantable quality, or which is not free from any defects which might adversely affect the market value thereof     

_________

 

(d)

     Inventory produced in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act and subject to the so-called “hot goods” provision contained in Title § 29 U.S.C. 215(a)(l)     

_________

 

(e)

     Inventory subject to any licensing, patent, royalty, trademark, trade name or copyright agreements with any third parties which would require any consent of any third party for the sale or disposition of that Inventory (which consent has not been obtained) or the payment of any monies to any third party upon such sale or other disposition (to the extent of such monies)     

_________

 

 

7


(f)

     Inventory which consists of tooling or replacement parts     

_________

 

(g)

     Inventory located at any site if the aggregate book value of all Inventory located at such site is less than $100,000     

_________

 

(h)

     Inventory of the US Borrower or one of its Domestic Subsidiaries (other than “US In Transit Inventory” (as defined below) the aggregate fair market value of which shall not exceed, together with the aggregate fair market value of Canadian In Transit Inventory (as defined in Exhibit B), shall not exceed $2,000,000 at any time) that (i) is located on premises owned by the US Borrower or one of its Domestic Subsidiaries, which, in any case, is not subject to first priority perfected mortgage Lien in favor of the US Agent or (ii) is stored at a leased location unless a reasonably satisfactory landlord’s waiver has been delivered to US Agent or Reserves equal to three months’ rent (based upon base rent and the US Borrower’s or such Domestic Subsidiary’s pro rata share of operating costs, utilities and taxes payable by the US Borrower or such Domestic Subsidiary under the lease, but excluding any supplemental rent or other costs, expenses or amounts or any indemnities payable thereunder, upon default or otherwise) have been established with respect thereto, in either case, prior to the date of determination, or (iii) is stored with a bailee or warehouseman unless a reasonably satisfactory, acknowledged bailee letter has been received by the US Agent or Reserves reasonably satisfactory to US Agent have been established with respect thereto, in either case, prior to the date of determination or (iv) is located at an owned location subject to a mortgage in favor of a Person other than US Agent, unless a reasonably satisfactory mortgagee waiver has been delivered to US Agent 1     

_________

 

Advance Rate      60%            

US Inventory Availability

     $                   

 

 

1 For purposes hereof, “US In Transit Inventory” means Inventory in transit from (i) a Canadian Credit Party to a US Credit Party or (ii) a US Credit Party to another US Credit Party.

 

8


Equipment of the US Borrower . The Net Orderly Liquidation Value (as defined herein) of Equipment owned by, and in the possession of the US Borrower or its Domestic Subsidiaries that is located in the United States of America or Canada and is reflected as equipment on the US Borrower’s or such Domestic Subsidiary’s balance sheet (as of the date above), solely to the extent that (x) the US Agent has received an appraisal in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the US Agent by an independent appraiser reasonably acceptable to the US Agent and (y) following such independent appraisal thereof, the US Agent has assigned a Net Orderly Liquidation Value      _________
Less Ineligible Equipment:     

(a)

     Equipment of the US Borrower or one of its Domestic Subsidiaries that is not owned by the US Borrower or its Domestic Subsidiaries free and clear of all Liens and rights of any other Person (including the rights of a purchaser that has made progress payments and the rights of a surety that has issued a bond to assure such Borrower’s or such Domestic Subsidiary’s performance with respect to that Equipment), except the Liens in favor of the US Agent for the benefit of the US Agent and the US Lenders and Permitted Liens of the type described in subsections 5.1(c), (d), (e), (f) and (r) of the Credit Agreement      _________

(b)

     Equipment of the US Borrower or one of its Domestic Subsidiaries that (i) is located on premises owned by the US Borrower or one of its Domestic Subsidiaries, which, in any case, is not subject to first priority perfected mortgage Lien in favor of the US Agent or (ii) is stored at a leased location, unless the US Agent has given its prior consent thereto and unless (x) a reasonably satisfactory landlord’s waiver has been delivered to US Agent prior to the date of determination, or (y) Reserves equal to three months’ rent (based upon base rent and the US Borrower’s or such Domestic Subsidiary’s pro rata share of operating costs, utilities and taxes payable by the US Borrower or such Domestic Subsidiary under the lease, but excluding any supplemental rent or other costs, expenses or amounts or any indemnities payable thereunder, upon default or otherwise) have been established with respect thereto, in either case, prior to the date of determination or (iii) is stored with a bailee     

 

9


     or warehouseman unless a reasonably satisfactory, acknowledged bailee letter has been received by the US Agent or Reserves reasonably satisfactory to US Agent have been established with respect thereto, in either case, prior to the date of determination or (iv) is located at an owned location subject to a mortgage in favor of a lender other than US Agent, unless a reasonably satisfactory mortgagee waiver has been delivered to Agent, or (v) is located at any site if the aggregate book value of Equipment, at any such location is less than $1,000,000     

_________

 

(c)

     (i) Equipment of the US Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries that is covered by a certificate of title unless the interest of the US Agent has been noted on such certificate of title, free and clear of all Liens except those in favor of the US Agent for the benefit of the US Agent and the US Lenders or (ii) Equipment of the US Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries that is not covered by a certificate of title noting the interest of the US Agent, but where such certificate has been submitted to the appropriate state motor vehicle filing office     

_________

 

(d)

     Equipment of the US Borrower or one of its Domestic Subsidiaries that is excess, obsolete, unsaleable, shopworn, seconds, damaged or unfit for sale or use     

_________

 

(e)

     Equipment of the US Borrower or one of its Domestic Subsidiaries that is not subject to a first priority lien in favor of the US Agent for the benefit of the US Agent and the US Lenders     

_________

 

(f)

    

Equipment of the US Borrower or one of its Domestic Subsidiaries that consists of Hazardous Materials or goods that can be transported or sold only with licenses that are not readily available

    

_________

 

(g)

     Equipment of the US Borrower or one of its Domestic Subsidiaries not covered by casualty insurance reasonably acceptable to the US Agent     

_________

US Eligible Equipment Sub Total

     _________

Less: The aggregate amount of depreciation booked by the US 10

    

 

10


Borrower against the appraised Equipment that is included in US Eligible Equipment Sub Total since the date of the most recent appraisal of such Equipment received by the US Agent that satisfies the appraisal requirements set forth above

     _________

US Eligible Equipment

     _________

Advance Rate

     85% of the Net Orderly Liquidation Value of US Eligible Equipment        

US Equipment Availability

                       

For purposes of this Borrowing Base Certificate, “Net Orderly Liquidation Value” shall mean, at any time, as to any Equipment owned by US Borrower or a Domestic Subsidiary of US Borrower, the appraised orderly liquidation value determined most recently at or prior to such time in writing by an independent appraiser reasonably acceptable to the Agents.

 

11


Owned Real Property of the US Borrower . Owned Real Estate, and improvements thereon, of the US Borrower and its Domestic Subsidiaries, valued at the fair market value of such owned Real Estate, solely to the extent that, the US Agent has received an appraisal in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the US Agent by an independent appraiser reasonably acceptable to the US Agent     

_________

 

Less Ineligible Owned Real Estate:     

(a)

     Real Estate of the US Borrower or its Domestic Subsidiaries that is not owned by the US Borrower or such Domestic Subsidiaries free and clear of all Liens and rights of any other Person, except (i) the Liens in favor of the US Agent for the benefit of the US Agent and the US Lenders, and (ii) Permitted Liens of the type described in subsections 5.1(c), (d), (e), (f), (g) and (r) of the Credit Agreement     

_________

 

(b)

     Real Estate of the US Borrower or its Domestic Subsidiaries as to which the US Agent has not received a loan policy of title insurance in favor of the US Agent and in form and amount, and issued by a title insurance company, reasonably satisfactory to the US Agent, together with such endorsements thereto as the US Agent shall require, in its reasonable discretion (provided such endorsements are available in the jurisdiction where such Real Estate is located)     

_________

 

(c)

     Real Estate of the US Borrower or its Domestic Subsidiaries as to which the US Agent has not received an environmental report satisfactory to the US Agent, in its sole discretion     

_________

 

(d)

     Real Estate of the US Borrower or its Domestic Subsidiaries that is not subject to a first priority Lien in favor of the US Agent, subject only to Liens for real estate taxes not yet due and payable which, by operation of law, have priority over the Liens of the US Agent     

_________

 

(e)

     Real Estate of the US Borrower or its Domestic Subsidiaries that is not covered by casualty insurance reasonably acceptable to the US Agent     

 

12


US Eligible Owned Real Estate Sub Total      ___________        
Less:   The aggregate amount of depreciation booked by the US Borrower against the appraised Real Estate that is included in US Eligible Owned Real Estate Sub Total since the date of the most recent appraisal of such Real Estate received by the US Agent that satisfies the appraisal requirements set forth above     

_________

Eligible US Owned Real Estate                            
Advance Rate   50% of Eligible US Owned Real Estate        
US Owned Real Estate Availability                            
US Borrowing Base Calculation:     
US Owned Real Estate Availability                            
Plus:   US Accounts Availability                            
  US Inventory Availability                            
  US Equipment Availability                            
US Borrowing Base:                               2

 

2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, in no event shall the sum of (i) US Owned Real Estate Availability, (ii) US Equipment Availability, (iii) Canadian Owned Real Estate Availability and (iv) Canadian Equipment Availability exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the sum of (y) the US Borrowing Base and (z) the Canadian Borrowing Base.

 

13


EXHIBIT B TO EXHIBIT ll.l(b)

BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

CANADIAN BORROWING BASE

 

Accounts of the Canadian Borrower . Accounts means on any date of determination, all “accounts” (as such term is defined in the PPSA) of Canadian Borrower and its Canadian Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, the unpaid portion the obligations of a customer of the Canadian Borrower or one of its Canadian Subsidiaries in respect of Inventory purchased by and shipped to such customer and/or the rendition of services by the Canadian Borrower or such Canadian Subsidiary, as stated on the invoice of the Canadian Borrower or such Canadian Subsidiary, net of any credits, rebates or offsets owed to such customer.                        
Less Ineligible Accounts:     

(a)

     Accounts that are unpaid more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the invoice date      _________

(b)

     Accounts that are owed by an Account Debtor who is obligated on Accounts owed to the US Borrower, the Canadian Borrower and their respective Subsidiaries more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate unpaid balance of which have been unpaid for longer than the relevant period specified in clause (a) above, excluding, for purposes of computing such fifty percent (50%), such portion of such Account retained or withheld by such Account Debtor pursuant to and in accordance with the contractual arrangements existing between such Account Debtor and such Credit Party or Subsidiary, unless the Canadian Agent has approved the continued eligibility thereof      _________

(c)

     Accounts that do not arise out of the sale by the Canadian Borrower or one of its Canadian Subsidiaries of finished goods Inventory and/or the rendition by the Canadian Borrower or one of its Canadian Subsidiaries of services to an Account Debtor located within the United States of America or Canada, or, if located outside of the United States of America or Canada, if such Accounts are not backed by (i) a letter of credit issued or confirmed by either (x) a bank which is organized under the laws of Canada and which has capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of     

 

14


     $250,000,000, or (y) an office located in the Canada of a foreign bank, which bank has been approved in advance by the Canadian Agent in its sole discretion and which letter of credit has been delivered to the Canadian Agent as Collateral or (ii) insurance satisfactory to the Canadian Agent in its sole discretion that names the Canadian Agent as a named insured      _________

(d)

     Accounts where the Account Debtor is (i) an Affiliate of the US Borrower or the Canadian Borrower, (ii) a director, officer or employee of the US Borrower, the Canadian Borrower or an Affiliate of a Borrower, (iii) the Canadian government or a political subdivision thereof or any province or territory, or any municipality or department, agency or instrumentality thereof unless the Canadian Borrower or its Canadian Subsidiary shall have complied with the Financial Administration Act (Canada) or any applicable provincial, territorial, county or municipal law restricting the assignment thereof with respect to such obligation, to the satisfaction of the Canadian Agent, (iv) a debtor under any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code, any Insolvency Laws or any other comparable bankruptcy or insolvency law applicable under the law of any other country or political subdivision thereof, or (v) an assignor for the benefit of creditors      _________

(e)

     Accounts that are either (i) not subject to a first priority perfected Lien in favor of the Canadian Agent for the benefit of the Canadian Agent and the Canadian Lenders, or (ii) without duplication, subject to any Lien other than Permitted Liens of the type described in subsections 5.1(c), (d), (e), (f) and (r) of the Credit Agreement      _________

(f)

     Accounts with respect to which there is an unresolved dispute (but only to the extent of the disputed amount)      _________

(g)

     Accounts to the extent (and only to the extent of such excess) that including such Accounts as eligible Accounts would cause the total eligible Accounts owing to the Canadian Borrower, the US Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries from the Account Debtors obligated thereon or their Affiliates to exceed thirty percent (30%) of all eligible Accounts under the US Borrowing Base and the Canadian Borrowing Base      _________

 

15


(h)

     Accounts that arise from a sale to an Account Debtor on a bill-and-hold guaranteed sale, sale-or-return, sale-on-approval, consignment or any other repurchase or return basis or with respect to which the obligations of the applicable Account Debtor thereon are contingent upon any further performance or delivery to be made by the US Borrower, the Canadian Borrower or one of their respective Subsidiaries     

_________

 

(i)

    

Accounts that are not payable in Canadian Dollars or

United States Dollars

    

_________

 

Advance Rate

     85%

Canadian Accounts Availability

                       

 

16


Inventory of the Canadian Borrower . Inventory means, on any date of determination, all of the “inventory” (as such term is defined in the PPSA) of Canadian Borrower and its Canadian Subsidiaries that is in the possession of the Canadian Borrower or one of its Canadian Subsidiaries and is located within Canada, including, but not limited to all raw material Inventory, work-in-process Inventory and finished goods Inventory, and as to which the Canadian Borrower or such Canadian Subsidiary has title, valued at the lower of cost (on a FIFO basis) or market      $             

Less Ineligible Inventory:

    

(a)

     Inventory that is either not subject to a perfected first priority Lien in favor of the Canadian Agent for the benefit of the Canadian Agent (including rights of a surety that has issued a bond to assure such Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ performance with respect to such Inventory) and the Canadian Lenders, or which is subject to any Lien other than Permitted Liens of the type described in subsections 5.1(c), (d), (e), (f) and (r) of the Credit Agreement                    

(b)

     Inventory which has been acquired by the Canadian Borrower or one of its Canadian Subsidiaries on consignment or has been placed out on consignment by the Canadian Borrower or one of its Canadian Subsidiaries                    

(c)

     Inventory which is obsolete, or which is not of good and merchantable quality, or which is not free from any defects which might adversely affect the market value thereof                    

(d)

     Inventory produced in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act and subject to the so-called “hot goods” provision contained in Title § 29 U.S.C. 215(a)(l) or any other comparable law applicable under the laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof or political subdivision thereof                    

(e)

     Inventory subject to any licensing, patent, royalty, trademark, trade name or copyright agreements with any third parties which would require any consent of any third party for the sale or disposition of that                    

 

17


     Inventory (which consent has not been obtained) or the payment of any monies to any third party upon such sale or other disposition (to the extent of such monies)      _________

(f)

     Inventory which consists of tooling or replacement parts      _________

(g)

     Inventory located at any site if the aggregate book value of all Inventory located at such site is less than the US Dollar Equivalent of $100,000      _________

(h)

     Inventory of the Canadian Borrower or one of its Canadian Subsidiaries (other than “Canadian In Transit Inventory” (as defined below) the aggregate fair market value of which shall not exceed, together with the aggregate fair market value of US In Transit Inventory, shall not exceed $2,000,000 at any time) that (i) is located on premises owned by the Canadian Borrower, one of its Canadian Subsidiaries or a US Credit Party, which, in any case, is not subject to first priority perfected mortgage Lien in favor of the Applicable Agent or (ii) is stored as a leased location unless a reasonably satisfactory landlord’s waiver has been delivered to US Agent prior to the date of determination or Reserves equal to three months’ rent (based upon base rent and the Canadian Borrower’s or such Canadian Subsidiary’s pro rata share of operating costs, utilities and taxes payable by the Canadian Borrower or such Canadian Subsidiary under the lease, but excluding any supplemental rent or other costs, expenses or amounts or any indemnities payable thereunder, upon default or otherwise) have been established with respect thereto prior to the date of determination, or (iii) is stored with a bailee or warehouseman unless a reasonably satisfactory, acknowledged bailee letter has been received by the US Agent and Reserves reasonably satisfactory to US Agent have been established with respect thereto prior to the date of determination, or (iv) is located at an owned location subject to a mortgage in favor of a Person other than Canadian Agent, unless a reasonably satisfactory mortgagee waiver has been delivered to US Agent 3     

_________

 

 

3 For purposes hereof, “Canadian In Transit Inventory” means Inventory in transit from (i) a US Credit Party to a Canadian Credit Party or (ii) a Canadian Credit Party to another Canadian Credit Party.

 

18


Advance Rate      60%
Canadian Inventory Availability                        

 

19


Equipment of the Canadian Borrower . The Net Orderly Liquidation value (as defined herein) of Equipment owned by, and in the possession of the Canadian Borrower or its Canadian Subsidiaries, that is located in Canada or the United States of America and is reflected as equipment on the Canadian Borrower’s or such Canadian Subsidiary’s balance sheet (as of the date above), solely to the extent, (x) the Canadian Agent has received an appraisal in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Canadian Agent by an independent appraiser reasonably acceptable to the Canadian Agent and (y) following such independent appraisal thereof, the Canadian Agent has assigned a Net Orderly Liquidation Value     

_________

 

Less Ineligible Equipment:     

(a)

     Equipment of the Canadian Borrower or one of its Canadian Subsidiaries that is not owned by the Canadian Borrower or its Canadian Subsidiaries free and clear of all Liens and rights of any other Person (including the rights of a purchaser that has made progress payments and the rights of a surety that has issued a bond to assure such Canadian Borrower’s or such Canadian Subsidiary’s performance with respect to that Equipment), except the Liens in favor of the Canadian Agent for the benefit of the Canadian Agent and the Canadian Lenders and Permitted Liens of the type described in subsections 5.1(c), (d), (e), (f) and (r) of the Credit Agreement     

_________

 

(b)

     Equipment of the Canadian Borrower or one of its Canadian Subsidiaries that (i) is located on premises owned by the Canadian Borrower, one of its Canadian Subsidiaries or a US Credit Party, which, in any case, is not subject to first priority perfected mortgage Lien in favor of the Applicable Agent or (ii) is stored at a leased location, unless the Canadian Agent has given its prior consent thereto and unless (x) a reasonably satisfactory landlord’s waiver has been delivered to Canadian Agent prior to the date of determination, or (y) Reserves equal to three months’ rent (based upon base rent and the Canadian Borrower’s or such Canadian Subsidiary’s pro rata share of operating costs, utilities and taxes payable by the Canadian Borrower or such Canadian Subsidiary under the lease, but excluding any supplemental rent or other costs, expenses or amounts or any indemnities payable thereunder, upon default or otherwise) have     

 

20


     been established with respect thereto, prior to the date of determination or (iii) is stored with a bailee or warehouseman unless a reasonably satisfactory, acknowledged bailee letter has been received by the Canadian Agent and Reserves reasonably satisfactory to Canadian Agent have been established with respect thereto, or (iv) is located at an owned location subject to a mortgage in favor of a lender other than Canadian Agent, unless a reasonably satisfactory mortgagee waiver has been delivered to Agent, or (v) is located at any site if the aggregate book value of Equipment, at any such location is less than the US Dollar Equivalent of $1,000,000     

_________

 

(c)

     Equipment of the Canadian Borrower or one of its Canadian Subsidiaries that is excess, obsolete, unsaleable, shopworn, seconds, damaged or unfit for sale or use     

_________

 

(d)

     Equipment of the Canadian Borrower or one of its Canadian Subsidiaries that is not subject to a first priority lien in favor of the Canadian Agent for the benefit of the Canadian Agent and the Canadian Lenders     

_________

 

(e)

     Equipment of the Canadian Borrower or one of its Canadian Subsidiaries that consists of Hazardous Materials or goods that can be transported or sold only with licenses that are not readily available     

_________

 

(f)

     Equipment of the Canadian Borrower or one of its Canadian Subsidiaries not covered by casualty insurance reasonably acceptable to the Canadian Agent     

_________

 

Canadian Eligible Equipment Sub Total                        

 

Less:   The aggregate amount of depreciation booked by the Canadian Borrower against the appraised Equipment that is included in Canadian Eligible Equipment Sub Total since the date of the most recent appraisal of such Equipment received by the Canadian Agent that satisfies the appraisal requirements set forth above        _________

Canadian Eligible Equipment

                       

 

21


Advance Rate   85% of the Net Orderly Liquidation Value of Canadian Eligible Equipment        
Canadian Equipment Availability                        

 

22


Owned Real Property of the Canadian Borrower . Owned Real Estate, and improvements thereon, of the Canadian Borrower and its Canadian Subsidiaries, valued at the fair market value of such owned Real Estate, solely to the extent, the Canadian Agent has received an appraisal in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Canadian Agent by an independent appraiser reasonably acceptable to the Canadian Agent     

_________

 

Less Ineligible Owned Real Estate:

    

(a)

     Real Estate of the Canadian Borrower or its Canadian Subsidiaries that is not owned by the Canadian Borrower or such Canadian Subsidiaries free and clear of all Liens and rights of any other Person, except (i) the Liens in favor of the Canadian Agent for the benefit of the Canadian Agent and the Canadian Lenders and (ii) Permitted Liens of the type described in subsections 5.1(c), (d), (e), (f), (g) , (r) and (z) of the Credit Agreement     

_________

 

(b)

     Real Estate of the Canadian Borrower or its Canadian Subsidiaries as to which the Canadian Agent has not received either (i) a loan policy of title insurance in favor of the Canadian Agent and in form and amount, and issued by a title insurance company, reasonably satisfactory to the Canadian Agent, together with such endorsements thereto as the Canadian Agent shall require, in its reasonable discretion (provided such endorsements are available in the jurisdiction where such Real Estate is located) or (ii) a legal opinion as to title in form and substance satisfactory to the Canadian Agent in its reasonable discretion     

_________

 

(c)

     Real Estate of the Canadian Borrower or its Canadian Subsidiaries as to which the Canadian Agent has not received an environmental report satisfactory to the Canadian Agent, in its sole discretion     

_________

 

(d)

     Real Estate of the Canadian Borrower or its Canadian Subsidiaries that is not subject to a first priority Lien in favor of the Canadian Agent, subject only to Liens for real estate taxes not yet due and payable which, by operation of law, have priority over the Liens of the Canadian Agent      _________

 


(e)

     Real Estate of the Canadian Borrower or its Canadian Subsidiaries that is not covered by casualty insurance reasonably acceptable to the Canadian Agent     
Canadian Eligible Owned Real Estate Sub Total      _________

 

Less:     The aggregate amount of depreciation booked by the Canadian Borrower against the appraised Real Estate that is included in Canadian Eligible Owned Real Estate Sub Total since the date of the most recent appraisal of such Real Estate received by the Canadian Agent that satisfies the appraisal requirements set forth above      _________
Eligible Canadian Owned Real Estate                        

 

Advance Rate   50% of Eligible Canadian Owned Real Estate        
Canadian Owned Real Estate Availability                        
Canadian Borrowing Base Calculation:     
Canadian Owned Real Estate Availability                        

 

Plus:   Canadian Accounts Availability                        
  Canadian Inventory Availability                        
  Canadian Equipment Availability                        
Canadian Borrowing Base:                       4

 

4 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, in no event shall the sum of (i) US Owned Real Estate Availability, (ii) US Equipment Availability, (iii) Canadian Owned Real Estate Availability and (iv) Canadian Equipment Availability exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the sum of (y) the US Borrowing Base and (z) the Canadian Borrowing Base

 


EXHIBIT C TO EXHIBIT 11.1(b)

BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

AGGREGATE AVAILABILITY

 

Aggregate Availability means the amount by which (2) exceeds (4) computed below:
(1)    (a)    the Aggregate US Revolving Loan Commitment    $             
   (b)    the US Borrowing Base (in US Dollar Equivalent)                  
   (c)    the Canadian Borrowing Base (in US Dollar Equivalent)                  
   (d)    the “Borrowing Bases” ((l)(b) plus (l)(c))    $             
(2)   

The lesser of (l)(a) and (l)(d)

   $             
(3)   

the US Dollar Equivalent of:

  
   (a)    the aggregate outstanding principal of all Loans    $             
   (b)    the aggregate amount of all Letter of Credit Obligations    $             
   (c)    aggregate Reserves as established by the Agents    $             
(4)   

The sum of (3)(a), (3)(b) and (3)(c)

   $             
(5)   

Aggregate Availability (the amount by which (2) exceeds (4))

   $             


EXHIBIT ll.l(c)

TO

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF NOTICE OF BORROWING

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,

as US Agent under the Credit Agreement referred to below

500 West Monroe Street

Chicago, Illinois 60661

Attn: Portfolio Manager–Thermon

[GE CANADA FINANCE HOLDING COMPANY,

as Canadian Agent under the Credit Agreement referred to below

 

____________________                                                      
____________________                                                      
Attn:                          ]     
                        ,          

Attention:

Re: Thermon Industries, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ US Borrower ”) and Thermon Canada Inc., a Nova Scotia company (the “Canadian Borrower” and together with the US Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”)

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2010 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Borrowers, the other Credit Parties party thereto, the Lenders and L/C Issuers party thereto, General Electric Capital Corporation, as administrative agent for the US Lenders and US L/C Issuers (in such capacity, the “ US Agent ”) and GE Canada Finance Holding Company as administrative agent for the Canadian Lenders and Canadian L/C Issuers (in such capacity, the “ Canadian Agent ”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition are used as defined in the Credit Agreement.

The US [Canadian] Borrower hereby gives you irrevocable (subject to Section 10.5 of the Credit Agreement) notice, pursuant to Section 1.5 of the Credit Agreement of its request of a Borrowing (the “ Proposed Borrowing ”) under the Credit Agreement and, in that connection, sets forth the following information:

A. The date of the Proposed Borrowing is              ,           (the “ Funding Date ”).

B. The aggregate principal amount of requested [US] [Canadian] Revolving Loans is [CDN]$              , of which [CDN]$              consists of [Base Rate Loans] [Canadian Prime Rate Loans] and [CDN]$              consists of [LIBOR Rate Loans] [BA Rate Loans] having [an initial Interest Period] [an initial BA Period] of      months.

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO NOTICE OF BORROWING DATED                  ,          


The undersigned hereby certifies that, except as set forth on Schedule A attached hereto, the following statements are true on the date hereof and will be true on the Funding Date, both before and after giving effect to the Proposed Borrowing and any other Loan to be made or Letter of Credit to be Issued on or before the Funding Date:

(i) the representations and warranties set forth in Article III of the Credit Agreement and elsewhere in the Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifier contained therein), except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct as of such date;

(ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and

(iii) the US Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate outstanding amount of Revolving Loans does not exceed the Maximum Revolving Loan Balance and the aggregate outstanding amount of the US Revolving Loans does not exceed the Maximum US Revolving Loan Balance or the US Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate outstanding amount of Canadian Revolving Loans does not exceed the Maximum Canadian Revolving Loan Balances, as applicable.

 

[THERMON INDUSTRIES, INC., a Texas corporation]

[THERMON CANADA INC., a Nova Scotia company]

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO NOTICE OF BORROWING DATED                   ,          ]


EXHIBIT ll.l(d)

TO

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF [US] [CANADIAN] REVOLVING LOAN NOTE

 

Lender: [NAME OF LENDER]

   Chicago, Illinois [              , Canada]

Principal Amount: $             

                ,20     

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, [Thermon Industries, Inc., a Texas corporation] [Thermon Canada Inc., a Nova Scotia company] (the “ Borrower ”), hereby promises to pay to the Lender set forth above (the “ Lender ”) the Principal Amount set forth above, or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all [US] [Canadian] Revolving Loans (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below) of the Lender to the Borrower, payable at such times and in such amounts as are specified in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of the US [Canadian] Revolving Loans from the date made until such principal amount is paid in full, payable at such times and at such interest rates as are specified in the Credit Agreement. Demand, diligence, presentment, protest and notice of non-payment and protest are hereby waived by the Borrower.

Both principal and interest are payable in Dollars [or, to the extent provided in the Credit Agreement, Canadian Dollars] to [General Electric Capital Corporation, as US Agent] [GE Canada Finance Holding Company, as Canadian Agent], at the address set forth in the Credit Agreement, in immediately available funds.

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in, and is entitled to the benefits of, the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2010 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Borrowers, the other Credit Parties party thereto, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers party thereto, General Electric Capital Corporation, as administrative agent for the US Lenders and L/C Issuers (in such capacity, the “US Agent”), and GE Canada Finance Holding Company, as administrative agent for the Canadian Lenders and Canadian L/C Issuers (in such capacity, the “ Canadian Agent ”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition are used as defined in the Credit Agreement.

The Credit Agreement, among other things, (a) provides for the making of [US] [Canadian] Revolving Loans by the Lender to the Borrower in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the Principal Amount set forth above, the indebtedness of the Borrower resulting from such [US] [Canadian] Revolving Loans being evidenced by this Note and (b) contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity of the unpaid principal amount of this Note upon the happening of certain stated events and also for prepayments on account of the principal hereof prior to the maturity hereof upon the terms and conditions specified therein.

 

1


This Note is a Loan Document, is entitled to the benefits of the Loan Documents and is subject to certain provisions of the Credit Agreement, including Sections 9.18(b ) ( Submission to Jurisdiction ), 9.19 ( Waiver of Jury Trial ) and 11.2 ( Other Interpretive Provisions ) thereof.

This Note is a registered obligation, transferable only upon notation in the Register, and no assignment hereof shall be effective until recorded therein.

This Note shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the law of the State of Illinois.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

REVOLVING LOAN NOTE - THERMON

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Borrower has caused this Note to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year and at the place set forth above.

 

[THERMON INDUSTRIES, INC., a Texas
corporation

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:]

 
[THERMON CANADA INC., a Nova Scotia
company

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:]

 

REVOLVING LOAN NOTE - THERMON

 

3


EXHIBIT 11.1(e)

TO

CREDIT AGREEMENT

FORM OF SWINGLINE NOTE

 

Swingline Lender: [NAME OF SWINGLINE LENDER]

   Chicago, Illinois [              , Canada]

Principal Amount: $             

                , 20     

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, [Thermon Industries, Inc., a Texas corporation] [Thermon Canada Inc., a Nova Scotia company] (the “ Borrower ”), hereby promises to pay to the Swingline Lender set forth above (the “ Swingline Lender ”) the Principal Amount set forth above, or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all [US] [Canadian] Swing Loans (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below) of the Swingline Lender to the Borrower, payable at such times and in such amounts as are specified in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of the [US] [Canadian] Swing Loans from the date made until such principal amount is paid in full, payable at such times and at such interest rates as are specified in the Credit Agreement. Demand, diligence, presentment, protest and notice of non-payment and protest are hereby waived by the Borrower.

Both principal and interest are payable in Dollars [or, to the extent provided in the Credit Agreement, Canadian Dollars] to [General Electric Capital Corporation, as US Agent] [GE Canada Finance Holding Company, as Canadian Agent], at the address set forth in the Credit Agreement, in immediately available funds.

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in, and is entitled to the benefits of, the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2010 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Borrowers, the other Credit Parties party thereto, the Lenders, the L/C Issuers, the Swingline Lenders, General Electric Capital Corporation, as administrative agent for the US Lenders and US L/C Issuers (in such capacity, the “ US Agent ”), and GE Canada Finance Holding Company, as administrative agent for the Canadian Lenders, Canadian L/C Issuers and Canadian Swingline Lenders (in such capacity, the “ Canadian Agent ”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition are used as defined in the Credit Agreement.

The Credit Agreement, among other things, (a) provides for the making of [US] [Canadian] Swing Loans by the Swingline Lender to the Borrower in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the Principal Amount set forth above, the indebtedness of the Borrower resulting from such Swingline Loans being evidenced by this Note and (b) contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity of the unpaid principal amount of this Note upon the happening of certain stated events and also for prepayments on account of the principal hereof prior to the maturity hereof upon the terms and conditions specified therein.

 


This Note is a Loan Document, is entitled to the benefits of the Loan Documents and is subject to certain provisions of the Credit Agreement, including Sections 9.18(b) (Submission to Jurisdiction ), 9.19 ( Waiver of Jury Trial ) and 11.2 ( Other Interpretive Provisions ) thereof.

This Note is a registered obligation, transferable only upon notation in the Register, and no assignment hereof shall be effective until recorded therein.

This Note shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the law of the State of Illinois.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page follows]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Borrower has caused this Note to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year and at the place set forth above.

 

[THERMON INDUSTRIES, INC., a Texas
corporation
   

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

  ]
[THERMON CANADA INC., a Nova Scotia company  

By:

 

 

 

Name

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

  ]

Exhibit 10.9

AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO THE

THERMON GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK AND STOCK OPTION PLAN

This Amendment No. 1 (the “Amendment”) to the Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. Restricted Stock and Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) was adopted by the Board of Directors of Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. on October 27, 2010.

 

  1. General

The Plan is amended, as of the date hereof, by adding, deleting or otherwise modifying the provisions of this Amendment as noted herein.

 

  2. Limitation on Number of Shares

Section 4(a)(i) of the Plan is amended to delete in its entirety and to substitute therefor the following:

(i) Limitation on Number of Shares . The maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be issued (including upon exercise or conversion of Options) pursuant to the Plan shall be 14,378. To the extent that an Option granted ceases to remain outstanding by reason of termination of rights granted thereunder, forfeiture or otherwise, or if a share of Restricted Stock is repurchased by the Parent, the Shares subject to such Option or which are repurchased shall again become available for award under the Plan.

 

  3. Ratification

As amended by this Amendment, the Plan is in all respects ratified and confirmed, and as so amended by this Amendment, the Plan shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument.

EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated November 22, 2010 in Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement (Form S-4) and related Prospectus of Thermon Holding Corp. and subsidiaries for the registration of $210,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Thermon Industries, Inc.’s 9.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 and related guarantees.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Austin, Texas

November 22, 2010

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Auditors

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated October 28, 2010 with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedules of Thermon Holdings, LLC included in the Registration Statement (Form S-4 No. 333-168915) and related Offer to Exchange of Thermon Industries, Inc. for the registration of $210,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 9.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2017.

/s/ Meyers Norris Penny LLP

Chartered Accountants

Calgary, Alberta

November 19, 2010

Exhibit 23.3

Consent of Independent Auditors

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our reports dated 31 May, 2010, 21 May, 2009 and 27 May, 2008 with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedules of Thermon Holdings, LLC included in the Registration Statement (Form S-4 No. 333-168915) and related Offer to Exchange of Thermon Industries, Inc. for the registration of $210,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 9.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2017.

 

/s/ Bell Partners

Bell Partners

Chartered Accountants

 

/s/ TG Rees

TG Rees

Partner

Level 7, 468 St Kilda Road Melbourne, Victoria - AUSTRALIA

November 15, 2010

Exhibit 23.4

Consent of Independent Auditors

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our reports dated October 31, 2010 with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedules of Thermon Holdings, LLC included in the Registration Statement (Form S-4 No. 333-168915) and related Offer to Exchange of Thermon Industries, Inc. for the registration of $210,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 9.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2017.

 

/s/ Shanghai JiaLiang CPAs

Shanghai JiaLiang CPAs

Shanghai, People’s Republic of China

November 15, 2010

EXHIBIT 25.1

 

 

 

FORM T-1

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY

UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A

CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE

ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO

SECTION 305(b)(2)             ¨

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

  95-3571558

(State of incorporation

if not a U.S. national bank)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

700 South Flower Street

Suite 500

Los Angeles, California

  90017
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

 

 

THERMON INDUSTRIES, INC.

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

Texas   26-0249310

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

100 Thermon Drive

San Marcos, Texas

  78666
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

 

 

 


1. General information. Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

 

  (a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

 

Name

  

Address

Comptroller of the Currency

United States Department of the Treasury

   Washington, D.C. 20219
Federal Reserve Bank    San Francisco, California 94105
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation    Washington, D.C. 20429

 

  (b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

Yes.

 

2. Affiliations with Obligor.

If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.

None.

 

3-15. Not applicable.

 

16. List of Exhibits.

Exhibits identified in parentheses below, on file with the Commission, are incorporated herein by reference as an exhibit hereto, pursuant to Rule 7a-29 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “Act”) and 17 C.F.R. 229.10(d).

 

  1. A copy of the articles of association of The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (Exhibit 1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-121948).

 

  2. A copy of certificate of authority of the trustee to commence business. (Exhibit 2 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-121948).

 

- 2 -


  3. A copy of the authorization of the trustee to exercise corporate trust powers. (Exhibit 3 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-121948).

 

  4. A copy of the existing by-laws of the trustee. (Exhibit 4 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-121948).

 

  6. The consent of the trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act.

 

  7. A copy of the latest report of condition of the trustee published pursuant to law or to the requirements of its supervising or examining authority.

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Act, the trustee, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., a banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in The City of Houston, and State of Texas, on the 19 th day of November, 2010.

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON

TRUST COMPANY, N.A.

By:   /s/ Marcella Burgess

Name: 

  Marcella Burgess

Title:

  Vice President

 

- 3 -


EXHIBIT 6

CONSENT OF THE TRUSTEE

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 321 (b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, and in connection with the proposed issue of Thermon Industries, Inc., The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. hereby consents that reports of examinations by Federal, State, Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request therefore.

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON

TRUST COMPANY, N.A.

By:  

/s/ Marcella Burgess

Marcella Burgess
Vice President

Houston, Texas

November 19, 2010

 

- 4 -


EXHIBIT 7

REPORT OF CONDITION

Consolidating domestic subsidiaries of

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company

in the state of CA at close of business on September 30, 2010

published in response to call made by (Enter additional information below)

 

       
       

Statement of Resources and Liabilities

 

     Dollar Amounts in Thousands  

ASSETS

     

Cash and balances due from depository institutions:

     

Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin

        1,595   

Interest-bearing balances

        276   

Securities:

     

Held-to-maturity securities

        7   

Available-for-sale securities

        703,294   

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell:

     

Federal funds sold

        76,500   

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

        0   

Loans and lease financing receivables:

     

Loans and leases held for sale

        0   

Loans and leases, net of unearned income

     0      

LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses

     0      

Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allowance

        0   

Trading Assets

        0   

Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases)

        9,503   

Other real estate owned

        0   

Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies

        0   

Direct and indirect investments in real estate ventures

        0   

Intangible assets:

     

Goodwill

        856,313   

Other intangible assets

        223,370   

Other assets

        156,663   

Total assets

        2,027,521   


REPORT OF CONDITION (Continued)

 

     Dollar Amounts in Thousands  
LIABILITIES      

Deposits:

     

In domestic offices

        500   

Noninterest-bearing

     500      

Interest-bearing

     0      

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase:

     

Federal funds purchased

        0   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

        0   

Trading liabilities

        0   

Other borrowed money (includes mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases)

        268,691   

Subordinated notes and debentures

        0   

Other liabilities

        220,845   

Total liabilities

        490,036   

EQUITY CAPITAL

     

Bank Equity Capital

     

Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus

        0   

Common stock

        1,000   

Surplus (excludes all surplus related to preferred stock)

        1,121,520   

Retained earnings

        412,405   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

        2,560   

Other equity capital components

        0   

Total bank equity capital

        1,537,485   

Noncontrolling (minority) interest in consolidated subsidiaries

        0   

Total equity capital

        1,537,485   

Total liabilities and equity capital

        2,027,521   

 

We, the undersigned directors (trustees), attest to the correctness of the Reports of Condition and Income (including the supporting schedules) for this report date and declare that the Reports of Condition and Income have been examined by us and to the best of our knowledge and belief have been prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory authority and are true and correct.   

/ S /    K AREN B AYZ        

   I, Karen Bayz, Chief Financial Officer
   (Name, Title)
   of the above named bank do hereby declare that this Report of Condition is true and correct to the best of my knowledge and belief.

Director #1

   Troy Kilpatrick, President   

/ S /    T ROY K ILPATRICK        

Director #2

   Frank Sulzberger, Managing Director   

/ S /    F RANK S ULZBERGER        

Director #3

   William Lindelof, Managing Director   

/ S /    W ILLIAM L INDELOF        

EXHIBIT 99.2

NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

for Tender of

9.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2017

of Thermon Industries, Inc.

As set forth in the Exchange Offer (as defined below), this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (or a facsimile hereof) or one substantially equivalent hereto or the electronic form used by The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) for this purpose must be used to accept the Exchange Offer if certificates for 9.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 (the “Old Notes”) of Thermon Industries, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “Company”), are not immediately available to the registered holder of such Old Notes, or if a participant in DTC is unable to complete the procedures for book-entry transfer on a timely basis of Old Notes to the account maintained by The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Exchange Agent (the “Exchange Agent”) at DTC, or if time will not permit all documents required by the Exchange Offer to reach the Exchange Agent prior to 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on                     , 2010, unless extended (the “Expiration Date”). This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (or a facsimile hereof) or one substantially equivalent hereto may be delivered by certified or registered mail, by regular mail or overnight courier, by hand or, for eligible institutions only, by facsimile to the Exchange Agent. See “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Old Notes.” Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Exchange Offer.

The Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer is:

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., Exchange Agent

By Registered or Certified Mail, Overnight Delivery after

4:30 p.m. on the Expiration Date:

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

c/o Bank of New York Mellon

Corporate Trust Operations

Reorganization Unit

101 Barclay Street—7 East

New York, NY 10286

Attn: Carolle Montreuil

For Information Call:

(212) 815-5920

By Facsimile Transmission:

(for Eligible Institutions only):

(212) 298-1915

Confirm by Telephone:

(212) 815-5920

Delivery of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery to an address other than as set forth above or transmission of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery to a facsimile number other than the number listed above will not constitute a valid delivery.

This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is not to be used to guarantee signatures. If a signature on a Letter of Transmittal is required to be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (as defined therein) under the instructions thereto, such signature guarantee must appear in the applicable space provided in the signature box on the Letter of Transmittal.


Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned hereby tenders to Thermon Industries, Inc., a Texas corporation (“Thermon”), the aggregate principal amount of Old Notes indicated below pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures and upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the accompanying Prospectus dated                     , 2010 (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Prospectus”) and in the related Letter of Transmittal (which together with the Prospectus constitute the “Exchange Offer”), receipt of which is hereby acknowledged.

The undersigned hereby represents, warrants and agrees that the undersigned has full power and authority to tender, exchange, sell, assign and transfer the tendered Old Notes and that Thermon will acquire good, marketable and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances when the tendered Old Notes are acquired by Thermon as contemplated herein, and the tendered Old Notes are not subject to any adverse claims or proxies. The undersigned represents, warrants and agrees that the undersigned and each beneficial owner will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by Thermon or the Exchange Agent to be necessary or desirable to complete the tender, exchange, sale, assignment and transfer of the tendered Old Notes, and that the undersigned will comply with its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2010, by and among Thermon, the subsidiary guarantors and the initial purchasers referred to therein.

By tendering Old Notes and executing this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, the undersigned hereby represents and warrants that: (i) the undersigned is acquiring the New Notes in the ordinary course of the undersigned’s business; (ii) the undersigned is not participating in, does not intend to participate, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of the New Notes; (iii) the undersigned neither has, nor is reasonably likely to have, the status of an unsold allotment in the initial offering; and (iv) the undersigned is not an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of Thermon. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive the New Notes for its own account in exchange for any Old Notes acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, the undersigned acknowledges that it will deliver a copy of the Prospectus in connection with any resale of the New Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering such Prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

All questions as to the form of documents, validity, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance for exchange of tendered Old Notes will be determined by Thermon (which power may be delegated to the Exchange Agent), whose determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Thermon reserves the absolute right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to reject any and all tenders determined by Thermon not to be in proper form or the acceptance of which, or exchange for, may, in the view of Thermon or its counsel, be unlawful.

All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned and every obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, trustees in bankruptcy, personal and legal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned.

Name(s) of Registered Holder(s):                                                                                                                                                                

                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

(Please Print)

Address(es):                                                                                                                                                                                                        

                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

Area Code and Telephone Number(s):                                                                                                                                                     

 

x

 

 

                                                                                                       

x

 

 

                                                                                                       

  Signature(s) of Owner(s) or Authorized Signatory


Must be signed by the registered holder(s) of the tendered Old Notes as their name(s) appear(s) on certificates for such tendered Old Notes, or on a security position listing, or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsement and documents transmitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must set forth his or her full title below.

 

    Name(s) and address(es) of registered
holder(s), exactly as name(s) appear(s) on
Old Notes, or on a security position
    Certificate
number(s) of
Old Notes*
    Aggregate principal
amount represented
by certificate(s)
    Aggregate principal
amount tendered**
 
       
       
       
       

 

* DOES NOT need to be completed if Old Notes are tendered by book-entry transfer.
** Unless otherwise indicated, the holder will be deemed to have tendered the entire face amount of all Old Notes represented by tendered certificates.

If Old Notes will be delivered by book-entry transfer to The Depository Trust Company, provide the following information:

Signature:                                                                                                                                                                                                             

Account Number:                                                                                                                                                                                            

Date:                                                                                                                                                                                                                    

THE GUARANTEE ON THE REVERSE SIDE MUST BE COMPLETED


GUARANTEE

(Not to be used for signature guarantee)

The undersigned, a firm which is a member of the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program or the Stock Exchanges Medallion Program (each, an “Eligible Institution”), hereby guarantees delivery to the Exchange Agent, at its address set forth above, either certificates for the Old Notes tendered hereby, in proper form for transfer, or confirmation of the book-entry transfer of such Old Notes to the Exchange Agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company, pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer set forth in the Prospectus, in either case together with one or more properly completed and duly executed Letter(s) of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof or an Agent’s Message in lieu thereof) and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal, all within three (3) business days after the date of execution of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

The undersigned acknowledges that it must deliver the Letter(s) of Transmittal and certificates for the Old Notes tendered hereby to the Exchange Agent within the time period shown herein and that failure to do so could result in a financial loss to the undersigned.

 

 

     

 

Firm       Authorized Signature

 

   Name   

 

Address       (Please Type or Print)

 

   Title   

 

Zip Code      
   Dated                         , 2010

Area Code and Telephone Number:                                                                                                                                                          

DO NOT SEND CERTIFICATES FOR OLD NOTES WITH THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY. ACTUAL SURRENDER OF OLD NOTES MUST BE MADE PURSUANT TO, AND BE ACCOMPANIED BY, A PROPERLY COMPLETED AND DULY EXECUTED LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND ANY OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS.